Dal Grad Calender

Graduate Studies
2008/2009 Calendar
www.dal.ca
Published by:
Office of the Registrar
February 2008
Smoke Free/Scent Free Dalhousie
To protect people from involuntary exposure to tobacco smoke, Dalhousie has declared the
University entirely smoke-free. Smoking is not permitted in University buildings, including
residences, or on University property. Those wishing to smoke are asked to leave University
property to do so.
The University has also acted to support its many students and employees who report that
they are harmed when they are exposed to scents which are present in many scented
personal care products. Scents in perfume, cologne, hair-spray, after-shave, and even some
soap and fabric softeners, cause serious illness in people who are sensitive to these
chemicals. To provide an environment which supports teaching and learning, Dalhousie
asks students, staff, faculty and visitors, to refrain from using such scented products while at
the University. The scent reduction program is part of a broader effort to limit, to the fullest
extent practical, exposure to all chemicals in our buildings.
For more information on the Smoking Policy and the Scent Reduction Program, contact the
Safety Office by email at Safety.Office@dal.ca or consult the websites www.dal.ca/scentfree
and www.dal.ca/smokefree.
Engineering Mathematics ...........................................................125
English ........................................................................................127
Environmental Engineering ........................................................136
Environmental Studies ................................................................137
French..........................................................................................142
Gender and Women's Studies .....................................................146
Table of Contents German........................................................................................146
Health and Human Performance .................................................148
Academic Dates 2008/2009 .................................................................1 Health Promotion.....................................................................149
Admission Dates 2008/2009 ................................................................2 Kinesiology..............................................................................149
Definitions ...........................................................................................3 Leisure Studies.........................................................................150
Subject Codes..................................................................................4 Health Informatics.......................................................................152
Academic Regulations .........................................................................5 Health Services Administration ..................................................155
Dalhousie University ...........................................................................6 History.........................................................................................161
Executive Officers...........................................................................6 Human Communication Disorders..............................................167
University Regulations ........................................................................8 Industrial Engineering.................................................................170
General ............................................................................................8 Information Management............................................................172
Rescission of Acceptance into a Program.......................................8 Interdisciplinary PhD Program ...................................................177
Official Examination Regulations...................................................8 International Development Studies.............................................178
Policy in the Event that a Formal Examination Cannot be Completed Internetworking...........................................................................181
at the Regularly Scheduled Time.................................................9 Law..............................................................................................182
Policy for the Scheduling of Classes/Examinations .......................9 Marine Affairs Program ..............................................................185
Retention of Student Work .............................................................9 Mathematics and Statistics..........................................................187
Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy ........................9 Mathematics ................................................................................188
Release of Information About Students ..........................................9 MD/PhD Programs /Combined...................................................193
Policy on Accessibility for Students with Disabilities..................10 Mechanical Engineering .............................................................193
Procedures Regarding Students with Learning Disabilities..........10 Medical Sciences.........................................................................197
Policy on Submission of Student Papers.......................................11 Microbiology and Immunology ..................................................198
Intellectual Honesty ......................................................................11 Neuroscience...............................................................................200
Discipline ......................................................................................12 Nursing........................................................................................203
Academic Dishonesty ...................................................................12 Occupational Therapy .................................................................209
Senate Discipline Committee........................................................13 Oceanography .............................................................................217
Code of Student Conduct ..............................................................14 Oil and Gas Engineering .............................................................221
Protection of Property ...................................................................16 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery...................................................222
Suspension or Dismissal from a Program on the Grounds of Pathology ....................................................................................224
Professional Unsuitability –Faculty of Health Professions .......16 Petroleum Engineering................................................................226
Guide to Responsible Computing .................................................17 Pharmacology..............................................................................228
Faculty of Graduate Studies...............................................................18 Pharmacy.....................................................................................230
Regulations....................................................................................18 Philosophy...................................................................................230
Agriculture ....................................................................................34 Physics and Atmospheric Science...............................................234
Anatomy and Neurobiology..........................................................39 Physiology and Biophysics .........................................................239
Architecture...................................................................................42 Physiotherapy..............................................................................242
Atmospheric Science.....................................................................54 Planning ......................................................................................246
Biochemistry & Molecular Biology..............................................54 Political Science..........................................................................253
Bioethics........................................................................................58 Process Engineering and Applied Science..................................259
Biology..........................................................................................59 Biological Engineering Program .............................................260
Biomedical Engineering................................................................64 Chemical Engineering Program...............................................261
Business Administration ...............................................................67 Food Science Program .............................................................263
Chemistry ......................................................................................78 Materials Engineering Program ...............................................265
Civil and Resource Engineering ...................................................83 Prosthodontics.............................................................................267
Civil Engineering Program ........................................................83 Psychology ..................................................................................269
Mineral Engineering Program ...................................................87 Public Administration .................................................................275
Classics..........................................................................................89 Social Work.................................................................................283
Clinical Vision Science .................................................................91 Sociology and Social Anthropology ...........................................288
Community Health and Epidemiology .........................................94 Statistics ......................................................................................291
Computational Biology and Bioinformatics .................................97 Centres and Institutes.......................................................................294
Computer Science .........................................................................98 Resources and Services....................................................................301
Earth Sciences .............................................................................103 Awards .............................................................................................308
Economics ...................................................................................107 Index ................................................................................................319
Electrical and Computer Engineering .........................................112 Awards Index ...................................................................................323
Electronic Commerce..................................................................114 Campus Map ....................................................................................325
Engineering .................................................................................117
i
Important Notices
Students are advised that the matters dealt with in this Calendar are subject to continuing review and revision. This
Calendar is printed some months before the year for which it is intended to provide guidance. Students are further
advised that the content of this calendar is subject to change without notice, other than through the regular
processes of Dalhousie University, and every student accepted for registration in the University shall be deemed to
have agreed to any such deletion, revision or addition whether made before or after said acceptance. Additionally,
students are advised that this calendar is not an all-inclusive set of rules and regulations but represents only a
portion of the rules and regulations that will govern the student's relationship with the University. Other rules and
regulations are contained in additional publications that are available to the student from the registrar's office, and/
or the relevant faculty, department or school.
The University reserves the right to limit enrolment in any program. Students should be aware that enrolment in
many programs is limited and that students who are admitted to programs at Dalhousie are normally required to
pay deposits on tuition fees to confirm their acceptance of offers of admission. These deposits may be either non-
refundable or refundable in part, depending on the program in question. While the University will make every
reasonable effort to offer classes as required within programs, prospective students should note that admission to a
degree or other program does not guarantee admission to any given class. Students should select optional classes
early in order to ensure that classes are taken at the most appropriate time within their schedule. In some fields of
study, admission to upper level classes may require more than minimal standing in prerequisite classes.
Dalhousie University does not accept any responsibility for loss or damage suffered or incurred by any student as a
result of suspension or termination of services, classes or courses caused by reason of strikes, lockouts, riots,
weather, damage to university property or for any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Dalhousie
University.
Inquiries should be directed to:
The Registrar
Dalhousie University
Halifax, Nova Scotia
Canada B3H 4H6
Telephone: (902) 494-2450
Fax: (902) 494-1630
E-mail: Registrar@dal.ca
Dalhousie Calendars on the Web

Dalhousie University calendars are available in electronic form on the Web at www.registrar.dal.ca. Please note that
the electronic versions of the calendars are provided for your convenience. Formatting of the electronic version may
differ from the official printed version. Where differences occur, please contact the Registrar’s office at
registrar@dal.ca
Other Programs
Information on programs offered by the Faculties of Architecture and Planning, Arts and Social Sciences, Computer
Science, Engineering, Health Professions, Management, and Science can be found in the Undergraduate calendar.
Information on programs offered by the Faculties of Dentistry, Law, and Medicine can be found in the Dentistry,
Law, Medicine Calendar.
Academic Dates 2008/2009
ACADEMIC CLASS ADD/DROP DATES (For financial deadlines and refund dates, visit www.dal.ca/studentaccounts.)
Part of Term Identifier Duration of Classes Last Day to Register Last Day for Late Last Day to Drop without “W”
Registration Last Day to Change from Audit
Last Day to Cancel to Credit and Vice Versa
Registration
Last Day to Add Classes
Summer Term 2008
1 May 5 - Aug 1, 2008 May 16, 2008 May 16, 2008 June 4, 2008
A May 12 - June 27, 2008 May 7, 2008 May 23, 2008 May 27, 2008
D May 12 - June 4, 2008 May 7, 2008 May 19, 2008 May 23, 2008
9 June 2 - August 27, 2008 May 23, 2008 June 23, 2008 July 8, 2008
E June 5 - June 27, 2008 May 23, 2008 June 12, 2008 June 13, 2008
B July 2 - August 15, 2008 June 25, 2008 July 7, 2008 July 16, 2008
F July 2 - July 25, 2008 June 25, 2008 July 7, 2008 July 9, 2008
G July 28 - August 20, 2008 June 25, 2008 August 5, 2008 August 7, 2008
Fall Term 2008
X/Y September 4, 2008 - April 9, 2009 September 2, 2008 September 19, 2008 November 3, 2008
2 September 4, - December 1, 2008 September 2, 2008 September 19, 2008 October 3, 2008
Winter Term 2009
2 January 5 - April 9, 2009 January 16, 2009 January 16, 2009 February 2, 2009
Summer Term 2009
1 May 4 - July 31, 2009 May 15, 2009 May 15, 2009 June 3, 2009
A May 11 - June 26, 2009 May 6, 2009 May 22, 2009 May 26, 2009
D May 11 - June 3, 2009 May 6, 2009 May 19, 2009 May 22, 2009
9 June 1 - August 26, 2009 May 22, 2009 June 22, 2009 July 7, 2009
E June 4 - June 26, 2009 May 22, 2009 June 11, 2009 June 12, 2009
B July 2 - August 14, 2009 June 24, 2009 July 6, 2009 July 15, 2009
F July 2 - July 24, 2009 June 24, 2009 July 6, 2009 July 8, 2009
G July 27 - August 19, 2009 June 24, 2009 August 4, 2009 August 6, 2009
Other Academic Dates September

1 Labour Day - University closed
2008 4 Classes begin, fall term
5 Last day for those expecting to receive graduate degrees in October
May to submit approved unbound copies of theses to Faculty of Graduate
5 Summer Academic term begins, commerce Studies
19 Victoria Day - University closed
20-28 May - Spring Convocations October
13 Thanksgiving Day - University closed
July 18-19 Fall convocations
1 Canada Day - University closed
2 Last day to apply to graduate in October November
18 Last day for those expecting PhD degrees in October to submit one 11 Remembrance Day - University closed
unbound copy of completed thesis (the External Examiner’s copy) 14 Last day to apply to graduate in May
and submission form to Graduate Studies and four unbound copies Last day to apply for admission to winter term
of thesis to department
December
August 1 Classes end, fall term
4 Halifax/Dartmouth Natal Day - University closed 1 Last day to apply to graduate in May
15 Last day for those expecting Masters degrees in October to submit 3 Examinations begin
unbound theses to department 12 Last day to have Leave of Absence beginning in January approved by
22 Last day to have Leave of Absence approved by Graduate Studies for Graduate Studies
September 13 Examinations end
16 Last day to submit approved, unbound theses to Graduate Studies
for those registered in the fall term only
Academic Dates 2008/2009 1

2009
January
1 New Year’s Day - University closed
5 Classes begin, winter term
February
6 Munro Day - University closed Admission Dates 2008/2009
13 Last day for those expecting PhD degrees in May to submit one
unbound copy of completed thesis (the External Examiner’s copy)
and submission form to Graduate Studies and four unbound copies
Final Dates for Receipt of Applications for
23 Study break begins Admission
March Regular Session - September Start Date
2 Classes resume • Graduate Studies1,2 (except as below) June 1
• Non-Canadian Students (Graduate Studies) April 1
13 Last day for those expecting Masters degrees in May to submit
unbound theses to department Several programs have different application deadlines. Please refer to the
specific departmental sections in the calendar for these dates
April
1
7 Last day for those expecting to receive graduate degrees in May to All supporting documentation must be submitted by the appropriate deadline.
2 For Graduate Studies Scholarship consideration applications must be complete
submit approved unbound copies of theses to Faculty of Graduate
(including application, fee and all supporting documents) by March 1. For
Studies consideration for Killam and other University scholarships, complete applications
9 Classes end unless otherwise indicated must be received by January 31.
10 Good Friday - University Closed
13 Examinations begin, regular session Admission in January or May
17 Last day to have Leave of Absence approved by Graduate Studies for Some programs allow for a student to start either January 1 or May 1.
May Check the detailed program descriptions or with the department directly
27 Examinations end, regular session to see if such start dates are permitted. See Faculty Regulation 3.2, page 21
for appropriate application deadlines.
May
18 Victoria Day - University closed General Application Canadian Applicants Non-Canadian
19-27 Spring convocations Deadlines Applicants
July For September June 1 April 1

1 Canada Day - University closed Admission
2 Last day to submit Intent to Graduate Form for October graduation For January Admission October 31 August 31
17 Last day for those expecting PhD degrees in October to submit one
For May Admission February 28 December 31
unbound copy of completed thesis (the External Examiner’s copy)
and submission form to Graduate Studies and four unbound copies
August
3 Halifax/Dartmouth Natal Day - University closed
14 Last day to have Leave of Absence approved by Graduate Studies for
September
Last day for those expecting Masters degrees in October to submit
unbound theses to department
2 Admission Dates 2008/2009

Email
E-mail is an authorized means of communication for academic and
administrative purposes within Dalhousie. The University will assign all
students an official e-mail address. This address will remain in effect while
the student remains a student and for one academic term following a
student’s last registration. This is the only e-mail address that will be used
Definitions for communication with students regarding all academic and

administrative matters. Any redirection of e-mail will be at the student’s
own risk. Each student is expected to check her or his official e-mail
The following definitions are intended to facilitate an understanding of the address frequently in order to stay current with Dalhousie
calendar and not to define all words and phrases used in the calendar communications.
which may have specific meanings.
Exclusion
Academic Dismissal Students may not register for a class which lists, as an exclusion, a class the
A student’s required withdrawal from a program due to unsatisfactory student is also taking or has already passed.
academic performance. Please refer to Faculty of Graduate Studies
Regulation 4.2.4, page 22. Externship
See Internship.
Academic Program
A distinct group of classes and other requirements which lead to eligibility Fieldwork
for a degree or other university-awarded credential. See Internship.
Academic Sessions Full-time Students

Fall term: September - December Those registered for three half credit classes or more in a term.
Winter term: January - April
Summer term: May - August Graduate Student (Regular)
Regular session: September - April A student with a Bachelor’s degree, usually with Honours or equivalent,
enrolled in a Master’s or Doctoral program, or a graduate diploma
Audit Student program.
A student permitted to attend classes but not expected to prepare
assignments, write papers, tests or examinations. Credit is not given nor is Internship, Fieldwork, Clinical Practice, Externship,
a mark awarded for classes. Classes appear on the transcript with the Practicum, Clerkship
notation “Aud”. Audit students must apply in the normal way. Students Practical professional educational experiences that are conducted in a non-
may register to audit a class only after the last day to add classes in the university setting such as a health or social service agency.
term.
Letter of Permission
Class A Letter of Permission authorizes a Dalhousie student to take a class(es) at
A unit of instruction in a particular subject identified by a name and another institution for credit towards a Dalhousie qualification. Such
number. permission must be obtained in advance of taking the class(es). See
Regulation 6.6.6., page 27
Clerkship
See Internship Non-thesis Program
A Master’s program of study based on class work which may also include
Clinical Practice a research project. This includes many of the professional graduate
See Internship programs. Some of these programs also offer a thesis option.
Continuing Fees Part-Time Program Fee Student - Graduate Studies
The tuition fees charged to graduate students who have fulfilled their A part-time graduate student paying program fees (see Section 1.3,
program fee requirements but have yet to complete all their degree page 19) is a student who has been approved by the department and the
requirements. See Faculty of Graduate Studies Regulation 4.3.5, page 23. Faculty of Graduate Studies as working part-time on their graduate
degree. A part-time graduate student is taking less than nine credit hours
Co-operative Education per term.
A program where academic study is combined with career related work
experience. Part-Time Per Course Fee Student
A student who is taking less than nine credit hours (three half-credit
Co-requisite classes) in a term is considered a part-time student.
Requirement which must be fulfilled concurrently with the class being
considered. Per Class Fee
The fees charged to students in a Per-Class Fee Degree. Students pay fees
Course according to the number of classes taken in any given term. Please refer to
The term “class” is used in place of the word course. Faculty of Graduate Studies Regulations 1.3, page 19 and 4.1, page 22.
Credit Practicum
A unit by which University class work is measured. A full year class, i.e. See Internship.
September - April, is normally worth one full credit.
Prerequisite
Credit Hours A requirement that must be fulfilled prior to registering in a specific class.
One full credit is equal to six credit hours and one half credit is equal to
three credit hours. Program Fees
The tuition fees charged to students in a program-fee degree. The program
CRN (Class Registration Number) fee is based on total tuition for a specified number of years, varying
Each class has a CRN attached to it (class registration number). This according to academic program. Students who have not completed their
number is to be used when registering for classes. program after the specified number of years are required to pay a
Definitions 3
continuing fee. Please refer to Faculty of Graduate Studies Regulation 1.3, ASSC - Arts and Social Sciences Interdisciplinary
page 19 and 4.1, page 22. BIOC - Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
BIOE - Biological Engineering
Qualifying Students (Master’s only) BIOL - Biology
A full-time or part-time student with a Bachelor’s degree or its equivalent BIOT - Bioethics
in whom a department has expressed an interest as a potential graduate BMNG - Biomedical Engineering
student, but who is without a sufficient GPA or academic background in a BUSI - Business Administration
particular discipline to be enrolled directly in a Master’s program. See CANA - Canadian Studies
Faculty Regulation 4.3.6. page 23 CH&E - Community Health & Epidemiology
CHEE - Chemical Engineering
Required Withdrawal CHEM - Chemistry
A student’s required withdrawal from a graduate program due to CHIN - Chinese
unsatisfactory academic performance or failure to meet admission or CIVL - Civil Engineering
program conditions. See Faculty Regulation 4.2.4, page 22. CLAS - Classics
COMM - Commerce
Residency CPST - Complimentary Studies
The period of time that graduate students are expected to be on campus CRWR - Creative Writing
for fulfilment of their formal program requirements. In some programs, CSCI - Computer Science
part of the residency period may, with permission, include some time off CTMP - Contemporary Studies
campus (e.g. for fieldwork or research). DCYT - Diagnostic Cytology
DEHY - Dental Hygiene
Special Student - Graduate Studies
DENQ - Dentistry Qualifying
A student who is not registered in a graduate program but is taking DENT - Dentistry
graduate classes. Special students must satisfy normal admission DISM - Disability Management
requirements.See Regulation 4.3.7., page 23 DMUT - Diagnostic Medical Ultrasound Technology
Thesis Only Fees ECED - Electrical and Computer Engineering
ECMM - Electronic Commerce
See Continuing Fees.
ECON - Economics
Thesis Program EDUC - Education
A Master’s or Doctoral program of study involving a major research EMSP - Early Modern Studies Program
component in the form of a written thesis. Some programs offer a non- ENGI - Engineering
thesis option. ENGL - English
ENGM - Engineering Math
Transcript ENVE - Environmental Engineering
A transcript is a complete history of a student’s academic record at ENVI - Environmental Studies
Dalhousie. Partial transcripts, e.g., a portion of a student’s record ENVS - Environmental Science
pertaining to registration in a particular degree or faculty only, are not ERTH - Earth Sciences
issued. EURO - European Studies
FOSC - Food Science & Technology
Transfer Student FREN - French
A transfer student is one who is awarded credit towards a Dalhousie GEOG - Geography
degree for academic work completed at a previous university or GERM - German
equivalent institution of higher learning. GWST - Gender and Women’s Studies
HAHP - Health and Human Performance
Visiting Student HEED - Health Education
A person permitted to take classes at Dalhousie for transfer of credit to HESA - Health Services Administration
another university. HINF - Health Informatics
HIST - History
Work Term HLTH - Health Professions
Career related work experience required in Co-operative Education HPRO - Health Promotion
programs. Work terms are usually of 13-16 weeks duration. HSAI - Health Services Administration (International)
HSCE - Health Sciences
Class Codes HSTC - History of Science and Technology
HUCD - Human Communication Disorders
Numbers IDIS - Interdisciplinary Studies
1000-level classes are introductory IENG - Industrial Engineering
2000-4000 level classes are advanced INFO - Information Management
5000-9000 level are Graduate level (with some exceptions) INFX - Informatics
INTD - International Development Studies
Credit Hours - examples only INTE - Interdisciplinary Studies (Graduate)
0.06 credit hours = 1 full credit INWK - Engineering Internetworking
0.03 credit hours = ½ credit ITAL - Italian
0.00 credit hours = no credit JOUR - Journalism
KINE - Kinesiology
Subject Codes KING - King’s Foundation Year Program
Four letter codes are used to describe the department offering a particular LAWS - Law
class as follows: LEIS - Leisure Studies
AGRI - Agriculture MARA - Marine Affairs
ANAT - Anatomy & Neurobiology MARI - Marine Biology
ARBC - Arabic MATL - Materials Engineering
ARCH - Architecture MATH - Mathematics
ARTC - Applied Health Services Research MDLT - Medical Lab Technology
4 Subject Codes
MECH - Mechanical Engineering
MEDI - Medicine
MEDS - Medical Science
MGMT - Management
MICI - Microbiology & Immunology
MINE - Mining Engineering
MUSC - Music
NESC - Neuroscience Academic Regulations
NUMT - Nuclear Medicine Technology
NURS - Nursing
OCCU - Occupational Therapy Registration
OCEA - Oceanography Registration material for September 2008 will be available on the Web at
ORAL - Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery www.registrar.dal.ca in late June. Students are strongly encouraged to
PATH - Pathology register early.
PETR - Petroleum Engineering
PGMD - Post-Graduate Medicine A student is registered only after financial arrangements have been made
PGPH - Post-Graduate Pharmacy at the Student Accounts Office.
PHAC - Pharmacology
The final step is obtaining an ID or validating an existing ID from the
PHAR - Pharmacy
DALCARD office. ID cards are mandatory and must be presented to write
PHIL - Philosophy
an officially scheduled examination. In addition, some services such as the
PHYC - Physics and Atmospheric Science
issuance of bursary or scholarship cheques, library privileges and Dalplex
PHYL - Physiology
require the presentation of a valid Dalhousie ID.
PHYT - Physiotherapy
PLAN - Planning Class Withdrawal
POLI - Political Science Non-attendance does not, in itself, constitute withdrawal.
PROS - Prosthodontics Withdrawals are not effective until written notification is received at the
PSYO - Psychology Office of the Registrar.
PUAD - Public Administration
RADT - Radiological Technology
REGN - Registration Course - Graduate
RELS - Religious Studies
RSPT - Respiratory Therapy
RUSN - Russian Studies
SCIE - Science
SLWK - Social Work
SOSA - Sociology and Social Anthropology
SPAN - Spanish
STAT - Statistics
THEA - Theatre
TYPR - Transition Year Program
VISC - Clinical Vision Science
Academic Regulations 5
Assistant Vice-President, Communications and
Marketing
Jim Vibert, BA
Assistant Vice-President, Financial Services

Ian Nason, BComm
Dalhousie University Assistant Vice-President, Human Resources
Katherine Sheehan, BA, CHRP
Dalhousie University, located in the heart of Halifax, Nova Scotia, an Deans of Faculties
international port city known for its scenic beauty, vibrant culture and rich
heritage, is one of Canada's leading universities. We are widely Architecture and Planning
recognized for outstanding academic quality and the opportunities J. Grant Wanzel, BArch, MArch (Toronto), MRAIC
presented by our broad range of educational and research activities.
Arts and Social Sciences
Since 1818, Dalhousie has a long tradition of excellence and achievement.
Marian Binkley, BA, MA, PhD (Toronto)
Dalhousie offers more than 3,600 diverse courses in over 180
undergraduate, graduate and professional degrees. We also encourage Computer Science
student learning through exchange programs, fieldwork, community Michael Shepherd, MSc, PhD (Western)
service and co-operative education. Our collaborative learning
environment encourages our nearly 16,000 students to interact with one Dentistry
another and with faculty experts to share ideas and offer new David S. Precious, CM, DDS, MSc, FRCDC, FICD, FADI, FACD, FRCS
perspectives. (England)
Our collaborative spirit extends off campus, as well. We conduct research Engineering
in partnership with teaching hospitals, professional organizations,
L. Joshua Leon, BSc, MSc, PhD (Dal), PEng
businesses, nonprofit agencies, and other universities. As Atlantic
Canada's leading research university, we attract more than $93 million in Graduate Studies
research grants and awards annually, allowing us to conduct a wide
Carolyn Watters, BSc, MSc, MLS (Western), PhD (TUNS)
variety of research projects.
In 1997, the Technical University of Nova Scotia amalgamated with
Health Professions
Dalhousie University, creating a dynamic new centre of advanced William G. Webster, BSc (Hon), MA, PhD
technical education and research in Nova Scotia, in the areas of
Law
architecture, computer science and engineering.
Phillip Saunders, BA (Hon), MA, LLB (Dal)
The University of King's College, situated adjacent to the Dalhousie
campus, is an affiliated institution, and its students in Arts and Science Management
receive Dalhousie degrees in the name of both institutions. Degrees in David Wheeler, BSc (Hons) (Surrey), PhD (Surrey)
agriculture, awarded to students of the Nova Scotia Agricultural College,
are awarded by Dalhousie in co-operation with the College. Medicine
Harold W. Cook, BSc, MSc, PhD (Dal)
Dalhousie University is a member of the Association of Universities and
Colleges of Canada, the Atlantic Association of Universities, and the Science
Association of Commonwealth Universities. Keith Taylor, BSc (St.FX), PhD (Alberta)
College of Continuing Education

Executive Officers Andrew Cochrane, BPER, MBA
President and Vice-Chancellor College of Arts and Science, Provost

Tom Traves, BA, MA, PhD Marian Binkley, BA, MA, PhD (Toronto)
Vice-Presidents Administrative Officers
Academic and Provost University Legal Counsel
Alan Shaver, BSc (Hon), PhD Karen Crombie, BA (Hon), JD
Finance and Administration University Librarian

Ken Burt, BA, MBA William Maes, AB, MA, MLS
External University Registrar
Floyd W. Dykeman, BA, MPL Asa Kachan, BA, MLIS
Student Services Director of Government Relations

Bonnie Neuman, BA, MA, EdD Gillian Wood, BA, MA (Economics)
Research Coordinator, Special Projects, President’s Office

W. Carl Breckenridge, BSc (Hon), MSc, PhD Kim Thomson, BSA, MBA
Associate Vice-President, Academic Executive Directors

Larry Maloney, B.P.E., BEd, MA, PhD
Computing and Information Services
Associate Vice-President, Research John Sherwood, BSc, EP
Russell J. Boyd, BSc, PhD
6 Dalhousie University
Centre for Learning and Teaching Members
Lynn Taylor, BSc and BEd (Memorial), MA (Dal), PhD (Ottawa) Mr. Jay Abbass
Mr. Jamie Baillie
Office of Institutional Analysis and Research Ms. Elizabeth Beale
Elizabeth Lane, BA, MA Mr. Level Chan
Prof. Richard Evans
Directors Dr. Richard Goldbloom
Ms. Lynn Irving
Alumni and Donor Relations Ms. Nancy MacCready-Williams
Ian Murray, BA Prof. Sunny Marche
Mr. Robert Radchuck
Arts Centre
Mr. David Russell
Heather McGean, BA Mr. Chris Smith
Athletics and Recreational Services and Dalplex Mr. Lawrence Stordy
Mr. Jim Wilson
Al Scott, BPE (Calgary), MSc (Oregon)
Ms. Shannon Zimmerman
Counselling and Psychological Services
University Secretary
Victor Day, PhD
Susan Brousseau
Environmental Health and Safety
Observer for Faculty Association
William Louch, PhD
Dr. Kevin Grundy
Facilities Management Senate
Jeffrey W. Lamb, BEng, MEng (Royal Military College)
The Senate is the University’s senior academic decision-making body. It is
Health Services responsible for the approval of new programs and academic units and it
Kim Plaxton, MD (UofT), CCFP (Dal) FCFP manages the reviews of Faculties, Centres and Institutes. Senate approves
the granting of degrees and diplomas, including the conferral of Honorary
Housing, Conference and Ancillary Services Degrees. It is responsible for setting academic regulations which affect the
Heather Sutherland, BSc, MEd University as a whole, including regulations governing student conduct
and discipline, as well as regulations concerning faculty tenure and
Student Resources promotion.
Sharon Johnson-Legere, BBA, MBA, CA, CHRP
Senate has 73 members - 49 elected Faculty representatives, 16 academic
Board of Governors administrators (President, Vice-President Academic, Vice-President
Research, University Librarian, and the Deans of each faculty), six
Under the University’s statutes, the Board of Governors is responsible for
students elected by the Dalhousie Student Union, and a representative
the operation of the University. The Board consists of representatives
from the university of Kings College and the Nova Scotia Agricultural
named by the Government of Nova Scotia, the alumni, the Student Union
College.
and certain other bodies. Internal regulation of the University is the
primary concern of the Senate, subject to approval of the Board of Senate normally meets on the second Monday of each month from 4:00 -
Governors. 6:00 p.m. In addition, if there are sufficient items of business, Senate will
meet on the fourth Monday of the month, from 4:00 - 6:00 p.m.
The President and Vice-Chancellor is the Chief Executive Officer of the
University, responsible to the Board of Governors and Senate for Chair of Senate
supervision of the University’s administrative and academic work.
Lloyd A. Fraser, EdD
Chancellor Vice Chair of Senate
Dr. Richard B. Goldbloom, O.C.
Peter M. Butler, PhD
Chancellor Emeritus Secretary of Senate
Dr. Rueben Cohen
Bruce Dunphy, MD, MEd, FRSC (c)
Sir Graham Day
Dr. Ruth Goldbloom
Executive
Hon. Lorne Clarke
Senator James S. Cowan, Chair
Mr. Mike Tipping
Dr. Lloyd A. Fraser
Ms. Cathy MacNutt, Vice Chair
Mr. Don Mills, Honourary Secretary
Mr. Robert Chisholm
Mr. William Black
Dr. Jim Spatz
Mr. Bruce Towler, Honourary Treasurer
Dr. Tom Traves, President
Dalhousie University 7
10. Students withdrawing voluntarily from the University should consult
the individual faculty regulations and the Fees section of this Calendar.
11. When the work of a student becomes unsatisfactory, or a student’s
attendance is irregular without sufficient reason, the faculty concerned
may require withdrawal from one or more classes, or withdrawal from
the Faculty. If a student is required to withdraw from a Faculty such a
student may apply to another Faculty. However, in assessing the
University Regulations application, previous performance will be taken into consideration.
12. Any graduating student who is unable to appear at the convocation is
expected to notify the Registrar in writing prior to May 1, for Spring
General convocations (or October 1 for Fall convocations), giving the address to
which the degree/ diploma is to be mailed. Students whose accounts
1. The Senate is charged with the internal regulations of the University,
are delinquent on April 15 will not receive their degree/ diploma
including all matters relating to academic affairs and discipline, subject
parchment nor their transcripts. For October graduation the date is
to the approval of the Board of Governors. Within the general policies
September 1.
approved by Senate, academic requirements are administered by the
13. Students should be aware that certain classes at the University involve
Faculty concerned.
required laboratory work where radioactive isotopes are present and
2. All students must agree to obey all the regulations of the University
are used by students. Since there are potential health risks associated
already made or to be made; in addition to the above University
with the improper handling of such radioactive isotopes, Dalhousie
regulations, students must also comply with the regulations of the
University requires that, as a condition of taking a class where
Faculty in which they are registered, and pay the required fees and
radioactive isotopes are to be used, students read and agree to comply
deposits before entering any class or taking any examinations.
with the instructions for the safe handling of such radioactive isotopes.
Additionally, students are advised that this Calendar is not an all-
In the event that students do not comply with the instructions for the
inclusive set of rules and regulations but represents only a portion of
safe handling of radioactive isotopes, students will receive no credit for
the rules and regulations that will govern the student’s relationship
the required laboratory work unless other acceptable alternatives are
with the University. Other rules and regulations are contained in
arranged with the instructor. In many cases, alternate arrangements are
additional publications that are available to the student from the
not possible and students should consider enrolling in a different class.
Registrar’s Office and/or the relevant Faculty, Department or School.
3. For the purpose of admission to the University, the place of residence
of a student is the place of domicile. This is normally presumed to be
Rescission of Acceptance into a Program
the place (country, province, etc.) where the parents or guardian’s Dalhousie University reserves the right to rescind any acceptance of an
home is located. That place remains unchanged unless the Registrar is applicant into a program or to rescind an offer of admission of an
satisfied that a place of residence is established elsewhere. No person applicant into a program. Such rescission shall be in writing and may be
under sixteen years of age is admitted to any class except on the made by the President or the Vice-President (Academic) and Provost, in
specific recommendation of the admissions committee of the relevant consultation with the appropriate Dean, at any time prior to the
Faculty or School, which shall take into account all aspects of the applicant’s registration being confirmed by the Registrar. Any such
applicant’s preparedness for the class or program involved, and which rescission shall be reported to the Senate in camera.
may attach such conditions to the applicant’s admission as the
committee judges appropriate. Official Examination Regulations
4. All students must report their local address while attending the 1. Candidates will not be admitted to the Examination Room more than
University to the Office of the Registrar, on registration or as soon as thirty minutes after the beginning of the examination. Candidates will
possible thereafter. Subsequent changes must be reported promptly. not be permitted to leave the examination within the first thirty
This may be done online at www.dal.ca/online. minutes.
5. Email is an authorized means of communication for academic and 2. Candidates are required to present their valid Dalhousie ID card at all
administrative purposes within Dalhousie. The University will assign examinations scheduled during the official examination periods and
all students an official email address. This address will remain in effect sign the signature list when used.
while the student remains a student and for one academic term 3. No articles such as books, papers, etc. may be taken into the
following a student’s last registration. This is the only email address examination room unless provision has been made by the examiner for
that will be used for communication with students regarding all reference books and materials to be allowed to the students. All books,
academic and administrative matters. Any redirection of email will be papers, etc. not specified on the printed paper as well as electronic
at the student’s own risk. Each student is expected to check her or his computing, data storage and communication devices must be
official email address frequently in order to stay current with deposited with the invigilator. Calculators may be used at the
Dalhousie communications. discretion of the instructor.
6. Students who change their name while attending Dalhousie must 4. Candidates may not leave their seats during an examination except
provide proof of name change to the Registrar’s Office. with the consent of the invigilator.
7. Students are bound by the regulations of the home faculty regardless of 5. Answers to questions must be written on the right hand pages and
the faculty in which the student takes classes. properly numbered. The left hand pages may be used for rough work,
8. In the interests of public health in the University, students are but no sheets may be detached.
encouraged to have a tuberculin test. This is compulsory for Dentistry, 6. Each question should be started on a separate page.
Dental Hygiene, Physiotherapy and Nursing students. Facilities for 7. If more than one book is used, the total number should be marked in
testing are arranged by the University Health Services. the space provided above. The other books should be properly marked
9. Except for university purposes, transcripts, official, or unofficial, will and placed inside the first book. All books supplied must be returned
be issued only on the request of the student, and where appropriate, on to the invigilator.
payment of the required fee. A student may receive only an unofficial 8. Candidates found communicating with one another in any way or
transcript. Official transcripts will be sent on a student’s request to under any pretext whatever, or having unauthorized books, papers,
other universities, or to business organizations, etc. A transcript is a electronic computing, data storage, or communication devices in their
complete history of a student’s academic record at Dalhousie. Partial possession, even if their use be not proved, shall be subject to
transcripts, e.g., a portion of a student’s record pertaining to expulsion.
registration in a particular degree, faculty or level of study only, are not
issued.
8 University Regulations
9. After the first thirty minutes have elapsed, students may hand in their Religious Holidays/Examination Schedule
examination book(s) to an invigilator and quietly leave the examination The University acknowledges that, due to the pluralistic nature of the
room. Candidates may not leave the examination room during the last University community, some students may on religious grounds require
fifteen minutes of the examination. alternative times to write examinations and tests. Accordingly, a student
who requires an alternative examination or test time on religious grounds
Policy in the Event that a Formal should consult with the instructor regarding alternative arrangements.
Examination Cannot be Completed at the Such a request should be made in writing within one week of the
announcement of the test or examination date.
Regularly Scheduled Time
Formal examinations, up to three hours in length, are scheduled by the Retention of Student Work
Registrar each December and April during formal examination periods, as
Faculties of Architecture and Planning and Engineering
laid out in the Calendar. If, in the unusual event that one of these
examinations must be postponed or abandoned at short notice, the All work executed by students as part of their academic programs in the
following policies will apply. Faculties of Architecture and Planning and Engineering automatically
becomes the property of the University and may be retained for exhibition
or other purposes at any time and for an indefinite period.
1. If more than fifty percent of the time allocated for the examination has
elapsed, students’ work up to the premature end of the examination, Faculty of Computer Science
but prorated for the actual time written, will lead to the mark to be
The Faculty of Computer Science has the right to retain the original or a
obtained from the formal examination.
copy of any work handed in by students. This will only be used for
2. If less than fifty percent of the time allocated for any examination has
evaluation or for administrative purposes. The permission of the
elapsed, the examination will be rewritten as soon as possible,
originator of the work is required if it is to be used in any other way.
normally on a day when examinations are not scheduled. Students will
be informed by the Registrar of the time and place of the rewrite on the
Website of the Registrar (www.registrar.dal.ca).
Freedom of Information and Protection of
3. In all cases in which a formal examination cannot be written at its Privacy
scheduled time and special arrangements must be made, it is essential The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (FOIPOP)
that faculty ensure that all students in the class are treated fairly and provides for the protection of an individual’s right to privacy but also
equitably and according to the evaluative criteria in the class requires that certain records be disclosed upon request unless they are
description given to students at the beginning of the term. exempted from disclosure. The Act requires that the University not
If an examination is terminated as under point #1, any student who disclose personal information if that information would constitute an
feels disadvantaged by not having been able to write an examination unreasonable invasion of personal privacy. Applicants to Dalhousie are
for the length specified in the class description, may appeal through the advised that information they provide along with other information
appropriate departmental or school appeal mechanism for an placed in a student file will be used in conjunction with university
examination of the specified length. Appeals will be in writing and in a practices for internal university use and will not be disclosed to third
timely fashion. If the appeal is granted, arrangements for such a parties except in compliance with the FOIPOP Act or as otherwise
makeup examination will be made between the student and the class required by law.
professor.
4. If a formal examination cannot be written at its scheduled time, it is the Release of Information About Students
responsibility of students to check the Registrar’s Website for when the The following information is available, without application through the
examination will be rewritten. Announcements will be made as soon as Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act:
possible after the original time, normally within 24 hours, and rewrites
will normally take place within the regular examination period. I. Disclosure to students of their own records
1. Students have the right to inspect their academic record. An employee
Policy for the Scheduling of Classes/ of the Registrar’s Office will be present during such an inspection.
Examinations 2. Students will, on submission of a signed request and payment of a fee
where appropriate, have the right to receive transcripts of their own
Normally, the University schedules and conducts classes on weekdays,
academic record. These transcripts will be marked “ISSUED TO
i.e., Monday to Friday, and sometimes Saturday, and examinations on
STUDENT”. The University will not release copies of transcripts if
weekdays and Saturdays, but not Sundays or statutory Holidays.
students owe monies to the University.
However the University reserves the right, in exceptional circumstances
3. If transcripts are issued for a student while a senate discipline case is
and with the approval of Senate, to schedule classes or examinations on
pending and the committee subsequently makes a decision that affects
Sundays or statutory holidays, as the case may be.
the student’s transcript, revised transcripts will be sent to recipients if
Requests for an Alternative Final Examination Time transcripts are issued while the case was pending.
A student requesting an alternative time for a final examination will be
II. Disclosure to Faculty, Administrative Officers,
granted that request only in exceptional circumstances. Such
circumstances include illness (with medical certificate) or other mitigating and Committees of the University
circumstances outside the control of the student. Elective arrangements Information on students may be disclosed without the consent of the
(such as travel plans) are not considered acceptable grounds for granting student to University officials or committees deemed to have a legitimate
an alternative examination time. In cases where it is necessary to make educational interest.
changes to examination arrangements late in the term, or Senate has
approved exceptional examination arrangements, a special effort will be III. Disclosure to Third Parties
made to accommodate difficulties the changes may cause for individual 1. The following information is considered public information and may
students. be released without restriction:
- Name
The decision whether to grant a student’s request for an alternative - Period of Registration
examination time lies with the instructor of the course concerned as does - Certificates, Diplomas, Degrees awarded
the responsibility for making the alternative arrangements. - Field of Study (as relates to degree awarded)
- Hometown and Awards/Distinctions*
This policy may also be applied at the discretion of the instructor to tests
*As indicated in the convocation program.
and examinations other than final examinations.
University Regulations 9
2. Information will be released without student consent to persons in 4.2 inform the University community about the services available to
compliance with a judicial order or subpoena or as required by federal qualified students with disabilities and seek to ensure that such
or provincial legislation. services are delivered in ways that promote equity;
3. Necessary information may be released without student consent in an 4.3 where warranted and without compromising the academic
emergency, if the knowledge of that information is required to protect standards, and through the relevant academic authority, modify:
the health or safety of the student or other persons. Such requests a) workload;
should be directed to the Registrar. b) examination procedures;
4. In compliance with Statistics Canada requirements, a student’s national c) other class requirements; and
personal identification number assigned by the university or college d) scholarship and other financial assistance requirements; and
first attended will routinely appear on a student’s transcript of record. 4.4 take all reasonable steps to consult students with disabilities as
5. The Federal Statistics Act provides the legal authority for Statistics fully as possible about decisions relating to matters affecting
Canada to obtain access to personal information held by educational them.
institutions. The information may be used only for statistical purposes,
5. In accordance with provisions in the Human Rights Act, the University
and the confidentiality provisions of the Statistics Act prevent the
may also define essential requirements for professional performance
information from being released in any way that would identify a
for students in programs, where these are appropriate, and this policy
student.
is not intended to replace or supersede these requirements.
Students who do not wish to have their information used are able to 6. Students with disabilities requiring assistance from the University
ask Statistics Canada to remove their identifying information from the shall:
national database. 6.1 initiate contact with the Advisor to Students with Disabilities and
make the nature of their disability and/or their needs known;
Students should also be aware that the Maritime Provinces Higher and
Education Commission (MPHEC) collects data on behalf of Statistics 6.2 be expected to undertake a reasonable measure of self-advocacy
Canada, and that it uses the data for similar purposes. Statistics Canada to ensure they are provided with an equal opportunity by
will notify the MPHEC of any student choosing to have their personal
Dalhousie University.
information removed from the national database, and their information
7. The responsibility to implement these policies throughout the
will subsequently be removed from the MPHEC’s database.
University rests on all members of the University community,
Further information on the use of this information can be obtained including all faculty, administration, staff, students and the Advisor to
from the Statistics Canada Website: http://www.statcan.ca or by Students with Disabilities.
writing to the Postsecondary Section, Centre for Education Statistics,
17th Floor, R.H. Coats Building, Tunney’s Pasture, Ottawa, K1A 0T6. Procedures Regarding Students with
6. Other than in the above situations, information on students will be Learning Disabilities
released to third parties only at the written request of the student, or
Dalhousie University is committed to providing equal educational
where the student has signed an agreement with a third party, one of
opportunities and full participation for students with learning disabilities.
the conditions of which is access to her/his record (e.g., in financial
These procedures regarding students with learning disabilities derive
aid). This restriction applies to requests from parents, spouses, credit
from the University’s Policy on Accessibility for Students with Disabilities
bureaus and police.
as stated above. These students are intellectually capable and possess
potential which may not be fully realized without a recognition of their
Policy on Accessibility for Students with special needs. We are both morally and legally required to supply such
Disabilities support consistent with the Policy on Accessibility for Students with
1. Dalhousie University is committed to the goal of providing equal Disabilities.
opportunity for qualified students with disabilities. To demonstrate
full respect for the academic capacities and potential of students with I. Admission
disabilities, the University seeks to remove attitudinal and Students with diagnosed learning disabilities who meet the current
environmental restrictions which may hamper or prevent admission requirements for Dalhousie University may follow the current
academically-qualified students with disabilities from participating admission procedures. All new Dalhousie students will receive in the offer
fully in University life. The University understands that persons with of admission a statement indicating that, if they have a learning disability
disabilities may have different ways of doing things, recognizing that or any other disability for which they will require accommodations or
performance is not inferior merely because it is different. special assistance, they should contact the Advisor to Students with
2. The University recognizes, subject to its financial and other resource Disabilities, in order to ascertain the degree to which their needs can be
constraints, that qualified students with disabilities have a right to: met.
2.1 full access to all educational programs; Students with diagnosed learning disabilities who do not meet the current
2.2 full access to the educational process and learning environment admission requirements or who otherwise wish to have their learning
(including but not limited to classes, laboratories, workshops); disability considered may apply for special consideration as may all other
2.3 full access to the University campus; and students who have extenuating circumstances. These requests will be
2.4 full access to University facilities and services. made to the appropriate admissions committee, acting in consultation
3. The University recognizes that qualified students with disabilities have with the Advisor to Students with Disabilities and the other
a right to assistance that is individualized with respect to scope and knowledgeable professionals.
pace, consistent with the student’s needs, legitimate academic
demands, and the University’s capacity to respond. The following documentation must be submitted by students who wish to
4. To ensure that qualified students with disabilities may pursue quality apply for special consideration:
post-secondary education, the University shall: 1. Letter(s) of recommendation from the individual(s) most familiar with
4.1 be proactive in fostering, creating and maintaining a barrier-free the applicant’s academic performance and/or potential for success at
environment, including: university;
a) the provision of support services, within reasonable financial 2. A written, oral or electronic statement from the student. In this brief
and resource limitations; and personal statement, students should describe their learning disability,
b) promoting an attitude of respect for persons with disabilities, how this affected their grades and the type of assistance they would
and require while at Dalhousie University;
c) promoting sensitivity to the needs and abilities of persons with
disabilities;
3. A current (within three years) psychological assessment based on E. Release of Information About Students
standard diagnostic instruments administered by a registered A student will be told before disclosing any information on learning
psychologist documenting the presence of learning disabilities. If a disabilities that such information will be governed by the University
current report is not possible, Dalhousie University may accept an Regulations on the Release of Information as indicated in this calendar.
earlier report along with a current opinion (i.e., within the past year)
expressed in a letter by a registered psychologist (or individual III. Support Services
supervised by a registered psychologist) that the student has a learning Dalhousie University endeavours to provide a broad range of support
disability. This letter should specify the nature, extent and rationale for services to all of its students. Students wishing to obtain assistance from
program modifications or accommodations that were deemed the University shall be expected to undertake a reasonable measure of self-
appropriate in the student’s last two years of schooling. advocacy to ensure that they are provided with the support services
necessary. Such support services may include personal counselling,
II. Academic Accommodation for Students with academic counselling, academic advising, and academic skill training.
Learning Disabilities
NOTE: Accommodation of a student’s needs due to disability will be
Students requesting academic accommodation will arrange a personal
facilitated if the student self-discloses and makes prior arrangements.
interview with the Advisor to Students with Disabilities. Schools and
Accommodation may be hindered if advance notification and/or prior
Faculties will provide relevant Faculty committees and individual Faculty
arrangements have not been made
members with fairly specific instruction as to the circumstances in which
certain types of accommodation are normally to be made (e.g., the
language requirement of the Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences). The Policy on Submission of Student Papers
Advisor to Students with Disabilities will assist faculty and students in Any instructor may require student papers to be submitted in both written
developing reasonable accommodations. and electronic (computer-readable) form, e.g., a text file on floppy disk or
A. Documentation Required as an email attachment, as defined by the instructor. The instructor may
submit the material to a third-party computer- based assessment system(s)
The student will provide the Advisor with a current (within three years)
for the purpose of assessing the originality of the paper. The results of
psychological report documenting the presence of a learning disability as
such assessment may be used as evidence in any disciplinary action taken
outlined in Section A. above.
by the Senate.
B. Procedures Regarding Academic Accommodation
Students are expected to identify themselves as having a learning Intellectual Honesty
disability and inform the Advisor to Students with Disabilities as early as A university should be a model of intellectual honesty. Failure to meet the
possible and preferably before the beginning of the term. They should University's standards in this regard can result in an academic offence.
make this initial contact during office hours and be prepared to discuss The length of time a student has attended university, the presence of a
strengths, weaknesses and the types of accommodation that may be dishonest intent and other circumstances may all be relevant to the
necessary. seriousness with which the matter is viewed.
The Dalhousie University Policy on Accessibility for Students with Violations of intellectual honesty are offensive to the entire academic
Disabilities will guide the Faculties and the relevant committees in their community, not just to the individual faculty member and students in
deliberations. That policy specifies three factors that must be taken into whose class an offence occurs.
account when considering requests for accommodations from students
Instructors are responsible for setting examinations and assignments as
with disabilities: the needs of the students; preservation of the academic
part of the learning process and for evaluating those examinations and
integrity of the programs; and the ability of the University to provide
assignments, including ensuring that any rules stated for the procedures
resources.
used in an examination or assignment are followed. Any violation of such
C. Types of Academic Accommodation stated rules which could result in a student gaining advantage may be
The types of academic accommodation provided for students with considered to be an academic offence.
learning disabilities may vary depending on the nature of the learning
Examples of Academic Offences
disability and the class content. For example, a student may benefit from
an oral exam in one subject area, but not in another. It is not unusual for There are many possible forms of academic dishonesty. Since it is not
there to be an initial trial-and-error period of finding the best way to possible to list all instances of academic dishonesty, the following list of
evaluate a student’s ability to demonstrate mastery of class material. examples should be considered only as a guide. The omission of a
dishonest action from this list does not prevent the University from
Accommodations for students with learning disabilities typically can prosecuting an alleged instance of that action.
include but are not necessarily limited to the following:
1. Extend the time permitted for a student with a learning disability to A. Plagiarism
earn a degree; Dalhousie University defines plagiarism as the submission or presentation
2. Modify program requirements (e.g., class substitutions); of the work of another as if it were one's own.
3. Permit examinations to be proctored, read orally, dictated or typed;
Plagiarism is considered a serious academic offence which may lead to the
4. Allow extra time for completion of examinations and extend the time
assignment of a failing grade, suspension or expulsion from the
for the examination period;
University. If a penalty results in a student no longer meeting the
5. Change the test format (e.g., multiple choice to essay);
requirements of a degree that has been awarded, the University may
6. Provide alternative formats for class materials;
rescind that degree.
7. Permit basic four-function calculators and standard desk dictionaries
during examinations; Some examples of plagiarism are:
8. Use alternative methods for students to demonstrate academic • failure to attribute authorship when using a broad spectrum of sources
achievement (e.g., a narrative tape instead of a journal); such as written or oral work, computer codes/programs, artistic or
9. Permit review of final drafts of term papers with a proofreader and architectural works, scientific projects, performances, web page
make changes without altering content; and designs, graphical representations, diagrams, videos, and images;
10. Use computer software programs to assist in test-taking. • downloading all or part of the work of another from the Internet and
submitting as one's own; and
D. Appeals • the use of a paper prepared by any person other than the individual
Admission and program appeals by students with learning disabilities claiming to be the author.
will follow the usual procedures of the relevant Faculty at Dalhousie
University.
The University attaches great importance to the contribution of original Discipline
thought to learning and scholarship. It attaches equal importance to the
1. Members of the University, both students and staff, are expected to
appropriate acknowledgement of sources from which facts and opinions
comply with the general laws of the community, within the University
have been obtained.
as well as outside it.
The proper use of footnotes and other methods of acknowledgement vary 2. Alleged breaches of discipline relating to student activities under the
from one field of study to another. Failure to cite sources as required in the supervision of the Dalhousie Student Union are dealt with by the
particular field of study in the preparation of essays, term papers and Student Union. Alleged breaches of discipline relating to life in the
dissertations or theses may, in some cases, be considered to be plagiarism. residences are dealt with by the residence discipline policy unless the
President determines that some non-residence University interests are
Students who are in any doubt about how to acknowledge sources should involved. Senate is charged with the authority to deal with cases of
discuss the matter in advance with the faculty members for whom they are alleged academic offenses, see examples above, as well as with certain
preparing assignments. In many academic departments, written other offenses that are incompatible with constructive participation in
statements on matters of this kind are made available as a matter of an academic community.
routine or can be obtained on request. Students may also take advantage 3. On report of a serious breach of the law, or a serious academic offence
of resources available through the Writing Centre at writingcentre.dal.ca deemed by the President, or in his or her absence by a Vice-President or
or the Dalhousie Libraries at infolit.library.dal.ca/tutorials/Plagiarism/. the Dean of a Faculty, to affect vital University interests, a student
involved may be temporarily suspended and denied admission to
B. Irregularities in the Presentation of Data from classes or to the University by the President, Vice-President or Dean,
Experiments, Field Studies, etc. but any suspension shall be reported to the Senate, together with the
Academic research is based on the presentation of accurate information reasons for it, without delay.
and data that are obtained honestly. The falsification of data in reports, 4. No refund of fees will be made to any student required to lose credit
theses, dissertations and other presentations is a serious academic offence, for any class taken, required to withdraw or who is suspended or
equivalent in degree to plagiarism, for which the penalties may include dismissed from any class or any Faculty of the University.
the assignment of a failing grade, suspension or expulsion from the
University or the withdrawal of a degree previously awarded. Academic Dishonesty
C. Other Irregularities I. Preamble
A member of the University who attempts, or who assists any other These procedures deal with academic dishonesty and do not deal with
person in an attempt, to fulfill, by irregular procedures, any requirements
violations of the student code of conduct. The purpose of these procedures
for a class, commits an academic offence and is subject to a penalty. is to delegate assessment of certain allegations of academic dishonesty to
In the absence of specific approval from the instructor of a class, all the Faculty level.
students should assume that all assignments are to be completed
independently, without any form of collaboration.
II. Academic Integrity Officers
1. Academic Integrity Officers are associated with the Faculties of
Students should take reasonable precautions to prevent other students Dalhousie University.
from having access, without permission, to their tests, assignments, essays 2. The Academic Integrity Officer shall act between the student and
or term papers. instructor, and may appear at Hearing Panels of the Discipline
Committee or the Discipline Appeals Board to present the case against
The following are some examples of irregular procedures. The list should
the student.
be used only as a guide since it is not possible to cover all situations that
3. The Academic Integrity Officer is the Dean of the Faculty. The Dean
may be considered by the Senate Discipline Committee to be irregular.
may further delegate this role to one or more members of his/her
• writing an examination or test for someone else;
academic staff except those who are Senate Officers, who are otherwise
• attempting to obtain or accepting assistance from any other person
involved in the student discipline process, or who otherwise are in a
during an examination or test;
potential conflict of interest relative to this role. Annually the name of
• during the time one is writing an examination or test, using or having
the delegate(s) shall be communicated in writing to the Secretary of
in one’s possession, material that is not specifically approved by the
Senate who shall report to Senate.
instructor;
4. The Academic Integrity Officers shall meet as a group with the Senate
• without authorization, obtaining a copy of an examination or test, topic
Discipline Committee (SDC) at least once a year to discuss relevant
for an essay or paper, or other work;
policy issues and training requirements with a view to maximizing
• without authorization from the faculty member in charge of that class,
consistency and predictability in the administration of academic
submitting any work for academic credit when one is not the sole
offences across the University. Such meetings will be convened and
author or creator;
chaired by the Secretary of Senate.
• without authorization submitting any work that has been previously
accepted for academic credit in any other class in any degree, diploma III. Faculty Procedures
or certificate program, or has been completed as part of employment 1. When an academic offence is suspected, the instructor shall submit a
within the University, for example, as research activity. A repeated signed statement outlining the basis for the allegation, together with all
class is considered to be a separate class. relevant supporting evidence, to the Academic Integrity Officer of the
Faculty which is responsible for the delivery of the course at issue, or in
D. Aiding in the Commission of an Academic Offence
the case of an allegation in relation to a graduate thesis or other non
No student may encourage or aid another student in the commission of an
course graduate materials, to the Academic Integrity Officer of the
academic offence, for example,
Faculty of Graduate Studies.
• by lending another student an assignment knowing that he or she may
2. Upon receipt of the material from the instructor, the Academic
copy it for submission;
Integrity Officer shall determine whether or not the material supports a
• by allowing another student to copy answers during an examination.
prima facie case that the student has committed an academic offence. If
E. Misrepresentation not prima facie case is made out, no further steps are taken in relation
Any person who provides false or misleading information during an to the allegation, and the instructor and student will be so advised in
investigation of a suspected academic offence is guilty of an offence. writing.
3. If a prima facie case is established, then the Academic Integrity Officer
will take the following further steps:
a) Check the academic discipline database maintained by the Senate The Senate Nominating Committee shall arrange for nominations to fill
Office to determine if the student(s) has a record of prior academic casual vacancies for the remainder of the second term.
offence(s);
b) If the student(s) has a record of prior academic offence(s), forward II. Functions
the allegation to the Senate Discipline Committee; The Senate Discipline Committee shall:
c) If the allegation appears to be a first offense, inform the student(s) in 1. consider all complaints or allegations respecting offenses or
writing of the nature of the allegation, the instructor's statement, the irregularities of an academic nature, including those relating to
evidence, the procedures to be followed, the possible penalties, and admissions procedures and evaluation procedures, and may impose
possible sources of advice and support (will be a standard penalties in cases where the Committee finds an offence or irregularity
document); has occurred;
d) Convene a meeting with the student(s), the student(s)'s advisor, if 2. have the power to discipline a student who, before or during the course
any, and the instructor within 5 working days upon receipt of the of the disciplinary process involving him or her but prior to
allegation by the student, which time may be extended at the adjudication, has:
request of the student or instructor in appropriate circumstances.; a) been compelled to withdraw academically;
e) If the meeting does not take place within the time set out above, b) chosen to withdraw from the class, program or University prior to
refer the allegation to the Senate Discipline Committee. being disciplined;
4. Following the meeting convened in accordance with paragraph 8, the c) chosen not to register at the University;
Academic Integrity Officer shall make a preliminary assessment of 3. assume jurisdiction when a complaint or allegation respecting offenses
whether there is sufficient evidence to support a finding that the or irregularities of an academic nature are brought to its attention by
student has committed an academic offence, and if there is sufficient the Secretary of Senate; complaints or allegations may be made by
evidence, make a preliminary assessment of what penalty would be faculty or other evaluators of academic work done by students; a panel
appropriate in the circumstances. In making the latter assessment, the of Discipline Advisors is available to assist and advise evaluators, and
Academic Integrity Officer shall exercise broad discretion in guidelines for evaluators are set out in the document entitled
considering possible mitigating circumstances including but not Guidelines for Academic Evaluators Regarding Violations of Academic
limited to extraordinary personal circumstances and lack of Regulations by students;
educational experience. 4. conduct hearings according to the rules of natural justice and such
5. If the Academic Integrity Officer's assessment is that there is other procedures as the Committee may decide in advance, with due
insufficient evidence to support a finding that the student has notice to all interested parties. A panel of three faculty and two
committed an academic offence, s/he shall inform the student in students shall hear each complaint, including complaints made under
writing with a copy to the Instructor within 5 working days of the the Code of Student Conduct. The Committee Chair or alternate chosen
meeting. This does not preclude an Academic Integrity Officer from by and from the Committee shall chair each hearing;
proceeding with the allegation at a later date, should new evidence 5. evaluate the evidence of innocence or guilt of an accused student. This
become available. evaluation shall include the premise that the more senior the student in
6. If the Academic Integrity Officer's assessment is that there is sufficient terms of chronological age, year of university registration, extent of
evidence to support a finding that the student has committed an other exposure to university rules and regulations at Dalhousie
academic offence, AND that the appropriate penalty for the student's University or elsewhere, the less credible are assertions of ignorance or
conduct is any of the penalties described in section IV page 14, except innocence and the stronger is the case for a more severe penalty than
those listed in subparagraphs 5 to 9 the Academic Integrity Officer would be imposed on a less senior student;
shall provide the student with the option of accepting the finding and 6. report its findings, and any penalty imposed to the Secretary of Senate
the proposed penalty, or of proceeding to the Senate Discipline who shall forward a copy of the report to the student; if the alleged
Committee for a full hearing. The option shall be presented to the offender is not a student, a copy shall also be sent to the Vice-President
student within 5 working days of the meeting, and the student shall (Academic and Provost)
have 2 working days to respond. In the event that the student elects to
accept the finding and proposed penalty, the Academic Integrity III. Appeals
Officer shall so advise the Secretary of Senate. Appeals from decisions of the Senate Discipline Committee may be made
7. Upon being advised of the finding and agreed penalty, the Secretary of to a Senate Discipline Appeal Board, but only on the limited grounds: (a)
Senate shall bring the matter before Senate for ratification at the next denial of natural justice; (b) disputed jurisdiction of the Senate Discipline
sitting of Senate following the procedures set out for ratification of Committee. Decisions of a Senate Discipline Appeal Board are final and
academic appeals, with necessary changes in point of detail. Following binding on all parties. At the time of filing the appeal a student must
Senate's ratification, the Secretary of Senate shall ensure that the specifically indicate the facts and allegations that will form the basis of the
offence is recorded on the Senate Discipline database and that the appeal. An appeal will be limited to matters so alleged.
Registrar and any others are notified of the finding and penalty for
Where the rules of a faculty, such as Health Professions, expressly provide
immediate implementation.
that suitability, fitness, or aptitude for the practice of the profession is a
8. If the Academic Integrity Officer's assessment is that there is sufficient
requirement for advancement or graduation, or both, and a Faculty
evidence to support a finding that the student has committed an
determines that a student should be suspended or dismissed or otherwise
academic offence, but that the appropriate penalty for the student's
should not advance or graduate because of unsuitability for the relevant
conduct is one of those listed in subparagraphs 5 to 9 of section IV of
profession, an appeal from the Faculty decision may be made to an ad-hoc
these Procedures, the Academic Integrity Officer shall, within 5
appeal committee established by the Senate Steering Committee. The Ad-
working days of the meeting, notify the student in writing, with a copy
hoc Appeal Committee shall:(1) hear an appeal by a student from the
to the instructor, that the matter will be forwarded to the Senate
decision of a Faculty regarding suitability, fitness or aptitude for the
Discipline Committee for a full hearing.
practice of the relevant profession when: a) the student has exhausted the
approved appeal regulations and procedures of the relevant Faculty; and
Senate Discipline Committee b) the student alleges that there were irregularities or unfairness in the
application of the regulations in question. The Ad-hoc Appeal Committee
I. Composition shall not hear appeals: a) by students on a matter involving a requested
The Committee comprises ten representatives of the faculty elected by exemption from the application of Faculty or University regulations or
Senate for staggered three-year terms, one of whom shall be the Chair procedures; b) on substantive aspects of a finding of unsuitability.
(chosen annually by the Committee), five representatives of the Dalhousie
University student body, and two representatives of the University of
King’s College student body. A student who is a member of the Judicial
Board of the DSU may not at the same time be a member of the Senate
Discipline Committee.
IV. Penalties The University may also define standards of professional conduct for
The range of penalties which may be imposed by the Senate Discipline students in programs where these are appropriate, and this Code is not
Committee be circumscribed only by the requirement that such penalty or intended to replace or supersede such standards.
penalties be of an academic nature and, without restricting the generality
of the foregoing, may include any one or more of:
II. Code Of Conduct
1. notation of the fact of discipline on the offender’s transcript for a period A. Definitions
of one (1) or more years, but not exceed five (5) years;
1. In this Code, the word “premises” includes lands, buildings and
2. repeat of the assignment that triggered the discipline;
grounds of the University, or other places or facilities used for the
3. a failing grade or mark or assessment in the piece of work triggering
provision of the University's programs or services or for University-
the discipline;
approved events and activities.
4. failure of the class or seminar or program;
2. In this Code, “student” means a person:
5. failure of the academic year;
a) engaged in any academic work or placement which leads to the
6. suspension for an academic term or year (to a maximum suspension of
recording and/or issue of a mark, grade or statement of
three (3) academic years);
performance by the appropriate authority in the University or
7. expulsion from the University;
another institution; and/or
8. loss of a current or continuing scholarship, or both, or loss of eligibility
b) registered in, enrolled in, or attending any course or class, or
to receive or to maintain scholarships or prizes or bursaries; and
otherwise participating as a learner in any activity which entitles the
9. removal from the Dean’s List.
person to the use of a University library, library materials, library
PLEASE NOTE: If transcripts are issued for a student while a Senate resources, computer facility or dataset.
Discipline case is pending, and the Committee subsequently makes a 3. In this Code, the words “Dalhousie University” refer to Dalhousie
decision that affects the student’s transcript, revised transcripts will be University and include any institutions affiliated with it, where such
sent to recipients of transcripts issued while the case was pending inclusion has been agreed upon by the University and the affiliated
institution, with respect to the premises, facilities, equipment, services,
University of King’s College activities, students and other members of the affiliated institution.
The University of King’s College Registrar shall notify the Dalhousie 4. Unless otherwise stated, a student will only be liable for conduct that
Registrar in the event that academic discipline proceedings have been she or he knew or ought reasonably to have known would constitute
commenced in relation to a Dalhousie student, and shall advise the conduct prohibited under this Code.
Dalhousie Registrar of the outcome of such proceedings, including any 5. Nothing in this Code shall be construed to prohibit peaceful assemblies
sanctions imposed against the student. Where the student has been and demonstrations, or lawful picketing, or to inhibit freedom of
previously sanctioned for academic misconduct, the Dalhousie Registrar speech.
will provide the University of King’s College Registrar with particulars of
the offence and the sanction imposed. B. Application
Conduct shall be deemed to be an offence under this Code, when
Code of Student Conduct committed by a student of Dalhousie University, provided that such
conduct:
I. Background 1. occurs on the premises of Dalhousie University;
Dalhousie University is a community of faculty, staff and students, 2. occurs elsewhere in the course of activities sponsored by Dalhousie
involved in teaching, research, learning and other activities. Students are University (or by any of its faculties, schools or departments), or where
members of the University for the period of their registration in an the conduct is alleged to adversely affect, disrupt or interfere with
academic program and are subject to the disciplinary authority of the another person's reasonable participation in Dalhousie University
University during that time. programs or activities; or
3. occurs in the context of a relationship between the student and a third
The University does not stand in loco parentis to its students. In the party and involves the student's standing, status or academic record at
exercise of its disciplinary authority, the University treats students as the University.
adults free to organize their own personal lives, behaviour and However, this Code will not apply to conduct that:
associations subject only to the law, and to University regulations that are 1. is specifically assigned to another disciplinary body within the
necessary to protect: University; or
• the integrity and proper functioning of the academic and non-academic 2. is subject to action as an alleged failure to meet standards of
programs and activities of the University or its faculties, schools or professional conduct as required by a college, faculty or school; or
departments; 3. is subject to action under a residence discipline policy unless some non-
• the peaceful and safe enjoyment of University facilities by other residence University interests are deemed to be involved, in which case
members of the University and the public; the President may specifically authorize proceedings under this Code;
• the freedom of members of the University to participate reasonably in or
the programs of the University and in activities on the University's 4. is committed by a student in her or his capacity as an employee of the
premises; University unless some non-employment University interests are
• the property of the University or its members. deemed to be involved, in which case the President may specifically
authorize proceedings under this Code;
Other than this, regulation of student behaviour by the University is
5. is subject to the disciplinary authority of the Dalhousie Student Union.
neither necessary nor appropriate.
Members of the University, including students, are not immune from the
C. Offences
criminal and civil law. Provisions for non-academic discipline should not 1. Offences Against Persons
attempt to shelter students from the normal responsibilities of adult a) No student shall assault another person sexually, or threaten any
citizens nor add unnecessarily to these responsibilities. Thus, conduct that other person with sexual assault or commit an act of sexual
violates the Criminal Code or other statute should ordinarily be dealt with harassment toward another person.
by the police and criminal courts. In cases, however, in which criminal or b) No student shall otherwise assault another person, threaten any
civil proceedings would not adequately protect the University's interest other person with bodily harm, or cause any other person to fear
and responsibilities as defined above, proceedings may be brought under bodily harm.
the Code of Student Conduct. c) No student shall create a condition that unnecessarily endangers the
health or safety of other persons.
d) No student shall threaten any other person with damage to such the network with messages, sending chain letters or pyramid
person's property, or cause any other person to fear damage to her solicitations;
or his property. viii)using the University's computing equipment, facilities,
e) No student shall engage in a course of vexatious conduct, networks and systems for profit or commercial gain.
harassment or discrimination that is directed at one or more specific c) No student shall destroy, misplace, misfile, or render inoperable
persons and that is based on the age, race,colour, religion, creed, any stored information such as books, film, data files or programs
sex, sexual orientation, physical disability, mental disability, an from a library, computer or other information storage, processing or
irrational fear of contracting an illness or disease, ethnic or national retrieval system.
or aboriginal origin, family status, marital status, source of income,
political belief or affiliation or activity of that person or of those with 5. Aiding in the Commission of an Offence
whom he or she associates. No student shall encourage or aid another student in the commission of an
f) No student shall engage in unwelcome or persistent conduct that offence defined in this Code, or encourage or aid behaviour by a non-
the student knows, or ought to reasonably know, would cause student which, if committed by a student, would be an offence under this
another person to feel demeaned, intimidated or harassed. Code.
Examples of such conduct include, but are not limited to: 6. Alcohol and Drug Use
i) following another person, or anyone known to that person;
No student shall contravene the Liquor License Act of Nova Scotia or a
ii) unwanted communication with another person or anyone
provision of the Campus Alcohol Policy, nor shall any student possess,
known to that person;
use or sell a drug to which access is restricted by the Narcotics Control
iii) watching the residence or place of work of another person or
Act.
anyone known to that person;
iv) threatening another person or any member of the family, friends 7. False Information and Identification
or colleagues of the other person; a) No student shall knowingly furnish false information to any person
v) coercing, enticing or inciting a person to commit an act that is or office acting on behalf of the University.
humiliating or demeaning to that other person or to others. b) No student shall forge, alter or misuse any document, record or
2. Disruption instrument of identification.
No student shall, by action, threat or otherwise, disrupt, obstruct or c) No student shall knowingly furnish false information to any person
adversely affect any activity organized by Dalhousie University or by any regarding his or her standing, status or academic record at
of its faculties, schools or departments, or the right of other persons to Dalhousie University.
carry on their legitimate activities, to speak or to associate with others. 8. Unauthorized Possession of a Firearm or Weapon
3. Offences Involving Property No student shall possess a firearm or other weapon on the University
a) No student shall take without authorization, misuse, destroy, deface premises without the specific written permission of the Chief of Security.
or damage the property of Dalhousie University, or property that is
not her or his own, or information or intellectual property belonging
9. Contravention of University Regulations
to Dalhousie University or to any of its members. When a rule, regulation or policy of the University prohibits or proscribes
b) No student shall possess the property of Dalhousie University, certain conduct but does not provide any penalty for breaches of the rule,
property in the custody of Dalhousie University, or property that is regulation or policy, breaches shall be dealt with under this Code.
not her or his own, if the student knows that property to have been 10.Other
taken without authorization. No student shall contravene any provision of the Criminal Code or any
c) No student shall create a condition that unnecessarily endangers or other federal, provincial or municipal statute on the premises of the
threatens destruction of the property of Dalhousie University or of University or in the course of the University's programs or services, or
any of its members. University-approved events or activities.
4. Unauthorized Use of University Facilities, Equipment or
Services
D. Procedures
1. Whenever possible and appropriate, reason and informal measures
a) No student shall use any facility, equipment or service of the
shall be used to resolve issues of individual behaviour before resort is
University, or enter or remain on any premises, to which he or she
made to formal disciplinary procedures.
does not have legitimate access, or contrary to the expressed
2. Any person may make a complaint against any student for misconduct.
instruction of authorized persons.
A complaint shall be prepared in writing and directed to the Vice-
b) No student shall use any University computing equipment, facility,
President, Student Services. Any complaint should be submitted as
network or system for any disruptive or unauthorized purpose, or
soon as possible after the event takes place. All complaints shall be
in a manner that violates any law, Dalhousie University regulations,
presented to the accused student in written form. Along with notice of
policies and procedures or in any way that is incompatible with the
the complaint the accused student shall be advised of her/his right to
principles in the Guide to Responsible Computing. Examples of
be represented throughout the process, including by a Student
inappropriate use of computer equipment, facilities, networks and
systems include, but are not limited to: Advocate.
3. The Vice-President, Student Services, or designate shall conduct an
i) copying, removing or distributing software and/or data without
investigation to determine if the complaint has merit and/or if it can be
authorization;
ii) using another person's account, or misrepresenting themselves disposed of informally by mutual consent of the parties involved on a
basis acceptable to the Vice-President, Student Services, or designate. If
as another user;
an informal disposition of the complaint results, such disposition shall
iii) disclosing confidential passwords, access codes, etc., assigned to
be final, and there shall be no subsequent proceedings.
themselves or others;
4. An agreement that a student will withdraw from the University for a
iv) interfering with the work of others using computing equipment,
period of time, or not re-register, may be part of an informal disposition
facilities, networks, systems or accounts;
of a complaint. In such instances this will not be recorded on the
v) displaying, transmitting, distributing or making available
student's academic record, but a “block” on further registration may be
information that is discriminatory, obscene, abusive,
entered in the student information system.
derogatory, harassing or otherwise objectionable;
5. The Vice-President, Student Services, shall report annually to Senate
vi) breaching terms and conditions of software licensing
regarding the number and nature of complaints that are disposed of
agreements;
informally.
vii)interfering with the normal operation of computing equipment,
6. If the complaint cannot be resolved informally through the procedures
facilities, networks or systems by, among other things, flooding
described in Section 3, or if in the judgment of the Vice-President,
Student Services, it is not appropriate for the complaint to be so 6. The Committee may direct that a sanction be held in abeyance if a
resolved, the Vice-President, Student Services, shall refer the complaint student's registration at the University is interrupted for any reason.
to the Senate Discipline Committee for a formal hearing. In
determining whether to refer a case to the Senate Discipline F. Interim Suspension
Committee, the Vice-President, Student Services, may seek advice from In the following circumstances, the President of the University, or a
a student Discipline Advisor or other appropriate source. designate, may impose an interim suspension prior to the hearing before
7. Where there are criminal or civil proceedings pending against the the Committee.
student for conduct related to the complaint, the Vice-President, 1. Interim suspension may be imposed only: (a) to ensure the safety and
Student Services, may defer prosecution of the complaint on such well-being of members of the University community or preservation of
terms and conditions as are appropriate in the circumstances University property; (b) to ensure the student's own physical or
(including an interim suspension) until the conclusion of all or part of emotional safety and well-being; or (c) if the student poses a threat of
such proceedings where the circumstances of the case warrant. disruption or of interference with the operations of the University or
Conviction of a criminal offence will be considered prima facie the activities of its members.
evidence of a parallel offence under this Code. 2. During the interim suspension, students may be denied access to
8. Any statements an accused student makes to the Vice-President, specified campus facilities (including classes) and/or any other
Student Services, or designate in the course of an attempt to resolve a University activities or privileges for which the student might
complaint informally may not be submitted to the Senate Discipline otherwise be eligible, as the President or the designate may determine
Committee as evidence. to be appropriate.
9. Hearings shall be conducted by the Senate Discipline Committee 3. A student who is the subject of an interim suspension may request a
according to procedures determined by the Committee. In other than hearing before the Senate Discipline Committee on the issue of the
exceptional circumstances, a hearing by the Senate Discipline interim suspension itself. This request shall be submitted in writing,
Committee shall occur within sixty calendar days of the referral of a with reasons, to the Secretary of Senate. The Committee shall hear the
complaint to the Committee. matter, including submissions by the President or designate, within ten
10. The President or designate shall appoint a person to present the working days, and shall have the authority to confirm, negate, or alter
complaint. the terms of the interim suspension.
11. If a student fails to appear at a hearing, the hearing may proceed,
provided that the student has been given adequate notice. Except in the Protection of Property
case of a student charged with failing to obey the summons of the 1. Dalhousie University is the owner and/or occupier of the lands and
Committee or University official, no student may be found to have buildings which comprise its campuses. In addition to all other
violated the Student Code solely because the student failed to appear processes set out in this Calendar (including the Code of Student
before the Committee. In all cases, the evidence in support of the conduct), the University reserves the right to exercise all rights and
complaint shall be presented and considered. remedies available to it pursuant to any statute, by-law, regulation,
ordinance, order, or otherwise, in order to protect campus property
E. Sanctions and those who use it.
1. In each case in which the Senate Discipline Committee determines that 2. Without limiting the foregoing, Dalhousie University may issue a
a student has violated the Student Code, the sanction(s) shall be notice against a student pursuant to the Protection of Property Act
determined and imposed by the Committee. prohibiting entry to all or part of the campuses or prohibiting a
2. The following sanctions may be imposed upon any student found to particular activity or activities on all or part of the campuses, where
have violated the Student Code: circumstances warrant. Such a notice may be issued either separately or
a) Warning – A notice in writing to the student that the student is in conjunction with the procedures set out in the Code of Student
violating or has violated institutional regulations. Conduct. The notice may be in force for the period stated in the notice
b) Probation – A written reprimand for violation of specified which will normally be for up to one calendar year. If considered
regulations. Probation is for a designated period of time and appropriate by the Vice-President, Student Services, a notice may be
includes the probability of more severe disciplinary sanctions if the renewed for further periods.
student is found to be violating any institutional regulation(s) 3. A notice under the Protection of Property Act may also be issued by
during the probationary period. Dalhousie University in relation to the Student Union Building at the
c) Loss of Privileges – Denial of specified privileges for a designated request of the Student Union. In the case of urgent or emergency
period of time. situations, such a notice may be issued immediately. If the Student
d) Restitution – Compensation for loss, damage or injury. This may Union request is to have a prohibition extend beyond seven (7) days for
take the form of appropriate service and/or monetary or material a registered Dalhousie University student, the Student Union shall
replacement. make a written request to the Vice-President, Student Services,
e) Discretionary Sanctions – Work assignments, service to the providing detailed reasons for the request and the process followed
University or other such discretionary assignments that are leading up to the request for the notice, including details of when the
considered appropriate by the Discipline Committee. student was advised that his or her behaviour or activities were
f) Conditions – Conditions may be imposed upon a student's inappropriate and ought to cease, the reasons provided to the student,
continued attendance. and whether the student was afforded the opportunity to respond or to
g) University Suspension – Suspension of the student from the rectify behaviours or cease the inappropriate activity.
University for a specified period of time, after which the student is 4. A Dalhousie University student may appeal any notice issued against
eligible to return. Conditions for readmission may be specified. him or her under the Protection of Property Act in writing to the Vice-
h) University Expulsion – Permanent separation of the student from President, Student Services.
the University.
3. More than one of the sanctions listed above may be imposed for any Suspension or Dismissal from a Program on
single violation.
4. Other than expulsion from the University and suspension for the the Grounds of Professional Unsuitability –
duration of its effect, disciplinary sanctions shall not be made part of Faculty of Health Professions
the student's academic record, but shall be kept on file in the Office of The Faculty of Health Professions, acting through its Committees on
the Vice-President, Student Services, for use in the event of further Studies at the School/College and Faculty levels, and in consultation with
breaches of this Code. the Directors and Dean, may suspend or terminate a student from a
5. No student found guilty of an offence under this Code shall refuse to program if the student is judged to be unsuitable for the profession in
comply with a sanction or sanctions imposed under the procedures of which s/he is studying. Because of the nature of the study and practice of
this Code. Such refusal will constitute grounds for the imposition of the various health professions, which places care givers in a position of
additional sanctions.
special trust, certain impairments or some types of conduct unbecoming to B. Elaboration
a member of a health profession may be grounds for suspension or 1. Individuals should use only those University computing facilities they
dismissal. have been authorized through normal University channels to use. They
The following list includes examples of behaviours that might indicate should use these resources in a responsible and efficient manner
unsuitability for the various health professions. The nature of these consistent with the objectives underlying their authorization to use
behaviours is such that, should any of them ever be repeated, grievous them.
2. Individuals should respect the rights of other authorized users of
harm could be caused to clients. This list should not be considered to be all
University computing facilities. Thus, they should respect the rights of
inclusive:
1. a criminal act (e.g., assault, sexual assault, fraud, and drug trafficking) other users to security of files, confidentiality of data, and the benefits
which according to established Faculty processes was determined to be of their own work. Users should respect the rights of others to access
of such a nature as to bring disrepute to the profession, or by which in campus computing resources and should refrain from:
a) using the computer access privileges of others without their explicit
the opinion of the Faculty, the student demonstrated poor judgment,
approval;
lack of integrity or (other) unsuitability for the profession; or evidence
that, on the balance of probability, the student had committed such an b) accessing, copying, or modifying the files of others without their
act; permission; and
2. being under the influence of alcohol or drugs while participating in c) harassing others in any way or interfering with their legitimate use
of computing facilities.
client care, any other professional activity, or any activity related to the
3. Individuals should respect the property rights of others by refraining
practice of the health profession;
3. in accordance with provisions of the Nova Scotia Human Rights Act, from the illegal copying of programs or data acquired by the University
the occurrence of a health condition that impairs essential performance or other users or putting software, data files, etc. on University
required for the health profession; computers without the legal right to do so.
4. Individuals should not attempt to interfere with the normal operation
4. unethical behaviour as specified by the code of ethics/standard of
practice of the health profession. of computing systems or attempt to subvert the restrictions associated
with such facilities. They should obey the regulations affecting the use
The student’s situation will be considered with discretion throughout the of any computing facility they use.
investigation of the allegation of unsuitability and these deliberations shall
determine whether suspension, dismissal or neither is recommended. The C. Disciplinary Actions
principles of natural justice and due process will be observed in all Reasonable suspicion of a violation of the principles or practices laid out in
investigations. this Guide may result in disciplinary action. Such action will be taken
through normal University channels.
Any member of the University community can bring to the attention of the
Director behaviours that are deemed unsuitable. These behaviours will be Nothing in this Guide diminishes the responsibility of system
investigated and allegations heard. administrators of computing services to take remedial action in the case of
possible abuse of computing privileges. To this end, the system
Appeals will follow the appeal procedure for academic matters within the administrators with the approval of the President and with due regard for
Faculty of Health Professions notwithstanding that the criteria are the right of privacy of users and the confidentiality of their data, have the
different. At the University level, appeals will require formation of an ad right, to suspend or modify computer access privileges, examine files,
hoc Senate Committee. passwords, accounting information, printouts, tapes, and any other
material which may aid in an investigation of possible abuse. Whenever
Guide to Responsible Computing possible, the cooperation and agreement of the user will be sought in
In recognition of the contribution that computers can make to furthering advance. Users are expected to co-operate in such investigations when
the educational and other objectives of the University, this Guide is requested. Failure to do so may be grounds for cancellation of computer
intended to promote the responsible and ethical use of University access privileges.
computing resources. It is in the best interests of the community as a
whole that these resources be used in accordance with certain practices
which ensure that the rights of all users are protected and the goals of the
University are achieved.
This Guide applies to all computer and computer communication facilities
owned leased, operated, or contracted by the University. This includes
word processing equipment, micros, mainframes, minicomputers, and
associated peripherals and software, regardless of whether used for
administration, research, teaching, or other purposes.
It should be noted that system administrators of various campus
computing facilities and those responsible for the computer access
privileges of others may promulgate regulations to control use of the
facilities they regulate. System administrators are responsible for
publicizing both the regulations they establish and their policies
concerning the authorized and appropriate use of the publicly available
equipment for which they are responsible.
A. Basic Principles
Individuals should use only those University computing facilities they
have been authorized to use. They should use these facilities:
1. with respect to the terms under which they were granted access to
them;
2. in a way that respects the rights of other authorized users;
3. so as not to interfere with or violate the normal, appropriate use of
these facilities;
4. so as not to impose unauthorized costs on the University without
compensation to it.
all graduate students to familiarize themselves with the regulations which
govern the conditions of their programs of study at the University. Except
where noted, Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations take precedence
over Faculty/Departmental regulations. The Faculty of Graduate Studies
regulations are subject to change. Up to date regulations can be found on
the Faculty of Graduate Studies web site: http://www.dalgrad.dal.ca/
regulations/. The Faculty of Graduate Studies forms are available on the
Faculty of Graduate Studies Faculty of Graduate Studies website at http://www.dalgrad.dal.ca/
forms. Forms are updated on a regular basis.
Office of the Dean I. Graduate Programs

Location: Henry Hicks Academic Administration Building Graduate programs are offered at Dalhousie University in a variety of
Room 314 research and professional fields at the Diploma, Master’s and Doctoral
Studley Campus level.
Halifax, NS B3H 4H6
Telephone: (902) 494-2485 1.1 Degree Programs
Fax: (902) 494-8797 Departments in the Faculty of Graduate Studies offer programs leading to
Email: graduate.studies@dal.ca the following degrees and diplomas:
Website: http://www.dalgrad.dal.ca • Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
• Doctor in the Science of Law (JSD)
Administrative Officers • Master of Applied Computer Science (MACSc)
• Master of Applied Health Services Research (MAHSR)
Dean • Master of Applied Science (MASc)
Watters, C.R., BSc, MSc, MLS (Western), PhD (TUNS) • Master of Applied Science (Biomedical Engineering) with Diploma in
Associate Dean - Postdoctoral Fellows and Professional Prosthodontics
• Master of Applied Science/Master of Planning (MASc/MPlan)
Development
• Master of Architecture (MArch)
Marche, S.M., BA (RMC), MEd (Alberta), PhD (LSE) • Master of Architecture (Post-Professional) [MArch (Post-Prof)]
Associate Dean - Scholarships and Programs • Master of Arts (MA)
Pelzer, D.J., MD (Heidelberg), DSc (Homburg) • Master of Business Administration (MBA)
• Master of Business Administration (Financial Services) [MBA(FS)]
Program Officer • Master of Business Administration/Master of Engineering (MBA/
Fletcher, W., BA, BEd (Dalhousie), MA (Calgary) MEng)
• Master of Business Administration/Bachelor of Laws (LLB/MBA)
Admissions and Convocation Officer • Master of Computer Science (MCSc)
Nowlan, H., BSc (Saint Francis Xavier) • Master of Development Economics (MDE)
Administrative Officer • Master of Electronic Commerce (MEC)
Scott, M. • Master of Engineering (MEng)
• Master of Engineering/Master of Planning (MEng/MPlan)
Scholarship Officer • Master of Environmental Design Studies (MEDS)
Walsh, D. • Master of Environmental Studies (MES)
• Master of Health Informatics (MHI)
Faculty Council (2007-2008) • Master of Health Services Administration (MHSA)
Abidi, R., 2008 Health Informatics • Master of Health Services Administration (International) (MHSA(I))
Bliemel, M., 2009 Business School • Master of Health Services Administration/Master of Business
Cada, M., 2007 Electrical & Computer Engineering Administration (MHSA/MBA)
Cohen, S, 2008 Classics • Master of Health Services Administration/Bachelor of Laws (LLB/
Faridi, S., 2009 Mathematics & Statistics MHSA)
Gardiner-Barber, P., 2008 Sociology& Social Anthropology • Master of Health Services Administration/Master of Nursing (MN/
Girard, P., 2009 Law MHSA)
Grindley, B., 2010 Chemistry • Master of Information Management (MIM) pending approval
Ingles, J., 2010 Human Communication Disorders • Master of Laws (LLM)
Madani, A., 2009 Agriculture • Master of Library and Information Studies (MLIS)
Marche, S., Associate Dean • Master of Library and Information Studies/Master of Business
Marin-Misener, R., 2008 Nursing Administration (MLIS/MBA)
Palermo, F., 2008 Planning • Master of Library and Information Studies/Bachelor of Laws (LLB/
Pelzer, D., Associate Dean MLIS)
Satish, M., 2010 Civil & Resource Engineering • Master of Library and Information Studies/Master of Public
Thompson, J., 2009 English Administration (MLIS/MPA)
Tillotson, S., 2008 History • Master of Library and Information Studies/Master of Resource and
Tirone, S., 2009 Health & Human Performance Environmental Management (MLIS/MREM) pending approval
Warkentin, A., 2008 Mechanical Engineering • Master of Marine Management (MMM)
Watters, C., Chair • Master of Nursing (MN)
Whitehead, H., 2009 Biology • Master of Nursing/Master of Health Services Administration (MN/
Wranik, D., 2010 Public Administration MHSA)
Regulations
• Master of Planning (MPlan)

Faculty Regulations • Master of Planning Studies (MPS)
The Manual for Policies, Governance and Procedures is available on the • Master of Public Administration (MPA)
Faculty of Graduate Studies web site: http://www.dalgrad.dal.ca/ • Master of Public Administration (Management) [MPA(Mgmt)]
governance. Detailed information about particular programs will be found • Master of Public Administration/Bachelor of Laws (LLB/MPA)
in the Departmental entries in the subsequent sections of this calendar, or • Master of Resource and Environmental Management (MREM)
may be obtained from Departmental publications. It is the responsibility of
18 Faculty of Graduate Studies

• Master of Resource and Environmental Management/Master of Per-Class Fee Degrees
Library and Information Studies (MREM/MLIS) pending approval Some graduate programs at Dalhousie University are based on a per-class
• Master of Science (MSc) fee and students pay fees according to the number of classes they take in
• Master of Science (Clinical Vision Science) with concurrent Graduate any given term. All such degrees have a minimum number of classes
Diploma in Orthoptics and Ophthalmic Medical Technology required to be completed for graduation. Per-class fee degrees apply to the
• Doctor of Medicine/Master of Science (Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery) following programs:
(MD/MSc) • Master of Architecture
• Master of Social Work (MSW) • Master of Business Administration (1 Year Program)
• Graduate Diploma in Public Administration (GDPA) • Master of Business Administration (2 Year Program)
• Master of Business Administration (Financial Services)
1.2 Program Administration • Master of Engineering (Internetworking Only)
Graduate programs at Dalhousie are administered at the Faculty level and • Master of Health Services Administration
at the unit and program level. • Master of Library and Information Services
• Master of Planning
1.2.1 Unit/Program Level • Master of Planning Studies
At the unit level all graduate programs are administered through a • Master of Public Administration
Graduate Coordinator. • Master of Resource and Environmental Management
• Master of Social Work
1.3 Program Definition and Fee Requirements • Master of Urban and Rural Planning
At Dalhousie, the graduate studies academic year is divided into three • Qualifying, Visiting or Special Graduate Students
terms: Fall (September-December), Winter (January-April), and Summer
Fee schedule can be found on the Student Account’s website at:
(May-August). Graduate degree programs are based either on a program
http://as01.ucis.dal.ca/stdacct/fees.cfm
fee structure (e.g., a one-year program) or a per-class fee structure (e.g., a
10-class program).
1.3.1 General Program Definitions - Master’s Level
Program Fee Degrees Master’s programs are usually structured in one of three ways: 1.
Most graduate programs at Dalhousie University have a minimum period classwork plus a thesis; 2. classwork plus a graduate project; or 3.
for program fee payment and residency requirements. For example, a classwork only. Some programs also have a work or internship component
student admitted to a one-year, full-time Master’s program is required to in addition to classwork and project/thesis requirements, and this usually
pay three consecutive terms of full-time program fees. Some Master’s adds to the time necessary for completion.
programs require students to pay their three terms of full-time program
fees over two terms, rather than three terms. Students are expected to Program Length Classwork plus Classwork plus Classwork Only
register for three consecutive terms unless otherwise given permission to (Fee Requirement) Thesis Project
take classes or undertake research elsewhere. If admitted to a two-year, One-Year Program Class credits as Class credits as Class credits as
full-time program, students (either Master’s or Doctoral) are required to Fee: one-year program fee, specified by the specified by the specified by the
followed by continuing fees as program, program, and a program
pay full-time program fees for 6 consecutive terms. required; or per class fees (normally graduate project
completed in one
Students continuing beyond their initial program fee requirement period year) and a thesis
will be assessed continuing fees on a per-term basis. Students must
Two-Year Program: Class credits as As above As above
maintain continuous registration until their program requirements are Fee: two years of program fees, specified by the
complete or granted a formal Leave of Absence. Students in Master’s followed by continuing fees as program,
thesis programs should normally expect to take 6 to 12 months beyond the required; or per class fees (normally
completed in two
program fee requirement period to complete their studies. Students in years) and a thesis
Doctoral programs should expect to take 12 to 24 months beyond the
program fee requirement period to complete their studies.
NOTE: Term classes are normally equal to one-half credit.
Students entering or switching to a part-time Master’s program are
required to pay the part-time equivalent of full-time program fees. In other Master’s programs or combined Master’s/Diploma programs exceeding
words, part-time Master’s students will pay the same amount of fees as a the requirements for a two-year program are considered as three year
full-time student at a rate of 3 part-time terms being equivalent to one full- programs and fees are applied accordingly.
time term. For example, a Master’s student entering a one-year, part-time
Master’s program must pay 9 consecutive terms of part-time fees. Master’s
1.3.2 General Program Definition - Doctoral Level
students entering a two-year, part-time Master’s program must pay 18 All Doctoral programs at Dalhousie require a full-time residency period
consecutive terms of part-time fees. If a Master’s student completes a part- and full-time program fees as defined below.
time program earlier than the 9 (one-year) or 18 (two-year) terms, they will Residency: Students are required, as part of their Graduate Student
be required to pay part-time program fees for any outstanding terms Program, to be on campus for at least four terms in the first four years of
before they are approved for graduation. Part-time Master’s students who their program.
do not finish their degree requirements in the required number of part-
time, program terms, must register and pay fees on a part-time continuing Two-Year Fee: For students who enter with a first-class thesis Master’s
basis. degree. Fee: two years of program fees followed by continuing fees until
degree completion.
There are no part-time PhD programs at Dalhousie.
Three-Year Fee: For students who enter directly from first-class
It should be noted that under the program or continuing fee, students undergraduate degree with honours standing equivalent to a Dalhousie
may take only the courses approved by the department on the student’s honours degree or students who transfer from a Master’s program. Fee:
Graduate Program Form. three years of program fees followed by continuing fees until degree
Program fee students include those in the following programs: completion.
LLM, JSD, MA, MSc, PhD, MArchPP, MASc, MCSc, MACSc, MEC, MEDS, Registration: Continuous registration is required.
MEng, MES, MHI, MMM, MN, and all combined programs (MN/MHSA,
MHSA (I), LLB/MBA, LLB/MHSA, LLB/MLIS, MD/MSc, MD/PHD,
MASc/MURP, MASc/MPLAN, MEng/MURP, MEng/MPLAN).
Faculty of Graduate Studies 19

II. Admission Requirements for Graduate b. a Bachelor’s Degree from a recognised university with a first-class (i.e.
a minimum of an A- average) honours standing (including a research
Programs dissertation) as granted by Dalhousie University, for entry into a
Please note that entry into Dalhousie’s graduate programs is very Doctoral program with a three (3)-year program fee and residency
competitive, and applicants who meet the minimum requirements are not requirement.
guaranteed admission. Normally, successful applicants have academic c. a first-class non-thesis Master’s Degree may be considered for
records and qualifications that are well above the minimum required. admission to the PhD where evidence of independent research can be
clearly demonstrated, such as a major research paper, presentation at
2.1 Admission Requirements scholarly conferences, publications in journals, etc. Such candidates
The Faculty of Graduate Studies sets the minimum admission standards may also be admitted into a Master’s program with the possibility of
that are required for entry into graduate programs. Individual transferring into the Doctoral program, as described below.
Departments may require additional qualifications of their candidates,
and enrollment limitations usually mean that successful applicants 2.3.1 Transferring from a Master’s to a PhD Program
possess qualifications that considerably exceed the minimum A few departments will admit a Bachelor’s graduate with a first-class
requirements. The Faculty of Graduate Studies reserves the sole right to honours degree into the Master’s program and recommend them for
reject applications from candidates who meet or exceed the minimum transfer to the Doctoral program. Also, in exceptional circumstances a
admission requirements. Final decisions on all admissions are made by the student with a non-thesis Master’s degree of first-class standing (average
Faculty of Graduate Studies, and there are no appeals on admission class grade of A- or better) may be admitted into a thesis Master’s program
decisions. with the possibility of transferring into a PhD on the basis of outstanding
academic and research potential. Students who wish to transfer from a
In all cases, candidates for admission must possess degrees which are Master’s to a Doctoral program must do so within the first four terms of
deemed by the Faculty of Graduate Studies to be equivalent to those initial registration. Such requests must be made prior to the term in which
granted by Dalhousie University, and which have been granted by the transfer is to take effect.
institutions that are fully recognised by Dalhousie.
2.4 English Language Competency
2.2 Master’s Degree Program As the standard language of study at Dalhousie University is English,
Candidates for admission must hold at least a Bachelor’s Degree with a candidates whose native language is not English must demonstrate their
minimum B average in the last 60 credit hours from a university of capacity to pursue a graduate-level program in English before admission.
recognised standing, with the following conditions: The standard test is the TOEFL. The Faculty of Graduate Studies sets a
a. For entry into a Master’s program with a thesis requirement, minimum acceptable score of 580 for the written TOEFL, 92 for the
candidates must hold a Bachelor’s Degree with an honours or the internet-based test, and 237 for the computer based test. Some programs
equivalent of honours standing as granted by Dalhousie University in within the Faculty of Graduate Studies set a higher minimum (especially if
the area in which graduate work is to be done or an area which is the students are expected to be Teaching Assistants, in which case a
relevant to the graduate work. A four (4)-year Bachelor’s degree may written TOEFL of at least 600 is normally required). It is also
be considered as equivalent of honours if there is evidence of recommended that potential students taking the non-computer TOEFL
independent research capacity (such as a research project as part of a test should also take the Test of Written English (TWE) component. The
class) or if the degree is officially approved as an honours equivalent. following other tests will also be accepted with the following minimum
In those cases where a candidate has a three (3)-year degree and a four scores: MELAB, 90; IELTS, 7, CanTest, average of at least 4.5 with no band
(4)-year degree honours program was not available to them, first-class score lower than 4.0; CAEL, 60 overall, with no band score lower than 50.
candidates will be considered for admission to a two-year program. The TOEFL requirement is waived if the applicant has completed a degree
b. For entry into all other programs, candidates must hold a Bachelor’s at an institution where the language of instruction is English.
Degree with at least four (4) classes, or their equivalent, taken at a
senior undergraduate level in the area in which graduate work is to be Further information on these tests may be obtained from
done or an area which is relevant to the graduate work. Candidates 1. Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)
must achieve an average of at least a B in those four classes, as well as TOEFL/TSE Service
the overall B average in the last 60 credit hours for their degree. P.O. Box 6151
c. Some professional programs offer a one-year Master’s program for Princeton, NJ
which an honours degree or equivalent is not required for admission. USA 08541
See Departmental Listings for details of individual program toefl@ets.org
admissions. www.toefl.org
A small number of mid-career Master’s degrees (see 6.4.3) allow entry 2. Michigan English Language Assessment Battery (MELAB)
either with or without a Bachelor’s degree, depending on the English Language Institute (ELI)
qualifications of the applicant. Admission to such programs, as with all TCF Building
graduate programs, is at the discretion of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. University of Michigan
401E. Liberty, Ste 350
2.3 Doctoral Degree Programs Ann Arbor, MI,
The criteria for admission to Doctoral programs are more rigorous than for USA 48104-2298
Master’s programs. The successful completion of a Master’s degree does melabelium@umich.edu
not guarantee admission to a PhD program. Typically a PhD thesis must www.lsa.umich.edu/eli/melab.htm
represent an original contribution which advances the field of learning in
3. International English Language Testing System (IELTS)
the subject. It must be a significant piece of research and only those with a
University of Cambridge Local Examinations Syndicate
demonstrated ability to perform research at an advanced level will be
1 Hills Road
considered for admission.
Cambridge, UK
Candidates must hold:
CB12EU
a. a first-class thesis Master’s Degree, or its equivalent, from a recognised
ielts@ucles.org.uk
university, for entry into a Doctoral program with a two (2) year
www.ielts.org
program fee and residency requirement, (the identification of a first
class Master’s degree is based on grades in class work; evidence of a 4. Canadian Test of English for Scholars and Trainees (CanTest)
well-written, high quality thesis, and other indicators, such as CanTEST Project Office
publications in refereed journals, presentations at scholarly Second Language Institute
conferences, etc.); or University of Ottawa

600 King Edward Avenue institutions attended, official GMAT or GRE scores, official TOEFL scores,
Ottawa, ON etc.) are to be sent directly to the department to which the student is
K1N 6N5 applying. Interdisciplinary PhD Program applicants send all materials to
cantest@uottawa.ca the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Note that supporting documents
www.arts.uottawa.ca/ils/eng/cantest_register.html (transcripts, letter of reference, etc.) will be verified for authenticity.
Applicants submitting fraudulent documents may have their names
5. Canadian Academic English Language Assessment (CAEL)
published on the listserv of the Association of Registrars of Universities
CAEL Assessment Testing Office
and Colleges in Canada, and have their acceptance rescinded. Documents
School of Linguistics and Applied Language Studies
submitted as part of the application cannot be returned or photocopied for
Carleton University
the student.
126 Paterson Hall, 1125 Colonel By Drive
Ottawa, ON
3.2 Application Deadlines
K1S 5B6
cael@carleton.ca The Faculty of Graduate Studies normally admits students to commence
www.cael.ca their programs in the fall term (September). See Admission Dates, page 2.
However, some academic units may consider applicants to commence in
2.5 Conditional Admissions the winter term (January) or the summer term (May) or may have different
deadlines. General Deadlines for application are as follows:
If a conditional admission is approved, the condition must be met within
the first term of initial registration, and the Faculty of Graduate Studies General Application Canadian Applicants Non-Canadian Applicants
may set a shorter time period. If the condition is not met by the Deadlines
appropriate deadline, the student’s registration will be terminated. For September Admission June 1 April 1
Conditions on admission cannot subsequently be waived. For January Admission October 31 August 31
2.6 Graduate Examination For May Admission February 28 December 31
Some departments require GRE or GMAT scores of applicants as a

See the individual program descriptions to find out if the program will
criterion for admission. Check Departmental Listings in this calendar (see
admit other than in September.
Section XII, page 33) for information on specific program admission
requirements. Visa processing is lengthy; therefore international applicants should
apply at least two months before the deadline, e.g. by April 1 for
2.7 Advanced Placement September admission.
Upon admission, a student may be granted advanced placement credits
based on classes completed previously with a course content equivalent to 3.2.1 Specific Program Deadlines
a graduate course at Dalhousie University. Graduate classes that have not Several programs have different application deadlines. Please refer to the
been counted towards a previous degree can be awarded transfer credit specific departmental sections in this calendar for these dates.
(see Section 2, page 21.8). For classes that have been counted towards a
Applicants who wish to be considered for university scholarship support
previous degree advanced placement does not normally reduce the overall
are advised to apply by January 15 (there is no application form for
course requirements in the Dalhousie program, but may replace one or
university or faculty scholarships, as all eligible applicants are
more required classes. Advanced placement must be approved by the
automatically considered with their application for admission). All eligible
academic unit and by the Faculty of Graduate Studies, and must be clearly
candidates should also apply for external awards. Consult with your
annotated on the student's Graduate Program Form. Advanced placement
chosen department to determine scholarship availability and eligibility.
classes are not noted on the student's Dalhousie transcript. Combined
Please note, some departments have deadlines that are much earlier than
advanced placement, letter of permission, and transfer credits normally
the Faculty of Graduate Studies deadlines.
cannot exceed 33% of the program's overall course requirements.
Applicants who require a student visa and are not funded by the
2.8 Transfer Credit University or an officially recognised funding agency must provide proof
A transfer credit allows for courses completed outside of the student’s of financial ability with their application. Canadian immigration is
program, normally at another institution, to be used as part of the increasingly rigorous about requiring proof of sufficient financial support
student’s degree requirements. Such courses cannot have been used for to complete the program of studies.
credit for another degree, and cannot exceed 33% of the students overall
requirements. This total of 33% would also include any courses taken on 3.3 Departmental and Faculty Approval
Letter of Permission - see section 6.6.6, page 27 and Advanced Placement. All applications are reviewed by the department, and the department then
Transfer credits should be applied for within the first term following makes a recommendation to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for
admission and must be approved by the department and the Faculty of acceptance or rejection, including any required conditions of admission.
Graduate Studies. An original transcript and course equivalency is At this stage, many departments will contact the applicants to let them
required if the course was not completed at Dalhousie. In order to be know that the department has made a positive recommendation to the
eligible courses must satisfy any time period restrictions that may apply. Faculty. While this may be a useful indication to the applicant that their
application is progressing, it does not constitute official acceptance into
2.9 Students with Learning Disabilities the graduate program, even if it is in the form of a written letter. Official
See University Regulations. acceptance is achieved when the Department recommendation has been
approved by the Faculty Graduate Studies, and a formal letter of
III. Graduate Application Process acceptance is issued by the Registrar’s Office.
3.1 Faculty Application Forms and Supporting 3.4 Official Response

Materials All applicants will receive an official letter from the Registrar’s office
indicating whether or not they have been accepted into the graduate
All applicants for graduate programs at Dalhousie must complete the
program. This letter is the only official notification that the university
Faculty of Graduate Studies Application for Admission Form. Students
sends out. All other forms of communication, including letters from the
can apply online at http://www.dalgrad.dal.ca/admissions/
onlineappguide/. A paper version of the Application Form can be found department, do not constitute official acceptance or rejection by the
on the Registrar's web site at: www.registar.dal.ca/forms. The application university.
must be accompanied with the application fee. All supporting materials
(including reference letters, official transcripts from all post-secondary

3.5 Scholarship Awards beginning of a term prior to registration for that term and only with the
Successful applicants who are also approved for a graduate scholarship permission of the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
will receive a letter of notification of their award from the Dean of the
Faculty of Graduate Studies. Scholarship offers can be made at the time of
4.2.1 Registration Deadline
an admission offer or later depending upon when the decision on funding All students must be registered by the deadline for each term. Students
is made. Letters from supervisors or departments do not constitute who do not register on or before the university’s last day to register must
official offers of financial support by the university. apply in writing to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for permission to
register. A financial penalty will apply. Any student who fails to register
3.6 Deferrals by the official deadlines will not receive any service whatsoever from the
University during that term. Continuing students who fail to register by
Newly accepted applicants who, for reasons beyond their control, are
the final deadline will have to apply for readmission during the next
unable to take up their position on the date for which they were accepted,
available admissions cycle (see 4.2.5).
may request a deferral of their start date to a later term. Students may
request a deferral of one, two, or three terms, and no student may receive
4.2.2 Failure to Register (Program Fee Students)
more than one deferral. Students wishing to request a deferral should
Students who fail to register within the approved deadlines will be
contact the department to which they were accepted as soon as possible,
considered to have lapsed registration. Such students will not be
and all deferrals are subject to the approval of the Faculty of Graduate
permitted to submit a thesis nor will they receive any services from the
Studies. If students request a deferral after they have registered, it is the
University during that academic term. Students who allow their
student’s responsibility to cancel their registration.
registration to lapse will be considered to have withdrawn and will be
required to apply for readmission. (See section 4.2.5.1).
IV. Registration Procedures and Regulations
It is the student’s responsibility to register. Registration is the process by 4.2.3 Withdrawal
which students officially establish with the University (through the Office Students who withdraw from a degree program are to immediately
of the Registrar) their degree program (MA, MSc, PhD, etc.) and status inform the Graduate Coordinator of their program and the Faculty of
(full-time, part-time, etc.) and pay the appropriate academic fees (Student Graduate Studies in writing. The immediacy of notification is important
Accounts). Both aspects of the process (program/status and fee payment) since the amount and speed of possible fee reimbursement is influenced
must be completed before a student can be considered registered. by the date of withdrawal. Students must contact Student Accounts
Graduate students must maintain their registration status on a directly to make arrangements to receive their fee reimbursement. A
continuous basis and pay the required fees. withdrawal is not official until it has been approved by the Faculty of
Graduate Studies and received in the Registrar’s Office. Under no
4.1 Registration Status and Fees for Graduate Students circumstances will the Faculty of Graduate Studies back-date a
withdrawal notice.
Program-Fee Programs
Graduate students in program-fee programs must maintain their 4.2.4 Academic Dismissal
registration on a continuing basis. In addition to course, project or thesis A student may be required to withdraw from a program for academic
registration, Program-Fee students must register for REGN 9999 in all reasons (e.g., failure to meet admission or program requirements or lack of
three terms. REGN 9999 is listed in the Academic Timetable as academic progress), for academic offences such as plagiarism,
“Registration Course - Graduate”. If graduate students allow their irregularities in the presentation of data, etc., (see Intellectual Honesty,
registration to lapse they will be considered to have withdrawn and will page 11 and Senate Discipline Committee, page 12), for non-academic
be required to apply for re-admission. reasons, (see Code of Student Conduct, page 14), or for failing to maintain
registration status (see 4.1 above). The student will be notified by the
Class Fee Programs
appropriate body of the reason for the required withdrawal. Academic
With written approval of the department and the Faculty of Graduate work completed at another institution, while on Academic Dismissal can
Studies (e.g. for a summer term when no appropriate classes are offered), not be used for credit at Dalhousie.
graduate students in programs where fees are paid on a per class basis can
allow their registration to lapse for one term without penalty. Students 4.2.5 Readmission of Students
who allow their registration to lapse for more than one term will be A student who is academically dismissed may apply in writing to their
considered to have withdrawn. department for immediate reinstatement (see 6.6.2 1 and 2, page 26
Thesis or Project Registration Grading Policy). Upon the recommendation of the graduate coordinator
Once graduate students begin their thesis or project, they must continue to and approval by the Faculty of Graduate Studies, a student may be
register in their thesis every term and work toward its completion until all immediately reinstated only once during the course of their program.
degree requirements are met. A student who is withdrawn for academic reasons, voluntarily withdraws,
or whose registration has lapsed may apply for readmission within ten
4.2 Registration Procedures years of initial registration. Readmission is not automatic because of the
All registration is carried out via the web at www.dal.ca/online. competition for places with incoming students. A student who is
Registration information will be available on the Web in late June. academically dismissed and not immediately reinstated may not apply for
Students are encouraged to register early and are reminded that they must re-admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for at least 12 months
keep their mailing address up to date (students may update their mailing following the official date of the withdrawal.
address by going on the web or by informing the Faculty of Graduate
Studies Office). 4.2.5.1 Readmitted students (program fee students)
Students who fail to register and pay tuition fees for any term before the
Continuing students who require an extension to their program or have an
degree program requirements have been fulfilled, are considered to have
outstanding progress report will not be permitted to register until the
withdrawn and will be required to apply for readmission. Readmitted
extension or progress report has been officially approved by the Faculty of
program fee students (except those who were withdrawn for academic
Graduate Studies.
reasons) must pay fees for the terms in which they were not registered, to
Students who wish to change their registration status by the addition or a maximum of three terms at the current continuing fee rate.
deletion of classes must report this to the Graduate Studies Office.
Readmitted students who were academically withdrawn will not be
Changes in status, i.e., part-time to full-time or full-time to part-time,
charged make-up fees for the three terms immediately following the
cannot be made after initial registration without permission of the Faculty
official date of withdrawal. Make-up fees will be charged for any term
of Graduate Studies. Changes in registration can only be done at the
thereafter, to a maximum of three terms, until the student is registered.

Students in thesis programs who have not maintained registration are 4.3.5 Continuing Student (Program-Fee Programs Only)
normally required to have a satisfactory thesis in hand or a timetable for A student in a program that charges a program fee and who has
completion approved by the department’s Graduate Coordinator and completed the program fee requirement but has not yet finished all the
signed by the student and thesis supervisor, before they can be degree requirements (usually the thesis). The student is required to pay a
readmitted. Students may be readmitted only once during the course of Continuing Fee on a per term basis.
their program. Application for readmission must meet normal application
deadlines, and all outstanding fees must be paid. 4.3.6 Qualifying Student (Master’s only)
Students who hold a recognized undergraduate degree as defined in
4.2.5.2 Readmitted students (per course fee students) section 2.2, page 20, but who do not meet all admission requirements for a
With written approval of the department and the Faculty of Graduate specific program, may be recommended for admission to a qualifying
Studies, graduate students in programs where fees are paid on a per- program. Admission to a qualifying program may be recommended by
course basis can allow their registration to lapse for one term per academic academic units for students in the following circumstances.
year without penalty (e.g. for a summer term when no appropriate courses a. The student has the required GPA in a recognized undergraduate
are offered). Students who allow their registration to lapse for more than degree program but may not have the required background for
one term will be automatically withdrawn and must reapply and pay fees graduate studies in a specific discipline. The academic unit will specify
for the terms they were not registered at the current continuing fee rate, to the required advanced undergraduate classes that must be completed
a maximum of 3 terms. with B- or higher marks to qualify for admission to the graduate
program.
4.2.6 Concurrent Registration b. The student does not meet the overall GPA requirements for admission
A student may, with the Dean’s permission, register for two concurrent to graduate programs. The academic unit will specify a set of advanced
programs or diploma programs, either at Dalhousie or one at Dalhousie undergraduate classes that, upon satisfactory completion, will raise the
and one elsewhere, for a maximum of twelve months, usually the first GPA to the level defined in section 2.2., page 20.
academic year of the Dalhousie graduate program. This does not apply to
a Dalhousie student finishing a Master’s degree who has been accepted Qualifying students can be full-time or part-time; take as little as one half-
into a PhD program. In that case, the student must first complete the credit (0.5) class or as many as ten one-half (10 x 0.5) credit classes chosen
Master’s and then register in the PhD program in January, May or from undergraduate classes or a mixture of undergraduate and graduate
September as applicable and approved by the department. If the student classes. If advanced placement for the graduate classes is anticipated, this
fails to complete the Master’s degree for a particular entry point, the information must be specified in the comments section of the application
department must request deferral of the admission to the next available form. Because it is a prerequisite, a qualifying program cannot be used to
start date. reduce the length of a subsequent regular graduate program. Qualifying
students are not eligible for scholarship or bursary support and must
4.3 Student Categories apply for admission to the appropriate graduate program in the usual way
All graduate students must be registered in each year and in each term of towards the end of the qualifying period. Qualifying students must pass
their graduate program in one of the categories listed below. Students all the classes with no grades below a B- and an average of at least B, and
wishing to change status from full-time to part-time or vice versa, must fulfil any other requirements in order to be considered for admission.
submit their request, with departmental approval, to the Faculty of
There is no Qualifying Year for Doctoral students, however, some
Graduate Studies. Such requests must be made prior to the start of the
departments admit students to the Master’s program first and then
term in which the change of status is to take effect.
consider them for transfer into the Doctoral program at a later date (see
4.3.1 Full-Time Student (Program Fee) Section 2.3.1, page 20).
A full-time graduate student paying program fees (see section 1.3, 4.3.7 Special Student-Graduate Studies (SSGS)
page 19) is a student who has been approved by the department and the
With permission of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, students are
Faculty of Graduate Studies as working full-time on their graduate degree.
sometimes permitted to take a graduate class outside of a program. The
All Doctoral students register full-time throughout their studies, and pay
registration category for non-program students taking graduate classes is
full-time fees for the first two or three years of study, as designated at the
Special Student-Graduate Studies (SSGS). Such students, may normally
time of admission, and continuing fees for subsequent terms. Program fee
take a maximum of two full-credit classes (four half classes) with the
students pay fees on a per term basis three times a year and must maintain
permission of the class instructor and the appropriate graduate
their registration for the summer, fall and winter terms. The following
coordinator. Because all graduate classes must be taught at a consistent
programs pay fees for two terms per academic year only: LLM, MEC,
standard to graduate level students, non-program students must have
MHI, MAHSR and MSc(HUCD).
records which meet the minimum entrance requirements and follow the
4.3.2 Full-Time Student (Per Course Fee) same application procedure as for a graduate program. Hence they must
be approved by the Faculty of Graduate Studies as admissible to a
A student who is taking a minimum of nine credit hours per term is
graduate program and should adhere to the same application deadlines as
considered full-time. In determining full-time or part-time status for
much as possible.
Master of Architecture - First Professional and Master of Planning, thesis
hours will be considered; please consult the fee schedule. Students are ineligible to apply for Special Student status in a class if they
have been declined admission to the program on account of academic
4.3.3 Part-Time Student (Program Fee) standing, or have been academically withdrawn from the program.
At the masters level a part-time student paying program fees (see Section
1.3, page 19) is a student who has been approved by the department and Students who register in this category do so normally as an enrichment to
the Faculty of Graduate Studies as working part-time on their graduate their professional fields. Students trying to qualify for entry to a graduate
degree. A part-time graduate student cannot carry more than 8 credit program must follow a different route: either a Qualifying Year program,
hours per term. Program fee students pay fees on a per term basis three if eligible, or a program of study as a Special Student in an undergraduate
times a year and must maintain their registration for the summer, fall and faculty.
winter terms.
Classes completed under SSGS status cannot be used for credits towards
4.3.4 Part-Time Student (Per Course Fee) formal graduate programs. Exceptions can be granted only by the Faculty
of Graduate Studies at the time of admission.
A student who is taking less than nine credit hours in a semester is
considered part-time.

4.3.8 Visiting Student Graduate Studies (VSGS) duration of one year. Please see the following web address for the
Students registered as graduate students at another university may application form and further details. http://www.dalgrd.dal.ca/forms/
register at Dalhousie to take courses on a Letter of Permission from their dpcs/Request_Program_Continuance.doc
home university or the Canada-wide CUGTA form, or they may register
to conduct research under the supervision of a Dalhousie professor on a 4.6 Suspension of Studies
Visiting Research Student Application Form from their home university. Unexpected emergencies that arise during the term cannot be
Visiting students must have records that meet the minimum entrance accommodated by a Leave of Absence. Such cases can be accommodated
requirements for the course for which they are registering. through a suspension of program but no fee rebate is possible. A student
must apply in writing to the Faculty for a suspension of program stating
4.3.9 Letters of Confirmation the reasons and the length of time requested, and it must be supported by
A letter confirming a student’s registration and/or scholarship status can the Graduate Coordinator. A suspension relieves the student from
be produced on request. Students should contact the Faculty of Graduate responsibilities for completing classwork and other program requirements
Studies Office for information on this service. Confirmation letter request during the period of suspension, but it does contribute to time in the
forms are located on the Faculty of Graduate Studies web site: program (i.e. the clock does not stop ticking). Normally, a suspension of
www.dalgrad.dal.ca/forms/student/#conf studies shall be for no longer than one term. Disposition of courses
registered for during a term of suspension of studies must be agreed upon
4.4 Leave of Absence by the department, and approved by the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
The Dean of Graduate Studies may approve a Leave of Absence for
medical reasons or because of a serious problem outside the student’s 4.7 Differential Fees for International Students
control with supporting documentation. The student’s Graduate Non-Canadian students are required to pay an additional Differential Fee
Coordinator must recommend the Leave and it can be for a maximum (the amount being determined by the university) in addition to the regular
length of one year per individual program. fees according to the following schedule:
Full-time Master’s student (except Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery) 2 years
An application for a Leave of Absence is available at www.dalgrad.dal.ca/ (or equivalent)
forms/student/#loa and must be completed by the student, in Full-time Master’s/MD student Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery..... 4 years
consultation with the student’s supervisor. Part-time Master’s student ..................................................................... 6 years
2-year, full-time PhD student (following a Master’s degree)............ 3 years
4.4.1 Terms of a Leave of Absence 3-year, full-time PhD student (following a Bachelor’s degree)......... 4 years
Students may not hold any Dalhousie Scholarships during a leave of
absence, nor may they study elsewhere and receive credit at Dalhousie The annual graduate program differential fee is charged over two terms
University. for programs requiring two terms of fee payment.
An official Leave of Absence does not count toward time in a program (in This fee is applied to each new graduate degree in which the student
effect, the clock stops ticking). registers.
A leave of Absence frees a student from paying tuition fees, it also releases Per-course fee Master’s students’ differential fee is changed per term in
the university from providing student services such as consultation with proportion to course registration(s).
professors and library privileges.
4.8 Identification (ID) Cards
4.4.2 Parental Leave Full-time, part-time and continuing students in a degree program, will
Parental Leave will be granted, without prejudice to academic standing or receive ID cards entitling them to University services. Distance education
eligibility for financial support, at the time of pregnancy, birth or students should consult their department. ID cards must be presented to
adoption. A parent may request up to three terms of leave, which must be write an officially scheduled examination or to use the library facilities. In
completed within twelve months of the date of birth or custody. Where addition, some services such as the issuance of bursary or scholarship
both parents are graduate students seeking parental leave, the total cheques, require the presentation of a valid Dalhousie ID.
number of terms may not exceed four. While on parental leave, students
do not register or pay fees to the University. Any refund of fees will be 4.9 Notification of Address
governed by university regulations. Parental leave not only frees the Students are required to ensure that address changes are kept up-to-date.
student from the necessity of paying fees, it also releases the university This should be done on Dalhousie Online: www.dal.ca/online. Select
from the obligation to provide the student with services. These include “Update Address(es) and Phone(s)” from the Personal Information menu
consultation with professors and library privileges. Only under well- and add the new address. Select the type you wish to add and click the
documented extenuating circumstances, will retroactive approval be given “insert” button. Notifications from the University will be sent to the most
for parental leave. recent address on the student information system; students will be held
responsible for complying with these notifications, and non-receipt of
4.4.3 Periods and Application Deadlines for Leaves of material because of failure to report a change of address will not excuse
Absence students from such responsibility.
A Leave of Absence is granted on a per term basis: fall, winter and
summer. Students may request successive term leaves, up to a maximum 4.10 Student Email Addresses
of three terms (one year) during the course of their program. The University issues an @dal.ca email address to all students. This is the
official email address and the only email address that the University will
Applications for a Leave of Absence must be received according to the
use for communication with students regarding academic and
deadlines listed in the schedule of Academic Class Add/Drop Dates on
administrative matters. This address is entered automatically in the
page 1 of this calendar.
Student Information System as the preferred email address, it will be the
Under no circumstances will retroactive approval be given for a Leave of address to which all general email messages to students will be sent, and it
Absence. will be the address provided to faculty members when they request
distribution lists for the sending of messages to students in their classes. A
4.5 Program Continuance message sent by the University, or a faculty or staff member, to your
Prior to the start of a student's thesis stage and with their Graduate @dal.ca address will be considered to have been delivered to you.
Coordinator's support, the Dean of Graduate studies may approve a Students should visit my.dal.ca for detailed instructions on how to
program continuance. The purpose of the Continuance is to allow student activate their @dal.ca account.
to take part in an exceptional academic or career opportunity and
maintain their student status as “in good standing” for a maximum

V. Intellectual Property and Conflict of 6.1 Program Forms
Every graduate student must have an individually approved program of
Interest studies. The program or course of study for each graduate student must be
At all times, faculty members and graduate students must maintain the approved by the Graduate Coordinator in each department or program
highest levels of integrity in their research, teaching, and educational and submitted for final approval to the Faculty of Graduate studies. The
endeavours. graduate Coordinator will enter the proposed program (with the total
number of credits required, the names and numbers of all classes required
5.1 Conflict of Interest (including ancillary classes), and any other requirements and conditions)
Faculty members and students are expected to declare any conflict of on the graduate Student Program form. The form must be signed by the
interest of a personal or financial nature which may influence explicitly or students and the Graduate Coordinator before the submission to the
implicitly their participation in graduate programs and graduate Faculty of graduate Studies. The signed form must be submitted to the
administration. In a small community such conflicts are sometimes Faculty within the first term of the students' program of studies. Once
unavoidable. It should nonetheless be possible to avoid conflict of interest approved, the Program Form constitutes an agreed contract between the
in the following cases: student and the university and is used to audit the student's file for
graduation. Any changes to the approved Program Form must be agreed
No faculty member shall evaluate in a teaching context or supervise the
to by the Graduate Coordinator and the Faculty of Graduate Studies by
thesis or project of a student who is a daughter, son, spouse, partner or
way of a Program Update Form. Forms are available at: http://
other close relative, or a faculty colleague in the same department.
dalgrad.dal.ca/forms/gc/.
No student or supervisor shall have a financial or family interest in the
industry or business in which the student is pursuing his/her thesis 6.2 Annual Progress Report
research. If a student is employed by the company in which the research is Every graduate student in the second year and beyond of a Thesis
being conducted or the student’s research is marketable under terms of the Program is required to submit an Annual Progress Report to the Faculty of
supervisor’s grant or contract used to provide support for the student, Graduate Studies, through their supervisor and graduate coordinator.
protection must be given to the student’s contribution to the research by This report is due on an annual basis, one month prior to the anniversary
means of an appropriate contract, finalized before the research for the of the student’s admission date. Failure to submit this report may result in
degree is commenced and signed by all parties involved. delays in registration and funding.
No graduate student can teach a graduate class without completing all the Students who have external funding administered by the university are
preliminary program requirements and then only with the permission of required to submit annual progress reports one month in advance of the
the Dean, Faculty of Graduate Studies and on the understanding that the one year anniversary of the start date of their award. This report will also
graduate student is not the “professor of record”. The class must not satisfy the FGS progress report requirements.
include any of the graduate student’s peers (e.g. a PhD student can teach
only Master’s students). Graduate students in programs offered in the Forms available at: www.dalgrad.dal.ca/forms/student/
Faculty of Engineering are not permitted to teach graduate classes.
6.3 Extensions
5.2 Intellectual Honesty and Plagiarism A first extension of one year may be granted by the Faculty of Graduate
All students should read and be familiar with the University policies on Studies on the recommendation of the department, along with a
Intellectual Honesty, as described in the University Regulations section of satisfactory Progress Report form completed and signed by the student
this Calendar. and the supervisor. Under no circumstances can a student be registered in
a program for more than 10 years.
5.3 Policy on Integrity in Scholarly Activity Requests for one further one-year extension, the Final Extension, must
In accordance with the Senate Policy on Integrity in Scholarly Activity, the include a Progress Report form for the previous year together with a
Faculty of Graduate Studies has adopted guidelines which focus upon the detailed plan and timetable for completion of the thesis within the
involvement of graduate students in research and scholarly activity. following twelve (12) month period. The student is then expected to
Guidelines are available on the Senate web site: www.senate.dal.ca/ defend and submit the approved thesis within that academic year. A
policies.cfm. further extension will only be given for one term to provide for necessary
revisions to the thesis following defence.
5.4 Policy on Intellectual Property
The Faculty of Graduate Studies is developing a policy on Intellectual 6.4 Requirements for the Master’s Degree
Property, which will be available on the Faculty of Graduate Studies web Two types of Master’s degree are offered: one based primarily on research
site: www.dalgrad.dal.ca. (involving a thesis) and the other based primarily on formal classes. The
class-based programs are usually terminal degrees, while the thesis-based
If students and/or faculty have concerns or doubts about any issue
programs can lead to Doctoral studies. Master’s programs may also have
pertaining to any part of Section 5, consult with your Chair, Graduate
additional requirements such as graduate projects, practicums, or
Coordinator, or Supervisor, or contact the Faculty of Graduate Studies for
internships.
advice. If you feel uncomfortable with approaching your immediate
supervisor, then go to the next level and ask to be heard in confidence.
6.4.1 Thesis-based Master’s Degrees
The course of study for the research degree (MA, MASc, MArch, MCSc,
VI. Degree Requirements MSc, MDE, MEDS, MES, MURP and the thesis options available in the
Graduate students have a maximum period of time within which to LLM, MArch (Post-Prof), MEDS, MEC, MHI, MSc in Human
complete all of the requirements for their graduate program. Communication Disorders, MN, MLIS and MSW) may include graduate
The normal upper time limits for the completion of degrees are: classes, seminars, preparation of fields of study, comprehensive
One-year Master’s, full-time: ........................................................... Four years examinations, demonstrations of foreign language proficiency, a thesis,
One-year Master’s, part-time: ...........................................................Five years and oral presentation and defence of the thesis.
Two-year Master’s, full-time:............................................................Five years Requirements vary considerably from program to program, and even
Two-year Master’s, part-time:........................................................Seven years within the same program, depending upon student’s previous experience
PhD and JSD, full-time only: ............................................................... Six years and qualifications.
MBA-FS: ............................................................................................Seven years
MPA (Management): .......................................................................Seven years

6.4.2 Class-based Master’s Degrees A-................................................................................................................... 80-84
Non-thesis Master’s programs include the MACSc, MBA, MEng, MHSA, B+ .................................................................................................................. 77-79
MMM, MPA, MREM, MPLAN and non-thesis options in the MArch (Post- B..................................................................................................................... 73-76
Prof), MEC, MEDS, MHI, LLM, MCSc, MN, MLIS and MSW, and certain B- ................................................................................................................... 70-72
MA and MSc programs. The number of classes varies and a graduate F .................................................................................................................... < 70
research project is often required. Pass Standard
1. Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations stipulate that graduate
6.4.3 Specialty and Mid-Career Master’s Degrees
students must achieve a minimum, or passing, grade of “B-” in all
A number of specialty Master’s degrees have been and continue to be
classes required of their degree program, (except those in programs
developed to meet specific needs and demands for graduate education in
listed in 2. below). Any lower grade will be recorded as a failure. A
commerce, public service, and industry. Some but not all of these
student who fails to meet these requirements in any year is
programs are degrees designed for mid-career professionals. These are
immediately and automatically withdrawn (academically dismissed)
primarily class-based programs, with some component of work and
from the program. However, such a student may apply, in writing, to
professional experience (either as part of the program or as pre-requisites
the department for immediate reinstatement, (see 4.2.5, page 22
for admission). All or part of the classes may be offered in a distance
Readmission of Students). Reinstatement to a program after a failing
education mode. They currently include the MBA (Financial Services),
grade must be supported by the Graduate Coordinator, and must be
MPA (Management), MEng (Internetworking), and EMEC (Executive
approved in writing by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. If readmitted,
Masters of Electronic Commerce).
any subsequent “F” will result in a final program dismissal. Note that
any academic withdrawal and reinstatement will be recorded on the
6.5 Requirements for the Doctoral Degree student’s official transcript.
A candidate must demonstrate the ability to carry out research of high 2. In the following programs, Architecture, Business Administration,
quality leading to an advance of knowledge in his/her area of study. In Computer Science, Engineering, Electronic Commerce, Library and
general, at least four (4) terms must be spent in full-time study on the Information Studies, Occupational Therapy, Public Administration,
Dalhousie campus. The candidate’s course of study will be initiated with students are allowed to carry one failing grade. However, no credit will
the advice and direction of a supervisory committee. The Supervisory be granted for the failing grade and the class must be repeated or
Committee must consist of the research supervisor and at least two (2) replaced and a grade of “B-” or better obtained. (Failed core classes
other members. The course of study must include a preliminary must be repeated, electives may be repeated or replaced at the
examination and/or a comprehensive examination (to be taken in the discretion of the department). Failure of a second class results in
second year of the program, or not later than the beginning of the third immediate academic dismissal. However, such a student may apply, in
year, and in no case less than one (1) year before submission of the thesis) writing, to the department for immediate reinstatement, (see 4.2.5,
and preparation and oral defence of a thesis. page 22 Readmission of Students), for approval by the Faculty of
The course of study may include classes, seminars, comprehensive Graduate Studies. If readmitted, any subsequent “F” will result in a
examinations, qualifying examinations, preparation of fields of study, final program dismissal.
demonstrations of foreign language proficiency, and any other
requirements considered necessary for the clear demonstration of post-
6.6.3 Ancillary Classes
Master’s-level comprehension, scholarship, and ability in the candidate’s Undergraduate classes recommended by a department as advisable
particular area of study. Comprehensive exams are only taken after all additional background to the degree program, but not specifically
classwork is completed. required for that program, are termed ancillary classes and must normally
be taken in a department other than the one in which the student is
6.6 Classes and Grades registered. The pass grade in these is the same as for the undergraduate
faculty unless otherwise specified by the department. Ancillary classes
Classes may be full or half year (full or half credit respectively) and may
must be listed on the Graduate Student Program form but do not count
be designated by the candidate’s committee as “Required” (pass mark is
towards the required number of classes for the graduate program.
B-) or “Ancillary” (normal undergraduate pass mark). Some departments
Normally students are limited to one ancillary class (6 credit hours) during
cross-list postgraduate classes with senior undergraduate classes in which
their program. Students who take ancillary classes on a Letter of
case the requirements for graduate students are more demanding than
Permission are responsible for the tuition fees at the other institution.
those for undergraduates.
Students are not permitted to register for undergraduate classes that are
If a student is permitted to take an undergraduate class (with an
not part of their program requirements, as listed on their Program Form,
appropriate additional work requirement as approved by the FGS
unless they do so as a “Special Student Undergraduate” (SSUG). Classes
Curriculum Committee) as part of their graduate classwork, the minimum
taken as an SSUG must be admitted, registered and paid for separately.
B- grade also applies.
SSUG classes will appear on the student’s transcript under the distinct
In those Doctoral programs that require completion of a specific number heading of Special Student Undergraduate, and will not be included as
of graduate credits, students are not permitted to take undergraduate part of the student’s graduate program.
classes for credit, although such classes may be included within the
required program of studies (i.e., they are in addition to the required 6.6.4 Audits
number of graduate credits). Students may take one audit (equivalent of 6 credit hours) in each
residency year of their formal program. Audits must be listed on the
6.6.1 Academic Transcript Program of Graduate Studies form, and must be relevant to the student's
The academic transcript is a reflection of academic progress and, therefore program of study. For program fee students, audits not approved as part
reflects both passes and failures. It cannot be altered after the fact. of their program of study will be subject to additional tuition on the
Accordingly, it is essential that students be fully aware of the deadlines for student's account. Per course fee students will be charged the normal audit
adding and withdrawing from graduate classes. tuition for each audit registration. Audits cannot be taken on Letter of
Permission and will not be approved as part of a Qualifying program.
6.6.2 Grading Policy
All instructors of graduate classes (i.e., designated 5000 and above), with 6.6.5 Independent Study, Directed Readings, and Special
the exception of a few classes for which a pass/fail grading scheme has Topics
been approved, will use the following grading scheme: Students may not register for more than two independent study, directed
readings or special topics classes in any graduate program and require
Letter Grade.............................................................Numerical (%) Equivalent written approval of the Graduate Coordinator of the unit. This approval
A+................................................................................................................ 90-100 includes expectations, marking scheme and time to completion.
A .................................................................................................................... 85-89

6.6.6 Letters of Permission and Classes Taken Outside A class may be added or dropped on the web at www.dal.ca/online by the
Dalhousie deadline listed in Academic Class Add/Drop Dates on page 1) of
academic dates/deadlines).
(i) Dalhousie is a member of CAGS (Canadian Association for Graduate
Studies). With the approval of their program and the Faculty of Graduate Please note that dropping or changing classes may affect your eligibility
Studies, students registered in a program at a CAGS member university for student aid.
(the home institution) may take courses for credit at another CAGS-
member university (the host institution). Documentation required is a Non-attendance does not, in itself, constitute withdrawal.
request form that is completed by the Deans and Graduate Chairs of the Withdrawals are effective when a student withdraws from classes on the
host and home institutions. For the Canadian University Graduate web at www.dal.ca/online or written notification is received at the
Transfer Agreement (CUGTA) form and guidelines, See http:// Office of the Registrar.
dalgrad.dal.ca/forms/students/#cugta. For CAGS member universities,
see www.cags.ca/indexe.html. 6.6.8 Incomplete Classes
A student who fails to complete the required work for a particular class
Classes approved by the Department and Faculty of Graduate Studies during the normal period of the class will receive a grade of “F”. However,
(after examination of class descriptions) can be taken at other universities where circumstances warrant, a grade of “Incomplete” (INC) may be
as part of the graduate degree program provided the class is not available assigned. Subsequent completion of the work following the end of the
at Dalhousie. class may result in a change of grade by the class instructor, as long as the
work is completed before the following deadlines:
Students may not take classes outside Dalhousie for graduate credit unless
Fall term classes .................................................................................February 1
prior approval has been given by the Faculty. Classes are not approved
Winter and Regular (Sept.-April) term classes......................................June 1
retroactively.
May-June classes ...................................................................................August 1
The maximum number of classes taken outside Dalhousie University shall May- August classes............................................................................October 1
normally be confined to 33% of the class requirements except in cases July-August classes..............................................................................October 1
where a university-level agreement, governing specific cooperative MBA(FS) - Please consult departmental entry.
arrangements, has been negotiated and is in operation. For GPA purposes a grade of INC holds a credit value of 0.0.
The normal regulations governing grading policy (6.6.2, page 26) apply to
classes taken at other institutions (e.g., a C+ on a graduate class taken After these deadlines, an “INC” cannot be changed without permission of
elsewhere will be deemed an “F” in the student's program and may render the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
him/her liable to academic withdrawal). Students who fail a class may not
Where the formal deadline for completion of work is beyond the INC
replace that class as a CUGTA or Letter of Permission except by special
deadline, the class instructor can request the Faculty of Graduate Studies
permission from the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
to extend the INC for an approved period of time.
Dalhousie will normally pay the tuition for students who pay a program
At the discretion of the class instructor, alternate arrangements for
fee to take classes offered at other Maritime universities, to the equivalent
examinations, tests or the completion of assignments may be made for
cost of a Dalhousie course, provided the class is not available at Dalhousie.
students who are ill, or in other exceptional circumstances.
Students who are required to take classes at other institutions outside the
Maritimes will be considered on a case by case basis, e.g. if the class is a 6.6.9 Incomplete due to Illness
necessary component of a student's program. For an approved class taken
Where illness is involved, a certificate from the student’s physician is
at a university outside the Maritimes, Dalhousie will reimburse fees to the
required. This certificate must indicate the dates and duration of the
equivalent cost of a Dalhousie course. Any course charges above that
illness, and should describe the impact it had on the student’s ability to
amount are the responsibility of the student. Students who receive
fulfil academic requirements, and any other information the physician
approval to take classes at institutions within or outside the Maritimes for
considers relevant and appropriate. To obtain a medical certificate,
convenience or for non-academic reasons do so at their own expense.
students who miss examinations, tests or the completion of other
Graduate Students who pay a program fee must be registered at Dalhousie assignments should contact University Health Services or their physician
and have paid appropriate fees before receiving approval. at the time they are ill and should submit a medical certificate to their class
instructor as soon thereafter as possible. Such certificates will not normally
Students who pay on a per class fee basis are responsible for paying fees be accepted after a lapse of more than one week from the examination or
for classes taken outside Dalhousie. Per class fee students must be in good assignment completion date.
academic standing, with no holds on their registration before receiving
approval. For exceptional circumstances other than illness, appropriate
documentation, depending on the situation, will be required.
(ii) Credit Courses at Non-CAGS Universities
Dalhousie graduate students may take courses for credit at a university Requests for alternate arrangements should be made to the instructor in all
that is not covered by CUGTA. Regulations are the same as described for cases. The deadline for changing a grade from ILL to a letter grade is as
applications using the CUGTA form. See forms at: http://dalgrad.dal.ca/ follows:
forms/students/#cugta Fall term classes .................................................................................February 1
Winter and Regular (Sept.-April) term classes......................................June 1
6.6.7 Withdrawal From Classes May-June classes ...................................................................................August 1
The last dates for adding and deleting classes are published in the May-August classes.............................................................................October 1
schedule of Academic Class Add/Drop Dates at the front of this calendar. July-August classes..............................................................................October 1
For withdrawals within this period, the class and the withdrawal is not
All outstanding grades, including ILL or INC, must be addressed prior to
recorded on the academic record. After theses dates, the student is
registration for the next term. If grades are still outstanding into the next
responsible for the content of the class and receives a grade for it. Where a
term and no arrangements have been made, students may be required to
student withdraws from their entire program “W” (withdraws) will be
re-register in the class.
added to their transcript. Please refer to the online Faculty of Graduate
Studies calendar regulations section 6.6.7 for further information on “W” 6.6.10 In Progress Classes
for graduate courses.
The grade of “In Progress” (IP) may be used only to report thesis classes,
Students may not transfer from full to part-time status by withdrawing research project classes, and those designated as “open to independent
from classes after the deadlines listed in the schedule of Academic Class/ completion of study.” Final submission of grades for project and
Add Drop dates. independent study classes is April 30 for Fall term classes and August 31

for Winter term classes. Students must continue to register for the class 8.1 Qualifications of the Supervisor
each term until a final grade has been assigned. A thesis supervisor or co-supervisor must be a member of the Faculty of
Graduate Studies, and will normally be from within the student’s
6.6.11 Academic Standards academic department or program.
When the work of a student becomes unsatisfactory, (including
insufficient progress), or a student’s attendance is irregular without Depending on the unit, experience on supervisory or examining
sufficient reason, the Faculty of Graduate Studies may require withdrawal committees, teaching graduate classes, or acting as a co-supervisor may be
from one or more classes, or academic dismissal from the Faculty. necessary before undertaking the role of thesis or project supervisor. Most
natural science and engineering departments require faculty research
funding as a criterion for supervision. All programs must lodge a copy of
VII. Examinations their criteria for supervision with the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
There are four types of examinations for graduate students: 1. Class
Examinations; 2. Qualifying or Preliminary Examinations, 3. A Doctoral student must be supervised by a faculty member with a PhD or
Comprehensive Examinations; and 4. Thesis Examinations. This section its equivalent, and a Master’s student must be supervised by a faculty
deals with 1., 2., and 3. Thesis examinations are covered in Section 9. member with at least a Master’s degree or its equivalent. Equivalency
must be based on a faculty member’s record of research activity and
7.1 Class Examinations supervisory experience. In the case of co-supervision, at least one of the
Examinations will normally be the method of grade assessment in supervisors must have a Doctoral degree or its equivalent (or in the case of
graduate classes. There are no supplementary examinations for Graduate a Master’s thesis, a Master’s degree or its equivalent). In the event of a
Students. Refer to Grading Policy 6.6.2, page 26 for information on grade dispute over equivalency, the Faculty of Graduate Studies’ Academic
scheme. Planning and Curriculum Committee will be the final arbiter. Members
holding post-retirement appointments or active in research in retirement
7.2 Qualifying or Preliminary Examinations cannot normally take on new students to supervise, but they can co-
Some Doctoral programs require Qualifying or Preliminary Examinations. supervise with a full-time member of the faculty.
These occur early on in the Doctoral program (often within the first year)
and are sometimes used to assess the transfer of a student from a Master’s 8.2 Co-supervision
to a Doctoral program. The exam may take the form of the presentation The Faculty of Graduate Studies recognises four types of co-supervision:
and defence of a Doctoral research project, or it may involve a written or 1. that dictated by regulation 8.1 above where a co-supervisor is added
oral examination. because the other supervisor does not have an appropriate academic
qualification (e.g. a Doctoral degree or equivalent);
7.3 Comprehensive Examinations 2. that which arises from the desire of a student to draw equally upon the
These examinations in the candidate’s area of study are part of Master’s expertise of two individuals, or where an interdisciplinary project may
degree programs in some departments and all PhD degree programs. require the equal expertise of two supervisors from different
Refer to particular departmental entries for details. It is the responsibility disciplines;
of departments to make the necessary arrangements for these 3. that which introduces a new faculty member to the standards of the
examinations. The PhD Comprehensive Examination should be taken in department by providing an opportunity to work with an experienced
the second year of the program or not later than the beginning of the third supervisor; and
year. In no case should the Comprehensive be held less than one year prior 4. that which conforms to the Faculty of Graduate Studies practice
to the submission of a thesis for defence. Comprehensive exams may only regarding external supervisors or supervisors not from the student’s
be taken after the completion of all required classwork. department or program. An Adjunct faculty member may be the
academic supervisor of a Dalhousie student provided the student also
The Comprehensive Examination may be oral, written, or both and covers has an internal advisor (see 8.3 below) to handle the administrative
subjects relevant to the general area of the candidate’s research and details. This is usually done to support the student within the
teaching competency. Departments are required to set out their rules on department and the University, rather than for any reasons of academic
PhD examinations in writing and to give a copy to each PhD student on or need.
before registration and to the Faculty of Graduate Studies Office if the
Departmental handbook provides insufficient detail. Failure to pass will 8.3 Internal Advisor
result in academic withdrawal and may result in dismissal. However, on Not all units give the internal advisor the status of a co-supervisor. In
the recommendation of the department a student may be readmitted and those units where university-level agreements exist for the cooperative
permitted to repeat the examination (once) within twelve months of governance of the program or where successful involvement of an external
readmission. The Faculty of Graduate Studies Office must be notified supervisor has occurred to the unit’s satisfaction, the internal advisor is
immediately upon the successful completion of the examination process, not necessarily a co-supervisor, the implication being that in a vote on a
and the result becomes part of the student’s official record. thesis, the external supervisor has an independent voice.
7.4 Academic Accommodation for Students with 8.4 Supervisory Committees

Learning Disabilities All departments maintain supervisory committees for graduate students
in thesis programs, and many maintain them for graduate research
See page 10 of the University Regulations section of this calendar.
projects as well. Supervisory Committees are selected by the supervisor in
consultation with the student, and should complement the expertise
VIII. Thesis Supervisors and Supervisory available to the student in completing their research program. The
Committees selection of all Supervisory Committees and changes is approved and
recorded on the student’s program update form. It is in the selection of
All thesis students must have a Supervisor (or co-supervisors) and a
Supervisory Committees that the greatest involvement of Adjunct
Supervisory Committee. In many departments, especially in the natural
members of the faculty occurs.
sciences and engineering, the appointment of a supervisor is a pre- Supervisory Committees should meet at least twice a year during the
requisite for admission into the program. All graduate research projects thesis research period and more often in the writing stages of a student’s
must also have an Advisor, and in some departments, graduate research program. Normally the agreement of all committee members is required
projects also require an Advisory or Guiding Committee. The membership
before a department brings forward a thesis for examination.
and changes of these committees are part of the student’s program form.

8.5 Guidelines for the Supervision of Graduate • to give serious and considered attention to advice and direction from
Students the supervisor;
• to submit their work to the judgment of the department and to abide by
The responsibilities and rights of students, supervisors and departments
its decision when any rights of appeal, if exercised, have been
outlined in the sections below have been developed for students in thesis
exhausted;
programs, however, where appropriate units are encouraged to adopt
• to know the departmental and University regulations and standards to
these practices also for project students and their supervisors.
which the writer of a thesis is required to conform;
8.5.1 Selection of Supervisor • to comply with all ethics and animal care requirements.
In the Sciences, where students are not normally admitted until their 8.5.4 Rights of Supervisors
research areas have been identified and faculty members have agreed to
Supervisors have the following rights:
supervise them, a potential difficulty should be drawn to the attention of
• to expect students to give serious and considered attention to their
new students: some restriction of students’ freedom to follow their own
advice concerning what they regard as essential changes in the thesis;
lines of research may result from dependence upon supervisors’ research
• to terminate supervision and advise the student to find another
grants for a significant portion of their income. In extreme cases, students
supervisor if the student does not heed advice and ignores
may feel that they are being used by supervisors for their own ends. When
recommendations for changes in the thesis, or if the student is not
such conflicts of interest arise, the graduate coordinator and the
putting forth a reasonable effort;
candidate’s supervisory committee should play a significant role in
• to have their thesis supervision properly credited by the department as
overseeing the development of the research and in protecting the student
an intrinsic part of their workload so that, in the assignment of duties,
against over-specialization.
they are not overburdened to the point of having their effectiveness
In the other disciplines that do not assign supervisors at the time of impaired as supervisors;
admission, the selection of a supervisor should be based primarily upon • to have the thesis-writer acknowledge, by footnoting, all portions of the
competence in the field of the proposed thesis topic. Within this supervisor’s own research over which the supervisor wants to retain
restriction, the department should seek to accommodate the student’s future rights of authorship;
choice of supervisor, although it is not obliged to guarantee the choice. • to have thesis-writers give permission for the results of their research to
Departments are expected to maintain guidelines for determining the be used for the benefit of a larger project when they are working as
number of thesis supervisions a faculty member can concurrently assistants with their supervisor on research that is part of such a project
undertake. — this is always with the understanding that students will retain
scholarly credit for their own work and be given acknowledgment of
8.5.2 Responsibilities of Supervisors their contribution to the larger project.
When faculty members accept the supervision of graduate students, they
assume several responsibilities: 8.5.5 Rights of Students
• to provide reasonable access to students and to be available for Students have the following rights:
consultation at relatively short notice; • to have a clear understanding of what is expected in thesis writing
• to be as helpful as possible in suggesting research topics and in (expected length, acceptable methodology, validity of topic,
assisting students to define their theses; notification of progress);
• to tell students approximately how long it will be before written work, • to expect help from their supervisor in establishing a feasible topic and
such as drafts of chapters, can be returned with comments; in solving problems and assessing progress as the thesis is being
• to be thorough in their examination of thesis chapters, supplying, written;
where appropriate, detailed comments on such matters as literary • to receive a fair assessment of the completed thesis and explanations of
form, structure, use of evidence, relation of the thesis to published negative criticism;
work on the subject, footnoting, and bibliographical techniques, and • to be allowed to have a new supervisor when they can offer convincing
making constructive suggestions for rewriting and improving the draft; reasons to the department for the change and the change can be
• to indicate clearly when a draft is in a satisfactory final form or, if it is reasonably accommodated by the department;
clear to the supervisor that the thesis cannot be successfully completed, • to be protected from exploitation by their supervisor or other faculty
to advise the student accordingly; members if the latter should :
• to know the departmental and University regulations and standards to a) intrude upon the student’s right of authorship or fail to give a
which the writer of a thesis is required to conform, and to make sure student authorship credit for team research (where applicable, the
that the student is aware of them; department’s protocols on authorship should be provided to
• to continue supervision when on leave, possibly with arrangements students before they embark on research), or
also being made for members of the supervisory committee to assist the b) divert the student’s efforts from the timely completion of the thesis;
student for the leave period; • to submit a thesis even if the supervisor is not satisfied, although such
• to advise and help the student to approach other faculty members for action should be taken only in extreme cases and after full consultation
assistance with specific problems or even to request the reading of a with the department.
chapter or section of the thesis;
• to see that all ethics and animal care approvals as appropriate, are 8.5.6 Responsibilities of the Department
secured. Departments have certain responsibilities in supporting and maintaining
their graduate programs:
8.5.3 Responsibilities of Students • to provide necessary facilities and supervision for each student
When graduate students undertake the writing of a thesis, they assume admitted, and not to accept more candidates than can be offered
several responsibilities: effective supervision (Therefore departments should consider carefully
• to choose a topic (often with the supervisor’s help) and to produce a such matters as faculty retirements, sabbatical leaves, teaching loads,
thesis that is essentially their own work; and library resources before admitting each student with a declared
• to produce a thesis which meets the standards of scholarship required research interest. When, as is often the case in many disciplines,
by the University and the department, including demonstration of their applicants are unable to choose a field of research until they have had
capacity for independent scholarship and research in their field; some experience in graduate study or in a particular department, the
• to acknowledge direct assistance or borrowed material from other department should still regulate admissions according to the number
scholars or researchers; of faculty members available for supervision);
• to realize that the supervisor has undergraduate or other duties which • to uphold a high academic standard for theses;
may at times delay the student’s access to the supervisor at short • to provide adequate supervision at all times, so that, when a supervisor
notice; leaves the University for another permanent position, substitute
arrangements are made as soon as possible;

• to allow students to change supervisors if their research interests shift The thesis is the primary and permanent record of the student’s work. As
or develop in a new direction and a change of supervisor will not such, it is important that it both be written by the student (with
deprive them of financial support and if the change can be reasonably appropriate editorial advice as needed) and conforms to normal academic
accommodated by the department; standards. Assistance in improving writing skills is available at both the
• to provide procedures which assist and encourage students to faculty and university levels (e.g., Writing Workshop; http://
complete the thesis, such as early review and approval of topic and www.dal.ca/~workshop/). The full Dalhousie Thesis Guidelines,
methodology, guidelines on access and appeals, oversight of the including details on thesis preparation and formatting can be found at
students’ schedule, and a clearly stated system of thesis review and http://dalgrad.dal/forms/thesis_regs.doc
evaluation;
• to regard supervision of graduate students as a major consideration in 9.2.3 Submission and Registration Deadlines
making replacement appointments for faculty; All thesis students must refer to the Schedule of Academic Dates in this
• to encourage students to give papers as they proceed, so that they can calendar for submission deadlines and registration deadlines.
test their ideas on a wider audience than the supervisory committee; Students must be registered for the term in which they present their
• to ensure that the graduate coordinator acts as a general overseer of approved unbound theses to the Faculty Office, as well as for the term in
students’ progress; which they have their defence. Students will not be permitted to submit
• to instruct all students (or see that they attend Faculty-level their thesis or proceed to defence unless they are appropriately registered
workshops) on research ethics; and all fees have been paid.
• to explain to students the University’s policies on intellectual property Deadlines for the submission of fully completed and approved theses
rights. (following examination and revision) are final in all cases. Failure to meet
the deadlines will result in additional registration fees being applied.
IX. Thesis Regulations It is the responsibility of the student to ensure that all regulations have
9.1 Ethical Review been met. Failure to comply with the regulations can result in delay in
All thesis research involving human subjects must be approved by a graduation.
Human Ethics Review Board. Reviews are coordinated through the Office
of Research Services, Room 321, Henry Hicks Academic Administration 9.3 Master’s Theses
Building. Application guidelines are available from the Human Research Theses for the Master’s degree must be presented not later than the
Ethics Office. Students should allow six to eight weeks for processing. To published deadlines (see Academic Dates page 1). Five (5) unbound copies
ensure proper reporting, projects which require approval by a hospital are required (original and four copies).
research ethics board must be accompanied by a letter which identifies the
proposal as a student thesis research project. Students are required to 9.3.1 Supervision and Examination
include a copy of all ethics approvals with completed thesis and projects. Students who were registered in a Master’s thesis program prior to
September 1, 1997 should consult Regulation 9.3 in the 1996-97 Graduate
9.2 Preparation of Manuscript and Submission of Studies Calendar.
Theses The mode of supervision and examination of Master’s theses varies
Thesis manuscripts must be prepared in accordance with Faculty of somewhat from department to department. This diversity recognises
Graduate Studies guidelines. differences in the nature of theses within Master’s programs (such as the
differences between Engineering, Sciences and the Humanities/Social
9.2.1 Preparation of Graduate Theses Sciences) and differences in the culture of thesis examination within
All graduate theses, whether for Master’s or Doctoral degrees, must be different disciplines at the Master’s level. The Faculty of Graduate Studies
completed according to the formal Faculty regulations for thesis requires the following minimum arrangements for the supervision and
preparation and submission. All thesis students must obtain a copy of examination of Master’s theses:
these regulations, and students are responsible for ensuring that their
theses comply with all aspects of these regulations. Failure to do so may A. Master’s Thesis Supervisory Committee
cause delays in completion, and may even result in the cancellation of a Each Master’s thesis candidate shall have a Supervisory Committee,
scheduled defence or examination. comprising of at least two faculty members of the student’s graduate
department, one of whom shall be the supervisor. The supervisor may act
For all graduate students: the Faculty of Graduate Studies Thesis Format as the Chair of the Committee, or an independent Chair may be appointed.
Guidelines are available on the Faculty of Graduate Studies web site.
Additional full or adjunct members of the Faculty of Graduate Studies
The regulations give details on: Originality; Format and Style; the Order of may be appointed as appropriate. Additional members of the Committee
Contents; Mailing Costs; and other pertinent information. who are not members of the Faculty of Graduate Studies, including
members of the non-university community (such as a practicing
9.2.2 Thesis Originality and Editing profession), may be appointed to the Supervisory Committee where their
The thesis must represent a coherent body of original work by the student. particular expertise makes it appropriate. See B.) 3. below.
It must display a scholarly approach and thorough knowledge of the
subject. B. Master’s Thesis Examining Committee
Each Master’s thesis shall be examined by an Examining Committee,
Plagiarism in any form is completely unacceptable
which shall consist of:
(http://plagiarism.dal.ca/).
1. A Chair, who shall be a department representative (either the Graduate
In some disciplines it may be appropriate for the thesis to include Coordinator or designate) who was not a regular member of the
published or submitted manuscripts, papers, or reports authored or co- Supervisory Committee. If the Supervisory Committee had an
authored by the student. Students who wish to pursue this option must independent Chair, that person may also Chair the Examining
have the prior consent of their supervisory committees, and must obtain Committee. The main role of the Chair is to organise the examination of
appropriate copyright permission. the thesis, inform the Faculty Office of the membership of the
Examining Committee, ensure that the procedures are carried out in an
It is expected that the student has made a substantial contribution to any appropriate manner, record the examiners’ written comments and the
such manuscripts. Where co-authored manuscript(s) are included in the results of the examination for inclusion in the student’s file, and inform
thesis, the student’s contribution must be clearly indicated. the Faculty of the outcome of the examination;
(http://dalgrad.dal.ca/forms/tdc/#manuscriptcontribution). The 2. The Supervisory Committee or at least two members of the graduate
publication or acceptance of such manuscripts before the thesis defence in faculty appointed by the department at least one of whom shall have
no way supersedes the examination committee’s evaluation of the work, not been involved with the supervision or direction of the thesis;
including requesting revisions.

3. Where the Supervisory Committee is part of the Examining Committee, 9.4 Doctoral Theses
at least one additional member of the graduate faculty shall be Doctoral theses must display original scholarship expressed in satisfactory
appointed who may be from the candidate’s graduate program or literary form consistent with the discipline concerned and be of such value
department, but preferably should be from outside the involved as to merit publication.
program or department. The additional examiner must not have been
involved with the supervision and direction of the thesis and must be 9.4.1 Doctoral Supervisory Committees
in a position to render an objective and impartial assessment of the All Doctoral candidates must have a formally constituted Supervisory
quality of the work. Where appropriate, the additional examiner may Committee, consisting of the Thesis Supervisor and at least two other
be from a graduate faculty of another university. With permission of members of the Faculty of Graduate Studies who are knowledgeable in the
the Dean, the additional examiner may be a non-faculty member (such field of research. Membership of all Doctoral Supervisory Committees
as a practising professional who does not hold an Adjunct appointment must be approved formally by the Faculty.
with the Faculty) where it is deemed that they have the appropriate
professional and academic qualifications and expertise to assess a 9.5 Deadline for Graduation
graduate thesis. Departments may also use an External Examiner in a For thesis students the published deadlines for the submission of the
manner similar to that used for the examination of Doctoral defences copies of the thesis to the Faculty Office in order to be eligible to graduate
(i.e., the thesis cannot be approved without the agreement of the in May or October are final in all cases.
External Examiner).
4. The Dean of Graduate Studies (or his/her designate) may appoint a 9.6 Regulations for the Defence of a Doctoral Thesis
Faculty representative if it is deemed necessary, or at the request of the
All Doctoral theses must be examined in a public oral defence, to be
student or the Chair of the Examining Committee.
conducted by an examining committee recommended by the department
5. The examination of a Master’s thesis may be conducted either by use of
and approved by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. A candidate shall not be
an oral defence or by written submission of the thesis to the Examining
permitted to proceed with the oral defence and examination until all of the
Committee.
following requirements have been met: (i) all required classwork
a) Oral Defence: In the case of an oral defence, it shall be public at least
completed successfully; (ii) comprehensive examination passed; (iii) thesis
to the extent of being open to the faculty members and students of
title approved; (iv) Examining Committee established; (v) the style and
the home department and any other departments that would be
format of the thesis meets the requirements of the University and
interested. Where appropriate, interested members of the academic
appropriate copies of the thesis have been submitted as per regulations
and non-academic communities beyond Dalhousie University
and deadlines in paragraphs 1-10 below. Normally a candidate proceeds
should also be invited. A written description of the outcome of the
to oral defence with the approval of the supervisor and Supervisory
defence, including written reports of the readers and any changes
Committee. A candidate may proceed without the consent of the
required, shall be included as part of the candidate’s departmental
supervisor and committee but a signed declaration included on the Thesis
file. The oral defence shall be carried out according to standard
Submission Form is required by the Faculty.
procedures, usually involving: a short presentation by the student;
questions from the thesis committee (one or more rounds); in 9.6.1 Doctoral Defence Procedures
camera deliberation by the committee and agreement on the 1. Registration of Thesis Title: The candidate shall register the proposed
evaluation; presentation of the results of the exam to the student. title of the thesis with the Faculty of Graduate Studies, no later than six
Questions from the audience may be permitted before the in camera months before submission of the completed thesis.
session if desirable. 2. Appointment of External Examiner: The Chairperson of the
b) Written Defence: Examination by written submission must provide Department (or Graduate Coordinator where appropriate) shall
for the candidate to be able to respond to the comments, criticisms recommend to the Associate Dean three names (with C.V.s) listed in
and recommendations of the Examining Committee through the order of preference as submitted by the thesis supervisor (and
exchange of written commentary, and be required to make revisions approved by the Supervisory Committee) for the appointment of an
as deemed appropriate by the Examining Committee. In the case of external examiner at least three months before the anticipated date of
programs that do not normally require an oral defence, the Dean of completion of the thesis. The persons suggested should be
Graduate Studies may require such a defence if the circumstances acknowledged experts in the field or discipline of the research being
warrant or if the Examining Committee or candidate requests it. examined in the thesis, must not have been directly involved in the
6. All theses are either approved or not approved. The categories are: student’s research in any way, and should possess a Doctoral degree or
a) approved as submitted; equivalent, and should normally have demonstrated experience of
b) approved upon specific corrections being made (a clear timetable Doctoral supervision and/or examination. Brief C.V.s should be
for completion of the revisions must be presented to the student, submitted along with the names. The choice of the external examiner
normally with a maximum of one month to complete the revisions); must be approved by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. If the first choice
c) rejected but with permission to re-submit a revised thesis for re- is unacceptable to the Faculty or if that person is unavailable, then the
examination (a clear timetable for completion must be presented, other names will be considered in order of identified priority. the
normally with a maximum of one year to re-submit); and Graduate Coordinator may then confirm the availability of the External
d) rejected outright. In all cases, all members of the Examining Examination and proposed dated and time for the defence. The formal
Committee must submit written examination reports, dated and invitation to the external examiner is issued by the Faculty (see para. 7.
signed, which shall become part of the candidate’s departmental below).
file. The Chair’s written report shall summarize the outcome of the 3. Copies of Thesis Required for Examination: A minimum of five copies
examination process, the final decision and any conditions attached. of the thesis are required, more if the Examining Committee is larger
In the case of an outright failure or failure with a right to submit by than the minimum Faculty requirements. The candidate shall submit
a specific date, the Graduate Coordinator must send a written one unbound copy of the completed thesis to the Faculty of Graduate
notification of failure to the Faculty. Studies Office, together with the Thesis Submission Form and a C.V.
The above regulations are the minimum requirements of the Faculty of The thesis will be given a preliminary check by the Faculty for
Graduate Studies, and some departments or programs may have specific formatting and style. The deadlines for submitting unbound PhD
regulations which exceed these requirements. Students must check with theses to departments (see the Schedule of Academic Dates in the
their Graduate Coordinator for details on how their department handles Faculty of Graduate Studies calendar under August, November and
Master’s thesis supervision and examination. February) are also the deadlines for submission of the one unbound
copy (with completed PhD Thesis Submission Form) to the Faculty of
Graduate Studies (see also para. 5. and 6. below). The copy is then sent

to the External Examiner by the Graduate Studies office once a date and 9.6.2 Oral Examination
time of defence is determined. At that time the candidate shall provide The oral examination of a Doctoral thesis is the culmination of the
a copy of the abstract page from their thesis and a brief biographical candidate’s research program. It exposes the work to scholarly criticism
sketch for publication in a public notice of the defence (this material and gives to the candidate the opportunity to defend the thesis in public.
must be submitted in Word compatible format and emailed to the 1. Chair of the Defence: The Examination is chaired by the Dean, the
Faculty Office). Associate Dean of Graduate Studies, or a member of the Panel of PhD
4. Committee and Department Copies: The other four (or more as Defence Chairs.
required) copies of the thesis will be submitted by the candidate to the 2. Examining Committee: The examining committee consists of, the
departmental graduate coordinator, who will distribute them research supervisor or co-supervisors, at least two additional members
immediately to local members of the examining committee. One copy (who shall normally have been members of the Supervisory
is held in the departmental secretary’s office for use by other interested Committee), and the external examiner who shall be from outside the
faculty and students. University. A departmental representative (the chairperson of the
5. No arrangements will be made for the oral examination until all these department or a designate) is included as a non-voting member of the
requirements are fulfilled. The examination will be held no earlier than committee.
four weeks after submission of the thesis, thereby allowing adequate 3. Order of Examination Proceedings: (i) the Chairperson opens the
time for the thesis to be read by the external examiner. defence with a brief description of the proceedings; (ii) the candidate is
6. In consultation with the Chairperson of the Department, the Graduate questioned on the thesis following a summary presentation no longer
Coordinator, and the research supervisor, the Faculty will establish a than 20 minutes; (iii) the Chairperson will give priority to questions
time and place for the examination. from the external examiner and then from the other members of the
7. The Associate Dean of Graduate Studies will issue a formal invitation examining committee in some pre-arranged order; (iv) the audience
to the external examiner and will send a copy of the thesis (see para. 3 will then be invited to ask questions; (v) the Chairperson adjourns the
above) to him/her at least four weeks before the examination, with a examination when the examining committee decides that further
request to submit a written appraisal (the Examiner’s Report - see para. questioning is unnecessary, and the candidate and all members of the
8) of the thesis with a recommendation for the defence to either audience are required to leave the room; (vi) the Chair then presides
proceed or not proceed, no later than one week prior to the date of the over the examining committee during its deliberations in camera; (vii)
defence. following the in camera session, the candidate is invited back into the
8. The external examiner will submit by mail, fax, or email, a room and is informed of the decision of the committee; (viii) the Chair
constructively critical and analytical report (the Examiner’s Report) to oversees the completion of the signature sheet as appropriate and
the Faculty of Graduate Studies Office at least one week prior to the completes the Defence Report and returns it immediately to the Faculty
scheduled date of the defence. A copy will be sent to the department of Graduate Studies Office.
Chair or Graduate Coordinator. The Examiner’s Report must include a 4. In camera Deliberations and Grading: The decision of the Examining
recommendation on whether or not the thesis should proceed to Committee is based both on the thesis and on the candidate’s ability to
defence. Where the recommendation is not to proceed, the report defend it. No thesis shall be approved without the agreement of an
should indicate what, if anything, would be required to make the thesis external examiner, except that a negative opinion of an external
acceptable. Note that a decision to proceed to defence does not imply examiner who does not attend the examination should not prevail over
that the thesis is approved, only that it is acceptable for defence. The the unanimous opinion of the other examiners present and voting. The
external examiner (and the examining committee) will have questions thesis is graded “approved” or “not approved”. A thesis can be
which must be answered to their satisfaction, and a thesis can be accepted by the Examining Committee as submitted; accepted on
rejected as a result of the defence. The Examiner’s Report must not be condition that specific corrections are made; rejected with permission
disclosed to the candidate or the Supervisory Committee prior to the to submit a revised thesis; or rejected outright with no possibility of re-
defence (however, see para. 9. below). Normally the external examiner submission. It should be stressed that theses can be rejected on grounds
will attend the defence. The department will make every effort to of form as well as content. If specific corrections are required, the thesis
arrange for alternative facilities (such as video- or teleconferencing) if will be returned to the candidate and a time limit during which the
they are appropriate to provide for the external examiner to participate corrections must be completed will be decided upon by the Examining
in the defence even though he/she cannot be there in person. In the Committee. Specific corrections will normally be left to the satisfaction
rare event of the external examiner not attending, a written report, of the local committee and research supervisor.
accompanied by detailed questions to be read at the defence on the 5. Proceedings in the Case of Rejection: If the thesis is rejected with
examiner’s behalf should be submitted to the Faculty one week before permission to submit a revised thesis (within 12 months of the first
the defence. defence), the revised thesis will be re-read by an Examining
9. The defence will only occur if the External Examiner states that the Committee, at least two of whose members were on the original
thesis may proceed. If the External Examiner states that the thesis committee. The thesis shall be submitted to an external examiner who
should not proceed, then the department Chair or Graduate may be the original external examiner if the Associate Dean of
Coordinator may, after consultation with the Supervisory Committee, Graduate Studies considers this to be desirable. The candidate shall
request that the Faculty approach the next external examiner from their defend the thesis before an Examining Committee in the usual way. If
original list to get a second opinion (the candidate may have to provide rejected again, there are no third chances.
another copy of the thesis for this purpose). The Associate Dean of 6. In all cases, the recommendation for degree must be approved by the
Graduate Studies may request additional suggestions for external Faculty of Graduate Studies and by the Senate.
examiners if necessary. If the second external does not feel the thesis 7. Variation of the procedures stipulated above may be permitted only
should proceed to defence, then the entire defence procedure will be with the written permission of the Dean of Graduate Studies.
canceled and the candidate must meet with the Supervisory Committee
to determine a course of action to revise and re-submit the thesis at a 9.7 Thesis Binding
later date. Within 12 months, a revised and re-submitted thesis may be At the time of submitting their unbound, approved thesis (original and a
sent to the original external examiner(s) or an alternative examiner as minimum of four copies) to the Graduate Studies Office, a binding fee
deemed appropriate by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. (currently $100, subject to change without notice) (plus $20 for every copy
10. If the external examiner recommends that the thesis proceed to over the initial five) will be charged to the student’s account and must be
defence, notice of the public defence of the thesis will be published and paid before convocation. This sum will cover the cost of binding. An
sent to all relevant departments by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. All additional charge will be made (where appropriate) to cover mailing costs,
interested faculty, students, and members of the public will be pockets, and use of glossy paper.
welcome to attend. The Faculty of Graduate Studies will arrange for the binding and
11. Variation of the regulations outlined above may be permitted only with subsequent distribution of theses as follows:
the written permission of the Dean of Graduate Studies. a. One (1) copy is sent to the author.
b. Two (2) copies are sent to the student’s Department.

c. Two (2) copies are sent to the University Library which arranges for the MSc (DalTech): Blue/white corded border
production of microform copy to be retained in the National Library, MSW: Citron silk
Ottawa and listed in Dissertation Abstracts International or Masters MURP: Peacock blue/green corded border
Abstracts International. The National Library can then circulate such PhD: Black gown faced with yellow silk; black hood with a lining of
copy according to the International Inter-Library Loan Code, with full yellow silk; birretum is the doctor’s bonnet of black velvet with yellow
copyright protection; it also guarantees a permanent record of the cord.
thesis. The University Library retains one (1) bound copy in the PhD (Eng): Black gown with front panels of royal blue velvet edged with
University Archives. white; the yoke is pointed in the back with velvet edged in white, the
sleeves are lined in white and covered half way up with velvet piped in
gold; the hood is lined in white with a blue velvet border with gold piping
X. Convocation along the inner side of the blue velvet, with a mortar board.
Convocation ceremonies are held in May and October. JSD: Black gown faced with olympic blue silk bordered with yellow silk;
black hood with a lining of olympic blue silk bordered with yellow silk;
10.1 Intent to Graduate Forms birretum is the doctor’s bonnet of black velvet with yellow and blue cord.
Intent to Graduate forms should be submitted to the Registrar's Office by
November 15, for May convocation and by July 1 for October convocation.
Forms are available on line from the Registrar's Office website at: XI. Appeals
www.registrar.dal.ca Unit/program and Faculty decisions are subject to the normal appeals
procedures that begin with the unit (department, school, faculty or
10.2 Letter of Confirmation for Completion of Degree program). If not resolved at the Faculty level, the student may appeal to
When a student has fulfilled all the requirements (including payment of all the Faculty of Graduate Studies on the grounds below. There are no
program or course fee requirements and any continuing fees), for the appeals on admission decisions, or decisions on scholarships, grants or
degree in advance of the official graduation date, a letter to that effect can bursaries.
be obtained from the Faculty of Graduate Studies Office. The The grounds for appeal are limited to the following:
Confirmation Letter Request Form is located on the Faculty of Graduate
1. procedural unfairness;
Studies website under Forms and Documents of Students.
2. bias; or
3. irregularity in procedure.
10.3 Conferring of Degrees A written appeal must be submitted to the Dean of the Faculty of
Successful candidates for degrees are ordinarily required to appear at Graduate Studies within sixty (60) days following a) the event or
Convocation in the proper academic costume to have the degree conferred circumstances appealed, or b) notification to the appellant of the outcome
upon them. By special permission of the Senate, degrees may be conferred of the appeal at the unit level, whichever is later. The submission must
in absentia. Any graduating student who is unable to appear at the include:
convocation is expected to notify the Registrar in writing prior to May 4 i) a description of the exact nature of the appeal including a summary
for the Spring Convocation, or October 1 for Fall convocation, giving the of events and chronology
address to which the degree or diploma is to be mailed. ii) specific details of the alleged unfairness, bias or irregularity; and
Detailed information regarding the upcoming ceremony dates, location, any other relevant consideration or information
dress etc. is available on the Registrar's Office website: iii) the requested resolution of the appeal.
www.registrar.dal.ca In an appeals process the student has the right to representation. The
student is required to inform the Dean, in writing, if s/he will have a
10.4 Academic Costume representative presenting the appeal.
Graduates of the University are entitled to wear gowns and hoods of black
stuff. The distinctive part of the costume is the lining of the hood, which Decisions of the Appeals Committee are forwarded to the Dean. Students
for the various degrees currently offered are as follows: may appeal the final Faculty of Graduate Studies decision to the Senate.
MA: Crimson silk
MBA: Turquoise silk XII. Departmental and Program Listings
MDE: Medium blue/scarlet border
The following entries are designed to provide general information about
MES: Brown silk
particular graduate programs. Although general Faculty of Graduate
MHSA: Sky blue silk/white border
Studies requirements apply to all graduate programs, the methods of
LLM: Purple silk
fulfilling these requirements vary considerably among Departments.
MArch: White/two parallel stripes of red corded border
MArch (Post-Prof.): White/vermilion border Detailed, up-to-date information is located in departmental publications.
MAHSR: White silk/sky blue border with white piping
MASc: Blue/gold border with white piping Each Departmental or program entry includes the following information:
MASc/MURP: Peacock blue/gold border with white piping 1. A list of faculty members engaged in the teaching of graduate classes
MCSc: Emerald green/gold border with white piping and/or the direction of graduate research. Faculty members whose
MACSc: Emerald green/gold border with white piping major appointments are in other Departments are so indicated. In
MEC: Emerald green/purple border with turquoise piping addition, the names of other researchers in the Department and
EMEC: Emerald green/purple border with turquoise piping honorary appointees may be listed. Beside each name there may be a
MEDS White/three parallel stripes of white and vermilion corded border list of keywords indicating the major areas of research expertise and
MEng: Blue/gold border interest of the faculty member.
MEng/MURP: Peacock blue/gold border 2. A description of facilities available may be included. Some general
MHI: Scarlet silk/emerald green border regulations may be described.
MLIS: Mid-forest Green silk 3. A list of admission requirements in addition to those of the Faculty of
MMM: Navy silk/seagreen border Graduate Studies. In some cases the minimum requirements outlined
MN: Apricot silk in Section 2 are not sufficient for entry into a particular program. Other
MPA: Sky Blue silk particular requirements may be listed.
MPLAN: Peacock blue/green corded border 4. A description of degree program requirements includes:
MREM: Brown silk/white border a) Minimum time required to complete the program
MSc: Scarlet silk b) Tuition Fees (based on the previous year’s fees)
MSc (Agriculture): Scarlet silk/gold chevron c) Class work required

d) Other academic requirements
e) Thesis requirement
f) Other requirements
5. A representative list of class offerings and brief class descriptions. Not
all of the classes will necessarily be offered in a given year.
6. An extensive list of areas of specialization.
XIII. Centre for Learning and Teaching Agriculture

The Centre for Learning and Teaching (CLT) works in partnership with
academic units, faculty members, and graduate students to enhance the Location: Nova Scotia Agricultural College
practice and scholarship of learning and teaching at Dalhousie University. Truro, NS B2N 5E3
CLT takes an evidence-based approach to advocating for effective learning Telephone: (902) 893-6360
and teaching practices, curriculum planning, services to support the use of Fax: (902) 893-3430
technology in education, and institutional policies and infrastructure to Professors
enhance the Dalhousie learning environment. (See page 301 for more
Ablett, R.F., BSc (Reading), MSc (Sterling), PhD (Oregon), Engineering
information about CLT services and resources).
Department and CEO, Atlantic BioVenture Centre, Bioresources,
Certificate in University Teaching and Learning: The Certificate program nutraceuticals, cosmecuticals, value-added product development.
is offered to graduate students by the CLT in collaboration with the Anderson, D.M., BSA, MSc (Man), PhD (Sask), Plant and Animal Sciences
Faculty of Graduate Studies. The purpose of the program is to assist Department. Nutrition and metabolism of the monogastric species;
academic departments in preparing students for their teaching swine, fin fish, poultry, management of swine.
responsibilities and to enhance their professional development Asiedu, S., BSc (Agr), MSc, PhD (McGill), Plant and Animal Sciences
opportunities for other careers. Department. Plant-microbe Interactions, Post-harvest physiology,
pathology of horticultural crops, potato physiology, production
CLT also offers a non-credit course: Learning and Teaching in Higher management.
Education (CNLT 5000). This course may be taken as part of the Certificate Astatkie, T., BSc, MSc (Addis Ababa), PhD (Queen’s), Engineering
program, or separately. CNLT 5000 is a seminar course designed to bring Department. Time series analysis, linear, nonlinear and nonparametric
together practical and theoretical aspects of learning and teaching in post- regression, and design of experiments.
secondary settings. Benkel, B.F., BSc (Brock), PhD (Ottawa), Canada Research Chair in
Agricultural Biotechnology, Plant and Animal Sciences Department.
Animal genomics. The use of comparative genomics to identify genes
underlying economically important traits in livestock species.
Naturally-occuring resistance to disease. The identification of genes
conferring disease resistance in animals. The use of genomics-based
technologies in breed improvement.
Burton, D.L., BSc (Dalhousie), MSc (Guelph), PhD (Alberta), Engineering
Department. Climate change, greenhouse gases, soil microbiology, soil
quality, sustainable manure management practices.
Caldwell, C.D., BSc (MtA), MSc (Dal), PhD (East Anglia), Plant and
Animal Sciences Department. Crop physiology, carbon & nitrogen
assimilation, water relations, cereals & oil seeds management, new
crop development.
Duston, J., BSc (Bath), PhD (Aston), Plant and Animal Sciences
Department. Fish biology in Aquaculture. Environmental physiology,
photoperiodism, biological clocks, osmoregulation, fish life history
strategies and age at maturity.
Farid, A., BSc (Bishops), MSc (Shiraz), PhD (Alta), Plant and Animal
Sciences Department. Quantitative genetics, animal breeding,
population genetics, application of molecular genetics in animal
improvement, genetics of growth and carcass composition, sheep
production and management.
Fredeen, A.H., BSc (Sask), MSc (Guelph), PhD (Davis), Plant and Animal
Sciences Department. Ruminant nutrition, dairy systems analysis, milk
composition, dairy products, greenhouse gas emission, pasture-based
dairy production, sustainable, ecological organic dairying.
Gray, A.B., BSc (Bishops), MSc, PhD (McGill), Environmental Sciences
Department. Plant Pathology. Control of fungal diseases of ginseng,
fruit crops and forages.
Lada, R.R., BSc (Hort.), MSc (Hort.) (TNAU, Coimbatore), PhD (Adelaide),
Plant and Animal Sciences Department. Environmental stress
physiology and metabolism. Biostress defense molecules, inter & intra-
plant communication, environmental regulation of plant development,
bulking physiology, resource competition modelling.
MacLaren, L.A., BSc, MSc (Alta), PhD (Calif), Plant and Animal Sciences
Department. Bovine reproductive physiology, integrin expression,
implantation, embryo development, and estrus synchronization.
Madani, A., BSc (Pahlavi), MSc (UBC), PhD (Wash), Engineering
Department. Water quality, water table management, subsurface
drainage, and irrigation scheduling.
Martin, R.C., BA, MSc (Carleton), PhD (McGill), Plant and Animal
Sciences Department. Forage agronomy and sustainable agriculture,
34 Agriculture
multiple cropping systems, rotational grazing, organic agriculture. and plant nutrition and the subsequent impact on plant growth,
Director, Organic Agriculture Centre of Canada. development and composition.
Nams, V.O., BSc (Toronto), MSc (Alta), PhD (Calif), Environmental Pruski, K.W., BSc, MSc (Alberta), PhD (Wageningen), Plant and Animal
Sciences Department. Spatial scales, landscape ecology, gractal Sciences Department. Plant Propogation. Tissue culture propagation
analysis, behavioural ecology, and mammals. technologies, plant physiology, ornamental and fruit crops, potato
Olson, A.R., BA (Augustana), MSc (Wisconsin), PhD (Alta), physiology and post-harvest.
Environmental Sciences Department. Botany. Mutualistic, commensal Sanderson, L.L., BSc (Agr.), MSc (Guelph), Business and Social Sciences
and parasitic symbiotic relationships among flowering plants, anatomy Department. Qualitative and quantitative research methodologies in
of plant diseases, religious world views and their interaction with the social sciences (survey methodology), farm safety.
natural sciences, sexual reproduction of plants. Sibley, K.J., BSc (Agr. Eng.), MSc (McGill), Engineering Department.
Robinson, A.R., BSc (Agr), MSc, PhD (McGill), Environmental Sciences Machine systems and mechanization that improves productivity,
Department. Animal biochemistry, protein biochemistry and efficiency and profitability of agriculture and agri-food industries,
endocrinology. Environmental analysis. Head.
Rouvinen-Watt, K., BSc, MSc, PhD (Kuopio), Plant and Animal Sciences Wang-Pruski, G., BSc (Tian Jin), PhD (Alberta), Plant and Animal Sciences
Department. Carnivore nutrition and physiology. Lipid and glucose Department. Plant molecular biology and genomics, functional
metabolism, nutritional genomics, metabolic syndrome and diabetes, genomics, proteomics, potato genome and gene expression, genetic
thermoregulation energy metabolism, nutrient digestion and excretion, control of potato tuber quality, genetic and environmental interactions,
feed evaluation. Diet evaluation and dietary impacts on animal health biotechnology.
and performance. Yiridoe, E.K., BSc (Un. of Science and Technology, Ghana), MSc, PhD
Stratton, G.W., BSc (Agr), MSc, PhD (Guelph), Environmental Sciences (Guelph), Business and Social Sciences Department. Agricultural
Department. Environmental contaminants, industrial wastes, production economics, farm and agribusiness management and natural
pesticides, microbial aspects of nutrient cycling, biodegradation of resource and environmental economics.
environmental toxicants. Head. Zaman, Q., BSc, MSc (U.of Agriculture Faisalabad), PhD (U. of Newcastle
Tennessen, T., BSc, MSc, PhD (Alta), Plant and Animal Sciences upon Tyne), Engineering Department. Precision agriculture, GPS, GIS,
Department. Applied ethology, domestic animal behaviour, farm Sensors, remote sensing, VPT.
animal welfare, green care and the use of farm animals in human
therapy. Head. Assistant Professors
Boyd, N., BSc (Dalhousie), MSc (Dalhousie/NSAC), PhD (Manitoba),
Associate Professors Environmental Sciences Department. Integrated weed management
Blanchard, J.P., BSc (St. Mary’s), BSc (Dal), MSc (Agr. Eng.), PhD systems, horticultural crop production, plant population dynamics and
(Technical University of NS), Engineering Department. Aquaculture ecology; organic crop production.
recirculation systems, wastewater management, water quality, solids Cutler, G.C., BSc (MUN), MSc (SFU), PhD (Guelph), Environmental
waste management, food processing. Sciences Department. Insect biology and ecology, insect toxicology,
Brewster, G., BA (Hon), MSc, PhD (Western), Environmental Sciences and development of ecologically sound and pragmatic insect pest
Department. Soil erosion monitoring and modelling, physical management programs.
characterization of turfgrass root zone media, soil quality analysis, Dukeshire, S.R., BComm, BA (St. Mary’s), MASc, PhD (Waterloo),
human impact on soil physical properties. Business and Social Sciences Department. Dietary decision making and
Clark, J.S., BA (Guelph), MSc (Sask), PhD (North Carolina), Business and behaviour, injury prevention, predicting and changing human beliefs,
Social Sciences Department. Econometrics and time series analysis. attitudes and behaviour, social judgement and decision making,
Tests of competition under general equilibrium. Statistical and companion animal-human interaction.
economic aspects of climate change. Li, H., BS (Zhongshan Univ.), MS (Univ. of Montpellier), PhD (Laval),
Enright, C., BSc., MBA, PhD (Dalhousie), Plant and Animal Sciences Environmental Sciences Department. Soil fertility, soil ecology, plant
Department. Shellfish Nutrition and Production. Aquaculture, aquatic nutrition, plant water use efficiency, precision agriculture, GIS and
ecology, phytoplankton, production and physiology. remote sensing technology and integrated management of horticultural
Glover, K.E., BSc (Agr.), MSc (Guelph), PhD (Dalhousie), Plant and and agricultural systems.
Animal Sciences Department, Molecular Biology and Biochemistry. Lynch, D.H., BSc (Agr.), MSc (Agr.) (McGill), PhD (Guelph), Canada
Molecular nutrition studies in ruminant monogastric and carnivore Research Chair in Organic Agriculture, Plant and Animal Sciences
species, with emphasis on the regulation of lipid metabolism by Department. Organic production systems. Nurtrient cycling in agro-
nutrients and effects on animal metabolism including milk production ecosystems. Soil organic matter dynamics. Soil microbiology. Legume
and composition. physiology. Composting and management of manures and organic
Goodyear, S.N., BSc (Agr) (McGill), MSc, PhD (Guelph), Plant and Animal wastes.
Sciences Department. Vegetable production management and cultivar Martynenko, A., BSc (Ukraine), MSc (Moscow), PhD (Guelph),
evaluation, physiology of vegetable crops, ecological/sustainable Engineering Department. Applied physics and biophysics of
farming practices. ecosystems, bio-instrumentation, remote sensing, sensor fusion,
Gordon, R.J., BSc, MSc (McGill), PhD (Guelph), Canada Research Chair in intelligent control systems, machine vision and image analysis.
Agricultural Resource Management, Engineering Department. McLean, N., BSc (Agr.), MSc (Macdonald), PhD (Dalhousie), Plant and
Wastewater and manure management, water quality, air quality and Animal Sciences Department. Forage legume breeding and
odour management, constructed wetland systems, climate change. biotechnology for improved production and persistence.
Director of Research. Price, G.W., BSc (BC), MSc, PhD (Guelph), Engineering Department.
Havard, P.L., BSc (Agr Eng), MSc, PhD (McGill), Engineering Department. Alternative uses of organic by-products, nutrient management,
Water and energy conservation, instrumentation and computer control, management of specified risk material (SRMs), soil organic matter
system modelling. dynamics, soil nitrogen dynamics.
Mapplebeck, L.R., BSc, MSc (Guelph), Environmental Sciences Prithiviraj, B., BSc (Agr.) (Annamalai), MSc, PhD (BHU), Plant and Animal
Department, Greenhouse crop production and floriculture, nursery Sciences Department. Plant stress physiology, marine bio-products in
crop production, plant propagation and culinary/tea/medicinal herbs. animal and plant health, plant-microbe interactions, plant pathology,
Pitts, N.L., BSc (Agr), MSc (McGill), PhD (Guelph), Environmental natural anti-infective compounds.
Sciences Department. Food chemistry, food quality, food safety, Rupasinghe, H.P.V., BSc (Peradeniya), MSc (Iowa), PhD (Guelph),
modified atmosphere packaged food, chemical analysis of essential Environmental Sciences Department. Bio-products, functional foods,
oils. nutraceuticals and natural health products; phytochemicals and human
Percival, D., BSc (Agr), MSc, PhD (Guelph), Environmental Sciences health; postharvest biotechnology, shelf-life and quality.
Department. Plant physiology. Environmental regulation of carbon
assimilation and metabolism, whole plant water relations, soil fertility
Agriculture 35
Adjunct Professors II. Class Descriptions
Al-Mughrabi, K.I., BSc (Agr.Eng), MSc (Jordon), PhD (Dalhousie) Graduate classes are intended only for students registered in the MSc
Benchaar, C., MSc (Algiers), PhD (Toulouse) program and may be taken by undergraduate students only under
Eaton, L.J., BSc (Acadia), MSc, PhD (Dal) exceptional circumstances, where they meet normal MSc admission
Flinn, B.S., BSc, MSc (Queen’s), PhD (UBC) requirements.
Hodges, M., BSc, PhD (Ottawa)
Jeliazkov, V.D., MSc, PhD (Higher Institute of Agriculture, Bulgaria), PhD Not all classes are offered every year. Please check the current timetable to
(Mass) see whether a particular class is being offered.
MacLeod, J.A., BSc (Agr.), MSc (McGill), PhD (Cornell)
MacRae, K.B., BEd (BC), MSc, PhD (Oregon) AGRI 5210.03: Special Topics in Environmental
McAllister, T.A., BSc (Agr.), MSc (Alberta), PhD (Guelph) Microbiology.
Papadopoulos, Y.A., BSc, MSc, PhD (Guelph) This class will allow students to study a particular topic in the field of
Prange, R.K., BSc (Acadia), MSc (BC), PhD (Guelph) environmental microbiology in more depth than would be practical in a
Privé, J.P., BSc (Winnipeg), MSc, PhD (Guelph) general class. The student will choose a topic in consultation with the
Rathgeber, B., Bsc (Agr.) (Sask), MSc (Arkansos), PhD (Sask) instructor. An in-depth literature search will be required and the material
Rodd, V. BSc (UPEI), MSc (Manitoba) gathered will be discussed in weekly tutorial sessions. Laboratory work
Schumann, A.W., BSc, MSc (Univ. of Natal), PhD (Georgia) will be conducted when required and if appropriate to the topic chosen.
Singh, R.P., BSc (Agr), MSc (Agr) (Agra Univ), PhD (N. Dakota) Topics for study can be of either a theoretical or applied nature, with the
Sturz, A.V., BSc, PhD (Univ of Manchester) needs of the student being a primary factor in finalizing the topic.
Warman, P.R., BSc (Agr) (Rutgers), MSc, PhD (Guelph) INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Stratton
Zebarth, B., BSc (Agr), MSc (Guelph), PhD (Sask) FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
The above NSAC faculty and adjunct professors are members of the AGRI 5220.03: Special Topics in Weed Science.
Faculty of Graduate Studies, Dalhousie University. Topics might include: evolution of weeds, impact of weeds on human
history, weed ecology and physiology, crop/weed interactions, herbicide
I. Admission chemistry, physiological and biochemical behavior of herbicides in plants,
The Nova Scotia Agricultural College has facilities for advanced study and environmental fate of herbicides, myco-herbicides, biorationals. Two term
research leading to an MSc in Agriculture. projects and a research critique will be required.
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Sampson
The Master of Science degree is granted by Dalhousie University in FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
cooperation with the Nova Scotia Agricultural College.
AGRI 5240.03: Special Topics in Environmental
Candidates must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the Impact.
Faculty of Graduate Studies. All inquiries for admission should be
This class will allow students to study a particular topic in the field of
addressed to: The Research & Graduate Studies Office, Nova Scotia
environmental impact or environmental toxicology in more depth than
Agricultural College, P.O. Box 550, Truro, Nova Scotia B2N 5E3
would be practical in a general class. The student will choose a topic for
Please refer to the Admission Dates section for final dates for receipt of study in consultation with the instructor. An in-depth literature search
application for admission. will be required and the material gathered will be discussed in weekly
tutorial sessions. Laboratory work will be conducted when required and if
A. MSc Degree Program appropriate to the topic chosen. Topics for study should be related to the
The Master of Science degree is granted by Dalhousie University in student's area of research or interests.
association with the Nova Scotia Agricultural College, the only INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Stratton
educational institution in the Atlantic Region with the faculty and facilities FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
capable of providing such a program of study.
AGRI 5250.03: Soil Microbiology.
Graduate students attend classes at the Nova Scotia Agricultural College This class is designed to provide an intensive study of the microbiology of
and, on occasion, supplement their program with classes at Dalhousie soils and will emphasize nutrient cycling and biodegradation. Topics
University. Students may choose to concentrate their studies in any of the covered include the relationships between the abiotic and biotic
following areas: components of soils, the microbial biochemistry of the carbon, nitrogen,
Agribiology: Waste Management, Environmental Microbiology, Ecology, sulphur, phosphorus, and selected micronutrient cycles, heavy metal
Pest Management, Agricultural Systems, Resource Management cycling, and the microbial degradation of industrial wastes and pesticides.
Agricultural Chemistry: Food Science, Agricultural Chemistry The laboratory classes will concentrate on techniques to monitor the
Soil Science: Soil Chemistry, Nutrient Management, Soil Fertility, Soil microbial biomass in soil and the microbial components of nutrient cycles.
Conservation, Soil Management These include new advances in bacterial taxonomy and identification and
Animal Science: Nutrition, Animal Behaviour, Genetics and Breeding, the use of gas chromatography and high performance liquid
Animal Product Technology, Physiology, Animal Management, chromatography in quantitating nutrient cycling. In addition to a major
Aquaculture (Shell-Fish & Fin-Fish culture) term paper, a comprehensive laboratory report on the entire term's lab
Plant Science: Cropping Systems Management, Plant Genetics, Nutrition, work, and a single take-home examination, graduate students will be
Pathology, Physiology, Biotechnology, Horticulture required to:
a) modify the term paper into a critical review of some aspect of soil
The MSc in Agriculture program is research centered. All students must microbiology (chosen in consultation with the instructor); the review must
complete a research thesis embodying original contribution in the thesis be current and in depth; it must be written in manuscript format and will
field of study. The thesis is defended at an oral examination. be graded accordingly,
Students are required to take a minimum of four (4) graduate courses (0.5 b) perform additional laboratory exercises not assigned to
credit hours each). The graduate class AGRI 5700.03 Communication Skills undergraduate students; use more replicates; perform a full statistical
and Graduate Seminar is a required class. The remaining three (3) courses analysis of data; provide a report in manuscript format,
are selected by the student in consultation with his or her supervisor. c) give a seminar to the class on their term paper topic.
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Stratton
In addition, students must demonstrate in the laboratory of at least one FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab 4 hours
undergraduate class in order to gain knowledge and experience in CROSS-LISTING: MICR 4000
classroom instruction, and must be admitted to candidacy within the first
four to six months of their program.
36 Agriculture
AGRI 5260.03: Special Topics in Plant Pathology. INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Anderson
This class will be custom-designed to meet the specific needs of graduate FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
students specializing in the area of plant pathology who need further
specific knowledge and/or skills.
AGRI 5370.03: Special Topics in Animal Breeding and
INSTRUCTOR(S): A.B. Gray, R.P. Singh Genetics.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours Provides students with an opportunity to pursue more detailed studies in
Animal Breeding/Genetics. Topics will be decided on by the student in
AGRI 5270.03: Economic Entomology. consultation with faculty members for the purpose of meeting the
Insect pest management in agriculture with emphasis on a selection of student's specific needs as defined by the thesis research. Delivery will be
non-chemical approaches to insect control, e.g. natural, mechanical, a combination of directed reading and tutorial discussions.
physical, cultural, biological, biochemical, and/or legal control. According INSTRUCTOR(S): Dept. of Plant and Animal Sciences Faculty.
to student(s) interest, a section on chemical control can be included. This FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
class is consistently in accord with the theory and principles of integrated
pest management (IPM) and consequently, the term assignments will AGRI 5380.03: Quantitative Genetics.
incorporate the study of sampling techniques and monitoring methods of An introduction to quantitative genetics theory and to statistical
insect pests and related beneficial arthropods. Attendance at certain techniques used in domestic animal improvement. Computing and
relevant seminars may be required and directed readings may be statistical techniques will be demonstrated, and presented, and relevant
assigned. A case history of a major agricultural insect pest will be included literature will be surveyed. Reference will be made throughout to
to satisfy the class requirement. The material will be submitted in term performance recording programs used in Canada and throughout the
paper format and also delivered in an oral presentation. The case history world.
will include the life cycle, host plants, pest status, damage, losses, control INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Patterson
measures, research needs and IPM programs pertinent to the particular FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
species.
INSTRUCTOR(S): TBA AGRI 5390.03: Molecular Genetic Analysis of
FORMAT: Lecture 2 hours, tutorial 1 hour Populations.
This class is designed to give graduate students some understanding of
AGRI 5310.03: Special Topics in Applied Ethology. the theoretical aspects of population and molecular genetics. Various
Class content will vary. Topics covered will be chosen so as to meet the DNA fingerprinting techniques, such as minisatellites, microsatellites,
requirements of individual graduate students. Aspects could include the RAPD-PCR, RFLP-PCR and SSCP-PCR, and their applications in
assessment of farm animal welfare, foraging behavior, environmental population genetic studies will be discussed. Students will acquire hands-
enrichment, social dynamics of livestock, early rearing environment and on experience with some of these techniques. Analysis of molecular data
the effect on later behavior. to estimate intrapopulation populations (heterozygosity, Hardy-Weinberg
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Tennessen equilibrium) and interpopulation parameters (test of heterogeneity of
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours allele frequency distributions, genetic distances, phylogenetic analysis,
bootstrapping, F-statistics) will be covered.
AGRI 5320.03: Special Topics in Animal Nutrition. INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Farid
The class is designed to provide an opportunity to study specific aspects of FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, labs 4 hours
animal nutrition. Aspects could include study of a particular nutrient, a
process in nutrition, a nutritional state, or nutrient metabolism of a specific AGRI 5410.03: Special Topics in Soil Fertility.
species with focus on the research method. The student is advised to This class is designed to provide an opportunity to study specific aspects
consult with their supervisor to determine the specific scope of the topic to of soil fertility. Topics may include the influence of soil biological,
be studied. chemical and physical properties and processes on nutrient absorption
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Anderson, A. Fredeen, or K. Rouvinen-Watt and plant growth, with emphasis on essential plant nutrients in the soil
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours and methods for evaluation, as well as the use of inorganic and organic
amendments.
AGRI 5340.03: Special Topics in Animal Physiology. INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Percival
This class is for students with a major interest in animal physiology. The FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
class will consist of discussions, term papers and presentations. Students
will be expected to nominate topics for consideration and to prepare major AGRI 5430.03: Special Topics in Environmental
reviews and class presentations of selected topics. Analysis.
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. MacLaren, K. Rouvinen-Watt, or J. Duston
Students may apply to undertake either a specially designed class in
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
environmental analysis, or to undertake additional work further to
AGRI 5350.03: Animal Research Methods. Organic Environmental Analysis. This may be facilitated with written
consent from the instructor who then assumes personal responsibility for
This class is designed for students who are, or expect to be, working in
supervising the work.
Animal Science, or who have an interest in the methodology and ethics of
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Hoyle
animal research. The class will include consideration of some of the
common or promising laboratory and field methods associated with
domestic animal research, ethics of animal research, the analysis and AGRI 5440.03: Organic Environmental Analysis.
interpretation and reporting of results. Students will be expected to
(Next offered in 2009-2010)
participate in exercises, to contribute to discussions, and to present
This class has limited enrollment. The class will involve the study of the
reviews on various aspects.
analytical chemical techniques used in the analysis of environmental
INSTRUCTOR(S): Dept. of Plant and Animal Sciences Faculty
samples obtained from the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and lithosphere.
Included in this study will be the sampling methods used for air, water,
AGRI 5360.03: Protein Nutrition. soil, food and wastes, and modelling of environmental contamination. In
addition, government regulations, hazard assessment and public
A study of the sources, availability and metabolism of protein and amino
awareness of these issues will be discussed. In addition to successfully
acids for the domestic animal. Subjects addressed include discussion of
completing examinations graduate students will be required to perform
sources of protein, factors affecting digestibility of protein, digestion and
the following tasks:
absorption of protein and nitrogen, urea recycling, individual amino acid
(a) To write a major paper on an important topical issue.
metabolism, excretion of nitrogenous wastes in birds and mammals, and
(b) To present that paper as a seminar before Departmental faculty, staff
protein and amino acid requirements of animals.
& students.
Agriculture 37
(c) To write a research proposal prior to starting the laboratory project. INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Li, D.Burton, D.Lynch
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Hoyle FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, labs 4 hours
AGRI 5540.03: Special Topics in Crop Physiology.
AGRI 5450.03: Environmental Soil Chemistry. This class will be designed to meet the specific needs of graduate students
(Next offered in 2008-2009) specializing in the area of Crop Physiology who need further specific
This class is designed to provide an opportunity to study specific aspects knowledge and/or skills.
of environmental soil chemistry. Topics may include the chemical INSTRUCTOR(S): C.D. Caldwell, S.K. Asiedu, N. Goodyear, R.C. Martin,
composition of soils with special attention to soil biochemistry and soil R. Lada
organic matter with an emphasis on organic matter-clay interactions, soil FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
organic N, P and S, and soil enzymology. Graduate students will be
expected to participate in lecture/discussion sessions and complete AGRI 5560.03: Advanced Crop Physiology.
required reading assignments. In addition, graduate students will be (Next Offered in 2009-2010)
required to complete research papers and present their findings at in-class Physiological processes relevant to crop plant development and
seminars. production of harvestable yield will be examined.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Hoyle INSTRUCTOR(S): C.D. Caldwell
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, labs 4 hours FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
CROSS-LISTING: SOIL 4000
MINIMUM ENROLMENT: 10 or more students AGRI 5570.03: Special Topics in Agricultural
Biotechnology.
AGRI 5460.03: Special Topics in Soil and Water This class will be designed to meet the specific needs of graduate students
Management. specializing in the area of Agricultural Biotechnology who need further
This class will discuss state-of-the-art soil and water management specific knowledge and/or skills.
practices in either humid or arid regions, depending on the specific needs INSTRUCTOR(S): L. MacLaren
of the graduate students. Topics may include: fundamentals of soil and FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
water properties; drainage and water table control; management of farm
irrigation and drainage systems; salinity control; irrigation water AGRI 5610.03: Special Topics in Animal Product
requirements; drainage requirements for humid and arid regions; soil Technology.
conservation; and computer modelling of irrigation and drainage systems. This class will review areas important in the technology of foods derived
Guest speakers will be invited to share their experience with students. from animals (meat, fish, eggs, milk). Such areas could include chemistry
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Gordon, A. Madani, P. Havard (lipid oxidation, Maillard reactions), physics (changes caused by freezing,
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours sol-gel conversion, color) and microbiology (spoilage, pathogenic
organisms, modified-atmosphere packaging, HACCP). Each student will
AGRI 5470.03: Special Topics in Analytical be expected to present a review of a particular topic.
Instrumentations for Researchers. INSTRUCTOR(S): Dept. of Plant and Animal Sciences Faculty
This class will be designed to meet the needs of graduate students who are FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
using analytical instruments in their research. The class will provide the
graduate student with specific theoretical knowledge and the necessary AGRI 5620.03: Ruminant Digestive Physiology &
practical skills required to properly use the instruments of interest. The Metabolism.
student will select either one of the following areas for a detailed (Next offered in 2008-2009)
consideration of 2 to 3 of the following areas for a more general coverage: This class is designed to provide an intensive study of food intake and
gas chromatography, liquid chromatography, atomic analysis, DNA or digestion, and nutrient absorption and metabolism, in the ruminant
protein electrophoresis, infrared or fluorometric analysis, NMR, and mass animal. The class details current knowledge and focuses on aspects of
spectrophotometry, microscopy. future research interest. Students are expected to contribute to discussions
INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Pitts, G. Stratton, J. Hoyle and present reviews to the class on various aspects of the subject.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours INSTRUCTOR(S): A.H. Fredeen
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab 2 hours
AGRI 5510.03: Special Topics in Plant Breeding. PREREQUISITE: NUTR 3000, CHEM 3006
This class will be designed to meet the specific needs of graduate students
specializing in the area of Plant Breeding who need further specific AGRI 5630.03: Intermediate Statistical Methods.
knowledge and/or skills. Analysis of single-factor experiments, randomized blocks, latin squares,
INSTRUCTOR(S): Dept. of Plant and Animal Sciences Faculty factorial and two-level fractional factorial designs.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Astatkie
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab 1 hour
AGRI 5520.03: Plant Breeding Methods. PREREQUISITE: STAT 3000 or permission of the instructor
Genetic and statistical principles underlying modern plant breeding CROSS-LISTING: STAT 4000
methods are introduced. Those principles will be reinforced through the
use of computer models. Cultivar development techniques for self-and AGRI 5700.03: Communication Skills and Graduate
cross-pollinated species are examined in detail. Applications of tissue Seminar.
culture, genetic engineering, and marker-facilitated selection are Through practical assignment students will be able to test and develop
discussed. This class is open to students who have had introductory their communication skills. Topics will include review, criticism and
classes in genetics, plant breeding, statistics, and molecular biology. writing of journal papers, grant applications, posters, seminars, lectures
INSTRUCTOR(S): Dept. of Plant and Animal Sciences Faculty and interviews. This class is required for students enrolled in the MSc in
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, labs 2 hours Agriculture Program.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Gordon
AGRI 5530.03: Nitrogen in Crop Production.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, Seminar 1 hour
Students will study the transformations of N in air, soil, water, and plants
and consider crop requirements for N. Topics include the chemistry of N, AGRI 5705.03: Graduate Module Class II.
the N cycle, N transformations in soil, N metabolism in plants, N transport COORDINATOR: C. Caldwell
in plants, N-fixation, N losses in agricultural systems and an evaluation of
N fertilizer in these systems.
38 Agriculture
AGRI 5710.03: Graduate Module Class I.
This class normally consists of three modules. Each module consists of one
month of lectures or assignments (2-3 hours per week) dealing with a topic
in the lecturer's area of expertise. Research interests of incoming students
are taken into account each year when module topics are solicited.
Depending on the background of the student selecting the module, the
work will be at an introductory graduate level. However, students should
not apply to take a module unless they have at least a second year Anatomy and Neurobiology
undergraduate background in related material. A formal evaluation is
made at the end of each module. This class normally consists of three Location: Sir Charles Tupper Medical Building,
modules. 5850 College St. Halifax, NS B3H 1X5
COORDINATOR: C. Caldwell Telephone: (902) 494-6850
Fax: (902) 494-1212
AGRI 5720.03: Applied Statistics & Experimental Website: http://www.anatomy.dal.ca
Design for Agriculture.
This class is designed to provide: (a) practical skills in statistical methods D.G.J. Campbell Professor and
and experimental designs, and (b) an appreciation of situations when Head of Department
more complex models and methods are required. Topics include linear Leslie, R. A.
and nonlinear regression, split-plot designs, repeated measures and
response surface methods. Students will be expected to successfully Professors
complete practical exercises involving real experimental problems and Baldridge, W.H., BSc (Toronto), PhD (McMaster), Structure and function
data sets. Students will also be expected to acquire proficiency in at least of the vertebrate retina (Graduate Studies Coordinator)
one advanced statistical software package. This class is recommended for Bance, M., BSc, MB, ChB (Manchester), MSc (Toronto), FRCS(C),
students enrolled in the MSc in Agriculture program. Anatomy, function and rehabilitation of hearing and balance disorders.
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Astatkie Brownstone, R.M., BSc, MD, PhD (Manitoba), FRCS(C), Spinal cord
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours control of movement, major appointment in Surgery (Neurosurgery)
PREREQUISITE: STAT 4000/AGRI 5630 or equivalent Currie, R.W., BSA, MSc, PhD (Manitoba), Heat shock proteins and
protection of heart and brain
AGRI 5740.03: Advanced Studies in Food Chemistry. Hopkins, D.A., BSc (Alta), MA, PhD (McMaster), Anatomy and function of
This class is designed to allow graduate students to explore in detail the autonomic nervous system chemical neuroanatomy of the brain
various aspects of the chemical nature of agri-food products. This may Leslie, R.A., BSc (Brock), PhD (Cambridge) Neuroimaging and
include but is not limited to a study of naturally occurring components Neuropharmacology of psychiatric illness
(functional foods and nutraceuticals), nutritional changes during value- Mendez, I., MD, PhD (Western), FRCS(C), Neural transplantation in the
added processing and product formulation. The exact focus of the class mammalian CNS, major appointment in Surgery (Neurosurgery)
will depend on the expressed interest of student in the class. Morris, S., BSc (Victoria), MD (Ottawa), MSc (Toronto), FRCS(C),
INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Pitts Anatomy and physiology of surgical skin and muscle flaps, major
FORMAT: Lecture 1 hour, Discussion 1 hour appointment in Surgery
PREREQUISITE: One undergraduate food science class or equivalent Neumann, P.E., BA, MD (Brown), Development neurogenetics, pattern
formation and experimental neuropathology
AGRI 5750.03: Biotechnology. Rutherford, J.G., BA (Cornell), MS (Syracuse), PhD (SUNY), History of
(Next offered in January 2010) mental health care in Atlantic Canada
The class is to provide students with general information on the theory Semba, K., BEd, MA (Tokyo), PhD (Rutgers), Brain mechanisms of sleep
and technologies that are currently used in biotechnology. Class topics and wakefulness
will include gene identification, transformation and expression Wassersug, R.J., BSc (Tufts), PhD (Chicago), Metamorphosis and
regulations, tissue culture and cell culture techniques, and other genomics adaptations of anuran larvae
related agricultural applications. Nutriceutical and pharmaceutical
applications will also be discussed. Associate Professors
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Wang-Pruski Allen, G.V., BSc, PhD (Dal), CNS responses to brain injury
FORMAT: Lecture and Lab Clarke, D., BSc (Acadia), MDCM, PhD (McGill), FRCS(C), Neuronal
PREREQUISITE: Genetics (GENE 2000) or equivalent survival and regeneration following injury in the central nervous
CROSS-LISTING: GENE 4003 system, major appointment in Surgery (Neurosurgery)
Darvesh, S., MD (Dal), PhD (UNB), FRCP (C), Synthetic chemistry of
AGRI 5760.03: Ecology Special Topics. neurogenerative disorders, major appointment in Medicine
This course will be designed to meet the specific needs of graduate (Neurology)
students specializing in the area of ecology who need further specific Kablar, B., MD, PhD (Zagreb, Pisa), Developmental relationship between
knowledge and/or skills. skeletal myogenesis, neurogenesis, and osteogenesis
INSTRUCTOR(S): V. Nams Rafuse, V.F., BSc (Acadia), PhD (Alberta), Neuronal development and
FORMAT: Lecture/discussion 3 hours regeneration
PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor Schmidt, M., MSc, MD (Toronto), FRCP(C), Pediatric radiology, major
appointment in Radiology
AGRI 9000.00: MSc Thesis. Sinha, G., MBBS (Banaras), Student Advisor to medical and graduate
Students register for this class when they are engaged in research work for students, Faculty of Medicine
credit towards the MSc in Agriculture degree. Smith, F.M., BSc, MSc, PhD (UBC), Autonomic control of the circulation
Assistant Professors
Awatramani, G., BS (Rochester), PhD (Suny Buffalo), Synaptic
mechanisms involved in coding of visual and auditory information
Marsh, D.R., BSc, MSc (Guelph), PhD (Alberta), Inflammation,
neuroprotection and autonomic regulation of blood pressure after
spinal cord injury
Schmidt, M., MSc, MD (Toronto), Development of imaging techniques for
early detection of CNS disease
Anatomy and Neurobiology 39

The Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology provides facilities for B. Master of Science (MSc)
advanced study and research in Neuroscience, Histology, Embryology, A minimum of two years is required to complete all requirements for the
Cell Biology and Evolutionary Biology. The goals of the graduate program MSc degree.
are to provide in-depth research training in a particular aspect of anatomy,
neurobiology or a related field, and to introduce the student to methods of A minimum of five graduate-level credits are required which includes two
teaching anatomy. credits for required classes. A written thesis reporting original research
must be submitted and defended orally. The MSc thesis (ANAT 9000.00)
may count for up to three of the five graduate level credits required for the
I. Admission Requirements degree. All MSc candidates must participate in the departmental seminar
All general requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies program during each year of training. Classes are decided through
must be fulfilled. In addition, applicants are expected to have received a consultation with the student, research supervisor and the student’s
sound training in biology and chemistry. Advisory Committee at the beginning of the first year. For each candidate,
classes will be selected from those listed below or, where appropriate,
A. Honours Degree Holders in Biology from those offered by other Departments.
Applicants with an excellent background and an A- or better average
should apply for direct admission to the PhD program. Others may apply The acquisition of teaching skills is an integral part of the program.
for the MSc program, with option to transfer to the PhD program after one Therefore, all MSc candidates must assist in laboratory teaching or an
year, contingent upon the recommendation of the student’s advisory equivalent (approximately 30-40 hours) after the first year.
committee. Financial assistance may be available for qualified students for a period of
up to two years.
B. Master’s Degree Holders in a Biological Science
May apply for direct admission to PhD program. C. Doctor of Philosophy, Anatomy/Neuroscience
C. Medical Graduates (PhD)
Anatomy and Neurobiology also offers a PhD in Anatomy/Neuroscience
Individuals showing an aptitude for research may apply for admission to
through the interdisciplinary Neuroscience program.
either the MSc or PhD program.
II. Degree Programs III. Class Descriptions

Required
A. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Residency requirements for the PhD degree are summarized in the Faculty ANAT 5030X/Y.06: Human Histology.
of Graduate Studies regulations. The class consists of a series of lectures and laboratories describing the
structure of the tissues and organs of the human body. The lecture and the
The class requirements for each PhD candidate are decided through
laboratory work is supplemented with tutorials.
consultation with the student, the research supervisor and the student’s
COORDINATOR: P. Neumann
Advisory Committee at the beginning of the first year. Students must
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
fulfill a minimum of one credit of required classes if they have not taken
consecutive terms; credit will only be given if both are completed
core classes in anatomical sciences. Students should maintain an A-
consecutively.
average. All PhD candidates must participate in the departmental seminar
program during each full year of training. The acquisition of teaching ANAT 5100.06: Human Neuroanatomy.
skills is an integral part of the program. Therefore, the student is also
This class is designed to acquaint the student with the anatomy and
required to assist in laboratory teaching (approximately 30-40 hours per
organization of the human central nervous system. Lectures dealing with
year) and to deliver 2-4 hours of lectures during the course of his/her
cellular morphology; gross and microscopic anatomy of the spinal cord,
training.
brain stem, diencephalon (thalamus, hypothalamus, etc.), and
A written thesis (ANAT 9530.00) based on original research of a high telencephalon (cerebral hemispheres); blood supply of the CNS, meninges,
calibre must be submitted and defended orally. and cerebrospinal fluid are presented. Laboratory exercises involve
exposure to aspects of microscopic and ultrastructural morphology of the
Financial assistance may be available for qualified candidates for a period CNS, examination of selected cross sections of spinal cord, brain stem, and
of up to four years. diecephalon and telencephalon, and dissection of the brain. In addition,
Evaluation students participate in a series of discussion sessions held once every
week. Outside readings on selected topics are assigned, and form the basis
Students must submit a research proposal to their Advisory Committee by
for the subjects considered in these sessions. Students take written and
the end of the first year.
practical examinations, give presentations and are expected to submit a
All PhD candidates must pass a preliminary examination no later than 1 term paper on a topic agreed upon in consultation with the instructor.
full year prior to the submission of a thesis. The examination will include COORDINATOR: K. Semba
material related to the general and specific areas of research. The
examining committee will be selected by the student’s Advisory ANAT 5130X/Y.06: Topics in Mammalian Embryology
Committee after consultation with the research supervisor and will and Molecular Developmental Biology.
conduct the examination in accordance with the regulations established by The course will cover various topics in general embryology, histology and
the Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology. molecular developmental biology. Students will learn how and why
genetically engineered mice are generated. They will become familiar with
Thesis Examination
different phenotypic analyses of mice and mouse embryos that are used as
MSc and PhD theses will be defended in accordance with the regulations models of human diseases.
of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. COORDINATOR: B. Kablar
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
consecutively.
FORMAT: Lectures, teaching labs, reading assignments, research labs,
tutorials
PREREQUISITE: ANAT 5162.03 or consent of the coordinator
40 Anatomy and Neurobiology

ANAT 5162.03: Gross Anatomy of the Head and Neck. Department. A description and justification of class content must be
A detailed study of the gross anatomy of the head and neck. prepared and approved by the student’s Advisory Committee and the
INSTRUCTOR(S): Sinha, G. Department Graduate Studies Committee.
FORMAT: Lectures, labs and tutorials COORDINATOR: Arranged according to research topic
PREREQUISITE: Undergraduate Degree
EXCLUSION: ANAT 5160.09
ANAT 9000.00: MSc Thesis.
ANAT 5200X/Y.06: Research Laboratory Techniques ANAT 9530.00: PhD Thesis.

in Anatomy and Neurobiology.
(Limited to Anatomy and Neurobiology students)
This class is designed to acquaint students with the theoretical and
practical aspects of research techniques in Anatomy and Neurobiology.
Lecture and laboratory sessions will be provided by a variety of Faculty
members. Participation in this class is required of and restricted to first
year Anatomy and Neurobiology graduate MSc students. Students will be
expected to spend 2-3 months in another Laboratory to perform research
that complements their thesis research. Students will be evaluated on their
participation and written critiques of research techniques used in relevant
manuscripts by the respective Faculty members.
COORDINATOR: D. Marsh
consecutively.
ANAT 5555.03: Embodying the Body: The Human

Body for Anatomists and Humanists.
This course explores form and function of the human body and how these
relate to broader issues associated with what it means to be human. The
course begins with an anatomical exploration of the body, then expands
into contemporary issues about the body and embodiment, including
gender identity, beauty, etc.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Wassersug, R.
FORMAT: Lecture/discussion/labs
CROSS-LISTING: SOSA 4211
Electives
Students can also elect to take any of the following classes or those offered
by other departments.
ANAT 5063.03: Neurobiology of the Autonomic

Nervous System.
This class is intended as an overview of classical concepts of the function
of the peripheral autonomic nervous system and re-evaluation of these
concepts in the light of recent research on the roles of autonomic neurons
in control of specific end-organs. The main issues addressed are the
importance of peripheral autonomic neurons to the maintenance of
homeostasis, and the integrative processes of which these neurons are
capable. The target students are those with a general interest in autonomic
neurobiology or whose thesis topics cover aspects of organ function with
an autonomic component. The content of this class was selected to
complement that of other graduate classes dealing with the autonomic
nervous system.
COORDINATOR: F. Smith
ANAT 5070.03: Chemical Neuroanatomy.

The goal of this class is to acquaint the student with neurotransmitters and
neuromodulators, including excitatory amino acids, acetylcholine,
monoamines, neuropeptides. Anatomical, biochemical, physiological,
pharmacological, behavioral, and clinical aspects of individual
neurotransmitter systems will be discussed. Students are expected to write
an examination and a review, and give a presentation. Lectures are given
by the instructors.
COORDINATOR: K. Semba, M. Wilkinson
CROSS-LISTING: NESC 5070.03, PHYL 5494.03, NESC/PSYO 4070.03
ANAT 5170.03: Special Topics.

This is a flexible class permitting a student to work closely with one or
several faculty members; the content of the class is determined by the
individual student in consultation with the faculty member involved and
is intended to enable students to take advantage of specialized educational
opportunities that fall outside the normal class offerings of the
Anatomy and Neurobiology 41

Wanzel, J.G., BArch, MArch (Toronto). Human condition and the role of
architecture in improving quality of life; especially the history, design
and development of decent and affordable housing; housing policy as
an instrument of social and economic development.
Associate Professors
Bonnemaison, S., BSc (Concordia), BArch (Pratt), MSc(Arch) (MIT), PhD
Architecture (UBC). Lightweight and tensile structures, motion studies in
architecture, architectural installations, temporary urbanism of
Location: Ralph M. Medjuck Building festivals, European and American architectural history and theory
5410 Spring Garden Road from 18th to 20th century.
Halifax, NS B3J 1E7 Galvin, T., BEDS, MArch (FP) (TUNS), MArch (McGill), PhD (Penn).
Mail: School of Architecture Theories of architecture and landscape from the 18th to 20th century,
Dalhousie University study of human settlements with an emphasis on urban design,
P.O. Box 1000 international development, and appropriate technologies in
Halifax, NS B3J 2X4 developing countries.
Telephone: (902) 494-3973 Lilley, B., BES (Manitoba), AA Dipl. Ecological and programmatic
Fax: (902) 423-6672 strategies in design, technical implementation as architectural device,
Email: arch@dal.ca material research in glass, assemblies, and natural ventilation,
Website: archplan.dal.ca modernism and aesthetics; computer simulations and cinematic
representations.
Director, School of Architecture Molesky, S., BArch (Cal. Poly.), MArch (Cranbrook). Material process and
Galvin, T., BEDS, MArch (TUNS), MArch (McGill), PhD (Penn) creative imagination, phenomenological and psychological
Telephone: (902) 494-3903 inhabitation, the relationship between body-architecture-landscape,
Email: grad.arch@dal.ca places of memory, natural forms and systems.
Parcell, S., BArch (Toronto), MArch (Cranbrook), PhD (McGill). Historical
Undergraduate Secretary, School of Architecture definitions of architecture; interdisciplinary alliances with architecture;
Morash-Kent, S., BA, BEd, MEd (SMU) history and theory of architectural representation.
Telephone: (902) 494-3971 Sassenroth, P., Dipl. Ing. (TU Berlin) Reg.Architekt NRW, Professor in
Email: arch.office@dal.ca Germany. Design and building construction, sustainable building
technologies, rammed earth construction and naturally lit long span
Graduate Secretary, School of Architecture construction. Public buildings, urban densification, sustainable urban
Nightingale, B., Sec.Dip. (CTT) design, construction and building analysis.
Telephone: (902) 494-3973
Email: grad.arch.office@dal.ca Assistant Professors
Mullin, R., BEDS, MArch (FP) (TUNS). Material detailing, composite
Director of Career and Community Services, materials, means and methods in design and building, representation
Architecture and Planning in documentation, design, and construction.
Costello, P., BEDS, BArch (TUNS), NSAA Parsons, A., BSc (McGill), MES (Dal), SMBT (MIT). Wood technology,
Telephone: (902) 494-6201 wood lot management, wood processing, wood construction;
Email: paula.costello@dal.ca environmental impact of forest management practices, building
performance of residential wood frame construction systems.
Graduate Coordinator, School of Architecture Savage, N., BA (Alberta), BEDS, MArch (FP) (TUNS), NSAA. Private
Parcell, S., BArch (Toronto), MArch (Cranbrook), PhD (McGill) practice design work in residential buildings, public buildings, and
Telephone: 494-3908 affordable housing developments; architectural visualization and its
Email: stephen.parcell@dal.ca graphic applications; building case studies.
Somerville Venart, C., Cert. Eng. (Mt. Allison), BFA (Toronto), MArch
Professors Emeriti (SCI-Arc), AK NWF (Germany). Documentation, representation and
Baniassad, E., BArch (Illinois), MA, PhD (Manchester), FRAIC analysis of the perceptual and spatial in architecture and the urban
Jackson, A., DiplArch (Poly London), ARIBA environment; private design practice: architectural, exhibition, interior,
landscape, public space, urban, and graphic design.
Professors
Cavanagh, E., BSc, BArch (McGill), PhD (Lehigh). Coastal planning, Lecturers
material culture, and history of technology, focusing on change in Henry, P., BEDS, BArch (TUNS), NSAA. Private practice design work in
small communities, vernacular building and construction methods, private homes and gardens, focusing on environmentally benign
and architectural design. strategies.
Kroeker, R., BES (Manitoba), AADipl, ARCUK. Sustainable building Kelly, P., BSc (Dal), MSc (TUNS). The use of multimedia tools in
strategies, community architecture; cultural continuity and invention, architectural design, geographical information system, and
innovative construction in green wood, recycled materials, and earth astroarchaeology (astronomical alignments of ancient structures).
formed structures. Sweetapple, T., BEDS, MArch (FP) (TUNS), NSAA. Private practice design
MacKay-Lyons, B., BEDS, BArch (TUNS), MArchUD (UCLA), FRAIC, work in private homes, public buildings, and urban design.
(Hon.) FAIA, NSAA, AAPEI, OAA. Private practice design work in
private homes, urban design, public buildings, and artificial Cross-Appointed Faculty
intelligence software design. Palermo, F., BArch (Toronto), MArch UD (Harvard) - Planning
Macy, C., BA(Arch) (Calif.at Berkeley), MArch (MIT), Reg.Arch.WA.
Modern architectural history and criticism, representation of cultural
Adjunct Professors
identity in architecture, public spaces, civic infrastructure, temporary Butler, T., MEng (Leeds), MSt (Cambridge), MCIBSE, MICE, CEng,
urbanism, festival architecture and lightweight structures, architectural MBIFM
history and criticism. Chi, L., BArch (Carleton), MPhil (Cambridge), PhD (McGill); Cornell
Mannell, S., BES, BArch (Waterloo), NSAA, OAA. Building construction, University
professional practice; the architecture of public works, post-war Lynch, P., BArch (Cooper Union)
modern architecture, contemporary architectural criticism. Rousseau, J., BArch (Montreal)
42 Architecture
Subotincic, N., BArch (Carleton), MArch (McGill); University of Manitoba five-year, three-year, or two-year term of accreditation, depending on its
Van Duzer, L., BA(Arch), MArch (Calif. at Berkeley); University of degree of conformance with established educational standards. Master’s
Minnesota degree programs may consist of a pre-professional undergraduate degree
and a professional graduate degree, which, when earned sequentially,
I. Introduction comprise an accredited professional education. However, the pre-
The School of Architecture, which is part of the Faculty of Architecture professional degree is not, by itself, recognised as an accredited degree.
and Planning at Dalhousie University, was established in 1961 to serve the
Professional Registration
Atlantic region. While it continues to fulfil its original mandate, the School
also contributes nationally and internationally to architecture. Its primary After receiving the professional degree, a graduate may fulfil additional
aim is to educate individuals who intend to become a professional requirements for professional registration, including a period of post-
graduate practical experience and the completion of registration
architect. The School’s professional degree program includes the two-year
examinations. In Canada, these additional requirements are determined
Bachelor of Environmental Design Studies degree and the two-year
Master of Architecture degree. Most of the program is conducted within by provincial organizations that are empowered to register an individual
the School of Architecture by full-time faculty members. It also includes for professional practice. Reciprocal registration in Canada and the United
co-op work terms in which students gain practical experience in an States is facilitated by the standard Architectural Registration Examination
(ARE) that is used in both countries. An American citizen who graduates
architectural office.
from the School’s MArch program is qualified to become an architectural
Design intern in the United States and to complete the examination for
The central activity of the professional degree program is architectural professional registration there. Applicants from other countries are
design - the creative study of buildings and cities. In the School’s design advised to contact their national architectural organization about
studios, students examine historical and contemporary buildings in requirements for professional registration.
Canada and abroad, and respond through the design of new architectural
projects. From the core studies of the undergraduate program to the II. Classes Open to Non-Majors
elective studies and design thesis of the graduate program, students learn The School of Architecture offers several classes that are open to all
to rely on their artistic skill, their knowledge of history and technology, students in the university:
their social and cultural awareness, and their critical imagination. • ARCH 1000X/Y.06: Introduction to Architecture
Architecture is a multi-disciplinary profession, with alliances to the fine • ARCH 1200X/Y.06: Science of the Built Environment
arts, the humanities and technologies, and many undergraduate • ARCH 2000.03: Visual Thinking A
disciplines provide an effective entry into architecture. Conversely, • ARCH 2001.03: Visual Thinking B
architectural studies provide an excellent foundation for careers in a • ARCH 2025.03: Design Drawing
variety of design-related fields.
Please consult the university’s academic timetable for available classes.
Facilities Individuals who are not currently registered at Dalhousie University
should refer to the university’s regulations in this calendar for details on
The School is housed in the original home of the Nova Scotia Technical
Special Student status.
College, built in 1909 and renamed the Ralph M. Medjuck Building in
2005. Corresponding to the School’s emphasis on architectural design,
one-third of the building is devoted to studio spaces that are open to III. Undergraduate Degree Program
students twenty-four hours a day. The building also has several computer The Bachelor of Environmental Design Studies program description is
labs with a wide array of equipment, a fully-equipped woodworking included here in the graduate calendar to provide an overview of the
shop, an experimental construction lab, a digital modeling shop, entire professional degree program in the School of Architecture, which
photographic facilities, and a large exhibition hall. The University includes both the BEDS and the MArch degrees. Please refer to the
Library's architecture collection is located nearby. undergraduate calendar for undergraduate regulations.
Co-op Work Terms Bachelor of Environmental Design Studies

The School’s professional degree program includes two work terms that BEDS is a two-year, full-time, pre-professional program for a student who
provide students with practical experience in building design and has already completed at least two years of general studies in subjects
responsible professional practice. The School’s Co-op Program has been other than architecture. It consists of four academic terms in residence and
operating since 1970, and the Faculty of Architecture and Planning’s Co- a four-month work term. The BEDS degree recognises a student’s
op Office assists students in finding suitable work term placements. In successful completion of a minimum of four years of university study,
recent years, Architecture students have been employed in every province including two at the School of Architecture.
and territory in Canada, and approximately one-third have chosen to The BEDS program consists primarily of required classes in Design,
work abroad - in Antigua, Australia, Barbados, Bermuda, Botswana, Humanities, Technology, Representation, and Professional Practice. These
China, Czech Republic, Egypt, England, France, The Gambia, Germany, classes provide a base of academic knowledge and design skill from which
Guatemala, Hong Kong, India, Iran, Ireland, Italy, Kuwait, Morocco, a student may proceed to a graduate program. The BEDS program leads to
Netherlands, New Zealand, Nicaragua, Norway, Peru, Portugal, Scotland, the MArch program, as well as to the Faculty’s other graduate programs in
Sierra Leone, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, Switzerland, Taiwan, Environmental Design Studies and Planning. A BEDS graduate may also
Trinidad and Tobago, Turkey, Turks and Caicos, and the United States. choose to continue into another related field in design, environmental
studies, management, etc., at Dalhousie or elsewhere.
Accreditation
The School’s professional degree program is fully accredited by the For Undergraduate admission requirements, see the undergraduate
Canadian Architectural Certification Board. The entire six-year program calendar or the School of Architecture website: archplan.dal.ca.
consists of two years of general studies at a recognised university,
followed by two years of undergraduate study at the School of IV. Undergraduate Classes Offered
Architecture (BEDS) and two years of graduate study at the School of
Architecture (MArch). A. Professional Degree Program
In Canada, all provincial associations recommend a degree from an The following chart illustrates the distribution of terms throughout the
accredited professional degree program as a prerequisite for licensure. The four years of the professional degree program in the School of
Canadian Architectural Certification Board (CACB), which is the sole Architecture. Following the two-year general studies prerequisite, the next
agency authorized to accredit Canadian professional degree programs in two years are Bachelor of Environmental Design Studies and the final two
architecture, recognises two types of accredited degrees: the Bachelor of years are Master of Architecture.
Architecture and the Master of Architecture. A program may be granted a
Architecture 43
ARCH 2000.03: Visual Thinking A.
Fall Winter Summer Architects, scientists, political activists, manufacturers, and others employ
a variety of visual tools to study and engage with the world. Students in
Year 3 - BEDS Year 4 - BEDS
B1 (academic term) B2 (academic term) B3 (academic term) this course learn to evaluate maps, simple technical drawings, and other
visual devices, and use them to analyze actual situations and to generate
Year 5 - MArch
B4 (work term) B5 (academic term) M1 (academic term) and present innovations. Hands-on work is emphasized, but no prior
experience in drawing or design is needed. With its focus on
M2 (academic term) M3 (work term) M4 (work term)
conceptualizing the concrete, outer world, this course is a useful
Year 6 - MArch complement to ARCH 2001.03.
M5 (academic term) M6 (academic term)
INSTRUCTOR(S): E. Jannasch
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
B. Bachelor of Environmental Design Studies PREREQUISITE: Completion of first year university or permission of
instructor
Year 3 - Term B1 (Fall)
• ARCH 3001.06: Design
ARCH 2001.03: Visual Thinking B.
• ARCH 3104.03: Foundations in Architectural History and Theory As the world becomes more visually oriented, a critical appreciation of
• ARCH 3207.03: Building Technology visual information becomes indispensable. Students use charts, diagrams
• ARCH 3301.01: Professional Practice and other means of externalizing, developing, and sharing ideas. In doing
• ARCH 3501.03: Representation so, they learn to analyze the form of graphic information as well as the
content. Hands-on work is emphasized, but no prior experience in
Year 3 - Term B2 (Winter) drawing or design is needed. This course is a more abstract and reflective
• ARCH 3002.06: Design complement to ARCH 2000.03.
• ARCH 3105.03: Architectural History and Theory - 20th Century INSTRUCTOR(S): E. Jannasch
• ARCH 3208.03: Building Technology FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
• ARCH 3302.01: Professional Practice PREREQUISITE: Completion of ARCH 2000.03 or permission of instructor
• ARCH 3502.03: Representation
ARCH 2025.03: Design Drawing.
Year 4 - Term B3 (Summer) This class enables students to enhance their design literacy skills through
• ARCH 4003.03: Design attention to graphic design, layout, composition, and typography.
• ARCH 4004.03: Free Lab Students will gain experience in a range of techniques in design drawing
• ARCH 4110.03: Architectural History and Theory - 14th-18th Century and portfolio presentation.
• ARCH 4211.03: Building Systems Integration FORMAT: Lecture/lab
• ARCH 4303.01: Professional Practice PREREQUISITE: ARCH 1000, PLAN 1002 or permission of instructor
• ARCH 4501.03: Representation CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 2025.03
Year 4 - Term B4 (Fall) ARCH 3001.06: Design.

• ARCH 8892.03: Professional Practice (Co-op Work term) This class studies basic principles of architecture through studio projects
using drawings and models. Students design elementary building forms
Year 4 - Term B5 (Winter) beginning with the room and the pavilion, on various sites. Working with
• ARCH 4005.06: Design basic building elements of floor, wall and roof, students consider
• ARCH 4111.03: Architectural History and Theory - 19th Century architectural composition and materials at the three scales of detail,
• ARCH 4212.03: Building Systems Integration building, and site. The class includes historical design studies to
• ARCH 4304.01: Professional Practice understand how other architects have responded to similar problems.
• ARCH 4502.03: Representation INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
FORMAT: Lecture/studio
V. Undergraduate Class Descriptions RESTRICTION: Year 3 BEDS students
First year and second year classes are open to all students in the ARCH 3002.06: Design.
university. Third-year and fourth-year classes are restricted to students in
This class studies principles of architecture by focusing on the design of
the BEDS program.
the house. Building on topics from ARCH 3001, it considers issues of
ARCH 1000X/Y.06: Introduction to Architecture. composition (structural, volumetric, and spatial), building program,
interior environment, and relations to community context and ecological
This class introduces architectural theory and practice through enduring
surroundings. The class includes historical design studies to understand
themes in the discipline. It emphasizes design as a method of study,
how other architects have responded to these issues.
considers the materiality of buildings, and interprets the built
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
environment as an expression of culture.
RESTRICTION: Year 3 BEDS students
consecutively. ARCH 3104.03: Foundations in Architectural History
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Henry
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar and Theory.
This class introduces basic topics in architecture and interpretive methods
ARCH 1200X/Y.06: Science of the Built Environment. in architectural research. It focuses on selected buildings and the role of
This class introduces a broad range of scientific principles that influence the architect in the ancient and medieval eras. To develop research skills
the construction and environment of buildings. It studies topics such as and architectural awareness, students interpret local buildings through
mechanics, ecology, light, heat, and sound. The class uses a "common- direct experience and study distant and historical buildings through
sense" approach involving graphic images, practical understanding, and publications.
problem-solving; a background in science or mathematics is not required. INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Parcell
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed RESTRICTION: Year 3 BEDS students
consecutively.
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Pitcairn
FORMAT: Lecture
44 Architecture
ARCH 3105.03: Architectural History and Theory - ARCH 4003.03: Design.
20th Century. This class studies principles of architecture through the design of a public
This class is a survey of late modern architecture, focusing on Europe and building. Building on previous courses, it includes the organization of a
North America. Buildings and urban projects are situated in their social public program and issues of context and interpretation. As an intensive
and political contexts and the theoretical constructs that influenced their studio it encourages students to focus on design intentions and to develop
development. Students are exposed to extramural archives and resources an awareness of design process.
to research local modern buildings and their architects. INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Macy FORMAT: Lecture/studio
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar RESTRICTION: Year 4 BEDS students
ARCH 4004.03: Free Lab.
ARCH 3207.03: Building Technology. To complement studio-based learning, this class is an experimental hands-
This class studies aspects of building technology that act as primary on workshop in design led by an instructor. Investigations of a particular
generators of architectural form: structure, material, light and sound. architectural topic may include design-and-build, documentary work,
Construction process is examined in terms of materials, methods and landscape installations, community design projects and interdisciplinary
sequences. Principles of building structure and methods of structural work. Projects may be done locally or involve travel to a distant site.
analysis are introduced. The physics and perception of light and sound in INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
built environments are studied. Quizzes and tests are complemented by FORMAT: Lecture/studio
studio exercises. RESTRICTION: Year 4 BEDS students
ARCH 4005.06: Design.
RESTRICTION: Year 3 BEDS Students This class studies advanced principles of architectural design through the
design of a medium-sized institutional building. Elaborating on topics
ARCH 3208.03: Building Technology. from the previous design courses, students organize a complex program
This class studies aspects of building technology that mediate the on an urban site and develop a project that uses building technology
relationship between interior and exterior environments. Building strategically and engages relevant issues in architectural history and
materials studies include structural and environmental properties, theory. Emphasis is also placed on fluency in architectural representation.
constructional implications, and principles of assembly and jointing. The INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
principles of heat flow, air flow and moisture flow in building enclosures FORMAT: Lecture/studio
are presented. Students undertake a series of design exercises applying RESTRICTION: Year 4 BEDS students
knowledge of topics studied in the class.
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Sassenroth
ARCH 4110.03: Architectural History and Theory -
FORMAT: Lecture/studio 14th-18th Century.
RESTRICTION: Year 3 BEDS students This class studies significant buildings and the role of architecture from
the Renaissance to the Enlightenment, mainly in Europe. It follows the
ARCH 3301.01: Professional Practice. transition from master builder to architect, and the humanist search for
This class introduces the role and place of the architect in society with an order and its manifestation in built form. Students analyze the design of
emphasis on the development of the profession through history. The class significant buildings by studying historical documents and making
includes a parallel study of the development of methods of representation interpretive drawings and models.
employed in architectural practice, from stone tablets to digital modeling. INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Galvin
INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Savage FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar RESTRICTION: Year 4 BEDS students
ARCH 4111.03: Architectural History and Theory -
ARCH 3302.01: Professional Practice. 19th Century.
In this week-long module students learn about the architect in society; the This class studies significant buildings and architects in Europe and North
political, social, economic and ethical environments in which architects America during the early modern era. It focuses on buildings related to
practice; and an introduction to office organization and project influential theories or developments in material culture and technology.
management. To develop skills in research and criticism, students examine primary and
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff secondary sources, including articles, photographs, and drawings.
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
RESTRICTION: Year 3 BEDS students FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
ARCH 3501.03: Representation.
This class studies basic principles of drawing, modeling, imaging, and ARCH 4211.03: Building Systems Integration.
composition. Students use manual media and photography to describe This class studies the integration of building structural and enclosure
sites and designs. Topics include sketching, measurement and scale, systems in architectural design. Long span structural systems and lateral
orthographic and axonometric drafting, and image framing. Drafting and forces are examined, including their interaction with the enclosure system.
modeling equipment is required. Building enclosure studies include the performance of materials in
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Venart assemblies, the performance of the building envelope, and the sequence of
FORMAT: Lecture/studio construction. The integration of structure and enclosure is examined
RESTRICTION: Year 3 BEDS students through the construction detail. Students complete case studies and design
projects integrating structure and enclosure in buildings.
ARCH 3502.03: Representation. INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Mannell
This class builds on the principles of drawing, modeling, imaging, and FORMAT: Lecture/studio
composition studied in ARCH 3501. It emphasizes manual skills and RESTRICTION: Year 4 BEDS students
concepts of 2D and 3D interplay in drawing, imaging, and materials.
Topics include constructiveness, sketching, phenomenology, and tactility. ARCH 4212.03: Building Systems Integration.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Molesky This class studies performance standards related to human activities in
FORMAT: Lecture/studio buildings, and the systems and configurations required to support those
RESTRICTION: Year 3 BEDS students activities. Building systems are considered in relation to climate, urban
situation, and the natural environment. Principles of systems thinking, as
Architecture 45
well as the use of physical and computational modeling methods, are B. Master of Architecture (Post-Professional)
applied to the comprehensive design of a building to achieve defined Master of Architecture (Post-Prof.) is a one-year program for a student
performance standards and to consider issues of sustainability with regard who has already obtained a professional degree in architecture. It may be
to energy balance, water conservation, and component materials. taken through full-time or part-time study. Subject areas each year depend
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Kroeker on faculty availability. For available subjects in 2008-2009, please refer to
FORMAT: Lecture/studio the “Graduate Programs” page on the School of Architecture Website.
Two options are available for completing the MArch (Post-Prof.) program:
ARCH 4303.01: Professional Practice. 1. Eight half-credits of classes plus a MArch (Post-Prof.) Major Project
This class introduces contemporary office practices and project delivery equivalent to two half-credits.
including marketing, contracts, project phases and contract 2. Six half-credits of classes plus a MArch (Post-Prof.) Thesis equivalent to
administration. The class also introduces issues related to the co-op four half-credits.
workterm including job placement and the role of the student in a
professional office. C. Master of Environmental Design Studies
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff Master of Environmental Design Studies is a one-year, non-professional
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar program for a student who has completed an undergraduate degree in
RESTRICTION: Year 4 BEDS students environmental design or a related field but does not intend to become a
professional architect. It may be taken through full-time or part-time
ARCH 4304.01: Professional Practice. study. Subject areas each year depend on faculty availability. For available
In this week-long module students learn about the architect in society; subjects in 2008-2009, please refer to the “Graduate Programs” page on the
professional ethics; models of practice; legal aspects of practice; authorities School of Architecture Website.
having jurisdiction over building; finance and costing techniques; and
Two options are available for completing the MEDS program:
internship.
1. Eight half-credits of classes plus a MEDS Major Project equivalent to
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff two half-credits.
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar 2. Six half-credits of classes plus a MEDS Thesis equivalent to four half-
RESTRICTION: Year 4 BEDS students credits.
ARCH 4501.03: Representation.
This class builds on the previous Representation courses. It studies the VII.Graduate Admission Requirements
expressive use of manual and digital media to present design work to
various audiences, including the architectural community and the public. A. Minimum Academic Requirements
Topics include image editing, rendering, and the integration of text, Candidates for all graduate programs must meet the minimum admission
image, and model. Design work may be presented in an exhibition requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
installation, printed book, and/or online portfolio.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Mullin Master of Architecture
FORMAT: Lecture/studio Admission is based mainly on the applicant’s design portfolio and
RESTRICTION: Year 4 BEDS students academic record. For an applicant to be considered, a minimum of 4 years
(eight academic terms) of university classes is required, including
ARCH 4502.03: Representation. architectural studies equivalent to the Dalhousie BEDS degree, with a
This class studies advanced strategies of representation. It promotes the minimum B average (3.00 GPA) during the last two years (ten credits). A
fluent use of manual and digital media in design development, guided by minimum B average in architectural design classes is also required. In
architectural intentions and an understanding of architectural history, assessing an application, the Admissions Committee looks for strong
theory, and technology. evidence of readiness to pursue graduate studies in design, humanities,
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Parcell technology, and professional practice. For external applicants, the
FORMAT: Lecture/studio committee looks for strengths equivalent to standards at the end of
RESTRICTION: Year 4 BEDS students Dalhousie’s BEDS program.
The Admissions Committee assesses transfer credits and recommends the
ARCH 8892.03: Professional Practice (Co-op level at which an applicant is eligible to enter the professional degree
Workterm). program. To meet professional accreditation standards, the committee
A student works in some aspect of the profession for a total of 500 hours to cannot offer a level of entry that would permit a student to obtain the
be accomplished in no less than 12 weeks, and completes a research report professional degree with less than six full years of university, including
or assignment. Work placements are coordinated by the co-op coordinator two years of general studies. An applicant who is ineligible for Master of
for Architecture and must be approved by the School. In exceptional Architecture admission may be offered entry at an advanced level in the
circumstances a student may apply to satisfy up to 500 hours of the time BEDS program or may be required to take qualifying courses.
requirement through supervised research related to professional practice.
RESTRICTION: Year 4 BEDS students Master of Architecture (Post-Professional)
An applicant must have a professional degree in architecture with high
academic standing from a recognised university. Admission is based on
VI. Graduate Degree Programs the applicant’s design portfolio, academic record and statement of intent,
A. Master of Architecture regarding one of the graduate positions announced on the School of
Architecture Website. An application that does not specify an available
Master of Architecture is a two-year, full-time program consisting of four position will not be accepted.
academic terms in residence and an eight-month work term. It includes
required classes that complete the core requirements for the School’s Master of Environmental Design Studies
professional degree program. Elective classes also enable a student to An applicant must have an undergraduate degree with high academic
focus on a particular area of study such as housing, urban design, history standing from a recognised university. This degree must be either a
and theory, building technology, environmental design, or computer Bachelor of Environmental Design Studies degree, a Bachelor’s degree
applications. In the final year each student works on a design thesis, with honours, or a Bachelor’s degree with a major in a subject related to
supervised by a faculty member. the applicant’s proposed field of study in the MEDS program. Admission
The MArch program begins in May. Most transfer students enter in is based on the applicant’s academic record and statement of intent,
January to take qualifying classes during the winter term. regarding one of the graduate positions announced on the School of
Architecture Website. An application that does not specify an available
position will not be accepted.
46 Architecture
B. Documents Dalhousie Year 4 BEDS students who apply directly to the MArch
An external applicant to one of the School’s graduate degree programs program are required to submit an application form and a statement about
must submit all of the following documents before the application can be the proposed area of focus in the graduate program to the Architecture
reviewed: office by February 1, followed by a design portfolio at the end of the
1. To be submitted to the Registrar’s Office: winter term. An application fee, transcripts, introductory letter, and letters
Admissions, Registrar’s Office of recommendation are not required.
Dalhousie University C. Application Deadline
Halifax, NS
B3H 4H6 For the Master of Architecture program, the deadline for applications from
• graduate application form (Part A - copy 1); Canada and the United States is February 1. The deadline for applications
• the appropriate application fee (see Graduate Studies Fees in this from all other countries is December 1.
calendar); Transfer students with a pre-professional architecture degree who may
To confirm receipt of the items above, please contact the Registrar’s Office: not have completed classes that are equivalent to all required Dalhousie
(902) 494-2450. BEDS subjects should apply by November 1 and anticipate taking one or
more qualifying classes in the winter term.
2. To be submitted to the School of Architecture:
Admissions, School of Architecture
VIII.Graduate Regulations
5410 Spring Garden Road
P.O. Box 1000
School of Architecture Regulations
Halifax, NS, B3J 2X4 In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations in this calendar,
refer to the ‘Current Students’ section of the School of Architecture
MArch applicants: Website for academic regulations.
• graduate application form (Part A - copies 2 and 3) and supplementary
application form (Part B); IX. Graduate Classes Offered
• an official academic transcript from all previous post-secondary
institutions (to be sent directly by the institution); A. Master of Architecture
• evidence of competency in English for applicants whose native
language is not English (see Graduate Studies Admission Year 5 - Terms M1 and M2 (Summer and Fall)
Requirements in this calendar); • two core classes in Design (ARCH 50xx.06 series)
• a letter written by the applicant, describing his/her interest in • two core classes in Humanities (ARCH 51xx.03 series)
architecture and in the MArch program, and giving the Admissions • two core classes in Technology (ARCH 52xx.03 series)
Committee some information about the applicant as a person: • two graduate electives (from ‘Core Classes’ or ‘Electives’ below)
aspirations, interests, travel, etc. The letter must also include a brief
description of a proposed topic for a thesis;
Year 5 - Terms M3 and M4 (Winter and Summer)
• a portfolio of design work that demonstrates the applicant's • ARCH 5308.03: Professional Practice (Co-op Work Term)
architectural design ability. Three-dimensional objects and large works • ARCH 5309.03: Professional Practice (Co-op Work Term)
should be included as photographs so that the portfolio can be sent Students extending their work term register for ARCH 5310.00: Co-op
safely and easily through the mail. The portfolio need not be large or Work Term Continuation.
elaborate; a folder or binder is sufficient. The applicant's name and
Before entering Year 6, a student must pass a Year 5 review to confirm that
address should be identified on the portfolio and any separate items;
all Year 5 requirements and an approved thesis proposal have been
• two letters of recommendation, including at least one from an
completed. Year 6 begins in Fall or Winter, depending on the scheduled
academic instructor with close personal knowledge of the applicant's
teaching terms of a student's thesis supervisor. Students who enter M5 in
academic background. Each recommendation must be submitted on a
Winter extend their work term by registering for ARCH 5310.00: Co-op
Confidential Reference Letter form.
Work Term Continuation during the Fall term.
MArch (Post-Prof.) and MEDS applicants: Year 6 - Term M5 (Fall or Winter)
• graduate application form (Part A - copies 2 and 3) and supplementary
• ARCH 9007.06: MArch Thesis Preparation
application form (Part B);
• three graduate electives (ARCH 5xxx.03 or ARCH 6xxx.03)
• an official academic transcript from all previous post-secondary
institutions (to be sent directly by the institution); Year 6 - Term M6 (Winter or Summer)
• evidence of competency in English for applicants whose native • ARCH 5311.03: Professional Practice [winter term only]
language is not English (see Graduate Studies Admission • ARCH 9008.06: MArch Thesis
Requirements in this calendar); • one graduate elective (ARCH 5xxx.03 or ARCH 6xxx.03)
• a letter that indicates the graduate position for which the applicant is
applying (selected from the “Graduate Positions” page on the School of Graduate Classes
Architecture Website), summarizes the applicant's previous academic
/ work in this area, and describes his/her career aspirations; Core Classes - Design
• MArch (Post-Prof.) applicants should include a portfolio of advanced • ARCH 5002.06: Urban Housing Studio
architectural design work, especially work done in the proposed • ARCH 5003.06: Adaptive Reuse Studio
subject area. Additional design work (drawings, furniture, construction • ARCH 5004.06: Urban Systems Studio
projects, etc.) may also be included. For MEDS applicants, a design • ARCH 5005.06: Material Detail Studio
portfolio is optional. • ARCH 5006.06: Light Frame Building Studio
• two letters of recommendation, including at least one from an • ARCH 5007.06: Landscape Studio
academic instructor with close personal knowledge of the applicant's • ARCH 5008.06: Transhistorical Studio
academic background. Each recommendation must be submitted on a • ARCH 5009.06: Ephemeral Architecture Studio
Confidential Reference Letter form. • ARCH 5010.06: Public Architecture Studio
• ARCH 5011.06: Coastal Studio
To confirm receipt of the items above, please contact the Graduate
Architectural Secretary, at grad.arch.office@dal.ca or by telephone (902) Core Classes - Humanities
494-3973. • ARCH 5102.03: Housing Theory
• ARCH 5103.03: Residential Real Estate Development
Architecture 47
• ARCH 5104.03: Urban Systems C. Master of Environmental Design Studies
• ARCH 5105.03: History and Theory of Cities • ARCH 7002:04: MEDS Major Project
• ARCH 5106.03: International Sustainable Development • ARCH 7004.00: Continuation - MEDS Major Project
• ARCH 5107.03: Theory and the Built Environment • ARCH 9003.08: MEDS Thesis
• ARCH 5108.03: Architectural Theory of the Enlightenment • ARCH 9006.00: Continuation - MEDS Thesis
• ARCH 5109.03: Ephemeral Architecture Other available classes are listed in the Master of Architecture section
• ARCH 5110.03: Architectural Exhibitions above and in the Planning section of this calendar.
• ARCH 5111.03: Integrated Coastal and Ocean Planning
• ARCH 5112.03: Documentation and Conservation of the Modern
Movement in Architecture X. Graduate Class Descriptions
• ARCH 5198.03: Humanities Seminar
Class Numbers
Core Classes - Technology The first digit of an ARCH class number indicates whether it is an MArch
• ARCH 5202.03: From Timber to Lumber core class (5), an elective (6), MArch (Post-Prof)/MEDS class (7), or Thesis
• ARCH 5203.03: From Lumber to Structure (9). The second digit indicates the area of study: Design (0), Humanities
• ARCH 5204.03: Composite Materials (1), Technology (2), Professional Practice (3), or Representation (5). Classes
• ARCH 5205.03: Earth Construction have various credit-hour extensions (03-06) that indicate the approximate
• ARCH 5206.03: Natural Finishes class hours each week and the appropriate balance of subjects for
• ARCH 5207.03: Light and Material professional accreditation.
• ARCH 5208.03: Acoustics
ARCH 5002.06: Urban Housing Studio.
• ARCH 5209.03: Energy Efficient Design
This studio explores the aesthetic, tectonic, social/cultural and economic
• ARCH 5210.03: Life Cycle Analysis
• ARCH 5211.03: The Construction Detail challenges presented by contemporary high-density, mixed-use
• ARCH 5212.03: From Principle to Detail development. The relationships of architecture to urbanism, and building
• ARCH 5213.03: Facades to city, will be explored through exemplary precedents and the design of
housing and its associated commercial, institutional, and recreational
• ARCH 5214.03: Tensile Architecture
components.
• ARCH 5215.03: Fabrication
• ARCH 5298.03: Technology Seminar INSTRUCTOR(S): J. G. Wanzel
FORMAT: Studio
Electives CO-REQUISITE: ARCH 5102.03 or ARCH 5103.03
• ARCH 6001.03: Design Seminar RESTRICTION: Graduate Students - Architecture
• ARCH 6002.03: Free Lab
ARCH 5003.06: Adaptive Reuse Studio.
• ARCH 6121.03: Architecture and Archaeoastronomy
• ARCH 6122.03: Humanities Seminar This class studies architectural design through the adaptation of an
existing building. It examines tensions between existing built facts
• ARCH 6209.03: Material Investigation
(structure, enclosure, and circulation) and new ambitions (habitation,
• ARCH 6210.03: Material Investigation in Wood
• ARCH 6211.03: Technology Seminar construction, and cultural representation). It also considers historical and
• ARCH 6304.03: Entrepreneurship urban contexts and the heritage value of existing buildings.
• ARCH 6305.03: Permission to Build INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Mannell
FORMAT: Studio
• ARCH 6306.03: Professional Practice Seminar
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
• ARCH 6501.03: Graphic Design in Architecture
• ARCH 6502.03: Painting in Architecture ARCH 5004.06: Urban Systems Studio.
• ARCH 6503.03: Photography in Architecture
This studio examines the infrastructure of the metropolis and its influence
• ARCH 6504.03: Montage in Architecture
on urban form and development. Topics include systems for
• ARCH 6505.03: Multimedia in Architecture
transportation, energy use, water distribution, civic institutions, spaces of
• ARCH 6506.03: Spatial Constructions in Digital Video
social exchange, and ecology. Students develop urban infrastructure
• ARCH 6507.03: Language as Representation
propositions with reference to innovative urban projects worldwide.
• ARCH 6508.03: Alternatives to Perspective
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Macy
• ARCH 6509.03: Digital Form
FORMAT: Studio
• ARCH 6510.03: Architectural Documentation and Analysis
CO-REQUISITE: ARCH 5104.03
• ARCH 6511.03: Documentation of Historic Buildings
• ARCH 6512.03: Developments in Architectural Representation
• ARCH 6513.03: Representation Seminar ARCH 5005.06: Material Detail Studio.
For a graduate elective, a student may take a class offered by another This studio uses bricolage as a method to represent architectural ideas,
department at Dalhousie University. The subject need not be directly observations, and intentions in a built artifact. Students interpret, modify,
related to architecture, but must be at a graduate level or equivalent. A and project material details in architecture. The conceptual development
maximum of two electives may be undergraduate classes that have been of the work informs strategies for the development of an architectural
elevated to a graduate equivalent by the instructor and approved by the design.
School and by Graduate Studies. With a Letter of Permission, a student INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Mullin
may also take a class at another university, if the class is not available at FORMAT: Studio
Dalhousie University. RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
B. Master of Architecture (Post-Professional) ARCH 5006.06: Light Frame Building Studio.
• ARCH 7001.04: MArch (Post-Prof.) Major Project This class studies the material and constructional orders of light-weight
• ARCH 7003.00: Continuation - MArch (Post-Prof.) Major Project framing and cladding systems. Through drawing, model, and full-scale
• ARCH 9002.08: MArch (Post-Prof.) Thesis construction, case studies of buildings by modern and contemporary
• ARCH 9005.00: Continuation - MArch (Post-Prof.) Thesis designers inform design projects for a multiple residential or small
Other available classes are listed in the Master of Architecture section institutional building.
above and in the Planning section of this calendar. INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Mannell
FORMAT: Studio
48 Architecture
ARCH 5007.06: Landscape Studio. INSTRUCTOR(S): J. G. Wanzel
This studio investigates architectural responses to landscape. It regards FORMAT: Seminar
the land as a physical and cultural context requiring appropriate methods RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
of visualization and representation. Referring to recent projects in land art, permission of instructor
it considers how to engage local materials and interests while promoting
the sustainable occupation of a particular site.
ARCH 5104.03: Urban Systems.
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Lilley, N. Savage This seminar examines the infrastructure of the metropolis and its
FORMAT: Studio influence on urban form and development. It considers transportation,
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture energy use, water distribution, civic institutions, spaces of social exchange,
and ecological systems. It emphasizes new concepts of what is "urban" and
ARCH 5008.06: Transhistorical Studio. what is "natural," referring to innovative urban designs worldwide.
This studio incorporates architectural design and architectural history - INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Macy
not for direct practical applications such as conservation, but for FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
considering more basic definitions of architecture, roles of the architect, RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
and elements of practice. Historical and/or cultural differences provide permission of instructor
the framework for a speculative design project. The studio also involves
strategies for defining a project and mapping characteristics of program
ARCH 5105.03: History and Theory of Cities.
and site. This class examines selected major cities, their originating form, important
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Parcell buildings, and building types in their history. The primary aim is to
FORMAT: Studio explore the relationship between architecture and urbanism and the
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture relationship between individual buildings and the city.
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Galvin
ARCH 5009.06: Ephemeral Architecture Studio. FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
This studio examines temporal, fleeting and ephemeral architecture, in RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
contrast to the permanent, monumental, and timeless architecture that has permission of instructor
been stressed throughout history. Students address concepts of alterity,
the carnivalesque, l'informe, and inversion by designing spaces and/or
ARCH 5106.03: International Sustainable
activities on the edges of the established order. Development.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Bonnemaison This class examines sustainable development in developed and
FORMAT: Studio developing countries. Local building practices and cultural
CO-REQUISITE: ARCH 5109.03 appropriateness are studied through case studies. It considers how
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture architects have handled materials and technology to engender patterns of
living in a reflective and symbiotic manner
ARCH 5010.06: Public Architecture Studio. INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Galvin
This studio examines the role of public architecture in manifesting cultural FORMAT: Seminar
values through the design of a civic institution. It also considers a public PREREQUISITE: or CO-REQUISITE: ARCH 5102.03 or ARCH 5205.03
architecture as an expression of material culture that mediates between the RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
scales of artifact and landscape.
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. MacKay-Lyons ARCH 5107.03: Theory and the Built Environment.
FORMAT: Studio This class is an overview of contemporary architectural theory, structured
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture into three themes: architecture as a poetic act, moral act, and meaningful
act. These themes allow students to develop their research and design
ARCH 5011.06: Coastal Studio. interests in the graduate program. In a major project, students translate
This studio investigates building on the coast. It explores conjunctions of theoretical concerns into an architectural installation.
ecology, culture, and traditional technical knowledge. Through INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Macy, S. Bonnemaison
participatory design, students work with a coastal community to develop FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
innovative responses to situations with sensitive ecologies, extreme RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
climate, and local cultural traditions. permission of instructor
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Cavanagh
FORMAT: Studio ARCH 5108.03: Architectural Theory of the
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture Enlightenment.
This class focuses on the phenomenon of the Enlightenment and the
ARCH 5102.03: Housing Theory. search for origins. The terms "Classic" and "Romantic" are examined in
This class introduces the history and theory of contemporary practice in depth, as are archaeology, the culture of ruins, historiography, association
housing design and production. The focus is on the quality of housing and theory, and the Picturesque. Architectural theories are compared with
the residential environment. A comparative analysis of significant past selected works of architecture and architectural representation.
and current examples is used to provide insight into the way houses and INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Galvin
neighborhoods are designed. This understanding is placed in the context FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
of differing economic, political and housing market situations. RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. G. Wanzel permission of instructor
CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 6111.03 ARCH 5109.03: Ephemeral Architecture.
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or This seminar explores ideas of "otherness" in the city, manifested as
permission of instructor ephemeral or temporary constructions and as critical responses to
established norms. Theories of alterity, the carnivalesque, l'informe and
ARCH 5103.03: Residential Real Estate Development. inversion are used to interpret spaces and activities in the city that are
This seminar explores the interaction of the residential construction marginal, liminal, repressed, neglected, or abandoned.
industry's constituent parts: real estate, finance, government policy and INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Bonnemaison
programs, development interests, etc., and addresses questions of housing FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
quality and distribution, employment, industrialization, urbanization, RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
regional and rural under-development, foreign ownership, and the role of permission of instructor
the industry in the Canadian political economy.
Architecture 49
ARCH 5110.03: Architectural Exhibitions. INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Mullin
This seminar introduces students to contemporary discussions in the field FORMAT: Seminar
of exhibit design for architecture, including the role of the viewer, the use RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
of display techniques to frame objects, and the curatorial voice. Groups of
students develop an exhibition on a subject of their choice.
ARCH 5205.03: Earth Construction.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Bonnemaison This class studies traditional and contemporary methods of earth
FORMAT: Seminar/studio construction (cob, rammed earth, wattle and daub, earth bag, and adobe)
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or as sustainable, low-impact building systems. Based on the science of soils,
permission of instructor it considers appropriate uses of earth technology in the construction of
houses.
ARCH 5111.03: Integrated Coastal and Ocean INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
Planning. FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
This studio-based class introduces spatial planning of coasts and oceans. It
permission of instructor
integrates environmental design, planning, policy, and management. It
emphasizes tools and processes for professional field work, analysis, and ARCH 5206.03: Natural Finishes.
synthesis. Students gain practical experience of theory, practice and This class examines the use of natural finishes (earth and lime plasters,
professional aspects of coastal planning by drafting plans or proposals for paint, stone, and wood) for walls, floors, and ceilings in contemporary
action. buildings. Natural, local, and reused materials are assessed in terms of
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Cavanagh installation, cost, durability, aesthetic characteristics, and environmental
FORMAT: Seminar/studio impact in comparison with industrialized products.
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
permission of instructor FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
CROSSLISTING: MARA 5014.03 RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
ARCH 5112.03: Documentation and Conservation of permission of instructor
the Modern Movement. ARCH 5207.03: Light and Material.

This class studies the documentation and conservation of buildings, sites This class examines characteristics of daylight and artificial light. It
and neighborhoods of the Modern Movement. It examines international analyzes and experiments with how light is produced, is transmitted, and
charters, protocols, and issues of identifications, evaluation and public interacts with various materials. By considering lighting options for a
awareness. Students undertake fieldwork and research on specific projects particular use, it regards light as an integral element in the design of
and contribute to a general register of modern works. interior and/or exterior space.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Mannell INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
ARCH 5208.03: Acoustics.
ARCH 5198.03: Humanities Seminar. This seminar studies principles of interior room acoustics and audio-
This class focuses on an advanced topic in architectural humanities. The visual design. To address acoustical requirements in various types of
topic changes from year to year. It may emphasize history, theory, spaces, it considers sound projection and isolation, and the control of
criticism, urban studies, or architecture in development. mechanical and environmental noise through building design and
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff acoustical materials.
FORMAT: Seminar INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or FORMAT: Seminar
permission of instructor RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
ARCH 5202.03: From Timber to Lumber. ARCH 5209.03: Energy Efficient Design.
This class examines the manufacturing process that converts a tree into This class focuses on sustainable building services. It studies building
dimensional lumber. Topics include tree growth, wood structure, woodlot energy codes and rating systems - specifically LEED - in the Atlantic
management, sustainable forest management and certification, sawmill region. It also examines international strategies for low-energy building;
operations, grading, the physical properties and moisture relations of passive systems in ventilation, heating, and cooling; renewable energy
wood, and the design of air drying sheds and kilns. systems; and the integration of engineering systems into architectural
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Parsons design.
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture FORMAT: Seminar
ARCH 5203.03: From Lumber to Structure.
This class studies how dimensional lumber is used in current North ARCH 5210.03: Life Cycle Analysis.
American building construction. It considers the structural and This class studies how to assess the full range of costs and environmental
mechanical properties of wood, structural engineering principles for impacts of building materials and assemblies, from their initial raw
dealing with gravity and lateral loads, and building details that are used in material to the end of their useful life, including recycling. A focus on
platform frame and timber frame construction. building envelope shows how life cycle analysis can influence decisions on
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Parsons materials and assemblies.
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
ARCH 5204.03: Composite Materials.
This class surveys the history of materials, focusing on natural and ARCH 5211.03: The Construction Detail.
synthetic polymers, resins, and composite material systems. It studies This class examines the construction detail and its dialectical relationship
their origin, chemical content, and manufacturing processes. These to the architectural whole. Case studies of details in major twentieth-
materials and their related processes are used to fabricate functional century buildings inform detail practice, in which students investigate
objects, with attention to structure, assembly, and environmental impact. material options and construction details for a project of their own design.
50 Architecture
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Mannell ARCH 5311.03: Professional Practice.
FORMAT: Seminar This class studies principles of professional ethics, partnerships, corporate
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture practices, professional responsibility, and legal aspects of architectural
practice. It also considers issues in practice management: contracts, codes,
ARCH 5212.03: From Principle to Detail. reference documents, finance, costing techniques, and contract
This class advances the technological content of a concurrent design administration.
project or thesis. It focuses on the integration of building systems (e.g., INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Savage
structure, construction, environmental technology), beginning with an FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
overview of principles, followed by a self-directed material exploration, RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
and culminating in the production of a relevant building detail.
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Lilley ARCH 6001.03: Design Seminar.
FORMAT: Studio/seminar This seminar focuses on an advanced topic in architectural design. The
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture topic changes from year to year. It may emphasize urbanism, landscape,
building, process, program, or habitation.
ARCH 5213.03: Facades. INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
This class examines the various functions of a building facade: protection FORMAT: Seminar/studio
from weather, interior comfort, urban sign, and potential energy producer. RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
It considers how a facade designed for a particular program can achieve
high performance through attention to detail: building materials, ARCH 6002.03: Free Lab.
manufacturing processes, and construction techniques. This class complements normal studio-based learning. It pursues an
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Lilley architectural topic through experimental hands-on work in a group
FORMAT: Seminar format. Topics change from year to year and may include design-build
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture work, documentaries, landscape installations, community design projects,
and interdisciplinary work. Projects may be local or involve travel to a
ARCH 5214.03: Tensile Architecture. distant site.
This class studies the design and behavior of tensile structures by building INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
and testing models and mock-ups. It also explores the rhetorical potential FORMAT: Workshop/lab
of tensile structures by integrating technologies such as video, sound, RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
light, sensors, and smart fabrics.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Bonnemaison ARCH 6121.03: Architecture and Archaeoastronomy.
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar This course studies the significance of the night sky to various ancient and
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture non-Western cultures, including the Egyptian, Celtic, Mesoamerican,
Anasazi, and First Nations. It examines how celestial features and motions
ARCH 5215.03: Fabrication. guided the design of buildings and influenced cultural practices, including
This class studies the sequence of trades involved in building construction. the measurement of time.
It examines the material processes of various construction industries and INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Kelly
considers their implications for design, with an emphasis on relations FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
between convention and innovation. RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Sweetapple permission of instructor
FORMAT: Seminar
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture ARCH 6122.03: Humanities Seminar.
This class focuses on an advanced topic in architectural humanities. The
ARCH 5298.03: Technology Seminar. topic changes from year to year. It may emphasize history, theory,
This class focuses on an advanced topic in architectural technology. The criticism, urban studies, or architecture in development.
topic changes from year to year. It may emphasize materials, INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
environmental strategies, or building details. FORMAT: Seminar
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
FORMAT: Seminar permission of instructor
ARCH 6209.03: Material Investigation.
ARCH 5308.03/5309: Professional Practice (Co-op This class uses a controlled workshop environment to examine
Work Term). characteristics of a material (e.g., metal, ceramic, glass) and methods for
A student works in the architectural profession for 1000 hours in no less forming and finishing. Using principles of material science, it considers
than 24 weeks and completes a research report or assignment. Work the harvesting or processing of raw material, the testing of structural
placements must be approved by the School of Architecture. A student capacity and environmental behavior, and applications in design.
may apply to satisfy up to 500 hours through supervised research related INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
to Professional Practice. FORMAT: Workshop/seminar
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
FORMAT: Work term
RESTRICTION: MArch students ARCH 6210.03: Material Investigation in Wood.
This class uses a controlled workshop environment to examine
ARCH 5310.00: Co-op Work Term Continuation. characteristics of wood and methods for forming and finishing. Using
A student who has already registered for ARCH 5308 and ARCH 5309 principles of material science, it considers the harvesting of raw material,
may continue the co-op work term for up to four additional terms. While the testing of structural capacity and environmental behavior, and
registered in ARCH 5310, a student's university status changes to part- applications in design.
time. INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff FORMAT: Workshop/seminar
FORMAT: Work term RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
PREREQUISITE: ARCH 5308.03, ARCH 5309.03
RESTRICTION: MArch students
Architecture 51
ARCH 6211.03: Technology Seminar. RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
This class focuses on an advanced topic in architectural technology. The
topic changes from year to year. It may emphasize materials,
ARCH 6505.03: Multimedia in Architecture.
environmental strategies, or building details. This class examines the use of various technologies to visualize, develop,
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff and display multimedia presentations of architecture that may include
FORMAT: Seminar text, graphics, photographs, sound, voice, animation, and/or video. It also
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture considers how architectural designs can be developed using multimedia.
These topics may apply also to projects in urban planning.
ARCH 6304.03: Entrepreneurship. INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Kelly
Successful entrepreneurship requires an ability to identify opportunities, FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
skill to calculate risks, and the knowledge and determination to promote, RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or
develop, and implement a project. This class uses a case study approach to permission of instructor
examine entrepreneurship in the public, private, and not-for-profit sectors
and to assess potential applications to architectural practice.
ARCH 6506.03: Spatial Constructions in Digital Video.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. G. Wanzel This seminar investigates how digital audio and video can represent
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar physical and spatial qualities of existing architectural, urban, or rural
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or conditions. It emphasizes the use of the video camera and digital software
permission of instructor for recording, imaging, and editing.
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Venart
ARCH 6305.03: Permission to Build. FORMAT: Studio/seminar
Obtaining a building permit is only the last hurdle to clear before a RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
potential architectural project can be realized. This class examines the
entire process, including the various authorities, agencies, and groups that
ARCH 6507.03: Language as Representation.
are involved, along with municipal planning regulations, building codes, This class examines the reciprocal role of language and visual perception
material specifications, and public presentations. in architecture. It considers architectural description and criticism
INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Savage according to linguistic or dialectical models such as the theory of language
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar games, classical rhetoric, or religious apology.
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
permission of instructor FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
ARCH 6306.03: Professional Practice Seminar.
This class focuses on an advanced topic in architectural professional
ARCH 6508.03: Alternatives to Perspective.
practice. The topic changes from year to year. This class examines the limitations of linear perspective as a definitive
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff method for representing objects and spaces. It analyzes Renaissance
FORMAT: Seminar premises of perspective and considers other periods and cultures for
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture and Planning or alternatives that might be applied in contemporary architectural
permission of instructor representation.
ARCH 6501.03: Graphic Design in Architecture. FORMAT: Seminar
This class applies principles of information design and typography to RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
architectural presentation. Using digital media, it experiments with
various graphic design methods to organize text, images, and graphics in a
ARCH 6509.03: Digital Form.
clear, consistent way for particular presentation purposes. This class considers the influence of emerging representational
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff technologies on the making of architectural form. By analyzing how the
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar design process is affected by working only in a digital environment,
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture students learn about the limitations and possibilities of digital form.
INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Savage
ARCH 6502.03: Painting in Architecture. FORMAT: Lecture/studio
This class examines how some architects have used painting in design PREREQUISITE: ARCH 6505.03
development. Through studio work, students also consider how certain RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
modes of painting may be integrated into the design process for their
concurrent architectural studio project. Previous experience in any paint
ARCH 6510.03: Architectural Documentation and
medium (e.g., watercolor, gouache, acrylic, oil) is required. Analysis.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff This class investigates techniques for documenting and analyzing existing
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar architectural or urban conditions. Various modes of representation
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture (drawing, model, video, and photography) are used to interpret the
complex experience of physical form.
ARCH 6503.03: Photography in Architecture. INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Venart
This class examines architectural photography from the late nineteenth FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
century to the present. By analyzing and applying various photographic RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
styles and techniques, students learn about photographic representation in
architecture. ARCH 6511.03: Documentation and Reconstruction of
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff Historic Buildings.
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar This class studies the use of drawings to document existing buildings,
structures, and landscapes. It also studies drawings as a means of
ARCH 6504.03: Montage in Architecture. projection and examines their role in the reconstruction of past built works
This class examines the history, concepts, and uses of montage in and projects.
architectural representation. It also considers how digital photography INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Mannell
and computer technology can generate various forms of montage for FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
analyzing and developing architectural designs. RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture
FORMAT: Seminar/studio
52 Architecture
ARCH 6512.03: Developments in Architectural student is expected to become fluent in the history and theory of the topic.
Representation. ARCH 9007 and ARCH 9008 must be completed in consecutive terms.
This class studies historical developments in the graphic language of
architecture and its various modes of representation. By examining works
PREREQUISITE: Completion of Year 5 MArch
by selected architects, students consider relationships between what is
drawn and what is built.
INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Savage ARCH 9008.06: MArch Thesis.
FORMAT: Lecture/studio Following a term of thesis preparation, each student completes an
RESTRICTION: Graduate students - Architecture architectural design project. The thesis concludes with a graphic/model
ARCH 6513.03: Representation Seminar. presentation, an oral examination, and a formal thesis document that is
submitted to the university. The entire thesis requires a minimum of two
This class focuses on an advanced topic in architectural representation.
consecutive terms of residence.
The topic changes from year to year. It may emphasize medium, relation
to design, or history and theory.
FORMAT: Studio
PREREQUISITE: ARCH 9007
ARCH 9009.00: MArch Thesis Continuation.
ARCH 7001.04: MArch (Post-Prof.) Major Project.
This continuation of ARCH 9008: M.Arch Thesis is for students who have
A major project is intended to address a question of personal interest and
not completed the thesis in the minimum two terms. The maximum
relevance to the field of study. It may be a work of design (accompanied
duration of a thesis is five terms.
by a written document) or an entirely written document. The major project
is guided by a supervisor and an advisor.
FORMAT: Studio
RESTRICTION: MArch (Post-Prof.) students
PREREQUISITE: ARCH 9008
ARCH 7002.04: MEDS Major Project. RESTRICTION: MArch students
A major project is intended to address a question of personal interest and
by a written document) or an entirely written document. The major project
is guided by a supervisor and an advisor.
RESTRICTION: MEDS students
ARCH 7003.00: Continuation - MArch (Post-Prof.)

Project.
Continuation of ARCH 7001.04.
ARCH 7004.00: Continuation - MEDS Project.

ARCH 9002.08: MArch (Post-Prof.) Thesis.

A thesis is intended to address a question of personal interest and
by a written document) or an entirely written document. The thesis is
guided by a supervisor and an advisor. The student presents the work at
an oral examination, and the thesis document is prepared in accordance
with university thesis standards and submitted to the University.
ARCH 9003.08: MEDS Thesis.

A thesis is intended to address a question of personal interest and
by a written document) or an entirely written document. The thesis is
guided by a supervisor and an advisor. The student presents the work at
an oral examination, and the thesis document is prepared in accordance
with university thesis standards and submitted to the University.
ARCH 9005.00: Continuation - MArch (Post-Prof.)

Thesis.
ARCH 9006.00: Continuation - MEDS Thesis.

RESTRICTION: MEDS students.
ARCH 9007.06: MArch Thesis Preparation.

Within a seminar group, each student formulates a thesis question and
pursues it through a preliminary design for a building of some kind. The
Architecture 53
Atmospheric Science Biochemistry & Molecular
Location: Physics and Atmospheric Science Department Biology
Sir James Dunn Building
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5 Location: Sir Charles Tupper Medical Building, 9th Floor
Website: www.atm.dal.ca Halifax, NS B3H 1X5
Telephone: (902) 494-2480
Chairperson of Department Fax: (902) 494-1355
Rotermund, H.H., (902) 494-2342 Email: GradInfo@webmail.biochem.dal.ca
Website: http://www.biochem.dal.ca
Coordinator, Atmospheric Science
Drummond, J.R. (902) 494 2324 Head of Department
Byers, D.M., BSc, MSc (Dal), PhD (Alberta)
Professors
Drummond, J.R., BA, MA, PhD (Oxford), FRSC-Canada Research Chair, Professors
Remote Sounding of Atmospheres Bearne, S.L., BSc (Acadia), PhD (Toronto), MDCM (McGill)
Geldart, D.J.W., BSc (Acadia), PhD (McMaster) FRSC- Research Breckenridge, W.C., BSc (Queen's) MSc, PhD (Toronto)
Greatbatch, R.J., BSc (Liverpool), PhD (Cambridge) NSERC/MARTEC/ Byers, D.M., BSc, MSc (Dal), PhD (Alberta)
AES Research (Chair), primary appointment with Oceanography Dobson, M.J., BSc (Dal), DPhil (Oxon)
Doolittle, W.F., AB (Harvard), PhD (Stanford). Post retirement
Associate Professors Gray, M.W., BSc, PhD (Alberta)
Duck, T., BSc, PhD (York) Liu, P.X.-Q., BSc (Wuhan), PhD (Cornell)
Folkins, I., BSc (Dal), MSc, PhD (Toronto) McMaster, C.R., BSc, PhD (Manitoba), Asst. Dean Graduate and Post
Lesins, G.B., PhD (Toronto) (Research) Doctoral Studies, Faculty of Medicine, major appointment in Pediatrics
Martin, R.V., BS (Cornell), MS, PhD (Harvard) Ridgway, N.D., BSc, MSc (Dal), PhD (UBC), joint appointment with
Pediatrics
Adjunct Professors Ro, H.-S., BSc, PhD (McMaster)
Chylek, P., PhD (U of Cal), LANL Singer, R.A., AB (Princeton), PhD (Harvard), Graduate Coordinator
Lohmann, U., PhD (Hamburg), ETH, Zurich Switzerland (Telephone: 494-2306)
Ritchie, H.C., PhD (McGill), MSC Too, C.K.L., BSc, MSc (Malaya), PhD (Hawaii)
Waisman, D.M., BSc (Brandon), PhD (Manitoba)
Postdoctoral Fellows/Research Associates Wallace, C.J.A., BA, MA, DPhil (Oxon)
Lamsal, L., PhD (Univertisät Bremen)
Pangaluru, K., (Sri Venkateswara University) Associate Professors
Sudiarta, W., PhD (Dalhousie University) Cook, H.W., BSc, MSc (McGill), PhD (Dal), Dean of Medicine; Professor in
Pediatrics
I. Introduction McLeod, R.S., BSc, PhD (UBC)
Atmospheric Science is part of the Department of Physics and Roger, A.J., BSc (UBC), PhD (Dal)
Atmospheric Science and offers programs leading to M.Sc. and Ph.D. Rosen, K.V., BSc, MSc, PhD (Moscow State), joint appointment with
degrees in the following areas: cloud physics, aerosol physics and Pediatrics
chemistry, dynamics, radiation, atmospheric chemistry, planetary remote
sounding from space and the ground, Arctic atmospheres, LIDAR systems Assistant Professors
and climate modeling. Archibald, J.M., BSc, PhD (Dal) Assoc. Graduate Coordinator (Telephone:
494-2306)
The Department of Physics and Atmospheric Science also offers programs
Blouin, C., BSc (Laval), PhD (Dal), joint appointment with Computer
leading to a Diploma in Meteorology. For more details see the
Science
undergraduate calendar.
Dellaire, G., BSc (UBC), PhD (McGill), major appointment in Pathology
II. Graduate Degrees Karten, B., MSc (Hamburg), PhD (Graz)
Marignani, P.A., BSc (Windsor), MSc (Western Ontario), PhD (McMaster)
Graduate degrees in Atmospheric Science may be taken through the
Rainey, J.K., BSc (Guelph), MSc, PhD (Toronto)
Departments of Physics and Atmospheric Science or Oceanography.
Riddell, D.C., BSc, PhD (Queen's), major appointment in Pathology
Please see the calendar entry for Physics and Atmospheric Science or
Oceanography for more details. Adjunct Professor
Ewart, K.V., BSc (Moncton), PhD (MUN), Associate Research Officer,
National Research Council, Institute for Marine Biosciences
I. Admission
General requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies are
given in the Faculty Regulations section of this calendar. In addition,
foreign applicants must submit the results of the Graduate Record
Examination. A paper-based TOEFL score of at least 600 (computer-based
TOEFL score of at least 250) is required of applicants whose native
language is not English (see Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations).
54 Atmospheric Science
II. General Regulations progression, mechanisms mediating cellular migration, and protein
kinase signalling.
The Department accepts applicants with honours degrees (or the
Riddell, D.C. - Human molecular genetics: tumor suppressor genes. Gene
equivalent) in biochemistry and also those with training in related fields
mapping.
such as biology, chemistry and related biomedical sciences. Advanced
Ro, H.-S. - Molecular mechanisms of adiposity (obesity), mammary
knowledge within a a student's chosen area of biochemistry and molecular
tumorigenesis (breast cancer) and macrophage activation in
biology is developed by formal classes and/or guided study arranged for
atherosclerosis.
each student through consultation with a supervisory committee. Students
Rosen, K.V. - Mechanisms of three-dimensional tumor growth: molecular
also participate in the Biochemistry seminar series (BIOC 5910.06-5913.06)
control of cancer cell survival in the absence of adhesion to the
and in teaching/laboratory demonstrating. Scholarship support is
extracellular matrix.
available, and students are eligible for the Patrick Prize and the Doug
Singer, R.A. - Cell growth control; molecular/genetic analysis of core
Hogue Award, awarded by the Department to recognise excellence in
eukaryotic functions; yeast chromatin regulation and intracellular
graduate research. Additional information can be obtained via our
membrane dynamics (with G.C. Johnston, Microbiology &
Website (http://www.biochem.dal.ca).
Immunology).
Too, C.K.L. - Prolactin and steroid hormone action: signal transduction
III. Degree Programs and molecular regulation of tumor cell growth, survival and apoptosis.
Waisman, D.M. - Molecular mechanisms of metastasis and angiogenesis.
A. Master of Science (MSc) in Biochemistry &
Molecular Biology B. Comparative Genomics, Proteomics and
A thesis describing original research done by the candidate is prepared Molecular Evolution
and defended orally. A Thesis Supervisory Committee consisting of the Archibald, J.M. - Genome evolution, gene transfer, endosymbiosis,
research supervisor and two others is appointed to facilitate the research. molecular phylogeny.
The minimum residence requirements for the MSc program is usually 1 Blouin, C. - Protein evolution and folding, molecular phylogeny,
year (see the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations). Most students take bioinformatics.
an additional 12-18 months to complete the thesis. Doolittle, W.F. - Genome evolution: genomics, molecular phylogeny, role
of lateral gene transfer in phylogeny and evolutionary innovation,
B. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Biochemistry & origin and evolution of genomic complexity.
Molecular Biology Gray, M.W. - Protist genomics: evolution of protist mitochondrial and
The preparation and oral defense of a thesis describing an extensive nuclear genomes; ribosomal RNA, RNA processing and RNA editing.
original investigation carried out by the candidate is the major Liu, P.X.-Q. - Intein and protein splicing: molecular evolution; protein
requirement. A Thesis Supervisory Committee consisting of the research engineering through directed evolution; protein splicing in gene
supervisor and three others is appointed to facilitate the research. For therapy and in proteomics.
students admitted directly into the PhD program, and for those requesting Roger, A.J. - Protistan phylogenetics, organelle evolution and evolutionary
transfer from the MSc to the PhD program, a PhD Candidacy Examination genomic analysis: protein evolution; anaerobic organelles and
related to the subject area of the thesis occurs at the start of the second year phylogenomic method development.
of study. The minimum residence requirements for the PhD are 2 years
from the MSc and 3 years from the BSc (see the Faculty of Graduate C. Structure, Function and Metabolism of
Studies regulations). Most students take an additional 1-2 years to Biomolecules
complete the thesis. Bearne, S.L. - Enzyme catalysis and protein engineering: transition state
analogues; enzyme inhibition; bio-organic reaction mechanisms;
C. Master of Science (MSc) in Biochemistry & organic synthesis; biochemical recognition; protein modifications;
Molecular Biology/ Neuroscience active site architecture; direct evolution; proteomics.
The department also participates in the interdisciplinary Neuroscience Byers, D.M. - Protein structure and function: role of acyl carrier protein in
MSc program. bacterial growth and pathogenesis; protein mass spectrometry.
Ewart, K.V. - Molecular biochemistry and physiology of fishes: protein
D. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Biochemistry& structure-function and large-scale gene expression studies in innate
Molecular Biology/ Neuroscience immunity and cold adaptation.
Karten, B. - Cholesterol homeostasis in the brain: intracellular cholesterol
The department also participates in the interdisciplinary Neuroscience
trafficking and import into mitochondria, synaptic function in
PhD program.
Niemann-Pick Type C disease
E. Master of Science in Computational Biology and McLeod, R.S. - Lipoprotein assembly: structure and function of
apolipoproteins; regulation of hepatic apoB secretion; lipid metabolism
Bioinformatics in the hepatocyte.
The department also participates in this joint program along with the Rainey, J.K. - Structural biology: studying membrane and extracellular
Faculty of Computer Science, the Dept. of Biology and the Dept. of matrix proteins and peptides; peptide synthesis and expression of
Mathematics and Statistics. challenging proteins; biophysical characterization using protein NMR
spectroscopy, scanning probe microscopy and complementary
IV. Areas of Specialization techniques.
Ridgway, N.D. - Sphingomyelin, phospholipids and cholesterol: metabolic
A. Molecular Cell Biology and Molecular Genetics and coordinate regulation; intracellular transport and vesicle
Dellaire, G. - Nuclear Structure and Cancer Biology: genome instability trafficking; role in programd cell death (apoptosis).
syndromes; cancer biomarkers; the role of nuclear organization in DNA Wallace, C.J.A. - Protein engineering: chemical and genetic remodelling of
repair, tumour suppression, and cell cycle control. cytochrome c for studies of mitochondrial electron transport and
Dobson, M.J. - Chromosome structure and function: yeast plasmid protein structure-function relationships.
segregation. Yeast model system for analysis of intracellular trafficking
defects in Niemann-Pick C disease. V. Class Descriptions
McMaster, C.R. - Lipid homeostasis: genetic and molecular analysis of
lipid metabolism in yeast with an eye to human disease genes; protein Graduate Classes in Biochemistry
structure and function. Not all classes are offered every year. Please consult the Department.
Marignani, P.A. - System Biology: molecular signalling of tumour
suppressors, maintenance of genome stability, regulation of cell cycle
Biochemistry & Molecular Biology 55

BIOC 5000.06: Special Topics in Biochemistry. BIOC 5401.03: The World of RNA.
Students interested in topics not covered in formal classes may ask the Currently not offered.
department for special classes to meet their needs. The fields in which the
department can offer instruction are reflected in the list of faculty research BIOC 5402.03: Biochemical Evolution.
areas. Currently not offered.
BIOC 5001.03: Special Topics in Biochemistry. BIOC 5403.03: Genes and Genomes.
Students interested in topics not covered in formal classes may ask the This class discusses the organization of genes into genomes. It deals with
department for special classes to meet their needs. The fields in which the (i) compartmentalization of genetic material in nuclear and organellar
department can offer instruction are reflected in the list of faculty research genomes, (ii) the structure, behavior and origins of components of both
areas. nuclear and organellar genomes which are not genes (transposable and
other repetitive elements, introns), (iii) genetic and physical methods for
BIOC 5010.03: Bioinformatics. mapping genomes, and (iv) the significance of genetic organization and
This class presents both a theoretical basis for, and the applications of, higher order chromosomal structure and function. The methodology and
computing in molecular biology and evolution. A wide range of topics is prospects of the genomics will be discussed at some length. Evaluation is
addressed including the estimation of rates and patterns of mutations, based on a mid-term examination, a paper and a final examination.
sequence database searching, with an emphasis on phylogenetic analysis INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Liu
of genes and genomes. The content of the class may vary from year to FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
year. PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor
INSTRUCTOR(S): A.J. Roger (coordinator) and C. Blouin
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours with regular computer-based labs in BIOC 5404.03: Gene Expression.
comparative sequence analysis, database searching, alignment and The different mechanisms for regulation of gene expression in bacterial
phylogenetic analysis and introduction to programming for and eukaryotic cells, and their viruses, are emphasized. Topics include
bioinformatics. genomic, transcriptional, and post-transcriptional modes of regulation.
PREREQUISITE: BIOC 3400.03 or instructor’s consent. Evaluation is based on a mid-term examination, an essay and oral
presentation on a topic selected by the student, and a final examination.
BIOC 5301.03: Biochemistry of Lipids. INSTRUCTOR(S): R.A. Singer
The biochemistry and metabolism of a variety of lipids are studied, FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
especially of fatty acids, eicosanoids, steroids, phospholipids and PREREQUISITE: Introductory molecular biology equivalent to BIOC
glycolipids with specialized physiological or lipid-second messenger 2030.03, BIOC 3400.03 and MICI 3033.03, or permission of the instructor
functions. Data from recent literature reports supporting central aspects of
lipid metabolism and lipids as second messengers are emphasized. BIOC 5501.03: Medical Biotechnology I.
Evaluation is based on a mid-term examination, an oral presentation on an This class covers the fundamental principles of biotechnology from a
advanced topic in lipid metabolism, an essay and a final examination. medical perspective. Topics covered will include: recombinant DNA
INSTRUCTOR(S): N.D. Ridgway (coordinator), B. Karten and C.R. technology, polymerase-chain reaction-based applications, DNA
McMaster microarrays, immunochemical techniques and applications, production of
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours per week transgenic organisms, potential applications for embryonic stem cell and
PREREQUISITE: BIOC 3200.03 and BIOC 3300.03, equivalent 3rd year nuclear transfer cloning. Business and legal aspects of biotechnology will
courses or permission of the instructor. also be presented.
INSTRUCTOR(S): M.J. Dobson
BIOC 5302.03: Lipoproteins: Structure, Biosynthesis FORMAT: Lectures, discussions, presentations
and Metabolism. PREREQUISITE: Consent of instructor
The plasma lipoproteins are ordered macromolecular complexes of lipids
with specific proteins which program the metabolic fate of the lipid
BIOC 5603.03: Advanced Laboratory in Biochemical
component. The levels and distribution of lipoproteins within the blood Techniques.
are intimately connected with the pathogenesis and regression of This class will consist of 2 laboratory modules (each of 4 weeks duration,
atherosclerotic vascular disease. The structure of lipoproteins at the one full day per week) and a scientific writing module (9 hours in total of
physicochemical level, their biosynthesis, assembly and secretion are tutorials and computer-based assignments) organized collaboratively by
considered. The metabolism of lipoproteins within the vascular the departments of Biochemistry & Molecular Biology, and Microbiology
compartment and their subsequent removal by receptor-mediated & Immunology. A choice of modules is offered in 2 lab sections covering
processes is explored in relation to both lipid transport and genesis/ techniques used in the study of molecular biology, protein structure-
regression of atherosclerotic lesions. Emphasis is placed upon the function, and specific metabolic processes. This class is open to senior
interpretation of original experimental data reported in the current undergraduate students and the number of places in the class is limited.
literature. Evaluation is based upon two term papers and associated Priority for enrolment is given to undergraduate students for whom this is
seminar presentations. a required class for their degree program. Graduate students may select
INSTRUCTOR(S): R.S. McLeod their 2 lab modules from any section or sections, subject to availability of
FORMAT: Seminar/discussion and guided reading, 2 hours per week. space. Students may not necessarily be assigned to the modules of their
PREREQUISITE: BIOC 3200.03 and BIOC 3300.03, equivalent 3rd year first choice but every effort will be made to accommodate those needing
courses or permission of the instructor. the techniques provided in a specific module. Students must obtain a class
outline from the Biochemistry & Molecular Biology Office prior to
BIOC 5304.03: Integration and Control of Metabolism. registration and attend the organizational meeting, the date of which will
Currently not offered. be indicated in the Registration Timetable.
COORDINATOR(S): P. Liu and L. Murray
BIOC 5305.03: Mechanisms of Signal Transduction. INSTRUCTOR(S): Biochemistry & Molecular Biology, and Microbiology &
The emphasis of the course is systems biology. Lecture topics include Immunology faculty members
emergent properties of protein kinases, tumour suppressors, cell cycle, FORMAT: Laboratory (48 hours total) and 9 hours of tutorial/computer
apoptosis, oncogenes, cytoskeletal reorganization and lipids. assignments.
INSTRUCTOR(S): P.A. Marignani, (coordinator), K. Rosen, and B. Karten PREREQUISITE: Consent of coordinator
PREREQUISITE: BIOC 3200.03, BIOC 3300.03, and BIOC 3400.03 or
instructor's consent
56 Biochemistry & Molecular Biology

BIOC 5610.06: Scientific Writing and Advanced addition to acid-base, blood and immune abnormalities. Students should
Laboratory in Biochemical Techniques. contact the Department of Pathology to obtain information on this class.
INSTRUCTOR(S): TBA
This class will consist of a series of laboratory modules (3 modules each of
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, case studies and assignments
4 weeks’ duration, 1 day per week or 72 hours in total with limited
flexibility to accommodate the need to attend other classes) and tutorials BIOC 5812.03: Biochemistry of Clinical Disorders II.
with computer-based assignments designed to teach scientific writing This class is an introduction to the pathophysiology of disease. It uses the
techniques (9 hours in total). The class is organized collaboratively by the same approach as BIOC 5811.03 but different groups of diseases are
Departments of Biochemistry & Molecular Biology, and Microbiology & discussed. Topics include carbohydrate, lipid and amino acid disorders;
Immunology. A choice of modules will be offered in 3 sections covering endocrine and rheumatological diseases, as well as tumor markers and
techniques used in the study of molecular biology, protein structure- toxicology. Students should contact the Department of Pathology to obtain
function, and specific metabolic processes. This class is open to senior information on this class.
undergraduate students and the number of places in the class is limited. INSTRUCTOR(S): TBA
Priority for enrolment is given to undergraduates for whom this is a FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, case studies and assignments
required component of their degree program. Graduate students may
select their 3 lab modules from any section or sections, subject to BIOC 5910.06: 5913.06: Biochemistry and Molecular
availability of space. Students may not necessarily be assigned to a module Biology Seminar.
of their first choice but every effort is made to accommodate those needing
Through regular meetings with Faculty members, this class provides
techniques provided by a specific module. Students must obtain a class
students with experience in the written and oral presentation of scientific
outline from the Biochemistry & Molecular Biology Department office
data. It is divided into three sections, each focused on a different aspect of
prior to registration and attend the organizational meeting, the date of
scientific communication. (1) The first section teaches scientific writing
which will be indicated in the Registration Timetable.
techniques through the use of computer-based assignments. (2) The
COORDINATOR(S): P. Liu and L. Murray.
second section focuses on the development of presentation skills for
NOTE: BIOC 5603.03 and MICI 5602.03 is equivalent to BIOC 5610.06
scientific seminars and posters. Two formal lectures will be presented that
INSTRUCTOR(S): Biochemistry & Molecular Biology, and Microbiology &
emphasize the “art” of scientific communication. Students will prepare 10
Immunology faculty members.
min mock Honors presentations that will be presented and critiqued in
FORMAT: Twelve 6-hour labs and three 3-hour tutorials/computer
class. These presentations will then be modified by the students and
assignments.
subsequently presented to the undergraduate Honors students. (3) This
PREREQUISITE: Consent of coordinator.
final section aims to apply and hone presentation skills learned in sections
BIOC 5700.03: Proteins. one and two of the course through the presentation of a mini-symposium
The theme of this class is the relationship between the structure and by course participants. Students select a scientific topic of their choice and
function of the most versatile class of biological macromolecules. The role prepare individual presentations (specific guidelines for topic selection
of the sequence of monomeric units in the kinetic and thermo-dynamic will be provided). After 3 or 4 practice sessions in which the students
determination of the protein fold is explored, and methods to determine critique one another's presentations, a day-long symposium is given to the
that three-dimensional fold, and to modify it for experimental or practical department and faculty, with each student presentation being ~ 30
purposes considered. Specific details of how form determines function in minutes in length and including a short question period. Emphasis is
the proteins’ role in binding other molecules both small and large, in placed on the clarity of presentations and the ability of students to discuss
membranes, and in energy transduction will be provided. This class will their topic in general terms.
also examine the ways for orderly elimination of superannuated proteins, INSTRUCTOR(S): J.M. Archibald (coordinator), S.L. Bearne and M.J.
and how the present variety of form has evolved from primeval origins. In Dobson
addition to lectures, students independently research specialized topics FORMAT: Tutorial 1.5 hours, presentations by arrangement
suggested by the instructor and occasionally present these to the class in BIOC 9000.06: MSc Thesis.
discussion group format.
INSTRUCTOR(S): C.J.A. Wallace BIOC 9530.06: PhD Thesis.
PREREQUISITE: BIOC 3200, plus CHEM 2301 and 2302 or CHEM 2303, or
instructor’s consent
BIOC 5701.03: Enzymes.

Fundamental principles of enzyme catalysis and its regulation are
examined. Use of tools such as steady-state and presteady-state kinetics,
isotope effect measurements, site-directed mutagenesis, spectroscopy, X-
ray crystallography, and mechanism-based inhibitors to study the
architecture and mechanism of action of enzyme active sites are presented.
The catalytic mechanism and transition state stabilization are considered
in detail for selected enzymes that have been well-characterized
structurally. Classic and current papers in the literature are reviewed so
that the experimental and conceptual approaches used may be critically
appraised.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S.L. Bearne
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, problem sets, essay, and seminar
PREREQUISITE: BIOC 3200.03 (grade of B or higher) CHEM 2301.03 and
2302.03 or CHEM 2303.03 (Grade of B or higher) and CHEM 3601.03 or
instructor’s consent
BIOC 5811.03: Biochemistry of Clinical Disorders I.

This class is an introduction to the pathophysiology of disease. It provides
the clinical and biochemical background to disease groups and system
disorders and the laboratory approach to their diagnosis. Topics include
cardiovascular, renal, gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary disorders, in
Biochemistry & Molecular Biology 57

BIOT 5001.03: Research Ethics.
This seminar involves critical examination of the research ethics literature,
with particular attention to a range of topics including: informed consent;
research involving specific groups/communities; risks/limits to allowable
risks; emergency room research; and placebo controls. It will be of interest
to graduate students in medicine, health professions, health law, and
Bioethics philosophy.
INSTRUCTOR(S): TBA
FORMAT: Seminar
Location: Clinical Research Centre PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
5849 University Avenue
Halifax, NS B3H 4H7 BIOT 5002.03: Health Care Ethics and the Law.
Telephone: (902) 494-3801 The purpose of this class is to develop an understanding of health law and
Fax: (902) 494-3865 health care ethics and of the relationship between law and ethics. Topics
Website: www.bioethics.dal.ca covered in the past years include: informed choice; death and dying;
genetics; reproduction; HIV and AIDS; resource allocation; and health
Department Head research. Each issue is examined in an effort to determine what the law is
Frank, B., BA, B.Ed, M.Ed. (Acadia), PhD (Dalhousie) and what the law ought to be.
Professors CROSS-LISTING: LAW 2115.03
Baylis, F., BA (McGill), MA, PhD (Western). Cross-appointment with the BIOT 5101.03: Directed Readings in Bioethics I.
Department of Philosophy. Canada Research Chair in Bioethics and
This is an advanced level directed reading course designed for graduate
Philosophy. Interests: novel technologies (in genetics and in
students. Instructors and topics can vary.
neuroscience), research involving humans, women's health and
PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
feminist ethics.
Kenny, N., BA (Mount St. Vincent), MD (Dalhousie), FRCPC. Interests: BIOT 5102.03: Directed Readings in Bioethics II.
physician ethics, ethics and health policy, and pediatric ethics. This is an advanced level directed reading course designed for graduate
Associate Professors students. Instructors and topics can vary.
Fernandez, C., BSc (University of Western Ontario), MD (McMaster). INSTRUCTOR(S): Permission of the instructor
Associate Professor of pediatric hematology/oncology at the IWK BIOT 5801.03: Topics in Health Care Ethics: Theories
Health Centre and Dalhousie University with a cross-appointment in
the Department of Bioethics. Interests: Bioethics in pediatric research and Methods in Health Care Ethics.
including return of research results to research participants, In this class, we will explore some of the current debates among different
complementary and alternative cancer therapies, Wilms tumor. theoretical perspectives about the proper theoretical groundwork for
Graham, J., BA (Waterloo), MA (Victoria), PhD (Montreal). Canada bioethics and the methodologies associated with these diverse theories.
Research Chair in Bioethics. Interests: medical anthropology and We shall pay particular attention to canonical work in the field, such as the
science studies; regulation of pharmaceuticals, biologics and genetic principles approach of Beauchamp and Childress, while examining
therapies; integrative approaches to anthropology and epidemiology; feminist and other alternatives. We shall consider the ways different
methodologies to assess diagnostic and therapeutics practices; theories identify, frame, and reason about ethical questions that arise in
dementia diagnostics and normal aging. the realm of health and health care.
Robinson, W., BA (Princeton), MD (Emory), MPH (Harvard). Associate INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Sherwin
Professor of the Respiratory Division at the IWK Health Centre and FORMAT: Seminar
Dalhousie University with a cross appointment in the Department of CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 5801.03
Bioethics.
BIOT 6002.03: Foundations of Applied Health
Assistant Professors Research.
Kirby. J., MA, MD (Dalhousie). Interests: clinical/organizational ethics, This class will acquaint students with the ethical basis of health research,
meso-level health care policy, mental health ethics and social/disability as well as the substantive issues that arise at the macro, meso and micro
justice. levels in the design and conduct of research. A variety of approaches to
Reid, L., BA (Winnipeg), AM and PhD (Illinois). Interests: research ethics, ethical decision making will be surveyed, with particular attention given
interdisciplinary models of ethics education, medicine and social to how various approaches might apply in the context of Atlantic Canada.
responsibility, ethics and neurosciences, history and conceptualization Standard topics will be explored in this course such as informed consent,
of somatic education, experience, epistemology, and social construction privacy and confidentiality of health information, and conflicts of interest.
of chronic pain. Special attention will be given to issues of rural/urban split, respect for the
Simpson, C., BA&Sc (McMaster), MA (McMaster), PhD (Dalhousie). integrity of communities, and the potential abuse of expert or professional
Interests: the role of hope in health care, ethics education and capacity authority.
building, rural bioethics and organizational ethics. INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Kenny
FORMAT: WebCT course
I. Classes offered CROSS-LISTING: ARTC 6002.03
NOTE: The classes listed are half year classes, and may not be offered
every year. Instructors are likely to vary from year to year. Consult the BIOT 6045.03: Qualitative Methods in Health
department for further information. Research.
BIOT 5000.03: Advanced Topics in Bioethics. This advanced course in community research introduces students to social
The seminar involves critical examination of the bioethics literature. The theory and qualitative methodologies and techniques. The articulation of
application of various methodologies utilized in contemporary bioethical appropriate methods to address theoretical, epistemological and practical
analysis will be highlighted. It will be of interest to graduate students in issues is emphasized. Students will develop a theoretically sound rationale
medicine, health professions, health law, and philosophy whose thesis for their proposed research and gain experience in data collection,
topic involves a substantial bioethical component. fieldwork, and analysis.
INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Baylis, N. Kenny, J. Graham INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Graham
FORMAT: Seminar, Reading Course FORMAT: Seminar
PREREQUISITE: Instructor Permission PREREQUISITE: Graduate student status and permission of instructor
CROSS-LISTING: CH&E 6045.03
58 Bioethics
tubulin, microtubule organization, cytoskeleton, , embryo
development.
Meinertzhagen, I.A., PhD, DSc (St Andrews), Killam Professor in
Neuroscience, major appointment in Psychology. Visual system in flies,
Drosophilia, synapse formation, computer 3-D construction techniques,
circadian rhythms , cell lineage, neurons in ascidian tadpole larva,
evolution of all of these.
Biology O’Dor, R.K., PhD (UBC). Energy costs, marine animals, cephalopods,
planktonic bivalve larvae, Nautilus, squid, cuttlefish and octopus,
Location: Life Sciences Centre acoustic telemetry.
1355 Oxford Street Patriquin, D.G., MSc, PhD (McGill). Agroecology, seagrasses, nutrient
Halifax, NS B3H 4J1 cycling, Web literacy.
Telephone: (902) 494-3515 Pohajdak, B., MSc, PhD (Man). Molecular immunology, (NK) cells,
Fax: (902) 494-3736 tumors, cloning techniques, immunocontraception vaccines, transgenic
fish, insulin.
Chair Scheibling, R.E., BSc, PhD (McGill). Community ecology, marine rocky
MacRae, T.H. intertidal, subtidal zones, disturbance, succession, community
structure, larval settlement, benthic marine invertebrates, predator-
Graduate Coordinator prey interactions, behavioral ecology, population dynamics, sea
Whitehead, H. urchins.
Shaw, S.R., BSc (London), PhD (St Andrews), major appointment in
Graduate Admissions Psychology. Insect sensory neurobiology; nervous system evolution;
Walde, S. blood-brain barrier; visual and acoustic coding.
Stoltz, D.B., PhD (McMaster), major appointment in Microbiology.
Professors Emeriti Polydnaviruses; parasitism in insects; honeybee viruses.
Hall, B.K., PhD, DSc (UNE), FRSC, University Research Professor Walde, S.J., PhD (Calgary). Stream ecology, predator-prey interactions,
Emeritus arthropod populations, dispersal, competition.
McLaren, I.A., MSc (McGill), PhD (Yale), George S. Campbell Professor Wassersug, R.J., PhD (Chic), major appointment in Anatomy and
Emeritus. Copepod growth rules; population biology; copepods; birds; Neurobiology. Functional morphology; amphibian larvae; vertebrate
seals. adaptations; development; evolution.
Vining, L.C., MSc (Auck), PhD (Cantab), FRSC. Antibiotics, resistance, Whitehead, H., MA, PhD (Cambridge). Behaviour, ecology, population
biosynthesis, microorganisms, molecular mechanisms, biotechnology, biology of whales, social structure in vertebrates.
antibiotic production, secondary metabolism. Willison, J.H.M., PhD (Nottingham). Biodiversity conservation,
von Maltzhan, K.E., MS, PhD (Yale) biodiversity monitoring protocols, urban ecology, marine protected
areas, protected areas systems.
Professors Wright, J.M., PhD (Memorial). Gene expression, eukaryotic genomes,
Adamo, S., BSc (Toronto), PhD (McGill). Major appointment in genetics, fish cytogenetics.
Psychology. Insect and cephalopod behavioural physiology.
Bentzen, P., MSc (UBC), PhD (McGill) DFO Professor, Fisheries Resource Associate Professors
Conservation Genetics and Biotechnology. Population genetics, Adl, S.M., MSc (UBC), PhD (UBC, Paris-VI). Soil ecology, sustainable soil
conservation genetics, evolutionary genetics, fish ecology, fisheries management, microbial ecology, protistology, comparative cell
science. biology.
Croll, R., PhD (McGill), major appointment in Physiology/ Biophysics. Herbinger, C.M., PhD (Dal). Tree breeding, population, conservation and
Molluscan neurobiology, development and reproduction. quantitative genetics of aquatic organisms, aquaculture.
Fentress, J.C., PhD (Cantab), major appointment in Psychology. Behavior Latta, R., MSc (Toronto), PhD (Colorado). Ecology and Evolution of Plants.
in mammals, rodents, wolves. Spatial genetic structure of populations, migration and gene flow,
Freedman, B., MSc, PhD (Toronto). Pollution, disturbance, forest adaptation to local environments, natural selection.
harvesting, wildlife, biodiversity, conservation, urban ecology, Pinder, A. PhD (Mass), NSERC Research Fellow. Respiration, circulation,
ecologial carbon credits. metabolism in amphibians and fish, cardiovascular system, oxygen
Hutchings, J., MSc, PhD (Memorial). Evolutionary ecology of fishes, life transport, gas exchange, microcirculation, environmental physiology,
history evolution, salmonid fish, population biology, commercially amphibians, hypoxia, blood flow.
exploited fishes, reproductive strategies, marine conservation biology. Ruzzante, D.E., PhD (Dal). Associate Professor and CRC in Marine
Iverson, S.J., PhD (Maryland),WFA. Reproductive strategies in mammals, Conservation Genetics. Population and conservation genetics of
lactation and energetics lipid metabolism, fatty acids, diets in marine aquatic organisms. Adaptive radiation in fish.
mammals. Staicer, C.A., MSc (Northern Arizona), PhD (U Mass Amherst). Ecology
Johnston, M.O., PhD (Chic). Evolutionary genetics, plant evolution, plant and behaviour of birds, forest ecosystem and biodiversity monitoring.
ecology, mutations and evolution, molecular evolution, plant
reproduction, evolution of self-fertilization, inbreeding depression, Assistant Professors
speciation, floral development, sex allocation in hermaphroditic Bielawski, J.P., PhD (Texas A & M University). Adaptive molecular
animals. evolution, adaptation and diversification in prokaryotes, molecular
Lane, P.A., MSc (SUNY Binghamptom), PhD (SUNY Albany). phylogenetics, genomics, bioinformatics.
environment-economy interaction, ecosystem health, environmental Côté, P.D., BSc (Ottawa), PhD (McGill). Cellular neurobiology, molecular
management, sustainability in Cuba, water pollution, freshwater and genetics, neural development, retina maturation, synaptogenesis,
marine ecosystems, food web analysis. sodium channels.
Lee, R.W., MA (Mass), PhD (SUNY Stony Brook). Mitochondrial genetic Gunawardena, A., BSc (Srilanka), PhD (Oxford). Plant developmental
systems, green algae, Chlamydomonas,mitochondrial ribosomal RNA biology, plant cell biology, proogrammed cell death, caspases,
coding regions, mitochondrial gene sequences, mitochondrial ethylene.
ribosomes, recombination of mitochondrial DNA. Lotze, H.K., BSc (Gottingen), MSc, PhD (Kiel). Marine resources,
Leonard, M.L., PhD (Ottawa). Behavioral ecology, parent-offspring population and community ecology, human impacts, cumulative
interactions, conservation, avian communication and conservation. effects, ecosystem structure and functioning, biodiversity, ecological
MacRae, T.H., MSc, PhD (Windsor). Cell/molecular biology, small heat history, management and conservation.
shock protein, molecular chaperone, tubulin gene expression, gamma-
Biology 59
Romanuk, T.N., PhD (McMaster). Food web structure and function, B. PhD Degree Program
aquatic microcosms, stability, network theory, biodiversity.
Simpson, A.G.B., BSc, PhD (Sydney Australia). Early Eukaryote Evolution: Students without MSc degrees have the same course requirement as MSc
biodiversity and systematics of eukaryotic microbes (protists; students. Students with MSc degrees must take at least one full credit at
protozoa), sub-cellular morphology of protists, molecular the graduate level. Additional classes may be taken. Students are required
phylogenetics, genome evolution, classification. to demonstrate in an undergraduate biology class for one year, and must
Stone, S.L., BSc, PhD (York University). Plant development, molecular take an admission to candidacy exam in their first nine months.
biology, proteomics, ubiquitination, regulated proteolysis, molecular A preliminary examination including a review paper and thesis progress
genetics of seedling development, abiotic stress tolerance. report is required for all PhD students. Students must pass the preliminary
Worm, B., PhD (Kiel, Germany). Marine biodiversity science, biodiversity- examination at least one year before submitting a PhD thesis.
ecosystem linkages, marine conservation ecology, experimental
community ecology of rocky shores, fisheries ecology, human impacts A thesis reporting original research must be defended orally. Students are
on marine ecosystems. expected to participate in weekly departmental seminars.
Adjunct Professors Ancillary and Audit Classes

Barber, C., PhD (Queen’s), SMU At the discretion of the Supervisory Committee, Supervisor or ATC
Bowen, W.D., PhD (UBC), BIO examiners, a student may be directed to take for credit classes needed to
Bricelj, M., PhD (State U, New York), NRC make up deficiencies or acquire skills considered beneficial but of
Brown, L., BSc (McGill), MSc (Simon Fraser), PhD (UBC.) subsidiary importance. If these are undergraduate level classes they are
Campana, S.E., PhD (UBC), BIO designated as ancillary, to be passed with a minimum grade of D. They
Cone, D.K., MSc (Guelph), PhD (UNB), SMU must be reported to the Graduate Coordinator or Stream Chair at the
Dong, Z., PhD (Ottawa), SMU interview in September. They may not be used for graduate credit.
Douglas, S.E., MSc, PhD (Dal) Students may also elect or be required to audit classes relevant to their
Ewart, V., PhD (Memorial), NRC program. No credits are received for these. A maximum of one audit class
Hanson, M., BSc, MSc (Ottawa), PhD (McGill) is allowed for each year of the specified program (i.e. One for a 1-year
Hatcher, B.G., BSc, MSc (Dal), PhD (Aus), Marine ecosystem ecology, MSc, two for a 2-year MSc, etc.). Continuing Students may not audit.
Coral reef ecology, Tropical fisheries, Marine management. However, additional classes may always be audited if paid for with extra
Harrison, W.G., PhD (New York at Stony Brook) fees.
Johnson, S., BSc, MSc (Dal), PhD (Simon Fraser)
Kenchington, E., MSc (Dal), PhD (Tasmania), BIO III. Streams
Lall, S., BSc (India), MSc, PhD (Guelph) The graduate program in Biology is organized in three “streams”,
Lloyd, V., BSc, MSc (Geneva). PLD (UBC) representing broad subdivisions of the discipline. Each student must elect
Olivier, G., BSc, MSc, PhD (Montreal) to belong to one of these.
Platt, T.C., MA (Toronto), PhD (Dal), FRS, BIO
Ross, N., BSc, PhD (McGill) Stream A: Ecology and Evolution
Swain, D.P., PhD (UBC) Stream C: Cellular & Molecular Biology
Vessey, K., BSc, MSc (Dal), PhD (Queen’s) Stream D: Organismal Biology
Vezina, A., BSc (Laval), PhD (McGill)
Warman, P.R., BSc (Rutgers), MSc, PhD (Guelph) Class Selection
Witton, P.E., PhD (Hamburg) Classes with the extension.03 are half-credit classes. All others (sometimes
shown with the extension.06) are one-credit classes.
Adjunct Research Associates
Chapman, L., PhD (Hamburg) Some classes are given only in alternate years. Others are suspended due
Horn, A., BSc (Cornell), PhD (Univ. of Toronto) to sabbatical leaves but will resume when the staff return. All class
Weilgart, L., BA (Luther), MSc (Memorial), PhD (Dal) offerings are included in this listing so that students may plan their entire
class in their first year. Such planning is necessary because the Faculty of
Graduate Studies requires that a complete program be prepared for each
I. Admission student by October 15th in their first year.
The Biology Department has facilities for advanced study and research
leading to the MSc and PhD degrees.
IV. Required Classes for MSc Students
Candidates must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the
Faculty of Graduate Studies and normally a student will not be permitted BIOL 5700.03: Communication Skills.
to earn all three degrees (BSc, MSc, and PhD) at Dalhousie. All inquiries Scientists must be able to communicate with other scientists in a variety of
for admission to the graduate program should be addressed to Julie spoken and written formats. Communication with the public via the mass
Walker, Biology Department. media is increasingly important in many science jobs. Through realistic,
practical assignments students will be able to test and develop their
II. Degree Options communication skills. There will also be some consideration of other
aspects of the work of a biologist (e.g. ethics).
A. MSc Degree Program This class will be given mostly in the Fall term and is graded pass/fail.
Students are required to take at least two full credits at the graduate level NOTE: Required of all MSc students.
including Biology 5700.03 and Biology 5705.03; they may include graduate INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Iverson
classes from other departments or the Nova Scotia Agricultural College. FORMAT: Two hours/week 1:30 p.m. - 3:30 p.m. Fridays
Additional classes may be specified by supervisory committees.
BIOL 5705.03/5706.03: Graduate Module Classes.
Students are required to demonstrate in an undergraduate biology class All MSc students must complete a module class. All students choose from
for at least one year and must take an admission to candidacy examination the same set of modules. Three month-long modules (out of about 15-20)
during the first nine months. are required for each half credit. Students who have taken BIOL 5705.03
A thesis reporting original research must be submitted and defended may take BIOL 5706.03. Both classes are graded. Modules may also be
orally. offered at the Nova Scotia Agricultural College (NSAC) in Truro. Their
titles will be listed on the module bulletin board.
Students are expected to participate in weekly departmental seminars.
COORDINATOR: J.P. Bielawski
60 Biology
V. Summary of Class Offerings AGRI 5250: Soil Microbiology (MICR 4000)
AGRI 5450: Environmental Soil Chemistry (SOIL 4000)
Related to Stream A
AGRI 5620: Ruminant Digestive Physiology & Metabolism
BIOL 5033.03: Molecular Genetic Techniques in Ecology
(NUTR 4000)
BIOL 5042.03: Marine Conservation Genetics
AGRI 5630: Intermediate Statistical Methods (STAT 4000)
BIOL 5060.03: Environmental Ecology
AGRI 5750: Biotechnology (GENE 4003)
BIOL 5061.03: Experimental Design in Biology (not offered in 2006/07)
BIOL 5062.03: Analysis of Biological Data
BIOL 5063.03: Biological Modelling VI. Class Descriptions
BIOL 5065.03: Sustainability and Global Change
BIOL 5067.03: Ecology and Evolution of Fishes BIOL 5012.03: Advanced Laboratory in Biochemical
BIOL 5160.03: Political Ecology Techniques.
BIOL 5214.03: Physiology and Biochemistry of Marine Algae This class will consist of 3 laboratory modules (each of 4 weeks duration, 6
BIOL 5261.03: Communities and Ecosystems hours per week) organized collaboratively by the departments of
BIOL 5616.03: Ecosystem Analysis Biochemistry, Biology and Microbiology. A choice of modules will be
BIOL 5651.03: Marine Mammalogy offered in 3 sections covering techniques used in the study of molecular
biology, protein structure-function, and specific metabolic processes.
Related to Stream C Graduate students may select their 3 modules from any section or sections,
BIOL 5012.03: Advanced Laboratory in Biochemical Techniques subject to availability of space. This class is open to senior undergraduate
BIOL 5020.03: Comparative Cell Biology students and the number of places in the class is limited. If necessary,
BIOL 5044.03: Genetics in Ecology priority for enrollment will be given to undergraduate students for whom
BIOL 5101.03: Industrial Microbiology and Biochemistry this is a required class for their degree program. Students may not
BIOL 5105.03: Medical Biotechnology I necessarily be assigned to the modules of their first choice but every effort
BIOL 5610.06: Advanced Laboratory in Biochemical Techniques will be made to accommodate those needing the techniques provided in a
Related to Stream D specific module or who have to meet distribution requirements among the
BIOL 5070.03: Advanced Topics in Animal Physiology three sections.
BIOL 5074.03: Introduction to Animal Nutrition Students must obtain a class outline from the Biochemistry Office prior to
BIOL 5075.03: Nutrition in Aquaculture registration and return the module selection form at least 2 hours prior to
BIOL 5101.03: Industrial Microbiology and Biochemistry the organizational meeting, the date of which will be indicated in the
BIOL 5103.03: Infectious Diseases of Aquatic Organisms Registration Timetable.
BIOL 5105.03: Medical Biotechnology I COORDINATOR: H.-S. Ro
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Ro and J.M. Wright
The following graduate classes are normally given at the Nova Scotia FORMAT: Laboratory, approximately 72 hours total
Agricultural College. Phone Jill Rogers (1 (902) 893-6360) for more CROSS-LISTING: BIOC 4603.03/5603.03, BIOL 4012.03, MICI 4601.03/
information. 5601.03
Regular Classes BIOL 5033.03: Molecular Genetic Techniques in

AGRI 5270: Economic Entomology Ecology.
AGRI 5350: Animal Research Methods This course provides training in methods of DNA analysis applicable to
AGRI 5360: Protein Nutrition ecological and behavioral studies. Techniques covered include DNA
AGRI 5380: Quantitative Genetics isolation, gel electrophoresis, PCR, DNA sequencing, and microsatellite
AGRI 5390: Molecular Genetic Analysis of Populations and amplified fragment polymorphism (AFLP) analysis. In addition to
AGRI 5520: Plant Breeding Methods pre-planned exercises aimed at building skills in basic techniques, student
AGRI 5530: Nitrogen in Crop Production will also do a mini-research project.
AGRI 5560: Advanced Crop Physiology FORMAT: Lab
AGRI 5700: Communication Skills & Graduate Seminar PREREQUISITE: Molecular Ecology or Marine Conservation Genetics
AGRI 5705: Module Class II
AGRI 5710: Module Class BIOL 5042.03: Marine Conservation Genetics.
AGRI 5720: Applied Statistics & Experimental Design for Agriculture This class will introduce students to current approaches to understanding
AGRI 5740: Advanced Studies in Food Chemistry genetic structure and phyloegraphy of aquatic organisms with emphasis
AGRI 9000: Graduate Thesis on marine species. Attention will be given to problems in interpreting
structure and its biological significance, and on current efforts to
Special Topic Classes disentangle the roles of gene flow, selection and historical contingency.
AGRI 5210: Special Topics in Environmental Microbiology NOTE: Graduate students will do an essay not required of undergraduate
AGRI 5220: Special Topics in Weed Science students (BIOL 4042)
AGRI 5240: Special Topics in Environmental Impact INSTRUCTOR(S): Bentzen, Dr. P., Ruzzante, Dr. D.
AGRI 5260: Special Topics in Plant Pathology FORMAT: Lectures, student presentations, group discussions, 3 hours
AGRI 5310: Special Topics in Applied Ethology PREREQUISITE: BIOL 2060, BIOL 2030 or BIOC 2030
AGRI 5340: Special Topics in Animal Physiology CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 4042
AGRI 5370: Special Topics in Animal Breeding and Genetics
AGRI 5410: Special Topics in Soil Fertility BIOL 5044.03: Genetics in Ecology.
AGRI 5430: Special Topics in Environmental Analysis The interface between heritable variation among living things (genetics)
AGRI 5440: Organic Environmental Analysis (CS420) and their interactions with their environment (ecology) is the fundamental
AGRI 5460: Special Topics in Soil and Water Management crucible of adaptive evolutionary change. This class will present an
AGRI 5470: Special Topics in Analytical Instrumentation for Researchers advanced examination of genetic variation in ecologically important traits.
AGRI 5510: Special Topics in Plant Breeding Both single gene and continuously varying (quantitative) traits will be
AGRI 5540: Special Topics in Crop Physiology examined.
AGRI 5570: Special Topics in Agricultural Biotechnology INSTRUCTOR(S): R.G. Latta
AGRI 5610: Special Topics in Animal Product Technology FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
PREREQUISITE: BIOL 3041.03 and STAT 2080.03
Cross-Referenced Classes CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 4044.03
Cross references with undergraduate classes are shown in
brackets ( ).
Biology 61
BIOL 5060.03: Environmental Ecology. BIOL 5101.03: Industrial Microbiology and
Various topics within the field of Environmental Ecology are discussed. Biochemistry.
Emphasis is on the organism and/or ecosystem effects of forestry practices A lecture and assignment class on the chemical, physical and biological
and other types of land management, including recreation. The effects of aspect, of industrial processes. Assignments include problem-solving,
various types of pollutants, including acid precipitation, oil spills, heavy proposal and report writing, and oral presentations.
metals, sulphur dioxide, and chemical pesticides will be considered. The INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Silver
class format is discussion-type seminars plus presentations by students. FORMAT: Lecture/seminar 2 hours
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Freedman
FORMAT: Lecture/tutorial, 3 hours BIOL 5103.03: Infectious Diseases of Aquatic
PREREQUISITE: None Organisms.
CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 3060.03
This class will examine a variety of pathogens (viral, bacterial, fungal and
BIOL 5061.03: Experimental Design in Biology. protozoan) with emphasis on disease prevalence, diagnosis, control and
pathogen identification. Immune systems of invertebrates and vertebrates
The purpose of this class is to introduce students who have previously
will be discussed in relation to disease.
taken formal classes in statistics to the practice and pitfalls of experimental
design and data analysis in Biology. Using many real examples, especially
from the ecological literature, we will show how experiments should be
designed and analyzed in different situations, with emphasis on potential BIOL 5105.03: Medical Biotechnology I.
problems and how they may be overcome
This class covers the fundamental principles of biotechnology from a
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Scheibling
medical perspective. Topics covered will include: recombinant DNA
FORMAT: Lecture, 3 hours
technology, polymerase-chain reaction based applications,
immunochemical techniques and applications, cell and tissue culture, and
BIOL 5065.03: Sustainability and Global Change. business and legal aspects of biotechnology.
INSTRUCTOR(S): M.J. Dobson
Sustainability Development has become a universal concept embraced by
FORMAT: Lecture, discussions and presentations
both the North and South. This class examines how it has been used in
PREREQUISITE: BIOC 3200.03, 3300.03, and 3400.03 and MICI 3115.03 or
various applications and its central role in development thinking in a
consent of instructor
world undergoing rapid change.
CROSS-LISTING: BIOC 4501.03
INSTRUCTOR(S): Lane, Patricia A.
FORMAT: 3 hr lecture and discussion, Web CT BIOL 5160.03: Political Ecology.
PREREQUISITE: One 3000 level Ecology or IDS class or permission of
Political ecology examines the politics, in the broadest sense of the word,
instructor
of the environment. How do existing and planned policies affect the use of
environment by society? Political ecology does not center on specific
BIOL 5067.03: Ecology and Evolution of Fishes. policies or political processes or ideologies; it considers an array of broad
political, and socio-economic forces that shape the human relationship to
This class will examine selected topics on the ecology and evolution of
the environment. These forces are multiple and interact in complex ways.
marine and freshwater fishes. Topics shall include systematics,
morphology, evolutionary ecology, behavior, life history strategies,
FORMAT: 3 hr Discussion + Web CT
population biology, and fisheries management.
PREREQUISITE: One 3000-level class in Ecology or IDS or consent of
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Hutchings
instructor
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab 2.5 hours
PREREQUISITE: BIOL 2001.03, BIOL 2060.03
CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 3067.03 BIOL 5214.03: Physiology and Biochemistry of Marine
BIOL 5070.03: Advanced Topics in Animal Algae.
Physiology. Algae are examined in terms of their major processes and products with
attention directed toward the influence of environmental factors, such as
Whereas the introductory animal physiology classes emphasize common
light, nutrition and temperature. The taxonomic classes are compared by
principles, this class emphasizes the diversity of physiological solutions to
means of pigment composition, nitrogenous compounds, reserve products
common problems among animals. A different problem is chosen each
and cell wall structure. Students will be expected to search the literature
year and each student presents two seminars reviewing the literature of
on specific topics and present verbal or written reports.
particular animals’ solutions. The student also writes a short term paper
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Cembella and J.S. Craigie
base don one of their presentations.
FORMAT: Lecture, 2 hours
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Pindor, R.K. O’Dor
FORMAT: Lecture, 2 hours; open lab BIOL 5261.03: Communities and Ecosystems.
PREREQUISITE: Classes in organic chemistry, general biochemistry,
This Web CT class is divided into two parts. The first deals with the
physiology and plant biology normally necessary. Permission of
history and theory of natural communities and ecosystems. The second
instructor required
covers human interactions with ecosystems, ecosystem health, ecosystem
integrity, environmental assessment, environmental management
BIOL 5074.03: Introduction to Animal Nutrition. planning, ecological footprint, and related applied ecosystem issues.
Subject matter will include an introduction to the history of nutritional
FORMAT: 3 hr lecture + Web CT
sciences, nutrition research techniques, and focus on lipid, carbohydrate
PREREQUISITE: Introductory Ecology or IDS, or permission of instructor
and protein requirements. Topics also will include livestock and
companion animal nutritional needs as well as those of a few exotics.
INSTRUCTOR(S): N. McAllister-Irwin BIOL 5610X/Y.06: Scientific Writing and Advanced
PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor
Laboratory in Biochemical Techniques.
This class will consist of a series of laboratory modules (3 modules each of
4 weeks’ duration, 1 day per week or 72 hours in total with limited
flexibility to accommodate the need to attend other classes) and tutorials
with computer-based assignments designed to teach scientific writing
techniques (9 hours in total). The class is organized collaboratively by the
62 Biology
Departments of Biochemistry & Molecular Biology, Biology, and BIOL 5813.03: Special Topic in Environmental
Microbiology & Immunology. Several lab modules will be offered in 3 Biology.
sections covering techniques used in the study of molecular biology,
protein structure-function, and specific metabolic processes. Students in BIOL 5814.03: Special Topic in Evolutionary Biology.
concentrated Honors Biochemistry must complete 1 module from each
section. Students in combined Honors with Biochemistry may select their BIOL 5815.03: Special Topic in Fish Biology.
three modules from any section or sections, subject to availability of space.
Students must obtain a class outline from the Biochemistry & Molecular BIOL 5816.03: Special Topic in Functional
Biology Department office prior to registration and return the module Morphology.
selection form at least 24 hours prior to the organizational meeting, the
date of which will be indicated in the Registration Timetable. BIOL 5817.03: Special Topic in Genetics.
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed BIOL 5818.03: Special Topic in History of Biology.
consecutively.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Faculty members of the departments of Biochemistry & BIOL 5819.03: Special Topic in Industrial
Molecular Biology, Biology, and Microbiology & Immunology. Microbiology.
assignments. BIOL 5820.03: Special Topic in Limnology.
CROSS-LISTING: BIOC 4610.06, BIOC 5610.06. BIOL 4013X/Y.06, MICI
4610X/Y.06, MICI 5610X/Y.06 BIOL 5821.03: Special Topic in Marine Biology.
BIOL 5701.03: Communication Assignment. BIOL 5822.03: Special Topic in Marine Ecology.
This class is for first year PhD’s who have already completed BIOL 5700C,
and others by special permission. Permission to register in this class must BIOL 5823.03: Special Topic in Marine Microbiology.
be obtained by October 15th.
Assignments appropriate to the student’s background and interests will be BIOL 5824.03: Special Topic in Microbiology.
organized to further develop communication skills.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Iverson BIOL 5825.03/5925.06: Special Topic in Molecular
Biology.
VII.Special Topics Classes
BIOL 5826.03: Special Topic in Philosophy of Biology.
BIOL 5800-5899: Special Topics and Projects in
Biology. BIOL 5827.03: Special Topic in Phycology.
A suitable combination of directed reading, seminars, written
BIOL 5828.03: Special Topic in Plant Biology.
assignments, individual study and discussion or laboratory projects in a
prescribed area. Classes are organized and scheduled by appropriate BIOL 5829.03: Special Topic in Plant Ecology.
faculty, Adjunct Professors or Honorary Research Associates when
requested by interested students. Students should approach potential BIOL 5830.03: Special Topic in Plant Physiology.
instructors directly with their requests. Each separate topic must be
approved by the Graduate Coordinator and is not normally given for BIOL 5831.03: Special Topic in Plant Science.
students taking a class from their research supervisor. Approval must be
requested by the instructor in writing and must have been received before BIOL 5832.03: Special Topic in Population Biology.
October 1. A class description is required before approval can be given.
Classes may be worth a half or full credit, depending upon duration and BIOL 5833.03: Special Topic in Zoology.
content.
PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor BIOL 9000.00: MSc Thesis.
BIOL 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
BIOL 5801.03: Special Topic in Agricultural Biology.
BIOL 5802.03: Special Topic in Animal Behaviour.
BIOL 5803.03: Special Topic in Animal Physiology.
BIOL 5804.03: Special Topic in Animal Science.
BIOL 5805.03: Special Topic in Aquaculture.
BIOL 5806.03: Special Topic in Biochemistry.
BIOL 5807.03: Special Topic in Biological Education.
BIOL 5808.03: Special Topic in Biomathematics.
BIOL 5809.03: Special Topic in Biostatistics.
BIOL 5810.03: Special Topic in Cell Biology.
BIOL 5811.03: Special Topics in Development
Biology.
BIOL 5812.03: Special Topic in Ecology.
Biology 63
Chair in Dept of Medicine (Division of Neurology), cross-appointment
to Dept of Chemistry.
Filiaggi, M., PhD (Toronto) Biomaterials for orthopaedic and dental
applications; synthesis of bioceramic scaffolds and coatings; bone
regeneration and replacement. Primary appointment in Applied Oral
Biomedical Engineering Sciences.
Ghanem, A., PhD (Cornell). Cell biomaterial interactions, biodegradable
Location: Room 5194 biopolymers for tissue engineering and drug delivery, cell culture
Dentistry Building models for in vitro toxicology. Primary appointment in Chemical
5981 University Avenue Engineering.
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5 Gratzer, P., PhD (Toronto). Tissue engineering. Developing scaffolds for
Telephone: (902) 494-3427 tissue regeneration (e.g. blood vessels, ligaments) using naturally
Fax: (902) 494-6621 derived materials (collagen and elastin). Primary appointment in
Email: BME@Dal.ca School of Biomedical Engineering.
Website: http://bme.medicine.dal.ca/ Gu, J., PhD (Alberta). Medical robotic devices and applications; artificial
eye implant control; rehabilitation assistive device design and
Interim Director applications; sensor fusion in mobile robot. Primary appointment in
Kozey, C.L. Electrical & Computer Engineering.
Horne, G., MD (London), PhD (Calgary). Septal mechanics in heart failure.
Graduate Coordinator Non-invasive functional myocardial imaging (echocardiography, MRI,
French, A.S. scintigraphy), somatic cell gene therapy for myocardial repair. Primary
appointment in Medicine.
Professors Maksym, G., PhD (McGill). Magnetic bead micromanipulation for
Bance, M., MB, ChB (Manchester, England), MSc (Toronto), FRCS (C) stimulation and measurement of the cytoskeletal mechanics of the cell;
(Canada). Middle ear mechanics, measuring minute vibrations of structure-function of airway smooth muscle cells in asthma. Primary
middle ear structures, hearing reconstruction mechanics, design of appointment in School of Biomedical Engineering.
prosthesis for hearing reconstruction, transfer function of normal and Price, R.B., PhD (Malmo, Sweden), DDS (Dalhousie University).
diseased middle ears, finite element modelling of middle ear (in Photopolymerization of dental resins, hardness testing, cytotoxicity of
conjunction with Dr. Robert Funnel at McGill University). Primary dental resins, light emitting diode (LED) dental curing lights, optical
appointment in Division of Otolaryngology, Faculty of Medicine. testing of dental curing lights, mechanical testing of dental materials.
Clements, J.C., PhD (Toronto). Optimal control theory applied to Primary Appointment in Dentistry.
electrocardiography, electrophysiological imaging, reaction-diffusion Russell, K.A., MSc, Diploma Orthodontics (Toronto), DDS (Dalhousie
modeling in synaptic transmission at neuromuscular junctions. University). (I) 3-D assessment of cleft lip and palate repair: facial
Primary appointment in Mathematics & Statistics. morphometric studies and evaluation of bonegrafting and orthodontic
Fine, A., PhD (Univ. of Pennsylvania) VetMD (Univ. of Pennsylvania). results (II) material properties of orthodontic wire/bracket systems and
Synaptic function and plasticity in the brain. Brain networks elatomers. Primary Appointment in Dentistry.
underlying sensation and memory. Advanced optical methods for
imaging neural structure and function. Primary appointment in Assistant Professors
Physiology and Biophysics. Dunbar, M., PhD (Lund), MD (Dalhousie). Joint biomechanics and
French, A., PhD (Essex). Information encoding and processing by sensory kinematics. Development of Radiostereometric Analysis and Gait
neurons, mechanotransduction, nonlinear systems analysis and ion Analysis for Prediction of hip and knee arthroplasty failure.
channel biophysics. Primary appointment in Physiology and Development of Gait Laboratory surrogates for clinical assessment of
Biophysics. orthopaedic patients. Primary appointment in Surgery, Division of
Gregson, P., PEng, PhD (TUNS). Image processing; computer vision; Orthopaedics.
computer-assisted pathology detection, localization and quantification Glazebrook, M., PhD, MD (Dalhousie). Clincal: Reconstructive foot and
in diagnostic imaging. Primary appointment in Electrical and ankle surgery outcomes. Tendon biology, mechanics and overuse.
Computer Engineering. Primary appointment in Surgery, Division of Orthopaedics.
Horacek, M., PhD (Dal). Quantitative cardiac electrophysiology; body Gonzalez-Cueto, J., PhD (UNB). Biological signal processing,
surface potential mapping; the inverse problem in electrocardiology electromyography (EMG), somatosensory nerve evoked potentials,
and magnetocardiology. Primary appointment in Physiology and conduction studies, carpal tunnel syndrome, detection, estimation and
Biophysics. classification of signal parameters. Primary appointment in
Kirby, L., MD (Dal). The design, safety and performance of assistive Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering.
technology for people with physical disabilities. In particular, Kozey, J., PhD (TUNS). Occupational biomechanics and workstation
wheelchairs, walking aids and artificial limbs. Primary appointment in design with emphasis on accessibility, reach and anthropometry. The
Division of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, Faculty of Medicine. projects require the use of a variety of human motion analysis
Kozey, C., PhD (Dalhousie). Classification of neuromuscular control techniques. Primary appointment in Health and Human Performance.
patterns associated with normal movement and movement in the Wells, S.M. PhD (Toronto). Structural-mechanical relations in biopolymers
presence of pathology and/pain. These studies involve the use of such as elastin and collagen are examined in order to determine the
electromyography, and other sensors to measure muscle function and underlying mechanism(s) of elasticity of these materials-and thereby to
motion parameters. Primary appointment in the School of understand the functioning of the arteries, ligaments, skin etc. which
Physiotherapy. they make up. As well, research examines the structural remodeling of
Lee, J. M., PhD (Western). Bioprosthetic heart valves and vascular grafts, these structures during development and maturation: from fetal to
intravascular stents, biopolymers, tissue mechanics, developmental adult life. Primary appointment in Physics and Atmospheric Science,
changes in cardiovascular system. Primary appointment in Applied Faculty of Science.
Oral Sciences.
Weaver, D.F., MD (Queen’s), PhD (Queen’s). Computer-aided design and
development of new chemical entities as potential drugs for people
with neurologic diseases. In particular, epilepsy, Alzheimer’s and
general anaesthesia. Primary appointment as Tier 1 Canada Research
64 Biomedical Engineering
Adjunct Professors 3. 4-year BSc in the biological sciences (e.g. Physiology, Biophysics,
The following researchers are also eligible to supervise graduate students Biochemistry, Microbiology, Immunology, etc.) with research
in the School of Biomedical Engineering: experience**
Bowen, C.V., PhD (Western). Magnetic resonance imaging physics and 4. MD, DVM, DDS, or equivalent
engineering. Research activities in cellular and molecular imaging with In cases (3) and (4) above, additional undergraduate coursework may be
development of methods for mapping cellular migration patterns and required prior to entry into the program. This will depend on the nature of
molecular processes using iron-oxide contrast agents. Applications in the research thesis to be undertaken and the requirements will be
cellular therapy for regenerative medicine and immunology agents. developed in consultation with the school; however, a minimum of 2nd
Applications in cellular therapy for regenerative medicine and year undergraduate calculus (equivalent to Dalhousie University’s MATH
immunology research. Also involved in the development of functional 2001.03 and MATH 2002.03) plus linear algebra and/or statistics, and one
MRI techniques for mapping brain activity. Primary appointment at year of physics and chemistry will normally be required. **Qualifications
the Institute for Biodiagnostics (Atlantic) - NRC. for research experience include: a research thesis, senior research project,
Deluzio, K., PhD (Queen's). Gait assessment in osteoarthritis and or equivalent work experience determined in consultation with the School
prosthetic joint replacement, joint kinematics and wear simulation, of Biomedical Engineering.
signal analysis. Primary appointment in Department of Mechanical
and Materials Engineering, Queen’s University. A minimum mid-B average during the student’s undergraduate
DeMont, E., PhD (UBC). Structure and function of natural biomaterials, coursework (with a minimum average of A- over the last two years) will
muscle function in locomotion. Primary appointment in Biology, St. be required, plus demonstrated ability to communicate and write in
Francis Xavier University. English (consistent with the entry requirements of the Faculty of Graduate
Labow, R., PhD (University of Michigan). The main focus of her research is Studies, e.g. TOEFL>>600).
understanding the mechanisms of cell-material interaction. Primary
appointment in Department Surgery, University of Ottawa Heart GRE Aptitude and Advanced scores in one of the sciences are
Institute. recommended for all applicants whose undergraduate work has been
Lovely, D., PhD (Strathclyde). Myoelectric control systems, completed outside Canada.
electrophysiological instrumentation, digital signal processing for
signal enhancement (cardiac), computer interface aids for B. PhD Program
handicapped. Primary appointment in Institute of Biomedical Students will be accepted into the PhD program from a Masters degree
Engineering at the University of New Brunswick. from an accredited program. Transfer from the MASc program will only
McDuffee, L., D.V.M. (Colorado State University), Ph.D. (University of be considered for exceptional students who have completed at least 5 half-
California, Davis) Diplomate, ACVS (American College of Veterinary credit classes and passed a PhD Transfer Examination.
Surgeons). Orthopaedic research including: (i) investigation of fracture
biomechanics, fracture stabilization techniques, and bone healing; (ii) Financial Support
development of new orthopaedic implants; (iii) bone healing A minimum stipend of $17,500 is available for graduates. Normally,
investigations involving osteoblasts from osteogentic tissue. Emphasis students who are accepted are supported financially either by external
on the equine species. Primary appointment in the Atlantic Veterinary sources or Dalhousie scholarships. Additional financing is available for
College, University of Prince Edward Island. students with external scholarships. Applications should be made early,
Roscoe, S., PhD (McGill). Prostheses and medical implant devices. preferably by April 1 at the latest.
Electrochemical techniques to examine the adsorption and interfacial
behaviour of proteins. Primary appointment in Chemistry, Acadia III. Degree Requirements
University.
A. MASc Program
I. Introduction 1. At least a total of six half-credit classes (three full credits) to be chosen
The School of Biomedical Engineering is a collaborative effort of the in consultation with a school advisor. It is expected that a minimum of
Faculty of Medicine and the Faculty of Engineering. four of these classes will be taken from the suite of 5000-level classes
offered by the School of Biomedical Engineering. In addition, students
The interdisciplinary research within the School of Biomedical whose preparation in a particular area is deficient may be required to
Engineering at Dalhousie University is concentrated in three thrust areas: complete appropriate classes.
(i) Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering, (ii) Biosignals and Physiological 2. Attendance and participation in the BME seminar program.
Modelling, and (iii) Human Dynamics and Rehabilitation Engineering. 3. A research thesis representing original work by the student will be
Other significant research efforts in biomedical engineering at Dalhousie carried out under the supervision (or co-supervision) of a faculty
include work in kinesiology and gait, instrumentation, cardiac, member of the School of Biomedical Engineering who is also a member
orthopaedic and cellular mechanics, auditory and vestibular function, of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. This thesis will normally be 75-100
robotics, and rational drug design. pages in length exclusive of figures, tables, references, etc. Where the
The program offers both a Master of Applied Science (MASc) degree and a student’s principal research supervisor is not appointed in the School
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degree in Biomedical Engineering. of BME, a co-supervisor from within the school will be named on the
advice of the school’s Graduate Studies Coordinator in order to ensure
that the thesis contains sufficient Biomedical Engineering content. The
II. Admission student must also undertake a satisfactory oral defense of the research
Candidates must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the thesis.
Faculty of Graduate Studies. In addition to the Faculty of Graduate
Studies requirements, the School of Biomedical Engineering has the B. PhD Program
following requirements for the MASc and PhD programs. Students must 1. Normally four half credit classes.
maintain a 3.70 or A- GPA to be considered for admission. 2. Attendance and participation in the SBME Seminar Program.
3. Successful completion of a PhD Candidacy Examination.
A. MASc Program 4. Successful completion and examination of a PhD research thesis.
Students will be accepted into the MASc program from: 5. Presentation of research work at one or more national or international
1. BEng or BASc from an accredited undergraduate engineering program conferences.
2. 4-year BSc in the physical sciences (e.g. Mathematics, Physics, 6. Submission or publication of at least one research paper in a refereed
Chemistry, etc.) with research experience** journal.
Biomedical Engineering 65
IV. Supervisory Committees devices, including thrombosis, wound-healing, cytotoxicity, and
immunological responses;
Each student will have a supervisory committee consisting of their thesis
(ii) materials degradation including corrosion, dissolution, swelling/
supervisor plus two faculty members appointed to the Faculty of
leaching, surface chemistry, etc.; (iii) case studies of materials and device
Graduate Studies, of whom one must be a member of the School of
design including: heart valves, total hip prostheses, dental restorative
Biomedical Engineering, and one will ordinarily not be a member of the
materials, total artificial heart, burn dressings and hemodialysis systems.
School of Biomedical Engineering. The supervising committee will meet at
The class will be evaluated by three literature criticism sessions, a research
least twice a year (including September following admission) or when
paper and coupled class presentation, one mid-term test and a final exam.
called by any member of this committee or the student.
BMNG 5120.03: Biomechanics in Physiology and
V. Class Descriptions Surgical Implant Design.
This class deals with: (i) solid and fluid mechanical analysis of biological
BMNG 5010.03: Introductory Physiology for tissues and organs, and (ii) use of mechanical engineering techniques in
Biomedical Engineering. the design of implantable medical devices, e.g. heart valves, vascular
A survey of the physiology of human organ systems including the grafts, ligament replacements, total artificial heart, and total hip or knee
nervous, cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, gastrointestinal and endocrine replacements. Topics to be covered include cell structure and mechano-
systems. Some emphasis will be placed on engineering principles, electrical function, blood flow, arterial mechanics, bone structure and
including biomechanics, bioelectricity, dynamic systems and control mechanics, mechanics and tribology of artificial joints, muscle mechanics,
theory, where appropriate. pulmonary functions, fundamentals of gait and mobility aids. Guest
lecturers from clinical sciences will help to develop the practical context of
BMNG 5020.03: Cell Biology for Biomedical biomechanical engineering problems.
Engineering. EXCLUSION: MECH 4650.03
This course provides an introduction to eukaryotic cell structure and
function for engineering and physical science students who do not have a
BMNG 5130.03: Biomechanics of Human Gait.
strong biological background. Topics include: cell structure, organelles, An overview of the research in biomechanics of human motion with
DNA, RNA, transcription and translation, protein production and particular focus on gait analysis. Topics include measuring and analysis
processing, secretion, cytoskeleton, molecular motors, extracellular techniques, biomechanical modelling, and data analysis techniques.
matrix, membrane transport, cell-cell communication, and cell division. Applications include the study of normal, able-bodied gait, and the
Some emphasis will be placed on excitable cells, synaptic communication evaluation of gait pattern changes associated with osteoarthritis, and total
and muscle contraction. knee replacement.
BMNG 5030.03: Pathobiology for Biomedical BMNG 5140.03: Principles of Biomolecular & Drug
Engineering. Molecule Design.
This class deals with basic pathological processes and general mechanisms An introductory course in biomolecular design, drug design and
of disease that are relevant to Biomedical Engineering. These topics medicinal chemistry. Students are taught how to identify and formulate
include: (1) cell injury and adaption, (2) inflammation, repair and wound the design problem and they are provided with the conceptual and factual
healing, (3) fluid and hemodynamic alterations, (4) diseases of immunity, tools necessary to tackle the design problem and to design a new chemical
(5) neoplasia, (6) nutritional and environmental pathology, and (7) entity as a putative therapeutic.
arteriosclerosis. Each of these topics will be covered through guided INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Weaver
readings followed by discussion in small group sessions. Although CROSS-LISTING: CHEM 5601.03
focusing primarily on disease processes, the course will also include BMNG 5150.03: Introduction to Tissue Engineering.
sessions on the structure of bone, skin and blood vessels, as a basic
Tissue engineering is a recent and fast-growing field which encompasses
understanding of these tissues is fundamental to many areas of BME
and unites biology, chemistry, medical sciences and engineering to design
research. The final session will deal with the appropriate use of animal
and fabricate systems to replace tissues and organs. Topics will include
models to study human disease processes. Enrolment is limited to 6
tissue engineering scaffolds, cell incorporation (selection and culture), in
students; permission of instructor is required.
vivo versus in vitro constructs, and applications of tissue engineering.
BMNG 5040.03: Introduction to Biomedical
BMNG 5160.03: Bioengineering in Orthopaedics and
Engineering.
Dentistry.
Biomedical Engineering includes both: (i) design of devices,
Orthopaedics and dentistry dominate the medical device market,
instrumentation, or processes for clinical use, and (ii) the application of
providing some conspicuous examples of successful biomaterials
engineering science and technology to the solution of problems in
engineering. This course will explore a number of biological and
biological systems. This class will explore both these avenues with an
engineering considerations that arise in the design and development of
emphasis on the distinctions between scientific and engineering
implants for skeletal tissue replacement or regeneration, with an emphasis
approaches to research and development. Topics include: the history of
on bone/implant interactions.
biomedical engineering, problem solving in the real world, defining
design objectives, problem formulation and specification, experimental BMNG 5210.03: Biomedical Instrumentation, Data
design and instrumentation, approaches to equipment design, statistical
principles for measurement and quality control, optimization principles,
Acquisition and Analysis.
economic considerations and impact of technology on medicine, safety This hands-on course is an introduction to computer-based acquisition
and regulatory concerns, ethical concerns in animal and human and analysis of physiological signals as relevant to Biomedical
experimentation, and grant application writing. Wherever possible, actual Engineering. In an integrated series of lectures and laboratory projects,
case studies will be used as examples wherein the above principles have students will use A/D, D/A, and serial techniques to acquire real and
(or have not) been successfully applied. simulated data from a variety of sensors (e.g. electrocardiograms, muscle
activity, pressure, flow and images) and to control actuators. Issues such
BMNG 5110.03: Biocompatibility and Biomaterials as sampling, aliasing, filtering and image analysis will be examined.
Design. Course & lab times may be changed to suit student schedules. Enrolment
limited to 14 students.
This class deals with the scientific basis of biocompatibility (host and
PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor
materials responses in biomaterials) and its application to intelligent
design of biomaterials for implantable systems. The class will be divided
into thirds: (i) cellular, tissue-level, and systemic responses to implanted
66 Biomedical Engineering
BMNG 5220.03: Mathematical Analysis of Dynamic
Biological Systems.
This class is concerned with the construction, analysis and interpretation
of mathematical models of dynamical biological systems. Topics covered
will include neural networks, electro-biology, epidemiology and the
transmission of HIV, the morphology of complex biological and chemical
systems, and pattern formation in morphogenesis.
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 5290.03
Business Administration
BMNG 5230.03: Biomedical Signal Analysis and Location: MBA Program
modelling. Kenneth C. Rowe Building
School of Business Administration
This course is directed at the student interested in the analysis of
6100 University Ave Room 2086
physiological signals and modeling of physiological systems using
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5
mathematical methods. It is ideally paired with Biomedical
Telephone: (902) 494-1814
instrumentation which in the spring term covers data acquisition and
Fax: (902) 494-7154
transducer instrumentation through programming in Labview. In this
Toll-free in N.A.1-888-432-5622
course the focus will be on analysis of physiological signals using
Engineering signal analysis approaches.
PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor The School of Business Administration offers a curriculum of
undergraduate and graduate studies designed to equip students to serve
BMNG 5250.03: Bioelectricity: A Quantitative the community in business, government, and the professions.
Approach. Graduates in good standing in any discipline can apply to enter the
An introductory electrophysiology class, following a quantitative graduate program leading to the degree of Master of Business
approach based on the general principles established in physics and Administration.
engineering. The core material covers nonlinear membrane properties of
excitable cells that produce action potentials, propagation of action Director of the School
potentials in one-, two-, and three-dimensional excitable media, the Klapstein, R.E., BA (Alberta), BSc (Calgary), CMA, MBA, LLB (Dal), LLM
response of excitable media to artificial stimuli, and the electromagnetic (Osgoode Hall),
field that the active bioelectric sources produce in the surrounding
extracellular space. Applications to the study of neural and cardiac
Professors Emeriti
electrophysiology will be discussed in detail. George, R.E., BSc (London), MS (Bristol), PhD (London)
Parker, J.R.E., BComm (Dal), MBA (Wash), CPhil (Mich), FCA
BMNG 5260.03: Diagnostic Imaging and Radiation Professors
Biology. Brooks, M.R. BOT (McGill), MBA (Dal), PhD (Wales)
This class will discuss the basics of current medical imaging modalities Carroll, R., BBA, BEd (StFX), MBA, PhD (Dal), FCGA
including the mathematical foundations of image processing, and image Conrod, J.E.D., BComm (Dal), MBA (Toronto), FCA
reconstruction from projections; imaging with ionizing radiation covering Cross, M., AA (Dawson College), BA (Hons.) (Montana), MA (SFU), PhD
aspects of radiation physics and detectors, X-ray CT, SPECT and PET; (Texas A & M)
magnetic resonance imaging methods and techniques; and ultrasound Duffy, J.F., BS, MS, PhD (Iowa).
imaging including propagation, scattering and image formation. Students Fooladi, I., BS (Iran), MA (Tehran), MS, PhD (Oregon).
will be working with real images from real, currently-used equipment MacLean, L.C., BA, BEd (StFX), MA, PhD (Dal)
provided by the Computer Vision and Image Processing Lab, Department Mealiea, L.W., BA, MBA (Rutgers), PhD (Mass)
of Electrical & Computer Engineering, Dalhousie, and through the McNiven, J.D., BA, MA, PhD (Mich).
internet. Oppong, A., BSc (Ghana), MBA (Chicago), PhD (Iowa), CGA
Rosson, P.J., DipMS (Salford), MA (Lancaster), PhD (Bath).
BMNG 5410.20/5420.03/5430.03: Directed Readings in Sankar, Y., BA(McGill), MA (Toronto), PhD (Johns Hopkins)
Biomedical Engineering. Schellinck, D.A., BSc, MBA (Dal), PhD (Illinois).
This class is designed for students wishing to gain knowledge in a specific
area in which no graduate level classes are offered. Class format is variable
and may include seminars, lectures, and the study of papers and/or book Archibald, B.C., BA (Queen's), MSc (Stanford), PhD (Waterloo)
chapters as part of a directed research or design project. Students are Blunden, R.G., BComm (Dal), MM (Northwestern), PhD (Western).
required to present the work (not less than 90 hours per semester), in a Chowdhury, S., BCom, MCom, (Dhaka), MBA, PhD (Kentucky)
written report which will be evaluated. Normally, a student can take only Curri, G., MA (Carleton),PhD (Bradford, UK)
one directed reading class as part of their degree program. Dirksen, C.J., BS (Santa Clara), MBA, PhD (Oregon)
Gassmann, H.I., Vordiplom (Stuttgart), MS (Oregon State), PhD (UBC)
BMNG 9000.00: MASc Thesis. Hebb, G., BA (McGill), MBA (Queen’s), MA (Dalhousie), PhD (Texas
A&M)
BMNG 9530.00: Ph.D. in Biomedical Engineering. Klapstein, R.E., BSc (Calgary), BA (Alberta), CMA, LLB, MBA, (Dal), LLM
FORMAT: Thesis (Osgoode Hall)
Larsson, S.O., BSc (SGW), MSc (Alta), PhD (UBC)
Marche, S., BA (Royal Military College), MEd (Alberta), PhD (London
School of Economics)
McLarney, C., DipRadTech (Fanshawe), BComm, MBA (Windsor), PhD
(York)
Rumsey, J., BA (Berkeley), BEd (Toronto), MSc (Victoria), MBA, PhD
(York)
Sagebien, J., BA (Hampshire), MA (Naropa), MBA (Simmons), PhD
(London School of Economics)
Business Administration 67
Assistant Professors Deadlines are:
Baltazar, R., BSc (Ateneo de Manila), MIM (Thunderbird), Doctoral
Candidate (Saint Mary’s) January 31 China
Grise, M.L., BComm, PhD (Queen’s) April 1 International - Other, and Canadian automatic
MacLean, B.W., BComm, MBA (Dal), CA scholarship consideration
Nason, R., BSc, (McMurry), MSc (Pittsburgh), MBA, PhD (Ivey School of June 1 Canadian - final deadline (no automatic
Business, UWO), CFA scholarship consideration)
All applications received later in the year will be considered for the
I. Introduction following September admission.
MBA Program Interim (official) transcripts will be considered for candidates currently
The aim of the MBA program is to prepare students to become effective attending university, if all other documentation is complete. Since space in
managers in small or large organizations. The program concentrates on the program is limited, all documents must be submitted before May 3l for
developing the ability to make sound decisions and judgements, and entry the following September. (January 31 for PRC applications, April 1
trains students in the analysis and evaluation of data for decision making. for non-Canadian students.) Applications received after these dates may
These skills have wide application in business, government and other be considered on a space available basis. Automatic consideration for
organizations. Core classes develop basic skills, while elective subjects scholarships will only apply to all applications received, in full, by May 1.
strengthen functional skills and deepen understanding of the complex and
changing environment facing modern organizations. Required modules in A complete application includes:
communication develop skills through application. Integration of current • $70.00 application fee
computer technology into the curriculum ensures that the learning • Faculty of Graduate Studies application form
environment closely approximates that in which graduates will be • Two reference letters, (academic - unless working full-time 5+ years)
working. Students may choose to concentrate elective studies in one or • GMAT results
two areas. • TOEFL results, where applicable (or MELAB, IELTS or Cantest)
• Letter of Financial Guarantee (non-Canadian applicants)
First year courses are offered in fall and winter terms while second year • Transcripts from each institution attended (two copies - both originals)
core courses and electives are offered in the fall, winter and spring terms. • A brief statement explaining how you expect the Dalhousie MBA to
Additional information on the MBA program, including core class benefit you, and what you will contribute to the program (two copies)
descriptions, is found in a brochure published by the School of Business, • Your résumé (two copies)
and available from the School. Students seeking further information One copy of the application form, together with the application fee,
should contact the MBA Admissions Office, School of Business should be sent to the Registrar's Office. All supporting documentation
Administration. should be sent directly to the School of Business Administration, MBA
Telephone: 1-888-432-5622 Program. Reference letters must be originals, sent directly by the referees,
Email: MBA.Admissions@Dal.Ca or delivered sealed and signed. Only official transcripts received directly
Website: http:/www.dal.ca/mba from the issuing institution will be accepted. GMAT and TOEFL score
reports must be forwarded by the testing service. Applicants must score
550 or better on the GMAT, and 580 on the TOEFL (237 computerized, 92
II. Admission Requirements IBT) for consideration. MELAB (90), IELTS (7), or Cantest (4.5) may be
Regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies govern admissions. submitted to replace the TOEFL.
Admission is approved by the Faculty of Graduate Studies, on the
recommendation of the School of Business Administration. Applicants All admitted applicants must confirm in writing their acceptance of the
must hold a degree recognised by Dalhousie University as the equivalent offer of a place, and provide a non-refundable deposit. This deposit will be
of a Bachelor's Degree in one of its own faculties. Applicants are also applied toward tuition, but will be forfeited if the student does not register
welcomed from those who have concentrated in the humanities, the social in the academic year for which he or she was admitted. Please note that
sciences, the physical sciences and engineering. A previous business this deposit is separate from any application or pre-registration fees, and is
degree is not required. The minimum requirement is a B average (GPA the means by which candidates to whom orientation materials are to be
3.0) or better in the final two years, and a GMAT score of 550, or better. sent are identified.
While the School of Business values the benefits of bringing work Tuition deposits are normally due:
experience to the class room, candidates can be admitted directly from • Within 30 days for offers made between April 1 and June 15
undergraduate studies. A résumé and a personal statement should • Within 10-15 days for offers made after June 1
accompany every application. Letters of reference are required. Note: The Faculty of Law will require a deposit in addition to that
All applicants are required to submit results of a Graduate Management required by the School of Business for students in the joint MBA/LLB
Admission Test (GMAT). Information on test dates, locations and program.
registration can be obtained from the Dalhousie Registrar, or by writing Students applying for other joint programs must check with the other
directly to GMAT, Pearson VUE, PO Box 581907, Minneapolis, MN 55458- schools to which they are applying.
1907, USA (1-800-717-GMAT (Americas)) or (http:www.mba.com). The
minimum score required for admission is normally 550. Applicants may
write the test more than once. Please check with mba.admissions@dal.ca III. Grading System and Good Standing
for further information. Under the regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and the
requirements of the School of Business, MBA students are required to
Candidates who have received a degree from a non-English language achieve a grade of B- or better in all classes taken. Grades submitted for
university, whose native tongue is not English, must also submit results of classes taken outside Dalhousie by letter of permission must conform to
the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). We seek a minimum Dalhousie standards; that is, a grade of “C” recorded in another
TOEFL score of 580 (paper-based) / 237 (computer-based)/92 (iBT). institution’s transcript will be treated as a “Failure” (below the minimum
(Please note, the following tests will be accepted in place of the TOEFL passing grade of B-) on the Dalhousie transcript.
with the following minimum scores; MELAB 90, IELTS 7, Can Test 4.5) Students who fail more than one course may not continue in the program
unless reinstatement is recommended by the School and approved by the
Faculty of Graduate Studies. Please see the Faculty of Graduate Studies
regulations in the calendar for further details. In these cases, students must
reapply for readmission.
68 Business Administration
A second failure in the program, regardless of when such failure occurs, D. Combined LLB and MBA Program
will normally result in immediate dismissal from the MBA program. This is a four-year program which enables students to select classes
Within two weeks of the first meeting of a class, each instructor shall make leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Laws and Master of Business
available a written description of the method of evaluation to be used in Administration. The proper configuration is for a total 17 (1/2 credit)
this class. In any class for which 25 percent or more of the evaluation is MBA courses, suggested in sequence as follows:
based on group work, there must be an exam(s), which must be passed on
average. Note: Students accepted into combined programs beginning in
September 2008 must take the MBA portion in Fall 2008. Fees are subject
Special examinations may be granted to students only in the case of illness to change in 2009.
supported by a medical certificate, or in other exceptional circumstances.
Medical certificates must be submitted at the time of the illness and will Year 1 MBA Fall Term #1
not normally be accepted after a lapse of one week from the date of the • MGMT 5000X.03: Management Without Borders
examination. • BUSI 5103.03: Accounting
• BUSI 5503.03: Quantitative Decision Making
• BUSI 5511.03: Management Information Systems
IV. Degree Programs • BUSI 5703.03: Business Economics
The Faculty of Management will be introducing a new MBA Program • BUSI 5801.03: International Business
starting September 2009. One of the changes will include a mandatory
internship. While the calendar is kept as up to date as possible it will be Year 1 MBA Winter Term #2
produced before the final edits to the new program are complete. Please • MGMT 5000Y.03: Management Without Borders
consult the MBA website for more information in the near future. • BUSI 5007.03: Strategy & Competitiveness
• BUSI 5201.03: Financial Management
A. Twenty Month MBA Program Structure • BUSI 5305.03: Management of People
The twenty month program requires twelve core classes and eight • BUSI 5401.03: Marketing Management
electives. Students normally carry a full class load in the fall and winter: • BUSI 5551.03: Operations Management
5.5 in the fall and 5.5 in the winter for a total of 11 classes completed in the
first two terms. Year 2
• LLB Studies
First Term
• MGMT 5000X.03: Management Without Borders Year 3
• BUSI 5103.03: Accounting • Two half-credit classes from the MBA program plus Law requirements
• BUSI 5503.03: Quantitative Decision Making • BUSI 6005.03 Strategy Implementation (only offered in winter)
• BUSI 5511.03: Management Information Systems • 25 hours of classes from the LLB program, including 7/9 hours from
• BUSI 5703.03: Business Economics the Business Law area
• BUSI 5801.03: International Business (formerly 6801.03)
Year 4
Second Term • Three half-credit classes from the MBA program
• MGMT 5000Y.03: Management Without Borders • Between 23 and 25 hours of classes in law
• BUSI 5007.03: Strategy and Competitiveness (1st year)
Candidates for the LLB/MBA program must satisfy the entrance
requirements of the Faculty of Law (see Dentistry, Law and Medicine
• BUSI 5305.03: Management of People
calendar) and may obtain further information about the combined
• BUSI 5401.03: Marketing Management
program by contacting the Faculty of Law or the Admissions Officer of the
• BUSI 5551.03: Operations Management
MBA program. For admission, students must apply to both the Law
The second year normally consists of eight electives, plus BUSI 6005.03 School and the Business School, separately. Both admission tests (GMAT
and LSAT, LSAT only if over 155) are required -- one for each school.
Third Term
• Four electives E. MBA/MHSA (Health Services Administration)
This 3 year combined program requires separate application to both the
Fourth Term School of Business Administration and the School of Health Services
• BUSI 6005.03: Strategy Implementation (2nd year) Administration (www.dal.ca/shsa, telephone (902) 494-1547 or email:
• Four electives Health.Services.Administration@Dal.Ca
A variety of electives will allow a student to develop a program in keeping The proper configuration is for a total 17 (1/2 credit) MBA courses,
with his/her career plan. If a student wishes to have a concentration, s/he suggested in sequence, as follows. (It is suggested that the student check
is advised to take the relevant core class, plus three related electives of with the MHSA Program to determine the minimum course requirements
choice. of that degree.):
Students may elect to take, with the approval of the School, graduate Note: Students accepted into combined programs beginning in
classes in other faculties and departments, such as Mathematics, Statistics September 2008 must take the MBA portion in Fall 2008. Fees are subject
and Computing Science, Resource and Environmental Studies, Economics, to change in 2009.
Public Administration, Law. Throughout the program, candidates will be
expected to attend lectures given by visiting professors and business Year 1. MBA Fall Term #1
executives and to take part in projects involving the analysis of the • MGMT 5000X.03: Management Without Borders
problems of local business firms. • BUSI 5103.03: Accounting
• BUSI 5511.03: Management Information Systems
B. Ten Month MBA Program Structure • BUSI 5703.03: Business Economics
Registration in the ten month MBA program is suspended for the 2008/ • BUSI 5801.03: International Business
2009 academic year. • plus one business elective of choice
C. Part-time MBA Program

Registration in the Part-time MBA program is suspended for the 2008/
2009 academic year.
Year 1. MBA Winter Term #2 check with the MEng Program to determine the minimum course
• MGMT 5000Y.03: Management Without Borders requirements of that degree).
• BUSI 5007.03: Strategy & Competitiveness
Year 1. MBA Fall Term#1
• BUSI 5305.03: Management of People • MGMT 5000X.03: Management Without Borders
• BUSI 5401.03: Marketing Management • BUSI 5103.03: Accounting
• BUSI 5551.03: Operations Management • BUSI 5703.03: Economics
• BUSI 5801.03: International Business
Year 2. MHSA Studies first year core courses • BUSI 5511.03: Management Information Systems
• MBA elective
Year 3. Fall Term #1 (combined MBA/MHSA) studies
• 3 business electives Year 1. MBA Winter Term #2
• MGMT 5000Y.03: Management Without Borders
Year 3. Winter Term #2 (combined MBA/MHSA) studies • BUSI 5201.03: Financial Management
• 2 business electives • BUSI 5401.03: Marketing
• BUSI 6005.03 Strategy Implementation (winter only) • BUSI 5305.03: Management of People
• BUSI 5007.03: First Strategy
F. MBA/MLIS (Library and Information Studies) • BUSI 5551.03: Operations Management
This 3-year program requires separate application to both the School of
Business Administration and the School of Information Management Year 1. MBA Summer Term #3
(http://sim.management.dal.ca, telephone (902) 494-2471 or email: • Engineering project
sim@dal.ca). Deadlines for applications are the same as the MBA. • 3 MBA electives
The proper configuration is for a total of 16 courses (1/2 credit) from the Year 2. MBA Fall Term #1
MBA suggested in the following sequence. (It is suggested that the student • Engineering classes
check with the MLIS Program to determine the minimum course
requirements of that degree.): Year 2. MBA Winter Term #2
• BUSI 6005.03 Second Strategy (winter only)
Note: Students accepted into combined programs beginning in • Engineering classes
to change in 2009. Dates:
Deadlines for applications for MEng:
Year 1. MBA Fall Term #1
• MGMT 5000X.03: Management Without Borders September: International Students: April 1st
• BUSI 5103.03: Accounting Canadian Students: June 30th
• BUSI 5503.03: Quantitative Decision Making January: International Students: August 31st
• BUSI 5703.03: Business Economics Canadian Students: October 31st
• BUSI 5801.03: International Business May: International Students: December 1st
Year 1. MBA Winter Term #2 Canadian Students: February 28th
• MGMT 5000Y.03: Management Without Borders
• BUSI 5007.03: Strategy & Competitiveness H. Exemptions and Advanced Standing
• BUSI 5201.03: Financial Management Students with relevant academic BComm or BBA background may receive
• BUSI 5305.03: Management of People exemption or advanced standing for core classes in the MBA program. For
• BUSI 5401.03: Marketing Management further information, contact the MBA Program Manager. Full-time
• BUSI 5551.03: Operations Management students will not normally be permitted to carry less than a full work load
• MBA Elective in the first year of the program, regardless of the number of waivers
granted.
Year 2. MLIS Studies first year core courses
Students may only apply for exemptions or advanced standing before
Year 3. Fall Term #1 (combined MBA/MLIS) studies their program of study forms have been officially signed and approved, in
• 3 business electives, plus any required MLIS electives the first term of their first year.
Year 3. Winter Term #2 (combined MBA/MLIS) studies I. Concentrations

• 1 business electives, plus any required MLIS electives • Finance
• BUSI 6005.03 Strategy Implementation (winter only) • International Business
• Marketing
G. MBA/MEng
This is a 2 year program that enables students to select classes which will Students in Dalhousie's MBA Program may concentrate in one or two
allow them to graduate with a Masters of Engineering and Master of particular areas of study. A concentration is accomplished by taking the
Business Administration. This combination provides graduates with a core classes in an area (e.g. finance, marketing, or management) plus 3
diverse skill set in two high demand disciplines and also serves as an electives that are designated as part of the concentration in that area.
outstanding tool for the future. Candidates for the MBA/MEng program Finance
must satisfy the entrance requirements for both the Faculty of Engineering
The Dalhousie School of Business finance program enjoys an enviable
and the School of Business. Students may obtain further information about
reputation in Canada's financial community for the outstanding work of
the combined program by contacting the Faculty of Engineering or the
its faculty and the quality of its graduates. In addition to a solid
Admissions Officer of the MBA program.
background in both finance theory and practice, Dalhousie MBA
graduates are recognized as having a leading edge view of the financial
Note: Students accepted into combined programs beginning in
industry.
to change in 2009. The core curriculum gives students an overview of the field with special
emphasis on analytical techniques involved in short- and long-term
The proper configuration is for a total of 15 courses (1/2 credit) from the
financial decision making. Throughout the program, equal emphasis is
MBA suggested in the following sequence. (It is suggested that the student
placed on theory and application of theory to solve financial problems. MBA students seeking a specialized concentration, such as in the area of
Methodology includes lectures, casework, seminars, assignments, Informatics, should seek advice from the professors in that particular area.
spreadsheet analysis, and multi-disciplinary field projects, as well as a Marketing professors are also helpful to students by providing career and
number of other domestic and international learning opportunities. In internship advice and support. Their close connection to the marketing
addition to a challenging, yet balanced curriculum, guest lecturers include industry affords students many entry opportunities they would not have
some of Canada's top money managers. if they were not attending the Dalhousie MBA Program, concentrating in
Marketing.
Finance electives allow students to more fully explore such topics as short
term financial management, investment and portfolio management, the J. MBA Financial Services
management of financial institutions, theory of finance, international
financial management, and international banking. Students wishing to The Dalhousie MBA (Financial Services) degree helps managers in the
concentrate in finance must complete the core class BUSI 5201 (Financial financial services industry enhance their skills by furthering their abilities
to exercise leadership and make sound business decisions, honing their
Management) and are expected to complete at least four finance electives,
analytical skills, and sharpening their judgment in managerial and client
including Financial Institutions (BUSI 6203), Capital Budgeting (BUSI
6205), and Portfolio Theory (BUSI 6206). service roles. The program broadens the horizons of financial managers by
exposing them to business concepts necessary inside and outside the
International Business industry, thereby enhancing performance in their present positions and
In a hyper-competitive world of decreasing trade barriers, issues of increasing their scope of career opportunities. Successful applicants
international business have become critical to the success of businesses of integrate their new knowledge into their everyday job responsibilities.
every size and in every sector. To prepare tomorrow's business leaders to This is done on a course-by-course basis both in existing positions and as
better succeed in this challenging multi-cultural environment, the their careers progress within the financial services industry.
Dalhousie School of Business offers an MBA with a concentration in
International Business (IB). At the School of Business, IB studies are K. MBA (Financial Services) (ICB Stream)
overseen by the Centre for International Business Studies (CIBS), co-
funded by the University and Export Development Canada. The Centre's Program Overview
faculty, research, and course materials are recognized across Canada and To be admitted to the MBA (Financial Services) Program, you must have
throughout the world for their thorough approach to the issues, completed at least four ICB courses from either the Professional Banking
opportunities, and threats faced by business on the international stage. Program (PBP) or the Personal Financial Planning and Personal Trust
(PFP/PT) Programs. Students accepted to the MBA (Financial Services)
Students choosing International Business as their area of concentration Program at Dalhousie University are required to complete and will be
must complete International Business (BUSI 5801) and Strategic given credit for a set number of ICB courses: either seven courses in the
Management of International Operations (BUSI 6802), plus any two PBP, or eight in the PFP/PT programs as well as 9 required MBA courses
electives from a list that includes Environmental Management Systems for from Dalhousie University. When completed, these courses are recorded
Business (BUSI 6816), Intercultural and International Management on your Dalhousie transcript. The Institute of Canadian Bankers and
(strongly recommended, and required of Fellowship recipients) (BUSI Dalhousie University have made arrangements to facilitate the application
6315), International Business Internship (BUSI 6960), International process. ICB courses must not be more than 10 years old. As well
Banking (BUSI 6808), International Financial Management (BUSI 6807), applicants must have a degree recognized by Dalhousie University as
International Marketing (BUSI 6806), and Management and the Natural equivalent to an undergraduate degree with an equivalent Grade Point
Environment (BUSI 6813) Average (GPA) of 3.0 (on a 4.3 scale). Applicants with a GPA less than 3.0,
must have at least five years experience in the financial services industry
In addition to course electives, IB students at Dalhousie can further their
at the appropriate management level.
learning experience through a number of interesting activities and
opportunities supported by the Centre for International Business Studies
PROGRAM CHART
(CIBS). From a World Business Forum Speaker Series to internship
programs and case competitions, the international component of the MBA
Program at Dalhousie has much to offer. The innovative Pan-American ICB Financial Services Management
Program is further described under “Resources and Opportunities”. Professional Banking Program (PBP)
Students are encouraged to discuss these options with professors in the
area group.
Human Resource Management: A Financial Institution Perspective
Marketing Global Financial Systems and Markets
An MBA concentration in Marketing can be the basis of a rewarding
lifelong career, providing the tools to excel in leading edge areas such as Financial Services Marketing
informatics, relationship marketing, Internet marketing, direct marketing,
new media, and marketing strategy. In today's world with increasing Using Information Technology to Gain Competitive Advantage
global competition, consolidation of formerly diverse market entities, and Bank Financial Management (includes the internationally acclaimed
growing environmental pressures such as changing technology and BankModTM simulation)
rapidly shifting economies, managers must have current, relevant, sharp
knowledge, skills and experience. The marketing concentration offers an Strategic Thinking: A Financial Services Approach
opportunity to develop these attributes.
Integrative Project
The current shift from mass marketing to relationship marketing, in
particular, triggers a need for leaders in the field - new marketing
professionals with new skills. Students choosing the marketing
concentration in the MBA Program are guided and challenged by ICB Wealth Management
professors who are current in their area of knowledge and expertise and Personal Financial Planning / Personal Trust Programs
who are continuously refreshing their capacity through globally (PFP/PT)
recognized research. Associated with the Centre for Management
Informatics in the Faculty of Management, the Marketing area group
provides a core of expertise to the School of Business. The electives may Stream I Stream II
include Marketing Informatics, Buyer Behaviour, International Marketing,
Advertising Management, Transportation Management, Internet Servicing the Client PFP/PT Fundamentals of Personal
Marketing, Direct Marketing or any other relevant marketing elective. Finance
Wealth Valuation PFP Investment and Taxation • Derivatives Fundamentals Course (DFC)
Fundamentals • Options Licensing Course (OLC)
• Futures Licensing Course (FLC)
Risk and Insurance PFP/PT Insurance and Retirement • Technical Analysis Course (TAC)
Investment and Portfolio PFP Investment and Tax Planning • Options Strategies Course (OSTC)
Management • Agricultural Markets Risk Management Course (ARM) – only offered
on special order to groups
Estate Planning PFP Risk Management and Estate • Energy Markets Risk Management Course (ERM)
Planning • Financial Markets Risk Management Course (FRM)
Engineering of a Trust PT Engineering of a Trust • Canadian Insurance Course (CIC)
Trust and Estate PT Trust and Estate

Management Management
MBA Financial Services
Using Information Using Information
Technology to Gain Technology to Gain
BUSI 5103 Accounting
Competitive Competitive
Advantage Advantage BUSI 5703 Business Economics
Dalhousie University BUSI 6410 Advanced Marketing

MBA Financial Services
BUSI 6207 Advanced Corporate Finance
BUSI 5103 Accounting BUSI 5801 International Business
BUSI 6207 Advanced Corporate Finance BUSI 5503 Quantitative Decision Making
BUSI 5511 Information Systems for an Information Age BUSI 5511 Information Systems for an Information Age
BUSI 5703 Business Economics BUSI 6326 Management Skills Development
BUSI 5801 International Business BUSI 6XXX Risk Management
BUSI 6326 Management Skills Development BUSI 6990 Strategic Leadership and Change
BUSI 6410 Advanced Marketing M. MBA (Financial Services) CFP Stream

BUSI 5503 Quantitative Decision Making
Admission Requirements
BUSI 6990 Strategic Leadership and Change To be admitted to the MBA (Financial Services) Program, applicants must
have completed the CFP program from the Financial Planners Standards
L. MBA (Financial Services) CSI Stream Counsel (CFP designation - Certified Financial Planner Professional
Designation). Applicants should have a degree recognized by Dalhousie
Program Overview – Required Courses University as equivalent to an undergraduate degree, with an equivalent
To be admitted to the MBA (Financial Services) Program, applicants must Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.0 (on a 4.3 scale). Applicants with a GPA
have completed 6 courses from the CSI (see chart below) with an overall of less than 3.0 must have at least five years experience in the financial
average mark that must be 70% or greater. When completed, these courses services industry at the appropriate management level. Additionally, you
are recorded on your Dalhousie University transcript as 6 advanced must complete and submit all necessary application documentation.
standing courses. Applicants must have a degree recognized by Dalhousie
University as equivalent to an undergraduate degree, with an equivalent Required Dalhousie University Courses
Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.0 (on a 4.3 scale). Applicants with a GPA • BUSI 5103 Accounting
of less than 3.0 must have at least five years experience in the financial • BUSI 6207 Advanced Corporate Finance
services industry at the appropriate management level. • BUSI 6410 Advanced Marketing
• BUSI 5703 Business Economics
Mandatory • BUSI 5801 International Business
All applicants must complete this category. • BUSI 5503 Quantitative Decision Making
• Canadian Securities Course (CSC) • BUSI 5511 Information Systems for an Information Age
• BUSI 6326 Management Skills Development
Core • BUSI 6300 Risk Management
Applicants must complete one of the core pairings. • BUSI 6990 Strategic Leadership and Change
• Professional Financial Planning Course (PFPC) and Wealth • 2 Additional Courses (TBA)
Management Techniques (WMT)
• Investment Management Techniques (IMT) and Portfolio Management N. MBA (Financial Services) Insurance Stream
Techniques (PMT)
• Derivatives Fundamentals Course (DFC) and Technical Analysis Program Overview
Course (TAC) To be admitted to the MBA (Financial Services) Program, you must have
• Derivatives Fundamentals Course (DFC) and Financial Markets Risk earned the FLMI designation from LOMA with a minimum average grade
Management (FRM) of 80%. Applicants must have a degree recognized by Dalhousie
University as equivalent to an undergraduate degree, with an equivalent
Elective Grade Point Average (GPA) of 3.0 (on a 4.3 scale). Applicants with a GPA
Applicants must complete 3 electives. If a course is to be counted as an of less than 3.0 must have at least five years experience in the financial
Elective, it cannot also be counted as part of a Core program. services industry at the appropriate management level.
• Professional Financial Planning Course (PFPC)
• Wealth Management Techniques (WMT) LOMA and Dalhousie University have made arrangements to facilitate
• Investment Management Techniques (IMT) the application process. At your request (accompanied by a modest fee),
• Portfolio Management Techniques (PMT) LOMA will send Dalhousie official confirmation that you have earned the
FLMI, along with your average scores.
Please note that the FLMI courses listed below are the requirements as of 2. Contact
May 2003 for completing LOMA’s FLMI Program. If you received the Students seeking further information should contact the Centre for
FLMI designation at a time when the curriculum requirements were Advanced Management Education (CFAME):
different than those listed below, you are still eligible to apply for Telephone: (902) 494-6391
admittance into the MBA (Financial Services) Program. If the FLMI Toll Free: 1(800) 205-7510
curriculum changes in the future to accommodate changes in the financial Fax: (902) 494-5164
services industry, then an FLMI designation earned under the new Email: mbafs@management.dal.ca
curriculum will also be eligible for admittance to the MBA (Financial Website: http://mbafs.management.dal.ca/
Services) Program.
Students accepted to the MBA (Financial Services) Program at Dalhousie V. Core Classes for MBA
University are required to complete the twelve courses as listed in the
chart below. MGMT 5000.03: Management Without Borders: A
Foundation Course for Masters Students in
Fellow, Life Management Institute (FLMI) Program
Management.
Principles of Insurance: Life, Health and Annuities This course places management in its broadest context and helps students
Insurance Company Operations from diverse disciplines understand the complex social, economic,
ecological, political and technological forces shaping 21st century
Insurance Administration leadership in the public, private and non profit sectors. Key themes
explored in the course include systems thinking, values based approaches
Legal Aspects of Life and Health Insurance - Canada OR Business Law to management, and personal and professional development.
for Financial Services Professionals NOTE: Public Admin students please see the printed calendar for
Marketing Life and Health Insurance additional information.
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Wheeler/P.Brown
Management Principles and Practices FORMAT: Lecture/discussions
Information Management in Insurance Companies OR Investments and BUSI 5007.03: Strategy and Competitiveness.
Institutional Investing
This class is about the general manager's task of managing strategy in all
Financial Services Environment types of organizations. The class develops concepts, frameworks,
techniques, and skills that are foundational to the development and
Accounting and Financial Reporting in Life and Health Insurance execution of strategies that are competitively sound, organizationally
Companies doable, and effective in guiding organizational decisions and actions.
Managing for Solvency and Profitability in Life and Health Insurance BUSI 5103.03: Accounting.
Companies
This class introduces the principles and practices necessary to process and
communicate financial information about an organization to different user
groups. The emphasis is on financial statement accounting, reporting,
analysis, and management information needs, along with managerial
Dalhousie University accounting principles
BUSI 5201.03: Financial Management.

BUSI 5103 Accounting BUSI 6410 Advanced BUSI 5703 Business
This is an intensive and complete overview of finance, with special
Marketing Economics
emphasis on analytical techniques involved in short and long-term
corporate financial decisions. Equal emphasis is placed on theory and
BUS 6207 Corporate BUSI 5511 BUSI 5801
application of theory to financial problems.
Finance Information Systems International Business
for an Information BUSI 5305.03: Management of People.
Age
This class helps to build understanding in dealing effectively with human
resource problems in organizations. The focus of the class is management
BUSI 6326 BUSI 5703 BUSI 6XXX Concepts behaviour in the process of working with people to produce effective
Management Skills Quantitative Decision of Risk Management results.
Development Making
BUSI 5401.03: Marketing Management.
Marketing Management is concerned primarily with problem-solving and
BUSI 6XXX Enterprise BUSI 6XXX Legal BUSI 6990 Strategic
decision-making situations that confront management in the
Risk Management Aspects of Risk Leadership and
administration of marketing operations. The goal of this class is to develop
Management Change
skill in the sound analysis of given marketing situations, resulting in
effective management action to recognize and capitalize on opportunities.
1. Program Continuance Instruction will be a mixture of case discussions, projects, and lectures.
Students of the Centre for Advanced Management Education (CFAME)
who wish to refrain from taking courses during a term may pay a $50.00 BUSI 5503.03: Quantitative Decision Making.
fee and submit a Program Continuance form to maintain their registration This is an introductory course in quantitative methods with emphasis on
status. In cases where no appropriate courses are offered for that term, the business applications. Throughout this class an emphasis is placed on
fee will be waived but the Program Continuance form must be submitted. helping the student to recognize situations and areas in business in which
The form must be originated and signed by the student and the Program quantitative analysis might be useful.
Manager, and approved by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Students are
permitted unlimited program continuances over their seven year BUSI 5511.03: Management Information Systems.
completion period; however, the period a student is on Program This class is meant to provide the student with a basic knowledge of
Continuance is counted toward the seven year completion limit. Program information systems and their role in business organizations.
Continuance applies to students in the MBA (FS) and MPA (M) programs Fundamental to this basic knowledge is an understanding of the variety of
only. information systems in business. An understanding of the use of
computers in current and future information systems is stressed.
BUSI 5551.03: Operations Management. opportunity, within the framework of a formal class, to explore and
All managers should be familiar with the key concepts and techniques develop business ideas they have been considering or wish to investigate.
required to manage the production function of an organization (whether it The final output of the project is a feasibility study, business plan, and
provides goods or services), regardless of their specialist functional financing proposal for a new venture.
interests. This is especially true for those who aspire to reach senior FORMAT: Lecture/Seminar
general management positions. The purpose of this class is to provide an PREREQUISITE: All first year core classes (BUSI 5103, 5201, 5305, 5401,
introductory overview of production/operations management for such 5511, 5551, 5503, 5703, and 5801)
individuals, covering the key concepts and the latest developments in the CROSS-LISTING: ECMM 6024.03
field.
BUSI 6003.03: Managing the Diversified Firm.
BUSI 5703.03: Business Economics. Managing diversification addresses the practice of strategic management
The external environment in which businesses operate presents in the diversified firm. Through cases, readings, and projects, the class
opportunities, constraints, and threats to the operating and competitive examines the theory of diversification and alternative diversification
decisions of business managers. This class provides a framework for the strategies, internal growth, acquisition, related and unrelated
economic analysis of these issues. diversification. Other topics addressed include integration of the new
acquisition and divestiture.
BUSI 5801.03: International Business. PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5101.03, 5102.03, 5201.03, 5305.03, 5401.03, 5503.03,
This class provides a survey treatment of international business that will 5551.03, or permission of the instructor
benefit all MBA students and build a foundation for those proposing
future study in this area. For students not going on in the field, it provides BUSI 6004.03: Corporate Strategy and Sustainability.
the tools needed to manage the interdependence between domestic and FORMAT: Lecture
international markets.
BUSI 6006.03: Managing the Family Enterprise.
BUSI 6005.03: Strategy Implementation. Managing the Family Enterprise is about the special problems and issues
Strategy Implementation builds on Strategy and Competitiveness and that confront family businesses. It explores the family system, the business
other MBA courses by focusing on the implementation of strategies once system, and their interactions - functional and dysfunctional.
they are developed. It is integrative, dealing with the organization as an FORMAT: Lecture/Seminar
integrated whole, from the perspective of the general manager. Specific PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5103, 5201, 5305, 5401, 5551, 5503
topics include implementing strategy, strategy and organization, CROSS-LISTING: COMM 3308.03
leadership, corporate culture, and the management of strategic change in
organizations. Students are exposed to a wide variety of organizations
BUSI 6007.03: Starting the Emerging Technology
through case studies and have the opportunity to examine a single Venture.
organization in detail through their field consulting projects. (Open to This is the first of two elective classes in entrepreneurship for emerging
second-year students only.) technologies. This class has three modules: New Product Development,
Financing the Emerging Technology Venture, and Marketing the
Emerging Technology Venture.
VI. Elective Classes FORMAT: Seminar/Lecture
NOTE: Not all classes are offered every year. Please consult the PREREQUISITE: All first year core MBA courses classes (BUSI 5103, 5201,
university timetable for a list of current offerings. 5305, 5401, 5511, 5551, 5503, 5703, and 5801)
ELECTIVES BUSI 6008.03: Managing the Emerging Technology
Electives may also be chosen outside the MBA from class listings of the Venture.
other departments within the Faculty of Management: Public
This is the second of two elective classes in entrepreneurship for emerging
Administration, Library and Information Studies, Environmental Studies,
technologies. Together these two classes offer an opportunity to focus, in
and Marine Affairs. This adds a total of 80 classes to the regular elective
an integrated way, on the issues and problems of starting and managing
choice of MBA students at Dalhousie University. As well, it encourages
emerging technology ventures. This class has three modules: Incentives,
cross-functioning between disciplines.
Options and Other Human Resource Issues in Emerging Technology
Opportunities for Cross Learning Ventures, and Management of Growth and Innovation.
MBA students also study alongside a diverse range of Masters students in FORMAT: Seminar/Lecture
a wide range of classes which span a number of Schools and Faculties. One PREREQUISITE: All first year core classes (BUSI 5103, 5201, 5305, 5401,
example is the Master of Electronic Commerce (MEC) Program where 5511, 5551, 5503, 5703, and 5801)
Masters students often study alongside regular MBA students in the MBA BUSI 6009.03: Business and Government.
courses. Other students to whom an MBA might be exposed (or Schools in
The aim of this class is to explore the relationship between businesses and
which an MBA student might choose to pick up an elective beyond the
the public sector. Government impinges on business policy and activities
MBA but counting toward their degree) are: Master Environmental
through laws, regulations, subsidies, taxes, and its spending powers. How
Studies, Master Public Administration, Master Library and Information
businesses can and do influence decisions in these areas constitutes the
Studies, Master Economics, Master Political Science, etc. As well, up to
technical matter of the class. As a matter of necessity, the class assumes
33% of a student’s elective courses may be taken at another university on a
some prior general knowledge of the Canadian political system. This can
letter of permission, as per Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations.
be gained from either general politics classes or by some preliminary
BUSI 5402.03: Buyer Behavior. reading on the subject.
Designed to emphasize the “marketing concept,” this class is basically an FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
overview of the literature in consumer/industrial buyer segmentation and CROSS-LISTING: PUAD 6500.03
consumer/industrial buyer behavior models. BUSI 6010.03: Corporate Environmental and Social
FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5401 Responsibility Beyond Apathy, Outrage & Orthodoxy.
This seminar examines how business leaders manage a broad set of
BUSI 6002.03: New Venture Creation. corporate objectives in an increasingly interdependent global economy.
New Venture Creation is about entrepreneurship: the process of creating The class explores ways to balance social, economic development, and
new businesses. It employs cases, experiential exercises, and a major environmental objectives with standard managerial financial objectives. It
project to expose students to the issues, problems, and challenges of examines the role of public, private and civil society agents.
creating viable new businesses. The project provides students with the FORMAT: Seminar
BUSI 6101.03: External Auditing. BUSI 6114.03: Information Systems Controls.
This class covers the theory and practice of public auditing according to This class examines special considerations when auditing in a
generally accepted auditing standards. The first half of the class considers computerized environment. Three major areas covered in the class are: (1)
the forces impacting on the setting of auditing standards and the current Internal control techniques/requirements, the standards associated with
level of standards. The second half of the class considers typical audit computerized processing of transactions, creation and control over
programs for examination of balance sheet and income statement databases, and special planning for interruption and restart of computer
accounts. operations. (2) Audit procedures in a computerized environment. (3) Use
FORMAT: Seminar of computer-assisted audit techniques, including “Interactive Data
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5103.03 Extraction and Analysis,” a software package from the Canadian Institute
CROSS-LISTING: COMM 3114.03 of Chartered Accountants, developed by the Auditor-General of Canada.
FORMAT: Lecture
BUSI 6102.03: Taxation. PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5103.03, 5511.03
This class takes an in-depth look at personal income taxation and provides
an introduction to the taxation of corporations in Canada. It is designed BUSI 6201.03: Investments I.
for accounting majors as well as for students wishing to acquire a working This class covers investment theory and its applications by practicing
knowledge of the Canadian Income Tax Act and its application. The class investment analysts. Students employ quantitative tools of investment
is revised each term to provide up-to-date coverage in a rapidly changing analysis, financial models, statistics, and software, along with standard
taxation environment. library sources, to write investment reports.
FORMAT: Seminar FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5103.03, 5703.03 PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5201.03.03.
CROSS-LISTING: COMM 4120.03
BUSI 6202.03: Derivatives and Securities.
BUSI 6106.03: Cost Management. This class focuses on derivative securities, including futures, forward
The major objective of this class is to develop a deeper understanding of contracts, and options. Applications of derivative security theory in
the key topics in cost/managerial accounting practices and their traditional and innovative securities, index arbitrage, and portfolio
management control implications. This class is intended primarily for insurance are emphasized, along with the macro impact of derivative
students who plan to concentrate their studies in the accounting area. securities on the capital market. The class places approximately the same
FORMAT: Lecture emphasis on the pricing of derivatives as it does on the application of
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5103.03 derivatives.
FORMAT: Lecture
BUSI 6108.03: Advanced Financial Accounting I. PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5201.03
This is meant to provide an understanding of corporate financial reporting
and the related conceptual framework. The class develops technical BUSI 6203.03: Financial Institutions.
expertise in various financial accounting topics including liability and The objectives of this class are to identify Canada’s capital markets, to
equity issues, leases, pensions, income tax, accounting changes, and EPS. review the flow of funds within these markets, to evaluate financial
Classwork may include casework and a term paper, in addition to highly assets/financial liabilities in terms of risk/return relationships, and to
quantitative material. identify and evaluate the relative positions of the main participants in the
FORMAT: Lecture markets.
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5103.03 FORMAT: Lecture
CROSS-LISTING: COMM 3111.03 PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5103.03, 5201.03.
BUSI 6109.03: Advanced Financial Accounting II. BUSI 6206.03: Portfolio Theory.
This class has two primary objectives: first, to provide an in-depth study of This class is designed to introduce to students a modern theory of
the interrelated topics of intercorporate investments, business investment, portfolio theory, and to discuss its applications to individual
combinations, consolidated financial statements and foreign operations; and institutional investors. It covers a thorough review of theories on the
second, to develop a framework that may help to resolve controversial "buy side" of the investment world from Markowitz to the latest
issues in advanced financial accounting. developments in the field, in order to provide students with the needed
FORMAT: Lecture skills to successfully face the challenging world of portfolio and money
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 6108.03 management. Classroom lectures and problem-solving methods are used
CROSS-LISTING: COMM 4102.03 throughout the term. A major project, involving the analysis of actual data,
is also assigned as a primary teaching instrument.
BUSI 6110.03: Advanced Financial Accounting III. FORMAT: Lecture
This class provides a reporting overview of intermediate and advanced PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5103.03, 5201.03
topics in accounting, as well as several specialized accounting issues. The
emphasis of the class is on case analysis, through written submissions and BUSI 6208.03: Mergers, Acquisitions and
presentations. The following is a list of some of the topics covered in the Restructuring.
class: non-profit accounting, current accounting standards, valuation, The aim of this class is to provide both introductory and in-depth analyses
estates and trusts, and bankruptcy. of contemporary corporate control topics in finance. The material for the
FORMAT: Lecture class is based on a selection of readings from textbooks, current articles
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 6108.03 from major finance journals, and court testimony from a landmark case.
CROSS-LISTING: COMM 4101.03 FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5103.03, 5201.03
BUSI 6112.03: Financial Statement Analysis.
This class is intended to provide an analytical understanding of the BUSI 6300.03: Concepts of Risk Management.
usefulness of conventionally reported financial data in investment and This comprehensive course covers both enterprise risk management and
credit decision-making. It covers topics that include the following: financial risk management. The course examines the essential
prediction of future earning, prediction of financial distress, and the methodologies for uncovering, measuring and managing risk exposures.
relationship between financial statement numbers and behavior of stock Specific topics include operational, strategic, and reputational risk, and the
prices. COSO framework for risk integration. Additionally financial hedging
FORMAT: Lecture concepts with derivatives are studied.
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5103.03, 5201.03, and 5503.03 FORMAT: Distance/on-line portion (14-17 weeks), in-classroom portion
3.5 days
BUSI 6312.03: Organizational Design. model building, information systems, and the concept of value of
The behavior and performance of individuals are significantly information.
influenced by organizational design. The design involves the formal FORMAT: Seminar
systems and process, specialization, hierarchy, authority-power, PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5402.03, strongly recommend BUSI 6504.03
communications, reward systems, and accountability. The purpose of
the course is to examine the evolution of design strategies, review
BUSI 6403.03: Advertising Management.
some of the different approaches to design now being utilized in Designed to improve analytical skills and decision-making capabilities
organizations, and consider differences in behavior and performance through the practical application of advertising concepts and principles,
in organizational systems employing different design strategies. The this class considers market positioning, the psychology of mass
course will not offer a particular design as the answer to communication, copy strategy, media selection, budgeting, and
organizational-managerial problems, but will propose some steps that advertising research.
managers should consider before designing their organizations. FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5305.03 PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5401.03, strongly recommend BUSI 5402.03
BUSI 6313.03: Organizational Change. BUSI 6408.03: Transport Modes.

This class provides the student with an understanding of major conceptual This class will introduce the student to the business of managing a
approaches to the changing organization, including changing people, transport enterprise. It will focus on understanding the regulatory
technology, and structure. Emphasis is placed on the analysis of the environment and customer requirements prior to exploring operational
dynamics and process of change through case studies, and the exploration considerations across a number of transport modes and what that means
of programs of organizational change, including grid and laboratory for marketing the transport company and structuring it for growth. The
programs, and the use of consultation. class is suitable for students wishing to work in the transport industry, in
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar the supply chain activities of a transport customer or, tangentially, in the
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5305.03 strategic management of any service business.
BUSI 6315.03: Intercultural and International CROSS-LISTING: COMM 3408.03
Management. BUSI 6409.03: Internet Marketing.
This class is designed to familiarize participants with behavioral problems This class begins by developing a framework so that the forces driving
and challenges facing managers interacting with people from other Internet in marketing and business are understood. With this foundation
cultures in foreign or domestic work settings. The class also examines in place, a series of online marketing themes are explored, including
research findings in the field to investigate the similarities and differences customer support and online quality; personalization; new product
found in managerial practices of selected cultures. development on the Net; traffic and brand building; online community;
FORMAT: Lecture pricing in an online world; and e-commerce.
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5801.03, 5305.03 FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
CROSS-LISTING: COMM 4315.03 PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5401.03
BUSI 6322.03: Staffing. BUSI 6420.03: Marketing Informatics.
This class considers the strategies and problems in human resource A revolution in marketing requires marketers who have a whole new set
recruiting and selection and examines its impact on organizational of skills and knowledge focused on the application of technology and
effectiveness. Topics include: job analysis, employment forecasting, associated practices. Large companies require marketers with the skills
recruiting strategies, basic selection models, interviewing methods, and necessary to work with IT people to develop effective customer
evaluation of selection programs. As all managers participate in selecting information files and information from other sources. They need to be able
subordinates, this class is appropriate for the generalist as well as the to use data mining tools and techniques to understand buyer behavior,
human resource specialist. identify relevant segments, and develop effective strategies using all of
FORMAT: Seminar/lecture today’s new media and channels. This is a leading edge class.
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5305.03 FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
BUSI 6323.03: Training & Development. PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5401.03, 5503.03, 5511.03
This class covers methods currently employed in the training and BUSI 6450.03: Marketing Strategy Seminar.
development field. The primary purpose is to develop students’ expertise This is the capstone class in marketing. As such, it is designed to draw
in the training and development area. Since all managers have to develop together the individual marketing classes offered in the MBA program.
themselves and their subordinates, this class is relevant for generalists as Extensive use will be made of case studies requiring students to develop
well as human resource specialists. complete marketing strategies for companies in “real-life” situations.
FORMAT: Seminar Student presentations of their case analyses will form an important part of
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5305.03 the class. Presentations will be videotaped and a critique provided by the
BUSI 6326.03: Management Skills Development. instructor.
FORMAT: Seminar
This class exposes students to key knowledge, skills, and attitudes (KSAs)
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5401 and at least two 6000-level marketing classes,
considered critical to managerial success. Such exposure is designed to
which may be taken concurrently, or permission of the instructor
provide the student with behaviors that will help ensure that, when
managing human resources, staff will perform at or near peak capabilities. BUSI 6504.03: Multivariate Analysis.
This is a skill-building class. Significant amounts of classroom time are The convenience of packaged statistical programs (e.g., SPSS and Minitab)
devoted to behavior modeling exercises, role-plays, case studies, and has opened the area of data analysis to researchers with a wide variety of
group discussions. backgrounds. Since it is possible to operate statistical software without
FORMAT: Seminar understanding advanced mathematics, there is a need for a class designed
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5305.03 around a packaged statistical program which introduces the user to the
BUSI 6401.03: Marketing Research. basic concepts underlying the techniques. Students interpret statistical
programs using data sets from such business areas as marketing, finance,
This class is designed to give the student an appreciation of the scope of
and organizational behavior.
marketing research techniques. The goal of the class is to provide students
FORMAT: Seminar
with sufficient background to make them knowledgeable users of
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5503.03
marketing research information. Marketing research will be related to
CROSS-LISTING: COMM 4538.03
BUSI 6516.03: Database Management Systems. FORMAT: Lecture, seminar
Database design and administration are at the core of any organization’s PREREQUISITE: BUS 5511 or equivalent
information system. Any MIS professional needs to understand the
fundamentals of organizational and network database design and the new
BUSI 6540.03: Measurement and Methodological
technique of object oriented analysis. The student will develop an Approaches in Risk Management.
appreciation of current problems in database design and administration. This course is concerned with the methodology and measurement of risk.
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar The course content will provide the measurement tools and
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5511.03 methodological approach available in the study of risk. The course is
EXCLUSION: BUSI 6906.03 (former number) presented in five modules in fourteen lessons. Module 1 provides an
introduction to the theory of risk and a review of basic statistical concepts
BUSI 6519.03: Systems Analysis and Applications used in risk measurement. Module 2 presents the foundation of risk
Development. assessment using modern portfolio theory and risk specific analysis
This class is designed to provide students with a basic understanding of applications. Module 3 continues with risk assessment models presenting
systems analysis and an overview of application development. Students alternative approaches and using regression analysis applications. Module
will be involved in the development of databases using various software 4 discusses the role of options in risk measurement and assessment.
applications, primarily Access and Visual Basic. In addition, students will Module 5 provides real world applications of risk measurement by
develop, document, and deliver an application to an outside end-user. presenting several risk based studies.
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Foster
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5511.03 FORMAT: Distance/on_line portion (14_17 weeks), in classroom portion
EXCLUSION: BUSI 6908.03 (former number) 3.5 days
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5503.03
BUSI 6520.03: Electronic Commerce.
For years, businesses have been using the computer and information BUSI 6601.03: Legal Aspects of Risk Management
technology to achieve internal efficiencies. In particular, this class and Governance.
examines the recent and rapid growth of electronic commerce from four This course focuses on law and legal compliance from the perspective of
approaches: an introduction to electronic commerce; EDI and re- managing risk. Being the only legal laspects course in the program, it
engineering; electronic commerce and the Internet; and organizational establishes a foundation in the most relevant areas of law, including dorts,
issues in implementing electronic commerce. contracts, interventions by equity, insurance, and business associations. It
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar also considers the real-world problems faced by those engaged in the
CROSS-LISTING: ECMM 6020.03 practice of corporate governance and examines the ethical considerations
involved.
BUSI 6522.03: Knowledge & Data Mining. FORMAT: Online/distance and intensive
Data mining technology and the surrounding management processes are
now collectively referred to as Knowledge Discovery in Databases (KDD). BUSI 6802.03: Strategic Management of International
KDD methods have been successfully deployed in the financial, Operations.
marketing, and quality control areas of major corporations and for various This class critically examines the generic and functional strategies open to
special projects in engineering, science, and medicine. This class covers the multinational enterprises and, through numerous industry and business
KDD process and the theory and practical application of data mining case studies, seeks to test the applicability of these concepts to actual
technologies such as artificial neural networks, inductive decision trees, situations. Each student is expected to prepare a major research paper, and
and deductive modeling software to real-world problems of business and a simulated negotiation is included to help sharpen top management skills
industry. crucial for success in international operations.
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar FORMAT: Seminar
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5511.03, BUSI 5503.03 PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5801.03
BUSI 6523.03: Information Technology Project BUSI 6807.03: International Financial Management.
Management. The objective of this class is to examine models for financial management
This class will cover the principles of project management generally and of cash flows, at least some of which are not domestic. The class explores
for Information Technology Projects in particular. There is a set of generic the implications of balance of payments, interest rates, and inflation rates
project management disciplines that apply everywhere, and there are on foreign exchange rates, as well as the implications of foreign exchange
considerations specific to IT development challenges. Students will learn risk on investment decisions.
those differences as well as generic principles of project management. FORMAT: Seminar
Through real projects with real clients, students will gain a real-world PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5703.04, 5201.03 and 5103.03, strongly recommend
understanding of the challenges of project management. BUSI 5801.03
PREREQUISITE: BUSI 5511.03, BUSI 5503.03 BUSI 6812.03: Foreign Business Program.
CROSS-LISTING: ECMM 6022.06, HINF 6300.03 A group of MBA students travel to predetermined foreign destinations.
The aim of this trip is two-fold: first, to meet with business leaders,
BUSI 6525.03: Human Computer Interaction. government officials and academics in selected countries, and second, to
Explores how technology affects human use, and examines the process make separate business calls on behalf of specific Canadian firms seeking
from conception of an idea to design and evaluation, with a particular to do business in these countries. Prior to departure, mission participants
emphasis on Web-based applications. will attend a series of lectures on the foreign business environment and
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar familiarize themselves with their Canadian client companies. Following
CROSS-LISTING: LIBS 6630.03 their return, students will present oral and written reports to the
companies for which they have carried out a market investigation.
BUSI 6526.03: Evaluating the Interface to Products/
Services. BUSI 6813.03: Management and the Natural
Theoretical and practical examination of user interface evaluation. Environment: An International Perspective.
Evaluation criteria, metrics and the protocols for assessing selected A major public issue in the minds of business executives, politicians,
characteristics of usability will be explored. The emphasis is on learning scientists, and others is the effect of industrial, agribusiness and other
and applying a series of techniques for evaluation, and for choosing human activities upon the bio-physical environment. The class examines
appropriate criteria for testing depending on the objective of the tests. questions which pointedly and forcefully confront multinational
enterprises and explore the choices decision makers must make within a
complex array of different economies, markets, cultures, social systems
and, perhaps most important, regulatory regimes.
CROSS-LISTING: ENVI 5818.03
BUSI 6901.03: Legal Aspects of Doing Business.

FORMAT: Lecture Chemistry
BUSI 6902.03: Business and Government, Cross
Location: Chemistry Building
Border Trade. Dalhousie University
FORMAT: Lecture Halifax, NS B3H 4J3
Telephone: (902) 494-3305
BUSI 6941.03: Applied Topics in Business I. Fax: (902) 494-1310
This course is designed to permit the business school to develop and test Email: chemistry@dal.ca
new course material. Its content may therefore e different from year to Website: http://www.chemistry.dal.ca
year and between sections. Please consult the department for further
information. Chairperson of Department
FORMAT: Seminar Pincock, J. A.
BUSI 6942.03: Applied Topics in Business, business Graduate Coordinator
Ethics. Burnell, D.J.
This course is designed to permit the business school to develop and test
new course material. Its content may therefore be different from year to Professors Emeriti
year and between sections. Please consult the department for further Aue, W.A., PhD (Vienna), FCIC. Chromatography.
information. Coxon, J.A., BA (Cambridge), MSc, PhD (East Anglia). Electronic spectra
FORMAT: Seminar of molecules; laser spectroscopy; chemiluminescence.
Knop, O., DSc (Laval), FCIC. Structural and solid-state inorganic
BUSI 6951.03/6952.03: Research Reading and chemistry.
Conference Class. Kwak, J.C.T., BSc, MSc, PhD (Amsterdam), FCIC. Colloid and polymer
This class provides an opportunity for supervised in-depth research on a chemistry.
topic of special interest to the student (proposed by the student and
Professors
faculty member involved, and approved by the MBA Program
Committee). Further description is available at the MBA Office at 494-1814 Bearne, S.L., PhD (Toronto), MDCM (McGill), cross-appointment from
or mbaoffice@mgmt.dal.ca Deadlines for electronic submission of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Biological chemistry,
proposals are September 2, December 1, and April 1 for the following term enzymology, kinetics, enzyme inhibition, drug design, enzyme
evolution, proteomics, organic synthesis.
(one time only). Proposals must be accompanied by name of supervising
Becke, A.D., BSc (Queen's), MSc, PhD (McMaster), FRSC, FRS, FCIC,
professor. Once approved by the MBA Program Committee, the student
may engage in the project. Canada Council Killam Research Fellow and Killam Chair in
FORMAT: Independent Study Computational Science. New theoretical and computational methods
PREREQUISITE: All first year core classes (BUSI 5103, 5201, 5305, 5401, for the electronic structure of atoms, molecules and solids.
Boyd, R.J., BSc (UBC), PhD (McGill), FCIC, Alexander McLeod Professor
5511, 5551, 5503, 5703, and 5801)
of Chemistry. Quantum chemistry; reaction mechanisms; density
BUSI 6960.03: Internship. functional theory and biomolecules.
This class is intended to provide students an opportunity to apply in the Burford, N., BSc (Wales, Cardiff), PhD (Calgary), FCIC, Harry Shirreff
business environment, the knowledge, skills, and abilities gained in the Professor of Chemical Research and Canada Research Chair in
program. Students must find their own unpaid business placement (at Synthesis and Characterization of Materials. Synthesis and
least 130 hours per term, one term only), choose a professor willing to comprehensive characterization of main group compounds.
supervise, and submit a proposal (electronically) to the MBA Program Burnell, D.J., BSc, MSc (Carleton), PhD (UNB), Faculty of Science Killam
Committee. Further description is available at the MBA Office at 494-1814 Professor of Chemistry. Synthetic and mechanistic organic chemistry
or mbaoffice@mgmt.dal.ca Deadlines for electronic submission of Cameron, T.S., BA, MA, DPhil (Oxon), Director of DALX. X-ray structural
proposals are September 2, December 1, and April 1 for the following term studies on inorganic compounds.
(one time only). Proposals must be accompanied by name of supervising Chatt, A., BSc (Calcutta), MSc (Roorkee), MSc (Wat), PhD (Toronto), FCIC,
professor. Once approved by the MBA Program Committee, the student Director of SLOWPOKE and Faculty of Science Killam Professor of
may engage in the internship. Chemistry. Nuclear and bioanalytical methods; trace elements in the
FORMAT: Independent Study environment.
PREREQUISITE: All first year core classes (BUSI 5103, 5201, 5305, 5401, Dahn, J.R., BSc (Dal), MSc, PhD (UBC), Canada Research Chair in Battery
5511, 5551, 5503, 5703, and 5801) and Fuel Cell Materials, NSERC/3M Canada Inc. Industrial Research
Chair and cross appointment from Physics and Atmospheric Science.
BUSI 6970.03: Applied Topics in Business III. Materials for advanced batteries.
This course is designed to permit the business school to develop and test Grindley, T.B., BSc, MSc, PhD (Queen's), FCIC, Carbohydrate chemistry;
new course material. Its content may therefore be different from year to molecular modeling, synthesis.
year and between sections. Please consult the department for further Pincock, J.A., BSc, MSc (Manitoba), PhD (Toronto), FCIC, Faculty of
information. Science Killam Professor of Chemistry. Studies on reaction mechanisms
involving both ground and excited states.
Shaver, A., BSc (Carleton), PhD (MIT), Vice-President Academic and
Provost. Preparing and screening organometallic and metal organic
species with chemical and biochemical properties that might lead to
useful medical diagnostic and therapeutic agents.
Weaver, D.F., MD, PhD (Queen’s), FRCP (C) (Dal), FCIC, Canada Research
Chair in Clinical Neuroscience and cross-appointment from the
Division of Neurology. Quantum pharmacology, bioinformatics,
78 Chemistry
computer-aided drug design and medicinal chemistry, Egypt), PhD (McMaster), Mount Saint Vincent University, Halifax, NS.
neurochemistry. Computational and theoretical chemistry.
Wentzell, P.D., BSc (Dal), PhD (Mich State). Chemometrics; sensors; Pacey, P.D., BSc (McGill), PhD (Toronto), FCIC, Dalhousie University,
continuous flow analysis. Halifax, NS. Temperature dependence of reaction rates.
White, M.A., BSc (Western), PhD (McMaster), FCIC, University Research Pinto, D.M., BSc (McGill), PhD (Alberta), Institute for Marine Biosciences,
Professorship, Director of the Institute for Research in Materials and Halifax, NS. Bioanalytical chemistry with expertise in the development
cross-appointment with Physics and Atmospheric Science. Material of analytical technologies for proteomics.
science, thermal properties of solids. Pottie, I.R., BSc (SMU), PhD (MUN), Mount Saint Vincent University,
Zwanziger, J.W., BA (Chicago), PhD (Cornell). Canada Research Chair in Halifax, NS. Organic Chemistry.
NMR Studies of Materials, Director, ARMRC and cross-appointment Ramaley, L., BA (Colorado), MA, PhD (Princeton), FCIC, Dalhousie
with Physics and Atmospheric Science. Materials science: Structure, University, Halifax, NS. Mass spectrometry and chemical
bulk properties, and synthesis. instrumentation.
Roscoe, J.M., BSc, MSc (Acadia), PhD (McGill), Acadia University,
Associate Professors Wolfville, NS. Gas phase kinetics and spectroscopy.
Cozens, F.L., BSc (York), PhD (Toronto). Nanosecond laser flash Soo, E., BSc (U of Sunderland), MSc (McGill), PhD (U of Sunderland),
photolysis, physical organic chemistry in homogeneous and Institute for Marine Biosciences, NRC, Halifax, NS. Analytical
heterogeneous media. chemistry.
Grundy, K.R., BSc, MSc, PhD (Auckland). Synthesis and reactivity of Spielvogel, B.F., BS (Geneva College, PA), PhD (U of Michigan),
transition metal complexes containing unusual molecular and ionic Boroscience Canada Inc., Halifax, NS. Inorganic chemistry.
species. Syvitski, R., BSc, MSc (Lakehead), PhD (UBC), Institute for Marine
Guy, R.D., BSc (SFU), PhD (Carleton). Method development for the Biosciences, Halifax, NS. NMR spectroscopy and MD computer
speciation of toxic metals and organics. simulations of membranes and membrane-associated proteins.
Jakeman, D.L., BSc, PhD (Sheffield), cross-appointment with College of Werner-Zwanziger, U., Vordiplom (Mathematics), Diploma (Chemistry),
Pharmacy. Applications of enzymes and carbohydrates, protein PhD (Westfälische Wilhelms-Universität Münster, Germany),
engineering, medicinal chemistry. Dalhousie University, Halifax, NS. Solid-state nuclear magnetic
Martin, R.V., BS (Cornell), MSc (Oxford), PhD (Harvard), cross- resonance, ceramics, biomaterials.
appointment from Physics and Atmospheric Science. Atmospheric
chemistry and the use of satellite and suborbital measurements to Sessional Appointments
improve the understanding of climate and air quality. Carter, M.D., BSc, MSc (Queen's), BEd (Ottawa), PhD (Dal)
Schepp, N.P., BSc, PhD (Toronto). Biologically important reactive Moya Barrios, R., BSc (U of Havana), MSc, PhD (Dal)
intermediates, nanosecond laser flash photolysis. Pearson, K.J., BSc (UCCB), PhD (Dal)
Stradiotto, M., BSc, PhD (McMaster). Organometallic chemistry. Perrott, A., BSc, PhD (Dal), BEd (Acadia)
Thompson, A., BSc (Leicester), PhD (Sheffield). Synthesis and applications Saunders, C.D.L., BSc (Queen's)
of homochiral dipyrromethene complexes; asymmetric catalysis; new Tiedje, K., BSc (Queen’s), PhD (Dal)
methodology for the synthesis of important pyrroles.
White, R.L., BSc (Dal), PhD (McMaster), FCIC. Biosynthesis of natural Postdoctoral Fellows, Research Associates/
products and enzymes of secondary metabolism. Assistants
Al Mughaid, H., BSc (Jordan), MSc, PhD (Dal)
Assistant Professors Ba Han, PhD (Yangon U., Myanmar)
Andreas, H., BSc, PhD (U of Calgary). Electrochemistry of energy storage, Barden, C.J., BSc (James Madison U), PhD (U of Georgia)
particularly the self discharge of aqueous supercapacitors. Carter, M., BSc, MSc (Queen’s), BEd (Ottawa), PhD (Dal)
Darvesh, S., BSc, MSc, PhD (UNB), MD (Dal), FRCP (C), cross- Chen, B., BSc (Central China Normal U), MSc (Huazhong U of Science and
appointment from Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology. Drug Technology), PhD (UWO)
design, medicinal chemistry, Alzheimer’s disease, dementia. Cordes, R.E., BSc (Dal), MSc (UBC)
Doucette, A.A., BSc (Dal), PhD (Alberta). Analytical mass spectrometry; Furue, H., BSc, MSc (Osaka), PhD (Queen's)
biological sample analysis; expression proteomics; multiplexed Galloway, T., BSc (Wilfrid Laurier), PhD (McMaster)
separations; protein labelling and fluorescence. Gayo, F.G., BSc (Qufu Normal U, China), MSc (Beijing Institute of
Rainey, J.K., BSc (Guelph), MSc, PhD (Toronto), cross-appointment from Technology, China), PhD (Dal)
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Biophysical chemistry, protein Gillis, M., BSc, MSc (UNB), PhD (Sask.)
structure, dynamics and self-assembly. Jahan, N. BSc, MSc (Karachi U, Pakistan), MPhil, PhD (HEJ, Karachi U,
Turculet, L., BSc (MIT), PhD (Berkeley). Synthetic inorganic and Pakistan)
organometallic chemistry and reactivity; new materials synthesis. Johnson, M., BSc (Dal), MSc (UWO)
Zhang, P., BSc, MSc (Jilin U. China), PhD (Western). Materials science, Lamsabhi, A.M., BSc, MSc, PhD (Cadi Ayyad U, Morocco)
nanoscience and technology, synchrotron spectroscopy, Lu, E., BSc (Wuhan U of Technology), PhD (Dalian U of Technology)
biotechnological applications of nanocrystals. McDonald, C., BSc (Dal), PhD (U of Alberta)
Paul, N., BSc, MSc (Kurukashetra U., Kurukshetra, Haryana, India), PhD
Adjunct Professors (Bundelkhand U., JHansi, UP, India)
Grossert, J.S., BSc, MSc, PhD (Natal), FCIC, Dalhousie University, Halifax, Pincock, A.L., BSc, MSc (Manitoba) BFA (NSCAD)
NS. Mass spectrometry and organosulphur chemistry. Sadeghi-Khomami, A., BSc (U of Mashhed), Phd (U of Nottingham)
Hellou, J., BSc (Montréal), MSc, PhD (UBC), Bedford Institute of Weaver, C., BSc, MSc (Queen’s)
Oceanography, Dartmouth, NS. Organic marine environmental Wu, F., PhD (Research Institute of Petroleum Processing, Beijing, P.R.
chemistry. China)
Keefe, C.D., BSc (MUN), PhD (Alberta), Canada Research Chair in Zwicker, B., BSc (Dal)
Molecular Spectroscopy, Cape Breton University, Sydney, NS. Physical
Chemistry: Intermolecular Interactions via FTIR Spectroscopy. Visiting Professor
Kiceniuk, J., BSc (Alberta), MSc, PhD (UBC)., Dept. of Fisheries and Gauld, J.W., BSc (U of Queensland), Honours (NTU), PhD (ANU)
Oceans, St. John’s, NL. Environmental chemistry and toxicology.
Marangoni, D.G., BSc (Acadia), PhD (Dal), St. Francis Xavier University, Visiting Scientists
Antigonish, NS. Surfactant technology. Fukushima, M., DSc (Tohoku U, Japan), Ishinomaki Senshu U, Ishinomaki,
Matta, C., BPharm Sci (Alexandria U, Egypt), Graduate Diploma in Health Miyagi, Japan
and Hospital Administration (National Institute of Management, Wu, J., BSc (Anqing Normal College, China), MSc, PhD (Nanjing U, China)
Chemistry 79
Programs leading to MSc and to PhD degrees are offered. Research for CHEM 5102.03: Organotransition Metal Chemistry.
these degrees can be undertaken in analytical, inorganic, organic, Organotransition metal chemistry has grown over the last several decades
physical/theoretical chemistry or combinations thereof. into one of the most important areas of research and development in
inorganic chemistry. In this class the most important types of organic
I. Admission Requirements ligands and their bonding characteristics are surveyed, as are the most
Candidates must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the important reaction pathways such as migratory insertion, oxidative
Faculty of Graduate Studies. It is recommended that all students from addition, nucleophilic addition, etc. The class concludes by examining
outside Canada submit the results of the advanced subject Graduate homogeneous catalysis by organotransition metal complexes.
Record Examination in Chemistry. In most cases this will be made a CHEM 5103.03: Spectroscopic and Structural
precondition to consideration of the student's application for admission.
For those whose first language is not English a minimum TOEFL score is Methods.
required (see Section 2.4 in the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations). In this class, a selection of techniques commonly used in elucidating the
structures of inorganic compounds and/or materials is surveyed. Topics
General Regulations to be covered may include, but are not restricted to: nuclear magnetic
All graduate students are required to carry out novel, original research. In resonance spectroscopy; X-ray diffraction methods; vibrational
addition, all graduate students are required, as part of their training, to spectroscopy; and magnetic measurements.
instruct in the undergraduate laboratories, to present and participate in
departmental graduate student seminars, and to attend invited speaker CHEM 5201.03: Advanced Topics in Separations.
departmental seminars. The Department will hold an annual meeting at Chemistry started as the science of separations and separations are still its
which time it will review the work of all graduate students. Permission to most prominent feature in most laboratories around the world. This class
continue will be contingent upon a satisfactory decision by the deals mainly with chromatography and associated techniques; in
Department. particular, gas chromatography in its regular, capillary and supercritical
forms, high-pressure liquid (including ion) chromatographies, capillary
Further details of degree regulations are presented in the Graduate electrophoresis, and gas and liquid chromatography combined with other
Students’ Handbook, which may be obtained from the Departmental instrumental techniques such as mass spectrometry. The original ideas
Office. behind the design of separation media and detection modes are
emphasized, and their consequences for the analysis of living and
II. Degree Options environmental systems.
A. MSc Degree CHEM 5301.03: Theory of Chemical Bonding.

This class surveys contemporary methods for electronic structure
Full-time Program calculations. The emphasis is on the qualitative features and physical basis
Two full-credit classes, or the equivalent, and one departmental graduate of molecular orbital theory and its application to chemistry. Empirical,
student seminar, together with the presentation and oral defence of a semi-empirical, and ab initio methods are included. Each student is
thesis based on original research are required. Faculty regulations permit expected to undertake a computational project relevant to her or his
an MSc candidate to graduate after 12 months of resident study. research interests.
Experience has shown that most MSc candidates in the Department
require at least 20 months to complete their work. Financial support is CHEM 5303.03: Physical Properties of Materials.
available for up to two years. The class will provide a broadly based introduction to the physical
properties of materials, including optical, thermal, electronic, magnetic
Part-time Program and mechanical properties. In addition, it will provide more in-depth
The full-time MSc class requirements and thesis regulations apply. The coverage of matters concerning lattice dynamics and related phononic
thesis must be supervised by a member of the Department. Stipends are properties of solids.
not available from the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
CHEM 5304.03: Kinetics and Catalysis.
B. PhD Degree Program This class relates the properties of molecules in motion to the rates of
Students with a completed Master’s degree are normally required to pass chemical changes. Collision, transition state and diffusion theories are
two additional full credits of classes and present two departmental applied to significant industrial, biological and atmospheric process.
graduate seminars. A PhD qualifying examination must be completed Photochemistry, and its converse, luminescence, are interpreted.
successfully within two years. Original research, together with Mechanisms of catalyst activity are discussed. In assignments, students
preparation and oral defence of a thesis, is required. apply theories to systems of their own choice.
For the minimum time required to complete the program, see Section 4.
Financial support is available for up to four years. CHEM 5305.03: Introductory Statistical
Thermodynamics.
III. Class Descriptions The principles of statistical mechanics are introduced and the relationship
Core graduate classes (5000) and advanced classes (6000) are offered. The between the laws of thermodynamics and the underlying microscopic
core classes constitute the main framework of a student's formal class processes is examined. Wherever possible applications to chemical
work, and are designed to be broad-based but at an advanced level. They systems are emphasized, and overview is given of modern techniques,
are intended to help the student gain a wide understanding in several with particular attention to computer simulation.
major branches of chemistry and thus students are strongly encouraged to
take some classes outside their area of specialization. Specialized classes CHEM 5401.03: Synthesis in Organic Chemistry.
provide the opportunity for in-depth study of selected topics which are This class is designed to allow the student to understand modern synthetic
more closely related to the student's research area. organic chemistry. It includes discussion of the main techniques for
carbon-carbon bond formation and for functional group interconversion.
CHEM 5101.03: Topics in Advanced Main Group Concepts in organic synthesis are introduced through study of syntheses
Chemistry. of a number of molecules of biological and chemical interest. Students will
A brief overview of the fundamental aspects of preparation, structure and review at least one publication from the current literature, give an oral
bonding for familiar systems is followed by examination of selected topics presentation and write a review paper.
in detail. An emphasis is placed on apparently novel structure and
bonding in comparison to the chemistry of carbon leading to conclusions
on a more general bonding model for the elements of the main group.
80 Chemistry
CHEM 5402.03: Organic Structure Determination. CHEM 6199.03: Special Topics in Inorganic
This class uses all spectral techniques in a problem-based approach to Chemistry.
teach methods for the determination of structures of organic and inorganic
compounds, with the emphasis being on the former. The class material
mainly focuses on nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy with some CHEM 6203.03: Environmental Chemistry.
attention to mass spectrometry. Topics include proton, carbon, and This class is designed to illustrate the applications of basic chemistry to the
heteroatom chemical shifts and coupling constants, relaxation, dynamic characterization of environmental systems. The basic concepts of
NMR, and one-dimensional and two-dimensional experiments. equilibria, kinetics, and mass transport are used to develop models for the
distribution of organic chemicals in environmental systems as diverse as
CHEM 5403.03: Organic Reaction Mechanisms. sewage treatment plants, room air quality, freshwater lakes, and
The fundamental concepts of bonding, structure, and dynamic behaviors bioaccumulation of pollutants by fish. The computational and graphical
of organic compounds are discussed. Methods for determining the aspects of the models are developed using simple spreadsheets. The case
mechanisms of organic reactions are discussed. Topics include studies discussed in the lectures are selected to illustrate both
applications of kinetic data, linear free energy relationships, acid and base environmental interactions and analytical methodology. The most
catalysis, concerted reactions and the importance of orbital symmetry, important topics covered are: characteristics of environmental systems,
steric effects, solvent effects, and isotope effects. box models of the environment, fugacity description of organic
interactions, QSARs, acid/base equilibria for natural waters, Eh-pH
CHEM 5502.03: Polymer Science. diagrams, and metal speciation.
This class will cover aspects of synthesis, analysis, characterization,
structure and uses of synthetic and naturally occurring macromolecules. CHEM 6204.03: Analytical Radiochemistry.
Emphasis will be on the application of standard methods of organic This class introduces basic concepts of nuclear chemistry and nuclear
synthesis, analytical separations, and physico-chemical characterization. analytical methods. The class includes: discovery of radioactivity; nuclides
In addition, students will carry out independent literature projects. and natural decay chain; types of radioactive decay; nuclear reactions;
research reactors; instrumental, preconcentration and radiochemical
CHEM 5504.03: Diffraction Techniques in Solid State neutron activation analysis; and two laboratory sessions on NAA.
Chemistry.
All chemical elements and compounds can exist as crystalline solids. This CHEM 6205.03: Chemometrics.
class studies the arrangements of atoms and molecules in such solids and This class considers the application of mathematical, statistical and
examines the methods used to determine these structures. Particular computer-based methods to chemical measurements. Topics include
emphasis is placed on the techniques of X-ray crystallography. descriptive statics, probability, propagation of error, experimental design,
analysis of variance, experimental optimization, regression (linear and
CHEM 5509.00: Graduate Student Seminar I. nonlinear), multivariate calibration, digital filtering, Fourier transforms,
All MSc and PhD students are required to participate in the Graduate and principal components analysis. Topics are often tailored to class
Student Seminar program every year. MSc and PhD students will be interests. Some exposure to computers is assumed, but programming
required to prepare and present one Departmental Seminar within the first experience is not essential.
two years of study, normally in the winter term of the second year.
Seminar I shall be formatted as a scientific research lecture and shall focus CHEM 6301.03: Advanced Electronic Structure
on a chemistry topic that is in the current chemical literature and not Theory.
related to the student’s research topic. Graduate Student Seminar I has the This class is primarily concerned with advanced electronic structure
purpose of broadening the graduate student’s outlook and understanding methods for the inclusion of the effects of electron correlation. Topics,
of Chemistry. Evaluation will be based on preparation, presentation skills, chosen from the current literature, include configuration interaction,
scientific content, ability to field questions and regular attendance. Graded coupled-cluster methods, perturbation theory and density functional
pass/fail. theory. This class is intended for students engaged in doctoral studies in
theoretical chemistry.
CHEM 5601.03: Principles of Biomolecular and Drug PREREQUISITE: CHEM 5301
Molecule Design.
An introductory level course in biomolecular design, drug design, and CHEM 6304.03: Computational Kinetics.
medicinal chemistry. The class covers both general principles of drug This class will offer students experience in the application of computers to
design and biochemical considerations in drug design. The fundamental current problems in chemical kinetics. The central objective will be the
goal of the course is to give student the necessary tools "to take a human or simulation of complex chemical processes by computer. Building blocks
veterinarian pathological problem and to sit down and initiate the process will include the calculation of key parts of potential energy surfaces,
of designing new chemical structures as putative therapeutics for the transition state theory calculations, Rice-Ramsperger-Kassel-Marcus
disease in question." Students in chemistry are strongly recommended to theory and the solution of combinations of differential rate equations by
take Chemistry 3601 prior to registering in this class. finite difference techniques. Students will use some commercial programs
FORMAT: Lecture, 3 hours per week and will write some programs themselves.
PREREQUISITE: CHEM 2402 or permission of the instructor
CROSS-LISTING: CHEM 4601 CHEM 6312.03: Colloid and Surface Science.
This is an introduction to the study of colloidal systems and interfaces. The
CHEM 6106.03: Advanced X-Ray Crystallography and student is expected to have a background in thermodynamics at the
Group Theory. undergraduate level since a review of the thermodynamics of electrolytes
This is a class for specialist crystallographers. Topics covered include: the is included in this class. Topics covered include nomenclature of colloidal
theory of diffraction and the theory and design of diffractometers; modern systems, the thermodynamics treatment of interfaces and adsorption, the
Patterson methods of structure determination, modern “Direct Methods” electrical double layer, colloid stability, association colloids, and polymer
and the relationship between Patterson and Direct methods; least-squares solutions. A number of applications in various industrial processes and
refinement, absorption and disorder; incommensurate structures and the resource extraction are discussed. Assessment is through regular take
methods used to examine them; constrained and restrained refinement, home assignments, literature reviews, a special project, and a written final
the theory and practice; methods of libration analysis. examination.
PREREQUISITE: CHEM 5504
Chemistry 81
CHEM 6313.03: Special Topics in Solid State examination of some fundamental physics and chemistry of ions in the gas
Chemistry. phase. The third part is a summary of modern applications with particular
attention to the roles of mass spectrometry in drug discovery, proteomics,
This class is intended to introduce interested students to the solid state.
and environmental chemistry.
The prerequisites are good grounding in thermodynamics and
mathematical methods. The class introduces the basics of solid state CHEM 6509.03: Graduate Student Seminar II.
(lattice types, phonons, lattice models) and then moves on to introduce All graduate students enrolled in the Doctoral program will be required to
techniques used to investigate the solid state. These concepts are then present a graduate student seminar on their research topic during the final
applied to a variety of problems. The text followed is “Solid State Physics” two years of study. Seminar II will normally be presented in the fall term
by C. Kittel, and a number of other books are used for reference material. of the fourth year of study. Graduate Student Seminar II has the purpose
The student is evaluated on problem assignments, one or two seminars of giving the senior PhD student an opportunity to present a
and a three-hour closed-book final examination. Departmental seminar on their research work. Evaluation will be based on
CHEM 6316.03: Theory of Modern NMR Experiments. preparation, presentation skills, scientific content, ability to field questions
and regular attendance. Graded pass/fail
The principles behind many of the common 1-D and 2-D NMR
experiments are discussed. An introduction to density matrix theory, the CHEM 9000.00: MSC Thesis.
product operator formalism and their application to modern NMR
spectroscopy are discussed. As well, average Hamiltonian theory and CHEM 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
some applications in solid state NMR are covered.
CHEM 6404.03: Organic Photochemistry.

This class covers the fundamentals of the properties and reactivity of the
excited states of organic molecules in solution. The first part deals with
transitions between states including the process of absorption,
fluorescence, phosphorescence, internal conversion, intersystem crossing
and chemical conversion. The approach here is qualitative and descriptive
rather than quantitative and theoretical. Kinetic schemes using the steady-
state approach are used to discuss quantum yields. The second part is on
selected examples of organic functional group reactivity.
CHEM 6406.03: Natural Products.

This class introduces the major groups of natural products, including
polyketides, alkaloids, peptide antibiotics, terpenes and shikimate
metabolities. Analysis of natural product structure is emphasized, and
characteristic structural fragments are related to primary biosynthetic
precursors. Strategies, techniques and mechanistic reasoning used to
elucidate the biosynthetic pathways of natural products are covered.
Biosynthetic studies from the current scientific literature are discussed
using several commercially important natural product pharmaceuticals as
examples. Students are evaluated on problem assignments, a term test,
one or two class presentations of topics from the research literature, and a
written final exam.
CHEM 6409.03: Carbohydrate Chemistry.

This class provides an outline of the structures, functions and preparation
of carbohydrates. An introduction to carbohydrate structure and
nomenclature is followed by consideration of the principles and methods
of conformational analysis, with emphasis on those that apply to
carbohydrates. Synthetic topics discussed include glycoside synthesis,
blocking groups, neighbouring group participation, nucleophilic
substitution, glycals, and others that vary from year to year. The structures
and functions of a few of the most interesting biologically important
oligosaccharides and polysaccharides are considered.
CHEM 6499.03: Special Topics in Organic Chemistry.

CHEM 6501.03: Electronic Instrumentation for
Scientists.
This class starts with basic electrical concepts and describes simple ac and
dc circuits. Semiconductors are introduced, followed by a discussion of
power supplies and the various types of amplifiers. The various number
systems and circuits (gates and flip-flops) used in digital circuits are
discussed. Finally digital data transmission, analog-to-digital and digital-
to-analog conversion, and computer basics are explored. Chemical
instruments are used as examples whenever possible. Practical aspects of
electronics such as basic measurements, the use of various electronic
instruments, reading circuit diagrams, and troubleshooting are
emphasized. No knowledge of physics beyond the first year is required.
CHEM 6505.03: Biological Mass Spectrometry.

This class offers a thorough treatment of modern mass spectrometry. The
first part of the class covers the design of modern instrumentation with the
emphasis on use in bioanalytical chemistry. The second major topic is an
82 Chemistry
Hansen, D., BScE (Guelph), MScE (UNB), PhD (Ottawa), PEng.
Hydrology, river hydraulics, flow through porous media, municipal
water systems.
Hart, W.C., BSc (Ohio Wesleyan), MA (Indiana), PhD (Dal), Director,
Centre for Water Resources Studies. Joint appointment with the
Civil and Resource Department of Process Engineering and Applied Science.

Hill, J.D., BSc, MSc (Acadia), PhD (UWO). Mining geology, time domain
Engineering reflectometry, acid rock drainage.
Lake, C., BEng (TUNS), PhD (UWO), PEng. Graduate Studies Coordinator.
Geotechnical engineering, geo-environmental engineering,
geosynthetics performance.
• Civil Engineering Liu, L., BSc (Nankai), MSc (Peking), PhD (Regina). Geo-Environmental
engineering, environmental engineering, environmental modelling and
• Mineral Resource Engineering decision-making.
Liu, Y., BScE, MScE (Xi'an), PhD (UNB), PEng., Co-op Coordinator.
Main Office Structural analysis and design, applications to masonry structures,
Location: “D” Building, Room D215 advanced strength of materials, application of the finite element
Telephone:(902) 494-3241 method.
Fax: (902) 494-3108 Newhook, J.P., BEng, MASc, PhD (TUNS), PEng, Fibre reinforced
Email: cregrad@dal.ca polymers, concrete, bridge engineering, structural health monitoring,
Website: http://civilandresource.engineering.dal.ca design and analysis.
Mineral Resource Office
Location: “G” Building, Room G212 Assistant Professors
Telephone:(902) 494-3954 Flint, I., PhD (UBC), MASc (Toronto), BSc (Toronto), BASc (Toronto).
Fax: (902) 425-1037 Mining Separation process, hydrocarbon-water, soils remediation,
Email: mining.office@dal.ca flotation, graphite processing, simulation and modelling
Thorburn, J., BSc (UNB), MSc (Alberta), PhD (Dal), PEng. Structural
Department Head analysis and design, design of steel structures.
Zou, D.H., BSc (CUMT, China), PhD (UBC), PEng Walsh, M., BEng (TUNS), MEng (McGill), PhD (Dal), PEng. Membrane
technology for water and wastewater treatment, industrial chemical
Professor Emeritus
program management and wastewater reuse applications, biological
Jaeger, L.G., BA, MA (Cantab), PhD (London), DSc (London), DEng processes for water and wastewater treatment.
(Carleton, Memorial, TUNS)(hc), PEng
Adjunct Professors
Professors
Akhavi, MS, BSc, MSc (Colorado), PhD (Iowa)
Ali, N.A., BSc (Baghdad), MSc, PhD (N. Carolina State), PEng. U.G. Butt, S.D., BEng, MSc (Memorial), PhD (Queens), PEng. Mining
Program Chair. Flexible pavement, highways, pavement design and Technology, geomechanics, sub surface imaging, reservoir monitoring.
performance, transportation.
El-Jabi, N., BASc (Sherbrooke), MASc, PhD (U of Montreal, Poltechnique),
Fenton, G.A., BEng., MEng. (Carleton), M.A., PhD, (Princeton), PEng,
PEng
cross-appointment with the Engineering Mathematics Department. Forrester, D.J., BSc, PhD (Nottingham), PEng. Geotechnical, rock
Gagnon, G.A., BScE (Guelph), PhD (Waterloo), PEng, Associate Director, mechanics, mining and mine environment management.
Centre for Water Resources Studies. Cross-appointment with the Jones, D.S., BEng (TUNS), MBA (Western Ontario), PhD (TUNS), PEng.
School for Resource and Environmental Studies. Water and wastewater
Rock mechanics, ground control, mine design, ventilation.
treatment, water quality, environmental engineering. Koko, T., BSc (Nigeria), MEng (Nigeria), PhD (UBC), PEng
Islam, M.R., Dip. Ing. (Algeria), MSc (Alberta), PhD (Alberta).
Rockwell, M.C., BEng (Petro), MEng, PhD (TUNS), PEng. Petroleum Adjunct Associate Professors
engineering, reservoir engineering, mine waste management, mine Forgeron, D., BEng (TUNS), PhD (Dal), PEng
production engineering, ocean mining. Kasemets, J.T., BEng (Royal Military College), MEng (Alberta), MBA
Satish, M. G., BSc, BECivEng (My.), MEng, PhD (Concordia), PEng, (Ottawa). Blasting, explosives, rock breaking.
Associate Dean, Graduate Studies and Research. Water resources Kenny, S., BEng, MEng, PhD (Memorial), PEng
engineering, numerical modeling of flows, system optimization, open Mann, H., BSc (SMU), MSc, PhD (UWO)
channel flow. Pegg, N., BSc (Guelph), MASc (UBC), PhD (TUNS), PEng
Taheri, F., BEng, MASc, PhD (TUNS), PEng. Advanced composite
materials, finite element methods (elastic, plastic), fracture mechanics Adjunct Assistant Professors
and fatigue, impact and stability of structures. Caissie, D., BASc (Moncton), MASc (Moncton), PhD (Dal), PEng
Trottier, J.F., BScA, PhD (Laval), PEng, Director, Nova Scotia CAD/CAM Gibson, M., BA (England), MSc, PhD (Glasgow)
Centre. Canada Research Chair on Structural Health Monitoring and Limaye, V., BE (India), MASc (Dal), PhD (Dal), PEng
Innovative Materials. High performance concrete, durability of civil Morcous, G., BEng (Cairo), MASc (Cairo), PhD (Concordia), PEng
engineering structures, nondestructive testing (ground penetrating Civil Engineering Program
radar).
Zou, D.H., BSc (CUMT, China), PhD (UBC), PEng, Rock mechanics, Civil Engineering Program
nondestructive rock bolt testing, mine design, numerical modelling,
tailing disposal, slope stability analysis, well bore stability, geohazards I. Introduction
prevention. Civil Engineering is concerned with the engineering (planning, design and
construction) of systems of constructed facilities related to the needs of
Research Professor
society. The scope and complexity as well as the interdisciplinary
Waller, D.H., BEng (TUNS), DIC (London), PhD (Dal), PEng.
involvements of Civil Engineering continues to increase rapidly with the
development of modern science and technology and the population
growth with its spiraling demands upon the air-land-water environment.
The preparation of the Civil Engineering student is aimed toward meeting
Civil and Resource Engineering 83

these challenges through innovative application of known principles, NOTE: (1)This is a required class for all Master students in the Department
creative research to discover new approaches, and imaginative design to of Civil and Resource Engineering: (2)Registration of this class is
fulfill society's needs. required only for the term during which students present their research
findings.
Civil Engineering graduates are found in responsible engineering and
administrative positions in industry and government. Some become CIVL 6115.03: Design of Water Treatment Plants.
consultants in planning, design or construction of engineering projects or Evaluation of water quality characteristics and synthesis of unit operations
in specialized fields where the application of research to the solution of into plants designed to modify those characteristics. Design aspects of
practical problems is important. The professional practice of a Civil flocculation, coagulation, precipitation, sedimentation, filtration and
Engineer includes the conception, design, construction, operation, and disinfection are included.
maintenance of private and public projects. Included in this are bridges, PREREQUISITE: CIVL 4440.03 or equivalent
buildings, highways, airports, railroads, harbors, docks, subways, tunnels,
water supply and purification systems, sewage collection and treatment CIVL 6116.03: Biological Waste Treatment.
facilities, water power developments, and Petroleum Engineering. See the A study of fundamental principles of microbiology as applicable to
Engineering section for details of Master's and Doctoral programs. domestic waste treatment. Activated sludge processes, trickling filters,
aerated lagoon, stabilization ponds, disinfection and anaerobic treatment.
II. Class Descriptions PREREQUISITE: CIVL 4440.03 or equivalent
(Not all classes are offered every year. Please consult the CIVL 6117.03: Water Quality Management.
Water quality requirements for various uses: factors affecting water
current timetable for this year's offerings) quality; behaviors and fate of pollutants in treatment plants and receiving
waters and considerations involved in selection from alternative methods
CIVL 6000.03: Directed Studies in Civil Engineering I. of water quality control.
This class offers the Graduate Student an opportunity to undertake a
study in a specific area of interest that is not covered in the regular class CIVL 6119.03: Highway Materials.
offerings. The student chooses to work under the supervision of a Faculty A study is made of the properties of subgrades and of how they influence
Member in the Department. This class is normally available to a Graduate the performance of pavements. The purpose and properties of base and
Student enrolled in a Master's Degree Program. sub-base will be considered. Bituminous materials and aggregates are
tested and combined to give desirable mixes.
CIVL 6101.03: Advanced Strength of Materials.
The class introduces tensor mathematics. The governing equations of an CIVL 6120.03: Advanced Traffic Engineering.
elastic solid are developed in various coordinate systems. Engineering Principles of planning and advanced traffic engineering with special
problems such as plane problem, St. Venant, bending, torsion, and reference to criteria for optimum cycle length; geometric design of
extension of bars are treated. Displacement, stress field and Airy function highways and interchange design principles; benefit-cost considerations.
and some numerical methods for obtaining solutions are other methods This class will involve a term problem on interchange design and
that are covered. The class explores various failure criteria and their preparation of working drawings.
application. Theory of anisothropic elastic continuum concludes the class.
PREREQUISITE: Undergraduate senior level Strength of Materials or CIVL 6126.03: Foundation Engineering I.
equivalent Geotechnical aspects of shallow and deep foundation design are
presented. Current subsoil investigation and field methods for
CIVL 6104.03: Advanced Hydraulics. foundations of structures will be reviewed. Bearing capacity and
An advanced study of hydraulics in relation to engineering problems. deformation of both shallow and deep foundations are examined with
Flow principles; surface and form resistance; turbulence, boundary layer respect to analytical, numerical and empirical methods.
concepts. Model similitude; tidal power plants; gas-lift pumps.
CIVL 6127.03: Foundation Engineering II.
CIVL 6105.03: Open Channel Hydraulics. The class deals with the design and construction of deep foundations.
Basic concepts of fluid flow; the energy principle in open channel flow; the Design considerations such as, bearing capacity and settlement, are
momentum principle in open channel flow; flow resistance; flow considered. The use of total and partial factors of safety are discussed.
resistance in nonuniform flow computations; channel controls; channel Field load tests and their interpretation are included as well as a review of
transitions; and sediment transport. inspection procedures for deep foundations.
CIVL 6106.03: Coastal Hydraulics. CIVL 6134.03: Advanced Highway Geometric Design.
Review of water waves. Translatory; tsunamis; tidal waves; gravity waves; This class deals with the principles of Geometric design controls and
wave diffraction and refraction and focusing; littoral currents and drift; criteria with special reference to capacity controlled designs. Grade
cusps; winter and summer beaches; rip tides; sand by-passes; beach separated intersections and fully developed interchanges will be discussed
feeding; sand pumping; groynes; jetties and breakwaters. in relation to traffic volumes. Computer-based design of freeway and
ramp junctions will be considered in detail.
CIVL 6108.03: Graduate Seminar - Master’s Level.
This seminar class is designed to provide graduate students with the CIVL 6135.03: Groundwater Chemical Quality.
opportunity to search the literature for information on current topics This class provides an in-depth study into the chemical quality of
related to their projects/thesis. All graduate students pursuing MEng and groundwater. As water passes through the various stages of the
MASc degrees in the Civil Engineering program are required to take this hydrologic cycle, its composition changes. This class will explore these
class and offer their findings, orally in one presentation to the faculty changes with particular reference to: (1) the types of inorganic and organic
members of the department and students, four months prior to the constituents dissolved in water and their significance; (2) the suitability of
completion of their program. This presentation will be followed by a water quality data and its presentation; (3) the various processes that
question and answer session. Graduate students might also be asked to control the behaviour of dissolved substances in groundwater; (4) the
submit a written version of their presentations (or a hard-copy of their evolution of groundwater quality; (5) the more commonly used
presentation slides) to the Graduate Coordinator of their department. This groundwater quality models; (6) basic chemical properties, transport
seminar class will be offered twice each academic year in the format of an mechanisms, retardation and restoration of organic contaminants in water;
end-of-term conference in Fall and Winter semesters, respectively. and (7) point of use water treatment.
Evaluation will be based on preparation, presentation skills, scientific PREREQUISITE: CIVL 3450.03 and 4410.03. The latter may be taken
content, ability to field questions and regular attendance. Graded pass/ concurrently.
fail.
84 Civil and Resource Engineering

CIVL 6137.03: Advanced Soil Mechanics. rigid frames, grillages and space frames. The theoretical knowledge
This class deals with the stress-strain behavior and its mathematical gained is put into practice through commercially available codes.
representation. The aspects considered include nonlinear elastic and Throughout the class, practical 'real-life' problems constitute the
elasto-plastic behavior of soils with particular reference to the critical state assignments and projects.
theory. Application of several well-established soil models for solving PREREQUISITE: CIVL 3510.03 or equivalent
practical problems are discussed.
CIVL 6148.03: Application of Finite Element Method I
CIVL 6139.03: Transport Operations. (Linear Systems)
This class is an introduction to the operation of transportation services at This class introduces the theory and implementation of the analysis
the urban and regional levels. Surveys and data collection, development of procedures used in the linear, static, and dynamic finite element analysis
computerized data bases, and elements of travel forecasting; trip systems. First, the continuum mechanics formulation is presented. For
generation, trip distribution, modal split, trip assignment are covered. finite element discretization, one-, two-, and three-dimensional elements
Operational characteristics of public transportation, airports and freight are described. Finally, a selected number of equation and eigenvalue
distribution systems, and performance evaluation are discussed. solvers are compared.
Environmental, energy and safety implications of transportation systems, PREREQUISITE: CIVL 3700.03 or equivalent
and existing policies are reviewed.
CIVL 6149.03: Application of Finite Element Method II
CIVL 6141.03: Modeling of Groundwater Systems. (Nonlinear Systems).
Basic concepts in analytical and numerical modeling of groundwater This class introduces the theory and implementation of the analysis
systems are introduced. Fundamental equations for flow in aquifers and procedures used in geometric and material nonlinear finite element
mathematical statement of the groundwater forecasting problems are analysis systems. Problems in plasticity, impact, contact and
studied. The hydraulic approach to flow in aquifers and the continuum viscoelasticity are treated. Numerical solutions pertinent to nonlinear
approach to flow through porous media are discussed. Modeling systems are explored. Various topics and algorithms such as the reduce
techniques for groundwater quality problems dealing with pollutant integration, hour-glass and Arc Length Automatic Stepping method are
movement due to hydrodynamic dispersion are also studied. also reviewed. The students examine the above concepts by exploring a set
PREREQUISITE: CIVL 4410.03 of industrial applications.
PREREQUISITE: CIVL 6148.03 or 4540.03
CIVL 6142.03: Pavement Design and Management.
This class covers all aspects of flexible, (asphalt concrete) and rigid CIVL 6150.03: Dynamics of Structures.
(portland cement concrete) pavements design methods. It includes This class covers fundamental analysis methods for the behavior of
structural pavement design of new pavements and overlay, including structures and structural elements subjected to dynamic loading.
mechanistic. (i.e., shell, Asphalt Institute, PCA), empirical, (i.e., AASHTO, Comprehensive study of single-degree-of-freedom systems followed by
Ontario) and performance prediction - oriented, (i.e., VESYS, DAMA, solution of multi-degree -of-freedom systems with particular reference to
LTPP - observation) methods. It also includes the recent research efforts in response of multi-story structures to earthquake loading is covered. An
monitoring pavement performance. introduction to random response and stochastic analysis of structural
dynamics problems are also given.
CIVL 6143.03: Modelling of Groundwater Systems II.
This class builds on the fundamental concepts introduced in Modelling of CIVL 6151.03: Bridge Engineering.
Groundwater I. Emphasis will be placed on numerical techniques for This class provides an introduction to bridge engineering, specifically
studying contaminant transport in groundwater. discussing the aspects of loading, analysis and design relevant to short
Numerical aspects of modelling, parameter identification and and medium span bridges. Reference is made to current Canadian bridge
optimization will be discussed along with modelling of chemistry coupled design codes. Analytical methods appropriate for bridge superstructures
to transport, dispersion theory and transport in fractured media. is presented, including computer methods. The structural design of steel,
PREREQUISITE: CIVL 6141.03 reinforced concrete and prestressed concrete bridge systems are discussed.
CIVL 6144.03: Geo-Environmental Barrier Design. CIVL 6152.03: Behavior and Design of Steel
Geo-environmental aspects of waste management are examined with Structures.
emphasis on the design of barrier systems to provide long term protection
Advanced concepts of the behavior and design of steel members and
against groundwater contamination. A major focus is the integration of
frameworks are presented, emphasizing the rationale for current steel
engineering design and dydrogeologic considerations relative to
code design criteria. Topics include torsion, plate stability, connection
contaminant transport through engineered barrier systems and natural
design, fatigue and frame behavior.
soils.
PREREQUISITE: CIVL 4520.03 or equivalent
CIVL 6145.03: Probability Concepts in Civil
CIVL 6153.03: Fibre Reinforced Plastics (FRP).
Engineering Planning & Design. This class begins with a review of test methods, properties and production
This class introduces concepts related to the role of probability in civil methods of the fibre and polymer components of fibre-reinforced
engineering, uncertainty in real-world information, design and decision laminates and of fabricated composite laminates. This is followed by the
making under uncertainty. development of the macro-mechanical and micro-mechanical analysis
Examples will be derived from planning and design of airport pavements, techniques for the design of composite laminae and a study of the strength
hydrologic design, of structures and machines, geotechnical design, criteria used in design procedures.
construction planning and management, photogrammetric and geodetic PREREQUISITE: Senior level mechanics of materials class
surveying measurements.
The class will discuss analytical models of random phenomena, functions CIVL 6155.03: Advanced Concrete Technology.
of random variables, estimating parameters from observation data, This class provides an in-depth study of the various factors affecting the
empirical determination of distribution models, regression and correlation behavior and performance of concrete. Strength of concrete, permeability
analyses, elements of quality assurance and acceptance sampling. and durability, deformation and cracking, curing, admixtures,
temperature effects and specialized testing procedures are among the
CIVL 6147.03: Advanced Theory of Structures. topics presented. High performance concrete, polymer concrete and roller
This class provides graduate students and practicing engineers with a compacted concrete are also studied.
knowledge necessary to make safe and efficient use of computer programs
designed to analyze frame type structures. The displacement method is
studied in detail with applications to trusses, continuous beams, complex

CIVL 6156.03: Fibre Reinforced Cement Composites. CIVL 6165.03: Structures and the Urban Environment:
The purpose of this class is to introduce the student to various portland The New Art of Structural Engineering.
cement-based fibre composites and to provide information on their This class seeks to introduce students to the new art of structural
constituent materials, fabrication, mechanical performance and engineering through the studies of exemplary structures. It focuses on a
applications. Interaction between fibres and matrix, behavior under series of designers, each of whom has created structures exhibiting
tensile, flexure, fatigue and impact loading, properties of freshly mixed personal style. These designers have seen their work as art in the same
and hardened fibre reinforced concrete are studied. Special fibre sense that leading architects have seen their work. A variety of structural
reinforced cementitous systems like SIFCON and different application forms will be studied. Study will be made up of a small set of historically
procedures like shotcreting are also covered. significant designs, judged to be in the front rank both technically and
artistically.
CIVL 6157.03: Advanced Reinforced Concrete
Structures. CIVL 6166.03: Advanced Structural Engineering
A study of principles of reinforced and prestressed concrete design and Concepts.
the application of prestressed concrete to buildings, bridges and The class will address selected advanced topics in structural engineering
prefabricated structures. Yield line theory of concrete slabs, design of related to the characteristics of loading and the behavior and design of
structures for earthquake loads, structural failure and methods of repair structural systems. Ultimate strength, stability, connections and post-
are covered. buckling strength will be examined, focusing on elements employed in
PREREQUISITE: CIVL 3520.03, CIVL 4510.03 building and bridge structures.
FORMAT: Lecture
CIVL 6159.03: Form and Process in Alluvial Channels.
This class begins with various aspects of fluvial geomorphology from a CIVL 6167.03: Microbes in Industrial Failures.
civil engineering point-of-view. It then moves on to discussion of The deterioration of materials by microorganisms is of great economic
hydraulic resistance based on quantitative estimates of channel roughness, significance. It has been estimated that the biological deterioration of all
regime concepts for artificial and natural rivers, uses of boundary shear industrial materials, is in the billions of dollars annually. This course is
stress and unit stream power in bed-load estimations, the hydraulics and going to cover the microbial damage to building, oil and gas, wood,
statistics of suspended sediment, numerical versus physical modelling, transportation, steel and mining industries.
and a review of case histories of responses of rivers to human activity. The FORMAT: Lectures, labs and field trips
hydraulics of fish habitat assessment is also considered. The application of
HEC-RAS to a local brook is part of the class. CIVL 6201.03: Road Safety Science.
PREREQUISITE: CIVL 3300.03, 3310.03 The class is intended to provide an introduction to the science of road
safety with particular emphasis on its application to current newly
CIVL 6160.03: Energy Methods and Stability in Elastic developing highway design and traffic engineering practices. The class
Structures. will be divided into five major sections: introductory principles; human
Energy methods are an important tool in elastic structural analysis and factors; road safety analysis, diagnosis and prescription; road safety
design. Many traditional methods, as well as more advanced finite considerations in facility design and operations; special consideration;
element analyses for determining displacements and stresses, are based on network-level analysis.
energy principles. This class will introduce energy methods and look at
several applications in structural engineering, including determination of CIVL 6202.03: Emerging Road Transportation
the elastic stability limits of structures and the development of Technologies.
displacement matrix methods of analysis. This class is intended to provide students with an overview of emerging
road transportation technologies and their implications for road
CIVL 6161.03: Marine Geotechnics. transportation engineering practice in the following settings: Road
This class presents the basic principles of soil mechanics for the marine transport planning; road design; operations and management;
setting. The class provides a basic overview of marine geology and maintenance and rehabilitation; performance monitoring and assessment.
oceanography as applied to problems in ocean engineering, presents The technologies examined will include developments in analytical and
special marine geotechnical measurements and techniques, reviews computational methods, decision support tools, and hardware.
geotechnical properties and soil mechanics techniques required for marine
investigations, and introduces the student to marine geophysical methods. CIVL 6414.03: Environmental Systems Engineering.
PREREQUISITE: CIVL 3100.03 This course discusses various operational research techniques and their
applications to environmental systems planning and pollution control.
CIVL 6162.03: Groundwater and Wells. Case studies are designed to deal with the planning, design, and operation
This class deals with those aspects of groundwater resource assessment, issues of environmental systems. Uncertainty-based optimization will be
development and protection pertaining to the design of water wells discussed for addressing systems' variability and for making decisions
intended to function as reliable sources of potable water in the long-term. with improved cost-effectiveness and efficiency. Computer software
It includes detailed consideration of drilling methods, well design, aquifer packages will be used to enhance the course learning.
testing, field-data interpretation, strategies for well-head protection, and FORMAT: Lecture/computer lab
the essentials of site assessment. PREREQUISITE: Statistics and Engineering Mathematics or consent by the
PREREQUISITE: CIVL 4410.03 instructor.
CIVL 6163.03: Design and Analysis of Plates and CIVL 6546.03: Maintenance Planning and
Shells. Management of Civil Infrastructure Systems.
This class deals with the derivation and the solution of the differential Introduction to and overview of infrastructure deterioration in North
equations of plates and shells. The solutions are used for the design and America, focusing on transportation infrastructure and underground
analysis of practical problems. The topics covered are: plates in Cartesian facilities. Topics on condition assessment, performance prediction, and
coordinate system with various boundary and load conditions, maintenance optimization. Discussions on life cycle costing of preventive
introduction of yield line theory, circular plates, plates on elastic maintenance, rehabilitation, and replacement. State of the art in
foundation, membrane theory, cylindrical shells and the theory of shells infrastructure inspection and data collection/acquisition technologies.
having the form of a surface of revolution. Development of infrastructure management systems and the use of
PREREQUISITE: CIVL 3700.03 or equivalent information technology as decision support tools.

CIVL 6860.03: Introduction to Geographic Information A. Specialization in mining and mineral processing
Systems (GIS). engineering
This class is an introduction to the fundamentals of the Geographic
If a student chooses to specialize in mining engineering, opportunities
Information Systems (GIS) and its general applications. The topics covered
exist for advanced studies in underground and surface mining of coal, oil
include: 1) the concept and components of a GIS, its general application,
shales, metals, gold and industrial minerals. Research topics may include
hardware and software, etc.; 2) Geographic Data (vector, raster and
rock mechanics, mine design, ground support, field monitoring,
attribute data): structure, inputs, acquisitions, and conversion, and
optimization, equipment maintenance and many more. A student may
operations; 3) Digital Elevation Models (DEM) and its applications. The
also choose to specialize in mineral processing with the focus on the
class emphasizes the engineering applications.
beneficiation of ores.
CIVL 6861.03: Advanced Geographic Information B. Specialization in petroleum engineering
Systems (GIS).
This class deals with the advanced techniques of GIS in civil engineering Research opportunities exist in reservoir engineering, offshore drilling,
application, covering the following topics for civil and environmental production of oil and gas, petroleum geomechanics, wellbore stability, and
engineering planning and construction: 1) Selections of optimal site, more. Graduate studies in petroleum engineering prepares students for a
routine, and area with multi-criteria; 2) Determinations of the closest career in the conventional petroleum sector as well as the oil sands
facility from any location, the shortest path between different points, the mining.
service areas around any location; 3) Techniques of Terrain Analysis,
In addition to the Graduate Scholarships available in the Faculty of
Spatial Analysis, and Spatial Modeling.
Engineering and Dalhousie University, the Mineral Resource Engineering
CIVL 7000.03: Directed Studies in Civil Engineering II. Program also provides a limited number of Research Assistantships to
highly qualified candidates. Candidates are suggested to contact
This class is designed for a Doctoral Candidate pursuing graduate studies
individual faculty members for details.
leading to a PhD degree in Civil Engineering. It offers the graduate
student an opportunity to complete an advanced study in a specific topic
of interest that is not included in the regular classes offered. The student II. Class Descriptions
works under the supervision of a faculty member in the Civil Engineering
Department. (Not all classes are offered every year. Please consult the
current timetable for this year's offerings)
CIVL 7101.03: Advanced Theoretical Soil Mechanics.
Advanced analysis of strength and deformation of soils in two and three See the Engineering section of this calendar for Master's and Doctoral
dimensions. Applications to problems of earth pressure, the stability of program details. Courses listed under PETR-petroleum engineering may
slopes and earth dams, the stability and movement of foundations, also be accepted for credit toward graduate studies in Mineral Resource
interaction between structures and foundations, bearing capacity and Engineering.
deformation of pavement, mechanics of soil-vehicle systems.
PREREQUISITE: CIVL 6102.03, CIVL 6126.03 or CIVL 6127.03 MINE 6001.03: Advanced Rock Mechanics.
This class deals with specific rock mechanics problems related to ground
CIVL 7105.03: Graduate Seminar - PhD Level. stability control in mines. Emphasis is placed on in situ stress
This seminar class is designed to provide graduate students with the measurement, stress change and ground movement monitoring,
opportunity to search the literature for information on current topics numerical modelling in mining applications, rockbursting and
related to their project/thesis. All graduate students pursuing a PhD microseismic monitoring. Theory, state-of-the-art and existing problems of
degree in the Civil Engineering Program are required to take this class and relevant techniques are discussed. Case studies are included to solve
offer their findings, orally, in TWO presentations to the faculty members practical problems.
of the department and students, in two intervals, before their thesis PREREQUISITE: Knowledge of differential equations and linear algebra
defense. The presentation will be followed by a question and answer and MINE 3611.03 or equivalent.
session. Graduate students might also be asked to submit a written version
of their presentations (or a hard-copy of their presentation slides) to the MINE 6002.03: Mine Excavation.
Graduate Coordinator of their department. This seminar class will be Advanced technology of excavation with particular emphasis on
offered twice each academic year in the format of an end-of-term- tunnelling. Analysis of continuous and cyclical excavation methods.
conference in Fall and Winter semesters, respectively. Evaluation will be Advanced ground support technology. Excavation equipment. Economic
based on preparation, presentation skills, scientific content, ability to field analysis. Studies of case histories of excavation projects.
questions and regular attendance. Graded pass/fail
NOTE: (1)This is a required class for all PhD students in the Department of MINE 6004.03: Analysis of Mineral Industries.
Civil and Resource Engineering; (2)Registration of this class is required Evaluation of mining properties and mineral processing industries.
only for the term during which students present their research Supply of, and demand for, mineral raw materials, world distribution and
findings. trade in minerals, mineral in national/international affairs. Canadian
mineral policy, conservation of mineral resources, substitutes, secondary
CIVL 9000.00: Masters Thesis/Project. recovery of mineral raw materials, business cycles in the mineral
industries, financing of new mining projects and source of funds.
CIVL 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
Mineral Engineering Program
MINE 6007.03: Directed Studies in Mining
Mineral Resource Engineering Program Engineering.
This class is available to graduate students enrolled in a Masters Program
in Mineral Resource Engineering wishing to gain knowledge in a specific
I. Introduction area for which no graduate level class is offered. Students are assigned an
advisor and are required to present a formal report at the end of the class.
Canada has an abundance of natural resources and is a world leader in
mineral and hydrocarbon extraction and processing. Mineral Resource MINE 6008.03: Advanced Petroleum Engineering.
Engineering concentrates on the technical, environmental and economic
The class is an advanced study of petroleum reservoir engineering,
aspects of the extraction and processing of the earth's mineral resources. It
drilling and development. The emphasis is on topics such as: analysis and
has a strong industrial and research interest in many aspects of this sector.
prediction of oil and gas reservoir performance under a variety of
Graduate Studies in Mineral Resource Engineering has specializations in
production methods, theory and practice of well testing and pressure
mining, petroleum, and mineral processing.

analysis techniques, well planning, drilling optimization, enhanced mine explosions. Case studies are used to highlight these topics. Class
recovery mechanisms, displacement theory and modelling. The class participation is emphasized through oral and written presentations.
content will be adapted to the interest of the student as far as possible. FORMAT: 3 hours lecture, 2 hours lab weekly
CROSS-LISTING: MINE 4822.03 PREREQUISITE: MINE 3500.03
CROSS-LISTING: MINE 4815.03
MINE 6009.03: Offshore Drilling and Production.
This class is oriented toward the practical applications of offshore drilling, MINE 6021.03: Pit Slope Stability.
production and completion technology in the ocean environment. This class deals with slope stability and the associated problems in surface
Emphasis is placed on the types, applications and limitations of offshore mining. Fundamentals of various analysis techniques for slope stability
rigs, platforms and subsea production systems. The technical aspects of are reviewed. Risk and uncertainty analysis is introduced. Application of
offshore islands, breakwaters, safety and fire protection, loading and these techniques to optimization of slope design is discussed. Major topics
transportation systems are also covered. The decision making process include: geological structure controlled and strength controlled slope
based on economics and developing technology regarding offshore field failure, slope failure in soft ground, risk and uncertainty analysis, and
development and production is presented as a case study. optimization of slope design.
CROSS-LISTING: MINE 4823.03 PREREQUISITE: MINE 3510.03, MINE 3611.03 or permission of instructor
MINE 6010.03: Solid-Liquid Separation. MINE 6900.03: Graduate Seminar - Master's Level.
The class outlines the fundamental principles of solid-liquid separation This seminar class is designed to provide graduate students with the
processes. Based on this theory, scaling-up procedures for the various opportunity to search the literature for information on current topics
separators, from laboratory test results are given. Means of improving related to their projects/thesis. All graduate students pursuing MEng and
solid-liquid separation by using coagulants, flocculants or dewatering aids MASc degrees in the Mineral Resource Engineering program are required
are discussed. Processes considered include: gravitational and centrifugal to take this class and offer their findings, orally in ONE presentation to the
thickening, flotation, vacuum, pressure and centrifugal filtration and faculty members of the department and students, four months prior to the
dewatering by screens and electrophoretic methods. Test results obtained completion of their program. This presentation will be followed by a
in laboratory work will be used in sizing of equipment. question and answer session. Graduate students might also be asked to
submit a written version of their presentations (or a hard-copy of their
MINE 6011.03: Advanced Mine Planning and Design. presentation slides) to the Graduate Coordinator of their department. This
This class deals with the application of advanced design principles to the seminar class will be offered twice each academic year in the format of an
planning, design and optimization of surface and underground mining end-of-term-conference in Fall and Winter semesters, respectively.
systems. These principles include the Lerch-Grossman's algorithm, CAD Evaluation will be based on preparation, presentation skills, scientific
and simulation modelling techniques. Under given geological and content, ability to field questions and regular attendance. Graded pass/
geomechanic factors, these techniques will be used for designing and fail.
optimizing underground mining methods or open pit layouts for massive, NOTE: (1) This is a required class for all Master students in the
thin, pitching and multi-seam mineral deposits. Department of Civil and Resource Engineering: (2) Registration of this
class is required only for the term during which students present their
MINE 6012.03: Advanced Economic Evaluation of research findings.
Mineral Resources.
This class deals with the application of advanced statistical and MINE 7007.03: Directed Studies in Mineral Resource
probability theory in mineral resource investment risk and uncertainty Engineering.
analyses in random variable states. Numerical modelling of stochastic This class is available to Graduate Students enrolled in a PhD Program in
processes governing complex mineral resource projects will be carried out Mining Engineering wishing to gain knowledge in a specific area for
using derivative mine valuation concepts. Using available simulation and which no graduate level class is offered. Students are assigned an advisor
numerical modelling software packages, students will undertake projects and are required to present a formal report at the end of the class.
on class studies in mineral resources, coal, oil and gas properties.
MINE 7900.03: Graduate Seminar - PhD Level.
MINE 6015.03: Advanced Mining Engineering This seminar class is designed to provide graduate students with the
Analysis. opportunity to search the literature for information on current topics
This class covers several topics in mining engineering analysis including related to their project/thesis. All graduate students pursuing a PhD
mine drainage, shaft sinking techniques under difficult conditions and degree in the Mineral Resource Engineering Program are required to take
mine backfilling. Emphasis is placed on quantitative methods and this class and offer their findings, orally, in TWO presentations to the
software tools available to assist with analysis and design in these areas. faculty members of the department and students, in two intervals, before
Relevant case studies are presented to highlight the topics in the class. their thesis defense. The presentation will be followed by a question and
Students will also have to complete a computer or laboratory based answer session. Graduate students might also be asked to submit a written
project. version of their presentations (or a hard-copy of their presentation slides)
PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor to the Graduate Coordinator of their department. This seminar class will
be offered twice each academic year in the format of an end-of-term-
MINE 6016.03: Geomechanical Measurements. conference in Fall and Winter semesters, respectively. Evaluation will be
This class deals with measurements typical for geomechanical research in based on preparation, presentation skills, scientific content, ability to field
the fields of mining, petroleum and geotechnical engineering. Emphasis is questions and regular attendance. Graded pass/fail.
placed on techniques and instrumentation for the measurement of load, NOTE: (1) This is a required class for all PhD students in the Department
deformation, permeability, and acoustic emissions/properties in rock and of Civil and Resource Engineering; (2) Registration of this class is
concrete materials. Topics cover issues related to data acquisition and required only for the term during which students present their research
analysis such as instrument drift/calibration, digital sampling theory, findings.
intrinsic safety, and scaling principles. Students will undertake a major
laboratory project. MINE 9000.00: Master’s Thesis/Project.
FORMAT: Lecture/Lab 3 hours
PREREQUISITE: Permission of Instructor MINE 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
MINE 6017.03: Mining and the Environment.

This class covers environmental practices, problems and solutions in the
mining industry. Topics include regulations, reclamation, mine closure,
acid rock drainage, surface subsidence, nuclear waste disposal and coal

information available at www.sshrc.ca). The deadlines for SSHRC
applications fall in the autumn of the year preceding the year in which
studies begin. All candidates wishing to be considered for departmentally
administered scholarships should note the application deadlines set by the
Department, which fall well in advance of the admission deadline of June
1: Killam Scholarships and FGS Scholarships, January 25th.
Classics A. Master of Arts (MA)

Three graduate seminars, two in the general area of interest and a reading
Location: 6135 University Avenue and research class related to the thesis subject are required. Candidates are
Halifax, NS B3H 4P9 expected to attend graduate seminars related to their theses throughout
Telephone: (902) 494-3468 their period of full-time study. A thesis is required.
Fax: (902) 494-2467
Email: classics.dal.ca MA students should obtain a copy of the Departmental regulations for the
Website: http://classics.dal.ca degree.
Chairperson of Department B. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)

Hankey, W.J. The normal admission requirement is the Dalhousie MA in Classics, or
equivalent preparation. The minimum residence requirement for such
Professors Emeriti candidates is two years, during which time they must satisfy the general
Crouse, R.D., BA (Vind), STB (Harvard), MTh (Trinity), PhD (Harvard) requirements of the Faculty, and, in addition, must demonstrate
Fredrich, R., Dr Phil (Goettingen) competence in the languages (ancient and modern) necessary for research
Starnes, C.J., BA (Bishop's), STB (Harvard), MA (McGill), PhD (Dal) in their particular fields of study.
Professor All candidates are expected to have a broad understanding of all aspects of
Hankey, W.J., BA (Vind), MA (Toronto), PhD (Oxon) Classical culture. Within the general area of Hellenic-Hellenistic Studies,
each candidate is expected to concentrate, with the guidance of a
Associate Professor Supervising Committee, in one of three fields: History, Literature or
House, D.K., MA (Dal), PhD (Liverpool) Philosophy. Before submitting a thesis, the candidate must pass a
comprehensive examination (written and oral) in his or her special field:
Assistant Professors this will normally be taken towards the end of the second or beginning of
Cohen, S.T., BA (Yale), BA (Cambridge), MA, PhD (Chicago) the third year of study.
Fournier, M., BA, MA (Dal), PhD (Boston College)
MacLeod, L., BA (Brock), MA, PhD (Dal)
McGonagill, G., BA (Vind), MA (Dal), PhD (Harvard)
II. Classes Offered
O’Brien, P., BA (Vind), MA (Dal), MA, PhD (BU) Graduate Coordinator Not all courses are offered every year. Content of courses may change
from year to year. Please consult departmental website for offerings and
Adjunct Professors full descriptions.
Calkin, P., BA (UBC), MA, PhD (Dal)
Greek and Latin Literature
Crouse, R.D., BA (Vind), STB (Harv), MTh (Trin), PhD (Harv), DD (Trin)
Curran, T.H., BA (Toronto), MA (Dal), MTh (AST), PhD (Durham) CLAS 5010.06: Greek Epic.
Fraser, K.A., BA (Vind), MA (Dal), MPhil, PhD (Cambridge)
A study of Greek epic in the original language.
Friedrich, R., PhD (Goettingen)
Johnston, A.M., BA (Mount A), MA, PhD (Dal) CLAS 5011.06: Greek Drama: Tragedy.
Robertson, N., BA (Vind), MA (Dal), PhD (Cambridge) A study of the Greek tragic poets, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides in the
Stewart, I.G., BSc (Trent), MA (Toronto), PhD (Cambridge) original language.
The Department welcomes students who wish to pursue graduate work in
classical studies. In addition to students interested in the historical,
CLAS 5012.06: Greek Comedy.
literary, and philosophical culture of antiquity, the program might appeal CLAS 5013.06: Greek Lyric.
to students who wish to study the relation of contemporary culture to its
A study of lyric poets such as Sappho, Archilochus, Simondides in the
classical origins.
original language.
MA students may concentrate their work in Greek or Roman history,
literature, or philosophy. PhD candidates must work in the area of CLAS 5020.06: Greek Literature.
Hellenic and Hellenistic Studies.
CLAS 5021.03: Reading and Research in Greek
Literature I.
I. Admission Requirements
Candidates must satisfy the admission requirements of the Faculty of CLAS 5022.03: Reading and Research in Greek
Graduate Studies and will normally hold an Honours degree in Classics or Literature II.
its equivalent. The requirement of both Classical languages at Honours
level may sometimes be relaxed, e.g., where a student has taken a CLAS 5030.06: Latin Literature.
Combined Honours class involving only one Classical language. In such
cases at least two classes in the second language will be taken in addition CLAS 5031.06: Roman Satire.
to the MA class proper. In certain programs, a knowledge of other ancient
or modern languages may be required. CLAS 5032.06: Roman Historians.
Before submitting their applications, candidates should contact the CLAS 5033.06: Advanced Seminar on Latin Literature.
Department of Classics for information on departmental application
requirements not specified on the FGS forms. Candidates who are CLAS 5034.06: Greek Literature.
Canadian citizens or permanent residents and who wish to be considered
for departmentally administered scholarship funding must have applied
for the relevant scholarships or fellowships offered by SSHRC (further
Classics 89
CLAS 5040.06: A Study of Vergil. Classical Philosophy
A study of the development and importance of Vergil's basic themes and
ideas embodied in the Aeneid. In the first part of the class special attention CLAS 5600.06: Philosophy of Aristotle.
is given to his early work the Bucolics, where his themes begin to appear,
and their development is then followed through the relevant parts of the CLAS 5601.06: Plato and Neoplatonism.
Georgics. The main part of the class is devoted to the reading and
discussion of the chief themes of the Aeneid, especially as they illustrate
CLAS 5602.06: Aristotle.
Roman political, religious and social ideas which have greatly influenced This seminar involves the detailed study of either Aristotle's Metaphysics
our own beliefs and institutions. or De Anima or Physics or ethical and political treatises. The choice of
texts varies from year to year.
CLAS 5041.03: Reading and Research in Latin
CLAS 5603.06: Philosophy of Plato.
Literature I.
This seminar involves the detailed study of a group of dialogues. The
CLAS 5042.03: Reading and Research in Latin choice of dialogues varies from year to year.
Literature II. CLAS 5604.06: Philosophy of Aristotle.
A study of the cultural and political history of Rome during the principle The general scope of the Aristotelian Philosophy - the understanding of
of Augustus;we will focus on the reformation of Roman elite culture nature, the City, the aesthetic experience of humanity - is considered in
during this period in light of the intellectual tradition of the late republic relation to the argument of the Metaphysics or `First Philosophy'.
and the cultural politics of the age of Nero.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Cohen CLAS 5605.06: Neoplatonism: Plato and
FORMAT: Seminar Neoplatonism.
Co-REQUISITES: CLAS 4545.03 The philosophy of Plotinus and later thinkers considered as the resume of
Greek Philosophy; in particular the role of Plato and other older
CLAS 5070.03: A study of the Latin Text of
philosophers in the formation of Neoplatonism is a principal interest.
Augustine’s “Confessions” .
This class approaches the thought of St. Augustine through a study of CLAS 5606.06: Greek Philosophical Texts.
various literary, philosophical and spiritual aspects of the Latin text of his
“Confessions”. CLAS 5607.06: Latin Philosophical Texts.
Ancient History CLAS 5608.06: Reading and Research.
CLAS 5530X/Y.06: Ancient Religion: Classical CLAS 5609.03: Greek Philosophical Texts.
Antiquity to the Rise of Christianity.
CLAS 5610.03: Latin Philosophical Texts.
Selected topics from the transition from Classical to Christian culture are
studied. Particular attention is paid to the connection between religious CLAS 5840.06: Latin philosophical Texts.
innovation and the effect of the new beliefs on literature, art and
The purpose is to give students experience in reading philosophical Latin.
philosophy.
The texts are normally chosen from medieval authors like Anselm,
CLAS 5531.03: Roman Empire and the Rise of Aquinas, and Bonaventure.
Christianity. Patristics
CLAS 5535X/Y.06: Rome and the East. CLAS 5060.03: Boethius and Prosimetrum: Poetry
This class will consider relations between Rome and her eastern neighbors and Prose in the Consolation of Philosophy.
-- the Parthians and the Sasanians -- from 53 B.C. To A.D. 628. It will
Boethius’ Consolation is a strange example of Menippean satire, which is
examine the development of Roman policy in the region from the
itself a strange genre. This class will consider the poetry, the prose and,
establishment of imperial control in the Near East to the costly wars of the
most significantly, how these elements are combined in order to achieve
early Byzantine period. Consideration will also be given to the Parthian
the goal of the work, which is to offer consolation to the reader.
and Persian kingdoms and to the frontier region.
CLAS 5540.03: Ammianus Marcellinus and his World. CLAS 5370.06: The Augustinian Tradition.
The class considers the effect of Augustine on the philosophical and
This class approaches the history and culture of the fourth century AD
theological thought of late Antiquity and the Middle Ages.
through its most important historian, Ammianus Marcellinus. The class
will focus on (but not be limited to) a careful study of Books 14-25 of the CLAS 5700.06: Philosophy of the Church Fathers.
Res Gestae, which span the reign of Ammianus' hero, Julian the Apostate. This seminar involves the detailed study of a text, or group of texts, from
FORMAT: Seminar one or more of the Greek or Latin Church Fathers. The choice of text varies
PREREQUISITE: Three years of undergraduate Latin or the permission of from year to year, in relation to the needs and interests of students.
the instructor.
CLAS 5701.06: Medieval Interpreters of Aristotle.
CLAS 5545.03: Roman Culture and Roman Politics in The class considers Latin philosophical texts of the Middle Ages.
the Transition to Autocracy.
A study of the cultural and political history of Rome during the principate CLAS 5705.06: St. Augustine I.
of Augustus; we will focus on the reformation of roman elite culture A study of the three parts of Augustine's Confessions with a view to
during this period in light of the intellectual traditions of the late republic understanding his dissatisfaction with the various positions he adopted
and the cultural politics of the age of Nero. prior to his conversion to Christianity (Part 1), the practical consequences
of this conversion (Part II), and the new theoretical understanding of time,
CLAS 5550.06: Reading and Research in Ancient space and motion which come out of his Trinitarian exegesis of the first
History II. chapters of Genesis (Part III). This class presupposes some knowledge of
the history of Ancient Philosophy, and some of Latin.
CLAS 5552.03: Reading and Research in Ancient
History I.
90 Classics
CLAS 5706.06: St. Augustine's City of God.
A study of Augustine's account of the failure of the Roman Empire and of
the new Christian 'city' that replaced it. The class sometimes concentrates
on a definition of the new Christian state in second part (books XI to XXII)
of the City of God and sometimes begins with a study of earlier accounts
of Rome (Aeneid), and of the relations of Rome and the church in, for
example, the Apostolic Fathers, the Acts of the Martyrs and Tertullian,
before turning to the first ten books of the City of God. Clinical Vision Science
CLAS 5707.06: St. Augustine's on the Trinity. Location: IWK Health Centre
A study of the 15 books of Augustine's De Trinitate. The first term will 5850 University Avenue, 6th Floor
concentrate on Books 1-7 in which he establishes what is the orthodox Halifax, NS B3V 3G9
teaching about God through Scripture and a consideration of the Telephone: (902) 470-8959
categories of substance, relation and act. The second term examines Books Fax: (902) 470-7207
8-15 in which he attempts to understand what has been shown in the first
7 books through the distinction of scientia and sapientia. The class Director
presupposes some knowledge of the history of ancient philosophy McMain, K., BA. OC(C), COMT
(especially Aristotle & Neo-Platonism) and some of Latin.
Coordinator
CLAS 5708.03: Reading and Research: Christian Chauhan, B., BSc. MBCO, PhD (Wales)
Beginnings and the Early History of the Church.
Professors
CLAS 5800.06: Christian Beginnings. Tremblay, F., BSc, PhD (Montreal), major appointment in the Department
of Ophthalmology and Visual Sciences
CLAS 5801.06: Christianity and Neoplatonism. Westwood, D.A., BSc, MA, PhD (Waterloo), major appointment in the
School of Health and Human Performance.
CLAS 5900.06: Departmental Seminar.
CLAS 5901.06: Reading and Research. Hahn, E., BPE, MSc, (Dal), OC(C), COMT
McMain, K., BA, OC(C), COMT
CLAS 9000.00: Master's Thesis. Parkinson, J., BA, CO, COMT
Walsh, L., BSc, OC(C), COMT
CLAS 9530.00: Doctoral Thesis.
Lecturers
Harris, T., BSc, OC(C), COMT
Smith, S., MSc (Dal), OC(C), COMT
I. Introduction
Dalhousie University offers the program Master of Science Clinical Vision
Science in cooperation with the IWK Health Centre and the IWK School of
Orthoptics and Ophthalmic Medical Technology. This is a two-year degree
program with thesis, requiring two years (six terms) full time fees, with a
thesis continuation fee charged each term over the two years.
Orthoptists/ophthalmic medical technologists are professionals integral
to eye care. They perform a wide range of diagnostic and highly technical
procedures, and, in consultation with an opthalmologist, plan, implement
and monitor treatment of a wide variety of ocular disorders, including
disorders of binocular vision and ocular motility. They are engaged in a
wide range of activities including research into ocular motility, education
of other eye care professionals, patient education and vision screening.
The academic objective of the Clinical Vision Science program is to
provide students interested in the profession of orthoptics/ophthalmic
medical technology with a strong foundation in the vision sciences and in
research techniques. The program is directed at optimising professional
clinical practice by encouraging an integrated approach to the field of the
vision sciences and expanding knowledge of the research that underpins
much clinical practice. With its research component, the proposed
program will ensure that graduates, as evidence-based practitioners, are
prepared for both clinical and research-based practices and that they have
the ability to analyze and relate research finding to clinical experience,
skills vital for ensuring superior diagnostic and therapeutic services. The
program will equip students with outstanding skills in the assessment,
diagnosis and treatment of ocular disorders to ensure strong clinical
competence and to enable them to be full participants in the
interdisciplinary model of eye-care. The student will be exposed to a
variety of clinical experiences that will prepare them for the independent
nature of professional practice.
Clinical Vision Science 91

Students have the option of exiting from the program after the second VISC 5310.03
program year with a Concurrent Graduate Diploma in Orthoptics and VISC 5340.03
Ophthalmic Medical Technology, or complete a thesis for an MSc in VISC 5350.03
Clinical Vision Science.
Year 2, Semester 2 (Winter)
Dalhousie University is offering its Master’s Program in Clinical Vision NURS 5120.03 or OCCU 5030.03
Science also in distance education. Distance learning students are VISC 5300.06, Clinical Practicum II
receiving the same quality instruction as on-campus students, take the VISC 9000.00, Thesis
same exams and participate in direct ophthalmic care at supervised pre-
approved clinical sites for the same period of time.
Year 2, Summer Session
The distance delivery model is a flexible, Internet-based adaptation of the VISC 9000.00
on-campus program, distance students can log into their course content
through the Internet and learn, follow lectures and submit assignments Year 3, Semester 1 (Fall)
from the comfort of their home or workplace. VISC 9000.00
The program is intended for those who are wishing to gain essential
knowledge and expertise in the Orthoptist/ophthalmic medical
Year 3, Semester 2 (Winter)
technologist profession, and also for those who enter it at an advanced VISC 9000.00
level for professional development.
Year 3, Summer Session
There is no residential component in the CVS Distance Education VISC 9000.00
Program.
Total credits = 7.5 academic credits plus 2 practica credits plus thesis
II. Admission Requirements (VISC 9000.00), normally completed over three years.
Faculty of Graduate Studies. Admission requirements for the MSc in IV. Class Descriptions
clinical vision science will be the same as the requirement for Dalhousie
University MSc: A four-year bachelor’s degree from a recognized VISC 5010.03: Fundamentals of Vision Science:
institution of higher education with a minimum of a B average (GPA 3.0). Afferent System.
Students whose native language is not English, must also, as required by This class is designed to acquaint the student with the anatomy/
the Faculty of Graduate Studies, demonstrate the ability to participate in a physiology of the human central nervous system as it relates to the
graduate program conducted in English prior to their acceptance to the sensation of vision. Testing parameters used in the afferent visual system
program. The standard test of English competency is the TOEFL. The examination will be discussed. Recent developments in perimetry, clinical
minimum acceptable score, as set by the Faculty of Graduate Studies and psychophysics, and electrophysiology will be explored.
therefore required for acceptance to the MSc in clinical vision science, is INSTRUCTOR(S): McMain, K.
580 for the written test and 237 for the computer test. FORMAT: Lecture and lab
PREREQUISITE: This class is a prerequisite to Extraocular Motility
In addition, entrants should have a minimum of one class in human disorders, Ocular Manifestations of Systemic Disease, and is normally
anatomy and/or physiology and one class in psychology with a laboratory taken prior to, or concurrent with, clinical Foundations of Ophthalmic
component. Exceptional students without these prerequisites may be Medical Technology
admitted on the condition that they are fulfilled either prior to or
concurrent with the program. VISC 5011.03: Fundamentals of Vision Science:
Efferent System.
It is also recommended that students should have the following or
This class is designed to provide the student with knowledge of eye
equivalent undergraduate classes: research methods, e.g. statistics or
movements and the neurological control of ocular motility. Through
research design; biochemistry, e.g. BIOC 3200.03 Biological Chemistry;
lecture, discussion, and assigned readings, the student will analyze and
perception and psychophysics, e.g. PSYO/NESC 3051.03 Sensory
determine how abnormalities of ocular motility can be indicators of a
Neuroscience I. Vision; and one class in neuroanatomy or
disease process and its area of localization.
neurophysiology.
INSTRUCTOR(S): McMain, K.
The application deadline is March 1st.
FORMAT: Lecture
III. Class Descriptions VISC 5020.03: Physical and Visual Optics.

This class will analyze physical, optical and ophthalmic principles, with an
Year 1, Semester 1 (Fall) emphasis on the measurement of light and on its behavior in image
VISC 5010.03 formation. Visual optics in physical, animal and human modalities will be
VISC 5020.03 investigated critically in experiment and clinical venues.
VISC 5210.03 INSTRUCTOR(S): Hahn, E.
VISC 5220.06 (Fall and Winter) FORMAT: Lecture and lab
VISC 5230.03 PREREQUISITE: This class is a prerequisite for the Therapeutic and
Psychosocial Aspects of Low Vision, Treatment of Visual Disorders,
Year 1, Semester 2 (Winter) and Treatment of Ocular Motility disorders.
VISC 5011.03
VISC 5211.03 VISC 5040.03: Neuropharmacology for Vision
VISC 5220.06 (Fall and Winter) Science: Basic Concepts and Therapeutics.
VISC 5240.03 This class will consider the general principles of pharmacology before
VISC 5330.03 exploring the interaction pharmacology agents with the central nervous
system and ocular structures. Medications used in the evaluation and
Year 1, Summer Session treatment of ophthalmic disorders, along with medications used to treat
VISC 5200.06, Clinical Practicum I systemic disorders that may produce ocular side effects, will be
emphasized.
Year 2, Semester 1 (Fall) INSTRUCTOR(S): Hahn, E.
VISC 5040.03 FORMAT: Lecture
92 Clinical Vision Science

VISC 5200.06: Practicum I. VISC 5310.03: Ocular Manifestations of Systemic
This practicum period of 14 weeks following the first two semesters of Disease.
study provides the student with the opportunity to participate in direct The eye is a window through which manifestations of neurological,
ophthalmic patient care. The student will consolidate the concepts, vascular infectious, inflammatory, and general systemic disease can be
theories and skills previously learned while providing supervised vision evaluated. This class will explore the signs and symptoms of ocular
care for clients in a clinic setting. dysfunction as precursors, indicators and consequences of systemic
INSTRUCTOR(S): McMain, K. disease that must be evaluated for optimal health care.
FORMAT: Clinical Practicum INSTRUCTOR(S): Parkinson, J.
PREREQUISITE: VISC 6210.02, 5211.03 and 5230.03 FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: VISC 5011.03 or permission of instructor.
VISC 5210.03: Clinical Foundations of Ophthalmic
Medical Technology. VISC 5330.03: Treatment of Ocular Motility Disorders.
This class will introduce the student to the complexities of analysis of the This class will examine and discuss the management of ocular motility
visual system. This will be achieved through clinical scenarios in which anomalies. An overview of historical and current treatment modalities
the student will be required to engage in direct patient care, including both surgical and non-surgical will be discussed. Emphasis will be given
sensory visual evaluation, physical ocular assessment, and biomedical to the determination and application of appropriate management plans in
application of ophthalmic instrumentation. case scenarios.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Smith, S. INSTRUCTOR(S): Walsh, L.
FORMAT: Lecture and lab FORMAT: Lecture and lab
PREREQUISITE: VISC 6210.02, 5211.03 and 5230.03 PREREQUISITE: This class is a prerequisite for Practicum II
VISC 5211.03: Clinical Foundations of Orthoptics. VISC 5340.03: Treatment of Visual Disorders.
This class will introduce the student to the wonders of binocular vision in This class introduces a variety of therapeutic approaches to visual
its normal presentation and also the intricacies of its abnormalities. disorders with an in depth examination of historical and current methods
Integral to the class material will be the analysis of responses of the of treating amblyopia and other developmental anomalies of the visual
binocular system to various clinical challenges. system. The treatment of acquired anomalies as well as routine spectacle
INSTRUCTOR(S): Smith, S. and surgical treatment of refractive disorder will be covered.
FORMAT: Lecture and lab INSTRUCTOR(S): Fraser, T.
PREREQUISITE: This class is a prerequisite for Practicum I FORMAT: Lecture and lab
PREREQUISITE: VISC 5240.03
VISC 5220.06: Introduction to Orthoptic / Ophthalmic
Medical Technology Professional Practice. VISC 5350.03: Topics of Vision Care.
This class considers the role of the orthoptist / ophthalmic medical This class will provide students with an opportunity to explore in depth
technologist both within the Eye Care Team and within the health care topics of current interest in the ophthalmic field. The students will then
professions as a whole. Emphasis will be placed on the ability to critique, have a sound knowledge base of potential areas of research and detailed
deliver and implement consultation, education, leadership and knowledge of the field in which his/her thesis work will likely be
administration in the context of ophthalmic health care. undertaken.
INSTRUCTOR(S): McMain, K. INSTRUCTOR(S): Hahn, E.
FORMAT: Lecture FORMAT: Seminar format
PREREQUISITE: VISC 5210.03 and 5220.06.
VISC 5230.03: Extraocular Motility Disorders.
Extraocular motility disorders and their treatment form the foundation for VISC 9000.00: MSc Thesis.
the understanding of ocular misalignment. In this class, anomalies of eye
movement will be analyzed and the etiology will be reviewed. Emphasis,
though, will be placed on the clinical presentation, formulation of
diagnosis, and patient prognosis of anomalous Extraocular motility.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Walsh, L.
FORMAT: Lecture and lab
PREREQUISITE: VISC 5010.03 or permission of instructor. VISC 5010.03
should
VISC 5240.03: Therapeutic and Psychosocial Aspects

of Low Vision.
This class encompasses a broad spectrum of visual impairments. The
pathphysiological basis, clinical manifestations, and treatment modalities
of visual loss will be addressed.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Parkinson, J.
FORMAT: Lecture and lab
PREREQUISITE: VISC 5020.03 or permission of instructor
VISC 5300.06: Practicum II.

This intensive practicum period of 22 weeks follows the completion of all
class work. During this practicum students will have the opportunity to
fully synthesize their academic and clinic knowledge. Upon completion
students will be prepared to sit the orthoptic and ophthalmic medical
technologist certification exams.
PREREQUISITE: VISC 5200.06 and 5330.03
Clinical Vision Science 93

Andreou, P., BSc (Toronto), MA, MSc, PhD (Western)
Asada, Y., BS, MS (Tsukuba), PhD (Wisconsin-Madison)
Asbridge, M., BA, MA, PhD (Toronto)
Dunbar, M., BSc, MD (Dal), PhD (Lund), major appointment in
Department of Surgery
Community Health and Gahagan, J.A., BA (Hons) (Carleton), MA (Windsor), PhD (Wayne State),
major appointment in School of Health and Human Performance
Epidemiology LeBlanc, J. MD, MSc (McMaster) FRCPC, major appointment in Pediatrics
MacKinnon, N.J., BSc (Dal), MSc (Wisconsin), PhD (Florida), major
appointment in College of Pharmacy
Location: Centre for Clinical Research MacPherson, K.M., BSc, MD (Dal), MPH (Michigan)
2nd and 4th Floors Mitnitski, A., PhD (Baltic State Technological Univ), major appointment in
5790 University Avenue Department of Medicine
Halifax, NS B3H 1V7 Porter, G., BA, MD (Queen's), MSc (Alberta), FRCSC, major appointment
Telephone: (902) 494-3860 in Department of Surgery
Fax: (902) 494-1597 Travers, A., BSc (Hons), MD (Dal), MSc (Alberta), FRCPC (EM), major
Email: che@dal.ca appointment in Department of Emergency Medicine
Website: http://che.medicine.dal.ca Weerasinghe, S., BSc (Hons) (Jaffna), MSc (Colombo), PhD (Dal)
Department Head Lecturer

Kisely, S.R. Campbell, L.A., BSc (Toronto), MSc (Dal), major appointment Capital
Health
Director of Graduate Programs
Asbridge, M.M.
I. Introduction
Professors
Anderson, D., BA (Queens), MD (Dal) major appointment in Department A. Master of Science
of Medicine The MSc Community Health and Epidemiology (CH&E) program
Brown, M. BA (Hons), MA (Queens), AM, PhD (Chicago), post-retirement emphasizes knowledge, analytical skills and formal evaluative methods
Grunfeld, E., BSc (Ottawa), MSc (Guelph), MD (McMaster), major with application to disease prevention, health promotion and assessment
appointment in Department of Medicine of community health service and system needs. The program includes 8
Johnston, B.L., MD (Dal), FRCPC, major appointment in Department of courses and thesis with a typical completion time of approximately two
Medicine years for full-time students, four years for part-time students.
Kisely, S.R., MD, MSc (Manchester), GradDipEd, FRCPC, FRANZCP,
MRC Psych, FAFPHM, MFPHM, MRACMA, Professor and Head B. Institutional Environment
Langille, D., BSc (Acadia), MD (Dal), MHSc (UBC) The Department of Community Health and Epidemiology is part of
MacLean, L.C., BA, BEd (StFX), MA, PhD (Dal), major appointment in Dalhousie's Faculty of Medicine, which has primary responsibility for
Business Administration training new physicians in the Maritime Provinces, and is closely affiliated
Murray, T.J., OC, MD (Dal), FRCPC, MACP, post-retirement with the major teaching hospitals located in the Maritime Provinces. There
Poulin, C., BSc (Dal), MD (Laval), MSc (McGill), FRCPC are 11 core faculty (including one Canada Research Chair) in the
Sketris, I., BScPhm (Toronto), MPA (Dal), PharmD (Minnesota), major department along with over 40 cross appointed faculty, drawn from
appointment in College of Pharmacy departments of clinical medicine, health professions, engineering and
Stewart, S., BSc (Dal), PhD (McGill), major appointment in Department of basic and social sciences. Faculty in the Department of Community Health
Psychology and Epidemiology have backgrounds in a number of disciplines including
Townsend, E., PhD (Dal), MAdEd (St.FX), BSc, DipP&OT (Toronto), major community medicine, epidemiology, biostatistics, occupational/
appointment in School of Occupational Therapy environmental health, population health, community psychology, and
VanZanten, S., MD (Amsterdam), FRCPC, major appointment in Division sociology. Faculty in the department have provided leadership in the
of Gastroenterology areas of population health research, prevention, health promotion, policy
Associate Professors development and assessment of community health service and system
needs and have substantial national funding from CIHR, CPHI, CHSRF,
Burge, F., BA, MD (Queen's), CCFP, MSc (McGill), major appointment in
SSHRC and NSHRF. The Department of Community Health and
Department of Family Medicine
Epidemiology houses the CIHR funded RURAL Centre, the Canadian
Cox, J., BA (High Distinction), MD (Hons) (Toronto), major appointment
Longitudinal Survey on Aging, the Biostatistics Consulting Unit, the
in Department of Medicine
Population Health Research Unit (PHRU) and many other research
Dodds, L., BS (Vermont), MS (Washington), PhD (Toronto), major
projects.
appointment in Obstetrics & Gynecology and Pediatrics
Flowerdew, G., BSc, MSc (London), DSc (Harvard)
Guernsey, J., BSc (Hons) (Carleton), MSc, PhD (Iowa) II. Admission Requirements/Deadlines
Johnston, G.M., BSc (McGill), MHSA (Alberta), PhD (Western), major The typical MSc CH&E student has had undergraduate training in a
appointment in Health Services Administration health profession or a related scientific discipline, and often has worked in
Joseph, K.S., MD (Madras), PhD (McGill), major appointment in Obstetrics the health sector. Admission standards are those of Dalhousie University's
& Gynecology and Pediatrics Faculty of Graduate Studies. An honours baccalaureate degree from a
Kephart, G., BS (Hons) (California), MS, PhD (Wisconsin) recognised university is usually required. Enrollment is limited. A limited
Kirkland, S., BSc (Joint Hons), MSc (Waterloo), PhD (Toronto) number of part-time students are accepted. Applicants must meet Faculty
Kozousek, V., MD (Laval), FRCSC, MPH (Johns Hopkins), major of Graduate Studies English Language Competency. Applicants will be
appointment in Ophthalmology interviewed as part of the selection process.
Langley, J., BA (Queen's), MD (Dal), MSc (McMaster), major appointment Application deadline is March 1 for Canadian applicants and Jan 31 for
in Pediatrics non-Canadian applicants.
Tomblin-Murphy, G., BN, MN (Dal), major appointment in School of
Nursing
94 Community Health and Epidemiology

III. Curriculum CH&E 5040.03: Community Health Services Systems.
The program requires a minimum of five Core Classes, three Elective This class introduces students to basic concepts and tools in health services
Classes and a Thesis. The five required classes are: Community Health research important for critical evaluation of health services systems and
Principles; Epidemiology Principles; Research Methods in Community policy. The course overviews the evolution and delivery, organization,
Health & Epidemiology; Principles of Biostatistics; and Community and financing of the Canadian health services system, explores theoretical
Health Services Systems. frameworks to evaluate health services systems, and examines strategies
for knowledge translation. The topics covered include: health-related
The Master's Thesis is a major part of the MSc CH&E program. A thesis quality of life measures, quality of health care, needs for health care,
may include the design and execution of an applied research project in the economic evaluation of health services, resource allocation, equity in
field of community health and epidemiology. Full-time students will health care and health outcomes, primary care reform, and public vs.
ordinarily complete their thesis during their second year in the MSc private health care financing.
program. INSTRUCTOR(S): Y. Asada
IV. Class Descriptions CH&E 6001.03: Environmental and Occupational

Health.
CH&E 5000.03: Community Health Principles. This class will introduce students to many of the principles and concepts
This is an introductory class in Community Health Principles for underlying environmental and occupational health, focusing on human
graduate-level students in the health fields. Community health focuses on health. It will review the nature of a variety of agents, including chemical,
the health of populations or groups. The class will cover a broad range of physical, biological, ergonomic and radiation hazards, how these agents
community health issues, and will focus on strategies to improve the are dispersed and transformed in the environment, the pathways of
health of a population with emphasis on health protection, disease human exposure to these agents, and characterization of the health effects
prevention, and health promotion. The student will apply community resulting from exposure. It will prevent methods for evaluating and
health principles and acquire in-depth knowledge of specific health topic controlling hazards, including occupational hygiene evaluation
areas through group and individual projects. techniques, legislation policy initiatives and risk assessment models used
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Langille/K. MacPherson in environmental settings. Special topics will include risk communication
and health promotion in the workplace.
CH&E 5010.03: Epidemiology Principles. INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Guernsey
This introductory class is intended for graduate-level students with no CROSS-LISTING: ENVI 5010.03
background or formal training in epidemiology. This class introduces
students to the basic principles and methods of epidemiology, with CH&E 6010.03: Community Health Practicum.
various examples from the literature in communicable and non- INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Asbridge
communicable diseases. Topics include measures of health and risk,
epidemiological study designs and considerations regarding issues of
CH&E 6020.03: Advanced Epidemiology.
measurement and precision that include assessments of internal and This advanced class focuses on the design, conduct, analysis, and
external validity, standardization, confounding, bias, interaction, interpretation of epidemiologic studies. Both experimental (community
causality, and generalisibility. The class is interspersed with presentations intervention trials) and non-experimental, or observational (cohort, case-
in selected special topics in epidemiology. control), studies may be covered. Topics for general discussion will
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Asbridge / K. MacPherson include study designs, subject selection, measurement issues pertaining to
ascertainment of exposure and outcome, design issues such as
CH&E 5019.03: Principles of Biostatistics. stratification and matching, methodological issues such as confounding,
An introduction to statistics for medical and public health research. The effect modification, misclassification, and sources of bias. Data analysis
class will provide an understanding of the basic principles underlying will emphasize the practical application of statistical concepts; measuring
research design, data analysis and interpretation of results. Students will associations and effect size, multivariate modelling, logistic regression,
become proficient in the use of SAS to generate meaningful statistical poison regression, and survival analysis (time permitting), and the
information including the comparison of means and proportions and combining of individual study results using meta-analysis.
investigation of relationships between variables using least squares INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Kirkland
regression.
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Flowerdew
CH&E 6021.03: Advanced Biostatistics.
This advanced Biostatistics class covers special topics like ordinal
CH&E 5020.03: Biostatistical Modelling. categorical data analysis, repeated measure designs, longitudinal data
Primary objective of this course is to gain mastery over the most analysis and survival data analysis. Special topics like statistical principals
frequently used statistical modeling techniques used in the clinical and in experimental design, fixed and random effects models will also be
population health data analysis using statistical software package SAS. discussed. The special emphasis is on the model building strategies,
Students will learn multiple regression and multivariate statistical evaluation and interpretation of results. The class requires the knowledge
techniques for different types of outcome measures such as continuous, in preliminary data analysis and regression analysis. Students should also
dichotomous, polytomous and ordinal through modeling for associations be familiar with the programming in SAS.
with exposure(s) and confounders. INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Weerasinghe
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Weerasinghe
CH&E 6024.03: Methods in Clinical Trials.
CH&E 5030.03: Research Methods in Community This class is developed for students in the graduate program of
Health and Epidemiology. Community Health and Epidemiology who have a particular interest in
randomized controlled trials (RCT’s). The class builds on the health
This class explores the logic and principles of research design,
concepts and epidemiological and statistical methods as taught elsewhere
measurement, and data collection. It focuses on the critical evaluation of
in the program. Successful participation in this class requires
research articles, research design, research proposal writing. The class
Epidemiological Principals (CH&E 5010A), Research Methods in
covers a range of methodological issues and methods, including
Community Health and Epidemiology (CH&E 5030B) and Biostatistics II
experimental and quasi-experimental designs, survey research and
(CH&E 5020B) as prerequisites. Participants will be introduced to the
sampling, measurement, and qualitative methods.
practical issues in designing a controlled clinical trial by developing a
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Kephart
clinical trial protocol throughout the class. Each week, a special topic is
covered (e.g., selection of outcome measures, controlling bias, calculating
Community Health and Epidemiology 95

sample sizes) which is relevant to the development of the participants’ criteria, importance of validation of the extracted information, combining
protocol. Protocols will be presented at the end of the class. Evaluation is results in either a qualitative or quantitative fashion, statistical techniques
based on the written protocol as well as assignments. used to conduct a formal meta-analysis and interpretation of results.
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Andreou INSTRUCTOR(S): S. van Zanten
CH&E 6030.03: An Introduction to the Fundamentals CH&E 6060.03: Directed Readings/Studies I.

of Medical Research.
This class is intended for students with an interest in carrying out research
CH&E 6062.03: Directed Readings/Studies II.
that is directly relevant to medical practice. The initial sessions will CH&E 9000.00: Master's Thesis
introduce students to the philosophy of inference in medicine. The topics
to be covered will include the meaning of p values and confidence
intervals, confounding and adjustment, Frequentist versus Bayesian
inference and issues related to generalizability. This will be followed by
classes that focus on diagnostic, prognostic and etiognostic research. Each
topic will be introduced at the basic level and progress to a second level re-
examination of the issues. The class will be based partly on "The Modern
Scientific Physician" series (CMAJ 2001;165:441-2 and related articles).
INSTRUCTOR(S): K.S. Joseph
CH&E 6042.03: Determinants of Health in Human

Populations.
This class will focus on health from a population and societal perspective,
with an emphasis on the determinants and distribution of health in human
populations. Students will be introduced to basic demographic tools and
concepts useful for studying the health of populations, including the
determinants of mortality/morbidity decline and change, the
medicalization of health, and the changing institutional structure of health
care delivery. Separate treatment will be given to health in developed
countries, highlighting differences in the distribution, determinants, and
consequences of health in the two settings. Population-based approaches
to health policy will be explored.
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Kephart/ Y. Asada
CH&E 6045.03: Qualitative Methods in Health

Research.
This advanced class in community research introduces students to social
theory and qualitative methodologies and techniques. The articulation of
appropriate methods to address theoretical, epistemological and practical
issues is emphasized. Students will develop a theoretically sound rationale
for their proposed research and gain experience in data collection,
fieldwork, and analysis.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Graham
CROSS-LISTING: BIOT 6045.03
CH&E 6047.03: A Population Health Perspective on

Addictions and Mental Health.
This is a graduate-level class for students and professionals interested in
addictions. The field of addictions is by nature multi-disciplinary and
touches on aspects of health, sociology, psychology, education, law, social
work, criminology, pharmacology, toxicology, international policy, and
other disciplines. Thus, this class covers a broad range of health, social and
biological issues. However, the primary perspective is from community
health so that the class focuses on population-based strategies addressing
the prevention and treatment of addictions. This course discusses current
topics about use, abuse and dependency pertaining to alcohol, tobacco,
and other substances including licit and illicit drugs. The class also
discusses the emerging issue of gambling addiction.
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Poulin / M. Asbridge
CH&E 6049.03: Meta-analysis: How to Interpret and

Conduct a Systematic Review or Meta-analysis of the
Literature.
In the current era of Evidence Based Medicine Systematic Reviews or
Meta-analysis are becoming increasingly important. This is especially true
for the evaluation of efficacy of treatment but it is also gaining more
importance in the evaluation of diagnostic tests, causation, natural history
of disease and economic evaluations. In the class, the student will learn the
ins and outs of systematic reviews and meta-analysis. Specific topics
include guidelines on how to read and interpret published systematic
reviews, framing of the research question for a systematic review,
identification and selection of studies, development of in and exclusion
96 Community Health and Epidemiology

application forms that can be obtained from the Registrar's office. The
statement may be prepared in conjunction with the supervisor(s) and
should include a general statement of the biological areas of interest,
possible computational methodologies relevant to the problem, and a
statement on the candidate's background. This document is used to
evaluate whether suitable academic activities will allow the candidate to
meet the program requirements.
Computational Biology and All material should be submitted by the strict deadline of April 1st for
Bioinformatics overseas applicants and June 1st for North-American applicants. Foreign
students applying for scholarship consideration are strongly encouraged
to submit a completed application before January 31st.
Location: Computer Science Bldg. Halifax, NS, B3H 5W1
Telephone: (902) 494-6702 Candidates from outside Canada whose native language is not English
Fax: (902) 494-1517 must demonstrate their capacity to pursue a master's program in English.
Website: http://vibrio.cs.dal.ca/bioinformatics/ Results of a TOEFL or other Standard English competency test should be
submitted at the time of application. The minimum TOEFL score required
Graduate Coordinator is 580 (computerized TOEFL score required is 237).
Blouin, C., PhD (Dalhousie)
Being interdisciplinary in nature and structure, the program draws on a B. Program Requirements
selection of faculty who teach and research in Computational Biology and
Candidates for the Master's degree in Computational Biology and
Bioinformatics. The following is a list of faculty who actively contribute to
Bioinformatics are expected to complete four 0.5 credit classes and two
the program. To identify potential supervisors, you are encouraged to
credited seminar classes. The class selection must be made to further the
contact any Dalhousie faculty with interest in this area. The graduate
candidate's existing strengths, and to provide the necessary background to
coordinator can be of assistance to find faculty with specific research
successfully meet the thesis requirements.
interests.
The thesis must be reviewed by the supervisor(s) and up to two readers to
Faculty meet the breadth requirement. These requirement states that: 1) at least
Bielawski, J.P. (Biology, Mathematics and Statistics) one of the readers evaluate the biological aspect of the research project and
Blouin, C. (Computer Science, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) hails from a biological background (including, but not limited to, Biology
Doolittle, W.F. (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology) and Biochemistry). 2) at least one of the readers evaluate the contribution
Field, C. (Emeritus, Mathematics and Statistics) of the thesis in either Mathematics, Statistics or Computer Science.
Gu, H. (Mathematics and Statistics) The candidate also must demonstrate a general grasp of current
Herbinger, C.M. (Biology, Mathematics and Statistics) bioinformatics issues and methodologies.
Roger, A.J. (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology)
Susko, E. (Mathematics and Statistics) C. Administration
The Executive committee is comprised of at least one representative from
I. Master of Science the following academic units:
The program is an interdisciplinary master's degree with an emphasis on 1. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
thesis work which focuses on tackling problems in biology, molecular 2. Biology and Marine Biology
biology and health-related fields through significant research 3. Computer Science
contributions in mathematics, statistics and computer science. 4. Mathematics and Statistics
The Executive committee also acts as Admission committee while
This program is set within the framework of current interdisciplinary administrative support will be provided by the Faculty of Computer
research conducted within Dalhousie. Students in this program will join a Science. All communication with the program should be done directly to
community of researchers in the fields of computational biology and the Graduate Coordinator.
bioinformatics. Resources from the Faculty of Computer Science, Medicine
and Science are coordinated to offer a flexible program, with a limited
class load and an emphasis on research activities. Students from a broad
II. Classes offered
selection of backgrounds are invited to consider the program. Each The class selection will be determined on an individual basis. Any
candidate is supervised within the research group of their supervisor from acceptable graduate classes can be selected, as explained in section B. The
the beginning of their tenure. following classes are specific to the program and are designed to bring
students from different backgrounds to a common level. Contact the
The program is available on a full-time basis. The only pre-specified class Graduate Coordinator for further details.
requirement is the program seminar series; however, a selection of
specialized classes is usually required by the Admission committee. The A. Computer Science
specifics of class selection are made on an individual basis in coordination
with the candidate, the supervisor(s), and the admission committee. CSCI 6801.03: Computational Biology and
An admissible research topic must include relevant work on a current Bioinformatics.
biological problem through innovative methodology in Mathematics,
Statistics or Computer Science. CSCI 6802.03: Algorithms in Bioinformatics.
A. Application and Admission B. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
Candidates for admission to the masters of computational biology and
bioinformatics should hold an honours degree, or equivalent, from a BIOC 5010.03: Bioinformatics.
university of recognized standing in any relevant discipline. Relevant
disciplines are typically: Biology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, C. Mathematics and Statistics
Computer Science, Mathematics, Physics and Statistics. Students from any
background will be considered on an individual basis. All candidates STAT 5620.03: Statistical Issues in Molecular
must meet the requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
Evolution.
Prior to applying, a candidate must find a suitable supervisor or co-
supervisors. A statement of research interests must be submitted with the
Computational Biology and Bioinformatics 97

Rau-Chaplin, A., BCompSc (York), MCompSc, PhD (Carleton), Parallel
Computing, Computational Geometry, Computer aided Architectural
Design, Data Mining and Algorithms.
Riordan, D., BSc, MSc (Port Elizabeth), PhD (Carleton), Intelligent
Computer Systems.
Sampalli, S., BEng (Bangalore), PhD (Indian Institute of Science), Network
Security, High-Performance routing and switching, Hybrid (wireless
Computer Science and optical) networks design, Active Networks, Secure Grid
Computing.
Location: 6050 University Avenue Scrimger, J.N., BSc (UBC), MSc, PhD (Western), Image Processing &
Halifax, NS B3H 1W5 Graphics, Data Visualization, Animation.
Telephone: (902) 494-2093 Slonim, J., BSc, MSc (Western), PhD (Kansas), Electronic Commerce,
Fax: (902) 492-1517 Software Engineering Databases, Distributed Databases, Software
Email: grad@cs.dal.ca Testing, Transaction Management, Software Architecture.
Website: www.cs.dal.ca Smedley, T. J., BMath., MMath., PhD (Waterloo), Visual Programming
Languages, Multimedia, User Interface Design.
Dean, Faculty of Computer Science Trappenberg, T., MSc, PhD (RWTH Aachen), Computational
Shepherd, M.A., MSc, PhD (Western), Hypertext, Information Retrieval, Neuroscience, Machine Learning, Data analysis and modeling,
Web Information Systems, Electronic News, Information Filtering, Classification, Pattern recognition, Learning and memory.
Health Informatics. Watters, C.R., BSc, MSc, MLS (Western), PhD (TUNS), Dean, Faculty of
Graduate Studies (Dal), Information Retrieval, Web Information
Associate Dean Systems, Virtual Documents, Hypertext.
McAllister, M., BMath (Waterloo), MSc (UBC), PhD (UBC), Algorithms,
Network security and privacy, Computational geometry, Distributed Associate Professors
systems. Heywood, M., BEng (Plymouth), PhD (Essex), Genetic Programming;
Neural Networks; Pattern Recognition, Evolutionary gaming.
Administrative Assistant to the Dean Keselj, V., BSc (Belgrade), MSc, (Waterloo), PhD (Waterloo), Natural
Publicover, A., BSc (Dal), BA (Dal) Telephone: (902) 494-1199 language processing, Text mining, Information Retrieval, Multiagent
Systems, Algorithmic number theory.
Graduate Administrator Sedgwick, A.E., MSc, PhD (Toronto), Programming Language
Teferra, M., Telephone (902) 494-6438 Programming Methodology.
Email: menen@cs.dal.ca Zincir-Heywood, A.N., BSc, MSc, PhD (Ege U), Network Security,
Network management and Network information retrieval.
Graduate Admissions/Interdisciplinary
Administration Assistant Professors
Bolivar, A. Telephone (902) 494-2740 Arnold, D., Diploma (Dortmund), MSc (Simon Fraser), PhD (Dortmund),
Email: angie@cs.dal.ca Evolutionary computation, optimization, physically-based modeling
Beiko, R.G., B.Sc. (Dalhousie), Ph.D. (Ottawa), Computational biology,
Professors Graph algorithms, Machine learning, Evolutionary algorithms, high-
Abidi, S., BEng (NED, Eng and Tech), MSc (Miami), PhD (Surrey), performance computing.
Knowledge management, Artificial Intelligence, Medical Informatics, Blouin, C., BSc (Laval), PhD (Dalhousie), Protein evolution and
Knowledge discovery and data mining, Neural Networks, Enterprise biophysics, algorithms, phylogenetics, high-performance computing,
Information Systems. statistical mechanics, molecular modeling
Bodorik, P., BSc (Calgary), MEng, PhD (Carleton), Databases & Blustein, J., BSc, MSc, PhD (Western), Hypertext and digital libraries,
Distributed Databases, Architectural Support for Operating Systems. human-computer interaction.
Borwein, J., BA (Western Ontario) MSc, PhD (DPhil) (Oxford), Brooks, S., B.Sc. (Brock), M.Sc. (UBC), Ph.D. (Cambridge), Computer
Optimization, Computational mathematics, Internet and Collaborative graphics, Non-photorealistic rendering, Image editing and 3D
Technology. geospatial information systems.
Cox, P.T., BSc, MSc (Auckland), PhD (Waterloo), Visual Programming Chiasson, T., BSc (Brandon), MSc, PhD (Dalhousie), Distributed
and Design Languages; Computational Logic; Logic and Functional transaction coordination, distributed systems, electronic commerce,
Programming. security
Farrag, A., MSc (SFU), PhD (Alta), Fault-tolerance, Distributed Cox, A., BTech (Ryerson), MMath, PhD (Waterloo), Techniques, tools and
Computing, Concurrency, Databases. environments for program program development and maintenance
Gao, Q., MASc, PhD (Waterloo), Machine intelligence, computer vision, Zeh, N., MCS (Dipl-Inf)(Friedrich-Schiller-Universitaet Jena), PhD
image processing, data mining, data warehousing. (Carleton), Algorithms and data structures, I/O-efficient and cache-
Gentleman, W.M., BSc (Hons) McGill, MA (Mathematics) Princeton, PhD oblivious algorithms, parallel algorithms, graph algorithms,
(Mathematics) Princeton, Software Engineering, Computer computational geometry
Architecture, Real-time Systems, Numerical analysis, Signal
processing. Adjunct Professors
Grundke, E. W., BSc, MSc (Dalhousie), PhD (Waterloo), Wireless Cercone, N., BSc (Univ. of Steubenville, ON), MSc, (Ohio State), PhD
Networks, Simulation, Decision support software. (Alberta), Dean of Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence (included
Hitchcock, P., MA (Oxford), PhD (Warwick), Software Engineering, automated natural language understanding, computational
Requirements, Databases. linguistics), Knowledge-based systems (including database learning
Inkpen, K., BSc (Dalhousie), PhD (UBC), Computer-supported cooperative and discovery), Human-Machine Interfaces (including natural
work, Human computer interaction, Ubiquitous computing. language and multimedia interfaces).
Jost, A., BSc, MSc, PhD (Dalhousie), Telecommunications, Cramer, M., BA (UCLA), BS, MS (California Inst of Technology), PhD
Microelectronics, VLSI, Computer-aided Design, Computer Networks. (Waterloo)
McHugh, J., BS Physics (Duke), MS Computer Science (Maryland), PhD Dobcsanyi, P., MSc (Jozsef Atilla), PhD (Auckland)
(Texas), Computer security, Network security, Network data analysis, Fisher, M., MSc (McMaster), PhD (York)
Software engineering, Software assurance. Hartzman, C.S., MSc (Toronto), PhD (Colorado)
Milios, E., Dipl Eng (NTUA), SM, EE, PhD(MIT), Networked information
spaces, Machine learning, Image and shape databases.
98 Computer Science
Hu, X., BSc (Wuhan), MEng (Chinese Acad. Science), MSc (SFU) PhD network testing software, Cisco routers, and ATM switches funded by the
(Regina), Data mining, web mining, data mining in bioinformatics and Canadian Institute for Telecommunications Research (CITR) for
Biomedical domain, OLAP, e-business applications developing secure virtual private networks. Our Electronic Commerce Lab
Hussain, S., MSc (KFUPM), PhD (Manitoba) utilizes award winning e-business software to research new concepts in
Jutla, D., PhD (TUNS), Saint Mary's University, E-commerce, business online commerce and web services. The Faculty of Computer Science
models in e-commerce, transactional middleware for e-commerce, building houses a fast, secure, fully-switched network. Each workstation is
customer care in e-commerce, transaction support, hardware caches, connected via a dedicated 10Mbps connection with the major servers
operating system support for databases. interconnected via dedicated 100 Mbps full-duplex connections or Gigabit
Kuruvila, J., BEng (Karnataka), MCIS (Queens) Ethernet running over optical fibre. Gigabit Ethernet serves as the
Leathers, B., PhD (Cornell) backbone of the network with a connection to CA*net4, the world's first
Liscano, R., BScEng (UNB), MScEng (Rhode Island), PhD (Waterloo) national optical R&D network. On the horizon for the Faculty are plans to
Lyons, K., MSc, PhD (Queens) devise a wireless networking infrastructure and to equip our Usability Lab
Marchand, Y., MCS (Paris), DEA (Caen), PhD (Compiegne) with state-of-the-are video recording and editing equipment to study
Oore, S., BSc (Dal), MSc, PhD (Toronto) human-computer interaction.
Shakshuki, E. MAS, PhD (Waterloo)
Silver, D., MSc, PhD (Western) NOTE: Completion of any or all software engineering classes offered by
Wang, H., MSc, PhD (Toronto) the Faculty of Computer Science does not qualify persons to hold the
Wong, A.K.C., BSc, MSc (Hong Kong), PhD (CMU), Knowledge-based designation “Professional Engineer” as defined by various Provincial Acts
systems, computer vision, intelligent and vision-based Robotics governing the Engineering Profession.
Ye, Q., MEngr (HIT), PhD (Alberta) The most up-to-date information on our graduate programs, admission
Yesha, Y., BSc (York), MSc, PhD (Ohio) requirements, academic regulations, graduate classes and research
activities is available on the following website: http://www.cs.dal.ca
Cross Appointments (graduate, research, classes).
Brown, J., MSc, PhD (Toronto), Mathematics and Statistics
Duffy, J., School of Business Administration
Gu, J., Electrical and Computer Engineering II. Graduate Degree Programs
MacDonald, N., HBSc (Queen's), MSc (Ottawa), MD, FRCPC, Faculty of Please contact the Faculty of Computer Science Website at
Medicine. http://www.cs.dal.ca/ for information concerning updates to the
Marche, S., BA (Royal Military College), Professional Diploma (Alberta), regulations.
MED (Alberta), PhD (London School of Economics), School of Business
Administration A. Master of Computer Science
Mitnitski, A., Faculty of Medicine
Selinger, P., Mathematics and Statistics 1. Admission Requirements
Toms, E., School of Business Administration To be admitted to the Master program with a thesis option (MCSc) or
Wach, G., Earth Sciences project option (MACSc) all students must have completed an
undergraduate program in Computer Science with high standing. Their
Instructor Computer Science background must be at least equivalent to that covered
Kalyaniwalla, N., B.Sc. (Bombay), Ph.D. (Reusselaev), Stochastic network by the core classes in the Dalhousie Bachelor of Computer Science
analysis, C.S. education program. Students who do not meet these requirements may be required
to take additional specific undergraduate classes to make up deficiencies
I. Introduction in addition to their graduate program requirements.
The Faculty of Computer Science offers both masters and doctoral degree Students who have completed, with high standing, an undergraduate
programs. The masters program is available either with a traditional program in a discipline other than computer science may be admitted to a
research-oriented thesis option, or with a project option and more courses qualifying year or two-year program. Such students are normally required
designed for students interested in an advanced professional degree. to take specified undergraduate classes to make up deficiencies in core
Research in the Faculty has an interdisciplinary approach and addresses a Computer Science subjects.
number of areas. Please see the Faculty website for information on these
research areas. There are approximately 35 full-time professors in the 2. English Language Proficiency Requirement
Faculty, and approximately 200 students registered in the masters and Information pertaining to the English language proficiency requirement is
doctoral programs. given in the “Faculty of Graduate Studies Regulations” section of the
Calendar. For admission into graduate programs in Computer Science
The Faculty of Computer Science, has a permanent home in a building
those students who must supply a TOEFL, must obtain a score of at least
completed in the autumn of 1999. Graduate computing facilities include a
580 on the TOEFL examination.
network of Unix workstations, Windows PCs, and Macintosh computers.
A major infrastructure grant from the Canadian Foundation for 3. Information and Application Forms
Innovation (CFI) had made possible the development of an extensive For further information consult the World Wide Website listed above or
research computing infrastructure. The primary research server in the contact the Chair of the Computer Science Graduate Committee at (902)
Faculty is a Sun Enterprise 4500 with eight UltraSPARC-II processors and 494-6438. Application forms may be obtained from:
3GB of memory. This server was purchased with funds provided by the Office of the Registrar
CFI grant. Other CFI equipment includes a Sun Ultra Enterprise 450 server Dalhousie University
with two UltraSPARC-II processors and 1GB of memory for the Health Halifax, N.S., Canada
Informatics research group and an IBM RS/6000 running Tivoli Storage B3H 4H6
Manager to provide reliable backup of research data. In the summer of
2002 CFI provided the Faculty with a SunFire 4800 server with 12 Paper application forms can be ordered by sending an email to
UltraSPARC-III processors and 48 GB of memory. CFI is not the only admissions@dal.ca. Application forms are also available for downloading
supplier of research infrastructure in the Faculty. Research in parallel on the following website: http://www.cs.dal.ca (graduate).
computing is carried out using a 32 node Linux cluster funded jointly by
the Faculty, Carleton University and NSERC. The individual nodes have To hold your seat in the program for which you were admitted, we require
the horsepower of a small server with two Intel Pentium IV processors, 1 a non-refundable $250 deposit (to be paid to Student Accounts) a full 30
GB of memory, and 80 GB of storage each. The Web Information Filtering days in advance of the starting date for the term of admittance. The $250
Lab received a donation of 10 Ultra 10 workstations and an Ultra 60 server deposit will be applied towards your tuition.
from Sun Microsystems. Our Network Performance Lab is equipped with
Computer Science 99
4. Academic Regulations program’s regulations and class offerings. Email queries to can be
addressed to mec@cs.dal.ca.
Program Requirements
Students are admitted into either MCSc (Thesis) or MACSc (Project). The C. Master of Health Informatics
thesis option is a research-oriented degree, and a research master's degree The Faculty of Computer Science, in partnership with the Faculty of
is normally required to gain subsequent admission into a PhD program at Medicine, offers the degree of Master of Health Informatics.
most universities. Candidates' program of studies must be approved by
the Faculty of Computer Science and the Faculty of Graduate Studies and Health Informatics studies the use of computing and information
must satisfy the breadth requirement of the Faculty of Computer Science. technology in health research, education, patient care, policy setting and
health services administration. This interdisciplinary program draws on
Students in the project option who show excellent performance in classes resources across the University, including faculty and courses from the
and promise for research can apply to switch to the thesis option. Faculties of Computer Science, Medicine, Management, and Health
There are no core required graduate classes or concentration streams. Professions.
Graduate classes are classified into three different areas:
For a complete description of this program, please see the Health
Area 1: Classes with focus on mathematical abstractions and reasoning Informatics entry in this calendar. Please also visit the program website at:
that are foundational in computer science. http://www.healthinformatics.dal.ca/ for more information.
Area 2: Classes focusing on tools and processes in computing independent Email queries can be addressed to hinf@cs.dal.ca.
of application. D. Master of Science in Computational Biology and
Area 3: Classes with links to disciplines outside computer science and Bioinformatics
applications.
The program is an interdisciplinary master's degree with an emphasis on
The breadth requirement in class selection for both the thesis and the thesis work which focuses on tackling problems in biology, molecular
project option consists of: at least one class in each area. biology and health-science related fields through significant research
contributions in mathematics, statistics and computer science. This
Master of Computer Science program is set within the framework of current interdisciplinary research
An MCSc consists of not less than six half-credit classes or their equivalent, conducted within Dalhousie. Students in this program will join a
and a thesis selected upon the advice of the thesis supervisor. The thesis is community of researchers in the fields of computational biology and
equivalent to two credits. bioinformatics.
The thesis shall be written under the guidance of a thesis supervisor, and Resources from the faculties of Computer Science, Medicine and Science
must be satisfactory to an examining committee established by the are coordinated to offer a flexible program, with a limited course load and
Faculty. The candidate must present an oral thesis defence. an emphasis on research activities. Students from a broad selection of
Master of Applied Computer Science backgrounds are invited to consider the program. Each candidate is
A MACSc consists of not less than eight half-credit classes or their supervised within the research group of their supervisor from the
equivalent and a well defined project. The project is equivalent to one beginning of their tenure.
credit.
E. Doctor of Philosophy Degree
The project shall be carried out under the direction of a project supervisor
and must be satisfactory to the supervisor and another faculty member 1. Admission Requirements
before approval is granted. The candidate must give an oral presentation To be admitted, students must have completed a research (thesis) Master's
of the project. degree program in Computer Science, or equivalent and must meet the
admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. In exceptional
Time Requirement circumstances, a student may be admitted into the MCSc (Thesis) program
A student is required to register each session to maintain eligibility to with the possibility of transferring to the doctoral program within the first
continue in the program. Students who enter the program meeting normal 15 months (subject to approval of the Graduate committee and the Faculty
admission requirements may be able to satisfy the requirements in 16 of Graduate Studies). Students with an honours Bachelor’s degree and
months. For information on maximum time limits for completion, leaves strong promise in research may be admitted into the post-Bachelor PhD
of absence, and extensions, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies program.
Regulations in this calendar.
2. English Language Proficiency Requirement
B. Master of Electronic Commerce Information pertaining to the English language proficiency requirement is
The Faculty of Computer Science in partnership with the Faculties of given in the “Faculty of Graduate Studies Regulations” section of the
Management and Law offer the degree of Master of Electronic Commerce. Calendar. For admission into graduate programs in the Faculty of
Computer Science those students who must supply a TOEFL, must obtain
Electronic Commerce is a discipline whose underpinnings lie equally in a score of at least 580 on the TOEFL examination.
technology, business, and social and economic policy. Distinct from any of
the disciplines that comprise it, this multi-disciplinary two-year program 3. Information and Application Forms
consists of core classes, stream classes, an industrial internship, and a For further information consult the World Wide Website at http://
project. Students study core topics in each of the three areas and www.cs.dal.ca/ or contact the Chair of the Computer Science Graduate
concentrate in depth in one of them by choosing one of three streams of Committee at (902) 494-6438. Application forms may be obtained from:
study: Technology, Business and Policy. Office of the Registrar
The program may also offer the student an opportunity for study abroad Halifax, N.S., Canada
at other member universities of an international consortium mandated B3H 4H6
and endorsed by the G7 to develop a Global Master of Electronic or on the web at www.dal.ca/apps.
Commerce. The core of this program is intended to be common
To hold your seat in the program for which you were admitted, we require
throughout the consortium with institutions offering classes outside the
core, according to their individual strengths. Dalhousie University is the a non-refundable $250 deposit (to be paid to Student Accounts) a full 30
only Canadian participant in this international consortium. days in advance of the starting date for the term of admittance. The $250
deposit will be applied towards your tuition.
For a complete description of this program please see the Electronic
Commerce entry in this calendar. Please also visit the program’s website
at http://www.ecomm.dal.ca for information concerning updates to the
100 Computer Science

III. Graduate Classes CSCI 6302.03: Computer Software: Development and
A selection of the following graduate classes is offered each year. Design.
Consult the Faculty of Computer Science's Class Information System, on This class will concentrate on the design phase of the software lifecycle, in
the World Wide Web at http://www.cs.dal.ca/, for the selection of classes particular for large scale software development. Topics will include
offered in each academic year. software process models, computer aided software engineering (CASE)
Classes starting with “CSCI” are computer science classes. tools and how to evaluate a design. It will also include the supporting
technologies of configuration management, version control and change
All graduate students are required to attend and participate in regular management. Testing will also be discussed.
Faculty seminars. PREREQUISITE: CSCI 3130.03 or equivalent
Graduate students can take any graduate class by permission of the
instructor and the Graduate Committee.
CSCI 6304.03: Visual Programming.
This class deals with topics relating to the use of visuality in
CSCI 5802.03: Algorithms in Bioinformatics. programming. This will include topics such as visual programming
The discipline of bioinformatics applies sophisticated computational and languages, program visualization and data visualization, as well as
statistical techniques to problems in the biological domain. This course discussion of graphical programming aids, including graphical tools for
will focus on a few biosequence-related challenges in depth, examining defining user interfaces.
the complexity and efficiency of different approaches, the relationship
between statistical optimality and biological reality, and the consistency
CSCI 6306.03: Topics in Program Comprehension.
(or lack thereof) among methods. This class explores current issues in program comprehension 0 the process
FORMAT: Lecture/tutorial of acquiring sufficient knowledge about a software system in order to
perform a specified maintenance task. Topics include, but are not limited
CSCI 6101.03: Advanced Topics in Analysis of to, software visualization, design extraction, cognitive theories of
Algorithms. comprehension, configuration management, information representation
and comprehension tools.
This research oriented class covers advanced material in the design and
analysis of algorithms. It combines mathematically rigorous coverage of CSCI 6401.03: Distributed Databases.
traditional topics with recent research results. Problems are taken from a
The class will briefly review the concepts of integrated database systems,
wide range of areas including combinatorics, numerical computation,
computer networks, and distributed processing. The problems and
graph algorithms, string matching, approximation algorithms,
opportunities inherent in distributed databases on a network computer
computational geometry, NP-completeness.
system will be presented. Detailed coverage will be given to topics such as
PREREQUISITE: CSCI 3110 or equivalent
resource allocation, directory systems, deadlock detection and prevention,
EXCLUSION: COMP 5130.03
synchronization, query optimization, and fault tolerance.
CSCI 6102.03: Computational Geometry. PREREQUISITE: CSCI 3140.03 or equivalent
This class presents fundamental algorithms and data structures for solving CSCI 6403.03: Advanced Topics in Information
geometric problems. Basic algorithm types include divide-and-conquer,
sweep, incremental construction, and randomized construction. Typical
Retrieval.
topics include geometric representations, triangulations, convex hulls, This class presents students with the latest research topics in the field of
Voronoi diagrams, Delaunay triangulations, point location structures, and Information Retrieval. Information Retrieval is the study of the collection,
line arrangements. organization, and dissemination of text-based objects, such as books,
PREREQUISITE: CSCI 3110.03 articles, and newspaper items. Topics may include advanced issues in
hypertext, information filtering, information access on the World Wide
CSCI 6103.03: Network Reliability. Web, delivery of electronic news, and digital libraries. Most topics will be
Networks are useful models for the transmission of essential data, and it is viewed in the framework of distributed information systems on the
often crucial that the network be resilient to the loss of some lines. We Internet.
investigate here the reliability of such networks, including both directed
and undirected models, assuming that the lines fail independently with a
CSCI 6404.03: Web Information Systems.
given probability. Topics include web models, hypertext functionality, virtual documents,
INSTRUCTOR(S): Brown, J.I. and software design issues for large scale web information systems.
FORMAT: Lecture PREREQUISITE: CSCI 3120.03 or 4172.03
PREREQUISITE: CSCI 3110, CSCI 4115, MATH 2060
CSCI 6405.03: Data Mining and Data Warehousing.
CSCI 6104.03: Algorighms and Data Structures for This class gives a basic exposition of the goals and methods of data mining
and data warehouses, including concepts, principles, architectures,
Massive Data Sets.
algorithms, implementations, and applications. The main topics include
This course covers algorighms and data structures designed to alleviate
an overview of databases, data warehouses and data mining technology,
the I/O-bottleneck that arises when dealing with massive data sets. The data warehousing and on line analytical process (OLAP), concept mining,
focus is on general techniques. These techniques are illustrated using association mining, classification and predication, and clustering.
applications to fundamental problems, including problems from Software tools for data mining and data warehousing and their design will
computational geometry and graph theory.
also be introduced.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Zeh, N.
FORMAT: Lecture CSCI 6406.03: Visualization.
PREREQUISITE: CSCI 3110.03 This course focuses on graphical techniques for data visualization that
assist in the extraction of meaning from datasets. This involves the design
CSCI 6301.03: Computer Software: Requirement
and development of efficient tools for the exploration of large and often
Analysis and Specification. complex information domains. Applications of visualization are broad,
This class will cover the early stages of the system lifecycle. Topics including computer science, geography, the social sciences, mathematics,
will include needs analysis, software as a system component, the form of a science and medicine, as well as architecture and design. The course will
software requirements specification and validation and verification of cover all aspects of visualization including fundamental concepts,
specifications. A mathematically based formal specification language will algorithms, data structures, and the role of human perception.
be introduced. FORMAT: Lectures, Seminars and Discussion
PREREQUISITE: CSCI 3130.03 or equivalent
Computer Science 101

CSCI 6501.03: Intelligent Systems. founded understanding of their properties. A research project to be
Topics covered include knowledge representation, inference mechanisms worked on individually or in groups will be a major component of the
and search strategies, uncertain reasoning, explanation, induction and class.
evaluation. Students are provided with a selection of readings on these
topics. Small expert systems are developed using different development
CSCI 6602.03: Digital Image Processing.
tools with the goal of obtaining a working knowledge of available This class deals with important topics of digital picture processing
development tools. A small expert system shell is developed using including visual perception, digitization, compression, enhancement,
PROLOG. restoration, reconstruction and segmentation. Special applications to
EXCLUSION: COMP 5210.03 medical systems will also be discussed.
CSCI 6505.03: Machine Learning. CSCI 6604.03: Advanced Computer Graphics.

Machine Learning is the area of Artificial Intelligence concerned with the This class deals with advanced issues of 3D computer graphics. Topics
problem of building computer programs that automatically improve with include solid modeling, visible-surface determination, ray tracing,
experience. The intent of this course is to present a broad introduction to illumination, shading, and rendering. Animation techniques and problems
the principles and paradigms underlying machine learning, including will also be discussed.
discussions of each of the major approaches currently being investigated. PREREQUISITE: CSCI 4160.03
Main topics covered in the course include a review of information theory, CSCI 6606.03: Human Factors in On-Line Information
unsupervised learning or clustering (the K-means family, co-clustering,
mixture models and the EM algorithm), supervised learning or Systems.
classification (support vector machines, decision trees, rule learning, Introduction to issues related to behavioral/human aspects of computing
Bayesian learners, meximum entropy, ensemble methods), feature as applied to hypertext and other on-line information tools.
selection and feature transformations. The focus of applications that will
be discussed will be text classification and clustering.
CSCI 6702.03: Parallel Computing.
PREREQUISITE: CSCI 3150.03 or 4150.03 (Artificial Intelligence) or This class explores various aspects of parallel computing including
permission of the instructor. parallel architectures, systems, programming languages and
implementation issues. It focuses on solving real problems on existing
CSCI 6506.03: Genetic Algorithms and Programming. parallel machines. Students will participate in an implementation of a
The concept of stochastic search algorithms is introduced by way of significant parallel computing project.
answers to the generic machine learning requirements: representation,
goal state, and credit assignment. Schema theory is introduced as an
CSCI 6704.03: Advanced Topics in Networks.
underlying model for evolutionary problem solving. The significance of The primary focus of this class is to provide a comprehensive coverage of
assuming different representations is investigated through various case emerging and emergent network technologies that lay the foundation for
studies. Different forms of 'goal state' are investigated, including multi- the design of next generation high-performance global internetworks.
objective models and co-evolution are investigated in some detail and Topics covered include advanced TCP/IP design, ATM protocols, Gigabit
demonstrated to provide the basis for problem decomposition, game Ethernets, IPv6 networks and protocols, Secure Networks and VPNs,
behavior design and computational efficiency. Wireless Networks, Optical Networks, and Internetwork Architecture
Case Studies.
CSCI 6508.03: Fundamentals of Computational PREREQUISITE: CSCI 4171.03 or equivalent
Neuroscience. EXCLUSION: COMP 5550.03
This course introduces the principles of information processing in the CSCI 6706.03: Network Design and Management.
brain, including the functionality of single neurons, networks of neurons,
The distributed enterprise information system consisting of workstations,
and large-scale neural architectures for specific cognitive functions.
servers, bridges, routers, hubs, Internet and interactive Web technology is
Specific topics include information theory, memory, object recognition,
critical to corporate productivity. This class explores how Information
adaptive systems, vision, motor control, and an introduction to MATLAB.
Technology (IT) can be used to manage an enterprise. It further examines
INSTRUCTOR(S): Trappenberg, T.P.
how managers can strategically use IT to capture and deliver knowledge
FORMAT: Lecture
more efficiently and to create a competitive advantage.
PREREQUISITE: CSCI 4171.03
CSCI 6509.03: Advanced Topics in Natural Language CSCI 6707.03: Knowledge Management: Concepts
Processing. and Techniques.
Natural Language Processing (NLP) is an area of Artificial Intelligence
Knowledge Management (KM) offers a computational approach to
concerned with the problem of automatically analyzing and generating a
identifying, capturing, retrieving, and sharing an enterprise's tacit and
natural language, such as English, French, or other, in written or spoken
explicit knowledge assets. This course will provide a conceptual
form. It is a relatively old area of computer science, but it is still a very
understanding of KM practices and enabling intelligent techniques to
active research area. This class introduces fundamental concepts and
develop and deploy KM solutions in an enterprise setting.
principals used in NLP with emphasis on statistical approaches to NLP
FORMAT: Lecture
and unification-based grammars. In the application part of the class, we
PREREQUISITE: Understanding of artificial intelligence is recommended
discuss the problems of question answering, machine translation, text
classification, information extraction, grammar induction, and dictionary CSCI 6801.03: Computational Biology and
generation and other.
Bioinformatics.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Keselj, V.
This course is an introduction to current problems and techniques in
CSCI 6514.03: Search and Optimization. computational biology and bioinformatics. The emphasis is put in the
This class provides a broad overview of strategies for tackling difficult following themes: sequence analysis, phylogentics inference and
optimization problems that occur in computer science, in the engineering structural biology. No biiological background is assumed althought the
sciences, and beyond. It covers “classical” algorithms such as conjugate course covers many relevant biological concepts.`
gradient strategies as well as more recent, nature-inspired approaches INSTRUCTOR(S): Blouin, C.
including evolutionary methods and simulated annealing. Its goal is to not FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
only introduce the various paradigms, but to contrast them and to RESTRICTION: Graduate student in Computer Science or Instructor's
critically evaluate their respective merits based on a mathematically approval.
102 Computer Science

CSCI 6901.03: Directed Studies.
This class offers the student the opportunity to undertake further study
into a specific topic of interest that is not covered in the regular class
offerings. The student will be supervised by a faculty member competent
in the area of interest. Regular meetings between the student and
supervising faculty will be held. A substantial project and report are
required.
PREREQUISITE: Permission of the Graduate Committee Earth Sciences
CSCI 6902.03: Doctoral Directed Studies. Location: Life Sciences Centre, Room 3006
This class offers the doctoral student the opportunity to undertake 1355 Oxford Street
further study into a specific topic of interest that is not covered in the Halifax, NS B3H 4J1
regular class offerings. The student will be supervised by a faculty Telephone: (902) 494-2358
member competent in the area of interest. Regular meetings between the Fax: (902) 494-6889
student and supervising faculty will be held. A substantial project and Email: earth.sciences@dal.ca
report are required. Website: http://earthsciences.dal.ca
PREREQUISITE: Permission of the Graduate Committee
Chair of Department
CSCI 6903.03/6904.03/6905.03/6906.03/6907.03/ Gibling, M.R.
6908.03: Special Graduate Topics in Computer Graduate Co-ordinator
Science. Culshaw, N.
This graduate class examines topics determined by the interests of the
students and the instructor. Professors
Gibling, M.R., BA (Oxon), PhD (Ottawa). Sedimentology and sequence
CSCI 6904.03/6905.03/6906.03/6907.03/6908.03: stratigraphy of alluvial and coastal strata, Atlantic Canada; Coal and oil
Special Graduate Topics in Computer Sciences. shale; Quaternary rivers.
Jamieson, R.A., BSc (Dal), PhD (MUN). Metamorphic geology and
CSCI 7000X/Y.06: Research Project in Computer tectonics: P-T-t paths with Appalachian and Grenville applications;
metamorphism, structure, geochemistry of gneiss associations,
Science.
Grenville Province.
The class provides the students in the Master of Applied Computer
Scott, D.B., BSc (Wash), MSc (Wash State), PhD (Dalhousie).
Science program with an opportunity to conduct a research project under Micropaleontology and marine geology: microfossils for use in
the supervision of a faculty member. Regular meetings between the environmental geology of coastal areas; deep- sea paleo-oceanography
student and the supervising faculty will be held. A project report and open Wach, G.D., BA (UWO), MSc (South Carolina), PhD (Oxford). Petroleum
presentation are required.
geology, sequence strategraphic, seismic well log, basin analysis,
sedimentology, depositional environments
consecutively. Associate Professors
Culshaw, N.G., BA (Keele), PhD (Ottawa). Structural geology and
CSCI 7900X/Y.06: Directed Doctoral Research Project. tectonics: Grenville Province; Meguma terrane, Nova Scotia; Makkovik
This class provides doctoral students with an opportunity to conduct a Province, Labrador
research project under the supervision of a faculty member leading to the Gosse, J.C., BSc (MUN), PhD (Lehigh Univ.). Cosmic nuclide dating,
research aptitude examination. Regular meetings between the student and surficial processes, landscape evolution, quaternary paleoclimatology,
the supervising faculty will be held. A project report and oral defense to a glacial geology, tectonic geomorphology
committee are required. Grujic, G., BSc (Belgrade), PhD (ETHZurich). Tectonics, meta morphism,
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in magmatism, thermochronology, analogue modelling, geodynamics,
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed convergent margins, Himalayas
consecutively. Nedimovic, M., BSc (Univ. of Belgrade), MSc, PhD (Toronto). Seismic
reflection; Seasmic imaging of the ocean crust off Eastern Canada
CSCI 9000.00: Graduate Thesis. Ryall, P.J.C., BSc (Dal), MSc (Alta), PhD (Dal). Geophysics: magnetic
properties of ocean crust; gravity surveys
Fedortchouk, Y., MSc (Moscow State Univ.), PhD (Victoria). Petrology and
geochemistry of igneous rock.
Plug, L.J., BA (McGill), PhD (Alska-Fairbanks). Surface processes, pattern
formation, nonlinear depramics, climate change
Research Associates
Brown, D., BSc (Dalhousie) Canada-NS, Offshore Petroleum Board.
Clair, T., BSc (Mt. Allison), MSc (Ottawa), PhD (McMaster)
Coutand, I., BSc, PhD (Univ of Rennes, France), Univ. de Lille
Grist, A., BSc (Dalhousie), MSc (Dalhousie), PhD (Dalhousie)
Jansa, L., BSc, MSc (Masaryk State U, Czechoslovakia), PhD (Charles
Univ., Prague)
Kosters, E., BSc (Groningen), MSc (Univ of Amsterdam & Utrecht), PhD
(Louisiana State Univ)
Ruffman, A., MSc (Dal), Geomarine Associates Ltd.
Shaw, J., BSc (Queen’s Univ, Belfast), MSc, PhD (The New Univ of Ulster),
GSC Atlantic
Shimeld, J., B.Applied Sci (Waterloo), MSc (Dalhousie)
Earth Sciences 103

Stockli, D., BSc, MSc (Swiss Federal Inst. of Tech, Eth), PhD (Stanford Institute of Oceanography, is often done. Members of these laboratories
Univ), Univ of Kansas frequently serve on supervisory committees.
Waldron, J., BA (Cambridge), PhD (Edinburgh), University of Alberta
White, C., BSc (Acadia), MSc (Dalhousie), PhD (Dalhousie), NS Dept. of The complex of departments and laboratories in Halifax and Dartmouth
Natural Resources concerned with various aspects of the Earth make graduate study in Earth
Williams, G., BSc (London), PhD (Sheffield), GSC Atlantic Sciences very attractive.
Adjunct Professors II. Admission Requirements

Adam, J., Dip.m Geology, (Univ. of Claushal), PhD (Tech. Univ. of Berlin),
Dalhousie. Candidates must satisfy general requirements for admission to the Faculty
of Graduate Studies. Candidates seeking financial support should ensure
Anderson, A., BSc (Univ. of Windsor), MSc (Manitoba), PhD (Queen’s), St.
Francis Xavier University that their applications are complete by January 31.
Barr, S., BSc (UNB), PhD (UBC), Acadia University
Beltrami, H., BSc (Winnipeg), MSc (Queen's), PhD (U du Quebec à III. Degree Programs
Montreal), St. Francis Xavier University
Calder, J., BSc (Saint Mary's), PhD (Dal), NS Natural Resources A. MSc Degree Program
Clarke, B., BSc, MSc (Toronto), PhD (Edinburgh)
The minimum time for completion of the MSc degree is 12 months of full-
Dehler, S., BSc (Calgary), MSc, PhD (UBC), BIO
time study (see Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations, Section 1.3.1,
Deptuck, M., BSc (ST. Mary’s), PhD (Dalhousie)
page 19). Experience has shown that most students take at least 24 months
Dostal, J., BSc (Charles), PhD (McMaster), Saint Mary's University
to complete their work. Financial support is available for no more than 24
Fensome, R., BSc, MSc (Sask), PhD (Nottingham) GSC Atlantic
months.
Godfrey-Smith, D., BA (Calgary), MA (Simon Fraser), PhD (Simon Fraser),
DRDC Part-time study is also possible. Conditions for admission to this program
Jones, P.E., BSc, MSc, PhD (UBC), BIO are the same as those for full-time students. Financial support is not
Jutras, P., BSc (Univ. de Montréal), MSc (Univ. du Québec à Montréal), normally available for part-time study.
PhD (Univ. du Québec à Montreal), St. Mary’s University
Kellman, L., BA (McMaster), MSc (McGill), PhD (U du Quebec à Research leading to the preparation and oral defence of a thesis is
Montreal), St. Francis Xavier University required.
Kettanah, Y., BSc (Baghdad Univ), PhD (Sorethampton Univ., UlK.), The equivalent of five graduate classes is required, of which the thesis
Dalhousie University. normally counts as three.
Kontak, D.J., BSc (St. FX), MSc (Alberta), PhD (Queen's), NS Department of
Natural Resources Graduate students are expected to attend the Earth Sciences seminars.
Krezsek, C., BSc, MSc, PhD (Babes-Bolyai Univ., Romania) ERTH 6300.03 and ERTH 6350.03 are compulsory. A grade of B+ or better
Kronfeld, J., BA (Queens College, NY), MSc (Florida State), PhD (Rice) Tel is required in these two classes to transfer to PhD.
Aviv University
Laroque, C., BSc (Sask), MSc, PhD (Univ of Victoria), MT. Allison B. PhD Degree Program
University The minimum time required to complete this program is two years from
Melchin, M., MSc (Waterloo), PhD (Western), St. Francis Xavier University an MSc; normally three years are required (see Section 1.3.2, page 19 in the
Mosher, D., BSc (Acadia), MSc (Memorial), PhD (Dalhousie) Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations).
Mudie, P.J., BSc (Cape Town), BSc (Leicester), PhD (Dal), GSC Atlantic
Mukhopadhyay, P.K., PhD (Jadaupur), Global Geoenergy Research The preliminary examination (see Faculty of Graduate Studies
Murphy, J.B., BSc (Dublin), MSc (Acadia), PhD (McGill), St. Francis Xavier regulations) is an integral part of the compulsory classes, ERTH 6300.03
University and 6350.03. A grade of B+ or better is required in these two classes.
Parsons, M., BSc (Dal), PhD (Stanford), BIO
Attendance at the Earth Sciences seminars is expected.
Pe-Piper, G., BSc (Athens), PhD (Cambridge), Saint Mary's University
Piper, D.J.W., BA(Hons) (St Catharine's Col, Cantab), MA (Cantab), PhD Research leading to the preparation and oral defence of a thesis is
(Darwin Col, Cantab), GSC Atlantic required.
Reynolds, P., BSc (Toronto), PhD (UBC)
Risk, M., BSc, (Toronto), MSc (Western Ontario), PhD (Univ of S.
California)
IV. Class Descriptions
Robinson, P.T., BSc (Mich), PhD (Calif).
Rochon, A., BSc, MSc, PhD (U du Quebec à Montreal), BIO A. Required Graduate Classes
Salisbury, M.H., BSc (MIT), MSc, PhD (Wash), GSC Atlantic
Siddiqui, Q., BSc (Lucknow), MSc (Lucknow), PhD (Leister) ERTH 6300.03: Research Design and Scientific
Stea, R., BSc (Acadia), MSc, PhD (Dal), NS Dept of Natural Resources Presentation.
Wielens, H., BSc, MSc, PhD (UTRECHT State Univ), GSC Atlanta This is a required class (full-year, half-credit) for all new graduate students
(M.Sc. and Ph.D.) in the Department of Earth Sciences. It is intended to
I. Introduction introduce students to the essential features of good research design, and to
Students with degrees in any of the sciences or mathematics who wish to give them extensive practice in presenting their research to their peers.
study some aspect of the earth are welcome. Graduate work leading to the Topics covered include the scientific method, critical reading, analysis of
degrees of MSc and PhD is possible in a number of different fields. These error and uncertainty, effective technical writing, effective scientific
include for example: marine geology and geophysics, Appalachian presentations (oral and written), effective research proposal design, and
geology, isotope geology, economic geology, petrology, geochemistry and ethical issues in research. Other topics may be covered depending on
mineralogy, geophysics, sedimentology, micropaleontology and coastal students' interests and/or current issues in the field. A series of written
sedimentation, structural geology, metamorphism, and tectonics. and oral assignments takes students through the process of designing,
writing, and presenting a short (10-page) formal research proposal,
Interdisciplinary studies are encouraged, and there is active cooperation generally (but not necessarily) closely related to the thesis topic, which is
among the science departments (including Oceanography) at Dalhousie then presented and defended before the entire department. Extensive
University. Students are urged to take full advantage of the opportunities feedback is given on both written and oral work throughout the year; all
this affords. Research, on scientific problems of mutual interest to oral presentations and one written assignment involve an element of peer
Dalhousie and government laboratories such as the Nova Scotia review.
Department of Natural Resources, and the GSC Atlantic at the Bedford INSTRUCTOR(S): R.A. Jamieson, J.C. Gosse
104 Earth Sciences

PREREQUISITE: Students must be registered in a graduate program PREREQUISITE: Students must be registered in a graduate program (M.Sc
(M.Sc. or Ph.D.) in Earth Sciences, which normally requires a B.Sc. or Ph.D)in Earth Sciences, which normally requires a BSc (Honors) in
(Honours) in Earth Science or its equivalent; other students may be Earth Sciences or its equivalent. Other participants may be admitted
admitted with the permission of the instructors. with permission of the instructors.
CO-REQUISITE: Students should also be enrolled in ERTH 6350
(Graduate Module class) although in unusual situations the classes ERTH 6500.03: Graduate Seminar in Tectonics.
may be taken in consecutive years.
C. Cross-Listed Graduate/Undergraduate Classes
ERTH 6350.03: Research Topics in Earth Sciences. The following classes are designed primarily for undergraduates in their
This class consists of three or more modules that present topics of interest final year; they may be taken by graduate students for general interest,
to students coming into the graduate program from a variety of because the material is needed to help in their research, or because the
backgrounds. The Geology of Nova Scotia Module is given each year and student's background may be inadequate. PLEASE NOTE: Not all classes
consists of lectures given by invited speakers and illustrative field are offered every year; please consult the current timetable.
excursions. The content of the other modules may change from year to
year. Past and potential future topics include: Uranium Series ERTH 5141.03: Applied Geology, Mineralogy and
Disequilibria, Mars Surface Processes, Radiometric Dating, Origin of Geochemistry.
Orogens, Basics of Basins, P-T-t Data From Orogenic Belts, Heat Flow, This class is an introduction to various concepts and techniques used by
Granites - Physical and Chemical Processes, Mantle Petrology - geoscientists in the search for and evaluation of mineral concentrations, in
Peridotites, Eclogites etc., Abnormal Fluid Pressures in Geology, mining and metallurgy, as well as in environmental aspects of these
Environmental Monitoring in Coastal Areas, Quaternary Geology of Nova activities. The successive stages of a mineral exploration project are
Scotia, Chemical Weathering, Tectonic Geomorphology, Applications of analyzed, from reconnaissance through exploration geochemistry, claim
Cosmogenic Isotopes. staking, drilling, mining, estimation of reserves, grades and tonnage,
Consult website at www.dal.ca/~es for a list of modules offered in current economic aspects, to mine site rehabilitation. Fundamentals of applied ore
sessions. microscopy will be introduced, with emphasis on metallurgy, and acid
INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Culshaw rock drainage (ARD) prevention. The syllabus will vary somewhat from
PREREQUISITE: Students must be registered in a graduate program year to year to reflect the interests and backgrounds of the students, and
(M.Sc. or Ph.D.) in Earth Sciences, which normally requires a B.Sc. the availability of visiting lecturers. The labs will consist of hands-on
(Honors) in Earth Science or its equivalent; other students may be exercises, visits to analytical labs, problem solving, report writing, and
admitted with the permission of the instructors. seminar presentations by the students.
CO-REQUISITE: Students should also be enrolled in ERTH 6300 (Research INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
Design and Scientific Presentation) although in unusual situations the FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab 3 hours
classes may be taken in consecutive years. PREREQUISITE: ERTH 2001.03, ERTH 2002.03, ERTH 2110,03, ERTH
ERTH 9000.00: MSc Thesis. 2000.015
Students in the MSc Program must be registered in this class in every term. ERTH 5151.03: Mineral Deposits.
ERTH 9530.00: PhD Thesis. This class is an introduction to the geology of metallic ore deposits (e.g.
gold, copper) and some industrial mineral concentrations (.e.g. diamonds,
Students in the PhD Program must be registered in this class in every
barite), and the genetic hypotheses used in their exploration. Emphasis is
term.
given to the chemical, mineralogical, physical, structural, tectonic,
igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic processes that lead to economic
B. Other Graduate Classes concentrations of minerals and their subsequent modification or
The following classes are designed specifically for graduate students. They destruction. The class integrates many Earth Science disciplines, and
are offered when required, and their content is designed to suit the requires extensive reading from the scientific literature, writing, and oral
interests of individual students. presentations.
ERTH 6100.03: Seminar in Sedimentology and FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab 3 hours
Stratigraphy.
ERTH 5270.03: Applied Geophysics.
ERTH 6110.03: Research Topics in The application of geophysical methods to petroleum and mineral
Micropaleontology. exploration as introduced in 2050.03 is here treated at a more advanced
level with an emphasis on seismic techniques. Assignments involve the
ERTH 6120.03/6220.03: Seminar in Mineralogy, student in interpretation of industry geophysical data and modelling on
Petrology and Geochemistry. workstations.
INSTRUCTOR(S): P.J.C. Ryall
ERTH 6250.03: Directed Studies. FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
ERTH 6400.03: Geochronology and ERTH 5280.03: Marine Geophysics.

Thermochronology. The application of the various geophysical techniques to the study of the
sea floor and the principal results obtained are examined. The processes
Researchers across the whole spectrum of earth science use chronometers,
involved in the creation, evolution and destruction of ocean basins and the
which provide information about the rates of geological processes in areas
implications of the experimental observations are also considered.
as diverse as the deep crust and modern surface environments. This is a
INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Louden
required class (half-year, half-credit) for all new graduate students in the
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab
Department of Earth Sciences, and focuses on a major teaching and
research strength of this department. Experience will be attained on a ERTH 5350.03: Tectonics.
wide range of chronometers including U-Th-Pb, Ar-Ar, Apatite Fission
This is a required class for Earth Sciences Honors students. It is intended
Track, and (U-Th)/He thermochronology, cosmogenic and nuclide
to synthesize the various aspects of geology covered in the third year core
exposure dating, luminescence dating, and radiocarbon dating. The
program. The focus of the class is on tectonic processes and the ways in
structure and content of the course will vary with instructor and student
which these processes create and modify the Earth’s crust. We will cover
interests, but will feature lectures, seminars, workshops, laboratory work,
the fundamental geological, geophysical, and geochemical controls that
and computation.
operate today, including plate tectonics, and the ways in which these
FORMAT: Lectures, seminars, workshops and labs
might have differed in the geological past. The tectonic evolution of
Earth Sciences 105

specific orogenic belts will be discussed, including both modern and ERTH 5502.03: Micropaleontology and Global
ancient examples in Canada and other parts of the world. Change.
INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Culshaw
This class provides a systematic study of major groups of microfossils
(principally foraminifera, ostracoda and calcareous nanoplankton).
ERTH 5380.03: Advanced Geochemistry. Particular emphasis is placed on the distribution and ecology of recent
A basic understanding of Geochemistry is essential to a professional microfossils, and on laboratory techniques for sampling and studying
geoscientist who must deal with earth materials, igneous, metamorphic, them. Quaternary paleo-oceanography and faunal distribution is
and hydrothermal processes that take place under the surface of the earth examined based on knowledge of the tolerances of the living organisms.
and other planetary bodies, and on the minerals, rocks, fluids, and mineral INSTRUCTOR(S): D.B. Scott
deposits resulting from these processes. Equally important is a familiarity FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab 3 hours
with the geochemistry of weathering, acid rock drainage (ARD) and the ERTH 5520.03: GIS Applications to Environmental
cycles of environmentally significant elements in ground and surface
waters. This class begins with an overview of atoms, ions, and isotopes, and Geological Sciences.
and the principles that govern their distribution on the Earth and other Geographic information systems (GIS) provide a rich set of new tools to
planets. This will be followed by a discussion of high- and low- the geologist and environmental scientist, not only to solve conventional
temperature aqueous geochemistry, and the applications of chemistry to problems, but also to explore questions not readily answered by other
igneous and metamorphic systems. A section on mineral deposits will means. This class builds on the fundamentals of GIS taught in ERTH
examine the formation of hydrothermal ore deposits, and geochemical 3500.03 to explore analytical tools that aid in decision-making processes
exploration methods. The latter half of the term will concentrate on low- encountered in mineral exploration, hydrogeology, site selection,
temperature geochemistry, with an emphasis on processes that control the environmental assessment, and global change analysis. The class
release, mobility, and fate of contaminants in the environment. Computer concentrates on case studies and problem solving, including those
models and case studies will be used to illustrate the importance of requiring multi-criteria and multi-objective decision making processes.
geochemical data for solving real-world environmental problems. INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Walls
Students will also be introduced to a number of closely-related disciplines FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab 3 hours
including surface science, geomicrobiology, and medical geology. PREREQUISITE: ERTH 3500.03 or SCIE 3600X/Y.06, STAT 1060.03, or
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff permission of Instructor
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hrs, seminars, workshops, student presentations
CROSS-LISTING: ERTH 4380.03
ERTH 5530.03: Environmental Remote Sensing.
This class introduces remote-sensing techniques that provide
ERTH 5400.03: Advanced Metamorphic Petrology. environmental and geoscience information. The potential and limitations
This class deals with selected topics in metamorphism and microtectonics, of remotely sensed data are stressed. Lectures discuss the fundamentals
chosen to reflect current topics of interest in the disciplines and/or specific with an emphasis on multi-spectral satellite systems. Laboratory exercises
interests of participants. The focus is on the interaction of metamorphism include digital image enhancement and thematic information extraction
and deformation, and on the constraints provided by microstructural and on optical, radar, and hyperspectral data. Remote-sensing information and
metamorphic data on tectonic processes in general. Examples of topics GIS techniques are integrated throughout the course.
that might be covered include: porphyroblast-matrix relationships in INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Walls
metamorphic rocks; quantitative P-T methods in metamorphism; FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab 3 hours
geochronology of metamorphic rocks; construction and interpretation of PREREQUISITE: ERTH 3500.03 OR ERTH 5600.03 OR SCIE 3600.03
metamorphic P-T-t paths; intracrystalline deformation, recrystallisation, CROSS-LISTING: ERTH 4530.03
and deformation mechanisms in some common rockforming minerals;
origin and interpretation of lattice-preferred orientation; natural
ERTH 5600.03: Exploring Geographic Information
microgauges. The class is offered as numbers warrant (4 students Systems.
minimum). It is suitable for students who are doing honors or graduate Geographic Information Systems (GIS), as a tool for the management of
work in the general areas of metamorphic and/or structural geology and/ georeferenced data, have become indispensable for disciplines where
or tectonics. location of objects and pattern of processes is important. GIS plays a
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Jamieson, D. Grujic significant role in a wide range of applications, from modeling, to analysis
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours and predictions, to decision making. The class is aimed at a broad base of
PREREQUISITE: ERTH 3020.03, ERTH 3140.03 or equivalent, or potential users and draws on examples of the role of GIS in global climate
permission of instructor change, mineral exploration, preservation of biodiversity, coastal zone
CROSS-LISTING: ERTH 4400.03 management, resource depletion, and many other present and future
environmental issues. The course material will be of interest to those
ERTH 5450.03: Introduction to Landscape Simulation. studying geoscience, environmental science, ecology, marine biology,
Spatially-extended computer models are tools for the investigation of oceanography, epidemiology, urban and rural planning, civil engineering,
landscape form and change, and for prediction of the response of and any other field involving spatial data. Students are expected to
landforms to ongoing changes in climate and human land use practices. complete and present a GIS project related to their field of research.
This course examines and compares different approaches to modelling, Laboratory exercises emphasize the principles of raster and vector GIS,
including rule-based approaches. Selection of variables, sensitivity testing, and the integration of databases and GPS (global positioning systems)
and methods for testing models against nature are discussed. Recent data into GIS. Exercises draw on the diversity of GIS applications in a
models are used s examples, including those for erosion and deposition in number of application areas..
braided rivers, topographic and thermal diffusion, cratering on Mars, INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Walls
fracture patterns in rock andpermafrost, and sliger-block models for FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab 3 hours
saults. Programming experience isuseful but not essential; class emphasis CROSS-LISTING: ERTH 3500.03, GEOG 3500.03
lies in understanding the utility and limits of landscape models rather EXCLUSION: Credit will only be given for one of the ERTH 3500.03,
than numerical methods. Advanced students will develop simple models ERTH 5600.03, GEOG 3500.03 OR SCIE 3600.03
pertinent to their own research interests as a final project.
FORMAT: Lectures, seminars
PREREQUISITE: ERTH 3440.03 PHYC 1100X/Y.06 or PHYC 1300X/Y.06,
MATH 1000.03 and MATH 1010.03
CROSS-LISTING: ERTH 4450.03, GEOG 4450.03
106 Earth Sciences

Sinclair, A.M., BA (Dal), MA, BPhil (Oxon), PhD (Harvard)(Professor
Emeritus)
I. Degree Options
A. Master of Arts
Economics 1. Admission Requirements
Candidates must at a minimum satisfy the general requirements for
Location: 6214 University Avenue admission as spelled out in the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations in
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5 this calendar. Entrance to a one-year MA Program requires an Honours
Telephone: (902) 494-2026 BA in Economics (or equivalent) with an average of at least B+ (upper-
Fax: (902) 494-6917 second class) at Dalhousie standards. Normally this means completion of
Website: http://www.economics.dal.ca at least eight classes in Economics beyond the introductory level including
classes in Microeconomic and Macroeconomic Theory beyond the
Chairperson of Department intermediate level, Statistics, Econometrics and classes in areas related to
Osberg, L. some of the fields of specialization that are listed below under Program
Choices. Mathematics classes which are equivalent to Dalhousie MATH
Faculty Advisors 1000.03 and 2030.03 are also required.
Lesser, B., Graduate Coordinator (494-2026)
Students who meet the grade requirements but who do not have an
Professors Emeriti Honors degree in Economics by Dalhousie standards may be considered
Cornwall, J.L., BA (Iowa), MSc (London), PhD (Harvard), FRSC for a Qualifying Year or a two-year MA.
Sinclair, A.M., BA (Dal), MA, BPhil (Oxon), PhD (Harvard) Applicants must satisfy the English Language proficiency requirements of
Dalhousie. For more information, see “English Language Proficiency”
Professors
under “Admissions Requirements” for the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
Burton, P., BSc (Sask), MA, PhD (UBC)
Dasgupta, S., BA (Calcutta), MA (Delhi), PhD (Rochester) 2. Program Choices
Iscan, T.B., BA (METU), MA, PhD (Cornell) The department offers the MA in the following areas of specialization:
Lesser, B., BComm (Hons)(Dal), MA, PhD (Cornell) • Microeconomic Theory
Osberg, L., BA (Hons) (Queen's), MPhil, PhD (Yale), McCulloch Professor • Macroeconomic Theory
of Economics and University Research Professor • Econometrics
Phipps, S., BA (Hon) (Victoria), MA, PhD (UBC), Maxwell Professor of • Labour Economics and Social Policy
Economics • Public Finance
Xu, K., MBA, PhD (Concordia) • Resource Economics
• Monetary Theory
• Industrial Organization
Cross, M.L., AA (Dawson College), BA (Hons) (Montana), MA (SFU), PhD • Regional and Development Economics
(Texas A&M)
Cyrus, T., BA (UCLA), PhD (Berkeley) Department approval is required for the program of each student.
Assistant Professors 3. Completion of MA Program

Adshade, M., BA (Hons) (York), MA, PhD (Queen’s) Students must successfully complete the required and optional classes of
Forsdyke, R., BSc (H) Biochemistry, B.Ed, MA (Queen’s), PhD (Simon their program. Normally a course of study includes:
Fraser) • ECON 5500.03: Macroeconomic Theory
Kotlyarova, Y., Dip. Software Eng (Lviv Poly. Inst.), MSc (U of Illinois- • ECON 5509.03: Microeconomic Theory
Urbana), PhD (McGill) • ECON 5575.03/5576.03: Applied Econometrics I/Applied
Kumaranayake, L., BA (Hons)(McGill), MA, PhD (ABD) (Toronto) Econometrics II
Motiram, S., BT (Comp. Sci.) (Reg. Engineering College, Warangal), MBA • 4 half credit electives in applied fields of economics
(Indian Inst. of Mgmt.), MA, PhD (U of Southern California) • An essay which may be built on a term paper originally written in one
of the graduate field courses in economics but must demonstrate
Adjunct Professors substantial differences and improvements over the original paper.
Amirkhalkhali, S., BAHons (Shiraz), MA, PhD (Dal), Saint Mary's Papers will be evaluated by two faculty readers drawn from the
University Department.
Bradfield, F.M., BComm (McMaster), PhD (Brown) Normally ECON 5500, 5509 and 5575 are taken in the fall term, ECON
Cornwall, J.L., BA (Iowa), MSc (London), PhD (Harvard), Dalhousie 5576 and the 4 electives are taken in the winter term, and the essay is
(Professor Emeritus) written in the summer.
Cornwall, W., BA (MSVU), PhD (Dal), Mount St. Vincent University
Dar, A., BA, MA (Delhi), MA, PhD (McMaster), Saint Mary's University On approval of the Graduate Coordinator, students also have the option of
Dayton-Johnson, J., BA, PhD (Berkeley) replacing 2 half credit electives and the essay requirement with a thesis
George, R., BSc (London), MSc (Bristol), PhD (London) (retired) that is submitted to and approved by the Department. The thesis must
Hoddinott, J., MA (York), MA, DPhil (Oxon) consist of innovative original work of publishable quality.
Huber, P.B., BA, MA, PhD (Yale)(retired)
MacDonald, M., BA (Dal), PhD (Boston College), Saint Mary's University B. Master of Development Economics (MDE)
Marfels, C., Diplom-Volkswirt, Dr Rer Pol (Berlin)
McAllister, R.I., MA (Oxon), MA (Cantab) 1. Admission Requirements
Novkovic, S., BA (Novi Sad, Yugoslavia), MA (Guelph), PhD (McGill), The normal duration of the program is two years. All candidates for
Saint Mary's University admission must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the
Rankaduwa, W., BA, MSc (Sri Lanka), MA, PhD (Dal), UPEI Faculty of Graduate Studies. The Department will consider applications
Raymond, M., BA, MA (Windsor), PhD (Guelph), Saint Mary's University for the two-year program from candidates possessing an undergraduate
Rogers, S., BA (Hons) (Kings/Dalhousie), MA (Queen’s), PhD (McGill) degree with an academic average of at least B+ (upper second-class) at
Dalhousie standards. Because of the interdisciplinary nature of the MDE,
Economics 107
applicants may possess a BA, BSc or BComm degree, but all candidates Year 3
must have at least two classes in Economics beyond the introductory level, • Thesis work
including, preferably, intermediate economic theory, plus a basic class in
statistics and university level mathematics. Students can request from the graduate coordinator a waiver for a class. A
waiver shall only be granted if the student can demonstrate that the
Applicants must satisfy the English Language Proficiency requirements of courses taken elsewhere were at an appropriate level. Departmental
Dalhousie. For more information, see “English Language Proficiency” approval is required for the program of each student.
under “Admissions Requirements” for the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
At the completion of their class work, candidates for the PhD program will
2. MDE Program Requirements be examined in:
The Department of Economics hosts this innovative program of graduate • Macroeconomic and microeconomic theory (at the level of Dalhousie
studies in social and economic development, providing a choice of Economics classes 5500, 5509, 6600 and 6609)
emphasis on either Canadian or international development studies. The • Two fields of specialization
program is primarily designed for students and young professionals
pursuing, or intending to embark on, careers in government, educational Fields of specialization for the PhD are open, subject to the following
and professional institutions, private corporations or non-governmental requirements:
organizations. The aim is for an 'individualized program', not 'mass • Applicants to the PhD must clearly indicate on their application the
production'. Effective development policy and project design and primary field in which they wish to specialize.
management requires insights from many vantage points and, while • A faculty member in the Department must agree to be the research
development economics is at the core of this program, inputs from other supervisor for the student before the student is accepted to the
disciplines make important contributions. program.
• Changes to the student’s intended field of specialization after starting
The normal duration of the program is two years. A two year program the program will also be subject to the agreement of a faculty member
normally comprises six full credits of course work, of which four will in the Department to supervise the student’s research in the proposed
usually be in graduate level economics and two from other disciplines area of specialization.
(e.g. biology, environmental studies, political science, public
administration, sociology and social anthropology, law, health studies, 3. Completion of PhD Program
computer science, business administration). Comprehensive examinations consisting of written papers in economic
theory and two fields, and an oral examination in the same three subjects,
NOTE: Students in the two-year program who do not have a 2000-level are required at the end of the required period of class work. Starting from
statistics course (by Dalhousie standards) and an introductory the second year of class work, and on an annual basis, the students are
econometrics course at the undergraduate level will be required to required to present their research results at a department workshop.
complete these as part of their program in addition to the six full credits
above. A suitable thesis must be submitted and defended. Students are required
to make a public presentation of a thesis proposal no later than six months
A thesis is also required - representing an opportunity to develop a after completion of the comprehensives and preferably at some point prior
'professional portfolio' that demonstrates the ideas and research skills a to the comprehensives.
student has developed in the course of the program.
3. Completion of MDE Program II. Class Descriptions

Students in a full two-year program must normally complete six full-credit Classes other than those listed may be offered. Not all classes listed are
classes (plus undergraduate classes in statistics and econometrics where necessarily offered in any given year. Students should consult the
required) plus a thesis. graduate timetable for information on classes offered in a given year.
ECON 5000.03: MDE Microeconomic Theory.

C. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
This class provides an intensive overview of microeconomic analysis as
1. Admission Requirements background for the analysis of economic and regional development. The
Entrance to the PhD program normally requires completion of course Course reviews the core components of microeconomic models
requirements for an MA in Economics with an average of at least A- at (constrained optimization, comparative statics, general equilibrium, and
Dalhousie standards. Students normally prepare for their PhD welfare analysis). The course explores the theory of market failures and
Comprehensive Exams in two years. the consequences when markets are not perfect, particularly looking at
risk, uncertainty and strategic interaction between actors (game theory).
Applicants must satisfy the English Language proficiency requirements of The course will apply microeconomic theory to development problems,
Dalhousie. For more information, see “English Language Proficiency” using selected readings to highlight theory and applications.
under “Admissions Requirements” for the Faculty of Graduate Studies. FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
PREREQUISITE: ECON 2200.03 or ECON 2210.03, and ECON 2201.03
2. PhD Program Requirements
The PhD program is designed to provide students with a strong ECON 5001.03: MDE Macroeconomic Theory.
foundation in economic theory and quantitative methods and intensive The purpose of this class is to discuss a range of macroeconomic theories
work in applied fields of economics. A course of study recommended for as a way to understand contemporary issues in international economics.
the three-year PhD program would include: The class provides a formal exposition of theoretical models in open
economy macroeconomics. The topics covered include intertemporal
Year 1 consumption-saving decisions, economic growth, fiscal and monetary
• ECON 5500 (Macroeconomic theory) policies, and exchange rate models. Building on these theories, we will
• ECON 5509 (Microeconomic theory) compare the growth performances of Asia, Africa, and Latin America,
• ECON 5575/5576 (Applied statistics and econometrics) discuss foreign debt and banking crises, and examine the causes and
• Two elective classes consequences of currency crises.
Year 2 FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
• ECON 6600 (Macroeconomic theory) PREREQUISITE: ECON 2200.03 or ECON 2210.03 and ECON 2201.03
• ECON 6609 (Microeconomic theory)
• ECON 6534/6535 (Econometrics)
ECON 5231.03: Health Economics.
• Two elective classes This class provides an in-depth survey of Health Economics drawing from
• One directed reading course international experiences in both developing and developed countries.
The class will use economic theory and methods to understand the
108 Economics
functioning of public and private health systems, and evaluating ECON 5333.03: Theories of Economic Development.
programs (e.g., cost-effectiveness). Students will be assessed by essay and This class focuses on the application of economic theory to issues in
exam. economic development at the micro and macro level. After reviewing
FORMAT: Lecture concepts of development, topics to be covered will include:
intrahousehold allocation; the functioning of labor and credit markets
ECON 5251.03: Seminar in Development Studies. (with applications to child labor and microcredit); use of common
This class is required for MDE students in their final year of study. It is property resources; growth and distribution; development and
intended to serve as an integrating vehicle for the program. Thus the globalization.
emphasis of the class is not so much on introducing new material as FORMAT: Lecture 2 ½ hours
providing a forum for discussion of previously learned lessons in a shared
context, hopefully leading towards a synthesizing of these various ECON 5334.03: Economic Development. Recent
learning experiences in the field of development studies. Emphasis is Debates, Controversies and Conflicts.
placed on both Canadian regional development and international
This class focuses on current areas of debate among researchers, policy-
development issues, in keeping with the two streams of the program. A
makers and civil society, related to international development issues. As
secondary objective of the class is to help students in the selection of a
such, the topics to be covered will vary substantially each time the course
thesis topic and/or in making progress on their actual thesis work. To
is offered. In general, course materials will include both academic sources
these ends, students are encouraged to do their major writing assignments
as well as more polemical material, depending on the debates in question.
for the class in areas relevant to or part of their thesis work.
Students can expect a high level of participation in presenting material
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
and discussing issues, in addition to preparing a term paper.
ECON 5252.03: From Disaster Relief to Development. FORMAT: Seminar 2 1/2 hours
This class introduces students to the growing literature built around ECON 5350.03: Project Evaluation and Social Cost
comparative experiences of disaster prevention, mitigation, relief and
sustainable development. Analytical frameworks for better understanding Benefit Analysis.
the reasons behind a cross-section of complex disasters are explored. Ways FORMAT: Lecture
to improve development planning at both project and broader policy
levels are examined. Main themes include food and clean water, (security,
ECON 5431.03: International Finance.
distribution, drought reduction); refugees, asylum seekers and settlements This class covers the theory and empirics of international
for sustainable development; early warning systems for hurricanes, macroeconomics. It examines balance of payments accounting; the effect
volcanoes and famines - their integration into national development on exchange rates of trade flows, capital flows, speculation, and risk; the
planning; emergency programming in the context of military, political and effectiveness of fiscal and monetary policy in an open economy; modern
economic instability; issues of humanitarian law and peacekeeping. Case international policy coordination; and the determination of the trade
studies are routinely tested in cooperation with UN Departments, the balance and the balance of payments.
International Red Cross, and the Pearson Peacekeeping Training Centre, FORMAT: Lecture 2 1/2 hours
as a part of the class’s applied orientation. Internship experiences are PREREQUISITE: ECON 3338.03 and either ECON 5000.03 OR 5500.03
facilitated as an extension of this class.
ECON 5500.03: Macroeconomics.
FORMAT: Seminar 2 ½ hours
This class is an introduction to the contemporary issues in dynamic
ECON 5253.03: Development Economics I. macroeconomics. The class will survey some of the classical and recent
Economics 5253 is one of the core courses of the Master of Development topics excluding monetary issues which are addressed in ECON 5502.03.
Economics (MDE) degree. It provides an introduction to key conceptual The topics covered include intertemporal consumption and saving
and measurement issues in development and gives an overview of some decisions under uncertainty, capital asset pricing models, theory of
selected macroeconomic issues, in particular the macroecomic policy investment under uncertainty, Solow growth model, endogenous
environment for development. The focus of this course is on "macro" economic growth, alternative explanations of business cycles, and
topics and hence it complements Economics 5254, which deals with financial market imperfections.
"micro" topics. The course will be taught using a combination of lectures FORMAT: Seminar 3 hours
and small-group work.
ECON 5502.03: Monetary Theory: Microeconomic
FORMAT: Lectures and Seminars
Aspects.
ECON 5254.03: Development Economics II. This class focuses on the financial behavior of four agents: (a) the central
This course is one of the core courses of the Master of Development bank, i.e. The Bank of Canada, (b) commercial banks, (c) nonbank financial
Economics (MDE) degree. It focuses on the theory and evidence of intermediaries, (d) the household and firm. Four important issues will be
economic development, and from these draws out implications for policy discussed: (1) the kinds of financial assets created in a modern economy;
and practice. Econ 5254 complements Econ 5253 with an examination of (2) the way in which money and credit are supplied in the modern
microeconomics issues including, the role of institutions, household economy, particularly the operations of the central bank and of financial
behaviour and gender, the functioning of markets, health, education, intermediaries which enable these institutions to expand and/or contract
evaluation, and the use of common property resources and policies for the quantity of money and credit; (3) the behavior of the economic agents
sustainable development. The course will be taught using a combination who demand and supply financial assets; and (4) the framework in which
of lectures and small-group work. monetary policy can be analyzed.
FORMAT: Lectures and Seminars PREREQUISITE: ECON 3338.03, 3326.03 and 4426.03 and either ECON
5001.03 or ECON 5500.03
ECON 5330.03: International Trade.
This class examines the theory and empirics of international trade. It ECON 5503.03: Public Finance I.
covers the standard trade theory of Ricardo, Heckscher, and Ohlin, as well This class deals with the economics of the public sector with major
as the more recent theory of scale economies, and discusses empirical emphasis on the allocative and distributional effects of government policy.
testing of these theories. The class goes on to investigate the welfare effects The first half of the class examines government spending under the
of trade policies in industrial and developing countries and the headings of the welfare foundations of public finance, public goods and
institutions that have developed to regulate those policies. Finally, the externalities. Particular attention is paid to how we might assess the
class considers the relationship between trade and growth. distributional implications of government spending programs. How
FORMAT: Lecture 2 1/2 hours might we measure poverty or inequality? How should we make
interpersonal comparisons?
Economics 109
ECON 5509.03: Microeconomic Theory. dominance of local and long-distance phone markets in the U.S. Well, it
This class in microeconomic theory is required in the MA program. has come back with a vengeance.
Subjects covered include: 1) theory of the firm (technology, cost, profit, Welcome to the new era of global deal making. Not a day goes by without
maximization, introduction to linear programming, duality, supply); 2) a giant merger, Daimler-Benz and Chrysler, Weyerhaeuser and MacMillan
theory of the consumer (utility, expected utility, revealed preferences, Bloedel, the list goes on and on. What does this all mean for U.S. Antitrust
demand, integrability); 3) general equilibrium (existence, uniqueness, and Canadian competition policy? To what extent can and should
stability) and welfare economics (classical theorems); 4) theory of the antitrust/competition policy interfere at the domestic base of
market (pure monopoly, oligopoly, monopolistic competition, game multinational corporations? Should it be just domestic or should
theory). international “cooperative” activity be included? The class will deal with
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours existing antitrust laws and their administration in the contemporary
environment.
ECON 5513.03: Regional Economics: Analyses and FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
Policies. ECON 5520.03: Economic Applications of Game
This class analyzes various theories used to explain regional growth and
disparities. This involves examining the assumptions, the strengths and Theory.
weaknesses, and the implications of each theory. Emphasis is on the Game theory and information theory are now used in most aspects of
impact of market imperfections on regional performance. The discussion economic analysis and a proper understanding of these approaches has
includes the application of the theories to actual situations, usually become a necessary condition for accessing much of the current literature.
Canadian. Policy discussions focus on capital and labor markets, The class includes the study of Static/dynamic games of complete
technological change, and market structures. information, Static/dynamic games of incomplete information, moral
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours hazard, adverse selection and mechanism design.
ECON 5514.03: Monetary Economics: PREREQUISITE: ECON 5509.03, 5521.03 or permission of instructor
Macroeconomic Aspects. ECON 5521.03: Mathematics for Economics.
ECON 5514.03 is a natural continuation of ECON 5502.03. The main
This class is designed to provide the required preparation in mathematics
concern of this class is the multimarket equilibrium with money and
for the study of graduate economic theory. Topics to be covered include
credit. The class will pay attention to the transmission mechanism, i.e., the
linear algebra , analysis, convex sets and functions, constrained
way in which changes in the quantity of money and credit exert effects
optimization, as well as special topics in mathematics and economic
upon the activity of the economy as a whole. There are two transmission
theory.
mechanisms which fundamentally differ: 1) a neoclassical transmission
mechanism that in our days goes under the analytically adjusted mantle of
PREREQUISITE: MATH 1000.03, MATH 2030.03, or permission of
Monetarism and the new classical economics; 2) the Keynesian
instructor
transmission mechanism.
PREREQUISITE: ECON 3338.03, 3326.03 and 4426.03 and either ECON ECON 5522.03: Labor Economics I.
5001.03 or ECON 5500.03 This class provides an survey of modern Labor Economics, focusing on
ECON 5516.03: Resource and Environmental labor supply, human capital theory, structural change in labor markets,
trends in poverty and earnings inequality and the policy responses of the
Economics I (Resources). 'Welfare State'. Discussion is based on recent journal articles. Students are
This class is designed as an introduction to the theory and application of graded on the basis of essays and a final exam.
resource economics. Topics include: 1) interpersonal and intertemporal FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
decision-making criteria; 2) the basic theory of nonrenewable resource
exploitation (including Hotelling’s theory of the mine); 3) a basic forestry ECON 5524.03: Social Policy: Economic Issues and
model (i.e., the Faustmann model) including extensions which allow for Perspectives.
benefits that arise from standing forests; and 4) the Gordon-Schaefer This course provides an overview of social policy analysis in economics
model of the fishery and optimal dynamic harvesting. Empirical and an in-depth examination of selected topics (for example income
applications of these models (from the current economic literature) will security policy, poverty alleviation and income redistribution, health
also be presented. policy and health determinants from both a systemic "macro" perspective
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours and a "micro" program evaluation point of view. The focus is on Canadian
PREREQUISITE: Students must be very comfortable with calculus policy in comparative perspectives.
ECON 5517.03: Resource and Environmental FORMAT: Lecture
Economics II (The Environment). ECON 5534.03: Econometrics.

This class is designed as an introduction to the theory and application of In this class the single equation models-specification, parametric
environmental economics. It includes the theoretical analysis of 1) estimation, and inferential procedures - will be discussed. Emphasis is
interpersonal and intertemporal decision-making criteria; 2) public goods placed on formal proving of various propositions concerning the
and externalities (such as pollution) and the advantages/disadvantages of properties of estimators of those models. The topics covered will include
regulatory mechanisms; 3) valuation of environmental benefits or the theory of least squares estimator, generalized least squares estimator,
damages (e.g., compensating and equivalent variations); 4) preference and the maximum likelihood estimator.
revelation (e.g., surveys, hedonic pricing, and travel-cost methods); and 5) FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
anthropocentric valuation of the environment (e.g., existence value, access PREREQUISITE: One semester class in mathematical statistics which
value, option value and quasi-option value) and the possibility of includes distribution theory and statistical inference, one semester class
nonanthropocentric decision making. Empirical analyses will be discussed in linear algebra, and one semester class in introductory econometrics
where the above approaches have been implemented.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours ECON 5535.03: Econometrics II.
PREREQUISITE: Students must be very comfortable with calculus In this class multi-equation models - specification, parametric estimation,
and inferential procedures - will be discussed. Emphases are placed on the
ECON 5518.03: Antitrust Economics. formal derivations of suitable estimators, their properties, and tests of
What do you get when you cross the world’s biggest phone company with hypotheses. Asymptotic distribution theory and its use in applied
the biggest cable company and the biggest software company. The econometrics will be discussed in detail.
corporate octopus in question is AT&T which recently acquired cable FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
company Media One and which entered into a strategic alliance with PREREQUISITE: ECON 5534.03
Microsoft. The irony is that AT&T was broken up in 1984 because of its
110 Economics
ECON 5575.03: Applied Econometrics I. ECON 9000.00: MA Thesis.
This class is designed to introduce the student to the practical problems
encountered in estimating econometric models. Violations of the ECON 9001.00: Graduate Essay in Economics.
assumptions of the classical linear model are frequently found in economic Students who pursue the “course plus essay” option for the MA program
data. Procedures for estimation and forecasting under these conditions must register in this course, and complete a research paper (essay) of
(heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation, multicollinearity) are discussed. An between 7,500 and 12,500 words. This essay may build on a term paper
important aim of this class is to give the student a working knowledge of originally written in one of the graduate field courses in economics taken
estimation techniques commonly used by economists. by the student but, in this case, must demonstrate substantial differences
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours and improvements over the original paper.
PREREQUISITE: ECON 2280.03 (or STAT 2080.03) and intermediate
economic theory classes ECON 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
Special Topics classes, not separately listed, will be arranged to provide for
ECON 5576.03: Applied Econometrics II. advanced work in the areas of specialization chosen by PhD students. MA
This class builds on the material learned in ECON 5575.03. Its primary students with the appropriate backgrounds will also be admissible to such
objective is to extend the student’s capabilities to conduct quantitative classes. Other classes than those listed may also be offered and certain of
research in Economics, and to examine critically the results of such work. the classes listed are not necessarily offered on an annual basis.
The topics include problems of specification and measurement and some
special models such as distributed lag models, autoregressive models,
limited dependent variable models, simultaneous-equation models and
time series models.
PREREQUISITE: ECON 5575.03
ECON 5601.03: Special Topics in Macroeconomics.

ECON 5659.03: Special Topics in Labor Economics.
ECON 5670.03: Special Topics in Econometrics.
ECON 6534.03: Econometrics I.
This is an econometrics course for PhD students. It reviews introductory
mathematical statistics including parameter estimation (GLS, ML, GMM),
hypothesis testing, and asymptotic theory. The parametric and
nonparametric models including linear, nonlinear, limited dependent
variable, and simultaneous equation models are explored in the context of
cross-sectional time series and panel data.
FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: ECON 5575, ECON 5576
ECON 6535.03: Econometrics II.

This course is an introduction to stationary and nonstationary time series
in econometrics. The topics covered are: estimation and hypothesis testing
for stationary time series models, theoretical foundations for
nonstationary times series models, unit root tests, cointegration, tests for
cointegration, estimation of cointegrated systems and vector
autoregressive models with some unit roots.
FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: ECON 6534
ECON 6600.03: Macroeconomics II.

The purpose of this class is to understand the structure of the major
theoretical frameworks in contemporary macroeconomics. The class
addresses issues that mainly relate to the real side of the macroeconomy.
Major emphasis is placed on neoclassical and endogenous economic
growth, overlapping generations models and public debt, and
macroeconomic implications of nominal rigidities, monopolistic
competition, and heterogeneity.
ECON 6609.03: Microeconomic Theory II.

This class in microeconomic theory is required in the general PhD
program. Its list of subjects includes: 1) General Equilibrium (existence,
determinateness, stability) and Welfare Economics (classical theorems); 2)
special topics in General Equilibrium Theory (intertemporal economies,
equilibrium over time, uncertainty, temporary equilibrium, theory of the
core and other solution concepts); 3) special topics in Welfare Economics
(public goods, externalities, consumer surplus, fair allocations); 4)
economics of information (signals and prices, moral hazard, equilibrium
configurations).
Economics 111
Part-time Professor
Nugent, S.T., BEng (TUNS), MASc (Toronto), PhD (UNB), PEng. DSP of
physiological signals, image processing.
Cross Appointment
Hill, I., (from Faculty of Science, Physics), BSc, PhD (Queen’s)
Electrical and Computer Adjunct Associate Professors

Engineering Sivakumar, S., BSc (U of Madras), BEng (Ind. Inst. of Science), MASC
(UNB), PhD (UNB), PEng
Vallee, R., MEng (Carleton), PhD (TUNS)
Location: ”C” Building, Room C367
Telephone: (902) 494-3996 Adjunct Assistant Professors
Fax: (902) 422-7535 Isenor, G., BSc (Dal), BEng (TUNS), MASc (TUNS), PhD (Dal), PEng
Email: ece.admin@dal.ca Nie, H., PEng., MEng (Tsinghua), PhD (UBC)
Website: www.ece.dal.ca
Department Head I. Introduction
El-Masry, E.I., BEng, MSc (Alexandria), PhD (Man), PEng. Low-voltage Of all the various disciplines, perhaps no other branch of engineering can
and low-power analog and mixed-signal integrated circuits (IC’s) for claim to have such an impact on modern society as Electrical and
audio frequency, IF and RF applications. Computer Engineering. The ease, speed and precision by which electrical
energy and electrical signals can be transmitted, transformed and
Professor Emeritus controlled has enhanced the quality of people’s life. Over the short span of
Marble, A.E., BEng, MASc, PhD (TUNS), PEng. only a few decades, Electrical and Computer Engineering has grown from
a study of abstract phenomena to a multi-branch discipline with
Professors significant applications in the areas of power systems, communication
Cada, M., Dipl. Ing., MSc, PhD (Prague), PEng. Graduate Coordinator. systems, control systems, computers and electronics. This rapid growth,
Photonics, optical switching, quantum well devices, nonlinear coupled with major advances in technology and material science, has
photonics, multilayer and periodic structures, optical computing, made the field a very dynamic one, and poses a challenge to the student,
optical image processing, photonic crystals. to the educator and to the practicing Electrical and Computer Engineer.
Chen, Z., BEng (Fuzhou), MSc (Southeast), PhD (Ottawa), PEng See the Engineering section for details of Masters and Doctoral programs.
Electromagnetic modelling and simulation, RF/microwave electronics,
antennas, wireless communications and technology.
El-Hawary, M.E., BEng (Alexandria), PhD (Alta), PEng. Power systems, II. Class Descriptions
environmental and underwater signal applications. Modelling and
optimization of dynamic systems, environmental impacts and ECED 6070.03: Modern Integrated Filters.
underwater activities. System and computer applications in power This class deals with the design and implementation of modern analog
system planning and operations. integrated filters. It covers the following topics: fundamentals of
Gregson, P.H., BEng, MEng, PhD (TUNS), PEng. NSERC Chair in Design continuous-time and sampled-data active filters, behavioral modeling and
Engineering. Developing theory, algorithms and architecture for real design of operational and transconductance (Gm) amplifiers, Gm-C filters,
time vision using analog VLSI. Automated detection and quantification advanced design techniques for switched-capacitor filters (including
algorithms for medical and industrial imaging. Design methodology. multiple-loop feedback structures), current convoyer's techniques,
Hughes, F.L., BSc (Carleton), MSc, PhD (Newcastle upon Tyne). Energy current-mode filters (switched-current filters and log-domain filters), low-
security, climate change, renewable energy, embedded systems, and voltage and low-power filters design techniques for applications in
protocol design. portable as well as wireless communication systems.
Leon, L.J., BSc, MSc, PhD (Dal), PEng. Computational Electromagnetics,
parallel and distributed computing, biomedical engineering, cardiac ECED 6130.03: Advanced Topics in Power Systems.
electrophysiology. Basic concepts. Review of optimization techniques. Linear and non-linear
programming. Pontryagin's maximum principle. Fletcher-Powell method,
Associate Professors etc. Systems security monitoring. State estimation. Optimal power flow.
Gu, J., BSc (USTC China), MSc (SJTU, Shanghai), PhD (Alberta), PEng. Real and reactive power optimization. On-line optimization. Load
Robotics, biomedical engineering, control systems, intelligent systems. dispatching. Generator scheduling, maintenance scheduling in hydro,
Ilow, J., BEng (Wroclaw, Poland), MASc, PhD (Toronto). Statistical thermal and hydrothermal systems. Some case studies.
communication theory and wireless networks.
Little, T.A., BScEng (UNB), MEng (Memorial), PhD (UNB), PEng. ECED 6150.03: Power System Operation and Control.
Alternate energy generation, electric machines, energy storage systems. The hierarchy of controls in interconnected systems; station, area and tie-
line controls. Economics and security related factors. Implementation of
Assistant Professors overall automatic control. Protective systems; relay schemes.
El-Sankary, K., BEng (Lebanese U), MSc (U of Quebec), PhD (U of
Montreal). Integrated analog and mixed-signal circuits and systems in ECED 6221.03: Analog MOS Design.
CMOS technologies for telecommunication and biomedical application. The class deals with providing a detailed description of the MOS (Metal-
Gonzalez-Cueto, J., BEng, MScE (LasVillas Cuba), PhD (UNB). Design and oxide-semiconductor) transistor in conjunction with analog MOS circuitry.
implementation of signal processing techniques and application to Major topics that will be covered are: introduction to semiconductor
biological signals. physics, pn junctions, MOS capacitors, DC and AC characteristics of
Ma, Y., BSc, MEng (Southeast), MSC, PhD (Alberta). Micro-Electro- MOSFET, analysis of analog MOS elements (current mirrors, amplifiers,
Mechanical Systems (MEMS), CMOS/BiCMOS integrated MEMS and and biasing circuitry), noise and RF using MOS transistors will also be
Optical MEMS. addressed.
Ponomarenko, S., Dipl, Phyc (Russia), PhD (U of Rochester). Nonlinear PREREQUISITE: IC Design or by permission of instructor.
optics and photonics; optical solitons in fibers, nonlinear waveguides
and amplifiers; matter wave solitons in trapped Bose-Einstein ECED 6260.03: Computer Vision.
condensates; free space optical communications; foundations of The class will discuss early vision processing including image formation,
statistical physics and statistical optics; resonant light-matter early processing, edge detection, range determination, determination of
interactions. surface orientation, optical flow, resolution pyramids for grey-level
112 Electrical and Computer Engineering

segmentation, and context dependent edge detection. Scene segmentation, discrete and fast Fourier transforms, and general properties of the discrete
edgel aggregation, the Hough transform, edge following, contour Fourier transform.
following, region growing and split-and-merge algorithms will be
discussed. Motion determination will be covered, including optical flow, ECED 6560.03: Data Communications.
motion-based surface orientation and motion-based edge detection, and This class provides a structured introduction to data communications
motion-based segmentation. through an examination of existing and proposed data link and network
layer protocols. Topics include a brief history of data communications,
ECED 6265.03: Advanced Computer Vision and Image protocol design for reliable communications, addressing (unicast,
Processing. multicast, broadcast, and anycast), routing algorithm design, Internet
The class will cover modern techniques in computer vision and image protocols, and IPv6.
processing, including but not limited to statistical pattern recognition,
determination of pose from multiple views, velocity-based scene
ECED 6585.03: Telecommunications Systems.
segmentation, determination of depth from monocular views and both This class provides an overview of the current telecommunication systems
space- and time-diversity stereo, uni-modal and multi-modal image and their future evolution. Topics will include: the history of the telephone
registration, feature detection using feature-space clustering, and network, the current infrastructure, switching techniques, high speed
segmentation and recognition by invariants. Students will be required to transport systems Asynchronous Transfer Mode, satellite
prepare papers for presentation in a weekly seminar. This class will meet communications, high bandwidth access technologies, mobile cellular
once weekly for 3 hours. Enrollment is restricted to 7 students. systems, personal communication systems.
ECED 6324.03: RF/Microwave System Design for ECED 6590.03: Mobile Communication Systems.
This class provides an overview of mobile communications systems. The
Telecommunications. class introduces channel characterization for propagation losses, fading,
The class provides essential design techniques for radio/microwave links delay spread, and interference. Coding, modulation, and receiver design
in telecommunication systems. Major topics include: review of general issues are examined. Cellular mobile system issues such as frequency
radio propagation in free space, over obstacles and in the Earth's planning channel access methods and handoff are discussed. Mobile
atmosphere; the design principles of broadband radio/microwave communication system applications are reviewed.
communication links; design and sizing of satellite earth stations;
development of hardware configurations for line-of-sight radio links. ECED 6595.03: Coding Techniques for Digital
PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor. Communications.
ECED 6330.03: Computational Electromagnetics. Source and channel coding techniques to improve the performance of
This class introduces the theory and applications of numerical techniques digital communication systems are examined. The source coding methods
employed to solve various electromagnetic structure problems in both to be studied include prediction, block coding, redundancy reduction, and
time and frequency-domains. Major topics include: review of synthesis/analysis coding. Emphasis is placed on channel coding
electromagnetic theory, variational approach, finite-difference time- techniques. Waveform coding and error control concepts are covered.
domain (FDTD) method, transmission line matrix (TLM) method, finite Parity check codes, block codes, cyclic codes, convolutional coding and
element method (FEM), method of moment (MoM), method of line (MoL) decoding algorithms, concatenated codes and interleaving are studied.
and boundary element method (BEM). Projects include applications of Coded modulation techniques are discussed. Applications of coding
different computational techniques to solve electromagnetic problems. techniques are presented.
PREREQUISITE: ECED 4503.03, ECED 4504.03 or equivalent
ECED 6355.03: Laser Optics.
This class begins with a review of quantum mechanics relevant to the
ECED 6620.03: Optimal Control Systems.
development of the laser principle. This approach is used along with the This class introduces three facets of optimal control-dynamic
pertinent electromagnetic theory to examine the issues that lead to laser programming, Pontryagin's Minimum Principal and numerical techniques
oscillation. Topics discussed include: electromagnetic modes, propagation for trajectory optimization. In all cases, the objective is to determine the
of rays and optical beams, optical resonators, interaction of radiation and optimal controller or algorithm with respect to a specified design index.
atomic systems, theory of laser oscillations, some specific laser systems, Digital simulation techniques are widely utilized.
semiconductor lasers, and second-harmonic generation. ECED 6630.03: Introduction to Estimation,
ECED 6360.03: Fiber and Integrated Optics. Identification and Stochastic Control.
This class introduces the principles and devices of photonics. Major topics Stochastic processes, Gauss-Markov sequence model, Gauss-Markov
include: optical waveguides and fibers, light sources, modulation and process model, optimal estimation for discrete systems, optimal prediction
detection techniques, optical wavelength functionalities, fiber-optic for discrete linear systems, optimal filtering in the presence of time-
communications, integrated optics and sensors, various applications. correlated disturbances and measurement errors, problem formulation
and equivalent discrete-time problem.
ECED 6530.03: Random Processes.
Probability theory: mathematical model, conditional probabilities, random ECED 6640.03: Mobile Robotics.
variables, pdf, transformation of random variables, conditional densities, This class is an in depth study of algorithms in mobile robotics. Topics
statistical averages. Random processes concept; ensemble, stationarity, include motion planning, localisation, mapping, navigation and sensor
ergodicity, correlation and covariance, power spectral density, calculation fusion. Wheeled and legged mobile robots will be covered and kinematics’
and measurement of ACF, AVF and PSD, Gaussian random processes, models are developed for many of the more common locomotive
noise. Transmission of random processes through linear systems: time- strategies.
invariant systems, multiple terminals, Gaussian processes, non-stationary
processes. ECED 6650.03: Advanced Topics on Optimization
Methods in Engineering and Physics.
ECED 6550.03: Digital Signal Processing. Nature and systems considered in engineering and physics have an
The class provides an introductory treatment of the theory and principles abundance of examples where an optimum system status is sought. The
of digital signal processing, with suitable supporting work in linear class aims to provide the students with advanced theory of optimization
system concepts and digital filter design. More specifically, the class deals and topics that arise in applications of the optimization techniques. The
with the following topics: General concepts of digital signal processing, challenge of this course is to increase the utilization of the optimization
continuous-time system analysis, Fourier analysis and sampled-data methods by development and use of appropriate algorithms derived for
signals, discrete-time system analysis, realization and frequency response specific problems in engineering and physics. They include those arising
of, discrete-time systems, infinite impulse response digital filter design, in VLSI design, computer engineering, chemical reactor control, in spin
Electrical and Computer Engineering 113

glasses as well as in networking, particularly in networks with frequently
changing topology. State-of-the-art of the advanced optimization
techniques is presented. Geometric interpretations, time-space
decompositions and large- and small-scale considerations are stressed
wherever possible.
PREREQUISITE: Permission from instructor
CROSS-LISTING: IDIS 6006.03
ECED 6660.03: Fuzzy Systems.

Electronic Commerce
Fuzzy sets and their membership functions, support and alpha level sets Location: Faculty of Computer Science Building
are introduced. Basic set-theoretical operations of intersection and union 6050 University Avenue
and the concept of compensation are discussed in the context of the Halifax, NS B3H 1W5
algebraic operations including t-norms and s-norms. Fuzzy measures and Telephone: (902) 494-2740
the extension principle are discussed as the basis for operations on fuzzy (902) 492-1517
numbers. Fuzzy relations, graphs, extrema, integration, and differention Email: mec@cs.dal.ca
are treated. Decision theory, linear regression, linear programming Website: www.ecomm.dal.ca
applications are discussed.
Program Director
ECED 6810.03: Neural Networks. Chiasson, T.A., MCS, PhD (Dalhousie)
The class deals with preliminaries of artificial neural systems including
fundamental concepts and models. Program Administrator
Single layer perception classifiers and multi-layer feed forward networks, Bolivar, A.
single-layer feedback networks, and associative memories are covered. Telephone: (902) 494-2740
CROSS-LISTING: CSCI 6507.03
Instructors
ECED 6900.03: Graduate Seminar. Bodorik, P., BSc (Calgary), MEng, PhD (Carleton)
Regular seminars as per the Faculty of Graduate Studies requirement and Chaisson, T., MCS, PhD (Dalhousie)
departmental regulations. See section 5.5 of the Graduate Studies Deturbide, M., BSc (Dalhousie), BJ (King’s), LLB, LLM (Dalhousie)
handbook for the Faculty of Engineering as well as Departmental Duffy, J., BS, MS, PhD (Iowa State)
Regulations as provided by the department. Graded pass/fail. Gao, Q., MASc, PhD (Waterloo)
Inkpen, K., BSc (Dalhousie), PhD (UBC)
ECED 6910.03: Directed Studies in Electrical and Keselj, V., BSc (Belgrade), MMath, PhD (Waterloo)
Computer Engineering. Marche, S., BA (Royal Military College), MEd (Alberta), PhD (LSE)
This class is available to graduate students enrolled in a Master's Degree McAllister, M., BMath (Waterloo), MSc, PhD (UBC)
program in Electrical and Computer Engineering, who wish to gain McNiven, J.D., BA, MA, PhD (Mich)
knowledge in a specific area for which no graduate-level classes are Milios, E.E., Dipl Eng (National Technical University), Sm & EE, PhD
offered. Students are assigned an advisor and are required to present a (MIT)
formal report, or take a formal examination, at the end of the class. Rau-Chaplin, A., BA (York), MCS, PhD (Carleton)
Rosson, P.J., Dip. MS (Salford), MA (Lancaster), PhD (Bath)
ECED 7610.03: Semiconductor Integrated Scassa, T., BCL, LLB (McGill), LLM, JSD (Mich.)
Optoelectronics. Schellinck, D.A., BSc, MBA (Dalhousie), PhD (Illinois)
In this class, physical fundamentals and principles of operation of Silver, D.L., BSc (Acadia), CIM (SMU), MSc, PhD (ABD, Western)
semiconductor photonic devices and integrated structures are introduced. Slonim, J., BSc, MSc (Western), PhD (Kansas)
Structures for optical radiation generation and detection, nonlinear and Srinivas, S., BEng (Bangalore), PhD (Inst. Of Science, Bangalore)
bistable devices, etc., are studied. Sullivan, K., BSc, BEd (Dalhousie), MEd, PhD (Alberta)
Integration of these components onto a common substrate for Trappenberg, T., MSc, PhD (Aachen)
implementing optoelectronic functions such as modulation, switching, Watters, C.R., BSc, MSc, MLS (Western), PhD (TUNS)
multiplexing, etc., is described. Zincir-Heywood, N., BSc, MSc, PhD (Ege)
Applications in fast optical signal processing devices, high-performance
optical communications systems, and optical computing are addressed. I. Introduction
ECED 7910.03: Directed Studies in Electrical and The Faculty of Computer Science, in partnership with the Faculties of
Management and Law, offers the degree of Master of Electronic
Computer Engineering II.
Commerce.
This class is available to graduate students enrolled in a PhD program in
Electrical and Computer Engineering who wish to gain knowledge in a Electronic Commerce is a discipline whose underpinnings lie equally in
specific area for which no graduate-level classes are offered. Students are technology, business, and social and economic policy. Distinct from any of
assigned an advisor and are required to present a formal report, or take a the disciplines that comprise it, this multi-disciplinary two-year program
formal examination, at the end of the class. consists of core classes, elective classes, a research project, and an
industrial internship. Students study core topics in each of the three areas
ECED 9000.00: Master’s Thesis. and can then concentrate on some topics by choosing electives from the
Technology, Business, Law and Policy study areas. Visit the Electronic
ECED 9530.00: PhD Thesis. Commerce website at http://www.ecomm.dal.ca for a complete program
description and for information concerning updates to the program's
regulations and class offerings. Email queries can be addressed to
mec@cs.dal.ca.
II. Admission Requirements

Students entering this program will usually have completed a four-year
bachelor’s program or graduate degree in Computer Science, Computer
Engineering, Industrial Engineering, Business, Social Science (e.g. Political
114 Electronic Commerce

Science or Economics), Law, or other related disciplines. All applications Policy Oriented Classes
are individually evaluated and students from other disciplines may be • LAWS 2019.03 Law and Technology (recommended)
admitted. • LAWS 2168.03 Internet and Media Law (recommended)
Students must meet normal admission standards for the Faculty of Further studies in the law specialization may include:
Graduate Studies (for more information visit http://www.dalgrad.cal.ca/ • LAWS 2130.03 International Trade Transactions
admissions). • LAWS 2159.03 Advanced Health Law
• LAWS 2183.03 Privacy Law
III. Program Outline • LAWS 2178.03 Intellectual Property
The program for full time students consists of four terms with two terms Industrial Internship
of lectures and 2 terms of individually supervised research.
The internship is a placement within an organization related to electronic
Term 1 commerce, or electronic government. The employer agrees to ensure that
the content of the placement is related to electronic commerce. Approval
The program starts regularly each fall, and we offer several specific
of the placement by the electronic commerce Executive Committee is
introductory courses for electronic commerce each fall term. A full time
required. It is ultimately up to the student to secure a placement, however,
student is expected to take four courses, including an eCommerce
the Executive Committee makes every effort to have a pool of potential
overview course (ECMM 6000), usually two of three introductory courses
placements available for students. Students must have completed at least
to specific disciplines (ECMM 6010/20/30 corresponding to technology/
three core courses and three elective classes (or have received special
business/law) which are not in the specialty area of the students, and one
permission from the electronic commerce Executive Committee) before
elective from computer science, business, or law.
starting their internship. The Internship is only required in the Research
Term 2 Paper and Research Project option.
The second term is dedicated to more specific studies leading to the
Individually-supervised Research Component
specialization of each student. A full course load consists of four courses,
the mandatory research methods course (ECMM 6040) and three electives. An individually-supervised research component is carried out under the
Elective courses are graduate courses from Business, Computer Science supervision of a specialist in an area in which the student wants to
and Law which are relevant for electronic commerce and some special specialize. This further study can be related to the internship, but it is
academic in nature (i.e. a business case, a survey, or a computer
offerings for electronic commerce (ECMM 60XX). These are typically
implementation). A written report is expected upon completion.
courses from the list of pre-approved elective courses (see below), but it is
also possible to take other relevant courses with the permission of the There are three program options for the research component of the
executive committee. program:
i. Research Paper + 2 Additional Electives

Breadth requirement
This program option offers the study of a specific topic beyond the typical
It is necessary that the electives chosen by each student cover at least two
coverage in a course and requires a written report that is evaluated by a
of the three areas in the program. For example, a student who takes mainly
reader from one of the three Faculties of Computer Science, Management,
business courses must take at least one elective from computer science or or Law. No public presentation is required, and it is not expected to
law. generate new data or theories. This option must be augmented with two
Elective Classes additional elective courses relevant to the area of specialization. This
Candidates may study electives from graduate level classes in the Faculty option also requires an Internship.
of Computer Science, School of Business Administration, School of Public ii. Research Project
Administration, and the Faculty of Law if appropriate for the program and
This program option typically focuses on an implementation of specific
prerequisites are met.
solutions or a thorough analysis of a specific topic with a significant
Approved stream classes include the following: contribution, and requires a comprehensive report and a public
presentation. Research projects will be conducted and evaluated under
Technology Oriented Classes standard guidelines of the Faculty of Graduate Studies for masters' level
• ECMM 6012.03 Electronic Payments and Security projects, and requires a supervisor (from any institution) and a reader
• ECMM 6014.03 Databases and Data Mining for Electronic Commerce from one of the three Faculties at Dalhousie (Computer Science,
• ECMM 6016.03 Networking for Electronic Commerce Management, Law) who is a member of the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
• CSCI 6xxx.03 Graduate computer science elective - prerequisite: This option requires an Internship.
Permission of instructor or program coordinator
iii.Thesis
Business Oriented Classes Students considering PhD level studies may, with approval of the
• ECMM 6022.03 IT Project Management (recommended) electronic commerce Executive Committee, elect to do a thesis instead of a
• ECMM 6024.03 New Venture Creation - prerequisites: permission of research project. Such a thesis would be conducted and evaluated under
instructor standard Faculty of Graduate Studies thesis guidelines. A thesis must
• BUSI 6313.03 Organizational Change make an original research contribution (see FGS thesis guidelines) of
• BUSI 5401.03 Marketing Management considerable scientific, legal, or management interest that would qualify
• BUSI 6420.03 Marketing Informatics for a publication in a major conference or professional journal. This option
• BUSI 6517.03 Managing the Information Resource - prerequisite: requires a public thesis defense. No Internship is required for this option.
• BUSI 6522.03 Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining - prerequisite:
permission of instructor IV. Class Descriptions
• BUSI 6516.03 Database Management Systems - prerequisite: BUSI
5511.03 or permission of instructor ECMM 6000.03: Overview of Electronic Commerce.
• BUSI 6409.03 Internet Marketing Electronic commerce deals with the conduct of business using computer
• PUAD 6026.03 e-Government: International Experiences and and communication technologies. It takes place in an environment shaped
Perspectives by government and business policies as well as social attitudes. The class
• PUAD 6500.03 Business and Government examines issues in global electronic commerce and an understanding of
• INFO 6640.03 Electronic Access to Information the impact of the interaction and interdependencies of technology,
• INFO 6540.03 Database Management Systems business, and policy on electronic commerce.
• INFO 6370.03 Records Management
Electronic Commerce 115

ECMM 6010.03: Technology Issues for Electronic several notable differences. Students will learn those differences as well as
Commerce. generic principles of project management. Through case studies and field
investigations of actual IT projects, students will gain a real-world
The goal of this class is to examine the technologies and infrastructure
understanding.
required to support electronic commerce. The class examines the major
CROSS-LISTING: BUSI 6523.03
components of the infrastructure including networks, databases and data
warehousing, electronic payment, security, and human-computer ECMM 6024.03: New Venture Creation.
interfaces. New Venture Creation is about entrepreneurship: the process of creating
ECMM 6012.03: Electronic Payments and Security. new businesses. It employs cases, experiential exercises, and a major
project to expose students to the issues, problems, and challenges of
Essential for the conduct of electronic commerce are electronic payment
creating viable new business. The project provides students with the
systems. Traditional forms of payment are unsuitable for the network
opportunity, within the framework of a formal class, to explore and
medium because of security considerations, inefficiencies, taxation and
develop business ideas they have been considering or wish to investigate.
local laws, or simple inapplicability. This class will cover the various
The final output of the project is a feasibility study, business plan, and
methods of transferring money over the Internet and compare their
financing proposal for a new venture.
functionality. The class includes material on electronic cash, electronic
checks, electronic credit cards, micro-payments, the encryption and digital
signature techniques needed to support electronic cash and the technology ECMM 6026.03: E-Government; Information
available to support secure transactions on the Internet. Implementations
of the various payment systems will be examined and compared.
Technology: International Experiences and
Perspectives.
ECMM 6014.03: Databases, Data Warehouses and This class will examine a multitude of information technological changes
Data Mining for Electronic Commerce. relevant to public administrators. The objectives are:
Data warehousing and data mining are two emerging technologies which 1. To understand the importance of information technology for Non-Profit
will have a profound effect on the role information plays in organizations. organizations, especially governments.
A data warehouse is a repository of data taken from multiple sources that 2. To examine the use of information technology in Canada, other
supports querying and analysis tools. Data mining, the process of countries and other times in history.
knowledge discovery from data in a data warehouse, is typically used for 3. To examine the effect of information technology on managing public
strategic planning and has great economic potential for organizations. sectors.
This class covers key issues in data warehouse architecture, design of data 4. To develop skills and understanding of information technology that can
warehouse schemas, design of metadata repositories, the creation, be used effectively in public management, e.g., digital presentations, web
development and maintenance of warehouses, as well as tools and based communications, video, and audio.
techniques for querying, analyzing and mining the warehouse data. Data 5. To understand the opportunities and problems that information
mining techniques such as statistical and non-statistical supervised and technology presents to public administrators.
unsupervised learning methods will be applied to problems drawn from CROSS-LISTING: PUAD 6555.03
the medical and business world.
ECMM 6030.03: Issues in Law and Policy for
ECMM 6016.03: Networking for Electronic Commerce. Electronic Commerce.
This class will cover network protocols that lie at the base of the networks This class will provide students in the proposed Master of Electronic
forming the infrastructure of the Internet. After covering the fundamentals Commerce degree program with an overview of law and policy issues in
of the OSI protocol stack and the operation of the TCP/IP protocol stack, relation to electronic commerce. The class will introduce students to
the class will concentrate on applications and application level protocols Canadian, U.S. and international policy making institutions and processes,
used in the world-wide-web. The class will include projects that provide and will illustrate these processes using examples from the emerging
hands-on exposure to the major network protocols basic to the Internet. domestic and international law relating to electronic commerce. The class
will be taught in a lecture format.
ECMM 6018.03: Enterprise Networking for Electronic
Commerce. ECMM 6040.03: Research Methods.
The objective of this class is to introduce practical issues for commerce A transition to research-based learning for e-commerce students. The
application on the Internet. Internet services and network management are course addresses the challenges of the research paper, project, or thesis.
critical to increase the productivity of electronic commerce. This class Through lectures, seminars, discussion, and presentations, students
explores the organization of Internet, examines practical issues of network identify leading e-commerce research topics, evaluate literature critically
management, and focuses on electronic commerce services such as and produce a research proposal-the foundation to the program's final
middleware architectures. phase.
ECMM 6020.03: Business Issues for Electronic ECMM 6068.03: Internet and Media Law.
Commerce. This class deals with the law that governs the dissemination of
information and the regulation of information providers. In this class,
For years businesses have been using the computer and information
“media” is defined broadly to include the internet. Topics that will be
technology to achieve internal efficiencies. With the convergence of
addressed include: defamation; liability of service providers; privacy
Information Technology and telecommunications over the last decade,
issues; publication bans; media regulation; copyright issues; conducting
Electronic Commerce has emerged to redefine the way that these
business via the internet ("e-commerce") and media ownership. The
organizations do business with their suppliers, customers and support
impact of the internet on the legal regulation relating to each of these
infrastructure such as distribution providers and financial institutions. In
topics will be explored throughout the class.
particular, the class will examine the recent and rapid growth of Electronic
Commerce from four approaches: an introduction to Electronic ECMM 6903.03: Special Graduate Topics in Electronic
Commerce; EDI and re-engineering; Electronic Commerce and the
Internet; and organizational issues in implementing Electronic Commerce.
Commerce.
ECMM 6022.06: IT Project Management. ECMM 7010.12: Industrial Internship.

The class will cover the principles of management for Information
Technology Projects. The history of project management is rooted in Civil
Engineering and manufacturing. Information technology projects have
116 Electronic Commerce

ECMM 7030.06: Research Paper in Electronic
Commerce.
ECMM 7051.12: Research Project in Electronic
Commerce.
ECMM 9010.12: Graduate Thesis in Electronic
Commerce I.
Engineering
ECMM 9012.12: Graduate Thesis in Electronic Location: Office of the Dean of Engineering
Ira MacNab Building, Room A109
Commerce II. Sexton Campus
1360 Barrington Street
HALIFAX, NS B3J 1Z1
Telephone: (902) 494-3267 (Dean’s Office)
(902) 494-3966 (Graduate Studies and Research)
(902) 494-1288 (Graduate Admissions)
Fax: (902) 429-3011 (Dean’s Office)
(902) 429-3011 (Graduate Studies and Research)
Email: Dean.Engineering@Dal.ca
grs@dal.ca
Website: http://engineering.dal.ca/index.htm
Dean, Faculty of Engineering

Leon, J., BSc (Dal), MSc (Dal), PhD (Dal), PEng
Associate Deans
Cyrus, P., BSc (Eng) (UWI), MASc, PhD (TUNS), PEng, Undergraduate
and Associated Universities.
Satish, M.G., BSc, BECivEng (My), MEng, PhD (Concordia), PEng,
Graduate Studies and Research
Assistant Dean
Watts, K.C., BSA, MSc, PhD, PEng. Student Affiars (Acting)
Administrative Assistant
Wood, C., BEd (MSVU), BSc (Acadia)
Graduate Studies and Research Officer

Laffin, D.
Admissions and Program Coordinator

Hillyard, H., BA (Dalhousie)
I. Introduction
Dalhousie University offers programs leading to Master's and Doctoral
degrees in various branches of Engineering, Engineering Mathematics,
Food Science and Technology and Naval Architecture and Marine
Engineering.These graduate programs are offered through the Faculty of
Engineering in accordance with the regulations of the Faculty of Graduate
Studies and the Faculty of Engineering.
A. Areas of Study
Graduate programs are offered in Biological Engineering, Biomedical
Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical and
Computer Engineering, Engineering Mathematics, Environmental
Engineering, Food Science, Industrial Engineering, Mechanical
Engineering, Materials Engineering and Minerals Resource Engineering,
Petroleum Engineering, and Internetworking.
Biological Engineering
Programs offered are MEng, MASc, and PhD: Specific areas of Biological
Engineering in which the Department has concentrated include biological
waste management (disposal and reuse), biorobotics, agricultural
engineering (drainage, soil erosion, farm machinery), aquacultural
engineering, food processing engineering, renewable energy (solar and
biomass), energy conservation in greenhouses, and pollution control (non-
point source, wetlands). Please refer to the departmental entry, page 260,
for additional information.
Engineering 117
Biomedical Engineering Internetworking
The School of Biomedical Engineering is a partnership between the The full fee Internetworking program has been designed in consultation
Faculties of Engineering, Medicine and Dentistry. The programs offered with industry leaders to ensure that the graduates will have the core
are the MASC and PhD. Research interests include: biomaterials, knowledge base for a rewarding career in the internetworking industry.
bioelectricity and biomagnetism, medical imaging, physiological There are ten classes, one per month from September to June. Each class
modelling, and rehabilitation. Please refer to the departmental entry, has a significant hands on component in a modern internetworking
page 64 for additional information. laboratory.
Chemical Engineering The two week per class teaching format is intended to enable students
The Department graduate program focuses on chemical process principles from industry to participate, and to return to industry to apply their new
applied to environmental and energy resources. Topics include knowledge. This is offered as an MEng program. Please refer to the
environmental considerations of combustion technology, fuel preparation, departmental entry, page 181 for additional information.
control of explosion hazards, development of innovative process control
algorithms and treatment of industrial waste. Fundamental studies are Materials Engineering
done in mass transfer and rheology, Membrane Separation, Flotation, Graduate studies at the Master's and PhD levels are offered; students
Coagulation, Gas-liquid System, Emulsification. Programs offered are should apply for these programs in the usual manner. Graduate studies at
MEng, MASc, and PhD. Please refer to the departmental entry,page 261, the Master's level are also offered as a co-operative, combined BEng. -
for additional information. MASc. program which is described in detail in the Undergraduate section
of this Calendar. Present areas of study are in the chemical, physical and
Civil Engineering mechanical processing of metals, ceramics and materials, corrosion in
Programs offered are MEng, MASc, and PhD: Geotechnical Foundation marine and high temperature environments, mineral beneficiation, high
Engineering, Structural Plastics, Wind Power Engineering, Timber temperature electrochemical processing and growth of opto-electronic
Structures, Wood Engineering, Concrete Research, Geometric Design of materials. Programs offered are MEng, MASc, and PhD. Please refer to the
Highways, Traffic Systems, Steel Structures, Structural Analysis, departmental entry, page 265 for additional information.
Wastewater Treatment, Water Pollution Control, Highway Materials,
Environmental Engineering Hydraulics, Water Resources Engineering. Mechanical Engineering
Please refer to the departmental entry, page 83 for additional information. Fluid Power Systems, Energy Conversion Systems, Fluidized Bed
Combustion, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Vibration, CAD/CAM,
Electrical and Computer Engineering CAE, Biomedical Engineering, Finite-Element Techniques, Machine and
Programs offered are MEng, MASc, and PhD: Control Systems, Robotics, Rotor Dynamics, Machine Design, Robotics, Solar Energy Systems, Ship
Instrumentation; Electric Power Systems; Electrical Machines, High- and Marine Hydrodynamics, Composites, Energy Management,
Voltage Engineering, Photovoltaic Solar Power Systems, Active and Turbulence Modeling, Two-Phase Flow. Programs offered are MEng,
Switched-Capacitor Networks; Digital Communication Systems; MASc, and PhD. Please refer to the departmental entry, page 193 for
Cardiovascular Dynamics, Medical Instrumentation, Medical Applications additional information.
of Computers, Bioelectromagnetics; Ultrasonic Telemetry, Design of
Integrated Circuits, Microprocessor-Based Systems. Please refer to the Minerals Resource Engineering
departmental entry, page 112 for additional information. Programs offered are MEng, MASc, and PhD with research opportunities
Engineering Mathematics in the areas of geostatics, mine mechanization, coal mine support,
computer applications in mining, mine waste management, ocean mining,
This is an interdisciplinary program between Engineering and Applied
mineral beneficiation, solid/liquid separation, mineral economics,
Mathematics, enabling mathematics and physics majors to carry out
reservoir engineering, horizontal drilling, petroleum drilling fluids, and
theoretical and numerical analysis of applied problems and engineering
oil shale studies. Please refer to the departmental entry, page 87 for
students to prepare mathematical models of engineering problems.
additional information.
Programs offered are MSc and PhD. Please refer to the departmental entry,
page 125 for additional information. Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering
Environmental Engineering Programs offered are MEng, MASc, and PhD with a goal of providing well
Interdisciplinary graduate studies and research are offered on a wide trained engineers for various important roles related to the sea, ships and
range of topics in Environmental Engineering: energy and environment, maritime operations, and ocean structures. Research topics include
engineered wetlands and bioremediation, indoor air quality, soil erosion, mathematical and physical modelling. Please refer to the Mechanical
water quality, waste management and remediation, pollution control and Engineering Department for additional information.
environmental assessment. This is an interdisciplinary program of the
Faculty of Engineering leading the MEng and MASc degrees in
Oil and Gas Engineering; Petroleum Engineering
Environmental Engineering and the PhD degree in Engineering. Contact The Faculty of Engineering’s Oil and Gas Engineering Program
the Faculty of Graduate Studies Office for more information. encompasses a broad range of education and research activities relating to
the oil and gas industry. The program is supported by expertise,
Food Science experience and resources drawn from all of the departments in the
Research studies are offered on a wide range of topics in food processing, Faculty. Petroleum engineering is viewed as a discipline focusing on the
food microbiology, food chemistry, food rheology, microstructure, food specialized knowledge associated with the production, transport and
engineering and fats and oils. Special emphasis is placed on seafood processing of petroleum products. Degree programs available include:
preservation, storage and handling. Programs offered are MSc and PhD. MEng in Petroleum Engineering (see the Petroleum Engineering entry on
Please refer to the departmental entry, page 263 for additional page 226), and research degrees (MASc and PhD) associated with various
information. engineering disciplines (see the oil and gas engineering entry on
page 221).
Industrial Engineering
Key areas of research interest in the Department are operations research II. General Information
modelling, mathematical optimization, production planning and control,
modelling of economic systems, queueing theory, vehicle and crew
scheduling, industrial ergonomics and work place design. Applications
A. Fees
are primarily selected in the resource base industries of forestry, fishing Information pertaining to fees and expenses is given in the “Fees” section
and mining as well as the smaller sized local business. Programs offered of this Calendar.
are MEng, MASc, and PhD. Please refer to the departmental entry,
page 170 for additional information.
118 Engineering
B. Financial Assistance 3. The Department is to appoint a Supervisory Committee, within four
Information pertaining to financial assistance and scholarships is given in months of the first registration, to be responsible for the Candidate’s
the “Awards” section of this Calendar. program and thesis/project preparation. The membership of the
Supervisory Committee is to be conveyed to Engineering Graduate
C. Health Insurance Requirement Studies and Research Office for approval and recorded in the student’s
permanent file. The Supervisory Committee will normally consist of
Information pertaining to health insurance requirements is given in the the thesis/project supervisor, at least one other member of the
“Fees” section of this Calendar. department, and at least one other member from outside the
department with special interests in the proposed area of study. The
D. Application Forms supervisor will be the chair of the Supervisory Committee.
Application forms may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar, 4. The Supervisory Committee is required to submit a title for the
Dalhousie University, Halifax, Nova Scotia, B3H 4H6, or through the student’s thesis/project report, on the prescribed form, to Engineering
university’s website on the Internet. Graduate Studies and Research Office at least four months prior to the
formal submission of the thesis/project. On approval by the
Prospective students are encouraged to contact the appropriate
Engineering Graduate Studies and Research Office, the title will be
department for program specific information.
recorded in the student’s permanent file.
E. English Language Proficiency Requirement 5. A clean copy of the thesis/project report accompanied by the form
“Appointment in an Oral Examination” must be submitted to the
Information pertaining to the English language proficiency requirements Engineering Graduate Studies and Research Office at least 12 working
is given in the Faculty of Graduate Studies Regulations section of this days prior to the date of the oral defence. The Graduate Studies Office
Calendar. will co-ordinate the scheduling of the presentation and examination.
The oral presentation and examination will not be scheduled until the
F. Master's Degrees following requirements for the student’s program of studies have been
A student's program of study for the Master's degree may be either a met:
research intensive program (MASc) or a classwork intensive program • Class work completed;
(MEng). A Master's degree taken according to either program represents • Seminar requirement and the graduate seminar completed:
an equivalent standard of academic achievement. Note that a research • Supervisory committee approved;
Master's degree is normally required to gain admission into the PhD • Thesis/project title approved; and
program. • Moderator appointed.
6. The thesis/project report is to be prepared to conform with the
G. Class Requirement standards of the Faculty of Engineering Manual of Form “The
At least three-quarters (75%) of the total class requirement must be taken Engineering Preparation of Graduate Theses” issued by the
at the University. The graduate student's program submitted by the Engineering Graduate Studies and Research Office or on the Faculty’s
appropriate department and must be approved by the Engineering Website on the Internet.
Graduate Studies and Research Office. Class requirements are given under 7. The Department Head or his/her appointee (someone not involved as
the program requirements of the specific degrees. a member of the Supervisory Committee) shall be a moderator of the
oral examination.
H. Thesis/Project Requirement 8. The student shall be advised by the Engineering Graduate Studies and
A master’s candidate will be required to submit a thesis/project Research Office of the approval of programs and the approval of thesis
satisfactory to the Faculties of Graduate Studies and Engineering and to titles.
make an oral presentation of the work. Doctoral candidates must complete 9. The student is required to deliver seminars according to the regulations
a thesis and oral defence in accordance with Faculty of Graduate Studies of the Faculty of Engineering. The seminar requirement involves
procedures, but are also required to meet Faculty of Engineering attending, and participating in, all Graduate Seminars held at the
requirements. student’s department/ program throughout the duration of the
student’s residency period, as well as making at least one seminar
I. Leave of Absence presentation. The department/program graduate coordinator is
responsible from organizing the Graduate Seminars, and for deciding
Students may formally apply for a leave of absence in accordance with
whether a student has met the requirement.
Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations (see Faculty Regulations in this
Calendar).
III. Master of Applied Science (MASc)
J. Admissions Criteria
All candidates must meet the admissions requirements of the Faculty of A. Admissions Requirements
Graduate Studies, and any specific admissions requirements as listed A candidate to be considered to the Master of Applied Science research
under each program. program must have obtained, with a high scholastic standing, an
undergraduate degree in engineering or a degree in
K. Procedures and Guidelines for Master’s Theses science with honours, or the equivalent, from a recognised university.
and Projects Candidates for the above degree may be required to take additional
1. The Department is to ensure that supervisors are assigned to students undergraduate subjects as a preparation for advanced classes or to give
as a prerequisite to admission. The Department must submit the name the candidate a suitable engineering background, but such subjects are
of the supervisor to the Engineering Graduate Studies and Research seldom considered as part of the graduate program.
Office and the name will be officially recorded in the student’s
permanent file. If the supervisor is not a full-time member of the B. Academic Regulations
Department a co-supervisor will be appointed from the Department.
2. Granting of credits to a student’s program of studies for classes taken Program Requirements
prior to commencement of the program requires the recommendation An MASc graduate program consists of not less than four half-credit
of the Department and approval of the Faculty of Engineering normally classes or their equivalent, the graduate seminar and thesis selected upon
in advance of registration. Note that some classes from local the advice of the thesis supervisor. Not more than one senior level
universities have been given “blanket” approval. Students should undergraduate class may be taken as part of the four class requirement.
contact their departmental Graduate Coordinator for details.
Engineering 119
Examination Requirement Candidates who are graduates of an undergraduate program in Civil
All classes required to meet the degree requirements are considered Engineering may be required to register for a Qualifying period in
essential classes and will be so designated by the Supervisory Committee. additional undergraduate classes in Mechanical Engineering as “make-
Essential classes can include any required undergraduate or prerequisite up” classes in preparation for the Naval Architecture and Marine
classes. Any classes taken in excess of the requirements are subject to Engineering graduate classes.
approval by the supervisor. These classes will appear on the student’s
transcript as regular classes.
Examination Requirement
All classes required to meet the degree requirements are considered
All Master’s degree candidates must pass all graduate level classes with a essential classes. Essential classes can include any required undergraduate
grade of at least B-. Any approved undergraduate class taken by a or prerequisite classes. Any classes taken in excess of the requirements are
Master’s candidate must be passed with a grade of at least B-. Graduate subject to approval by the supervisor. These classes will appear on the
students are allowed to repeat only one class during their program in the student’s transcript as regular classes.
Faculty of Engineering. Graduate students are not eligible to write
supplementary examinations. Transfer credits from other universities will All Master’s degree candidates must pass all graduate level classes with a
be considered on a case by case basis. grade of at least B-. Any approved undergraduate class taken by a
Master’s candidate must be passed with a grade of at least B-. Graduate
As well, all Master’s degree candidates must pass an oral examination of students are allowed to repeat only one class during their program in the
their thesis or project after it has been submitted in satisfactory form. Faculty of Engineering. Graduate students are not eligible to write
supplementary examinations. Transfer credits from other universities will
In addition to meeting the grade requirements, failure to maintain an be considered on a case by case basis.
acceptable academic standing will result in a student being asked to
withdraw from the program. Failure to achieve the minimum mark as As well, all MEng degree candidates must pass an oral examination of
noted above shall be considered grounds for dismissal. their project after it has been submitted in satisfactory form.
Time Requirement In addition to meeting the grade requirements, failure to maintain an

A candidate for a Master’s degree will be required to spend at least twelve acceptable academic standing will result in a student being asked to
months’ full time work on class work and the thesis. The time requirement withdraw from the program. Failure to achieve the minimum mark as
for the Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering Program would noted above shall be considered grounds for dismissal.
normally be twenty months. All students are required to register each
session to maintain eligibility to continue a program of studies. See Faculty
Time Requirement
of Graduate Studies Regulations for policies regarding the maximum The minimum time requirement for completing the program is twelve
length of time for degree completion and extensions. months. A student is required to register each session to maintain
eligibility to continue his/her program of studies. See Faculty of Graduate
Studies Regulations for policies regarding the maximum length of time for
IV. Master of Engineering (MEng) degree completion and extensions.
A. Admission Requirements V. Master of Engineering/Master of Planning

A candidate to be considered for the Master of Engineering class work
program must have obtained an undergraduate degree in engineering or (MEng/MPlan); Master of Applied Science/
its equivalent with high scholastic standing from a recognised university. Master of Planning (MASc/MPlan)
The School of Planning (Faculty of Architecture and Planning), in co-
B. Academic Requirements operation with the Department of Civil Engineering (Faculty of
Engineering), offers two joint degrees in water resources engineering and
Program Requirements planning (MEng/MPlan) and (MASc/MPlan). (A “joint” degree is defined
The requirements for the class work Master of Engineering degree is not as one where a single parchment is awarded, containing the names of both
less than seven half-credit classes, the graduate seminar and the full-credit degrees.)
project. For the program requirements for the Master of Engineering
(Internetworking), section VI. Undergraduate classes, in the area of a A. Admission Requirements
student’s interest, not taken by the student for previous credit, may be
1. MEng/MPlan: a candidate, to be considered for the MEng/MPlan
included in the program, subject to prior approval. Not more than two
program, must have obtained an undergraduate degree in engineering
classes may be undergraduate credits.
with a high scholastic standing from a recognised university.
A project is required as a part of the program (one or two half-credits out 2. MASc/MPlan: to be considered for admission, a candidate requires an
of the required nine half-credits). Projects require the appointment of a engineering degree with high scholastic standing, a science degree with
supervisor and a supervisory committee. honours and a high scholastic standing, or the equivalent of one of
these through a combination of educational attainment and career
Individual departments will assess applicants and select students for the experience.
program in their respective departments. Students’ programs will be
determined by the department in which the student is registered. All B. Academic Regulations
programs must have the approval of the department.
Entrance to the Master of Engineering Degree Program in Naval
MEng/MPlan Program Requirements
Architecture and Marine Engineering may be through one of two To receive the joint MEng/MPlan degree a student must:
categories. For students who are graduates of an undergraduate degree 1. Satisfy all mandatory class requirements for the MPlan program;
program in Mechanical or Civil Engineering with high academic standing, 2. Satisfy all elective class requirements, as approved jointly by the School
the degree requirement consists of a total of fourteen half-credits, of Planning and the Department of Civil Engineering;
comprising twelve half-credit classes and a one full credit project. For 3. Complete the graduate seminar requirement;
candidates who already hold an undergraduate degree in Naval 4. Complete and defend a project guided by a project committee
Architecture or Marine Engineering, the degree requirement consists of consisting of at least one instructor from the Department of Civil
nine half-credits, seven half credit classes and a one full credit project, the Engineering and one instructor from the School of Planning. The
same credit requirements as other Master of Engineering Degree project must be accepted by the thesis committee and an external
Programs. examiner approved by the two departments.
5. This degree is subject to the overall regulations of the Faculty of
Engineering.
120 Engineering
Note: For Planning requirements, consult the School of Planning. Class Scheduling
Engineering requirements include seven half-credits in Engineering plus The classes are scheduled one per month in either a 2-week or 3-week
the graduate seminar. period requiring 14 days of study. Each class requires 14 days on-site at
Dalhousie. This intensive delivery method has been chosen to allow
MASc/MPlan Program Requirements students holding positions in industry to attend classes on a part-time
To receive the joint MASc/MPlan degree a student must: basis.
1. Satisfy all MPlan mandatory requirements, including the work
period, with the exception of Class 2551.03, Water Resource Planning
and Control, which will be replaced by an equivalent MEng class; VII. Master of Science (Engineering
2. Choose, with the joint approval of the School of Planning and the Mathematics)
Department of Civil Engineering, from the following list of classes (in
preference to classes listed as electives under the MPlan from among A. Admission Requirements
these programs) electives:
For admission into the Master of Science program in Engineering
• IDIS 6032.03 Limnology
Mathematics, a student must have completed with high standing, a
• CIVL 4440.03 Water and Waste Treatment
Bachelor’s degree in Engineering or an honours (i.e. 4 year with research
• CIVL 6115.03 Design of Water Treatment Plants
project or dissertation) Bachelor’s degree with at least two full year
• CIVL 6116.03 Biological Waste Treatment
mathematics classes at the third year level, one of them in differential
• CIVL 6117.03 Water Quality Management
equations.
• CIVL 6135.03 Groundwater Chemical Quality
• CIVL 6158.03 Groundwater Supply Protection Applicants who do not meet the above requirements may be admitted to a
• CIVL 6159.03 River Engineering Qualifying Program in which they would take additional classes which
• CIVL 6144.03 Geotechnical Aspects of Waste Management will raise their total preparation to the level of an honours degree. These
• CIVL 4430.03 Water Distribution and Sewerage System. additional classes and completion of the Qualifying Program will be
3. Complete the graduate seminar requirement considered a prerequisite to admission to the Master of Science program.
4. Complete a thesis equivalent to 2 full credits, under the guidance of an
Examining Supervisory Committee that meets University regulations. B. Academic Regulations
5. This degree is subject to the overall regulations of the Faculty of
Engineering. Program Requirements
Note: Engineering requirements include four half-credits in Engineering The program will consist of at least 4 half-credit classes and a thesis
plus the graduate seminar. selected upon the advice of the thesis supervisor. Not more than one class
shall be at the final year undergraduate level and may be chosen from the
Time Requirements offerings of the other Departments of the Faculty of Engineering and the
The minimum period of attendance is two years but in cases where Faculty of Computer Science.
previous academic preparation specifically overlaps the class content of
the degree program, credit may be given for those classes. It is unlikely
Examination Requirement
that advance class credit will shorten attendance below two years. All classes required to meet the degree requirements are considered
essential classes and will be so designated by the Supervisory Committee.
The program is organized as follows: Essential classes can include any required undergraduate or prerequisite
Fall Term Winter Term Summer Term classes. Any classes taken in excess of the requirements are subject to
P1 (Study) P2 (Study) P3 (Work Term) approval by the supervisor. These classes will appear on the student’s
P3 (Study) P4 (Study) transcript as regular classes.
All Master’s degree candidates must pass all graduate level classes with a
VI. Master of Engineering (Internetworking) grade of at least B-. Any approved undergraduate class taken by a
Master’s candidate must be passed with a grade of at least B-. Graduate
A. Admission Requirements students are allowed to repeat only one class during their program at
Dalhousie. Graduate students are not eligible to write supplementary
A candidate to be considered for the Master of Engineering in
examinations. Transfer credits from other universities will be considered
Internetworking program must have obtained an undergraduate degree in
on a case by case basis.
engineering or its equivalent with high scholastic standing. Applicants
with industrial experience are encouraged to apply. As well, all Master’s degree candidates must pass an oral examination of
their thesis or project after it has been submitted in satisfactory form.
B. Academic Requirements
In addition to meeting the grade requirements, failure to maintain an
Program Requirements acceptable academic standing will result in a student being asked to
The class requirement for the Master of Engineering in Internetworking is withdraw from the program. Failure to achieve the minimum mark as
ten half-credit classes. An applicant may apply for challenge examinations noted above shall be considered grounds for dismissal.
for a maximum of up to two classes.
Time Requirement
The program director or designates will assess applicants and select A candidate for the degree of Master of Science in Engineering
students for the limited number of seats available in the program. The Mathematics will require at least twelve months to complete the degree. A
program of study of each student will consist of the ten program classes in student is required to register each session to maintain eligibility to
the approved sequence. continue his/her program of studies. See Faculty of Graduate Studies
Regulations for policies regarding the maximum length of time for degree
Examination Requirements completion and extensions.
The ten program classes are considered required classes. All degree
candidates must pass all classes with a grade of at least B-. Students are
allowed to repeat only one class during their enrollment in the program.
VIII. Master of Science (Food Science)
Failure to maintain the minimum mark as outlined here shall be
considered grounds for dismissal. A. Admission Requirements
For admission into the Master of Science Program in Food Science,
Candidates will be required to pass an oral examination of their project students must have a BSc degree from any recognised university in any of
after the report has been submitted in a satisfactory form. the following disciplines:
Engineering 121
• Food Science; • Two (2) 1/2 credits of an approved project that has an engineering
• Dairy Science; focus
• Chemistry/Biochemistry; • All non-credit requirements for both programs including
• Microbiology; Communication and Career
• Nutrition or Home Economics with suitable background;
• or a Bachelor of Engineering. Dates:
Students will be considered for the program on the basis of undergraduate Deadlines for applications for MEng:
academic standing and background. Candidates without Food Science
training at the undergraduate level will likely be required to attend September: International Students: April 1st
appropriate undergraduate classes offered in the program. All candidates Canadian Students: June 30th
must meet the minimum admission requirements for the Faculty of January: International Students: August 31st
Graduate Studies. Canadian Students: October 31st
B. Academic Regulations
X. Co-op Master's Degrees
Program Requirements The Faculty of Engineering offers MASc (Co-op), MSc (Co-op) and MEng
The graduate program consists of not less than 4 half-credit classes (or (Co-op) degrees. Participation in the co-op program requires a co-op
their equivalent) and the graduate seminar and a thesis is selected upon research project suitable for a master's thesis (for co-op MASc and MSc
the advice of the thesis supervisor. The graduate student’s program is degrees) or a master's project (for co-op MEng degree), and the student's
submitted by the Food Science Program for review by Engineering acceptance by a faculty member in the Faculty of Engineering as well as a
Graduate Studies and Research Office. suitable sponsoring organization. The faculty member who will supervise
the graduate student will determine the suitability of a project for master's
Examination Requirement level research.
All classes required to meet the degree requirements are considered
The academic requirements for co-op master's degrees in Engineering are
essential classes and will be so designated by the Supervisory Committee.
identical to those for regular (i.e. non-co-op) degrees with the addition of a
Essential classes can include any required undergraduate or prerequisite
minimum of eight months, or up to twelve months, of co-op work term(s).
classes. Any classes taken in excess of the requirements are subject to
During the work terms, the graduate student will work on a research
approval by the supervisor. These classes will appear on the student’s
project that will form the basis of his/her master's thesis/project. The
transcript as regular classes.
graduate student will conduct all or part of the research work as part of
All Master’s degree candidates must pass all graduate level classes with a his/her co-op work at the employer's site. Also, all co-op graduate
grade of at least B-. Any approved undergraduate class taken by a students should complete the “Co-op Workshop” offered by the TEchnical
Master’s candidate must be passed with a grade of at least B-. Graduate Co-operative Education Office before going on a work term.
students are allowed to repeat only one class during their program.
Academic/Work term schedules shall be designed by the Supervising
Graduate students are not eligible to write supplementary examinations.
Committee of the graduate student taking into consideration the
Transfer credits from other universities will be considered on a case by
requirements of the research project as well as the needs of the student and
case basis.
the employer. In developing the schedules, the Supervising Committees
As well, all Master’s degree candidates must pass an oral examination of shall adhere to the following guidelines:
their thesis or project after it has been submitted in satisfactory form. 1. The last term before completion of the degree requirements shall be an
academic term.
In addition to meeting the grade requirements, failure to maintain an 2. The first co-op work term in the MASc and MSc programs will
acceptable academic standing will result in a student being asked to normally be taken after completing at least three half-credit courses.
withdraw from the program. Failure to achieve the minimum mark as 3. The first co-op work term in the MEng program will normally be taken
noted above shall be considered grounds for dismissal. after completing at least four half-credit courses.
4. Provided that conditions 1-3 above are satisfied, co-op work terms may
Time Requirement be:
A candidate for a Master of Science in Food Science degree will be • Alternate semesters
required to spend at least twelve months’ full-time work on class work • Summers only
and the thesis. A student is required to register each session to maintain • One, two or three consecutive semesters
eligibility to continue his/her program of studies. See Faculty of Graduate • Parallel (part-time) with study
Studies Regulations for policies regarding the maximum length of time for • Other combinations
degree completion and extensions.
The normal upper time limits for the completion of co-op master's degrees
will be the same as those for non-co-op degrees, i.e. four years for full-time
IX. Master of Business Administration/ and five years for part-time studies. The Supervisory Committee of co-op
Master of Engineering master's students will normally include the student's industrial supervisor
This is a 2 year program that enables students to select classes which will as a member, or if appropriate (based on Faculty of Graduate Studies and
allow them to graduate with a Masters of Engineering and Master of Faculty of Engineering regulations), as a thesis/project co-supervisor. This
Business Administration. This combination provides graduates with a arrangement will be agreed upon by the academic supervisor and the
diverse skill set in two high demand disciplines and also serves as an company before the student begins the program.
outstanding tool for the future. Candidates for the MBA/MEng program
must satisfy the entrance requirements for both the Faculty of Engineering XI. Doctor of Philosophy
and the School of Business. Students may obtain further information about
the combined program by contacting the Faculty of Engineering or the
A. Admission Requirements and Procedures
Admissions Officer of the MBA program.
A candidate to be considered for entrance into the PhD program must
Plan of Study: meet the admission requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies and
• Nine (9) 1/2 credits of MBA core - excluding #5503 Quantitative must have:
Decision Making • A research Master’s Degree in engineering from Dalhousie University
• Five (5) 1/2 credits of master’s level Engineering courses or any other recognised university, or a Master of Science Degree or its
• Six (6) 1/2 credits of MBA electives equivalent from a recognised university, acceptable to the Faculty of
Engineering (in which case, a candidate may be required to take extra
subjects to provide a suitable engineering background); or,
122 Engineering
• Acceptance for registration as a candidate for a research Master’s As well, all PhD degree candidates must pass an oral examination of his/
degree at this University. her thesis project after it has been submitted in satisfactory form, and in
accordance with the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations.
A candidate registered for a Master’s Degree may be transferred to a
Doctoral Degree on the recommendation of his/her department, In addition to meeting the grade requirements, failure to maintain an
according to the Regulations of the Faculty of Engineering. The acceptable academic standing will result in a student being asked to
recommendation will be reviewed by the Faculty of Engineering Graduate withdraw from the program. Failure to achieve the minimum mark as
Studies Committee. noted above shall be considered grounds for dismissal.
An application for admission to the graduate program leading to the Time and Residence Requirements
degree of Doctor of Philosophy should have a superior academic record A candidate for the PhD degree must spend the equivalent of three
and previous training or experience which indicates that the candidate calendar years of full time work on lectures and the thesis. However,
should be able to do independent research. credit for one calendar year may be granted for a Master’s degree or its
Doctoral candidates are not admitted without appropriate funding to equivalent. A student is required to register each session to maintain
support the student and the program of research. eligibility to continue his/her program of studies. A PhD candidate shall
spend at least two years in full time attendance of his/her research work at
B. Health Insurance Requirement the University. See Faculty of Graduate Studies Regulations for policies
regarding the maximum length of time for degree completion and
Information pertaining to health insurance requirements is given in the extensions.
“Fees” section of this calendar.
Procedures and Guidelines
C. Academic Regulations 1. The Department must ensure that supervisors are normally assigned to
All doctoral programs are developed under the regulations and students prior to their registration. If the supervisor is not a full time
procedures of the Faculty of Graduate Studies (see Faculty of Graduate member of the Department, a co-supervisor will be appointed from the
Studies Regulations in this Calendar) and each program must be approved Department. The Department is to submit the name of the supervisor
by the Faculty of Engineering and the Faculty of Graduate Studies. to Faculty of Engineering Graduate Studies and the name will be
officially recorded in the student’s file.
Class Requirements 2. Granting of credits to a student’s program of studies for classes taken
Doctoral programs in Engineering normally require a minimum of four prior to commencement of the program requires the recommendation
classes (i.e. four half-credits), the graduate seminar, plus a thesis. No of the Department and approval of the Faculty of Engineering
undergraduate classes are allowed for credit in a Doctoral Degree Graduate Studies Committee. A request for this transfer of credits must
program. be made to the Department before the student’s first registration or in
the first term.
Thesis Subject Matter and Supervision 3. The supervisor is to appoint a Supervisory committee, within four
The thesis shall consist of an original investigation or design carried out months of the first registration, to be responsible for the Candidate’s
under the immediate supervision of a member of the Faculty of program and thesis preparation. The membership of the Supervisory
Engineering who is also a member of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Committee is to be conveyed for approval to the Engineering Graduate
Studies Office and recorded in the student’s file. The Supervisory
Admission from Master’s Degree
Committee will normally consist of the thesis supervisor, at lest one
Based on starting from a Master of Applied Science Degree, a candidate other member from the department and at least one other member
must complete not less than four classes (i.e. four half-credits) and the
from outside the department with special interests in the proposed area
graduate seminar. These classes will normally be selected in consultation
of study. The supervisor will be the chair of the Supervisory
with the research supervisor and supervisory committee, and must be Committee. The Supervisory Committee is encouraged to submit
approved by the Faculty of Engineering and the Faculty of Graduate progress reports once every six months to the Department’s Graduate
Studies. Co-ordinator.
Thesis Requirement 4. The Supervisory Committee is required to submit a title for the
student’s thesis report, on the prescribed form, to the Engineering
A candidate will be required, as a major part of the program, to submit a
Graduate Studies and Research Office at least seven months prior to
satisfactory thesis embodying the results of original scholarship and
the formal submission of the thesis. On approval by Graduate Studies,
independent research. See Faculty of Graduate Studies Regulations for
the title will be recorded in the student’s file and forwarded to the
information pertaining to doctoral theses.
Examination Requirements 5. The Supervisory Committee shall be responsible for conducting the
All classes required to meet the degree requirements are considered comprehensive examinations. The purpose of these examinations are to
essential classes and will be so designated by the Supervisory Committee. ensure that the student has a thorough understanding of the
Essential classes can include any required undergraduate or prerequisite fundamentals in the student’s area of study and that the student has
classes. Any classes taken in excess of the requirements are subject to attained knowledge to an adequate level in the discipline. The
approval by the supervisor. These classes will appear on the student’s comprehensive examination consists of at least two written
transcript as regular classes. examination papers and an oral examination conducted to meet the
above objective. The written papers are to be set and assessed by
A PhD degree candidate must pass all graduate level classes with a grade examiners recommended by the Supervisory committee. The
of at least B. Graduate students are allowed to repeat only one class during comprehensive examination shall normally be completed within the
their program. Graduate students are not eligible to write supplementary fourth session of study from first registration. A student shall be given
examinations. Transfer credits from other universities will be considered at least three months notice of the examination. The topics and results
on a case by case basis. of the examination will be conveyed to the Engineering Graduate
Studies and Research Office on the prescribed form and will indicate
PhD candidates are also required to pass comprehensive examinations “pass”, “fail”, or “re-examination”. Recommendation of the examining
which normally take place within the fourth study term. Students who committee to re-examine shall only be permitted if the failure was
receive a “fail” on the comprehensive examination will be asked to marginal. Students receiving a recommendation of “fail” shall be
withdraw. Students who receive a marginal fail may be permitted to required to withdraw from the program by the Registrar’s office. Re-
rewrite once. See Procedures and Guidelines, Section 5, below. examination of marginal students must be carried out within six
months of the initial examination. Students requiring re-examination
Engineering 123
shall not necessarily be required to rewrite both written examinations. vapour, the mechanical, electrical and magnetic properties of materials;
Students given the opportunity to rewrite shall only be permitted to the design of electronic devices, e.g., microwave devices such as ferrite
rewrite once. isolators and parametric amplifiers and semiconductor devices, which
6. An Examining Committee is appointed in accordance with Faculty of utilize the special properties of materials prepared by the student. The
Graduate Studies procedures prior to the formal submission of the experimental work will involve the synthesis of ferrites, semiconductors,
thesis report. The Examining Committee normally consists of the etc., their examination by X-ray powder photographs and measurements
Supervisory Committee and an external examiner. At least two of their properties such as Hall effect, etc.
members of the Examining Committee must be from the candidate’s
Department. The composition of the committee is to be recorded in the IDIS 6006.03: Optimization in Engineering.
student’s file. The names of three external examiners will be Nature and systems considered in engineering and physics have an
recommended to the Engineering Graduate Studies and Research abundance of examples where an optimum system status is sought. The
Office. The External Examiner will be approached and appointed by course aims to provide the students with advanced theory of optimization
the Engineering Graduate Studies and Research Office according to and topics that arise in applications of the optimization techniques. The
Faculty procedures. challenge of this course is to increase the utilization of the optimization
7. A sufficient number of copies of the thesis must be submitted to the methods by development and use of appropriate algorithms derived for
Engineering Graduate Studies and Research Office at least five weeks specific problems in engineering and physics. They include those arising
prior to the date of the oral defence. One copy will be sent to the in VLSI design, computer engineering, chemical reactor control, in spin
External Examiner, the second will be retained by the Engineering glasses as well as in networking, particularly in networks with frequently
Graduate Studies and Research Office. The copies must be changing topology. State-of-the-art of the advanced optimization
accompanied by the appropriate form. The Engineering Graduate techniques is presented. Geometric interpretations, time-space
Studies and Research Office will co-ordinate the scheduling of the decompositions and large- and small-scale considerations are stressed
presentation and examination according to Faculty procedures. The wherever possible.
oral presentation and examination will not be scheduled until the INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Bogobowicz
following requirements for the student’s program of studies have been FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
met: PREREQUISITE: Permission from instructor
i) Class work completed; CROSS-LISTING: ECED 6650.03
ii) Thesis title approved;
iii) The graduate seminar requirement completed; IDIS 6010.03: Industrial Waste Management.
iv) Examining Committee established; Industrial processes that generate solid, liquid and gaseous wastes will be
v) Comprehensive examination passed; reviewed and methods of control will be discussed. Waste management
vi) A written report has been received by the Engineering Graduate systems that include recycling, recovery and reuse will be considered.
Studies and Research Office from the external examiner. Examples will be drawn from Nova Scotia industry and students will be
8. The student shall be advised by the Engineering Graduate Studies and required to undertake case studies of selected industries.
Research Office of the approval of programs, the results of
comprehensive examinations, and the approvals of the thesis title and
IDIS 6011.03: Water Resources Management and
committees. Planning.
9. The thesis is to be prepared to conform with the standards of the This class will cover planning and management considerations that are
manual for the Preparation of Graduate Theses, available at the important in water-related engineering decisions. Topics to be considered
Graduate Studies and Research Office, Faculty of Engineering. are: constitutional and legal frameworks for water management in Canada
10. The Associate Dean of Engineering (Graduate Studies and Research) and Nova Scotia; conceptional approaches to water management; water
shall be the Chair of the Examination or shall appoint someone from use and management issues; nature and purpose of water management;
the Faculty’s Panel of PhD Chairs. The oral defence and examination water management frameworks and functions; and institutional
shall be carried out according to Faculty of Graduate Studies arrangements for water management.
procedures.
IDIS 6013.03: Environmental Health Engineering.
Award of Degree Radiological health, air pollution control, solid waste treatment, vector
A candidate will not be awarded the PhD degree unless they have control, milk and food sanitation, industrial hygiene.
satisfied all the foregoing requirements.
IDIS 6030.03: Energy Resources and Utilization.
This class surveys world energy resources and examines the technical
XII. Class Descriptions feasibility for utilization. The class will attempt to evaluate elements for
Not all subjects will be offered in any one year. the Canadian energy policy.
IDIS Series: Interdisciplinary Classes IDIS 6031.03: Energy and the Environment.
This class examines the physical nature of energy resources and the impact
IDIS 6003.03: Materials Science. of their development on environmental quality. Technological options to
Advanced topics on the physical and thermal properties of representative alleviate impact will be examined.
materials (metals, ceramics, composites and plastics) are discussed in
relation to thermodynamics and kinetics of phase transformations. The IDIS 6032.03: Limnology.
electrical properties of metals, semiconductors and insulators are A review of the basic principles of the chemical, physical and biological
reviewed in terms of the modification of these properties by chemical nature of surface waters will be followed by an examination of advanced
substitution. The relation of mechanical properties of the materials to the topics related to water management.
proper selection process for materials for a specific application is
discussed. Case studies are used to illustrate integration of the above IDIS 6110.03: Open Channel Hydraulics.
topics. This advanced class will begin with a review of basic concepts of fluid
flow. The class will deal with the energy principle and the momentum
IDIS 6004.03: Solid State Engineering. principle in respect to open channel flow; flow resistance in uniform and
An interdisciplinary class covering: selected topics in crystallography, nonuniform flow computations; channel controls; channel transitions; and
including space groups and space lattices, bonding forces and the sediment transport.
mechanism of crystal growth; imperfections in solids-vacancies,
interstitial, dislocations and the properties of defects; the preparation of
materials-metals, semiconductors, ceramics, ferrites, polymers, vapour
deposition technique, growth of single crystals from solution, metal and
124 Engineering
II. Class Descriptions
ENGM 6000.03: Directed Studies in Applied
Mathematics.
This class is offered to graduate students enrolled in Applied Mathematics
who wish to gain knowledge in a specific area for which no appropriate
Engineering Mathematics graduate level classes are offered. Each student taking this class will be
assigned a suitable class advisor familiar with the specific area of interest.
The student will be required to present the work of one term (not less than
Location: 1340 Barrington St. 90 hours in the form of directed research, and individual study) in an
Halifax, NS organized publication format.
Telephone: (902) 494-6085
Fax: (902) 423-1801 ENGM 6600.03: Finite Mathematics.
Email: engineering.mathematics@dal.ca Introduction to the theory of sets, numbers, groups, rings, field, vector
spaces, lattices, Boolean algebra and graphs with emphasis on finite
Department Head structures. Algorithms for the solution of optimization problems.
Phillips, W.J., BSc(Eng), MSc (Qu), PhD (UBC). Algorithms and Applications in the fields of computer design, automata theory, and
implementation for communication networks combinational analysis.
Professor Emeritus ENGM 6610.03: Wavelets and Filter Banks.
Jaeger, L.G., BA, MA (Cantab), PhD, DSc (London), DEng (Carleton, This class explains wavelets and filter banks using both the language of
Memorial, TUNS), PEng, FRSE, FEIC, FCSCE filters and the language of linear algebra. The class concentrates on the
Professors underpinnings of this relatively young (1980's) subject which has now
stabilized. Applications to the areas of image and video compression,
Fenton, G.A., BEng, MEng (Carleton), MA, PhD (Princeton), PEng.
speech, audio and ECG compression and denoising are presented.
Random field theory with applications to engineering problems.
Kember, G., BSc, MSc, PhD(UWO). Dynamical systems and the analysis of ENGM 6611.03: Functions of Complex Variables.
geophysical and medical time series data. This class is concerned with the theory of functions of complex variables
Rahman, M., BSc (Hons), MSc (Gauh), DIC(Imp Coll), MPhil (London), and its applications in various branches of science and engineering. Topics
PhD (Windsor), DSc (Eng) (London), CMath, FIMA.Computational included are: analytic functions, Cauchy-Riemann conditions, elementary
fluid dynamics, hydrodynamics, wave loads on offshore structures, functions, simple mappings, complex integrations, Taylor's and Laurent's
wave-ice-current interactions: its implications on ice-loads. expansions; the calculus of residues and its applications in computing
Robertson, W., BSc (Eng. Hons), MSc (Eng) (Aberdeen), PhD (TUNS), integrals; the use of Bromwich contour and Nyquist stability criterion; the
PEng. DSP architecture and algorithms and internetworking application of conformal mappings i.e. Schwartz-Christoffel
applications. transformation to the solution of fluid-flow, heat transfer and electrical
Associate Professor potential problems; and the integral form of Poisson's equation.
Iakovlev, S.V., MSc, PhD (St. Petersburg), PEng. Fluid-structure ENGM 6612.03: Methods of Applied Mathematics I.
interaction. Laplace transformations and initial value problems, two point boundary
Assistant Professor value problems, Green's functions, eigenvalues and eigenfunctions,
eigenfunction transforms. General integral transforms, finite Fourier
Gentleman, W., BEng (Hons) (McGill), PhD (Dartmouth College).
transforms. Hankel transforms, Bessel's functions.
Modelling of marine ecosystem dynamics related to fishereis and
PREREQUISITE: ENGM 3311.03, ENGM 3322.03
climate change.
ENGM 6613.03: Methods of Applied Mathematics II.
Adjunct Professor
Linear partial differential equations. Derivation of classical equations,
Perrie, W., BSc (Toronto), PhD (MIT)
classification and boundary condition, separation of variable technique,
Adjunct Associate Professors integral transform method of solving partial differential equations.
PREREQUISITE: ENGM 6612
Dubay, R., BSc, MPhil (University of West Indies), PhD (DalTech), PEng.
Hannah, C.G., BASc (University of British Columbia), PhD (University of ENGM 6616.03: Mathematical Programming I.
British Columbia), PEng.
Linear programming problems, primal and dual simplex algorithms,
Sivakumar, S.C., BEng (Bangalore), MASc, PhD (TUNS), PEng.
duality theory. Integer programming, Gomory algorithms. Dynamics
programming.
I. Introduction
The Department of Engineering Mathematics offers programs leading to ENGM 6617.03: Mathematical Programming II.
MSc and PhD degrees in Engineering Mathematics. Transportation and transshipment algorithms with emphasis on modern
computer codes. General network models. Optimization problems defined
The program gives a specialization in Applied Mathematics together with on graphs. Kuhn-Tucker theory. Non-linear programming methods.
the engineering background required for work with engineers and
scientists on problems that require a combination of engineering insight ENGM 6620.03: Functional Analysis.
and rigorous mathematical analysis. It also prepares the student for work Metric spaces and elementary topology, completeness, contraction
on engineering problems in research centres and industry. The program is mapping, fixed point theorem with applications to linear systems and
designed for students who have already completed an undergraduate differential and integral equations. Linear spaces (vector space) and linear
program in Mathematics, Physics, Computer Science, or Engineering. See operators. Normed linear spaces. Banach spaces. LP spaces with an
section on Engineering for general program regulations. introduction to Lesbeque integrals. Hilbert spaces orthonormal sets,
Fourier expansion. Linear functionals on normed linear spaces, conjugate
spaces, adjoint operator, theorem of Hahn-Banach.
Engineering Mathematics 125

ENGM 6621.03: Vibrations and Waves. PREREQUISITE: Ability to program in C or Fortran.
Vibrations and transient response of linear lumped-parameter physical
systems. Analogies between electric circuits, mechanical systems and
ENGM 6659.03: Finite Element Solution of Linear
acoustics. Systems with one degree of freedom. Systems with non-linear Partial Differential Equations.
and variable spring characteristics. Method of successive approximations This class covers aspects of the solution of linear static and dynamic partial
and Ritz method of non-linear vibrations. differential equations through the use of finite element models derived
Vibratory systems with several degrees of freedom. Approximate methods from the Galerkin approximation. Emphasis is placed on the derivation of
of calculating frequencies of natural vibrations. Solution of eigenvalue the approximate matrix equations from the strong form of the boundary
problems by matrix iteration. Vibration of elastic bodies. Wave equation. value problem and on issues concerning the accuracy of the solution, on
Applications of rods, plates and shells. Plane waves and spherical waves integration techniques, completeness, and element tests. Students are
in unbounded homogeneous elastic media. expected to code and validate an element appropriate to their specific
Elements of harmonic wave phenomenon; reflection, resonance, relaxation research interests.
and reverberation. Wave propagation through fluid and solid layers. PREREQUISITE: Familiarity with partial differential equations and
numerical linear algebra.
ENGM 6631.03: Mathematical Theory of Elasticity.
The mathematical theory of elasticity in two and three dimensions. ENGM 6660.03: Finite Element Solution of Non-Linear
General differential equations in cartesian, polar coordinates, Partial Differential Equations.
compatibility equation and boundary conditions. Fourier series and This class covers aspects of the solution of non-linear partial differential
general Fourier solution of elasticity problems. Plane elasticity problems equations through the use of finite element models. Emphasis is placed on
using non-orthogonal functions. Energy principles and variational the modeling of engineering materials. The class addresses such topics as
technique. Torsion of various-shaped bars. common plasticity relationships, numerical implementation of various
yield models, finite deformations, consistent linearization schemes, and
ENGM 6632.03: Theory of Plates and Shells. theorems dealing with existence, uniqueness and stability. Students are
Differential equation of plates. Boundary conditions. Rigorous solution of expected to implement a non-linear finite element algorithm on the
the governing differential equation for various kinds of edge supports and computer.
different kinds of loading. Solutions by single and double trigonometric PREREQUISITE: ENGM 6659.03 is recommended
series. Bending of plates on elastic foundations and continuous
rectangular slabs. Approximate methods in the theory of plates. ENGM 6661.03: Theory of Waves in Potential Flow.
Membrane theory of thine shells. Bending theory of cylindrical and This class deals with the theory of water waves and its use in advanced
spherical shells. engineering applications. Topics covered include: the fundamental
equations of motions in fluids; the developments of Euler's equations of
ENGM 6633.03: Dynamics of Elastic Systems. motion for inviscid fluids; Bernuolli's equation; various analytical
General differential equations of elastic systems. Longitudinal, transverse, techniques for solving partial differential equations arising in water wave
and torsional vibrations of rods. Free and forced vibrations of continuous theory; small amplitude theory and propagation of surface waves in deep,
beams. Transverse vibrations of plates. Transverse vibrations of shells. shallow and intermediate depth water; dispersion relation of wave
Propagation of elastic waves. Approximate methods. propagation, phase-velocity, group-velocity; linear and non-linear
concepts of diffraction; and one-dimensional tides in canals.
ENGM 6634.03: Theory of Elastic Stability. PREREQUISITE: ENGM 3211.03, ENGM 3222.03
Differential equations of beam-column under transverse and axial loads.
Elastic buckling of bars and frames. Torsional and lateral buckling of ENGM 6662.03: Dynamics of Ocean Fluids.
beams. Buckling of rings and curved bars. Buckling of thin plates under This class is concerned with the dynamics of ocean fluids. Topics included
various loads and having different edge supports. Buckling of thin are: dynamics of progressive and standing waves (long waves) in two-
cylindrical shells. dimensional basins, tidal dynamics; Kelvin and Poincare waves; Stokes
nonlinear wave theory; regular, irregular and random waves; wave
ENGM 6656.03: Splines and Variational Methods. statistics, wave energy and spectrum; wave forces on fixed/floating
In this class, the variational formulation of partial differential equations is offshore structures; solution techniques such as the Morison equation,
introduced. Emphasis is placed on the application of spline functions to Froude-Krylov and diffraction/potential theory; numerical methods such
the solution of initial and boundary value problems. as Green's function and BEM; long waves in shallow water; Cnoidal,
The minimum energy property of spline and its relationship to the beam solitary waves and inverse scattering.
bending theory is studied. PREREQUISITE: ENGM 6661.03
Students will be required to write some computer programs to become
familiar with the computer implementation of these ideas. ENGM 6671.03: Applied Regression Analysis.
This class will emphasize practical rather than theoretical considerations
ENGM 6657.03: Numerical Linear Algebra. and will make extensive use of computer packages. The topics to be
The topics covered in this class include: matrix and vector norms, covered include: simple linear regression, analysis of residuals and
condition number, singular value decomposition, LU decomposition, QR remedial measures, transformation of data, multiple, polynomial and
decomposition, Cholesky decomposition, error analysis and complexity of weighted regression, model selection techniques, joint confidence regions,
matrix algorithms, Toeplitz matrix algorithms, orthogonalization and least use of indicator variables, analysis of covariance and an introduction to
squares methods, the symmetric and unsymmertric eigenvalue problems, non-linear regression.
and iterative methods. The student is expected to code most of the
algorithms on the computer. ENGM 6672.03: Experimental Design in Statistics.
PREREQUISITE: Ability to program in C or Fortran. This class deals with both practical and theoretical considerations, but
emphasis will be put on practical situations. The following topics will be
ENGM 6658.03: Numerical Solution of Differential covered: Analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, optimality of
Equations. designs, experimental designs and their analysis, factorial experiments
This class begin with a study of solution techniques or ordinary and non-parametric analysis of variance.
differential equations. Then a review of the basic partial differential PREREQUISITE: A first class in Probability and Statistics.
equations of engineering mathematics is undertaken. The finite difference CO-REQUISITE: Class ENGM 6671.03 is a complimentary class of ENGM
method is used to discretize these equations and concepts of stability, 6672.03
consistency, and convergence in the solutions are introduced. The student
is expected to write several computer programs.
126 Engineering Mathematics

ENGM 6673.03: Nonparametric Statistical Methods.
Alternative to the standard parametric methods are covered in this class.
Topics to be discussed are: The general theory of rank based tests; tests
based on ranks for two treatments; testing of randomness, symmetry and
independence; and finally estimation based on ranks. Existing statistical
packages will be used.
ENGM 6674.03: Theory of Random Fields. English

This class is an introduction to the theory of multidimensional random
processes which serve as models of natural phenomena, for example Location: 6135 University Avenue
engineering materials, loads, and other distributed disordered systems. Halifax, NS B3H 4P9
Topics covered include classical probability concepts and methods in a Telephone: (902) 494-6924
random field context, level excursions and extremes, spectral moments Fax: (902) 494-2176
and associated measures of disorder, and simulation techniques. Email: gradengl@dal.ca
Applications to Monte Carlo simulations models are introduced. Website: http://english.dal.ca
PREREQUISITE: A working knowledge of basic probability theory and
some statistics
Chairperson of Department
ENGM 6675.03: Risk Assessment and Management. Furrow, M.
This class introduces risk assessment and system reliability
methodologies, from classical event trees to simulation. Examples of risk- Professors Emeriti
based decision making analyses will be covered, ranging from oil Fraser, J., MA (Oxon), PhD (Minn), FRSC
exploration to environmental site remediation. The student will carry out Gray, J., MA (Aberd), MA (Oxon), PhD (Mont), FRSA, FRSC, McCulloch
a risk assessment involving design decisions on a project of their own Professor of English
choosing. Sprott, S.E., MA, BD (Melbourne), PhD (Columbia)
ENGM 6680.03: Ecosystems Modeling of Marine and Professors

Freshwater Environments. Barker, W., AB (Dartmouth College), MA, BEd, PhD (Toronto).
Students develop and apply mathematical models of marine and Renaissance literature.
freshwater ecosystems to study biological production, biogeochemical Baxter, J.R., BA, BEd, MA, PhD (Alta). Renaissance literature.
cycling etc. Lectures provide theoretical background for coupling nutrient Diepeveen, L., BA (Calvin), MA, PhD (Ill). Modern American literature.
and plankton dynamics, including parameterizing biological processes Furrow, M.M., BA (Dal), MA, MPhil, PhD (Yale). Medieval literature.
and physical effects. Computer sessions provide hands-on modelling Huebert, R.M., BA (Sask), MA, PhD (Pitt). Renaissance literature.
experience. Students also critique literature and conduct an independent Luckyj, C., BA, MA, PhD (Toronto). Renaissance literature.
research project. Stone, M., BA (Guelph), MA, MPhil (Waterloo), PhD (Toronto). Feminism
FORMAT: Lecture, Computer Programming and Discussion and victorian literature.
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 5680.03, ENGM 4680.03 Tetreault, R.R., BA (UBC), MA, PhD (Cornell). Romantic literature.
Wainwright, J.A., BA (Toronto), MA, PhD (Dal). Canadian literature
ENGM 9000.00: Master’s Thesis. (McCullough Professor in English).
ENGM 9530.00: PhD Thesis. Associate Professors

Barker, R., BA (Kings), MA (Dal), PhD (Birmingham), major appointment
in Theatre.
Dawson, C., BA (UBC), MA (Sussex), PhD (Queensland). Canadian and
post-colonial literatures.
Evans, D., BA (Toronto), MA, PhD (Rutgers). Nineteenth and twentieth-
century American literature.
Gantar, J., BA, MA (Ljubljana), PhD (Toronto), major appointment in
Theatre.
Greenfield, B.R., BA (York), MA (McGill), MPhil, PhD (Columbia).
Colonial and nineteenth-century American literature.
Irvine, D., BA (UVic), MA (Calgary), PhD (McGill). Canadian literature.
Maitzen, R., BA (UBC), MA, PhD (Cornell). Nineteenth-century literature.
McNeil, D., BA (Concordia), MA (UNB), PhD (McMaster). Restoration and
eighteenth-century literature.
Ross, T., BA, MA (Carleton), PhD (Toronto). Eighteenth-century literature
and history of criticism.
Stewart, A., BA (Guelph), MA, PhD (Queen's). Twentieth-century
literature.
Thompson, J., BA (Western), MA, PhD (Toronto). Romantic literature.
Wright, J., BA, MA, PhD (Western). Nineteenth-century literature.
Bennett, L., BA, MA, PhD (Dalhousie), MA (Carleton). Renaissance
literature, Rhetoric and Composition
Brittan, A., BA, MA (Toronto), PhD (Pennsylvania). World literature
Cawsey, K., BA (WLU), MPhil (Oxford), PhD (Toronto). Medieval
literature.
Enns, A., BA (North Carolina), MA, PhD (Iowa), MA (Hollins). Cultural
studies.
Haslam, J., BA, MA (McGill), PhD (Waterloo). Nineteenth and twentieth-
century literature.
English 127
Adjunct Professors Before graduation all students are required to demonstrate some
Bruhm, S., MA (Dal), PhD (McGill); Mount Saint Vincent University proficiency in at least one language other than English that is relevant to
Davies, R., PhD (Wales); Acadia University their studies.
Edwards, E., BA, MA (Dal), PhD (Cambridge); University of King’s A thesis, equivalent to two classes, is required.
College
Ferns, C., BA, PhD (London); Mount Saint Vincent University B. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Glowacka, D., MA (Wroclaw), PhD (SUNY); University of King’s College
For the minimum time required to complete this program, see Section
Heffernan, T., BA, MA (Ottawa), PhD (Toronto); Saint Mary’s University
1.3.2, page 19, in the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations.
Howard, D., BA, BFA, MA, PhD (UBC); Nova Scotia College of Art and
Design In the first year, doctoral candidates must take the equivalent of 3 full-year
Hulan, R., BA (Acadia), MA (Guelph), PhD (McGill); Saint Mary's graduate seminars.
University
Malton, S., BA (UVic), MA (Ottawa), PhD (Toronto); Saint Mary’s Candidates must take a qualifying examination, with written and oral
University portions, in the field (period and national literature) most germane to their
Monaghan, D., BA, MPhil (Leeds), PhD (Alta); Mount Saint Vincent intended thesis. The examination is to be taken no later than May of the
University second year in the program.
Ó Siadhail, P., BA Hons, PhD (Dublin); Saint Mary’s University
All graduate students in the Department are required to demonstrate
Perkin, J.R., BA (Oxford), PhD (Toronto); Saint Mary's University
some proficiency in at least one language other than English that is
Smol, A., BA (Concordia), MA, PhD (Queen's); Mount Saint Vincent
relevant to their studies.
University
Stanivukovic, G., BA (Yugoslavia), MA, PhD (Belgrade); Saint Mary’s Preparation and defence of a thesis are required.
University
Stiles, D., AB (Marshall), MA, PhD (Maine); NSAC Malcolm Ross Award in Canadian Literature
To be awarded at the discretion of the Department of English for an
Applicants should designate the proposed thesis area at the time of outstanding MA or PhD thesis in the field of Canadian Literature.
application for admission. The Department will entertain research McClelland and Stewart, publishers of the New Canadian Library series,
proposals at the MA level in most areas of British, Canadian, or American have funded the award to honour Malcolm Ross, founding editor of the
literature, and at the PhD level in many of these areas. Nonetheless, series and Professor Emeritus in the Department of English.
applicants for the PhD should take care to consult the Graduate
Coordinator of the department concerning its strength, in both resources Malcolm Ross Graduate Scholarship in English
and personnel, in the field of study in which they propose to specialize. Established by his colleagues and friends in memory of Malcolm Ross,
distinguished literary scholar and editor and long-time member of the
English Department. A graduate scholarship in the amount of $1,500 to be
I. Admission Requirements awarded by the department’s Graduate Committee to an outstanding
Candidates must at a minimum satisfy the general requirements for student entering the M.A. program in English.
admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies as spelled out in Section II in
the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations. Since this department accepts
full-time graduate students only if it can fund them, standards are very
III. Class Descriptions
high, currently an A- or better average in the last two years. Both MA and
PhD programs presuppose an acquaintance with English literature of
Graduate Seminars
different periods and nationalities. Applicants with other strengths but Approximately seven full-year seminars or the equivalent are offered each
with limited historical coverage might still be accepted, but required to year. Students should consult the departmental Website about which of
remedy deficiencies with one or even two of their graduate classes. the following seminars will be offered.
Only in exceptional circumstances will persons holding a BA and an MA ENGL 5000.03: Directed Readings I.
from Dalhousie be allowed to proceed to a PhD program without study at FORMAT: Individual instruction
another institution. If you have a Dalhousie BA and MA and wish to apply RESTRICTION: Students may only register for this class with the written
to the PhD, please consult the Graduate Coordinator first. permission of a Faculty member and the Graduate Coordinator.
Students are reminded that the pragmatic, departmental deadline for ENGL 5001.03: Directed Readings II.
applications is much earlier than the official Faculty of Graduate Studies FORMAT: Individual instruction
one of June 30. Students who wish their applications to be competitive RESTRICTION: Students may only register for this class with the written
should submit them by February 15. Those who wish to be considered as permission of a Faculty member and the Graduate Coordinator.
candidates for Killam awards must submit complete applications by
January 15. Please consult the departmental Website for full, updated ENGL 5002X/Y.06: Selected Readings in English.
information, including deadline dates and details. NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
II. Degree Programs consecutively.
FORMAT: Individual instruction
RESTRICTION: Students may only register for this class with the written
A. Master of Arts (MA) permission of a Faculty member and the Graduate Coordinator.
For minimum time required to complete this program, see Section 1.3.1,
page 19, in the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations. ENGL 5110X/Y.06: Middle English Literature.
A study of major and minor works in Middle English, including poetry by
Class work must include a graduate seminar (half or full-year) in the thesis
Chaucer, Langland, and the Pearl-Poet. We will pay particular attention to
area; at least one graduate seminar in a field unrelated to the thesis; and
language, manuscript transmission and cultural context.
additional seminars in English to make up the equivalent of two and a half
full-year seminars. Master’s students must also complete ENGL 8000, the
MA thesis prospectus, usually in the winter semester. With the approval
consecutively.
of the Graduate Committee, a graduate class in another department
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Furrow
relevant to the candidate's thesis may take the place of one of the
FORMAT: Seminar
additional seminars, and under certain conditions a reading class may
take the place of the seminar in the thesis area.
128 English
ENGL 5116.03: Gift and Exchange in Middle English ENGL 5227.03: Re-Imagining the Plot in Selected
Literature. Shakespearean Tragedies.
This class will consider the symbolic economies of gift and exchange as Starting with Ben Jonson’s Aristotelian account of plot -- “it behoves the
figured in key Middle English literary texts, particularly in relation to action in a tragedy to be let grow, till the necessity ask a conclusion” -- this
modern theories of the gift. Issues considered will include late feudal class explores the ways in which some of Shakespeare’s tragedies adhere
exchange, genre-inflected economics, literary production, and the to or depart from the principles of Aristotle’s Poetics.
aristocratic gift. INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Baxter
INSTRUCTOR(S): E. Edwards FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5230X/Y.06: Renaissance Poetry and Rhetoric.
ENGL 5117.03: Medieval Romances. The central aim of this class will be to evaluate the achievement of English
A study of romances in Middle English, their origins, their context, their Poetry during the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. We will
genre, their reception, and the ethical issues they were felt to or failed to explore this question primarily through a study of short poems, their
embody. relation to the influential rhetorical works, and their relation to each other.
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Furrow NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
FORMAT: Seminar consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
consecutively.
ENGL 5118.03: Reading the Canterbury Tales (All of INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Baxter
Them) FORMAT: Seminar
This class will provide an opportunity to read Chaucer's Canterbury Tales
closely in its entirety, with a view to establishing over-arching ENGL 5231.03: Spenser, Shakespeare, Donne: Eros
connections, themes and concerns. and Chastity.
INSTRUCTOR(S): E. Edwards How do Renaissance poets organize erotic experience? What forms
FORMAT: Seminar (genres, styles, methods) do their orderings take, and what are their
motives (personal, cultural, religious)? We will explore these and related
ENGL 5130.03: Gender and Sex in Medieval questions by concentrating on selected works by Donne, Shakespeare, and
Literature. Spenser.
This class examines the representation of gender and sex in Medieval INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Baxter
literature, with a study of topics such as constructions of gender, the FORMAT: Seminar
invention of romance and its relation to misogyny, the role of women in
literary production, and the representation of various sexualities. ENGL 5234.03: Professing Poetry in the English
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Smol Renaissance.
FORMAT: Seminar This class examines the emergence of the professional poet in England at
the beginning of the 17th Century. What are the demands, the criteria, and
ENGL 5131.03: The First Millennium and Beyond. the rewards of the profession? How different are the opportunities
This class examines Anglo-Saxon views of time, history, and apocalypse available to men and to women? The focus will include writers such as
and the ways the writers of prose and poetry responded to the age that Ben Johnson, Aemilia Lanyer, John Donne and Lady Mary Wroth.
Anglo-Saxon writers believed themselves to inhabit. INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Baxter
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Smol FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5235.03: Milton’s Paradise Lost
ENGL 5135.03: England’s Late-Medieval Alliterative This seminar is intended both for students who are familiar with the poem
Poetry. and for those who will be coming to it fo the first time. We will read the
This seminar will survey such masterworks of the late-medieval period as poem closely, book by book, and examine the poem in its historical,
Pearl, Sir Gawain and Piers Plowman, as well as diverse lyrics and short intellectual, and literary contexts. At the same time, we will consider some
poems, major romance-narratives and cycle-plays. Analysis of the poems’ exemplars of the major twentieth-century critical approaches to the poem.
verbal resources, stylistic techniques and topical preoccupations will be INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Bennett
conjoined to some questions of codicology and pertinent history. The class FORMAT: Seminar
will build upon a basic undergraduate acquaintance with the Middle
English language and canon, and will offer an introduction to manuscript ENGL 5237.06: Gender in English Renaissance
studies. Drama.
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Furrow This class will examine plays by Shakespeare and his contemporary
FORMAT: Seminar dramatists in relation to the shifting and multiple discourses about gender
in the sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries. As well as reading
ENGL 5226X/Y.06: Re-Imagining Shakespeare. dramatic works by Shakespeare, Elizabeth Cary, Thomas Middleton, and
This class looks at creative re-imaginings of Shakespeare’s plays - some John Webster, we will attend to cultural and theatrical sources, and
modern, some his own; it looks at textual debates over whether different current critical approaches.
editions of a play should be conflated or isolated; and it looks at the angles INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Luckyj
of approach developed by various theoretical paradigms. The class will FORMAT: Seminar
attempt to get at such questions as what is the relation between creative
and critical reimaginings, and what constitutes the continuing life of ENGL 5238.03: Othello and Its Afterlife.
Shakespeare’s work? This class focuses on a single play by Shakespeare as a key site where early
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in modern notions of race, gender and class converge. It begins by
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed interrogating the apparent stability of Shakespeare's text, which exists in
consecutively. alternative authoritative versions (Quarto and Folio) and is always
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Baxter mediated by the conditions of a playhouse in which white males play both
FORMAT: Seminar women and blacks. We'll aim to unpack the complex, cultural
constructions of gender and race with which this play is so deeply
concerned by studying a range of contemporary discourses (primary
English 129
source material on microfilm) as well as Shakespeare's own Titus ENGL 5280.03: The Theory and Practice of Literary
Andronicus, which anticipates some of Othello's preoccupations. Pleasure.
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Luckyj
An enquiry into some of the established ways of talking about literary
FORMAT: Seminar
pleasure, with a view to devising new and more persuasive ways of doing
ENGL 5246.03: The Drama from Marlowe to Ford. so.
An exploration of the diversity of textual and theatrical practice within the INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Huebert
canon (and at the margins) of Renaissance drama. Critical strategies will FORMAT: Seminar
be pluralistic: both detailed analysis of particular scenes and wide-ranging ENGL 5306.03: The Restoration Theatre.
discussion of cultural issues are encouraged. Playwrights to be studied
This half-credit class traces various aspects of the English stage from 1660
include Marlowe, Heywood, Beaumont, Jonson, Webster, Middleton, and
to 1700. In addition to approximately a dozen plays, the class will consider
Ford.
the theatrical milieu of the period, including the audience, casts, and
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Huebert
spectacular production techniques. Related political events and theoretical
FORMAT: Seminar
controversies will also be surveyed.
ENGL 5250X/Y.06: Renaissance Dissident Writers. INSTRUCTOR(S): D. McNeil
A study of writers who don’t share one or more of the normative FORMAT: Seminar
Renaissance positions, or who have strong reasons for believing that the ENGL 5310X/Y.06: Restoration and Augustan Satire.
established order is set up in such a way as to exclude them. Some authors
“ . . . a sort of Glass, wherein Beholders do generally discover every body’s
(Southwell, Winstanley, Eliza, Osborne) will be obscure; others (Marlowe,
Face but their Own.” Along with such definitions of “Satyr”, this seminar
Donne) canonical.
examines the major satirical texts and events from 1660 to roughly 1750.
Among the topics for discussion will be coffeehouse culture, the popular
press, and the battle of the sexes.
consecutively.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Huebert
FORMAT: Seminar
consecutively.
ENGL 5258.03: Early Modern Privacy. INSTRUCTOR(S): D. McNeil
An exploration of the development of privacy in early modern culture FORMAT: Seminar
with reference to texts ranging from canonical poetry (by Donne and ENGL 5315X/Y.06: The Eighteenth-Century English
Marvell) to discursive life-writing (by Montaigne and Browne) to personal
letters and diaries (by Dorothy Osborne and Anne Clifford). Is privacy Novel.
necessarily the preserve of the privileged? Did puritanism promote or This class is designed to provide a broad survey of the English novel from
inhibit the development of privacy? Did privacy mean the same thing to Behn to Austen. All the major forms will be considered: amatory fiction,
women as to men? Questions like these will be offered as a provocation to the fictional memoir, the adventure narrative, epistolary fiction and the
discussion and further enquiry. Scarron-like comedy of Henry Fielding. Other subjects that will be
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Huebert considered include the origins of the novel, the novel versus the romance
FORMAT: Seminar and readership.
ENGL 5265.03: Writing Women/Women Writing in consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
Early Modern England 1540-1640. consecutively.
This half-credit class explores the context and range of women’s writing in INSTRUCTOR(S): D. McNeil
Tudor and Stuart England. Adopting a multidisciplinary approach, we FORMAT: Seminar
will examine a range of works by and about women, from witchcraft trials ENGL 5316.03/5317.03: Studies in the Eighteenth-
and medical treatises, to poems, plays, translations and polemical
pamphlets in an attempt to determine the relation of early women writers Century English Novel.
to their culture. Writers to be studied in depth include Mary Wroth, This half-credit class is devoted to the study of a special subject in the early
Elizabeth Cary, and Aemilia Lanyer. English novel (e.g. Desire, the image of America, the comic novel, the rise
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Luckyj of the female novelist).
FORMAT: Seminar INSTRUCTOR(S): D. McNeil
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5266.03: Mothers and Maternity in Early
Modern England 1580-1670. ENGL 5331.03: Eighteenth-Century Constructions of
This class explores motherhood in the culture and literature of early Authorship.
modern England. This seminar considers the changing status of literary authorship in
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Luckyj eighteenth-century England. Topics for discussion include patronage,
FORMAT: Seminar plagiarism, literary biography, the advent of copyright, visual and satiric
representations of authors, and the professionalization of letters.
ENGL 5267.03: Shakespeare’s Sister: Lady Mary INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Ross
Wroth. FORMAT: Seminar
Mary Wroth, the gifted and prodigious author of a prose romance, sonnet ENGL 5335.03: Reading Pope and Swift: Satire,
cycle, and pastoral drama, offers us a unique opportunity to study the
literary achievements of one who was both (as a member of the Sidney Entrapment, Theory.
family) heir to cultural privilege and (as an unchaste woman) a marginal This class has two aims: to consider the virtues and limitations of reader-
and subversive figure. Her work will be studied in the context of early response criticism, and to assess the value of this approach in interpreting
modern notions of gender, class and authorship. satiric works by Jonathan Swift and Alexander Pope. Of principal concern
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Luckyj is the degree to which satire exerts a rhetorical and affective force upon
FORMAT: Seminar readers that encourages them to work, to make meanings in negotiating
twists and turns in the text, and to revise continually their own
assumptions about what they are reading.
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Ross
FORMAT: Seminar
130 English
ENGL 5355.03: Eighteenth-Century Popular Literature ENGL 5411X/Y.03/5412X/Y.06: Women and Men in the
and History: An Interdisciplinary Approach. Romantic Era.
This half-credit class engages in the interdisciplinary study of popular Beginning with a study of the changing roles of women in the Age of
literature. Various theories of popular culture are considered. Students Revolution, this seminar will examine how men represented women and
encounter relevant scholarship outside of literary criticism (e.g., art, legal, how women represented themselves at this time. Connections between
and economic history, social psychology, folklore and music) by way of an gender and genre as well as feminist critiques of Romanticism will guide
examination of selected episodes in eighteenth-century English life. discussion.
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. McNeil NOTE: Students taking ENGL 5412 must register in both X and Y in
consecutively.
ENGL 5404.03: Ireland and the Geopolitical Imaginary INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Tetreault
in British and Irish Literature, c. 1750-1850. FORMAT: Seminar
This course will examine literary depictions of Ireland from the Romantic
century (1750-1850) in light of what William Drennan called in 1799 the ENGL 5413.03: Dramatic Monologues and the
"policy of geography." Our focus will be literary texts by British and Irish Construction of Poetic Traditions.
authors that engage three overlapping geopolitical arenas: the This class takes as its starting point some influential "stories" that set out to
transatlantic, Europe and the British Empire. explain how dramatic first-person poems became "in one form or another
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Wright the norm" in the post-Romantic poetic tradition. These "stories" range from
FORMAT: Seminar Robert Langbaum's classic 1957 study, The Poetry of Experience: The
PREREQUISITE: Admission to Graduate English Program Dramatic Monologue in the Modern Literary Tradition, to Alan Sinfield's The
Dramatic Monologue (1977), to Isobel Armstrong's reconstruction of the
ENGL 5405X/Y.06: The Wordsworth Circle: The development of the dramatic monologue in Victorian Poetry: Poetry, Poetics
Politics and Poetics of Literary Converse. and Politics (1993).
A sustained exercise in “intertextual genetics”, this class will uncover the INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Stone
dynamics of collaboration, debate and ‘joint labor’ at work in the FORMAT: Seminar
production of texts by Coleridge and the two Wordsworth (William and
Dorothy), and will consider the implications of this exercise for our ideas ENGL 5414.03: Romantic Women Writers.
of literature: nature of poetry, identity, society and gender which these Contributes to ongoing feminist reassessments of “English Romanticism”
writers have bequeathed to us. by surveying key genres and forms to which women made notable
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in contributions (the sonnet, the Jacobin & gothic novel, the heroic epistle)
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed and examining the nature of the influence that writers like Wollstonecraft,
consecutively. Smith, Barbauld, Hemans and Baillie had on their contemporaries and are
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Thompson having on current scholarship.
FORMAT: Seminar INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Thompson
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5406.03: Gothic Narrative as Psychoanalytic
ENGL 5415X/Y.06: Wordsworth and Coleridge.
Event.
The close literary relations between these Romantic authors often followed
This one-term class addresses a wide range of Gothic texts through a
the class of a dialogue in which they responded to one another in
psychoanalytic lens. It looks not only at the theory of repression, but also
alternating poems. Their disagreements over the locus of ultimate value
at the importance of identification, melancholia, and repudiation in the
and the solace of nature will be explored.
formation of the ego. The psychoanalytic events recorded in or created by
the Gothic offer a critique of our culture’s strategies of normalizing.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Bruhm
consecutively.
FORMAT: Seminar
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Tetreault
ENGL 5407.03: Landscape and Loss: Nineteenth- FORMAT: Seminar
Century Irish Literature. ENGL 5416.03: Brontë Disseminations.
This class will examine the representation of land - as property, landscape, This class focuses on a close study of works by the Brontës, with particular
and foundation of national identity - in nineteenth-century Irish literature attention to the ways in which their texts have been disseminated in both
with particular attention to the genres of topographical poetry, the "big high and low culture.
house" novel, and the gothic, as well as the colonial context which INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Stone
complicated both the material relationship to the land and its cultural FORMAT: Seminar
representation.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Wright ENGL 5417.03: The 1790s: The Revolutionary Decade.
FORMAT: Seminar This class focuses on the discourse of the 1790s, a turbulent transitional
period in which vigorous debates about the rights of man and the wrongs
ENGL 5410X/Y.06: Innovation and Tradition in of woman, the politics of class and race, reshaped literature even as they
Romantic Poetry. rocked the foundations of English society. Reading a range of canonical
Each of the major Romantic poets experimented with the forms of epic, and non-canonical Romantic writers in their contemporary contexts,
romance, and drama. This seminar will introduce students to some of students will gain new insight into the origins of romanticism, as well as
these longer works in their entirety, and consider the ways their authors gaining a new perspective on current debates about the politics of
transformed these genres. literature.
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Thompson
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed FORMAT: Seminar
consecutively.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Tetreault
FORMAT: Seminar
English 131
ENGL 5418.03: The Poetics and the Politics of ENGL 5445X/Y.06: Subject Formations:
Literary Couplings: The Brownings In Their Cultural Interdisciplinary Theory and the Bildungsroman.
Contexts. This class brings an interdisciplinary body of theory to bear in studying
Drawing on theories of authorship, literary collaboration, gender and representative examples of the Bildungsroman or “novel of formation”
genre, this class studies the poetical interactions and innovations of the produced from the nineteenth century to the post-modern period, ranging
Brownings in the contexts of the cultural, social and political movements from Jane Eyre to Bharati Mukherjee’s Jasmine. It draws on generic theories
of the nineteenth century, and the reception practices that have shaped of the novel of development; theories of gender, race and class; theories of
responses to literary couples. the “self” and their transformation into theories of the “subject”; theories
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Stone of psychological and ethical development; gay and lesbian theory; and
FORMAT: Seminar postcolonial theories.
ENGL 5419.03: Digital Romanticism & Print Culture: consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
The Case of John Thelwall. consecutively.
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Stone
This seminar will explore forms and functions of Romantic-era print
FORMAT: Seminar
culture, and its intersections with other cultural media from a perspective
at once historical and practical, by offering students the opportunity to ENGL 5450.03: Studies in the Victorian Novel: George
edit the works of the Romantic-era poet, orator, educator, political theorist
and speech therapist John Thelwall. Eliot and History.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Thompson A study of George Eliot’s novels and essays as contributions to 19th-
FORMAT: Seminar century debates over historiographical styles and standards.
PREREQUISITE: Admission to Graduate English (MA or PhD) program INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Maitzen
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5420.03: Keats and Shelley.
Experiments in longer poetic forms by the younger Romantics will be the ENGL 5455.03: Filming Jane Austen.
focus of this seminar. The literary rivalry between the two poets will help The merits of various theories of film adaptation will be considered
to guide discussion. Their disparate views on political action and on the through close reading of three novels by Jane Austen and selected film
adequacy of language will be explored. versions of these novels.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Tetreault INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Monaghan
FORMAT: Seminar FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5421.03: Keats. ENGL 5460.03: The Moral of the Story: Reading in
Keats’ journey from lyric to epic will be the focus of this seminar. Fiction and Ethics.
Indeterminacy and the quest for meaning in his poems, his representations This class studies examples of ethical criticism of fiction from the 19th and
of women, and the assimilation of contemporary discourses of love in his 20th centuries along with novels which test or exemplify various
work are among the topics to be examined. theoretical or philosophical paradigms. Theorists include E.S. Dallas, G.H.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Tetreault Lewes, George Eliot, Mathew Arnold, Henry James, F.R. Leavis, Wayne
FORMAT: Seminar Booth, Martha Nussbaum, Cora Diamond, J. Hillis Miller, David Parker
and Tobin Siebers; novelists include Jane Austen, Charles Dickens, George
ENGL 5422.03: Shelley. Eliot, Henry James, Joseph Conrad and Mark Twain.
Shelley’s journey through epic to drama will be the focus of this seminar. INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Maitzen
Tensions between skepticism and vision, his representations of women, FORMAT: Seminar
and the radical social critique evolving in his poetry are among the topics
to be examined. ENGL 5465.03: Victorian Women Writers.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Tetreault This class looks at fiction, poetry, and non-fiction prose by 19th-century
FORMAT: Seminar women writers including Charlotte Brontë, George Eliot, Elizabeth Barrett
Browning, Elizabeth Gaskell, and Harriet Martineau, considering their
ENGL 5423.03: Race, Religion, Gender and Nation in works both as part of the vigorous intellectual environment of Victorian
Nineteenth-Century Literature. Britain and as part of a burgeoning tradition of women’s writing.
This study of selected generically mixed British and American nineteenth- INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Maitzen
century texts investigates the intersections of race, religion, gender and FORMAT: Seminar
nation. The class gives particular attention to historical connections linking
the anti-slavery movement in the United States with British working class ENGL 5518.03: Catholicism and Modern Literature.
activism, the Italian liberation movement, and nineteenth-century This class examines the relationship between Catholicism (Anglo- and
Zionism. Roman) and literature, beginning with the Oxford Movement (1833-45).
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Stone Texts studied include spiritual autobiographies, novels, and lyric poetry,
FORMAT: Seminar by authors such as John Henry Newman, Gerard Manley Hopkins, James
Joyce, Graham Greene, Thomas Merton, and Mary Gordon.
ENGL 5426.03: The Ethics of Victorian Fiction. INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Perkin
This course examines the Victorian debates about the morality of fiction, FORMAT: Seminar
about the ethical and philosophical implications of particular narrative
choices, and about the social and moral role (real and ideal) of the novel. ENGL 5545.03: George Orwell and the Politics of the
Readings include selected Victorian novels along with 19th and 20th - Plain Style.
century theoretical writings on ethics and fiction. This class examines a wide selection from Orwell’s documentaries and
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Maitzen other non-fiction, as well as his six novels in addition to the significant
FORMAT: Seminar predecessors to Nineteen Eighty-Four - Yevgeny Zamyatin’s We and Aldous
Huxley’s Brave New World. We will also evaluate claims recommending
and criticizing plainness of literary style.
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Stewart
FORMAT: Seminar
132 English
ENGL 5562.03: Telling the Truth in America: Franklin ENGL 5660.03: The New Canadian Literature Canon.
to Faulkner. This class will examine texts from the new Canadian literary canon that
This course will examine the importance of the concept of truth in has come into existence over the past twenty-five years through a
American literature and culture, and how it is reflected in the writings of a combination of views and values inherent in academic and popular critical
number of writers and thinkers from the Puritans to the twentieth century. commentary and late twentieth-century perceptions of cultural capital.
Special attention will be given to the works of William Faulkner. INSTRUCTOR(S): J. A. Wainwright
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Evans FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5670.03: Canadian Editions.
ENGL 5614.03: Leonard Cohen: The Siren Song of This course will examine ways in which editors of literary texts by English
Literature. and Native Canadian authors contribute to the construction and
interpretation of these texts, mediate translations from oral performance to
A consideration of Leonard Cohen's poems, songs, and novels and their
print, facilitate reconstructions of "corrupted" texts and recoveries of "lost"
relationship to the development of Canadian identity and cultural
texts, and chronicle material histories of textual production.
mythologies.
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Irvine
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. A. Wainwright
FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Seminar
PREREQUISITE: Admission to Graduate English Programms ENGL 5675.03: Editing Canadian Modernism.
ENGL 5620X/Y.06: Modern Canadian Fiction. Beginning with the McGill Movement in the 1920s, this course will follow
the activities of poets and editors of modernist little magazines in Canada
A consideration of canonical and non-canonical works from the 1920s
through the mid-1950s.
through the 1990s.
FORMAT: Seminar
PREREQUISITE: Admission to Graduate English (MA or PhD) program
consecutively.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J.A. Wainwright ENGL 5680.03: Writing in Canadian: Globalization and
FORMAT: Seminar
Contemporary Canadian Literature.
ENGL 5621.03: The Canadian Canon Revisited. Beginning with an introduction to debates about globalization and literary
A consideration of the emergence, value, and contemporary relevance of studies, this class explores the tension between the local and the global in
the standard canon of fiction in modern Canadian literature. Particular contemporary Canadian literature. In an attempt to understand the
attention is given to the shifting relationship between ethics and aesthetics relationship between cultural identity, nationalism, and literature in
in regard to issues of race, gender and class. Canada, we also consider the popular scholarly reception of books on our
INSTRUCTOR(S): J.A. Wainwright reading list.
FORMAT: Seminar INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Dawson
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5625.03: Studies in Modern Canadian Poetry.
This class studies a selection, which varies from time to time, of major ENGL 5700.03: South African Literature in a Century
figures in Canadian poetry, from the beginning of the twentieth century to of Struggle.
the present day. A mixture of theoretical approaches is encouraged. At the center of all South African anti-apartheid writing, from the
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff manifesto to the poem, is the following question: what is the relationship
FORMAT: Seminar between writing and fighting? This class will explore the ways in which
ethical and political relations have been imagined, revised, and
ENGL 5628X/Y.06: Modern Canadian Literature: represented in twentieth-century South Africa.
Rewriting History. INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Brittan
An examination of the rewriting of history and the relationship between FORMAT: Seminar
creative expression and social and political realities in works by Native-
Canadians and members of other racial minorities. ENGL 5805.03: Walt Whitman and Emily Dickinson.
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in A close study of the works and lives of two great American poets of the
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed nineteenth century.
consecutively. INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Greenfield
INSTRUCTOR(S): J.A. Wainwright FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5811.03: American Lives.
ENGL 5645.03: Intercultural Issues in Canadian Drawing on a wide range of experiences and texts from the eighteenth and
Literature. nineteenth centuries, this class is an exploration of possible lives, of the
give and take between literary imagination and the other determining
This class will consider works by several Canadian writers who, through
forces of life.
their focus on questions of race, ethnicity, and gender have reinscribed the
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Greenfield
Canadian cultural landscape and so redefined the politics of cultural
FORMAT: Seminar
experience in Canada.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J.A. Wainwright ENGL 5812.03: Ideas of the Western.
FORMAT: Seminar This course will deal with representations of the American West in fiction
ENGL 5650.03: Nations Within: The Politics and and film, exploring the various cultural, social, and political functions that
those representations have served.
Poetics of Native American Literature. INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Evans
Literature by First Nations writers poses a challenge to the ideas of nation FORMAT: Seminar
and national literature. The study of Native Literature asks us to consider PREREQUISITE: Admission to Graduate (MA or PhD) program
seriously the politics of literary representation and the way this politics is
conditioned by literary reception.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Hulan
FORMAT: Seminar
English 133
ENGL 5813.03: Literature of the American Prison. ENGL 5840X/Y.06: Literary Talk: How Modernism was
This course will examine literary depictions of the prison in the US, paying Invented.
particular attention to writings by prisoners. The course will also survey This class discusses the variety of forms and strategies that were used to
the modern prison's larger relations to literature, from the eighteenth invent Anglo-American Modernism as a recognizable moment in literary
century and sensationalist literature through to the current period of mass history; that is, as a literary period, with its own techniques, central and
imprisonment and contemporary political autobiography. marginal authors, paradigmatic stories, and boundaries.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Haslam NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
PREREQUISITE: Admission to Graduate English (MA or PhD) program consecutively.
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Diepeveen
ENGL 5814.03: The Afterlife of Henry James. FORMAT: Seminar
This course approaches the fiction of Henry James by way of its reception
– history. A representative of James’s fiction will be studied, along with ENGL 5845.03: Forms of Modern Literary Production.
criticism of that fiction, biographies of James, film adaptations, and novels This class examines the context in which the texts of modernism were
about James or responding to works by him. produced. It considers the roles of little magazines, anthologies,
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Perkin manifestos, and the rise of literary criticism as a profession.
FORMAT: Seminar INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Diepeveen
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5815X/Y.06/5817.03: American Travel/American
Literature. ENGL 5850.03: Aesthetic Scandals of the Twentieth
This class explores the connections between the rich archive of travel Century.
reportage from the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and American This course is based on some major aesthetic scandals of the twentieth
works of fiction and poetry during the same period. An hypothesis of the century- literary, visual, and acoustic. The seminar will explore such
class is that travel genres exerted a profound influence on the American things as recurrent patterns of behavior in scandals, formalism as a
literary imagination of the nineteenth century. technique for dissipating scandal, and the relation of scandal to canon
NOTE: Students taking ENGL 5815 must register in both X and Y in formation and cultural capital.
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Diepeveen
consecutively. FORMAT: Seminar
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Greenfield
FORMAT: Seminar ENGL 5875.03: Twentieth-Century African-American
ENGL 5828.03: Ralph Ellison’s America. Intellectual Debate.
This class offers a selection of the diversity of voices emanating from that
This half-year class will consider the vision of America that emerges from
American ethno-cultural field still called "the black community." What is
the work of Ralph Ellison. Perhaps more specifically, the class juxtaposes
at stake in such a term at a time when the diversity of opinion among
Ellison's vision with the national image which has taken on the status of an
African-Americans is public and vast? Why is the label of "conservatism"
originary myth. We will read Invisible Man and a selection of Ellison's
seen as an accusation among many African-American thinkers? Do
essays, as well as texts which will help contextualize Ellison's ongoing
concerns with group solidarity overmatch, interfere with, or aid
discussion of the place of African Americans in the larger social and
advancement of the group as a whole? The writings considered will
political landscape of the United States.
provoke students to pose their own speculations on the issues raised.
FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5829.03: Turning a Lens Into a Mirror: The ENGL 5911.03: Between Literature and Philosophy.
Sterotype in Ellison and Everett. In this class we will consider the relations between philosophy and
The stereotype can be a damaging trope, used to belittle, patronize, or literature through the lens of several texts that seem to cross their
praise. Stereotypes tend to be used against others in order to exert power respective discursive boundaries. In the words of philosopher Philippe
over those others, whether the stereotype is "positive" or "negative." This Lacoue-Labarthe, philosophy has been defining itself against literature,
class will examine how two novelists critique notions of stereotype. insisting that it conveys truths that are absolute in nature and thus
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Stewart independent of its written medium. The theoretical texts we will read in
FORMAT: Seminar the course, by authors such as Platto, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Blanchot, de
Man, Derrida, Cixous and Irrigaray, however, explore the texture of
ENGL 5830.03: Reading American Modernism. language and reveal philosophy's dependence on literary devices. On the
This class looks at the initial reception of some central works of High other hand, we will examine the texts that belong to the domain of
Modernism as well as works that have been considered to be at its fringes. literature yet engage in a philosophical reflection, such as Kafka’s
In doing so, it considers questions of how the canon was formed. parables, poetry by Waldrop and Celan, and novels by Michel Tournier
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Diepeveen and Jeanette Winterson.
FORMAT: Seminar INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Glowacka
ENGL 5835.03: Finding a Center: Making Literary FORMAT: Seminar
PREREQUISITE: Admission to raduate English (MA or PhD) program
History in Contemporary American Poetry.
Selecting from a wide range of poetic practices, this class considers the ENGL 5917.03: Critical Theory: The Ethical Turn.
work of five or six contemporary poets. It does so in order to explore the Under fire for a lack of commitment in the 1980s, critical theory
contesting aesthetic principles critics and poets are currently using to (postmodernism, post structuralism, and deconstruction) takes an ‘ethical
construct versions of contemporary poetic history. turn’ in 1990s to explore issues of social and political justice and to
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Diepeveen interrogate notions of identity, politics, and the social construction of
FORMAT: Seminar gender. This class attempts to study some of these innovative critical
interventions and to re-enact them in the classroom.
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Glowacka, A. Brittan
FORMAT: Seminar
134 English
ENGL 5926.03: Travelling East. ENGL 5996.03: Canadian Multicultural Fictions:
This course will focus on travel writing about the Orient. We will consider Ethnicity, Race and Reading.
such things as the historical nuances of orientalism, the “Eastern” Drawing on a wide range of theoretical writing about identity formation,
question, the gender of the writer, the representation of the harem, the ethnicity, race, diaspora, and migration, this course aims to develop a
politics of the (un)veiling of women, and the genre of travel writing. nuanced understanding of multiculturalism as it is represented by a
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Heffernan number of contemporary Canadian writers whose narratives explore its
FORMAT: Seminar pleasures and discontents.
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Dawson
ENGL 5928X/Y.06: Literary Couples and FORMAT: Seminar
Collaborators.
This team-taught class questions paradigms of the “solitary genius” by ENGL 8000.00: English MA Thesis Prospectus.
approaching the works of literary couples and collaborators in conjunction This registers the students' involvement during the winter term of their
with one another. It considers the dynamics of interpersonal and academic year-in-residence in developing the thesis prospectus for the
intertextual relationships; the differing trajectories of the “family MA and then in reading towards the thesis.
romance”; mutual differences and difficulties with the muse; mentoring FORMAT: Directed Research
versus “mothering” a partner’s creativity; anxieties of authorship and of
mutual influence; sexual/textual tensions; playing the role of an implied, ENGL 9000.00: MA Thesis.
ideal or actual reader/listener; and revising or editing a partner’s works as
a form of co-authorship and/or co-option. ENGL 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
consecutively.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Thompson, M. Stone
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5935.03: Canonicity.

This class is intended as an experiment in “teaching the conflicts” that are
currently vexing the profession of English literature about the nature of
literary value and the “canon”. Readings for the class will include “classic”
statements on value by Hume, Johnson, and Arnold, and more recent
position papers on the theory of canonicity by such critics as Harold
Bloom, Frank Kermode, Pierre Bourdieu, and others. Among the questions
that may be addressed are the following: is aesthetic value enduring or
relative to specific social formations? What do we mean when we say a
work is good or a classic? Is there a test of time and should we abide by it?
Is value something that inheres in a text or something assigned to it? How
are literary canons formed and for what purpose? What is the relation
between the canon and the curriculum?
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Ross
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5940X/Y.06: , 5941.03: Queer Theory.

An examination of recent developments in lesbian and gay cultural
criticism. Topics to be covered may include identity politics, camp,
psychoanalytic theories of identification, pornography, and the
representations of AIDS.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Bruhm
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5945.03: Representations of Slavery: Race,

Writing and Gender.
This class focuses on narratives of and about slavery written over three
centuries in a range of genres on both sides of the Atlantic. The selection of
texts is designed to foreground the syncretic hybridity of cultural
traditions and to problematize binary oppositions between black and
white, and female and male authors, between history and literature, and
between traditional and postmodern works.
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Stone
FORMAT: Seminar
ENGL 5950.03: Literary Labours.

This seminar will address English-language working-class literature and
culture in early twentieth-century North America. Readings will include
the stories and histories of literary labour- not only of those who define
themselves as members of the working class but also of those who work
alongside them as poets, songwriters, journalists, dramatists, activists,
essayists, short-story writers, and novelists.
FORMAT: Seminar
English 135
problems related to sustainable utilization of natural resources and
protection of the environment.
Master of Engineering (MEng.) and Master of Applied Science (M.A.Sc.)
degree programs are available for students interested in obtaining a
graduate degree in Environmental Engineering. It is also possible to
pursue a Ph.D. degree in engineering related to the environment. Within
Environmental Engineering these degree programs, students have a wide choice of classes and
research topics to meet their particular interests and needs. A wide
selection of graduate level courses in the areas of energy and environment,
Location: Faculty of Engineering soil and water quality management, waste management and remediation,
Graduate Studies and Research pollution control and environmental assessment studies are available in
Dalhousie University, Sexton Campus the Faculty of Engineering and other faculties offering graduate studies at
P.O. Box 1000 Dalhousie University.
Halifax, NS B3J 2X4
Telephone: (902) 494-1288 Graduate students can also conduct field research studies on soil erosion,
Email: gsr@dal.ca bio-chemical transport phenomena, engineered wetlands, bio-waste
Website: http://www.registrar.dal.ca/calendar/gr/ENVE.htm composting and bioremediation at the Bio-Environmental Engineering
Centre jointly administered by the Faculty of Engineering and the Nova
Director Scotia Agricultural College and located in Truro, Nova Scotia.
Hill, J., BSc, MSc, PhD, environmental geology, acid rock management
Facilities
Faculty Several modern, well-instrumented specialized laboratories in
Al Taweel, A.M., BSc, MSc, PhD, PEng., multi-phase processing, pollution environmental engineering are housed in participating departments in the
prevention Faculty of Engineering. These specialized research laboratories include:
Ben Abdallah, N., BSc, MASc, PhD, PEng, PAg., solar energy, thermal biochemical analysis, water quality, waste treatment, soil erosion,
energy storage, environmental control & air quality environmental measurements and hydraulics.
Coté, R., BSc, MSc, industrial ecology, management of chemical hazards
and wastes Graduate students also have access to excellent research facilities in the
Duinker, P., BSAgr, MES, PhD, environmental impact assessment, climate Bio-Environmental Engineering Centre (BEEC), the Centre for Water
change and forests Resource Studies (CWRS) and the Canadian Residential Energy End-use
Fels, M., BEng, Meng, PhD, PEng, air pollution control, energy storage Data and Analysis Centre (CREEDAC).
Flint, I., BSc, BASc, MASc, PhD, soil remediation, hydrocarbon separation, Graduate students have the technical support of highly-qualified and
heavy metal removal experienced research support technicians and technologists in bio-
Gagnon, G.A., BScE, PhD, PEng, water quality, waste treatment chemical analysis, measurement and control systems, and design and
Ghaly, A. E., BSc, MSc, PhD, PEng., waste management and utilization, manufacture of specialized research equipment.
bioremediation, biomass energy, environmental biotechnology
Gordon, R.J., BSc, MSc, PhD, bio-waste management, constructed
wetlands systems, climate change II. Degrees
Hansen, D., BScE,MScE, PhD, PEng, hydrology, hydrogeology
Hart, W.C., BSc, MA, PhD, environmental assessment, biogeochemistry, Master of Applied Science (MASc)
watershed management Refer to the Engineering section in this calendar for admissions
Hughes, F.L., BSc, MSc, PhD, climate change policy, sustainable requirements, academic regulations, program duration and other relevant
transportation, renewable energy information.
Islam, R., DipIng, MSc, PhD, environmental impact of oil and gas
production, greenhouse gas mitigation Master of Engineering (MEng)
Jamieson, R., BEng, MASc, PhD, watersheds, contaminant transport, Refer to the Engineering section in this calendar for admissions
ecological engineering requirements, academic regulations, program duration and other relevant
Lake, C., BEng, PhD, geotechnical and geoenvironmental engineering information.
Little, T., BScEng, MEng, PhD, wind energy, electric energy storage
systems
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Liu, L., BSc, MScE, PhD, pollution control, assessment, geoenvironmental The Ph.D. in Engineering with specialization in Environmental
engineering Engineering is offered by several Engineering Departments. Consult the
Madani, S.A., BSc, MSc, PhD, soil and water conservation, water quality Engineering section or the specific engineering department in this
Pelot, R., BSc, MSc, PhD, risk analysis, operations research calendar.
Rockwell, M., BEng, MEng, PhD, PEng, mine waste management
Satish, M.G., BSc, BECivEng, MEng, PhD, PEng, water quality modeling, III. Application Forms and Procedure
groundwater transport Application forms may be obtained from (a) the Office of the Registrar, (b)
Stratton, G.W., BSc, MSc, PhD, environmental microbiology, the Office of Graduate Studies and Research, Faculty of Engineering,
biodegradation of environmental toxicants, industrial wastes and Dalhousie University, Halifax, Nova Scotia B3J 2X4 or (c) through the
pesticides University’s website on the internet.
VanderZwaag, D., BA, MDiv, JD, LLM, PhD, environmental law
Walsh, M., BEng, MEng, PhD, water treatment, membrane processes, Application forms, transcripts, two letters of reference and a statement on
water reuse, chemical conditioning area of research interest should be sent to the Faculty of Engineering,
Watts, K.C., BSA, MSc, PhD, biodiesel, alternative energy. Office of Graduate Studies and Research.
I. Introduction IV. Courses Offered

This program is comprised of faculty from different departments in the
Faculty of Engineering who have research interests in the ENVE 6000.03: Directed Studies in Environmental
multidisciplinary field of environmental engineering. Graduate education Engineering.
in environmental engineering builds upon a strong foundation in science This class is available to graduate students enrolled in a Masters program
and engineering principles which are applied to the solution of important in Environmental Engineering wishing to gain knowledge in a specific
136 Environmental Engineering

area for which no graduate class is offered. Students are assigned an
advisor and are required to produce a formal report at the end of the class.
FORMAT: Self-study and directed research
ENVE 6800.03: Graduate Seminar in Environmental

Engineering I.
All graduate students in Environmental Engineering are required to
present their research findings in a 30 minute oral presentation and Environmental Studies
written report.
Location: Kenneth C. Rowe Management Bldg
ENVE 9000.00: Master of Engineering Project. 6100 University Ave, Suite 5010
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5
ENVE 9001.00: Master of Applied Science Thesis. Telephone: (902) 494-3632
Fax: (902) 494-3728
Website: http://sres.management.dal.ca
For Further Information Contact
Graduate Admissions Resource and Environmental Studies
Environmental Engineering Program
Dalhousie University, Sexton Campus Director of School
P.O. Box 1000 Beazley, K.F. BLA (Guelph), MA (Waterloo), PhD (Dal)
Halifax, NS B3J 2X4
Canada Academic Program Coordinator (changes annually)
Telephone: (902)494-1288 Tyedmers, P.H., BSc (Hons) (Waterloo), LLB, PhD (UBC)
Fax: (902)494-3149
Email: gsr@dal.ca
Professors
Web: http://www.dal.ca/~engiwww/ Cohen, F., BA, MEd (Harvard), PhD (Minn). Native people & natural
resources; fisheries co-management; indigenous people’s rights.
Côté, R.P., BSc (Loyola), MSc (Memorial). Industrial ecology; marine
environmental protection strategies; management of chemical hazards
& wastes; environmental policy
Duinker, P., BScAgr (Guelph), MES (Dal), PhD (UNB). Forest management
and policy, environmental impact assessment, sustainable
development, sustainability indicators, public participation and
conflict resolution, forest biodiversity assessment, wildlife habitat
analysis, climate change and forests, public opinions on environment
and natural resources
Willison, J.H.M., PhD (Nottingham), joint appointment with Biology.
Nature conservation policy and practice; marine biodiversity, deep sea
corals, protected areas and community involvement.
Beazley, K.F., BLA (Guelph), MA (Waterloo), PhD (Dal), Biodiversity
conservation; protected area system design; ecosystem and protected
area management; focal species; landscape ecology and conservation
biology; environmental ethics.
Tyedmers, P. H., BSc (hons) (Waterloo), LLB, PhD (UBC), Academic
Program Coordinator. Ecological economics, biophysical accounting,
sustainable development, fisheries and aquaculture.
Assistant Professor
Bush, P., BA (Hons) (Laurentian), MScF (Lakehead), PhD (U Western
Ontario), GIS, remote sensing, GPS; wildlife habitat, landscape ecology,
bird conservation, old-growth forests, green mapping.
Cross-Appointed Professors
Adl, S., BSc, MSc, PhD (UBC), major appointment in Biology. Biology of
microorganisms; ecology of decomposition; soil and sediment nutrient
cycling; comparative cell biology.
Apostle, R., BA (SFU), MA, PhD (Calif, Berkeley), major appointment in
Sociology and Social Anthropology. Fisheries social science;
comparative analysis of small-scale fisheries.
Cross, M.L., AA (Dawson College), BA (Montana), MA (SFU), PhD (Texas
A&M), major appointment in Economics. Economics of fisheries
management; history of economic thought.
Doyle-Bedwell, P., BA , LLB (Dal). Aboriginal women and justice,
environmental issues and aboriginal interests in land, mi’kmaq people
and health.
Gagnon, G., BScE (Guelph), PhD (Waterloo), PEng, major appointment in
Civil Engineering.
Glazebrook, P., BA (Alberta), MA, PhD (Toronto), major appointment in
Philosophy. Ethics, environmental philosophy, philosophy of science,
Environmental Studies 137

Heidegger. (http:www.dal.ca/~philwww/hmpage/faculty/ The School is the centre for environmental scholarship and research at
glazebrook.htm). Dalhousie. It is a leading institution in environmental management and
Hughes, L.K., BSc (Carleton), MSc, PhD (Newcastle upon Tyne), major capacity building in Canada and abroad.
appointment in Electrical and Computer Engineering. Greenhouse gas
studies; Halifax transportation; and sustainable energy systems. (http:/ At the core of the School is an interdisciplinary teaching and research
/www.dal.ca/~lhughes2). program emphasizing rigorous inquiry and ethical practice as the
VanderZwaag, D., BA (Calvin), MDiv (Princeton), JD (Arkansas), LLM foundation of responsible environmental and resource management.
(Dal), major appointment in Law. Environmental law reform, Canadian Efforts are devoted to addressing causes rather than symptoms and
ocean law and policy, Arctic marine transportation. learning to predict change. The School offers two Master’s programs. One
Wright, T.S., Bach. Environmental Studies (Waterloo), MES (Dal), PhD is a 2-year Master of Environmental Studies (MES) degree which includes
(Alberta), major appointment in Faculty of Science Undergraduate class work and a thesis. The other is a 16-month Master of Resource and
Environmental Programs. Environmental sustainability in higher Environmental Management (MREM) degree involving class work and an
education; indicators of environmental sustainability; institutional internship practicum.
environmental change; environmental education (particularly applying In addition to working partnerships within the Faculty of Management,
experiential and transformative learning theories). SRES contributes to many other programs and institutes on the Dalhousie
campus. The School also collaborates with other institutions such as the
Adjunct Professors Nova Scotia Agricultural College. The School, through its many teaching,
Bissix, G., BSc, MSc (Univ. Oregon), PhD (Univ. of London, England), research and community service initiatives, strengthens the University’s
Acadia University capacity in resource and environmental studies.
Boxall, J., BA, BEd (SMU), MA (Dal), Dalhousie University Libraries.
Brazner, J., BSc (Wisconsin), MS (Syracuse), PhD (Wisconsin)
Charles, A.T., BSc (Carleton), PhD (UBC), Saint Mary's University I. Admission Requirements
Colville, D., BSc (Acadia), MES (Dal), Centre for Geographic Sciences As established by the Faculty of Graduate Studies, the entrance
(COGS) requirement for both degrees is an Honours Bachelor Degree or the
Duerden, C., BSc, PhD (Dal), Duerden & Keane Consultants Inc. equivalent of honours with at least a B average (3.0 GPA) from a
Gordon, R.J., BSc, MSc (McGill), PhD (Guelph), Nova Scotia Agricultural university recognised by the Senate of Dalhousie University. A four-year
College Baccalaureate degree may be considered as the equivalent of honours if
Hanson, A., BSc (Mount Allison University), MSc, PhD (Western Ontario), there is significant evidence of independent research capacity.
Canadian Wildlife Services - Atlantic Region
Harper, K., BA (Middlebury College), MSc, PhD (Alberta), Environmental Deadline for completed applications is February 1.
Programs, Faculty of Science, Dalhousie Univ.
Herman, T., MSc, PhD (Alta), Acadia University II. Program Duration
Hermanutz, L., PhD (Western Ontario), Memorial University The MES is designed as a two-year degree, which includes class work and
Hildebrand, L., BSc, Marine Biology (Honours), MES, (Dal), PhD a thesis. This means that a student is expected to finish within 24 months,
(Candidate) (University of Wales). Environment Canada and must pay full fees for two years. If thesis work extends beyond the
Keane, S., BSc (StFX), MEng (Western Ontario), Duerden & Keane end of the second year, the student can register as a “continuing or thesis-
Consultants Inc. only student” for which lower fees are assessed. A student admitted to a
Kostylev, V., MSc (Odessa University-Ukraine), PhD (Gothenburg two-year, full-time program must complete the program within five years.
University-Sweden), Natural Resources Canada In exceptional circumstances, the School can request an extension to that
Labor, P., BSc (Lakehead), MA (Trent), Nova Scotia Department of time.
Environment and Labour.
Laroque, C., BSc (Saskatchewan), MSc, PhD (Victoria), Mount Allison The MREM is designed as a 16-month program, which includes class work
University and an internship or project undertaken over a four-month period in the
Moore, C., BSc (Guelph), MSc (Concordia), Intrinsik Environmental third or summer semester. The MREM is designed for those seeking a
Sciences Inc. professional career or who are already in the workforce and are looking to
Newkirk, G.E., BSc (Rutgers), PhD (Duke) upgrade their skills and credentials.
Rudd, M., BSc (UBC), MSc (UBC), PhD (Wageningen University), Sir
Wilfred Grenfell College, Memorial University A. The Master of Environmental Studies (MES)
Starzomski, B., BSc (St. FX), MSc (Acadia), PhD (UBC), Post-doc SRES, For most students, the minimum program will occupy two calendar years
Dalhousie University (24 months). The minimum requirement is eight (8) half-credits and a
Vasseur, L., BSc (Sherbrooke), MSc (Quebec), PhD (Queen’s), Laurentian thesis.
University
Vigerstad, T., MSc, PhD (Rhode Island), Environmental Solutions, The program is designed to broaden a student's perspective on natural
Cunningham Lindsey resource and environmental issues while strengthening their research
Walters, B.B., BSc (UBC), MES (Dal), PhD (Rutgers), Mount Allison capabilities. Class work beyond the minimum load may be suggested in
University consultation with faculty advisor/supervisor.
Warner, A., BSc (Brown’s), MA (Dal), BEd, PhD (Dal), Acadia University The eight half credits are made up as follows:
Wells, P.G., BSc (McGill), MSc (Toronto), PhD (Guelph)
Wood, K.S., BA, MA (Oregon) Class Requirements:
Yiridoe, E., BSc (Univ Science & Tech Ghana), MSc, PhD (Guelph), Nova • MGMT 5000.03: Management without Borders - a seminar class taken
Scotia Agricultural College during the first year of study
• ENVI 5035.03/5007.03: Research Methods I and II taken in the first year
Research Associates of study
Barchard, W., BSc, MSc (Guelph), Environment Canada • ENVI 5009.06: The Graduate Seminar - all MES students are expected to
Beach, H., BA (hons) (Simon Fraser), MSc (McGill), Parks Canada attend and participate, although only students in the second year of
Chute, J., BA (Dal), MA (MUN), MA (Toronto), PhD (McMaster) their MES program are required to enroll.
Lickers, H., BSc (Trent), Mohawk Council of Akwesasne • Thesis
MacMillan, J., BSc (PEI), MSc (Acadia), Nova Scotia Department of
Agriculture and Fisheries.
138 Environmental Studies

Elective Classes: C. Master of Resource and Environmental Studies/
Students can select a minimum of three electives in consultation with Master of Library and Information Studies (MREM/
faculty advisor/supervisor. Several elective classes at the School are likely
to be offered only every second year. Students are encouraged to consult MLIS)
with faculty on class availability. Classes that may be of particular interest This program leading to the combined degrees Master of Resource and
are: Environmental Studies and Master of Library and Information Studies is
• ENVI 5001.03: Environmental Assessment pending approval. For further information contact the MREM Program
• ENVI 5002.03: Joint Project Coordinator and/or the MLIS Graduate Coordinator. Once approved,
• ENVI 5031.03: Environmental/Ecological Economics further information will be found on the School for Resource and
• ENVI 5039.03: Indigenous Peoples and Natural Resource Management Environmental Studies website and the School of Information
• ENVI 5041.03: Environmental Education Management website.
• ENVI 5047.03: Protected Areas Management
• ENVI 5205.03: Resource and Environmental Law III. Classes Offered
• ENVI 5480.03: Environmental Ethics
All classes except ENVI 5002.03, ENVI 5003.03, ENVI 5007.03, ENVI
B. Master of Resource and Environmental 5009.03, ENVI 5035.03, ENVI 5501.03, ENVI 5508.03 and ENVI 9000.00 are
open to students in other programs by permission of the instructor. Please
Management (MREM) note that not all classes are offered each year; class content may also vary
In September 2004, a new degree was launched that involves intensive from year to year. Please consult the department.
coursework and an applied internship during a 16-month period. The
Master of Resource and Environmental Management (MREM) will ENVI 5001.03: Environmental Assessment.
graduate highly skilled professionals with the problem-solving tools and Students explore all aspects of environmental assessment (EA), with a
scientific (social and biophysical) understanding to create innovative focus on EA processes in Canada. The class examines professional practice
solutions to resource and environmental issues. in scientific, procedural and political dimensions. Current cases are
studied opportunistically. Students learn the materials through case
The program's goal is to produce graduates who can confidently and studies, seminars, group projects and research papers.
independently address both the biophysical and sociopolitical dimensions INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Duinker
of resource and environmental problems. The MREM degree is an
advanced “professional” degree aimed at management and practical ENVI 5002.03: Environmental Studies Joint Project.
problem-solving. In this class, students work together as an interdisciplinary team on a
The program design can take much inspiration from the characterization project which the group selects and carries out in consultation with the
of sustainable development of natural resources and environment class instructor. Some of the projects undertaken by student teams are as
provided by Kai Lee in his 1993 book entitled “Compass and Gyroscope: follows:
Integrating Science and Politics for the Environment.” He argued that the Visitor Use of Long Lake Provincial Park (2001)
“compass” for sustainable development is appropriately provided by the Pollution and Coastal Zone Management: A Case Study of Shellfish Bed
science of adaptive management, and the “gyroscope” by the politics of Closures in St. Margaret’s Bay, NS (2003)
principled and bounded negotiations. Coffee Karma: An Experience in Global Trade, Fair Trade and Coffee
(2004)
The MREM is designed as a 16-month program involving three class-work Eating for a Better World (2004)
and one internship terms. The internship will be undertaken during the Renewable Energy Promotion in Atlantic Canada (2005)
summer months. The minimum class requirement is 13 half credits.THIS
INCLUDES THE INTERNSHIP. ENVI 5003.03: Emerging Issues in Sustainability.
The elements of the MREM Program are: A diversity of emerging ethical, ecological and social-economic issues
related to global sustainability are critically analyzed through a mix of
Term One lectures, seminars and discussions. Issues include challenges around
Required classes: equity, earth's carrying capacity, climate change, energy sources,
• MGMT 5000.03: Management without Borders corporate responsibility, biodiversity losses, population growth,
• ENVI 5504.03: Management of Resources and the Environment consumption and food security, and renewable natural resources.
• ENVI 5507.03: Environmental Informatics INSTRUCTOR(S): Willison, M.
Plus one elective from a cognate discipline. FORMAT: Lecture, seminar and discussion
RESTRICTION: Graduate student
Term Two
Required classes: ENVI 5007.03: Research Methods II.
• ENVI 5505.03: Biophysical Dimensions of Resource and Environmental Before MES students embark on their thesis research, they need to gain
Management greater depth and breadth in interdisciplinary research concepts and the
• ENVI 5500.03: Sociopolitical Dimensions of Resource and variety of considerations in research design. While Research Methods I
Environmental Management provides the conceptual foundation of the research enterprise and the
• ENVI 5205.03: Law/Policy for Resource and Environmental development of the thesis topic, Research Methods II provides instruction
Management on research design and practical guidance on tools and techniques
Plus one elective from a cognate discipline. appropriate for specific MES thesis topics. The goal of the class is to assist
each student to develop a full thesis proposal for presentation and
Term Three discussion by the end of the term.
• ENVI 5501.03: Resource and Environmental Management Internship INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Cohen
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Willison
Term Four
Required classes:
ENVI 5009X/Y.06: Graduate Seminar.
• ENVI 5508.03: MREM Project Report Through student delivered seminars, this course will assist graduate
Plus three electives from cognate disciplines. students work through difficult theoretical or methodological challenges
related to their research and help them hone skills as presenters and
At least one elective of the five must be taken from classes offered in the discussants. Along the way, students will be exposed to emerging issues
Schools of Public Administration, Business Administration, Information and findings across a range of contemporary areas of enquiry.
Management, or from the Marine Affairs Program.

NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in COURSE OBJECTIVES
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed • * to assist students in developing a firm grasp of the underlying
consecutively. concepts and principles of research enterprise in science (both social
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Tyedmers and biophysical);
• * to provide a broad overview of key methodological frameworks and
ENVI 5010.03: Introduction to Environmental and approaches useful in resource and environmental studies;
Occupational Health. • * to encourage critical thinking to discern quality in research reports
This class will introduce students to many of the principles and concepts and proposals; * to develop skills in preparing high-quality research
underlying environmental and occupational health, focusing on human proposals.
health. It will review the nature of a variety of agents, including chemical, Please note that this course will not be discussing in depth specific
physical, biological, ergonomic and radiation hazards, how these agents methodological tools used by researchers in the field of resource and
are dispersed and transformed in the environment, the pathways of environmental studies; these will be the focus of Research Methods II in
human exposure to these agents, and characterization of the health effects the Winter Term.
resulting from exposure. It will present methods for evaluating and INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Cohen
controlling hazards, including occupational hygiene evaluation
techniques and risk assessment models used in environmental settings. A ENVI 5039.03: Indigenous Peoples and Natural
number of case studies will be covered in detail, including indoor air Resource Issues.
quality, heavy metals exposure, and organic dust in workplace This class explores issues concerning indigenous peoples (often called
environments. Special topics will include risk communication and health Aboriginal Peoples in Canada) and natural resources, within a broad
promotion in the workplace. The class will conclude with a summary of environmental context. In developing an understanding of indigenous
legislative initiatives and standards which have been implemented to peoples and natural resources, history, ecology, anthropology, law,
protect human health and an evaluation of their effectiveness. mainstream and aboriginal perspectives must be included. We will review
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Guernsey some key Canadian legal cases effecting land use, resource access and
CROSS-LISTING: CH&E 6001.03 management and environmental protection, as well as recent
developments in other regions and in the international context. Diverse
ENVI 5021.03: Fisheries Management. topics will be presented in readings, discussions and by guest speakers.
This interdisciplinary course focuses on the theory and practice of fishery INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Cohen
management, with emphasis on Sustainable Fishery Systems. It will
address the structure and dynamics of fisheries, and key themes in ENVI 5041.03: Environmental Education.
managing fisheries for sustainability and resilience, through class This class provides a broad examination of the conceptual bases of
seminars and discussion, as well as attendance at related fisheries and learning and understanding the environment. It will consider current
coastal events. educational efforts to promote values, attitudes, and behaviors protective
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Charles of environmental integrity. Topics covered will include environmental
CROSS-LISTING: MARA 5021.03 education in formal school programs, experiential environmental
education, environmental literacy initiatives, continuing professional
ENVI 5031.03: Economics for Resource and education, and the role of the media in environmental education.
Environmental Management. INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Cohen
This class is designed as a one term introduction to economics for
graduate students who do not have any or limited undergraduate ENVI 5047.03: Biodiversity Conservation System
economics training. The class is made up of three parts which operate Design and Management (Protected Areas
parallel to one another through the term. The first part provides a brief but Management).
intense guided tour of economics. This forms the basis for studying Biodiversity conservation systems are increasingly necessary as human
applications of economic analysis to environmental issues. activities dominate the landscape. Precise prescriptions for their design are
The second part focuses on key topics in environmental economics, evolving. The theory and practice of conservation system design are
including among others: explored through lectures, student presentations, discussions and
• the sustainable economy exercises, as an active learning module involving the students, the
• theory of market failure, public goods and externalities instructor and the broader community. Topics include ecological integrity,
• environmentalist critiques of economic thinking ecological classification, focal species, population viability, habitat
• environmental and natural resource accounting suitability and minimum critical area.
• economic valuation of the environment INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Beazley
• economic instruments and pollution control
• time in economic/environmental analysis ENVI 5048.03/5049.03: Independent Readings.
• economics and environmental management A reading class must first be approved by the Program Coordinator. After
The final part explores new directions in the field. This focuses mainly on obtaining approval, these classes are available by arrangement with
the movement away from a separate “environmental economics” towards appropriate faculty members.
a new discipline which better integrates environmental and economic
analysis; namely the field of “ecological economics”. ENVI 5120.03: Environmental Ecology.
The class is open to students in other parts of the University who are Each week, a different student is responsible for presenting an
interested in economy and environment, and do not have a background in introduction of the seminar topic, and for chairing the discussion. There
economics. are two major types of source material, from which the seminar topics are
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Tyedmers derived: (1) The book Environmental Ecology, which provides source
material for discussion of ecological effects of gaseous air pollution,
ENVI 5035.03: Research Methods in Resource and climate change, toxic elements, acidification, forest decline, oil pollution,
Environmental Studies. eutrophication, pesticides, forestry, extinctions, and warfare; and (2) The
This course focuses on research frameworks, formulation, and design in annual compendium State of the World, which provides source material
resource and environmental studies. It offers an overview appropriate for for discussions of more broadly environmental topics, including human
students from diverse disciplines and for students currently developing population and reproductive issues, sustainable systems, energy and
interdisciplinary approaches. Texts and readings provide guidance and transportation issues, environmental restoration, environmental
serve as resources for development of MES thesis topics. Class economics, and others.
discussion, guest speakers, videos, and practical exercises will also be INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Freedman
used. CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 5060.03
140 Environmental Studies

ENVI 5204.03: Coastal Zone Management. ENVI 5505.03: Biophysical Dimensions of Resource
This seminar is designed to introduce students to the concepts, principles, and Environmental Management.
approaches and issues associated with integrated management of coastal This class will introduce students to techniques and tools employed in
zones worldwide. Coastal zones are critical areas of transition between natural resource and environmental management programs and projects
land and sea, involving complex overlaps between resource uses and and engage students in case-based problem solving learning intended to
government jurisdictions. This class will address the legal, policy and understand how bio-physical information is utilized in assessing resource
administrative frameworks prevailing in Canada, but will do so within the and environmental issues and contributing to effective decision-making.
global context of coastal zone management. Case studies and examples Some of the tools that will be reviewed are environmental impact
from developed and developing countries will be used to present practical assessment, environmental site assessment, life cycle analysis,
approaches to the management of multiple uses in coastal zone, including environmental monitoring and adaptive environmental assessment and
community-bases management models. The seminar will be conducted by management.
lecture, formal student presentations, questioning and discussions of class
material. ENVI 5507.03: Environmental Informatics.
INSTRUCTOR(S): TBA Information systems for environmental monitoring, analysis,
CROSS-LISTING: LAWS 2041.03, MARA 5009.03 communication and decision making are introduced, discussed, and
experienced through lectures and hands-on exercises. Students learn to
ENVI 5205.03: Law and Policy for Resource and identify and use appropriate information technologies and software
Environmental Management. applications for resource and environmental management. Skills will be
This class provides students with an overview of substantive and developed in knowledge management, data classification, geomatics,
procedural aspects of Canadian law and policy related to natural scaling, analysis techniques, and others.
resources and the environment. The class will involve lectures, guest FORMAT: Lecture, discussion and lab
speakers, seminar discussions and class participation. Strong emphasis is
placed on the Canadian legislative and regulatory framework and the ENVI 5508.03: MREM Project Report.
unique character of the regulated subject areas such as toxic substances, air The MREM Project Report and the associated oral presentation represent
and water quality, fisheries, forests, agriculture, minerals, parks and the culmination of the MREM program. Working with a faculty advisor,
biodiversity. The role of the common law in preventing or redressing each student prepares a scholarly report and presents the findings orally
environmental degradation will also be addressed. on a topic related to the work undertaken in the MREM Internship.
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Tyedmers INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Duinker
PREREQUISITE: ENVI 5501.03: The MREM Internship
ENVI 5480.03: Environmental Ethics.
Ethics is the science of morals in human conduct. This class ENVI 5818.03: Management and the Natural
examines how moral standards apply to human conduct when Environment: An International Perspective.
related to the environment and the implications for resource and A major public issue in the minds of business executives,
environmental management. It combines lectures, discussion, films politicians, scientists, and others is the effect of
and student presentations to critically analyze assumptions and industrial, agribusiness and other human activities
alternatives, and to address issues of: social, environmental and upon the bio-physical environment. The class examines
intergenerational justice; animal rights; ecofeminist, deep ecological and questions which pointedly and forcefully confront multinational
social ecology perspectives; biocentrism and ecocentrism; intrinsic and enterprises and explore the choices decision makers must make
instrumental values; and Aristotelian, utilitarian and Kantian within a complex array of different economies, markets, cultures,
approaches. social systems and, perhaps most important, regulatory regimes.
INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Beazley FORMAT: Lecture/seminar.
ENVI 5500.03: Socio-political Dimensions of
Resource and Environmental Management. ENVI 9000.00: Master's Thesis.
A case-based approach is taken to the study of models, techniques and
tools for governance, conflict resolution, social impact assessment, and
public participation. Student groups undertake in-depth investigation of
the socio-political elements of resource and environmental management
experiences and projects in Atlantic Canada.
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Duinker
ENVI 5501.03: The MREM Internship.

The internship consists of a 12-16 week placement with an organization
involved in resource and environmental management. Students gain
practical experience by working under professional supervision on key
issues faced by the host organizations.
ENVI 5504.03: Management of Resources and the

Environment.
Students explore key management concepts applied in managing natural
resources and the environment. Topics include management paradigms,
systems, principles, approaches, tools and institutions associated with a
wide range of sectors such as fisheries, forests, agriculture, the coastal
zone, oceans, parks and protected areas, energy, waste, water, and others.
Case studies complement lectures, seminars and field trips.

Gamble, D.R., BA, MA (Toronto), PhD (St. John's, Oxford), Memorial
University of Newfoundland
Lavoie, L., BA (Laurentian), MA (Laval), Dr. de 3ecycle (d'Aix-Marseille),
University College of Cape Breton
Macdonald, A., MA, MLitt (Aberdeen), PhD (Harvard), Memorial
University of Newfoundland
Steele, L., BA (UBC), MA (Man), PhD (Man), Mount Saint Vincent
French University
Location: 6135 University Avenue

Research Associates
Halifax, NS B3H 4P9 O'Reilly, M., BA (Carleton), MA, PhD (Ottawa), Memorial University of
Telephone: (902) 494-2430/6816 Newfoundland
Fax: (902) 494-1626 Pearre, A., BA (Dal), MA (McGill), PhD (Dal)
email: french@dal.ca
I. Degree Programs
Bednarski, B. A. Master of Arts (MA)
Professors Emeriti For general admission rules, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies
Bishop, M., BA, BEd (Manchester), MA (Man), PhD (Kent, Canterbury). regulations.
Poetry and poetics, modern and contemporary literature, 1. Classes and research leading to the MA degree in French are offered in
contemporary culutre, French art, symbolism, nineteenth-century the areas of French and francophone literature, linguistics, second
literature language studies and culture. Candidates must satisfy the general
Gordon, W.T., BA, MA, PhD (Toronto). Semantics, history of linguistics, requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies and
translation theory, general linguistics, French second -language must show evidence of proficiency in spoken and written French. A
studies, contrastive studies minimum B+ average (3.30) from a university of recognized standing is
Kocourek, R., State Examination, PhD, CSc (Charles, Prague), McCulloch required.
Professor, Chevalier dans l'ordre des Palmes Académiques 2. Students may be accepted on a full-time or a part-time basis. A full-
time student must spend a minimum of one year in full-time graduate
Professors study. The time normally required to complete the full-time program is
Bednarski, H.E., BA (London), MA (Dal), PhD (Laval). Quebec literature one year for holders of a French Honours degree or equivalent, and
and culture, literary translation two years for holders of a general degree.
De Méo, P., BA, MA, PhD (UCLA). Applied linguistics (L2 acquisition/ 3. In a one-year full-time program, the equivalent of at least five
teaching), nineteenth-century literature university credits is required. This will consist of a thesis (usually
Oore, I.Z., BA (Tel-Aviv), MA (Waterloo), PhD (Western). Quebec equivalent to two credits) plus three 5000-level credits. In a two-year
literature and culture full-time program, students have to attain the equivalent of Honours
Runte, H.R., MA, MPh, PhD (Kansas). Paleography, textual criticism, status (see Undergraduate Calendar) and obtain the additional five
philology, medieval literature, contemporary Acadian literature, credits as required in a one-year full-time program.
comparative literature, translation 4. In addition to the five credits, all MA students are normally expected to
Waterson, K., BA (Long Island), MA (NYU), PhD (CUNY). Seventeenth- take a half-credit class in Research Methods. When appropriate, up to
century literature, theatre, Acadian studies one additional undergraduate or graduate credit may be required in
order to improve the student's proficiency in French. Part-time
Associate Professors students carry no more than two and one-half full-credit classes during
Elson, C., BA, MA (Dalhousie), Dr de 3e cycle (Sorbonne). Modern and one year. A one-year full-time program corresponds to three years
contemporary literature and culture, theory, philosophy, art, music, part-time. A two-year full-time program corresponds to six years part-
cinema time.
Frigerio, V., Beaux Arts (Geneva), BA (York), MA, PhD (Toronto), 5. The thesis, written in French, is to be submitted and approved within
nineteenth-century literature, Romanticism, popular writing, Swiss- the time limits set out in the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations of
French literature, sociocriticism this calendar.
Hamel, M., BA, MA (Montreal), PhD (UMIST). Applied linguistics,
computer-assisted language learning, natural language processing B. PhD Program
Mopoho, R., BA (Yaounde, Cameroon), MA, PhD (Montreal). Linguistics, For general rules, see the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations.
lexicology, the science of translation
The admission requirements are as follows: An MA thesis degree in
Assistant Professors French, an excellent French oral and written proficiency, a scholarly
Bélanger, A. BA, MA, PhD (UQAM). Sixteenth-century literature, rhetoric interest in one of the PhD thesis areas: all periods of French, Québec and
and poetry Acadian literature and culture, with certain emphases, and the field of
Kasende, J.C. Licence (Zaire) MA, PhD (Ottawa). Literature and culture of Linguistics, equally with particular emphases. Please consult the
la francophonie, Applied linguistics, L2 acquisition/teaching, Literary Department's PhD document for full details.
theory
The requirements after admission are the following: Two years of
Milicevic, J. BA (Belgrade), MA, PhD (Montreal). Graduate Coordinator,
Dalhousie residency, four full graduate credits (from the departmental
Linguistics (morphology, lexicology, semantics, pragmatics).
offerings in the years of residency), a second language examination
Translation
(within two years after admission), preliminary and comprehensive
Adjunct Professors written and oral examinations (not less than one year prior to submission
of thesis), and the PhD thesis (normally written in French) and its oral
Arpin, M.P., BA, MA (Manitoba), PhD (Laval), Saint Francis-Xavier
defence.
University
Best, J., BA (UWO), MA, PhD (Strasbourg), Acadia University
Brown, J.W., AB (Miami), MA (Middlebury), PhD (Penn) II. Selection of Classes and Registration
Cauville, J., BA (Sorbonne), MA, PhD (UBC), Saint Mary's University It is the responsibility of students admitted to one of the graduate
Eygun, F.X., BA (St. Boniface), MA (Calgary), PhD (Manitoba), Mount programs to report to the graduate coordinator in the week preceding the
Saint Vincent University beginning of classes, or earlier. The purpose is a briefing interview, the
142 French
final selection of classes, completion of class selection forms and the as they evolve in the work of various scholars from Arsène Darmesteter
drawing up of the program of graduate studies. All graduate students (1846-1888) and Michel Bréal (1832-1915) to current practitioners of
must be registered before classes begin. semantics.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Milicevic
III. Class Descriptions FREN 5126.03: Aménagement linguistique/Language
What follows is a list of PhD and MA classes. Classes required in Planning.
particular cases will be specified in each student's Program of Graduate
Study of the relationship between languages and society, with a special
Studies. Only a limited number of classes is offered in any given year.
emphasis on the theoretical issues involved in the concept of language
Descriptions of the graduate classes offered in a particular year will be
planning, the typology of multilingual settings, the promotion of
made available to students.
languages, the design and implementation of language policies, the notion
FREN 5002.03: Méthodes de recherche/ Research of language rights, and the preservation of endangered languages.
Students will be required to make oral and written presentations based on
Methods. relevant cases in Canada and around the world.
Introduction to bibliographical research and styles of presentation geared INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Mopoho
to individual thesis projects. Includes library workshops on electronic
search tools and the establishment of a properly formatted working FREN 5127.03: Paraphrase in language and Natural
bibliography in the thesis field. Language Processing/Paraphrase en langue et en
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. DeMéo, O. MacLennan, R. Mopoho, H. Runte
traitement automatique des langues.
FREN 5006.03: Philologie française: Séminaire de The course focuses on linguistic models of production of paraphrases and
l'histoire du français moderne/French Philology: their use in Natural Language Processing (automatic text generation,
reformulation, abstracting, machine translation) as a way to enhance the
Seminar on the History of Modern French. quality of automatically produced texts.
Linguistic study of literary texts from the 16th to 20th century. INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Milicevic
INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Runte FORMAT: Seminar
FREN 5016.03: Aspects de la traduction/Topics in the PREREQUISITE: FREN 3020.03 or FREN 2020.03 (Introduction to
Linguistics) or equivalent or istructor's permission
Science of Translating.
This class aims to acquaint students with aspects of the theory and practice FREN 5130.03: Linguistique saussurienne/
of translation. It assumes no prior knowledge of the field and focuses on: Saussurean Linguistics.
the presentation of key principles and concepts in the science of An intensive study of Saussure’s work, giving equal emphasis on his
translating, a discussion of major theoretical issues, a description of the formative intellectual milieu, his relations with his contemporaries such as
methodology and the cognitive process involved in translation, an Michel Bréal, his thrice-taught class on general linguistics, the manuscript
examination of pertinent approaches and techniques. Class work for sources of the Cours de linguistique générale, critical editions,
evaluation purposes consists of oral presentations, a mid-term and a final translations, the influence of Saussure on the formation of European and
exam, a term paper and the translation of a variety of texts from French American structural linguistics, his influence outside linguistics
into English and vice versa. (semiotics, anthropology, literary criticism), and current research into his
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Mopoho work. The emphasis throughout will be an assimilation and critical
FREN 5122.03: Créativité lexicale/Lexical Creativity. evaluation of the Saussurean canon which students require in all branches
of linguistics and allied language studies.
Detailed study of the main forms of lexical unit creation in the French
language, namely derivation, compounding, lexicalization, abbreviation,
and borrowing. Application to general language, as well as to literary and FREN 5140.03: B: Dialectologie acadienne et
scientific texts. Class work: article and book reviews; oral presentations
relating to word formation in any given special language or area of
sociolinguistique/Acadian Dialectology and
activity. Sociolinguistics.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Mopoho Students in this class will critically examine major studies in modern
Acadian dialectology with a particular focus on regional variation. They
FREN 5123.03: Langue et terminologie savantes/ will discuss contributions to this field by Massignon, Ryan, Peronnet,
Learned Language and Terminology. King, Richard and Starets. “Hands on” work with various linguistic
Fundamental concepts in terminology theory. Creation of terminological atlases will be included. Evaluation will be based on in-class presentations
files. Limited and thematic research methodology. Assessment of and two major essays.
reference sources. Exploitation of electronic data bases. Oral presentations
by students and compilation of a number of files in specific scientific and
FREN 5180.03: Linguistique de texte/Linguistics of
technical fields or subfields. Texts.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Mopoho This class is of interest to students specializing in linguistics or in
literature. The first component of the syllabus examines linguistic
FREN 5124.03: Vocabulaire et culture/Vocabulary and problems that exceed sentence boundaries and belong to the emerging
Culture. field of text linguistics. These may include junctive expressions, pro-forms,
Examination of the influence of societal structures, traditions, values, ellipsis, paraphrase, synonymity, dialogue structure, free indirect speech,
beliefs, ideologies, etc. on language in general, and vocabulary in and graphical aspects of texts. The second component concentrates on
particular. Texts from specific groups, areas, and eras will be analyzed for selected concepts and chapters from major contemporary publications on
illustration. Oral presentations by students. text linguistics. The third component will be devoted to discussions of text
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Mopoho linguistic aspects of literary passages selected by students themselves.
FREN 5125.03: Sémantique/Semantics.
This class situates contributions to semantics from French scholars during FREN 5185.03: Les métaphores dans les textes/
the past 100 years in the broader context of international scholarship on Metaphors in Texts.
semantics - the study of meaning which is the crossroads of linguistics, Metaphoricity can be seen as a universal capacity of full lexical units
philosophy, psychology and anthropology. The class will focus on (mostly lexemes) to expand, restrict or change their usual meanings in
approaches to the study of meaning as they contrast with each other and order to reveal a similarity to an otherwise disparate referent. As such, it
French 143
has played an important role in semantic change (etymological metaphor) FREN 5500.03: L'Aventure intellectuelle du Grand
and in the expansion of the systemic meanings of units (lexical metaphor). Siècle/The Intellectual Adventure of French
This class will examine several modern linguistic contributions to the
analysis of metaphorization and observe metaphors in literary texts (in Classicism.
particular the living metaphor, la métaphore vive). This class examines 17th-century French literature by focusing on a major
writer, movement, genre or theme. Please contact the professor for details.
FREN 5285.03: Sémiotique appliquée/Applied INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Waterson
Semiotics.
FREN 5600.03: Le roman épistolaire du 18e siècle/
This class will focus on European semiotic theory (Saussure, Barthes,
Greimas et al) especially as it is applied to the literary text and other socio- 18th Century Epistolary Novel.
cultural phenomena: the bande dessinée, film criticism, advertising and The class will focus on the rise of the epistolary novel as a literary genre
visual media. and its influence on the development of fiction. The research conducted in
the seminar will be an attempt to determine and to assess some elements
FREN 5291.03: Computer Assisted Language for a theory of the epistolary novel in 18th century France. This will be
Learning (CALL). done through the study of letter manuals and novels such as those of
The aim of this class is to provide students with an overview of the role Madame Riccoboni or Les Liaisons dangereuses by Laclos. Novels will be
computer technology has played in the language learning and teaching studied in the intellectual context of the time.
over the last decades. Current trends and advances in CALL will be INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
presented with an emphasis on the contribution of disciplines such as FREN 5610.03: Ethique et esthétique de la nature
second language acquisition and language engineering.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Hamel, M. dans l'art et la littérature du 18e siècle/Ethics and
PREREQUISITE: BA or BSc in French or equivalent (with instructor Aesthetics in 18th century art and literature.
permission) In this seminar students will examine, on the one hand, theoretical
writings dealing with the aesthetics of nature, and, on the other hand, the
FREN 5295.03/5296.03: Séminaire: Didactique des ethics of virtue and the vogue of “sensibilité” as reflected in selected 18th
langues secondes/Seminar: Second-Language century literary texts (poetry, novel, short stories, “traités”) and in art
Teaching. (painting, landscape architecture).
This class will provide an introduction to the key issues in French second- FREN 5700.03: La révolution romantique/The
language (FSL) teaching. It is primarily intended for French graduate
students who are also teaching a first-year class in the French Department. Romantic Revolution.
In addition to a discussion of current trends in FSL education, there will be Romanticism will be viewed as a rebellious and creative force which
opportunity to practice skills in specific aspects of FSL teaching. As such, greatly contributed to the reshaping of traditional society. The class will
there is a strong practical component to this class, which will include peer attempt to evaluate the French Romantics in their intellectual and cultural
and faculty classroom visits and critiques as well as micro-teaching during significance, by defining the Romantic characteristics, and studying the
class time. Romantic aesthetics through their theoretical writings and their literary
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. De Méo works. These will include works by Benjamin Constant, Mme de Staël,
Chateaubriand, Lamartine, Vigny, Musset, Hugo, G. Sand and others.
FREN 5300.03: Séminaire de littérature médiévale/ INSTRUCTOR(S): V. Frigerio
Mediaeval Literature Seminar.
FREN 5701.03: Le roman du 19e siecle/ 19th-Century
In-depth study of the transition from the epic to the romance mode of
writing, and of the subsequent emergence of prose as the preferred Novel.
narrative medium. The class involves the intensive study of an aspect of the 19th century
INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Runte novel. It may be the study of a major novelist of the 19th century (e.g.
Sand, Hugo, Stendhal, Flaubert, Balzac, Zola). Alternatively, the class may
FREN 5301.03: Lectures: littérature médiévale/ be organized around themes common to several novelists.
Readings in Mediaeval Literature. INSTRUCTOR(S): P. De Méo, V. Frigerio
Individualized reading programs in selected genres or periods or on FREN 5705.03: Le poème en prose au 19e siècle/ The
specific literary phenomena.
INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Runte Prose Poem in the 19th Century.
The prose poem is a literary genre that attained pre-eminence in the 19th
FREN 5400.03: Rabelais et son temps/Rabelais and century due in large measure to a reaction among writers against
His Time. traditional poetics. The rise of the prose poem coincides with an attempt to
A study of Rabelais’ work (in particular Gargantua, Pantagruel, Le Tiers find a “new language” that would express the spirit of modernism. Works
Livre, Le Quart Livre) in the context of the quest(s) and spirit of the studies will include Bertrand’s Gaspard de la Nuit, Baudelaire’s Petits
Renaissance. Particular emphasis is given to the hidden and symbolic Poèmes en prose and Rimbaud’s Illuminations.
messages present in these texts and the nature of comedy and parody. FREN 5706.03: Impressionnisme et symbolisme/
FREN 5401.03: Montaigne et son temps/Montaigne Impressionism and Symbolism.
and His Time. A critical assessment of the evolution, the specificities and the
Through a thorough analysis of the Essais, The Renaissance as a turning interweavings of Impressionist and Symbolist practice and theory from
point in the history of ideas will be studied. Emphasis will be placed on Manet and Mallarmé to Redon and Laforgue, Rodin and Lautréamont.
the quest for knowledge, the new modalities for attaining knowledge, the INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
genre of the essay, the problematic of the “autoportrait” and the FREN 5801.03: Anti-romans du 20e siecle/ Anti-
modernity of Montaigne. Contemporary critics of Montaigne will be read
or discussed (Lejeune, Foucault, Tournon) leading to an appreciation of Novels of the 20th Century.
how Montaigne has been seen through the centuries. Textual practice and aesthetic conception in the work of new novelists
such as Butor, Robbe-Grillet, Sarraute and Duras, as well as “new new”
novelists such as Sallenave, Ndiaye, Toussaint and Echenoz.
144 French
FREN 5802.03: La poésie moderne de Char à FREN 5876.03: Aspects de la littérature du Canada
Bonnefoy/Modern Poetry from Char to Bonnefoy. français/Studies in French Canadian Literature.
The evolution of modern poetic theory and textuality from poets such as Major texts will be studied in depth and will be seen in relation to their
Char and Frénaud, through Chedid and Bonnefoy, to Du Bouchet, unique social, historical and political context and, above all, to the
Albiach, Bancquart and Réda. problematics of literature itself. Topics will vary from year to year and
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Elson could involve examination of a single author, period or genre, or equally,
of broader issues such as the relationship between literature and language,
FREN 5803.03: La Littérature contemporaine I/ literature and ideology, or between the oral tradition and the written one.
Contemporary Literature I. INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Bednarski
Analysis, both in-depth and more cursory, of a wide range of
contemporary literary oeuvres: from Simon, Roche, Chawaf and Cixous to FREN 5877.03: Analyse de textes littéraires
Deguy, Jaccottet, Zins and Tellermann. Individual aesthetic conception québécois/ Analysis of Quebec Literary Texts.
and practice will be related to contemporary theoretical and critico- Selected literary Québec texts from the Nineteenth and/or Twentieth
methodological considerations. Centuries will be closely analyzed (the selection may vary from year to
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff year). Recurring images and myths, central themes, main structures will
be discussed and various critical approaches explored.
FREN 5804.03: Art et littérature/Art and Literature. INSTRUCTOR(S): I. Oore
Why write, why paint, Yves Bonnefoy asks. Multiple yet criss-crossing,
chiasmic answers to this question will emerge from discussion of the FREN 5910.03: Lecture de textes acadiens
writing and art of nineteenth and twentieth-century creators such as contemporains/Supervised Readings in Acadian
Desbordes-Valmore, Ingres, Flaubert, Corot, Zola, Cézanne, Aragon, Literature since 1968.
Braque, Ponge, Ubac, Bonnefoy, Da Silva.
Study of the key texts of the last three decades, from La Sagouine to the
poets of the 1990s, with special emphasis on the role of literature in the
FREN 5805.03: La stylistique structurale/Structural evolution of modern Acadia.
INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Runte
Stylistics.
Structural stylistics is a contemporary critical approach to literary stylistics FREN 5920.03: Femmes écrivains et images de
that grew largely out of Saussure’s semiology and Jakobson’s semiotic femmes dans la littérature française à travers les
definition of the poetic function of language. The class will focus on some
of the major stylisticians of the century (Bally, Spitzer, Riffaterre) and their siècles/French Women Writers and Images of Women
theories of style as applied to specific literary texts from the 19th to 20th through the Centuries.
centuries. Emphasis will be placed each time on a different century. When 20th
century French women writers are studied, emphasis will be given to the
FREN 5806.03: Poétique et théorie de la littérature/ works of Colette, Simone de Beauvoir, Marguerite Duras, Nathalie
Poetics and Theory of Literature. Sarraute, Marie Cardinal, Andrée Chedid, Raphaële Billetdoux. The class
Various 20th century literary theoreticians and critics in the “Geneva” and will center around the literary and poetic “écritures”, and when
“French” schools will comprise the subject matter of this class: Starobinski, appropriate it will consider contemporary theoretical gender constructs.
Richard, Barthes, Todorov, Greimas et al. Topics might include: thematic
and/or phenomenological criticism, Marxist and ideological criticism, FREN 5995.03: Recherches independantes/
structuralism, post-structuralism and semiotics. Independent Research.
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Elson FORMAT: Directed Reading
FREN 5807.03: Culture contemporaine/ Contemporary FREN 5998.03/5999.03: Recherches indépendantes/

Culture. Independent Research.
Discussion of contemporary cultural theory and practice in the work of Subject to approval by graduate coordinator and department chairperson.
writers, philosophers, artists, etc. such as Barthes, Baudrillard, Blanchot,
Bonnefoy, Derrida, Hyvrard, Irigaray, Jaccottet, Lyotard, Tal Coat, Tapies,
Wittig.
IV. Thesis Areas
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Elson Literature
FREN 5808.03: La littérature contemporaine II/ Modern and contemporary literatures of France, Quebec and
Francophonie: poetry and poetics; novel; theatre; the conte fantastique;
Contemporary Literature II. studies in romanticism, realism and symbolism; theory; art, cinema and
Further analysis, independent of that of FREN 5803.03, of contemporary other cultural studies.
literature’s many modes and meanings: from Dupin, Noël, Le Dantec and
Redonnet to Stétié, Djebar, Glissant and Ernaux. Generic, textual and Linguistics
conceptual specificities will be related to theoretical and critico- Theoretical and applied linguistics through the following fields in
methodological considerations. particular: contrastive studies; sociolinguistics; lexicology; terminology;
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff translation; semantics; morphology; pragmatics; text linguistics; computer
assisted language learning; second language acquisition.
FREN 5809.03: Art, cinéma et littérature en France:
1980-2002/Contemporary Art, Literature, and Film in
France.
This class will assess the practice and theory of contemporary creation in
French painting and other plastic forms, film and literature of the last
twenty years. Discussion and analysis will lead both to work on a range of
individually selected oeuvres and to one in-depth research project. It is
hoped, equally, to establish the parameters of a broad contemporary
aesthetics within which individual oeuvres may be understood to deploy
themselves.
French 145
Gender and Women's Studies German
Location: 6135 University Ave.
Dalhousie University has suspended admissions to this program. This Halifax, NS B3H 4P9
means that no new students will be accepted in the program this year at Telephone: (902) 494-2161
Dalhousie University. Fax: (902) 494-2719
Students may register for the following Gender and Women’s Studies Website: http://www.dalgrad.dal.ca/homepage.htm
courses.
GWST 5170.03: Contemporary Feminist Theories. Curran, J.V.
Contemporary feminism is not a single theory but comprises multiple
theoretical perspective, reflecting both a diversity in women's experience
Graduate Studies Coordinator
of subordination and a diversity of interests and approaches. This class Curran, J.V.
aims to present some of the richness and variety in feminist theory while Honorary Professor
offering students the opportunity for sustained critical engagement with
Michelsen, P., PhD (Gottingen), Professor of German, Heidelberg
influential feminist thinkers.
University
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Campbell, S. Sherwin
FORMAT: Seminar Professor Emeritus
PREREQUISITE: At least two previous classes in Gender and Women's
Gaede, F.W., PhD (Freiburg), FRSC
Studies, or at least two previous classes in Philosophy, or permission of
the instructor. Professors
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3170.03, PHIL 5170.03, GWST 3500.03 Curran, J.V., MA, MA (Dal), PhD (Newcastle-upon-Tyne)
Schwarz, H.-G., MA (Munich), PhD (McGill), McCulloch Chair,
GWST 5500.03: Topics in Feminist Philosophy.
Lehrauftrag (Univ. of Heidelberg)
In this class, we shall explore some of the current research in a focussed
area of feminist philosophy. Previous topics have included feminist ethics, Associate Professor
feminist epistemology, postmodern feminism, the feminist sexuality Sidler, J., MA (Freiburg), MA (Dal), PhD (Queen’s)
debates, and ecofeminism.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Campbell, S. Sherwin, P. Glazebrook Adjunct Professors
FORMAT: Seminar Aurnhammer, A., Dr. phil. habil. (Univ. of Freiburg)
PREREQUISITE: Strong background in philosophy or feminist theory Curran, T.H., MA, (Dal), PhD (Durham, England)
(normally including at least one class in feminist philosophy or Grüning, H.-G., Dott. (Univ. of Macerata)
permission of the instructor) Heuer, F., Dr. phil. (Univ. of Heidelberg)
Kanzog, K., Dr. phil. habil. (Univ. of Munich)
GWST 9000.00: Master's Thesis. Strack, F., Dr. phil. habil. (Univ. of Heidelberg)
Visiting Professor
Heuer, F., Dr. phil (Univ. of Heidelberg)
I. Introduction
Graduate classes leading to the degree of MA are offered in the history of
German literature and thought. Research in the Department is concerned
principally with the Baroque Age, the literary and philosophical tradition
of German Idealism, and the culture of the twentieth century. Special
expertise in the following fields: Reception of Islamic Orient, Reception of
Greek and Roman Antiquity, General and Comparative Aesthetics.
Graduate students may concentrate on any of the periods or any particular
aspect of the history of German literature and thought. Interested and
gifted students may continue with doctoral studies under the supervision
of Dalhousie Faculty at the University of Heidelberg. The Department also
actively participates in The Interdisciplinary Ph.D. Program offered by the

III. MA Degree Program

Depending on their level of preparation, students spend either one or two
years towards completion of their classes and thesis.
Candidates are expected to have a reading knowledge of a third modern
or ancient language. A thesis is required.
146 Gender and Women's Studies

IV. Class Descriptions GERM 5610X/Y.06: Literature of the 19th Century.
A discussion of essential literary texts which throw a critical light on the
GERM 5500X/Y.06: Literature and Thought from growing forces of materialism and positivism.
Reformation to Enlightenment. NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
A study of German literature between the 16th and 17th centuries as a consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
direct reflection of the important religious, social and philosophical consecutively.
developments after the Reformation and during Absolutism. INSTRUCTOR(S): H.-G. Schwarz
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in GERM 5620X/Y.06: Modern German Literature.
Modern authors as witnesses of the political catastrophes and social
consecutively.
changes of our century: a study of the plays of B. Brecht and of selected
GERM 5520X/Y.06: Goethe and the Enlightenment. prose texts of Fr. Kafka, Th. Mann and G. Grass.
A study of German literature and thought of the time which preceded and NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
witnessed the great revolutions of the 18th century. consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in consecutively.
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed GERM 5630X/Y.06: Aesthetic Theory.
consecutively.
An historical study of the development of aesthetic theory and its
GERM 5530X/Y.06: Hegel's Aesthetics and the foundation in the history of thought. Hegel’s “Aesthetik”, Heidegger’s
“Ursprung des Kunstwerkes” and Gadamer’s “Aktualität des Schönen” will be
Ancients. studied.
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
consecutively. consecutively.
GERM 5540X/Y.06: Kant and the History of German INSTRUCTOR(S): H.-G. Schwarz
Idealism. GERM 5640X/Y.06: Ancient and Modern Dialectics.

A study of Kant’s relation to modern Rationalism and Empiricism, and an NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
inquiry into the principles of Idealism. consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in consecutively.
consecutively. GERM 5660X/Y.06: History and Theory of the German
Novel.
GERM 5550X/Y.06: Hegel: Phenomenology of Spirit. Representative works from the Baroque Age to the 20th Century are
The Phenomenology of Spirit, published in 1807, was Hegel’s first major studied and the principles of the genre are discussed.
work. He intended to write an introduction to philosophy by NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
demonstrating the necessity of the advance from the most immediate form consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
of knowledge to absolute knowledge. To achieve this he had to write the consecutively.
Phenomenology as an introduction to his own philosophy.
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in GERM 5670X/Y.06: Hegel's Philosophy of Nature.
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
consecutively. consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
consecutively.
GERM 5570X/Y.06: Goethe and Romanticism.
A study of Goethe, Hölderlin, Kleist, and Novalis. GERM 5700.03: Special Topics I.
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in This is an intensive research seminar dealing with selected topics to be
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed announced.
consecutively. INSTRUCTOR(S): H.-G. Schwarz
GERM 5580X/Y.06: Goethe's Faust. GERM 5701.03: Special Topics II.
A close reading of Goethe’s Faust Part I and II, will give rise to questions This is an intensive research seminar dealing with selected topics to be
about the unity of the work, the theory of drama and the reshaping of a announced.
legend. While Goethe’s masterpiece stands at the centre, other German INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Curran
versions of the Faust legend will also be discussed in detail. Assignments
will involve research into later echoes of the Faust legend as well. GERM 5800X/Y.06: Research Seminar.
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in Special Research Topics Class. This is an intensive research seminar
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed dealing with selected topics to be announced.
consecutively. NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
GERM 5590X/Y.06: Studies in German Idealism. consecutively.
The specific content of the seminar varies from year to year, but is always INSTRUCTOR(S): H.-G. Schwarz
related to some aspect of Idealism.
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in GERM 9000.00: Thesis.
consecutively.
GERM 5600X/Y.06: Heidegger and German Idealism.

consecutively.
German 147
and aging, leisure, gender, and market segmentation; target marketing
for aging populations.
Karabanow, J., BA Honours, MA (McGill), PhD (U of T). Major
appointment in the School of Social Work.
Kozey, J.W., BSc, MSc (Waterloo), PhD (TUNS). Clinical and
Occupational Biomechanics and Physical Ergonomics. Research
activities include biomechanical analysis of manual materials handling
Health and Human tasks, 3-D reach measurement and modeling, workstation design,
Performance personal protective equipment design and factors related to emergency

helicopter egress.
Livingston, L.A., BA-BPHE, MSc (Queen’s), PhD (Calgary). Clinical
Location: 6230 South Street biomechanics with focus on lower limb morphology and its
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5 relationship to knee pathologies and the reliability, accuracy, and
Telephone: (902) 494-2152 validity of the measurement methods utilized.
Fax: (902) 494-5120 McCabe, J.F., BPE, BA (UNB), MS, EdD (Tenn). Cognitive ergonomics and
Website: www.hahp.healthprofessions.dal.ca human performance. Research activities involve workplace and human
performance assessment techniques and the development of mental
Director of School and systems models of ergonomic tasks.
Livingston, L.A., BA-BPHE, MSc (Queen’s), PhD (Calgary) McGinn, F., BRec (Dal), MA (Western Michigan), PhD (Southern Illinois
University at Carbondale). HIV/AIDS and employment; chronic illness
Professor Emeritus and the family; disability management and occupational analysis;
Belzer, Jr., E.G., BS (West Chester State Coll), MS (Maryland), PhD distance education.
(Illinois) Putnam, C.A., BPE (Man), MS (Wash.), PhD (Iowa). Biomechanical
Psychosocial Factors Associated with Workplace Health and Injury.
Professors Research activities involve the identification of physical and
Campagna, P.D., BPHE (Windsor), BEd (Queen's), MEd (SUNY-Buffalo), psychosocial stressors encountered in the workplace and an
PhD (Alta). Physical fitness, mental health, cardiovascular risk factors, exploration of their interactions.
physical activity assessment (accelerometers/pedometers), physical Rehman, L.A., BHK, MA (UBC), PhD (Waterloo). Leisure and
activity levels of children and youth. entrepreneurship; leisure and work life balance; leisure and access by
Jackson, L.A., BA, MA, PhD (Toronto). The social determinants of health marginalized groups; physical activity and leisure.
among vulnerable populations (eg. youth, women in the sex trade); Robinson, L.M., BSc (UVic), MA, PhD (Simon Fraser). Interactional/
rural health; HIV/AIDS; addictions and harm reduction; and interpersonal processes in stress, coping and social support; use of
qualitative methods. information technology as a source of support and information on
Kirby, R.L., MD (Dal), FRCP (C), major appointment in the Department of health concerns; pediatric and adolescent mental health; relationships
Medicine (Division of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation). Clinical and health.
Biomechanics. Studies are conducted in clinical aspects of Savoy, C.A., BPE (UNB), EdM (Boston), PhD (Tenn.). Performance
biomechanics, particularly as related to the safety and performance of enhancement and sport psychology counseling. Assessment
mobility aids like wheelchairs, ambulation aids and artificial limbs. intervention and evaluation of tracking programs for enhanced
Lyons, R.F., BA (Dal), MEd (Xavier), PhD (Oregon). Leisure, chronic performance in sport and life. Expertise in team-building and the use of
illness and disability, coping and adjustment, personal relationships, psychological skills counseling in team sport.
therapeutic recreation Tirone, S.C., BA (Waterloo), MA (Dal), PhD (Waterloo). Leisure and
Singleton, J.F., BA (Waterloo), MS (Penn State), PhD (Maryland). Leisure ethnic minorities and migrants, families living in poverty; youth in
and aging; therapeutic recreation for persons with Alzheimer’s disease; rural communities; community development; leisure and mental
pre-retirement planning; leisure and ethnicity; gender and leisure; health; and people with disabilities; qualitative research methods.
leisure and people with disabilities; the use of secondary data in leisure Westwood, D.A., BSc, MA, PhD (Waterloo). Neuroscience, Cognitive
research. Psychology, Motor Control. Basic research in the visual control of
Unruh, A., BSc (OT) (Western), MSW (Carleton), PhD (Dal). Gender movement using 3D motion analysis, eye-tracking, and functional
appraisal and coping with pain; leisure occupations or activities and brain imaging. Applied motor control research in altered thermal
coping with serious life crisis; spirituality in health and evidence-based environments, psychiatric disorders, and stroke.
practice; spirituality and leisure; leisure.
Associate Professors Barnes, L.J., BPE, MSc (Dalhousie). Prevention of HIV/AIDS; HIV/AIDS
Beagan, B., BA, MA (Soc) (Dal), PhD (Soc) (UBC). Major appointment in grief and bereavement; school health promotion; health education/
the School of Occupational Therapy. health promotion program planning and evaluation; rubella screening
Blanchard, C., BA Honours (UPEI), MSc, PhD (Alberta). Major among university women, young adults living with cancer.
appointment in the Department of Medicine. Determinants of health Harman, K., BSc (Toronto), MSc (Ottawa), PhD (Carleton). Major
behaviours (mainly physical activity) in diseased (i.e., cardiac patients appointment in the School of Physiotherapy.
and cancer survivors) and non-diseased (i.e., adolescents, university Hodges, A., PhD (British Columbia). Exercise Physiology. Research
students, adults, ethnic disparities) populations; quality of life focuses on the regulation of the cardiorespiratory systems particularly
outcomes associated with health behaviours in diseased and non- during stresses such as exercise and altitude, and alterations in these
diseased populations; statistics, research methods, and measurement. systems as a result of cardiovascular and respiratory diseases.
Gahagan, J., BA, BA (Hons) (Carleton), MA (Windsor), PhD (Wayne State). Research interests also include the physiology of athletic performance.
HIV/AIDS prevention, care, treatment and support issues; sexual and Loppie, C., BSc, MA, PhD (Dal). Women’s sexual and reproductive health
reproductive health; access to health care resources among socially across the lifespan. Health issues facing women from diverse
marginalized populations; HIV testing and counseling among ethnocultural groups. Health and healing among Aboriginal peoples.
pregnant women in Canada. Welch, J., BA BSc Honours (Carleton), MSc (Univ. of Alberta) PhD (Purdue
Hutchinson, S.L., BA (Victoria), MA (Dal), PhD (Georgia). Leisure Univ.). Research interests include the effects of exercise and nutrition
education; leisure and health promotion/risk prevention; leisure-based on bone adaption across the lifespan; nutrition and health; effects of
responses to stress; theory-driven program design and evaluation. Vitamin D on health in a variety of populations; and the role of Vitamin
Ipson, N.M., BA, MS, PhD (Brigham Young). Leisure program D in disease mitigation.
assessment; outcome measurements; volunteering as a leisure
experience; volunteer management; recreation management; leisure
148 Health and Human Performance

Adjunct Professors Six credits at the graduate level are required in all programs - 18 credit
Amaratunga, C., BA (Univ of Guelph), MSc (Univ of Alberta), PhD (Univ hours of classes and 12 credit hours of thesis work (30 credit hours).
of Waterloo). Required and elective classes for each program are listed below. Each class
Brooks, C., MBChB (Manchester), DAuMed (London), MFVM, FFDM is normally worth 3 credit hours. Electives may be chosen from the lists of
(Royal College of Phys), Director, Research and Development (Survival classes below, or from graduate classes offered by other departments at
Systems Group Ltd.). Dalhousie University, or, to a limited extent, at other universities.
Comeau, N., BEd (UPEI), MEd (Univ of Queensland), MA, PhD (Dal). Students may take a maximum of 6 credit hours of ancillary classes above
MacLeod, D., BSc, MSc (Dal). and beyond the required program of study.
McIntyre, L., MD, MHSc (Toronto), FRCPC
Saulnier, C., BSc Honours (U of Ottawa), MA (Uvic), PhD (York). Elective classes can be taken from within or outside the School. All classes
must be approved by the student’s advisor/Associate Director (Graduate).
The School’s mission is to develop professionals and scholars who can
generate, disseminate and apply knowledge to advance health and human The thesis topic will be determined by the student in consultation with the
performance. thesis advisor. A thesis proposal must be approved by the candidate's
thesis supervisory committee, which consists of at least three members (at
We do this by offering undergraduate and graduate programs as well as least two of whom are members of the School's graduate faculty), before
by conducting research in health promotion, kinesiology and recreation/ the thesis research may be undertaken.
leisure studies.
Once the proposal has been approved by the thesis supervising
The School of Health and Human Performance offers master's degree committee, it shall be submitted to either the Health Sciences Human
programs in three areas: Master of Arts in Health Promotion, Master of Research Ethics Board or the Social Sciences and Humanities Research
Science in Kinesiology and Master of Arts in Leisure Studies. There are Ethics Board for consideration. Only after approval has been received
ongoing research programs in each of the areas of health promotion (basic from both the thesis supervisory committee and the ethics committee, may
health-related research and evaluation of health education/health the student proceed with data collection.
promotion policies, programs, practices and content), kinesiology
(exercise physiology, neuromuscular physiology, ergonomics, motor The thesis examination committee is responsible for approving the
performance, biomechanics and sport psychology) and leisure studies completed thesis after a final oral presentation by the student covering the
(leisure and social groups such as older adults, youth or persons with nature and findings of the research. This committee is made up of the
health problems/disabilities; historical analysis of leisure and sport; supervisory committee plus an external examiner approved by the
analysis of sport and recreation administration and cultural services). Associate Director (Graduate).
For more detailed information on the regulations regarding these The School holds research-oriented seminars during the academic year.
programs, students are invited to visit our Website at Students are expected to attend and participate in these seminars as
www.hahp.healthprofessions.dal.ca discussants and presenters.
I. Admission Requirements II. Degree Programs

Faculty of Graduate Studies. A. Master of Arts (MA) in
Students seeking admission to any of the master's programs should have Health Promotion
earned an excellent record during four years of undergraduate study.
PLEASE NOTE: Not all classes listed below are offered every year. Please
Candidates for the Master of Science in Kinesiology should have an
consult the timetable for a current list of classes offered. Elective classes
honours or honours equivalent degree which includes the completion of
may also be taken outside the School.
an independent research project. An honours or honours equivalent
degree is recommended for candidates for the Master of Arts in Health Required Classes
Promotion or Leisure Studies. Those with appropriate qualifications are • HPRO 5503.03: Intermediate Statistics for Health Sciences Prerequisite:
normally registered in the one-year master's program. Although Before entering HPRO 5503.03, students must have completed an
Dalhousie’s minimum GPA requirement is a 3.0 GPA (B) and the School of introductory class in statistics with at least a “B” grade.
Health and Human Performance requires a 3.3 (B+), the average GPA of • HPRO 5514.03: Trends in Health Education OR HPRO 5516.03:
students accepted to the School of Health and Human Performance is Theoretical & Scientific Bases of Health Education.
usually a 3.5 or better. Students from undergraduate programs in related • HPRO 5595.03: Measurement & Evaluation in Health Education and
fields (other than Health Promotion, Kinesiology, or Leisure Studies) will Health Promotion.
be considered for graduate study in the School, but may be required to • LEIS 5501.03: Advanced Research Methods in the Social and Natural
register in the two-year master's program. Sciences OR comparable class approved by the thesis advisor
Qualifying work may be required of applicants whose background for • HPRO 9000.00: Thesis. 12 credit hours
advanced studies in Health Promotion, Kinesiology, or Leisure Studies is
judged deficient.
Elective Classes
• HPRO 5514.03 and HPRO 5516.03 as listed above.
The application deadline is January 15, however applications received • HPRO 5518: Women’s Health and the Environment
as late as June 1 will be considered pending space availability. • HPRO 5600.06/5601.03/5602.03: Independent Studies. Open to
independent completion of study. Interested students should consult
Program Requirements the Associate Director (Graduate) prior to registering in the course.
One full academic year (12 months) of resident study at Dalhousie • HPRO 5620.03: Topics in Health Psychology. Cross-listed with PSYO
University is a minimum requirement for the one-year master's degrees. 6420.03.
Although the MA and MSc degree programs officially have a one-year
residency requirement, students should expect to take from 18 to 24 B. Master of Science (MSc) in
months of full-time work to complete the degree. Ordinarily, for full-time
students, the degree must be completed within four years of first Kinesiology
registration. PLEASE NOTE: Not all classes listed below are offered every year. Please
Completion of the degree is also possible through part-time study. may also be taken outside the School.
However, financial assistance is not available for students undertaking the
degree on a part-time basis.
Health and Human Performance 149

Required Classes HPRO 5514.03 is an opportunity to take stock of the field, to discuss,
• KINE 5501.03: Advanced Research Methods in the Social and Natural debate, and critique trends and issues, and to generate ideas helpful in
Sciences accomplishing our goals more effectively.
• KINE 5590.03: Measurement and Instrumentation
• One of:
HPRO 5516.03: Theoretical and Scientific Bases of
• KINE 5510.03: Cardiorespiratory Dynamics in Exercise Health Education.
• KINE 5516.03: Neuromuscular Physiology This class provides an opportunity for students to develop and further
• KINE 5523.03: Biomechanics of Human Motion their expertise in selected areas of health education content. These areas
• KINE 5530.03: Cognitive Ergonomics will be examined by an analysis of relevant health-related theories and
• KINE 9000.00: Thesis. 12 credit hours scientific inquiry. Students will prepare a paper that might serve as
background information in the development of a health education
Elective Classes program or program evaluation, and that is in a form suitable for
• KINE 5510.03, 5516.03, 5523.03 and KINE 5530.03 as listed above. appearance in a scholarly or popular publication.
• KINE 5503.03: Intermediate Statistics for Health Sciences Prerequisite:
Students must have completed an introductory class in statistics with HPRO 5518.03: Women’s Health and the
at least a “B” grade. Environment.
• KINE 5572.03: Topics in Human Performance This is a multi- and interdisciplinary seminar for graduate students in any
• KINE 5600.06/5601.03/5602.03: Independent Studies. Open to faculty. The goal of the class is to explore the interconnections between
independent completion of study. Interested students should consult women’s health and the environment, with an emphasis on environmental
with the Associate Director (Graduate) prior to registering in the contaminants, health, and public policy. The class will examine the
course. evidence linking exposure to toxic chemicals and radiation to cancer, birth
defects, and other manifestations of ill-health, as well as links between air
C. Master of Arts (MA) in and water pollution to human health. It will examine the current policy
framework for addressing environmental health issues, with special
Leisure Studies attention to the tension between industry lobbies and public interest
PLEASE NOTE: Not all classes listed below are offered every year. Please advocacy in the face of scientific uncertainty.
may also be taken outside the School. HPRO 5595.03: Measurement and Evaluation in
Required Classes Health Education and Health Promotion.
• LEIS 5501.03: Advanced Research Methods in the Social and Natural The impetus for this class is the conviction that health education and
Sciences. health promotion programs can be improved through evaluation.
• LEIS 5503.03: Intermediate Statistics for Health Sciences OR another Students will be introduced to both quantitative and qualitative
intermediate statistics class approved by the student's advisor. approaches to evaluation, in ways that have meaning to health
Prerequisite: Students must have completed an introductory class in professionals whose primary business is practice. By applying what is
statistics with at least a “B” grade. learnt to selected health education and health promotion programs,
• LEIS 5592.03: Interdisciplinary Basis of Leisure Science. students are encouraged to become practitioners who evaluate.
• LEIS 9000.00: Thesis. 12 credit hours HPRO 5600X/Y.06 (5601.03/5602.03): Independent
Elective Classes Study in Health Promotion.
• LEIS 5512.03: Lifestyles of Ill and Disabled Persons. This class allows the School to provide more specialized instruction on
• LEIS 5561.03: Gender, Leisure and the Family. specific topics to graduate students with particular interests. Class format
• LEIS 5562.03: Perspectives on Youth. is variable and may include seminars, lectures, literature searching,
• LEIS 5563.03: Leisure Behaviour and the Older Adult. evaluation of papers, participation on research projects, etc. There is
• LEIS 5600.06/5601.03/5602.03: Independent Studies. Open to usually a high degree of one-on-one interaction. The independent studies
independent completion of study. Interested students should consult are organized on a year-to-year basis in accordance with student interest
with the Associate Director (Graduate) prior to registering in the and faculty expertise.
course.
HPRO 5620.03: Topics in Health Psychology.
This seminar class is an analysis of contemporary theory and research in
III. Class Descriptions the field of health psychology. Two primary themes will be examined:
psychological processes and health behavior (e.g. smoking, exercise, AIDS,
HPRO 5503.03: Intermediate Statistics for Health
and addictions); and coping with chronic health stressors (e.g. pain, illness
Sciences. and disability). The class will include a critical analysis of selected
This class is designed as a second class in statistics and is intended to interventions for addressing specific health behaviors and stressors such
provide the graduate student with a working knowledge of the statistical as compliance strategies.
issues and techniques more commonly used by researchers in the Health CROSS-LISTING: PSYO 6420.03
Sciences. The focus is on setting up appropriate statistical models and on
the interpretation of the results. Statistical packages, including MINITAB KINE 5501.03: Advanced Research Methods in the
and GLIM, will be used to carry out the computations. The topics to be Social and Natural Sciences.
covered include: simple linear regression, correlation, analysis of variance This class addresses research methods, and is designed to accommodate
(ANOVA), multiple regression, inference, qualitative variables, the variety of graduate student research interests in the School of Health
multicollinearity, sampling experimental design, analysis of covariance and Human Performance. Principles and techniques of natural and social
and repeated measure design. sciences will be examined using relevant examples from published
PREREQUISITE: An introductory statistics class literature. The instructor assumes that students have undergraduate level
CROSS-LISTING: STAT 5990.03 knowledge of research methods, however, initial classes will be spent
reviewing basic principles. In addition, topics will include the philosophy
HPRO 5514.03: Trends in Health Education.
of science, the logic of the research process, causality, measurement, and
To be an effective leader in health promotion/health education, we must
ethical procedures. Students will be introduced to the philosophical
be aware of the current trends and issues affecting the field. Students will debate about the application of classical scientific methods to social
examine and discuss trends and issues both as identified by the instructor phenomena, the qualitative and quantitative dichotomy, and the role of
and by themselves. These trends will cover a range of topics related to theory in research. This class provides students the opportunity to
conceptual, social, and professional issues.
150 Health and Human Performance

develop the research methods section in a research proposal either for KINE 5990.03: Interdisciplinary Human Nutrition.
their thesis or other research endeavour. Students will acquire current information about the basic principles of
CROSS-LISTING: LEIS 5501.03 human nutrition and nutritional requirements throughout the life cycle.
They will also analyze a variety of psychological, social, economic,
KINE 5503.03: Intermediate Statistics for Health physical, educational, and cultural factors which influence eating habits.
Sciences. Appropriate nutrition-related community resources will be identified. The
See listing for HPRO 5503.03 students will gain an insight into the similarities of classmates’
educational backgrounds and a further understanding of their
KINE 5510.03: Cardiorespiratory Dynamics in professional roles, thus enhancing possibilities for interdisciplinary
Exercise. cooperation in future clinical areas and the community.
This class will involve an examination of published research concerning FORMAT: Lecture and Discussion
the health related aspects of physical fitness. For the most part, the class CROSS-LISTING: NURS 5990.03
will follow a seminar format with practical and/or laboratory
demonstrations. KINE 5600X/Y.06 (5601.03/5602.03): Independent
Study in Kinesiology.
KINE 5516.03: Neuromuscular Physiology. This class allows the School to provide more specialized instruction on
The objectives of this class are to develop an understanding of how the specific topics to graduate students with particular interests. Class format
neuromuscular system controls human movements. Both central and is variable and may include seminars, lectures, literature searching,
peripheral nervous systems are studied, but the emphasis is on how evaluation of papers, participation on research projects, etc. There is
peripheral mechanisms regulate and control muscle recruitment. Weekly usually a high degree of one-on-one interaction. The independent studies
tutorials involve discussions of relevant research and the underlying are organized on a year-to-year basis in accordance with student interest
mechanisms controlling recruitment. A weekly three hour lab allows and faculty expertise.
students to measure many of the mechanisms and properties of muscles
under discussion. LEIS 5501.03: Advanced Research Methods in the
Social and Natural Sciences.
KINE 5523.03: Biomechanics of Human Motion.
Please see class description for KINE 5501.03.
This class is designed to provide an advanced understanding of
CROSS-LISTING: KINE 5501.03
mechanical principles as they apply to the analysis of human movement.
Several major directions being taken in the field of Biomechanic research LEIS 5503.03: Intermediate Statistics for Health
will be covered. This class should provide a solid foundation for students
intending to conduct research in Biomechanics. Topics include: kinematics
Sciences.
and kinetics of linked systems in two and three dimensions, linear impulse See listing for HPRO 5503.03.
momentum analysis, work-energy analysis, analysis of interactions LEIS 5512.03: Lifestyles of Ill and Disabled Persons.
between linked segments, functional roles of muscles, body segment
This class involves the identification and critical analysis of issues in the
parameters, data smoothing, modelling and simulation.
leisure and lifestyle of persons with chronic health problems and
KINE 5530.03: Cognitive Ergonomics. disabilities. Students gain a knowledge and understanding of selected
This class is designed to provide an in-depth treatment of human issues and research through readings, field experiences, and classroom
information processing capabilities and how this knowledge can be discussion. Alternative solutions to current problems faced by
applied in ergonomic settings. The format of the class is a combination of practitioners and advocates are assessed. Issues include: psycho-social
brief lectures, group seminars and individual presentations. Each member theory of illness/disability, professional preparation, legislation, service
of the class will complete a project and present the results to the seminar development, support services, implementation of the integration process,
group. and research implications.
KINE 5572.03: Topics in Human Performance: Motor LEIS 5561.03: Gender, Leisure and the Family.
The basis of this class is a critical examination of the theories and concepts
Control. which have been used to study gender roles and the family in
This class is intended to be a graduate level seminar which attempts to contemporary society. The application of these theories and concepts to
provide careful examination of published research and other written work leisure is then explored. Particular attention is paid to the relationship
in the area of motor control. The first portion of the class will consist of a between paid employment, household management and leisure for males
brief review of the mechanical and physiological foundations of motor and females. In addition, the impact of changing patterns of family
control and an illustration of some of the most useful and popular composition is examined.
paradigms in the field. The second portion of the class will turn to classic
problems and current theoretical and empirical attempts to solve them. LEIS 5562.03: Perspectives on Youth.
The last portion of the class will involve presentations by members of the This class reviews some of the current issues facing youth today. Most
seminar group. The format of the presentations can vary according to programs which provide leisure services to youth are targeted at the
individual and the topic under consideration. Some suggestions would majority. There are many young people who would be considered
include: 1) a literature review of a specific topic, 2) a grant proposal for a “minority” because of ethnic origin, socio-economic status or employment
research project and 3) the results of a study conducted during the class. status. These people are seldom served by recreation services.
Unemployment and underemployment pose one of the biggest fears for
KINE 5590.03: Measurement and Instrumentation in young people in school. The answer may not rest with job creation
Human Movement Analysis. programs alone. It is the purpose of this class to pursue alternatives and
The objectives of this class are to provide the student with both a through an experiential component be able to interact with young people
theoretical and practical understanding of the many issues related to directly and identify their needs. This will result in a research project.
instrumentation in Kinesiology. Students will be required to apply the
fundamentals of measurement theory to specific instruments. Small LEIS 5563.03: Leisure Behavior and the Older Adult.
experiments will be conducted and students will be required to submit a The purpose of this class will be to enhance the individual’s awareness of
written report demonstrating their understanding of how particular the role that leisure plays in an older person’s lifestyle. The class
instruments are used, and how results are interpreted. emphasizes the effect that crime, housing, health status, fitness level,
education and income have on individual’s leisure behavior. The role of
organized recreation and leisure delivery systems in institutions and
community settings is also elaborated on in this class.
Health and Human Performance 151

LEIS 5592.03: Interdisciplinary Basis of Leisure
Science.
Leisure behavior is determined by a complex multiplicity of factors
including socialization, social-economic status, demographics, politics,
economics, motives, perceptions, attitudes, personality and situational
determinants. This class provides an opportunity to analyze leisure
behavior including play, sport, cultural activities, by means of an
interdisciplinary perspective. The class is based on social science theory
Health Informatics
applied to the study of leisure, along with historical analyses, and social
and cross-cultural comparisons. A critical evaluation of leisure research is Location: Faculty of Computer Science
presented throughout the class. 6050 University Ave
Halifax, NS B3H 1W5
LEIS 5600X/Y.06/5601.03/5602.03 Independent Study Telephone: (902) 494-2740
in Leisure Studies. Fax: (902) 492-1517
Email: hinf@cs.dal.ca
This class allows the School to provide more specialized instruction on
Website: http://www.healthinformatics.dal.ca
specific topics to graduate students with particular interests. Class format
is variable and may include seminars, lectures, literature searching, Graduate Co-ordinator
evaluation of papers, participation on research projects, etc. There is
Abidi, S.S.R., MS (Miami), PhD (Surrey)
usually a high degree of one-on-one interaction. The independent studies
are organized on a year-to-year basis in accordance with student interest Faculty
and faculty expertise. Abidi, S.S.R. (Computer Science)
Cameron, S. (Medicine)
Duffy, J. (Business Administration)
Dunbar, M.J. (Medicine)
Gao, Q. (Computer Science)
Graven, M. (Medicine)
Heywood, M. (Computer Science)
Keselj, V. (Computer Science)
Kutcher, S. (Psychology)
Marche, S. (Business Administration)
Maxwell, D. (Medicine)
Mealiea, L. (Business Administration)
Milios, E. (Computer Science)
Paterson, G. (Medicine)
Rockwood, K. (Medicine)
Shepherd, M. (Computer Science)
Sketris, I. (Pharmacy)
Toms, E.G. (Business Administration)
Veugelers, P. (Community Health & Epidemiology)
Watters, C. (Computer Science)
Zincir-Heywood, A.N. (Computer Science)
Zitner, D. (Medicine)
I. Introduction
What is health Informatics? Health Informatics studies the use of
computing and information technology in health research, education,
patient care, policy setting, and health services administration. The fields
of information technology, health information management and health
care have undergone separate development over the past 30 years. Health
Informatics provides a way of studying and disseminating knowledge and
skills about the interaction of information technology, health care and
people.
The principal purpose of this program is to prepare individuals with
knowledge and skills to use information and information technology to
support clinical care, health service administration, research, and teaching
so that health care and services can be provided effectively, efficiently and
to those in need. There is an urgent need for professionals and scholars
who understand health and health services systems, and should also
understand information technology, to provide the most useful
information to meet the challenges of supporting health.
This interdisciplinary program draws on resources across the University,
including faculty and courses from the Faculty of Computer Science, the
Faculty of Medicine, the Faculty of Management, and the Faculty of
Science.
This two-year program fee degree will require full-time students to
register consistently for all five terms of residency requirement. The
program can also be completed on a part-time basis by students who wish
to continue working while studying. Part-time students will also be
152 Health Informatics

required to maintain consistent registration until completion of the • Research work for thesis students
program. The program consists of course work in hea.lth, information • One elective for thesis students
technology and management/leadership, plus a work-term or thesis.
Fifth Term (Winter Term)
Registration required.
II. Academic Objectives of the Program For work-term students this term will be a work term (if not completed in
• To prepare individuals with knowledge and skills in health and the third term). Such students will be placed with an industry, health
information technology to: system partner, or health research organization. This will give them an
• Support research & development and education in health opportunity to apply the program to specific practicum/work situations.
• Support patient care and health promotion A project report is required at the end of the work term. For thesis
• Support policy development at local, provincial, national and students, this will be a continuation of their research and writing work.
international levels
• Support health services administration Research
• Address the fundamental questions of the purposes of health services For students conducting research for a thesis, supervisors are available
and the role of information and information technology in health. from a wide variety of speciality fields surrounding medicine, health care
• Address the structuring, collection and use of information for and computer science. Research interests of the faculty include electronic
performance indicators and quality improvement health records, Web information systems, data mining, and warehousing,
• Address the development of clinical decision support tools and health outcomes, the effect of technology on health policy, tele-medicine,
methodologies machine learning and decision support systems, knowledge management,
patient information systems and the application of standards for the
III. Admission Requirements exchange of health information electronically.
In order to begin studies in this field at Dalhousie University, you will
need each of the following: VI. Class Descriptions
• An undergraduate degree in a health profession or in an information
technology area HINF 6000.00: Introduction to Health Informatics.
• A university course in statistics is recommended but not required A compulsory non-credit orientation to develop an understanding and
• A university course in computer programming is recommended but framework for the study of health informatics, and to provide an
not required introduction to the core elements of the program.
• Preference will be given to students with two years experience in the INSTRUCTOR(S): Zitner, D.
field (information technology or health professions). Experience will be FORMAT: Seminar
evaluated on a case by case basis, but should include some work with PREREQUISITE: Admission to Master of Health Informatics Program
applying information technology to health issues.
HINF 6010.03: Case Studies in Health Informatics.
By interacting with practitioners in the Health Informatics field, students
IV. Course Requirements will be able to consolidate all the elements form their program. Students
A student wishing to achieve this degree will have accumulated seven full will study cases presented by people working with concrete health
credits consisting of five full credits of required courses and either a thesis informatics projects in a way that reflects the issues and principles of the
or a work term and elective courses. field.
FORMAT: One 3 hour seminar per week
V. Courses PREREQUISITE: Admission to Master of Health Informatics Program
First Term (Fall Term) HINF 6020.03: Research Methods.

• Introduction to Health Informatics (two day orientation- non-credit) This class explores the logic and principles of research design,
• Health Information: Flow and Use measurement, and data collection. The class offers a range of
• Networks and the Web or Fundamentals of Clinical Care for Non- methodological issues and methods, including experimental and quasi-
Clinicians experimental designs, survey research and sampling, measurement, and
• Health Information Systems & Issues qualitative methods.
• Statistics for Health Informatics PREREQUISITE: Permission of the MHI Graduate Coordinator
Several tutorials will also be available to strengthen areas that are pre-
HINF 6030.03: Statistics for Health Informatics.
requisites.
This course will teach students in the necessary skills to carry out a wide
Second Term (Winter Term) range of statistical analyses. Students will learn the basic principles that
• Health Information: Flow and Standards underlie health research design, data analysis and interpretation of results.
• Knowledge Management for HI FORMAT: Seminar
• Research Methods PREREQUISITE: Admission to Master of Health Informatics Program
• Project Management
HINF 6101.03: Health Information: Flow and Use.
Third Term (Summer Term) This course tracks the flow and use of health information in relation to
Registration required. population and individual health needs, including its generation,
For work-term students this term will be a work term. Such students will collection, movement, storage and use in various settings. The course
be placed with an industry, health system partner, or health research includes a discussion of health and health information, and of the
organization. This will give them an opportunity to apply the program to measurement of health and health services processes.
specific practicum/work situations. A project report is required at the end INSTRUCTOR(S): Zitner, D.
of the work term. For thesis students, this will be a start of their research FORMAT: Lecture, seminar and discussion
and writing work. PREREQUISITE: Admission to Master of Health Informatics Program
Fourth Term (Fall Term) HINF 6102.03: Health Information Flow and
• Management and Leadership for Health Informatics Standards.
• Database and Data Mining for HI This seminar course discusses technical and philosophical issues related to
• Three elective courses for work term students the capture and use of information. Issues include nomenclature; the
OR reliability and accuracy of coding schema; interoperability; and, ISO/
CEN, HL7 and Infoway standards development. Student projects will
Health Informatics 153

track the flow and use of information for hospital, community and public HINF 6300.03: IT Project Management.
health purposes. The class will cover the principles of management for information
FORMAT: Lecture, seminar and discussion technology project. Project management for information technology has to
PREREQUISITE: Admission to Master of Health Informatics Program take into account not only the most effective processes for people to work
out the elements of a project, but also how to ensure the best use of
HINF 6110.03: Health Information Systems & Issues. information technology available for a project. The way in which groups
A course about health infostructures and their strengths and weaknesses. work most effectively with technology and with each other will impact on
Students will learn about how such structures operate, the issues they the success of a project. Students will learn generic principles of project
generate, their impact on the health of populations and their impact on the management as well as of information management within projects.
flow and use of information. Particular attention will be paid to ethical and Through case studies and field investigations of actual health information
practical health informatics issues. projects, students will gain a real-world understanding.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Maxwell, David. CROSS-LISTED: BUSI 6523 and ECMM 6022
FORMAT: Seminar FORMAT: Lecture and seminar
PREREQUISITE: Admission to Master of Health Informatics Program PREREQUISITE: Admission to Master of Health Informatics Program
HINF 6120.03: Fundamentals of Clinical Care for Non- HINF 6901.03: Directed Studies.
Clinicians. This class offers the student the opportunity to undertake further study
This course consists of lectures and student-led seminars. The purpose is into a specific topic of interest that is not covered in the regular class
to enable non-clinicians to communicate with clinical experts by a) offerings. The student will be supervised by a faculty member competent
outlining the purposes of health care, b) providing information about in the area of interest.
measures of health status (comfort and function), c) outlining diagnostic FORMAT: Regular meetings between the student and supervising faculty
strategies, d) outlining how clinicians make diagnoses, including PREREQUISITE: Permission of Graduate Coordinator for Master of
information about diagnostic strategies, with particular reference to Health Informatics program.
common ailments, e) outlining treatment choices and how clinicians
distinguish between appropriate treatments for a particular condition HINF 6903.03: Special Topics in Health Informatics.
again with reference to common afflictions. This graduate class examines topics that are not part of the regular Health
We are not aware of any other such course offered at Dalhousie Informatics curriculum.
University. Students are admitted to the Master of Health Informatics FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
program from either an IT background or from a Health sector PREREQUISITE: Permission of the Graduate Coordinator for Master of
background. We have found that the entering students must be streamed Health Informatics program
so that students from the IT background will receive more of an
introduction to the health care system and those from the Health HINF 7000.06: Internship.
background will take the introduction to IT course that already exists. This FORMAT: Internship
course will serve as the additional course required for students from the IT PREREQUISITE: Permission of the Graduate Coordinator for Master of
background. Health Informatics program
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Zitner
FORMAT: Seminar HINF 9000.12: Graduate Thesis.
PREREQUISITE: Admission to a health related graduate program PREREQUISITE: Permission of Graduate Coordinator for Master of
Computer Science Program
HINF 6210.03: Databases and Data Mining for Health
Informatics.
Health organizations collect massive amount of data to support clinical
decision-making, outcome measurement, policy setting, administration
and research. This course provides a conceptual understanding of various
data mining algorithms and introduces healthcare-related data mining
strategies to facilitate the mining of real-life healthcare data to provide
data-driven healthcare decision-support services.
FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: Admission to Master of Health Informatics Program
HINF 6220.03: Networks and the Web for Health

Informatics.
The purpose of this course is to provide an introduction to the principle
architectures and techniques used to turn individual computers into an
information system. An introduction to database design and
internetworking will be followed by various protocols for communication
among clients and servers across the Web.
FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: Admission to Master of Health Informatics Program
HINF 6230.03: Knowledge Management for Health

Informatics.
This class includes a technology-oriented coverage of knowledge
management processes, technologies and applications to support the
capture, organization, sharing and re-use of healthcare knowledge to
support three main activities: Clinical decision support, practitioner and
patient education, and health administration.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Abidi
PREREQUISITE: Admission to the Master of Health Informatics Program
154 Health Informatics

The MHSA program is accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of
Health Care Management Education, and the School is a full member of
the Association of University Programs in Health Administration. The
School is also a member of the European Health Care Management
Association.
The School of Health Services Administration offers a Master of Health
Health Services Services Administration (MHSA) degree, and is a partner with Memorial
University, the University of New Brunswick, and the University of Prince
Administration Edward Island, in the Atlantic Regional Training Centre, which offers a
Master of Applied Health Services Research (MAHSR) degree.
Location: 5599 Fenwick Street
Halifax, NS B3H 1R2 I. Objectives - MHSA
Telephone:(902) 494-7097 The School of Health Services Administration offers a Master of Health
Fax: (902) 494-6849 Services Administration degree which meets the needs of those pursuing
Email: Health.Services.Administration@Dal.Ca administrative careers in the Canadian health care delivery system. The
Website: http://www.dal.ca/shsa program is designed to prepare individuals for careers in hospital
administration, nursing administration, long term care administration,
Director of School public and community health administration and administration in
Byrne, J., BA (St. FX), MA, PhD (Kansas), MHSA (Dal). Executive decision- municipal, provincial and federal governments in health and health-
making, managing change, health policy. related areas. There are employment opportunities for individuals with an
MHSA in policy, planning, evaluation, administration and research.
Professors Emeriti
Cohen, M., BA, DMD, MSD, PhD, MPH, major appointment in Faculty of The program seeks to provide a conceptual background for the
Dentistry increasingly complex managerial tasks that need to be performed in health
Nestman, L., BComm (Sask), CA, MHSA (Alta). institutions and health related governmental departments. Every effort is
made to balance political, social, economic, cultural, medical and ethical
Professors approaches to understanding the health care delivery system with those of
Byrne, J., BA (St. FX), MA, PhD (Kansas), MHSA (Dal). Executive decision- the management sciences.
making, managing change, health policy.
Grunfeld, E., BA, BSc, MSc, MD, DAcu, DPhil, major appointment in The emphasis in the program is on an academic, multidisciplinary and
Faculty of Medicine professional education. It is academic in that it emphasizes knowledge of
Johnston, G., BSc(Hons) (McGill), MHSA (Alta), PhD (Western). Cervical current research findings and treats the practice of health services
cancer screening, palliative care, breast cancer issues, cancer registries administration as phenomena subject to social scientific analysis. It is
Rathwell, T., BA (York), MA, PhD (Dunelm). Health care reform, multidisciplinary in that faculty are drawn from traditional social and
comparative health care systems, primary health care policies. administrative sciences. It is a professional program in the sense that it
Sketris, I., BSc (Pharm) (Toronto), PharmD (Minn), MPA (HSA) (Dal). will attempt to broaden the social perspectives of the student emphasizing
Major appointment in College of Pharmacy that a professional has a social responsibility to society and must have an
appreciation of the ethical standards appropriate to a career in health
Associate Professors services administration.
MacKinnon, N., PhD RPh. Major appointment in College of Pharmacy
Persaud, D. D., MSc (Queens), MSA (Central Michigan), PhD (Toronto). II. Application Procedure
Institutional theory, resource dependency theory, information systems,
Application forms are available from the Registrar's Office of Dalhousie
quality of life measurement and health services utilization
University. Applications should be submitted as early as possible.
Assistant Professors Application forms, letters of reference forms etc., can be downloaded from
the Registrar Office Website at: www.registrar.dal.ca
Kirk, S., BSc, PhD (Leeds)
Simms, C., BA (SMU), MPA (Dal), MHSc (John Hopkins), DPhil (Sussex) Registrar’s copy of the application form, and the application fee should be
Luu, S., BS (Taiwan), MPH (Emory), PhD (USA) submitted to the Registrar’s Office.
Adjunct Professors The following supporting documents are to be sent directly to the School:
Boone, G., BN, MPA (Dal) a. Original transcripts of all previous academic work (2 copies) (B+
Cochrane, W.D., BA(Hons), LLB (Dal) average)
Hurley, M., BComm, MBA (SMU), CMA b. At least two academic letters of reference
Jreige, S., BSc (SMU), MHSA (Dal) c. Résumé/Curriculum Vitae
Maddalena, V., BN, MHSA, PhD (Dal) d. A statement of career interests and reasons for seeking admission to the
Marsh, W., BComm (Dal), MBA (SMU) School
Mouland, D., BSc, DHSA, MHSA (Dal) e. GMAT (see below)
Schmitz, K., BSc (Ottawa), MPA (HSA) (Dal), MBA (SMU) f. TOEFL for Foreign Students (see below)
Secord, P., BComm, MBA, MPA (Dal), PhD (Reading), CMA, CGA, CIA, g. Faculty of Graduate Studies and Department copy of the application
FCMA form.
Steele, W., BComm (SMU), MA (Econ) (UNB) Deadlines for September admission:
April 1 International - other, and Canadian automatic scholarship
Students seeking further information or help in planning classes of study consideration
in the School of Health Services Administration should contact the: June 1 Canadian - final deadline (no automatic scholarship
Graduate Coordinator consideration)
School of Health Services Administration
5599 Fenwick Street Candidates normally are required to sit for the Graduate Management
Halifax, NS B3H 1R2 Admission Test (GMAT). This requirement may be waived by the School
(902) 494-7097 of HSA Admissions Committee where the applicant has a GPA of 3.7 or
above and have successful completion of a statistics course. Otherwise,
The School has been designated as WHO Collaborating Centre for Health GMAT results will be considered with other information submitted by
Care System Research and Development. applicants, in deciding on eligibility for admission.
Health Services Administration 155

The Test may be taken at conveniently-located computer-based testing Candidates for the MHSA/MBA program must satisfy the entrance
centres throughout North America and in many other parts of the world. requirements of both programs and may obtain further information about
Candidates in US and Canada may schedule a GMAT CAT (computer- the combined program by contacting either the School of Health Services
adaptive test) appointment by calling either 1-800-GMAT-NOW or a local Administration or the School of Business. For admission, students must
testing centre. Candidates can schedule their test within a few days of apply to both the School of Health Services Administration and the School
actually taking it. However, they should consider admission deadlines of Business individually. Please consult departments for program of study
and call early to maximize their chances of securing their preferred test details.
date at the centre most convenient to them. School of Health Services
Administration GMAT Number is 0690. Note: For all combined degrees, requirements for both programs must be
met before a student can convocate.
All students are required to demonstrate at an early stage in their studies
that they are proficient in writing reports and essays in English. E. MHSA Thesis Option
Candidates from countries outside Canada whose mother tongue is not The School offers an MHSA thesis option that typically is open to one to
English will be required to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language three new students per year. Thesis option students are expected to
(TOEFL) as a requirement for admission and a minimum score of 580 must complete their MHSA within a similar time frame as course-work MHSA
be achieved (237 on computerized testing 92 for internet based test). students, this is a normally 20 months for full time students although the
Further information may be obtained by writing: time period may be longer for thesis students. Student research topics
Test of English as a Foreign Language should be consistent with the School’s research strategy and the
Box 899 availability of research advisors. Research topics should be
Princeton, N.J., 08540, U.S.A. interdisciplinary where appropriate and grounded in the field experience.
CANDIDATES ARE ADVISED TO TAKE THE TEST(S) AT THE Course work and “thesis option” MHSA students would complete the
EARLIEST POSSIBLE DATE. same first 10 required MHSA courses. Admittance into the “thesis option”
would occur only after completion of the 10 required courses.
For foreign students, it is strongly recommended that all documents
(transcripts and references) be submitted prior to April 1st. IV. General Admission Requirements
III. Degree Programs Faculty of Graduate Studies. Enrollment in the School is limited. In general
successful applicants should have attained at least a “B+” standing in their
A. Part time Study previous university work - undergraduate degree, honours or equivalent,
The Program offered through the School is available to students on a part required.
time basis. A part-time student may enrol in up to two and one-half credits Admission is based on an assessment of:
in any one academic year. In order to ensure that graduate students • All previous academic work
benefit from a reasonable concentration of their studies, part-time studies • Original, complete transcripts
must normally be completed within six years. • Letters of academic reference
• GMAT (may be waived depending on GPA and successful completion
B. LLB/MHSA of a statistics course)
The four-year LLB/MHSA program is a collaborative effort between the • TOEFL (when required)
Dalhousie Law School and the School of Health Services Administration. • Resume/CV
The combined LLB/MHSA enables students to select classes leading to • Statement of career interests
degrees of Master of Health Services Administration and Bachelor of Law.
Candidates for the LLB/MHSA program must satisfy the entrance
A. Exemption
requirements of both programs, and may obtain further information about Applicants wishing to receive exemption from a required class should
the combined program by contacting either the School of Health Services include class outlines for those classes previously taken which they
Administration or the Faculty of Law. For admission, students must apply consider to be equivalent to Dalhousie HESA classes. Where it is
to both the School of Health Services Administration and the Law School determined at time of admission that a student has the equivalent of a
individually.Students applying for the MHSA program may submit LSAT required class but is not granted advanced placement, an exemption may
results in lieu of GMAT results. Please consult departments for program of be permitted, so that another class is substituted for the required class.
study details.
V. Class Descriptions
C. MN/MHSA The two-year program leading to a Master of Health Services
The combined MN/MHSA program, a collaborative undertaking between Administration degree features both an academic and results-oriented
the School of Nursing and the School of Health Services Administration, curriculum. It requires the successful completion of 9-11 credits which
enables students to select classes leading to degrees of Master of Nursing must include:
and Master of Health Services Administration.
Required Classes
Candidates for the MN/MHSA program must satisfy the entrance
requirements of both programs, and may obtain further information about HESA 5300.03: Introduction to the Canadian Health
the combined program by contacting either the School of Health Services
System.
Administration or the School of Nursing. For admission, students must
apply to both the School of Health Services Administration and the School This class provides a brief introduction to the history, legislation,
financing and payment systems, health professionals, health promotion,
of Nursing individually. Please consult departments for program of study
ethics and values, and trends (e.g. regionalization, consumerism, primary
details.
health care) in the Canadian health care system. The class is designed as an
D. MHSA/MBA introduction to the health services administration program. The
discussion and tasks in the class are directed toward the development of a
The combined MHSA/MBA program, a collaboration between the School life long and self-directed learning focus, the importance of networking
of Health Services Administration and the School of Business, is a 3 year and interpersonal skills, written and oral communication, and values.
program which enables students to select classes leading to degrees of
Master of Health Services Administration and Master of Business
Administration.
156 Health Services Administration

HESA 5315.03: Managing Change in Health Systems. HESA 5345.03: Health Services Financial Accounting,
This class provides a theoretical and practical understanding of the design, Governance and Management Control.
implementation, and assessment of transformational and adaptive change The purpose of this class is to provide a basic understanding of
processes within health care systems. Health system transformation is management control techniques and management accounting decision
initiated and sustained by the broader social, political, technological, and making techniques and processes that exist for health service
economic context within which health systems function. Therefore, administrators. The class will cover the following topics: an introduction
assessments of these and other factors related to health system change are to management control; financial statement and analysis; break-even
examined. Specifically, topics that are covered include examining the analysis; responsibility accounting; socio-economic aspects of budgeting;
environments of health care organizations, organizational culture, financial decisions and relevant costs.
organizational effectiveness, knowledge management, organizational
learning and innovation, business process reengineering, marketing in HESA 5350.03: Health Services Management Control
health systems, and creating and managing the future. Case analysis and Funding Systems.
utilizing health systems examples, individual and group exercises, as well
The purpose of this class is to provide a basic understanding of
as the completion and presentation of a field project are used to facilitate
management control and decision making techniques and funding
participation and learning.
systems that exist for health service administrations. The class will cover
HESA 5320.03: Managerial Epidemiology. the following topics: management control; performance budgeting; patient
classification; work measurement; responsibility accounting;
This class is designed for health services administrators, not researchers.
socioeconomic aspects of budgeting; cost allocation; multi-year cost;
The class has three components: assessing the health status of a population
financial decisions; relevant costs; and funding systems.
using existing data; using Epi-Info for statistical analysis of associations
(relative risk, odds ratio, chi-square test, confidence intervals, Mantel- HESA 6100.03: Ethics and Decision-Making in Health
Haenszel analysis, multiple logistic regression) and clinical guideline
monitoring. Throughout the class, reoccurring themes are: understanding
Services Administration.
the meaning of numbers, assessing validity, and ascertaining causation, This class has three objectives: first, to raise the student's awareness of the
including the concepts of confounding and effect modification. A lecture ethical implications of decision-making in health care administration.
format with guest speakers and some discussion is used. There are three Second, the class will assist students in the development of approaches for
individual (community health profile, Mantel-Haenszel and a clinical exploring and resolving ethical dilemmas in the workplace. Third, the
guideline poster) assignment as well as a mid term and final tests. class will assist students in examining and developing a greater
understanding of their own value system as it relates to decision-making
HESA 5330.03: Management and Design of Health and management practice. The class is a combination of case study
Care Organizations. analysis, group projects, guest speakers and self-directed study.
Health care organizations are inherently complex and function in an HESA 6305.03: Health Services Outcomes.
increasingly dynamic environment. This course provides an introduction
Determining the outcomes of health services provision and measuring the
to the knowledge and skills necessary for the effective management of
performance of health care organizations are redefining how health care is
health care organizations. This is accomplished by examining the
strategized and delivered. This reflects the urgent need to improve health
foundations of management thought, managerial roles, motivation,
care quality and the imperative of assessing health care interventions. The
leadership, and job design as they relate to health care organizations.
objective of this class is to expose students to the origins of the medical
Additionally, topics such as organizational structure and design,
outcomes movement, the importance of understanding the forces driving
teamwork, co-ordination and communication, and conflict management
outcomes management, and the necessity of developing the requisite skills
and negotiation will be examined. The major course objectives will be to
for managing health services organizations. Topics examined in the class
provide opportunities for learning key concepts and theory in a setting
include developing strategies for implementing an outcomes
which encourages discussion and feedback.
measurement system, assessing customer satisfaction and feedback,
HESA 5335.03: Information Systems in Health quality of life measurement, the utilization of health services, small area
variations, clinical practice guidelines, disease management, outcomes in
Administration. long term care, the dynamics of waiting lists, and system performance
The main objective of this class is to prepare health administrators to measurement. Didactic lectures, case analysis, assigned readings,
manage information systems and to use information technology assignments which combine theoretical and practical application, and a
effectively. The strength of the class is the use of real problems, situations, final presentation providing detailed analysis of an outcomes
cases, and experiences as supplements to the textbook and references. management project will be used to expose students to this area of health
Students are expected to learn about processes and issues related to services management.
planning, analysis, design, procurement, implementation and
management of information and information technologies in the health HESA 6310.03: Health Care Policy.
system. This class introduces the student to the evolution of Canadian health care
policy. Students are exposed to three streams of study which, when taken
HESA 5339.03: Introduction to Health Care together, help to illuminate how our health care system has emerged over
Economics for Health Care Administration. time. The first stream will provide a conceptual and practical examination
This required class provides the student with a basic understanding of of public policy making which delimits the art and science of crafting
economic theory and the applicability of this theory to the health policy health care policy. Public policy analysis will be introduced in a way that
and administration. It is a pre-requisite to HESA 5340, which emphasizes provides an overview of techniques and issues that are applicable to an
economic evaluation of health care programs and appraisal of economic understanding of health care policy at the provincial and federal levels.
policies as they related to a broader definition of health. No prior With this approach providing the backdrop, a second stream
knowledge of economics is assumed; however, students are expected to concentrates on current developments in the Canadian health care system
possess basic quantitative skills for economics analysis. as both a direct and indirect consequence of explicit and implicit public
policy decisions. Finally, to facilitate interactive learning, problem solving,
HESA 5340.03: Economic Evaluation and Policy and critical thinking, students are required to examine and analyze a
Issues for Health Care Administration. number of contemporary health care policy issues.
This required class builds upon knowledge of economic theory and
economic analysis to enable the student to become proficient in the HESA 6330.03: Strategic Planning in Health Services.
assessment and evaluation of health policies and programs. HESA 5339.03 The focus of the class is on the processes, methods, models and techniques
or an equivalent background in microeconomic theory is a pre-requisite to of strategic planning and project management in a changing health care
this class. system. Relationships between strategic and operational planning will be

explored, as will the factors that both inhibit or facilitate the planning to enrollment levels, not all placements may be available in the Halifax
process. The overarching objective of the class is to provide students with area.
a firm grounding in the analytical, political and interpersonal skills
necessary to enable them to assess health needs, plan services accordingly, HESA 6500.03: Intermediate Statistics for Health
implement and to evaluate the planning process. Services.
This class introduces a number of techniques for data analysis and
HESA 6340.03: Human Resources in Health Care. inference commonly used in experimental and health sciences.
The Canadian health care system, like many others, is facing unique The class begins with an introduction to model building in linear models
challenges to the management of human resources. The health care and develops the techniques required for multiple regression. From here,
environment poses particular challenges as governments and employers we consider analysis of variance, factorial design, and analysis of
struggle with reform and restructuring, cost containment, and labor covariance using the general techniques for linear models. The last part of
shortages. Human resource management is integral to the overall strategic the class includes techniques for contingency tables along with logistic
planning process and key to organizational performance. Key industry regression. The difference between observational data and designed
leaders are calling for change and shifting focus to the healthy workplace experiments as well as the criteria for proving causation are discussed.
to ensure success and sustainability in Canada's healthcare system. This Throughout the class reference is made to experimental design and the
course will provide the student with an opportunity to explore the assumptions behind the use of various techniques, the emphasis being on
challenges and best practises of administrative and operational choosing an appropriate technique for evaluating a data set. The use of a
management of human resources within the health care industry. Students computer package for graphing data and carrying out computations is an
will be challenged to understand human resource management strategies integral part of the class. Students will design and carry out a simple
and the roles of leaders and managers to enable organizational experiment as part of the class.
effectiveness and efficiency and performance excellence.
Elective Classes
HESA 6360.03: Health Care Law. Students choose 1 credit elective from the following, or other Faculties,
The object of this class is to introduce students to the use and effect of law pending approval of Graduate Coordinator.
as it relates to health care administration. It is designed to provide
students with an appreciation of, and ability to interpret law, as well as the HESA 6000.03: Nursing Administration and
ability to identify actual or potential legal problems. Topics discussed in Leadership.
the class will include: introduction to law, malpractice in general,
This class will provide a general overview of organizational theories, and
including the law relating to consent and to negligent treatment; the legal
their relationship to nursing administration. The role of the Nurse
responsibility of the institution for employees and doctors on staff; special
Administrator and current issues and challenges facing nurse
problems, including death and dying, abortion, sterilization, artificial
administrators in the nineties will also be examined. Students will
insemination, transplants, venereal and other communicable diseases,
compare and contrast selected theories of management and be able to
mental disabilities, medical experimentation, blood alcohol samples, and
discuss their relationship to administrative theory and nursing practice;
child abuse; basic civil procedure (including subpoena and discovery);
examine the changing roles of the nurse administrator; critique existing
medical records, confidentiality and peer review; medical staff privileges;
nursing administrative practices from a multi cultural , feminist
and the corporate structure of hospitals, including hospital bylaws.
perspective; analyze an existing nursing management organization;
HESA 6365.03: Quality Management. discuss current issues and challenges facing Canadian nurse
administrators and, formulate a personal philosophy of administration.
Quality Management (QM) provides participants with an understanding
CROSS-LISTING: NURS 6000.03
of QM concepts and practices in health care. The goal is to prepare
students to actively contribute in a QM context. The scope ranges from HESA 6200.03: International Health Care
broad topics associated with QM as an organization development strategy
to teams, tools and techniques for effective process improvement projects.
Management.
CROSS-LISTING: NURS 5865.03 This online (BLS) class provides opportunity for comparative learning, the
debate of common issues and concerns and discussion of work-related
HESA 6380.03: Senior Seminar in Health Services. problems in the context of health care management. Practising health care
Each class member prepares and presents a major analytical paper on a managers, doctors, nurses, and paramedics, best understand how health
significant unresolved health care problem related to his/her career care is really provided in their respective environments. The class focuses
aspirations. Practitioners and other interested persons are invited to the on four countries [Canada, Finland, Germany and Ireland] which provide
paper presentations scheduled during the last three weeks of class. Classes an interesting array of approaches to health care.
focus on debates, interprofessional learning modules, values exercises,
and current issues in health care management raised by class members
HESA 6325.03: Continuing Care Administration.
and the instructor. The class provides opportunities to analyse, synthesize This class is designed to enable students to understand and appraise
and integrate knowledge and values while refining communication and government policies that have shaped the direction of Long Term Care/
appraisal skills. Senior Seminar is normally completed in the last term of Continuing Care in Canada with particular emphasis on Nova Scotia;
the MHSA program. organize and contrast a number of current structures that have been put in
place to provide care to seniors; explain the concepts of aging, disabilities,
HESA 6390X/Y.06: Health Services Residency. dementia, and the social and medical model of care; and explain, compare,
A 16 week full time administrative residency is required for all students in contrast, and critique a variety of issues in Long Term Care/Continuing
the Master of Health Services Administration program. The objective of Care including facility and community based care, leadership styles, aging
the residency is to provide first-hand familiarity with administrative in place, home care models, living wills/advanced directives and
problems and operations of a health service agency. Students are palliative care.
mentored by qualified, practising senior health service administrators.
They apply and test administrative theories and concepts in a practical
HESA 6341.03: Management Union Relations.
setting, and acquire administrative skills, knowledge, and perspectives This is a seminar class which provides a comprehensive overview of
through observation and contact with a diversity of programs and labour relations in the health care system. Real life situations, cases and
managers. Residency guidelines and information will available to students arbitration decisions will be analyzed and discussed. Issues studied
during orientation the first week of September. include the certification process, the collective bargaining process, the
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in outcomes of collective bargaining, grievance handling and the disciplinary
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed process.
consecutively. Residencies are required for all students. However, due

HESA 6370.03: International Comparative Funding Program Manager
and Insurance Systems. Peyton, C., Memorial University
On a comparative basis, funding and insurance systems will be analyzed Site Coordinators
so that critical insights that pertain to present and future issues facing the University of New Brunswick
Canadian and international health care systems will be portrayed. Some John Landry
issues covered: private, social insurance and state funded systems, private Memorial University
insurance, models for assessing risk, management of employer-based Christa McGrath
health care systems, financial incentives, funding systems, financial policy Dalhousie University
analysis etc. Saleema Karim
University of Prince Edward Island
HESA 6394.03: Directed Project. Beverly Gerg
In order to obtain credit, students are required to complete a written
report based upon research in, or exposure to, a defined problem in health C. Admission Requirements
services administration. For some students, this will involve research
within a health agency or government department. It may be based upon
Faculty of Graduate Studies. In general, successful applicants should have
the consideration of a problem which they have encountered during their
attained at least a minimum GPA of 3.0 or 75 percent, in their previous
actual employment or residency. In both cases, the design of the project
university work - undergraduate degree, honors or equivalent, required.
and the preparation of the report will be done under the supervision of a
These admission requirements are consistent with the minimum
member of the faculty.
admission requirements for graduate education at Dalhousie, Memorial,
HESA 6395.03: Directed Reading. and the University of New Brunswick, and the University of Prince
A special program of directed reading, with appropriate written Edward Island.
assignments, may be arranged with a member of the faculty where the Admission is based on an assessment of:
interest in a subject is not sufficiently widespread to warrant offering a • all previous academic work
regular class. • original, complete transcripts (2 copies)
• a brief statement of research and professional interests
VI. MAHSR • a brief statement describing the suitable match between the Master of
Applied Health Services Research and the applicant's experiences and
A. Objectives goals
• three letters of reference
The Atlantic Regional Training Centre (ARTC) through its four
• resume/CV
interconnected sites (Dalhousie University, Memorial University,
• One copy of application form. Original application form and
University of New Brunswick and the University of Prince Edward Island) application fee to go to Register’s Office
offers a Master of Applied Health Services Research (MAHSR) program. The application deadline for the MAHSR is April 1st.
This advanced degree prepares its graduates who come from varied
backgrounds and diverse disciplines, with the necessary theories and D. Financial Assistance
skills to investigate complex health system issues facing us today and in
the future. Graduates from this interdisciplinary Masters program are Upon acceptance into the program, qualifying full time students may
expected to achieve the following learning objectives: receive a fellowship from the ARTC. Expenses associated with
• Independently undertake health services research; participation in this two-year degree program such as attendance at
• Design, supervise and evaluate projects; workshops will be paid by the ARTC.
• Critically evaluate health services research literature;
• Employ innovative approaches in health services research through E. Program of Study
understanding diversity in decision-making environments and Since the Master of Applied Health Services Research will be offered by
processes; multiple institutional partners (Dalhousie, Memorial, UNB, and UPEI),
• Communicate health research issues and results clearly and synchronous and asynchronous web-based delivery is used to provide a
responsibly to decision-makers, academics, professionals, and to the similar learning environment with standardized course content.
general public; and Mandatory week-long workshops will be rotated between the ARTC sites.
• Integrate and synthesize health services research results across These thematic workshops are designed to facilitate learning in a collegial
disciplines. environment that brings together students and faculty with policy and
decision makers.
B. Faculty In the first semester, students gain a broad picture of applied health
University Of New Brunswick services research through course work in the Canadian Health System;
Biden, E., ARTC Principal, School of Graduate Studies Ethical Foundations of Applied Health Research, and an introductory
Storr, G., RN, PhD, Faculty of Nursing course in Research and Evaluation Design and Methods. The second
semester focuses on health care research through course work in
Memorial University of Newfoundland Qualitative and Quantitative research methods, Health Policy and the
Kearney, A., ARTC Principal, Faculty of Medicine Determinants of Health.
Audas, R., Faculty of Medicine
Between the second and third semesters, students undertake a four-month
Dalhousie University research residency with a decision-making organization. The residency is
Rathwell, T., ARTC Principal, Faculty of Health Professions designed to provide hands-on research and decision-making experience;
Kenny, N., Faculty of Medicine to develop an understanding of how knowledge is transferred between
Ungurain, M., Faculty of Health Professions the academic community and decision-makers; and to discover whether
Dow, J., Faculty of Health Professions projects undertaken are of sufficient interest to the student and the host
organization to merit further investigation as a thesis research topic.
University of Prince Edward Island
Timmons, V., ARTC Principal, VP Academic Development In the fourth semester, students learn about knowledge transfer and
Critchley, K., School of Nursing research uptake and continue to develop research skills by specializing in
MacLellan, D., Family and Nutritional Sciences either Qualitative or Quantitative research approaches. Preparation of a
research proposal leading to the commencement of the thesis is a main
course requirement of these advanced methods classes.

In the fifth and sixth semesters, students continue with their thesis that ARTC 6006.03: Qualitative and Quantitative Methods
culminates with an academic defense. Students are also required to make a This class is divided into two broad sections. The first section will be an
public presentation of their thesis research targeted to decision-makers. overview of statistical techniques that are appropriate to health related
research. It will provide students with some basic building blocks that
F. Classes Offered they can use to carry out their own research and critically evaluate the
work of others. Students will be introduced to SPSS in the Quantitative
ARTC 6001.03: Canadian Health Systems. Methods section (this will be used extensively in the Statistics section).
This class proposes to give an overview of the history of the Canadian The second section is designed to assist students in developing their
Health System and its current organization, as well as an overview of understanding of a variety of qualitative research methods and to start to
other international health system models. The key concepts that will be develop the skills necessary to conduct a qualitative research project.
explored in the Canadian Health System include legislation, institutions, There is a focus on the general epistemological assumptions which
funding structures, human resources, and guiding values. Other issues underpin a qualitative research approach and continue with discussions of
examined will be the factors affecting health services utilization, the the different types of qualitative methods and modes of analysis.
measurement of health outcomes and their use for accountability, and a
review of health information systems in Canada and the structures and ARTC 6007.03: Knowledge Transfer and Research
instruments within them. Finally, current issues and trends relating to the Uptake.
Canadian Health Care system will be reviewed. This class will explore the facilitators and barriers of using evidence in
decision-making, as well as developing the students’ understanding of the
ARTC 6002.03: Ethical Foundations of Applied Health
conceptual, philosophical, and theoretical underpinnings of knowledge
Research. transfer and research uptake. Students will also learn how to create
This class will acquaint students with the ethical basis of health research, ongoing/sustainable linkages with decision makers and how to share
as well as the substantive issues that arise at the macro, meso and micro research findings with academic and non-academic audiences. The class
levels in the design and conduct of research. A variety of approaches to strengthens the program by providing students with skills to interact with
ethical decision-making will be surveyed, with particular attention given stakeholders and facilitate the use of evidence in decision-making. Topics
to how various approaches might apply in the context of Atlantic Canada. explored include Evidence Based Decision Making – barriers and
Standard topics will be explored in this course such as informed consent, facilitators, and why evidence is not used in decision-making. The class
privacy and confidentiality of health information, and conflicts of interest. will look at how to encourage decision-makers to use research evidence
Special attention will be given to issues of rural/urban split, respect for the through behavioral change, social marketing, and sustainable linkages.
integrity of communities, and the potential abuse of expert or professional
authority. ARTC 6008.03: Advanced Qualitative Methods.
CROSS-LISTING: BIOT 6002.03 In this class, students will build on the foundation developed in ARTC
6006. The course begins with a more in-depth examination of ontological
ARTC 6003.03: Research and Evaluation Design and and epistemological assumptions underpinning the various qualitative
Methods. research approaches and moves to developing requisite skills for
In this class, students will become familiar with the research process with completing qualitative research. Students will gain practical experience in
the basic aim of developing skills to critically evaluate the work of others interviewing, participant observation and analysis of qualitative data.
and to understand possible approaches in the design of their own research Students will also develop an appreciation of how to write grant proposals
projects. The initial emphasis in the course will be on formulating research using qualitative approaches and continue to refine their ability to critique
questions and determining strategies that may be used to address a qualitative research. Topics explored will include many of those
particular research theme. As the course unfolds, the approach will switch previously addressed in ARTC 6006 but the focus will shift to comparing
to understanding how various qualitative and quantitative research and contrasting research issues for various qualitative approaches versus
techniques may be used to address research questions that the students comparing and contrasting them to quantitative research.
have posed. The students will be assessed on the critique of published
research and will be required to submit written work throughout the ARTC 6009.03: Advanced Quantitative Research
duration of the course. One of the key features of the course is Methods.
participation in class and on-line discussion. Students will target their This class will expose students to a variety of more advanced quantitative
work towards developing research questions and designing research and statistical approaches to research methodology. The two main
plans to address specific questions. purposes of the class are to provide students with the tools to conduct
advanced quantitative empirical research, and to further develop their
ARTC 6004.03: Determinants of Health: Healthy ability to critically evaluate the work of others. Students will learn to
Public Policy. examine issues and develop research strategies to begin to identify and
This class will explore the development of the philosophy of the answer important topics that need to be researched and students will
determinants of health, and identify the determinants of health and their design a realistic appraisal of what can be achieved and what cannot,
relationship with health status. As the class unfolds, students will gain an given resource constraints.
understanding of the philosophical underpinnings, as well as
understanding their inter-relationships. An understanding of the ARTC 6500.06: Health Services Research Residency.
complexity of developing healthy public policy that addresses multiple Throughout the summer, between the first and second years of the
determinants of health will be developed by students, as well as the MAHSR program, students are matched with a decision-making
consideration of the implications of policy from the perspective of the organization to undertake a research residency. This experience is
determinants of health. expected to assist students in understanding how research is used in
decision-making; to provide an opportunity to apply theory in a practical
ARTC 6005.03: Policy and Decision Making setting; and to explore the merits of whether projects undertaken could be
In this class, students will explore the process of how Canadian Health more fully developed as potential theses research areas.
Policy is developed, implemented and evaluated. This course will also
assist in building skills in the areas of research approach, critical appraisal, ARTC 9000.12: MAHSR Thesis.
policy synthesis, and briefing notes. The class will follow a case based
approach to understand the implications of political, social, ethical, and
economic factors/actors/stakeholders.

O'Brien, J.T., BA (Wisconsin), MA, PhD (Rochester)
Parpart, J., BA (Brown), MA, PhD (Boston)
Pereira, N.G.O., BA (Williams), MA, PhD (California, Berkeley)
Reid, J., BA (Hons) (Oxford), MA (Memorial), PhD (UNB), St Mary's
University
Snobelen, S., BA (Hons), MA (U of Victoria), MPhil, PhD (Cambridge),
King's College
History Stiles, D., AB (Marshall U), MA, PhD (U of Maine), NS Agricultural
College
Location: 6135 University Ave. Stokes, L.D., BA (Toronto), MA, PhD (Johns Hopkins)
Halifax, NS B3H 4P9 Sutherland, D.A., BA (Mt A), MA (Dalhousie), PhD (Toronto)
Telephone: (902) 494-2011 Stuart, R., BA, MA (UBC), PhD (Florida), Mount St Vincent University
Fax: (902) 494-3349 Twohig, P., BA, MA (St Mary's University), PhD (Dalhousie), St Mary's
Email: history@dal.ca University
Website: history.dal.ca/Graduate%20Programs/ Twomey, R., BA (Connecticut), MA, PhD (North Illinois U), St Mary's
University
Chair of Department
Tillotson, S.M. I. Admission Requirements
Graduate Coordinator Candidates for the one-year MA degree must hold a BA Honours degree
in history or its equivalent. Those with general history BA degrees or
Kesselring, K.J.
degrees in fields other than history may be placed in a qualifying year
Professors Emeriti program. Candidates for doctoral study must hold an MA degree in
Crowley, J.E. history or in a cognate field.
Flint, J.E.
Pereira, N.G.O. II. Degree Programs
Waite, P.
Professors A. Master of Arts (MA)

Girard, P., BA (Brock), LLB (McGill), LLM (Cal, Berkeley), PhD The MA is a research degree and can be done full-time or part-time.
(Dalhousie) Major appointment in Law Applicants for the one-year MA will normally have an honours (four-year)
Kirk, J., MA (Queen's), PhD (UBC), Major appointment in Spanish BA or equivalent. Students in the program normally spend the first term
Murray, T.J., MD (Dalhousie) Major appointment in Medicine satisfying class requirements and begin their thesis research early in the
Neville, C.J., BA, MA (Carleton), PhD (Aberdeen), FRHistS winter term, under the supervision of a faculty member, or members, in
Traves, T., BA (Man), MA, PhD (York), President and Vice-Chancellor, the student's area of interest.
Dalhousie University The class requirement is normally satisfied by taking two designated
advanced classes. If there are not two suitable advanced classes offered, a
Associate Professors student may, at the discretion of the Graduate committee and on the
Bannister, J., BA (Memorial), MA, PhD (Toronto) recommendation of the student's principal supervisor, elect to fulfill one of
Bell, C.M., BA (Calgary), MA (King's College London), PhD (Calgary) the class requirements through a Directed Reading Course. Classes and
Kesselring, K., BA, MA (Dalhousie), PhD (Queen’s) reading courses may be selected from other departmental and extra-
Kynoch, G., BA, BED (Queen's), MA, PhD (Dalhousie) departmental offerings, subject to approval of the Graduate committee.
Pekacz, J.T., MA (Cracow, Poland) PhD (Polish Academy of Sciences, (At least one class or reading course must be taught by a member of the
Warsaw), PhD (Alberta) History Department). Students will also enroll in HIST 5800, the Masters
Tillotson, S., BIS (Waterloo), MA, PhD (Queen's) Seminar, a series of workshops and discussions that will culminate with
Zachernuk, P., BA, MA (Dalhousie), PhD (Toronto) the production of a thesis proposal. Theses may be orally examined at any
Assistant Professors time. Topics should be chosen with a view to completion within twelve
months; students should note, however, that completion within sixteen
Bingham, J., BA (UNB), MA (Toronto), PhD (York)
months is not unusual. To complete their degree, students must submit
Campbell, C.E., BA (King’s) MA, PhD (Western)
and orally defend a thesis of not more than 50,000 words. Students in the
Corke, S.J., BA, MA (Guelph), PhD (UNB)
one-year MA program are required to attend the Department Seminar
Ghazal, A., BA (Beirut), MA, PhD (Alberta)
which meets weekly during the academic year.
Heilman, J., BA (Alberta), MA, PhD (Wisconsin-Madison)
McCallum, T., BA (Queen's), MA (Simon Fraser), PhD (Queen's) Candidates writing theses in Canadian history must demonstrate a
Mitchell, C., BA (Regina), MA (McGill), PhD (Toronto) competent reading knowledge of French; those writing theses in other
fields must demonstrate a competent reading knowledge of a language
Adjunct Professors other than English, as appropriate. A language examination, when this is
Crowley, J.E., AB (Princeton), MA (Mich), PhD (John Hopkins) necessary, is part of the normal thesis approval process.
Fingard, J., BA (Hons) (Dalhousie), MPhil, PhD (London), FRSC
Forestall, N., BA (Western), MA (Memorial), PhD (Toronto), St. Francis Students admitted to a qualifying year program must in the first year take
Xavier University five upper level undergraduate history classes and secure at least an
Haigh, E., BSc, MSc, (U of Alberta), PhD (U of Wisconsin), St Mary's average of A-.
University
Howell, C., BA, MA (Dalhousie), PhD (U of Cincinnati), St Mary's B. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
University For minimum time required to complete the program, see the Faculty of
McInnis, P., BA, MLS (Western Ontario), MA (Memorial), PhD (Queen's), Graduate Studies Regulations in this calendar.
St Francis Xavier
McOuat, G., BA, MA, PhD (Toronto), King's College In order to be considered a candidate for the PhD degree, students must
Mills, E., BSc (First Class Hons) (Carleton), MS, PhD (Yale) prepare three fields, at least one of which must be outside the student's
Morrison, J., BA, BEd (Acadia), PhD (U of Ibadan), St Mary's University primary research area, and pass written and oral examinations in all three
Neatby, N., BA (Hons) (U of Ottawa), MA (Queen's), PhD (U of Montreal), fields. In addition, the two major fields require a major historiographical
St Mary's University paper. All students engaged in Canadian, Russian, European and
History 161
Medieval history research (and in other areas, if appropriate) must I. Russian History
demonstrate a reading competence in a language other than English. A Two fields are available: one in nineteenth-century Russian history and
language examination, if appropriate, is part of the normal thesis approval one in twentieth-century Russian and Soviet history.
process. A “pass” of the PhD field work is deemed to be a mark of A- or
better in each element. Passes are recorded only as “P” on transcripts. J. Caribbean and Latin American History
Students who fail to attain the pass standard in one of three exams will be
Fields may be offered in modern Latin American history, especially in
permitted to rewrite within three (3) months of the exam. Students who
Cuban diplomatic, history (Cuba-Canada-Mexico), 19th century Cuban
fail to attain the pass standard on two or three of the fields (or who fail in a
rewrite attempt) will be required to withdraw from the PhD program. intellectual history, and Cuba during the Castro years.
A thesis is required which shall not exceed 100,000 words in length, K. Gender History
excluding footnote references and bibliography. Doctoral theses are Fields are offered, both as single units and in combination, on women and
usually to be undertaken in the areas of Canadian, British, Russian (mid- gender in 19th and 20th century North America, early modern England,
19th century to mid-20th century), and African History. Students wishing modern Europe, and Africa.
to do a PhD thesis in areas other than those named above may be
recommended for admission providing that resources are available. L. Islamic History
Fields are available in Ottoman, Mughal, and Safavid history, from 1500 to
To qualify for the award of the PhD degree, the thesis must make a 1800.
significant and original contribution to historical study by the discovery of
new information, or by the original interpretation of known information, IV. Senior Undergraduate/Graduate Classes
or both.
HIST 5000.03: Directed Readings.*
III. Fields of Study by Directed Reading
HIST 5001.03: Directed Readings II.*
(PhD) FORMAT: This is a class of individual instruction.
RESTRICTION: Students may only register for this class with the
A. Canadian History permission of a Faculty member and the Graduate Coordinator.
The following fields are offered:
History of Atlantic Canada, social, cultural, and political history of HIST 5002X/Y.06: Selected Readings in History.*
Canada, with emphasis on an integrated approach; legal history; welfare NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
history; naval history; gender history. consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
consecutively.
B. Atlantic History FORMAT: This is a class of individual instruction.
RESTRICTION: Students may only register for this class with the
This field explores the history of the Atlantic world and its relationship to
permission of a Faculty member and the Graduate Coordinator
the study of Atlantic Canada. Some areas of concentration include the
staples trades, native peoples, Acadians, the first British Empire, forced HIST 5004.03: Nature and Romanticism.
migrations, maritime labour, reform and responsible government, gender
Kant's "Copernican Revolution" in philosophy, ironically, marked a
in Atlantic societies, industrialization, and regionalism.
resurrection of a full-blown "idealist" philosophy of nature. This class will
investigate the attempts of Kant's followers to construct a natural
C. African History philosophy and its engagement with the rival mechanical world picture. It
This field may be studied with special attention to gender history, social explores the implications of this endeavor for the growth of romanticism,
and economic history, intellectual history or labour history especially of vitalism, and our modern picture of "nature." It begins with an
Anglophone Africa during the pre-colonial, colonial and post-colonial examination of the ambiguous heritage presented by Kant's writings on
periods covering the 19th and 20th centuries. nature and proceeds through the attempts to develop a complete program
of idealist "naturphilosophie and its spread throughout European thought
D. British History by the medium of romanticist art and natural philosophy.
The following fields are offered: British and Scottish legal history, 1150- FORMAT: Seminar
1850; political, social, and cultural history of England and Scotland, 1150- PREREQUISITE: Instructor's permission
1700; the history of northern England, 1100-1700; diplomatic, military and CROSS-LISTING: HSTC 4300.03
political history in the 19th and 20th centuries.
HIST 5056.03: Fascist and National Socialist
E. United States History Movements in Europe, 1900-1945.
Fields are offered in Colonial and Revolutionary America; 19th century Between the World Wars, virtually every European country had one or
American social, labour, and ethnic history; Civil War and Reconstruction; more groups that considered themselves or were considered fascist: in
20th century American foreign relations; intelligence history; intellectual Germany and Italy, of course, but also in France, Spain, Hungary,
and cultural history. Romania, and elsewhere. The seminar will explore the ideals, experiences,
aspirations and political realities of the simultaneously threatening and
F. European History fascinating historical problem.
Fields are available in European history 1650-1914, especially in Italian INSTRUCTOR(S): Bingham, J.
and French history, intellectual and cultural history, behavioural history, FORMAT: Seminar
and the social history of music. PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor
CROSS-LISTING: HIST 3053.03
G. German History
HIST 5060.03: Topics in the Civilization of Baroque
Only one field is available in German history: Germany 1870-1945. Within
this, students may concentrate upon particular topics or periods especially Italy.
relevant to their thesis work. Empasizes the techniques and methods of studying history from archival
sources in the Italian context, circa 1570-1740. Areas to be explored are
H. Medieval History Baroque Catholicism, social interaction, social status and display court
culture, standards of living, historical ecology and geography. Substantial
Fields are available in English, Scottish and medieval European history.
use of translated and transcribed archival sources.
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Hanlon
162 History
FORMAT: Seminar HIST 5160.03: Advanced Seminar in Baroque Culture.
PREREQUISITE: reading knowledge of French; permission of instructor This special summer class involves on-site work at the baroque library and
CROSS-LISTING: HIST 4060.03 theatre in the State Castle of Cesky Krumlov, Czech Republic. Research
projects, in areas such as 18th century theatre, opera, court life or
HIST 5090.03: Russian Society. architecture, will involve prepatory and follow-up work at Dalhousie.
Basic institutions of 20th century Russian society are considered in their Working knowledge of a relevant language is required.
historical context, with special attention to the former role of the Party, FORMAT: Seminar/discussion
official culture and literature, the workings of the economy, and social CROSS-LISTING: HIST 4160.03, THEA 4733.03
stratification.
RECOMMENDED: RUSN 1000.06, 2000.06 HIST 5222.03: Topics in Canadian Social History.
INSTRUCTOR(S): N.G.O. Pereira This seminar will explore major themes in Canadian social development.
FORMAT: Seminar The topics discussed will vary from year to year but will emphasize such
PREREQUISITE: Reading knowledge of Russian (at least two years of themes as: changing values in Canadian society; the nature of popular
language study) and some Russian history cultures; the relationship of order and disorder; the family; gender
CROSS-LISTING: HIST 3090.03, RUSN 3090.03 relations; and social classes. Approved with Canadian Studies.
FORMAT: Seminar
HIST 5104.03: Punishment, Crime, and the Courts in CROSS-LISTING: HIST 3222.03
Early Modern England, c. 1550-1850.
This class explores the nature and development of the English criminal HIST 5223.03: The Caring Society? - Welfare in
justice system during the period in which it first began to be exported to Canada Since 1900.
other areas, and at home had to deal with the turmoil wrought by This class examines changes over the twentieth century in the ways
reformation, war, and industrialisation. This class will examine the uses of Canadians have dealt with people’s needs, their own or others’, whether
law – did it act in the interests of particular people or groups, and if so, for income, housing, personal care, or other matters of survival and well-
how? Historians have argued that the law had both coercive and symbolic being. Both private and government forms of welfare provision will be
purposes – that it served to enforce and legitimise social and economic studied, with the overall purpose of understanding why Canada came to
structures. We will examine these arguments and their implications. have the kind of welfare state it does. Among the topics that may be
Classes will progress thematically rather than chronologically; some will covered are: changing views on the origins and prevention of dependency;
be devoted to a particular type of punishment, some to the different definitions of need; religious and ethnic variations in welfare practices;
groups of people involved in the legal process, and others to historical connections between welfare and women’s lives; charitable fundraising;
debates. promoters and opponents of government social programs financing the
INSTRUCTOR(S): K.J. Kesselring welfare state; gender, race, constitutional, and class issues in welfare.
FORMAT: Seminar Approved with Canadian Studies.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Tillotson
HIST 5105.03: The English Civil War: Society, FORMAT: Lecture/tutorial or seminar
Religion and Politics 1603-1660. CROSS-LISTING: HIST 3223.03
An advanced class on one of the most tumultuous and eventful periods in
British history, leading up to and including civil war and revolution 1642 HIST 5250.03: Popular Culture in the Atlantic World,
to 1660. Select primary sources will be used in addition to secondary 1650 to 1800.
works. Topics to be studied include the social structure of early Stuart This course examines the history of popular culture in the he Atlantic
England; the Church and its critics; foreign policy; radical politics; the world. It focuses on using primary sources, such as diaries and journals, to
military class of the war; religious sectarianism; and the impact of the war explore the culture and customs in pre-industrial communities. We will
and its aftermath on the populace. discuss topics such as family relationships, popular ideologies, religious
INSTRUCTOR(S): K.J. Kesselring practices, economic discussions, students will present drafts of their
FORMAT: Seminar research papers in class, and a revised version of the paper will be
CROSS-LISTING: HIST 3105.03 submitted at the end of term.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Bannister, J.
HIST 5106.03: Topics in Early Modern English FORMAT: Seminar
History. PREREQUISITE: Instructor's permission
Topics will vary from year to year, but may include the religious CROSS-LISTING: HIST 4250.03
reformations, print culture, political protest, and state formation. The class
will offer students the opportunity to examine in depth key features of the HIST 5255.03: State and Society in Canadian History.
history and historiography of sixteenth and early seventeenth century Political history and social history meet in this class. Its theme is the
England. interaction between the power relations of daily life and the process of
INSTRUCTOR(S): K.J. Kesselring government. The topics covered may include the role of the press, the
FORMAT: Seminar emergence of professions, tax revolts, polling, the changing functions of
CROSS-LISTING: HIST 4106.03 the law, nationalisms, resource management and the environment,
patronage, and the welfare state.
HIST 5110X/Y.06: Rome and the East.
This class will consider relations between Rome and her eastern neighbors HIST 5320.03: Empowerment, Gender and
-- the Parthians and the Persians -- from 54 B.C. to A.D. 628. It will examine Development.
the development of Roman policy in the region from the establishment of Feminist scholarship and activism has spawned a number of theoretical
imperial control in the Near East to the costly wars of the early Byzantine explanations for gender inequalities. In the last decade poststructuralist
period. Consideration will also be given to the Parthian and Persian and postmodernist critiques have influenced feminist theories in
kingdoms and to the frontier region. important ways. Grand theories of the past have been called into question;
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in universals have been overtaken by particularities and difference(s).
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed Feminists have reacted to these critiques in a number of ways. Some reject
consecutively. it outright, while others call for a synthesis. Scholars and activists
FORMAT: Seminar concerned with international development have frequently rejected these
CROSS-LISTING: CLAS 4535X/Y.06, 5535X/Y.06, HIST 4110X/Y.06 debates as irrelevant to the practical concerns of development. However,
some scholars have responded more favorably to these ideas. This class
will explore the various feminist theories, particularly postmodernist
History 163
influences, and assess their importance for both the theory and practice of and could include such topics as witchcraft, resistance, urban history,
development, especially the development of women. religious change, migration, or nationalism. The core of the work will be a
FORMAT: Seminar significant research paper and seminar presentations. Classes will also
CROSS-LISTING: GWST 4320.03 involve the reading, presentation, and discussion of selected readings.
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Kynoch, P. S. Zachernuk
HIST 5335.03: The Cold War. FORMAT: Seminar
The Cold War – a period of intense conflict between the United States and CROSS-LISTING: HIST 4400.03
the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics – manifested in the era after the
second World War and continued until George Bush and Mikhail HIST 5430.03: Making of Colonial Africa (1850-1930).
Gorbachev proclaimed its end in 1989. In order to explore this topic, we European colonial rulers and business interests laid out the framework of
will examine a number of issues including: the origins of the crises; the the sub-Saharan African colonial order from about 1850 to the 1920s,
Korean War; the Cuban Missile Crisis; the Nuclear Arms Race; détente seeking ways to exploit African labor and natural resources. But imperial
and the end of the Cold War. Rather than concentrating on the events as plans were limited and sometimes frustrated by African interests, and by
they unfolded, however, this course will focus on questions of historical dynamics within Africa, such as the rise of new merchants and
interpretation and methodology. The seminars address both the Islamic revolution. This class assesses how the realities of Africa
historiography of the period under question and some of the theories intersected with European imperial ambitions to profoundly change
historians have used to think about and/or interpret the Cold War African society during this early colonial period.
experience. INSTRUCTOR(S): P. S. Zachernuk
INSTRUCTOR(S): S.J. Corke FORMAT: Discussion
FORMAT: Lecture/discussion CROSS-LISTING: HIST 3430.03
HIST 5431.03: Struggles in the City: Labor, Migration
HIST 5365.03: The Vietnam War. and Urban Life in colonial Africa.
This course covers the major issues of the war, including: the political and There were many important urban centers in pre-colonial Africa; however,
social conditions in Vietnam; the reasons for American involvement; the colonialism and industrialisation changed both the pace and nature of
development of US policy toward Indochina and the legacy of the war. It urbanisation. Old cities grew and new cities and mining settlements were
also deals with the principle domestic issues that were connected to the established. Africans came to labor in these colonial cities for a host of
war. Students will be encouraged to think about the war in Indochina and reasons - some were forced off their homesteads when settlers and colonial
the domestic crises that occurred during the 1960s as an integral part of the governments appropriated vast tracts of land, others needed to enter the
same socio-economic and political process. A central theme of the course is cash economy to pay colonial taxes; women and men sought new
that both the foreign and domestic problems were the product of a unique opportunities and adventure. This movement to the cities transformed the
but interconnected set of circumstances that developed as a result of the lives of millions of Africans. This course will focus on the lives of these
onset of the Cold War. Rather than concentrating solely on the events as urban dwellers, the development of urban cultures, the gendered
they unfolded, however, this course will focus on questions of character of urbanisation, the creation of new social, political, economic
interpretation and methodology. Toward this end, the seminars are and criminal networks, conflict and cooperation amongst urbanites, and
designed to introduce students to both the historiography of the period the nature of colonial oppression and control in the cities.
under question and to some of the “theories” historians have used to INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Kynoch
interpret the American experience in Vietnam. FORMAT: Seminar
INSTRUCTOR(S): S.J. Corke CROSS-LISTING: HIST 3431.03
CROSS-LISTING: HIST 3365.03 HIST 5435.03: Rise and Fall of African Slavery.
Many African societies, like pre-industrial societies elsewhere, used slaves
HIST 5370.03: North American Landscapes. as well as other forms of labor for a variety of purposes. The rise of
This course is an introduction to the history of landscapes in North external slave trades after 1700 - notably across the Atlantic and Sahara -
America from the fifteenth century to the present day. Each week we will transformed many African societies into specialized slave exporters. As
explore how nature has been understood, used, and transformed in a external slave trades declined in the 19th century, many African
variety of different places across the continent, and how the history of economies used extensive internal slave labor to produce exports, a
these landscapes tie into the larger histories of Canada and the United pattern colonial governments were slow to change in the 20th century.
States. This class examines these changes in African slavery, and how they
INSTRUCTOR(S): Campbell, C. affected such issues as gender relations and class structure.
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar INSTRUCTOR(S): P. S. Zachernuk
CROSS-LISTING: HIST 3370.03 FORMAT: Discussion
HIST 5380X/Y.06: Latin American History. HIST 5452.03: South Africa Since 1860.
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in The class examines not only the changes in race relations and politics, but
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed also the effects of mining and other industries on rural and urban societies
consecutively. after the discoveries of diamonds and gold. Themes will include British
policies and the “imperial factor”, the growth of Afrikaner and African
HIST 5386.03: Colonial Latin America. nationalism, the Boer War and unification, the development of apartheid
This lecture course offers an introduction to Latin America's colonial and South Africa’s relations with the wider world.
period. Stretching from pre-colonial times to independence, this course RECOMMENDED: HIST 3451.03, 2131.03, 2132.03
examines the people, politics, and cultures that comorised Latin America INSTRUCTOR(S): J. L. Parpart/G. Kynoch
between the fourteenth and early nineteenth centuries. The course pays FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
particular attention to issues of race, gender, class, and faith. EXCLUSION: HIST 3450.06
FORMAT: Lecture
EXCLUSION: HIST 2381 HIST 5461.03: Gender and Development in Africa.
This class examines the economic, political and social roles of women and
HIST 5400.03: Topics in African History. men in Africa from precolonial to modern times. It analyzes the way
This class will undertake a careful, in depth examination of a select theme women and men construct their lives, participate in political and economic
in African history. The theme will vary from year to year, but the aim will processes and contest and reinforce the definitions of womanhood and
be to probe the deep complexities of Africa’s past that recent scholarship is manliness in various African societies. The class will examine
bringing to light. Themes may be regional or continental,
164 History
development and feminist/gender theory in the light of recent debates subject in history in some depth, and may include an historiographical,
over gender and development issues. comparative or interdisciplinary dimension.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J.L. Parpart FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Seminar CROSS-LISTING: HIST 4500.03
CROSS-LISTING: GWST 3310.03, HIST 5461.03
HIST 5503.03: Sultans and Shahs.
HIST 5462.03: African Economic History. This class will examine the post-Mongol Islamic world, and the emergence
An examination of economic change in tropical Africa, with particular and expansion of the Ottoman, Safavid, and Mughal empires between
attention to the question of economic development and 1500 and 1800. Particular themes of concentration will be notions of
underdevelopment. From the premercantilist period to the current legitimacy and authority, religious orthodoxy and heterogeneity and the
conjuncture. rise of centralized bureaucracies.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. L. Parpart PREREQUISITE: HIST 2503 or HIST 2504
HIST 5510.03: Topics in Islam and Middle East
HIST 5470.03: Wars and Revolutions in Nineteenth History.
Century Africa. This course dedicated to topics dealing with the Islamic world/Middle
Africa in the nineteenth century was profoundly reshaped by a complex East from the medieval era to the present. Topics include: political thought
set of events. Muhammed Ali undertook to modernize Egypt. New Islamic in Islam, slavery in Islamic civilization, Nationalism and Ethnicity in the
states founded in the west developed plantation economies of unrivaled Middle East and Women in the Islamic world.
size. On the Atlantic coast, merchant princes made their fortunes INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Ghazal
supplying tropical goods for Europe’s Industrial Revolution. In Central FORMAT: Seminar
Africa the search for slaves and ivory both wreaked havoc and stimulated PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
new states. In the south, the rise of Zulu power generated waves of CROSS-LISTING: HIST 4510.03
conquest and consolidation. This class assesses the extent to which Africa
was reshaped in the revolutionary century before colonial partition. HIST 5545.03: Scripture and Statecraft: The History of
INSTRUCTOR(S): P.S. Zachernuk Islamic Political Thought (7th-21st centuries).
FORMAT: Discussion This seminar focuses on the concept of the Islamic political state as it was
first developed during the time of the Prophet Muhammad and the
HIST 5471.03: Wars and Revolutions in Twentieth various debates that ensued in the classical and medieval periods. The
Century Africa. seminar also focuses on Islamic scholarly discourse regarding 'mosque
Africa as portrayed in the Western media is a continent plagued by bloody and state' in the wake of colonialism, westernization, and globalization.
conflicts. All too often these conflicts have not been carefully explained; INSTRUCTOR(S): Mitchell, C.
rather they have been written off as “tribal” squabbles or FORMAT: Seminar
incomprehensible episodes of barbarism. This course will examine several PREREQUISITE: Instructor's permission
types of conflicts throughout the twentieth-century and will seek answers CROSS-LISTING: HIST 4545.03
to such questions as: What initiated these conflicts? What were the
combatants fighting for? How did these conflicts influence wider HIST 5550.03: Orientalism and Occidentalism.
social, economic and political developments? In what ways did colonial This seminar is intended for senior undergraduate and graduate students
policies and the colonial legacy influence African conflicts? What role has interested in discussing how scholarship has historically approached non-
the international community played in African conflicts? What roles have Western and non-Christian areas of the globe. Dating back to Herodotus,
African elites or local communities played in these conflicts? Grappling Plato, and Isocrates, the description of "the Other" has been a consistent
with these questions will allow us to move beyond simplistic explanations theme in European literary and academic traditions. Whether or not it was
to acquire a better understanding of the wars and revolutions that have so the apologetic theological rivalry between Islam and Christianity in the
marked twentieth-century Africa. Middle Ages, or the Humanist mania for non-European languages and
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Kynoch ethnography, Occidental scholarship has historically been attracted to
FORMAT: Seminar understanding and depicting the non-Occident. This course will examine
CROSS-LISTING:HIST 3471.03 the different European intellectual traditions of early modern Europe and
how they laid the foundation for subsequent 19th and early 20th century
HIST 5475.03: African Intellectuals and the Modern characterizations of the Islamic world. Concurrently, however, there is
Experience. evidence that a discourse of "Occidentalism" emerged among Muslim
African thinkers have long pondered the challenges of the modern era, scholars and literati, and the ensuing dialectic between West and East
and have established lines of thought with which African intellectuals framed the introduction of a number of political and religious ideologies
now address Africa’s profound problems. But this engagement with the to the Middle East, Iran, Central Asia, and India. There will be readings
modern world has moved through different phases, just as the social and discussions of a number of different scholars and theorists - Marx,
location of the African intelligentsia has changed over time. This class will Derrida, Focault, Chakrabarty, Said - who have commented on these
explore this intellectual history by setting specific writers in context, and discourses. Equal attention will be given to those Muslim scholars -
then examining their original writings to ponder such questions as: What Shayaghan, Soroush, al-Ahmad - who have written and commented on
were the roots of “African Christianity”? How did African intellectuals these dynamics between Western and Islamic civilization.
respond to “scientific racism”? What was the appeal of Pan-Africanism? INSTRUCTOR(S): C.P. Mitchell
What was Negritude? How socialist was African socialism? How do FORMAT: Seminar
postmodern insights about the invention of identify affect the idea of CROSS-LISTING: HIST 4550.03
being “African”?
INSTRUCTOR(S): P.S. Zacherunk
HIST 5600.03: Topics in Late 19th and 20th-Century
FORMAT: Discussion American and British History.
This class will, depending upon the staffing in any particular year,
HIST 5500.03: Topics in Modern History. examine a selection of themes in late 19th and 20th century British and
This seminar is specifically intended for students in the Advanced Major American history, including, for instance, labor/labor history, political
and Honors degree programs in History. The specific content of the history (including state formation), cultural history, and history of race
seminar varies from year to year, but generally involves examination of a and national identify. Depending upon staffing, this class may concentrate
upon the history of one country or may offer a comparative aspect. It will
History 165
be intended for graduate or senior undergraduate students with some use is made of recent periodical literature dealing with crime and its effect
background in either British, American or Canadian history. Evaluation in this period.
will be through research papers and, possibly, a final exam. INSTRUCTOR(S): C.J. Neville
HIST 5800.00: The Masters Seminar.
HIST 5701.03: Medieval Civilization. This course is intended to hone students’ sense of their craft as historians.
Each year several topics are chosen, broad enough to be used as central Its chief objective is to get students thinking about their own historical
themes in the context of which medieval civilization may be closely methodology, in theoretical and especially in practical terms. From the
examined; for instance, monasticism, universities, peasants and popular conception of a project through to its conclusion, historians should always
culture. Such topics are studies in some depth, where possible using be self-conscious about exactly what they are doing, why they are doing it,
original sources, and recent periodical literature and/or monographs. and how they are doing it. This course is designed to help develop that
Students master the basic work in certain areas, but are also encouraged to self-consciousness. The course will also include workshops on
develop particular topics more thoroughly. Class discussions are used to professional ethics, drafting grant proposals, and other such practical
unravel contentious or difficult aspects. Students are expected to aspects of life as an historian. Its final product will be a polished thesis
contribute to such discussions and to write several well-argued and proposal. Please note that this course is a requirement for all new MA
documented papers. Some prior knowledge of medieval European history students.
and of Latin are essential. INSTRUCTOR(S): Graduate Coordinator
INSTRUCTOR(S): C.J. Neville FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Seminar
HIST 5702.03: The Medieval Church.

This class examines the power and influence of the medieval Christian
church in the social, political and cultural worlds of medieval Europe, but
also includes sections on the impact of the church in a wider global setting.
Subjects of study include monasticism, heresy, education, devotional life,
"popular" concepts of religion, the crusades, and medieval cosmology.
Each year a variety of topics is studied in some detail, with the help of
original documents (some in translation), and using recent periodical
literature and/or monographs. Students prepare two versions of a well-
researched paper which, at the graduate level, must include the use of
sources in Latin. A prior knowledge of medieval European history is
essential.
INSTRUCTOR(S): C.J. Neville
FORMAT: Lecture/tutorial
HIST 5703.03: England and the Celtic Realm 1000-

1603.
This class examines the social, political and cultural history of the Gaelic
speaking peoples of the British Isles from c. 1000 to the union of the crown
in 1603, with particular emphasis on relations between the peoples of
Wales, Scotland, and Ireland on the one hand, and the culture of the
English kingdom on the other. The class begins with a comparative study
of such fundamental Celtic institutions as the family, kinship, the law, and
the church at the end of the first millenium, and on the various sources
that inform the early history of the three realms. It then examines in
considerable depth the penetration and influence of European ideas into
all three in the aftermath of the Norman Conquest of England 1066, and in
the centuries that followed. Classes are conducted in the form of lecture/
tutorials, that is, a single lecture once a week is followed by a tutorial in
which readings relating to the lecture topic are discussed. Attendance at
both is strictly required, and in tutorials especially, students are expected
to participate actively by asking questions or raising discussions on
disputed subjects. In an attempt to appreciate more fully the civilisation of
the period, the reading of contemporary works (in translation) constitutes
an integral part of class.
INSTRUCTOR(S): C.J. Neville
FORMAT: Seminar
HIST 5704.03: Crime and Society in Post-Conquest

England.
This class explores the development of the criminal law in England
between 1066 and 1500. Attention is given to a study of the development
of a more sophisticated hierarchy of courts: the local tribunals presided
over by justices of the peace and sheriffs, itinerant sessions headed by the
justices of assize, and the central court of King’s Bench. The origins and
elaboration of particular offences, including treason, felony (murder, rape,
arson, burglary and larceny) and trespass are examined. Emphasis is
placed on the social aspects of crime in medieval England, and extensive
166 History
Moore, L., BA, BEd, MEd, MEd (Moncton). Auditory-verbal therapy, deaf
education
Noel, G., BA, MSc (Dalhousie). Auditory processing disorders, tinnitus/
hyperacusis, auditory evoked potential
Santilli, C., BCS, MSc (Dalhousie). Pediatric audiology, newborn hearing
screening
Sharpe, M., BSc, MSc, MSc (Dalhousie). Noise and Industrial audiology,
Human Communication hearing conservation
Disorders Adjunct Assistant Professors (Clinical)

Comeau, M., BSc, MSc (Dalhousie)
Location: 5599 Fenwick Street Foster-MacDonald, L., BSc, MSc (Dalhousie)
Halifax, NS, B3H 1R2 Gulliver, M., BSc, MSc (Dalhousie)
Telephone: (902) 494-7052 Horsley, T., BSc, MSc (British Columbia)
Fax: (902) 494-5151 MacDonald, A., BSc, MSc (Dalhousie)
Merchant, M., BA, MSc (Dalhousie)
Director of the School Schmidbauer, J., BA, MA (SUNY)
Armson, J. Scholten, C., BSc, MSc (Dalhousie)
Wassenberg, K., BSc, MSc (Dalhousie)
Professor Emeritus
The School of Human Communication Disorders provides a three-year
Green, W.B., BS, MA, PhD (Syracuse)
program of studies and clinical experiences leading to a MSc degree in
Professors either speech-language pathology or audiology.
Armson, J., BA, MS, PhD (Temple). Stuttering, speech motor control
Kay-Raining Bird, E., BA, MSc, PhD (Wisconsin). Child language I. Admission Requirements/Deadline
development/disorders, Down syndrome, autism, assessment, All applicants must possess a minimum of a baccalaureate degree from a
intervention recognised institution of higher education. An Honours degree is a strong
Webster, W., BSc, MA, PhD (Pennsylvania). Dean, Faculty of Health asset.
Professions
This program is designed for students with either minimal or no previous
Associate Professors academic experience in the area of speech-language pathology or
Caissie, R., BPs, MSc, PhD (McGill). Audiological rehabilitation of adults, audiology. In most cases, applicants should have undergraduate degrees
hearing aids, hearing loss and aging in such areas of study as psychology, biology, health sciences, kinesiology,
Cleave, P., BA/BSW, MClSc, PhD (Kansas). Specific language impairment, nursing, linguistics, or education. However, students with other
Down syndrome, treatment efficacy, language disorders, intervention backgrounds will also be considered if they have completed courses in one
Hickey, E., BS, MA, PhD (Washington). Adolescent/adult acquired or more of the following topics: human biology or physiology, acoustics,
neurological speech, language, cognitive disorders, treatment efficacy developmental psychology, gerontology, learning theory or abnormal
Kiefte, M., BA, MSc, PhD (Alberta). Speech and auditory perception psychology, speech perception, psychoacoustics, or other areas of
Wang, J., BS, MA, MA, PhD (SUNY). Central auditory and cochlear language or linguistics. There are no specific prerequisite courses for
physiology/pathology admission into our programs. Students whose undergraduate degree is in
either speech-language pathology or audiology may be considered for
Assistant Professors entrance into the program at a more advanced level under exceptional
Aiken, S., BA, MSc, (UWO). Electrophysiology, diagnostic audiology, circumstances only.
hearing aids
Dobbelsteyn, C., BSc, MSc, MSc (Dalhousie). Pediatric speech disorders, Students must have attained a minimum of a B average in the last two
cleft lip/palate, resonance disorders, pediatric feeding disorders years of undergraduate work to be considered for admission. Two
Ingles, J., BA, PhD (Dalhousie). Adult neurogenic language and cognitive academic letters of recommendation from professors in the student’s
disorders undergraduate major will be required as well as a statement from the
applicant indicating personal reasons for pursuing graduate work in
Instructor speech-language pathology or audiology. Applications must indicate the
Harris, L., BSc, MSc, (UWO). Speech-language pathology, augmentative & student’s preference for either audiology or speech-language pathology.
alternative communication
Application deadline is January 15 for September admission.
Academic Coordinators of Clinical Education
Delorey, R., BSc, MSc (UWO) II. MSc Degree Program
Floyd, D., BA, MSc (Dalhousie) This program requires three years of study. Currently the School does not
offer any part time studies. Students will be required to attain a minimum
Special Projects of 13 credits in the Research Project Stream or 14 credits in the Thesis
InteRACT and CAP Stream.
Carey, L., BA, MA (SUNY). Director
Kostopoulos, E., BSc (Dalhousie). Coordinator Extensive supervised clinical practice is required throughout the program.
Much of this requirement is met by attending a practicum held during the
Adjunct Professors summer between the second and third year of study and one during the
Atkinson, S., BA, MSc (Dalhousie). Speech-language pathology, dysphagia winter term of the third year.
Blanche, P., BSc, BEd, MEd (Moncton). Auditory-verbal therapy, deaf
education Students are required to undertake a research activity in an area of special
Eatmon, S., BA, BEd, MEd (Moncton). Auditory-verbal therapy, deaf interest as part of their program of study. Most students undertake a
education research project. Projects provide students with the opportunity to
Marchand, Y., MSc, PhD (Compiegne). Language processing, develop specialized skills and are intended to make a contribution to the
computational modelling academic discipline or profession.
Mencher, G.T., BA, MA, PhD (Mich), FASHA, Pediatric audiology, Several students per year may be selected to undertake a thesis instead of
hearing disorders, auditory diagnosis a research project. The objective is to provide students with an
Human Communication Disorders 167

opportunity to develop independence in conceptualizing and conducting HUCD 5260.03: Hearing Disorders.
research in the field of human communication disorders. A supervisory This class considers diseases, disorders and dysfunction of the auditory
committee consisting of three members will oversee the thesis research. system which may be encountered by speech-language pathologists and
audiologists. Pathologies of the peripheral and central mechanisms are
III. Class Descriptions included.
HUCD 5290.03: Introduction to Neurosciences for

A. Core Curriculum
Communication Disorders.
While students pursue a course of study that leads to specialization in
either speech-language pathology or audiology, they will be required to This class will provide an introduction to neuroanatomy and
neuropathology of communicative disorders. The purpose of the class is to
take classes that contain information that is basic to both professions.
provide the student with a basic knowledge of the neurological
These classes will be described in the class listings that follow.
foundations for human communication processes. This knowledge will
HUCD 5020.03: Phonetics. serve as a basis for a variety of classes in the audiology and speech-
This class considers the articulatory, linguistic, and acoustic aspects of language pathology curricula.
phonetics and phonological development. The application of phonetics to
HUCD 6310.03: Audition I.
communication disorders, and training in broad and narrow phonetic
transcription are included. This class provides knowledge of hearing science at an introductory level.
The core of this class is the anatomy and fundamental physiology of the
HUCD 5050.03: Fundamentals of Speech Science. auditory system, from external ear through middle ear, inner to central
This class is an introduction to speech science. It provides an overview of auditory pathway. It also provides basic knowledge and principles of
basic acoustics as well as the structure and function of speech systems. It psychoacoustics and psychological evaluation.
provides preliminary coverage of theoretical research issues in speech
HUCD 6980.03: Research Design.
physiology as well as basic topics in speech acoustics such as source-filter
This class addresses both the evaluation and implementation of research
theory.
methods in speech, language and hearing disorders. It focuses on the
HUCD 5061.03: Clinical Methods I. importance of research to the clinical setting and on the development of
This introduction to practicum consists of group meetings, observation of skills to evaluate the quality of research findings. It also aims to develop
clinical activities, and preliminary practice experiences. Meetings address the skills to design and implement theoretical and applied research:
basic principles and procedures of clinical practice. Clinical observations searching the literature, focusing it upon a research problem, reflecting
supplement the meetings. Preliminary practice experiences include upon models or theories and applying hypotheses, constructing internally
participation in a language-literacy tutoring program for SLP students and valid methodology, analyzing and interpreting results, and drawing
sheltered practicum for audiology students. accurate and useful conclusions.
HUCD 5062.03: Clinical Methods II. HUCD 7001.03/7002.03: Project.

This set of experiences includes group meetings and practicum The student is expected to choose an area of interest to carry out a research
placements. Group meetings provide advanced knowledge of clinical and project under the direction of a faculty member. Project proposals must be
supervisory processes. Practicum placements are local and include the approved by a School committee. End products of projects may include a
Nova Scotia Hearing and Speech Centres, the public schools, and private paper, videotape, handbook, computer software program, as well as other
practice settings. options. All projects are formally presented, within a conference format, to
other students, faculty, and members of the local professional community.
HUCD 5120.03: Hearing Measurement.
This class deals with an overview of the basic audiological test battery
HUCD 7061.03: Practicum Internship.
including pure tone air/bone conduction, speech audiometry, immittance Students are assigned supervised practicum placements on a full time
measurements and electrophysiologic testing (i.e., otoacoustic emissions basis for a 12 week period. Placements are in facilities throughout the
and auditory brainstem response (ABR)). Case studies are used to solidify Atlantic Provinces.
knowledge into clinical practice. The principles and techniques for
HUCD 7062.03: Practicum Externship.
audiometric screening are presented.
Students are assigned supervised practicum placements on a full time
HUCD 5130.03: Introduction to Audiology and basis for a 12 week period. Placements can occur in sites across Canada.
Placements outside Canada will be considered if appropriate supervision
Speech-Language Pathology.
is available.
This course will help students acquire a basic understanding of the roles of
speech-language pathologists (SLPs) and audiologists (AUDs) in working HUCD 9000.00: Thesis.
with clients with communication disorders. This course is meant to The student is expected to formulate an original question related to human
prepare students for further study in other specialized courses; thus, this communication disorders or sciences, and with guidance from a faculty
course is designed to provide an introduction to issues that impact clinical supervisor and two other members of a supervisory committee,
practice in both disciplines/professions (e.g., socio-cultural issues, aging). implement a plan to answer the question.
This course will also discuss advocacy for persons with communication
disorders across the lifespan. Speech Language Pathology Curriculum (above and
HUCD 5140.03: Aural (Re)Habilitation with Children. beyond core)
This class is designed to familiarise students with the general principles HUCD 5250.03: Speech Disorders - Children.
and features of communication management programs for preschool and
This course explores the nature and etiology of both articulatory and
school-age children with hearing losses. Emphasis is placed on the role
phonological disorders in children. It strives to provide a broad
and appropriate use of audition in the habilitative process.
introduction to theoretical knowledge regarding assessment, differential
HUCD 5150.03: Speech-Language Acquisition. diagnosis and treatment of these disorders, with application of this
knowledge to clinical populations.
This class covers the acquisition of language (i.e., semantics, syntax,
morphology, and pragmatics) from a cognitive-linguistic-social
framework. Cognitive and social development are addressed as are theory
and methodology in child language research. The development periods
from infancy through adolescence are emphasized.
168 Human Communication Disorders

HUCD 5270.03: Language Disorders in Preschool HUCD 6610.03: Special Topics in Speech-Language
Children. Pathology.
This class deals with general principles of assessment and management of This class consists of three modules. One module covers issues related to
language disorders in preschool children across clinical etiologies. assessment and intervention in Augmentative and Alternative
Theories of language impairments and contemporary treatment Communication (AAC). A second module covers issues related to
approaches are presented. assessment and management of dysphagia in adults and children. A third
module deals with management of laryngectomies.
HUCD 6350.03: Assessment of Neurogenic Language
and Cognitive Disorders - Adult. B. Audiology Curriculum (above and beyond core)
The course will focus on language and cognitive disorders associated with
aphasia, dementia, traumatic brain injury, and right hemisphere damage. HUCD 5220.03: Diagnostic Audiology.
The neuropathology, clinical symptomatology, and assessment of these This class considers the principles and methods of basic audiological
conditions will be This class deals primarily with the nature and treatment diagnostic investigation. Emphasis is placed on speech audiometry,
of developmental stuttering. Topics include facts about its features and clinical masking, and aural immittance measures. A laboratory component
patterns of occurrence, theoretical perspectives concerning its nature and provides experience with measurement techniques and exposure to the
etiology, and treatment approaches for children and adults. The class also instrumentation used in these measures.
includes a brief overview of cluttering, psychogenic stuttering, and
stuttering associated with acquired neurogenic disorders. HUCD 5240.03: Aural Rehabilitation with Adults.
The first part of this class is a follow-up from HUCD6360 Amplification
HUCD 6370.03: Fluency Disorders. and covers advanced amplification issues. The second part addresses the
This class deals primarily with the nature and treatment of developmental rehabilitative needs of individuals with hearing losses, with special
stuttering. Topics include facts about its features and patterns of consideration given to older adults. Emphasis is placed on communication
occurrence, theoretical perspectives concerning its nature and etiology, assessment and management approaches.
and treatment approaches for children and adults. The class also includes
a brief overview of cluttering, psychogenic stuttering, and stuttering HUCD 5280.03: Audition II.
associated with acquired neurogenic disorders. This class provides advanced knowledge of hearing science in close
association with clinical practice of audiology. The focus includes cochlear
HUCD 6390.03: Voice/Resonance Disorders. biophysics, physiology and signal processing; signal processing and
This class is designed to provide the student with an overview of the neurophysiology in the central auditory system; advanced discussion of
etiology, assessment, differential diagnosis and treatment of voice and psychoacoustics in association with auditory neuroscience.
resonance disorders in children and adults. Perceptual and instrumental
assessment of the laryngeal and velopharyngeal mechanisms are HUCD 6070.03: Topics in Audiology Procedures.
addressed with respect to various disorders. Selected topics relevant to the practice of clinical audiology will be
covered including tinnitus, balance disorders, ototoxicity, central auditory
HUCD 6450.03: Speech Disorders - Adults. plasticity, and audiology instrumentation.
This class considers speech disorders of neurologic origin in the adult
population. The neurophysiologic basis of these disorders, their effect on HUCD 6320.03: Pediatric Audiology.
the motor control of speech, and their clinical diagnosis and management This class considers the appropriate audiological assessment and
are addressed. management procedures used with the pediatric population. The class
prepares the audiology student to work with children in a clinical setting.
HUCD 6460.03: Treatment of Neurogenic Language
and Cognitive Disorders - Adult. HUCD 6360.03: Amplification.
This class will focus on treatment planning using various aphasia/ This is the first class dealing with amplification. It covers hearing aid
cognitive-linguistic rehabilitation models and treatment procedures for components and electroacoustic properties, methods of hearing aid
adults who have acquired aphasia and cognitive-linguistic disorders. selection, and verification of hearing aid fittings. Hearing needs and
amplification options for people of all ages are discussed.
Students will achieve the skills and knowledge necessary to develop
individualized intervention plans for adults with these disorders. HUCD 6380.03: Electrophysiological Audiometric
HUCD 6470.03: Language Disorders in School Age Measures.
Children. This class considers the theory, technique, clinical application and
interpretation of electrophysiological measures including the auditory
This class considers the nature of language impairments in school age
brainstem response (ABR), middle components, cortical responses,
children across clinical etiologies. The impact of language impairments on
otoacoustic emissions and electronystagmography (ENG).
literacy and academic performance are discussed and contemporary
treatment approaches are presented. HUCD 6420.03: Advanced Diagnostic Audiology.
HUCD 6490.03: Advanced Language Disorders in This class presents advanced concepts dealing with measures sensitive to
disorders of the central auditory nervous system. Both behavioral and
Children. electrophysiological testing will be reviewed. Basics of remediation will be
This seminar-style class explores the development of, and assessment and addressed. Screening concepts will be explored.
intervention implications for, a variety of language disorders in children,
such as intellectual disabilities, autism, and specific language impairment. HUCD 6440.03: Noise in Industry and the Community.
Both class presentations and case-based learning are included. This class covers a wide range of issues in industrial audiology. It
acquaints students with principles of noise measurement and analysis,
HUCD 6550.03: Seminar in Adult Communication updated studies on noise induced hearing loss, and hearing conservation
Disorders. programs. Various national and international standards, legislation, and
This class will focus on a contemporary topic in adult speech-language workers’ compensation will be addressed in conjunction with community
pathology. The specific topic will vary from year to year. Student-led noise. Laboratory experiences in industrial settings and the community
seminars may cover the relevant research literature, professional issues, are included.
and clinical cases.
Human Communication Disorders 169

HUCD 6620.03: Advanced Topics in Audiology.
This class is designed to address selective advanced issues relevant to the
practice of clinical audiology. A variety of guest lecturers from the
audiology and otolaryngology community will be invited to share their
knowledge in areas in which they have specialized. This class will give
students exposure to certain topics that they may have seen very little in
their clinical practicum experiences.
Industrial Engineering
Additional Classes Available
Location: Morroy Academic Building
HUCD 6500.03: Tutorial Readings. 5269 Morris St.
HALIFAX, NS
HUCD 6700.03: Independent Study. Telephone: (902) 494-3281
Fax: (902) 420-7858
Email: industrial.engineering@dal.ca
Department Head
Gunn, E.A., BS (MtA), MA (Dal.), PhD (Toronto), PEng. Operations
research, inventory and production control, natural resources.
Professors
He, Q., BSc (China University of Science and Technology), PhD (Chinese
Academy of Sciences), PhD (Waterloo). Graduate Coordinator.
Operations research, queueing theory, applied probability.
Sandblom, C.L., Fil.Kand., Fil.Mag. (Lund), PhD (Birm), Modelling and
optimization of linear, nonlinear and stochastic systems.
Research Professors
Barzilai, J., BSc, MSc, DSc, (Technion). Measurement theory, decision
analysis, optimization.
Das, B., BScEng (Banaras), MSc, PhD (North Carolina State), FIIE, FHFES,
FIEE, CEng, PEng. Industrial ergonomics, workstation design, human
strength measurement, anthropometric modelling, equipment and
hand tool design.
Cyrus, J.P., BSc (ENG) (UWI), MASc, PhD (TUNS), PEng. Vehicle routing
and scheduling, production scheduling, employee scheduling,
scheduling interfaces.
Blake, J., BASc, PhD (Toronto). Industrial engineering, operational
research, health applications, simulation.
Pelot, R.P., BASc (Ottawa), MASc (Alberta), PhD (Waterloo), PEng. Risk
analysis, maritime applications, safety and security, environmental
modelling.
Venkatadri, U., BTech (IT-BHU), M.S (Clemson), PhD (Purdue), PEng.
Supply chain management, inventory and production planning, facility
planning and design.
Assistant Professor
MacDonald, C., BEng (TUNS), PhD (Dal), PEng. Work design,
manufacturing systems.
Adjunct Professors
Eiselt, H.A., Dip-kfm, Dr.rer.pol (Göttingen), (Faculty of Administration,
University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, New Brunswick). Location
theory, operations research.
Li, H., BSc (China), PhD (NC State). (Dept. of Mathematics, Mount St.
Vincent). Queueing theory.
MacKay, K., (Dept. of Management Sciences, University of Waterloo),
BMath, MSc, PhD (Waterloo). Production management, information
systems.
Millar, H., BSc (UWI) MASc, PhD (TUNS), PEng. (Dept. of Finance and
Management Science, St. Mary’s University). Disaster recovery
planning, fisheries operations, manpower scheduling, vessel routing,
production operations.
Adjunct Associate Professor

Black, N., BASc (Waterloo), MASc (TUNS), PhD (UNB), PEng. (Dept. of
Engineering, Univ. of Moncton). Ergonomics, musculoskeletal injury
prevention, human biomechanical modelling, design for physical
disabilities, work study.
170 Industrial Engineering

I. Program Description the value of perfect and imperfect information, decision trees, utility
theory, game theory, and Markovian decision models. Applications of
See Engineering section for Masters’s and Doctoral program details.
decision analysis in operational research, production systems, quality
engineering, insurance and financial planning are presented.
IENG 6920.03: Advanced Topics in Linear and Integer
IENG 6900.03: Industrial Engineering Methodologies. Programming.
This class gives an overview of industrial engineering methodologies with The following topics comprise this class: linear programming,
particular reference to classical industrial engineering and ergonomics. decomposition methods, integer programs, Gomory's algorithms, implicit
The subject areas covered include: work methods and measurement, enumeration, branch and bound, sequencing problem. Graphs and
engineering economics, plant layout and material handling and industrial algorithms: Extensions of shortest path problems, their algebra. General
ergonomics. Due emphasis will be given to the application of the flow problems including flows with gain and loss and multicommodity
methodologies in an industrial environment. flow. Eulerian paths and Hamiltonian cycles. The Chinese Postman
PREREQUISITE: This class is not intended for graduates of an Industrial problem. Covering problems.
Engineering undergraduate program. PREREQUISITE: IENG 4304.03 or equivalent.
IENG 6904.03: Industrial Work Systems Design. IENG 6921.03: Nonlinear Optimization.
This class deals with the improvement of work productivity and quality of Key issues in engineering design are the optimization of the design
industrial working life through optimum design of the job, workplace, parameters and optimization of overall system performance. The objective
work organization and work environment. Due emphasis will be given to of this class is to expose the student to modern techniques in finite
integrate the essentials of classical industrial engineering, ergonomic, dimensional optimization. Topics in unconstrained optimization will
safety and socio-psychophysiological factors in developing such systems. include steepest descent, conjugate gradient and quasi-Newton methods.
In the field of constrained optimization, topics will include Kuhn-Tucker
IENG 6906.03: Occupational Ergonomics. theory and algorithmic methods such as reduced gradients, gradient
Consideration is given to human's anatomical, physiological and projection, penalty and barrier methods. The use of constructive dual
psychological capabilities and limitations for systematic analysis, methods may also be included. Throughout the class, students will be
identification and evaluation of human-machine-environment systems to encouraged to apply the theory to engineering decision problems.
design consumer products, equipment, tools, and the workstation. Due
emphasis will be given to the application of ergonomics principles and IENG 6923.03: Distribution Management.
data at the human-machine interface in industrial and other occupational The class will explore the mathematical models in distribution
settings. management, and the relationship between theoretical advances and
useful applications. The following topics will be covered: location
IENG 6908.03: Advanced Production I. problems, vehicle routing and scheduling with multiple constraints,
This class deals with planning the production system and covers the dynamic routing & scheduling, implementation strategies. Students will
following areas: scale and size of production, plant location, plant layout, be required to undertake a project in solving a distribution management
and materials handling. problem.
IENG 6909.03: Advanced Production II. IENG 6924.03: Capital Investment and Capacity
This class deals with the operation and control of the production system Expansion Planning.
and covers the following areas: quality control and inspection systems,
This class involves the use of appropriate decision models to examine
scheduling and inventory control and location of warehouses.
problems of capital investment and capacity expansion planning. Single
IENG 6912.03: Introduction to Operations Research. projects under various deterministic criteria, multiple projects with
This class is a graduate level introduction to the fundamental ideas of budgetary and non-budgeting constraints, and project selection under
operations research. The class focuses on mathematical modelling in uncertainty are all considered. Various aspects of capacity expansion with
deterministic and non-deterministic settings. The class covers topics in the growing markets and with economics of scale with be examined.
theory and application of mathematical optimization, network analysis, Attention will be paid to the role of system operating cost models in
decision theory, inventory theory, and stochastic processes including making the capacity expansion decision.
queuing processes. The class requires background in probability theory IENG 6925.03: Queueing Theory and Its Applications.
and linear algebra as well as some skill in computer programming.
This class deals with basic issues in queueing theory. The emphasis is on
PREREQUISITE: This class is not intended for graduates of an Industrial
classical and modern queueing techniques as well as their applications.
Engineering undergraduate program.
Besides elementary queueing systems, it also covers special queueing
IENG 6916.03: Stochastic Processes. models that are widely applied in areas such as telecommunication
This class is an introduction to the fundamentals of stochastic processes. networks, flexible manufacturing systems, computer performance
Emphasis is placed on the analysis of the probability structure of evaluation and stochastic service systems. These models include priority
stochastic models. Topics discussed include renewal processes, counting queues, retrial queues, assembly line queues, and queueing networks.
processes, Markov chains, Markov decision processes, birth and death PREREQUISITE: IENG 6916.03 or equivalent
processes. Stationary processes and their spectral analysis may also be IENG 6947.03: Dynamic Programming and Stochastic
discussed. Applications of stochastic processes in operations research,
quality and reliability engineering are presented. Control.
Dynamic programming is a methodology for modelling and optimally
IENG 6917.03: Simulation of Industrial Systems. solving multistage decision problems. The methodology has broad
Computer simulation of industrial systems, the design of discrete applications in a variety of engineering and other fields. The class
simulation models, and the generation of random variables are all covered emphasizes both dynamic programming as a way of modelling and the
by this class. Also included is the design of simulation languages. numerical solution of the resulting dynamic programming models. The
Applications of simulation models in decision making situations arising in focus of the class is on discrete state, discrete time problems but
production, distribution and economic systems are studied. continuous time and continuous state problems are also encountered. The
class deals with both finite horizon and infinite horizon problems. In both
IENG 6918.03: Decision Analysis. cases, deterministic problems and various types of stochastic problems are
This class is an introduction to the fundamentals of rational decision- examined.
making, starting with a review of payoff and regret tables, as well as
different decision-making situations and criteria. Topics discussed include
Industrial Engineering 171

IENG 6990.03: Directed Studies in Industrial
Engineering I.
This class is offered to students enrolled in a Masters program in
Industrial Engineering who wish to gain knowledge in a specific area for
which no appropriate graduate level classes are offered. Each student
taking this class will be assigned a suitable class advisor. The student will
be required to present the work of one term (not less than 90 hours in the
form of directed research, and individual study) in an organized
Information Management
publication format and may, at the discretion of the advisor, be required to
take a formal examination. Location: Kenneth C. Rowe Management Building
IENG 7990.03: Directed Studies in Industrial Halifax, NS B3H 3J5
Engineering II. Telephone: (902) 494-3656
Fax: (902) 494-2451
This class is offered to students enrolled in a PhD program in Industrial
Email: sim@dal.ca
Engineering who wish to gain knowledge in a specific area for which no
Website: sim.management.dal.ca
appropriate graduate level classes are offered. Each student taking this
class will be assigned a suitable class advisor. The student will be required Director of School
to present the work of one term (not less than 90 hours in the form of
Black, F.A.
directed research, and individual study) in an organized publication
format and may, at the discretion of the advisor, be required to take a Administrative Staff
formal examination. Balogh, S., Administrative Assistant
IENG 9000.00: Master’s Thesis/Project. Dehmel, L., Secretary
Watson, J., MSLIS (Long Island University), MLIS Program Coordinator
IENG 9530.00: PhD Thesis. Professors Emeriti
Dykstra Lynch, M., BA (Calvin), MLS (Dal), PhD (Sheffield)
Horrocks, N., O.C., BA (Western Australia), MLS, PhD (Pittsburgh),
Fellow of the Library Association (UK), Associate of the Library
Association of Australia
Professor
MacDonald, B.H., BSc (Acadia), MA, MLS, PhD (UWO). Diffusion and use
of information by scientists/engineers, history of print culture,
research methodology, bibliography of scientific/technical
information.
Wheeler, D., BSc (Hons), PhD (Surrey) (cross-appointment from the School
of Resource and Environmental Studies, and the School of Business
Administration)
Black, F.A., BEd (Aberdeen), MLIS (Dal), PhD (Loughborough). Print
culture, GIS applications for historical research, professional
development for information professionals
Moukdad, H., BA (Lebanese U), MA (Boston), MLIS, PhD (McGill).
Information retrieval, multimedia development, multilingual Web
searching
Spiteri, L., BA, MA (York), BEd (Toronto), MLIS (UWO), PhD (Toronto).
Thesaurus construction, classification, indexing.
Blustein, J., BSc (Western Ontario), MSc (Western Ontario), PhD (Western
Ontario) (cross-appointment from the Faculty of Computer Science)
Kelley, E., BA (Saint Mary’s), MLS (Toronto), MBA (Saint Mary’s), PhD
(Saint. Mary’s) (cross-appointment from the School of Business
Administration)
Lawson, K., BA (Toronto), MA (York), PhD (Toronto)
Lecturers
Howard, V., BA, MA (UBC), MLIS (Dal), PhD candidate (Wales-
Aberystwyth). Literature for children, literature for young adults,
information behaviour.
Maes, W., AB (Gonzaga), MA (Calgary), MLS (UBC) (cross-appointment
from Dalhousie University Libraries)
Toze, S., BA (Queen’s), MLS (Toronto), PhD candidate (Dalhousie).
Information use in corporate settings, professional competencies for
special librarians.
Adjunct Professors
Horrocks, N., O.C.
Toms, E., BA, BEd (Memorial), MLS (Dal), PhD (UWO)
Vagianos, L.G., BA (Hiram College), MA (Suffolk), MSLS (Western
Reserve), LLD (UPEI)
172 Information Management

Associated Instructional Staff 3. In addition, students are strongly encouraged to attend the array of
Boxall, J., BA (Saint Mary’s), BEd (Saint Mary’s), MA, MLIS (Dal) professional, research and networking opportunities provided by the
Harvey, K., BA (Dal), MA (Alberta), MLIS (Dal), PhD (Alberta) School and the broader Faculty of Management.
MacDonald, J., BSc (MSVU), MLIS (Dal), PhD candidate (Sheffield)
1. Two-Year Program
Students seeking further information or help in planning classes of study Full-time attendance during the Fall and Winter terms for two years.
in the School of Information Management should contact:
MLIS Program Coordinator 2. Part-Time Program
School of Information Management The degree is to be completed within seven years. Each calendar year, a
Faculty of Management part-time student may take no more than five half-credit courses offered
Dalhousie University by Dalhousie University. In the first year a focus on required courses is
Kenneth C. Rowe Management Building beneficial and MGMT 5000 must be completed.
6100 University Ave
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5 B. Master of Library and Information Studies/
The goal of the Master of Library and Information Studies Program is to Bachelor of Laws (MLIS/LLB)
provide qualified candidates with graduate education which equips them This is a four-year program leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Laws and
for careers as leaders in the information professions. Master of Library and Information Studies. The usual order of the
program is:
The student is introduced to the development and significance of Year 1: first year classes of the MLIS program (7 required, 1 elective)
information management wherever it is practiced, to the underlying Year 2: First year classes of the LLB program
principles of the profession, and to the techniques of information Year 3: Two MLIS classes (1 required, 1 elective); 25 hours of LLB classes
organization, analysis, retrieval, and use. Each student is challenged to Year 4: 1 MLIS class each term; 23 hours of LLB classes
explore and question through a curriculum which attempts to balance
professional studies with supervised practical experience and advanced Candidates for the combined MLIS/LLB program must also satisfy the
academic study or individual research. entrance requirements of the Faculty of Law. For further information,
contact the MLIS Program Coordinator, School of Information
I. Admission Requirements/Deadlines Management and/or the Admissions Officer, Faculty of Law.
The School functions within the Faculty of Graduate Studies and its C. Master of Library and Information Studies/ Master
entrance requirements meet the standards of this Faculty. Candidates for
the MLIS must hold a four-year Bachelor’s Degree with at least a second of Business Administration (MLIS/MBA)
class standing (B average, 3.0 GPA) from a university recognized by the A three-year full-time course of study leading to the degrees Master of
Senate of Dalhousie University. An academic level of a high B+ (3.3 GPA) Library and Information Studies and Master of Business Administration.
or better is generally held by successful applicants. A total of 28 credits (12 MLIS and 16 MBA) are needed to complete the
MLIS/MBA program along with a non-credit Practicum.
Although our application deadline is April 1, SIM accepts applications
throughout the year. Early applications are strongly recommended. Applicants must gain separate and independent admission to both
The School admits students in September and January. The majority of Schools. For further information contact the MLIS Program Coordinator or
students enter in September and the program is designed primarily for fall the MBA Admissions & Program Officer.
admission. January admissions are contingent on the total enrolment in
September, and priority is given to applicants who transfer from another D. Master of Library and Information Studies/Master
similar program, applicants with experience in the field, and/or of Public Administration (MLIS/MPA)
applicants who wish to attend part-time. A three-year full-time course of study leading to the degrees Master of
Candidates whose mother tongue is NOT English are required to Library and Information Studies and Master of Public Administration. A
total of 27 credits (12 MLIS and 15 MPA) are needed to complete the
demonstrate a working and a reading knowledge of English. A TOEFL
MLIS/MPA program along with a non-credit Practicum.
score of 600, 250 for computerized testing, or a score of 100 on the TOEFL
Internet-based Test (TOEFL IBT) and 5.5 for the TWE, a MELAB score of Applicants must gain separate and independent admissions to both
95, an IELTS score of 8.0, a CAEL score of 70, or the General Certificate in Schools. For further information contact the MLIS Program Coordinator or
Education in the English Language at the Ordinary or Advanced Level are the MPA Graduate Coordinator.
acceptable.
E. Master of Library and Information Studies/Master
Application Deadlines
of Resource and Environmental Studies (MLIS/
September Admissions MREM)
• March 1 Deadline for scholarship consideration
• April 1 Deadline for all Canadian and international This program leading to the combined degrees Master of Library and
applications Information Studies and Master of Resource and Environmental Studies is
pending approval. For further information, contact the MLIS Program
(All applicants are strongly advised to apply earlier)
Coordinator and/or the MREM Graduate Coordinator. Once approved,
January Admissions further information will be found on the School of Information
• August 31 Deadline for international applications Management website and the School for Resource and Environmental
• October 31 Deadline for Canadian applications Studies website.
II. Degree Programs F. Master of Information Management (MIM)

The degree of Master of Information Management is pending approval.
A. Master of Library and Information Studies (MLIS) For further information, contact the School of Information Management
The degree of Master of Library and Information Studies is awarded upon Graduate Coordinator. Once approved, further information will be found
satisfactory completion of: on the School of Information Management website.
1. Sixteen half-credit classes --nine required courses and seven electives
2. INFO 0590 Practicum (i.e. work placement of 100 hours)
Information Management 173

III. Class Descriptions evaluation techniques and uses of reference resources in various formats.
Includes strategies of online searching both in specialized databases and
In the following list the required classes are numbered 0590, 5000, 5500-
the Web.
5570, 5590; 6000 classes are electives. All classes with the '0' prefix are non-
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Toze
credit; 7000 classes are experimental or occasional classes. Not all 6000 and
7000 level classes are offered each year. The curriculum has been INFO 5570.03: Organizational Management &
organized with sufficient flexibility to allow students to pursue an
individual research project, or to develop a subject specialty through
Strategy.
reading classes or the thesis option. Introduces management theories and practices for organizational
functions occurring in any type of information setting. Examines all
SIM students are encouraged to take graduate-level courses offered elements involved in effective strategic planning, implementation and
outside SIM, and may take a maximum of four half-credit courses outside management including personnel, budgeting, and change management.
the School. Advance approval must be obtained from the course instructor Discusses evaluation methods for all information centre functions.
and the MLIS Program Coordinator or the Director of SIM. Introduces techniques relevant for training and development issues,
policy and procedure writing, requests for proposals (RFPs), etc.
INFO 0590.00: Practicum. INSTRUCTOR(S): F.A. Black
Enables the student to test and evaluate class theory, to contribute by PREREQUISITE: INFO 5530.03
actual participation, and to explore areas of particular interest for class
specialization and future employment. Placements are arranged in INFO 5590.03: Information Management Systems.
consultation with the MLIS Program Coordinator. (100 hours, Non-credit) Covers the principles of systems analysis, as well as library management
systems and modules, and project planning. Modules include acquisitions,
MGMT 5000.03: Management Without Borders: A public access catalogue, full-text access, circulation, non-print booking,
Foundation Course for Masters Students in etc. The class introduces fundamental concepts, and facilitates
Management. understanding of how automated systems are selected and managed for
This class places management in its broadest context and helps students the benefit of professionals and patrons/clients.
from diverse disciplines understand the complex social, economic, INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Lawson
ecological, political and technological forces shaping 21st century PREREQUISITE: INFO 5505.03, INFO 5515.03, INFO 5530.03, INFO
leadership in the public, private and non profit sectors. Key themes 5570.03
explored in the course include systems thinking, values based approaches INFO 6050.03: International Perspectives.
to management, and personal and professional development.
A study of the nature of library and information science from a global
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Wheeler
point of view. Analyzes library information services and systems in
INFO 5500.03: Information in Society. various countries and regions of the world, and explores information
Provides an introduction to the economic, political, and social dimensions needs of different or ethnic groups.
of an information-rich environment. Includes consideration of the INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Moukdad
historical development of library and information studies, knowledge INFO 6150.03: History of the Book.
production, issues of control versus free flow of information, the social
Explores the history of the book from its early beginnings to its present
organization of knowledge, and the ethical and legal aspects of
manifestations. While greatest emphasis will be placed upon the history of
information services.
the book from the mid-15th century to the present, the class will also
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Spiteri, B. MacDonald
discuss the history of important precursors of mechanical printing, and
INFO 5505.03: Applications for Information literacy, books, and manuscripts in the ancient and medieval periods.
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. MacDonald
Management.
Introduces the principles of using application for information INFO 6250.03: Services and Resources for Young
management, and the practical use of Web and database development Adults.
tools as applications in information service environments. Also deals with
Introduces the social, intellectual and psychological nature of adolescence,
the theoretical issues of creating, editing and maintaining Web sites and
with respect to reading, listening and viewing interests.
databases.
INSTRUCTOR(S): V. Howard
INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Moukdad
INFO 5515.03: Organization of Information. INFO 6300.03: Government Information Resources.

Examines the structures of governments and the ways in which they
Introduces the theory and applications of information organization.
produce information for their own use and for the general public.
Primary topics include: describing and representing information in
Emphasis is placed on the nature and scope of Canadian, American, and
various media; subject classification theory and techniques; authority
British government information as well as information of
control; controlled vocabulary; indexing fundamentals; and relation of
intergovernmental agencies such as that of the United Nations.
organization to information retrieval systems. Traditional, library-oriented
Acquisition, organization, access, use and evaluation of government
and more recent computer-based techniques, tools, and theories are
information are considered.
examined.
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Spiteri
PREREQUISITE: INFO 5530.03
INFO 5520.03: Research Methods.
INFO 6310.03: Resources for Business Intelligence.
Introduces concepts, methods (both quantitative and qualitative), and the
Examines the value of information in a competitive environment from the
practices of research that are appropriate to library and information
perspectives of various types of business information, cost and
studies. Addresses the nature and uses of research, tools for research,
management of information, developments on the Internet, and the role of
handling of evidence, analysis and interpretation of findings, reporting of
governments. In addition, discerning client needs and packaging of
results, evaluation of published reports, and the management of research.
information for client use are considered.
INFO 5530.03: Information Sources & Retrieval. PREREQUISITE: INFO 5530.03
Offers both a theoretical and a practical introduction to information INFO 6320.03: Legal Literature and Librarianship.
services. Discusses users and their information-seeking behaviors, major
An introduction to the major sources of Canadian legal information, and
categories of reference resources and how best to match appropriate
the fundamental principles, issues, and practices in law librarianship.
resources to the user via effective reference interviews. Explores

INFO 6330.03: Cataloguing and Classification. INFO 6600.03: Information Sources in the Humanities/
Looks at the application of standards and rules to the construction of Social Sciences.
catalogues. The first half of the course focuses upon special problems in Examines the information requirements of the various disciplines in the
describing books, serials, maps, music, sound recordings, and static and humanities and the social sciences, and discusses the relevant information
dynamic visual images. The second half focuses upon the conceptual sources for each subject area.
analysis of information sources, as well as the theory of subject headings INSTRUCTOR(S): V. Howard
and classification systems. PREREQUISITE: INFO 5530.03
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Spiteri
PREREQUISITE: INFO 5515.03 INFO 6610.03: Information Policy.
Explores, in a graduate seminar setting, a range of issues currently facing
INFO 6350.03: Indexing and Abstracting. information professionals and the effect of these issues on policy
Presents the principles of subject analysis and development of thesauri, as development. Discusses the roles of all levels of government, the private
well as indexing and abstracting systems. Provides practice in the and not-for-profit sectors, and key individuals in developing policies
principles and methodologies used in thesaurus construction, periodical which affect information creation, control, access, and use. Focuses on
indexing, back-of-the-book indexing, Web indexing, abstracting, and Canadian issues, and includes international affairs as appropriate to the
automatic indexing and abstracting. information society.
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Spiteri INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Toze
INFO 6620.03: Electronic Text Design.
INFO 6370.03: Records Management. Examines the theories, techniques and processes used to create, structure,
A comprehensive introduction to the field of records and information and deliver electronic text and the implications of e-text for the future role
management. Topics covered include: records creation, evaluation, of libraries. Aspects covered include analysis of the electronic information
maintenance and control; issues relating to the maintenance, storage and environment, the preparation of source material, and methods of adding
disposition of records; and electronic records management. value to electronic text.
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Spiteri INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Lawson
PREREQUISITE: INFO 5515.03 PREREQUISITE: INFO 5505.03
INFO 6450.03: Services and Resources for Children. INFO 6630.03: Designing Interaction with Information
Examines the reading and viewing interests of children. Topics covered Systems.
include a brief overview of developmental psychology, the history of
Explores how technology affects human use, and examines the process
children's literature, developing successful library programs for children
from conception of an idea to design and evaluation, with a particular
and their caregivers, building the children's library collection, and
emphasis on Web-based activities.
enhancing children's visual literacy.
INSTRUCTOR(S): E. Toms
INFO 6500.03: Users and Services. CROSS-LISTING: BUSI 6525.03
Explores both sides of the users and services equation, focusing on INFO 6640.03: Electronic Access to Information.
profiling specific user groups, exploring the methods and tools used in
Explores the principles and methods involved in the retrieval of
community analysis and service evaluation, and determining the manner
information from online databases. Topics discussed include the
in which a proper fit or match may be achieved.
organization and structure of online databases, the formulation of search
INSTRUCTOR(S): V. Howard, S. Toze
strategies, the evaluation of the content and search interfaces of online
INFO 6540.03: Database Management Systems. databases, and the management of online search services.
Focuses on the theoretical and practical aspects of the process of relational INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Spiteri
database design. Topics covered include data modeling, the Entity- PREREQUISITE: INFO 5515.03, INFO 5530.03
Relationship data model, data normalization, and structured query INFO 6650.03-6680.03: Academic Classes.
language. The database design process is covered from conceptualization
Available by arrangement with the Director.
to implementation.
INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Moukdad INFO 6681.03: Geospatial Information Management.
This class will address issues associated with the effective management of
spatial information resources. The nature of spatial information from
INFO 6560.03: Collections Management. paper to digital entities will be reviewed, as will the deployment of these
resources within libraries and other information centers such as
Examines the principles and methods of building library collections in all
governmental and private sector organizations. The class will cover
types of libraries, including the formulation of selection policy, criteria for
principles and practices associated with metadata, GIS, licensing, spatial
evaluating materials, and the relationship of the selection process to user
information databases, map libraries and archives, spatial data
requirements and to other library procedures. Includes the problem of
infrastructures and web-based delivery of products and services, as well
censorship, the art of the book review, and the relationship of the
as other distributed systems such as geolibraries. This class is geared
publishing industry to collection development.
towards the information manager who seeks to understand how to deploy
services associated with spatial information and how to effectively
INFO 6590.03: Information Sources in Science and develop an enterprise approach to managing spatial information data. The
class will also provide students with hands-on experience in using GIS
Technology. and related technologies so as to be able to better understand how to
Examines Canadian and international scientific and technical information, deploy services.
and considers the production, dissemination, access, organization, and use INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Boxall
of the two types of information. PREREQUISITE: INFO 5505.03 and INFO 5515.03
PREREQUISITE: INFO 5530.03 INFO 6682.03: Information Seeking Behavior.
This class will examine information seeking Behaviour in a variety of
settings (health care, private and public organizations, academic
institutions, etc.), individuals and groups information seeking and use in
Information Management 175

these contexts, and the theories and models of information seeking tutorials in working with SPSS and MS Excel. Student assignments require
Behaviour that explore and explain information Behaviour. work with large data sets.
INSTRUCTOR(S): H. O'Brien PREREQUISITE: INFO 5520.03
PREREQUISITE: INFO 5520.03 and INFO 5530.03 CROSS-LISTING: PUAD 5140.03
INFO 6700.03-6710.03: Reading Classes. INFO 9000.12: Thesis.

Provide students with the opportunity to develop a specific interest in the PREREQUISITE: Students who have achieved an A- or higher average in
library/information studies field by studying an aspect of a topic in their first eight MLIS courses may consider the thesis option in lieu of
greater detail than is possible within an existing class, studying an area not four half-credit elective courses.
currently covered by the curriculum, or conducting a research study or
special project. Available by arrangement with the Director. INFO 9001.06-9002.06: Thesis.
Available by arrangement with the Director. The Thesis Option replaces
INFO 6750.03: Health Sciences Literature & four of the School's electives.
Information Sources.
Introduces students to the concepts and practice of health science
INFO 9003.00: Thesis Continuing.
librarianship with particular emphasis on the various print and electronic School Publications
reference sources in the health sciences. • Dalhousie Journal of Interdisciplinary Management (http://
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. MacDonald djim.management.dal.ca/)
PREREQUISITE: INFO 5530.03 • Inform: Newsletter of the School of Information Management (annual)
• Occasional Papers Series (Contact the School for a list)
INFO 6800.03: Archives.
• YA Hotline (Irregular)
Provides an overview of the issues and practices of archival science, with • Épilogue: Canadian Bulletin for the History of Books, Libraries, and Archives
emphasis on Canadian approaches. Considers principles of acquisition,
arrangement, description, reference and use of archival records, along
with the management of archives and the relationship between archival
work and other divisions of the information professions.
INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Harvey
INFO 6810.03: Information Literacy.

Introduces theories and practices of educating clients in information
research skills. Concepts covered relate to the design, implementation, and
evaluation of instructional programs for a wide variety of clients/patrons.
Includes theories of learning and how these can be utilized for effective
client instruction and education.
INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Black
INFO 6840.03: Digital Libraries.

Introduces the requirements and technologies of networked library
systems. Follows the evolution of the digital library and its impact on
information dissemination. Examines issues and trends influencing the
development and structure of digital libraries.
INFO 6850.03: Special Topics in Information

Management.
Builds on topics introduced in required courses, particularly those dealing
with applications of information technology in information management.
This class will take a more in-depth look at the major topics in the field.
The content will change rapidly as the field progresses. Current topics
include: information ethics, design of usable information systems, digital
media, network design, electronic communication, software lifecycle
management, and design of an information-based organization.
INFO 6880.03: Systems Analysis.

Introduces knowledge, skills, and techniques necessary for describing,
analysing requirements, and designing the user-oriented aspects of
information-technology-supported systems in organizations.
PREREQUISITE: INFO 5505.03, INFO 5590.03
INFO 7390.03: Quantitative Methods.

This class is designed to enable students to understand existing statistical
analyses, as well as to conduct their own. Statistical analyses are presented
with focus on application in the public sector, emphasizing the importance
of statistical analysis in social research and policy making. Specific topics
include descriptive and inferential statistics, measures of association for
nominal and ordinal variables, analysis of variance techniques, as well as
linear regression. In addition to the class, students are also offered

3. The student should discuss the proposed program with appropriate
faculty members and obtain written support from a supervisor and two
committee members.
4. The Application forms are available from the Office of the Registrar or
on the Web. Once transcripts, Statement of Interdisciplinary Research
Interest, program proposal, three letters of reference, letters of support
from proposed supervisor and committee members, and other
Interdisciplinary PhD supporting documentation have been received in the Faculty of
Program Graduate Studies, the file is considered by the Graduate Faculty

Interdisciplinary PhD Admissions Committee. Please see the
Interdisciplinary PhD Program website for application deadlines.
Location: Faculty of Graduate Studies
Because the application process is a lengthy one, prospective students are
Room 314, Henry Hicks Academic
advised to plan well in advance. Application for external funding by all
Administration Building
eligible applicants is strongly advised. Limited university funding may be
Halifax, NS B3H 4H6
available.
Telephone: (902) 494-2485
Fax: (902) 494-8797 Program Requirements
Email: idphd@dal.ca Preliminary class work will generally consist of 4-6 half-credit classes
Website: www.dalgrad.dal.ca/interdisciplinary chosen from the graduate offerings of the Faculty and may include up to
Program Coordinator two directed reading classes. During the second year, comprehensive
examinations should be written in fields appropriate to the topic of
Marche, S., Associate Dean, Faculty of Graduate Studies
research. The number (no more than 3) and nature (written, oral,
Graduate Coordinator combination of written and oral, or project-based) are decided by the
supervisory committee. As soon as comprehensives are passed the student
Duffy, J., School of Business Administration
should submit a written thesis proposal to the supervisory committee.
Graduate Secretary Based on the written proposal and oral defense the committee decides that
Scott, M., Faculty of Graduate Studies the student can begin the thesis. The finished thesis must be presented and
orally defended in conformance with the Faculty of Graduate Studies
procedures.
Interdisciplinary PHD
For more information contact the, Faculty of Graduate Studies, Dalhousie
Information for Prospective Students University, Halifax, Nova Scotia, Canada B3H 4H6. Telephone (902) 494-
The Interdisciplinary PhD Program is designed to meet the needs of an 2485; Fax: (902) 494-8797; Email: idphd@Dal.Ca.
increasing number of mature, experienced students for research
opportunities which cut across disciplinary boundaries. In some cases, the INTE 7000.03: Interdisciplinary Directed Studies.
research incorporates the insights of two or three traditional disciplines; in
others the research itself is in an interdisciplinary field focused on the INTE 7005.03: Research Directed Studies.
environment, health, education, administration, information, etc. Each The purpose of this class is to provide all Interdisciplinary PhD students
program is customized to meet the needs of the student. Students take with an opportunity within their programs to concentrate on the
graduate classes across the Faculty and work with faculty members in development of a research proposal. Normally, the student would read
existing PhD disciplines and in other areas. Candidates for the program broadly, prepare a bibliography of related work, prepare critical analyses
must have achieved prior academic excellence. Before making application, of current work, and meet with the supervisor on a weekly basis. Each
prospective students must consult with faculty members in the related instance of this class would, however, be designed by the student and his
disciplines. or her supervisor to reflect the interdisciplinary nature of the individual
Students considering such a program must pay particular attention to the program. The goal of this directed study class is for the student to
following aspects of interdisciplinary doctoral study: formulate research questions that may be developed into the formal
1. The responsibility largely lies on students to organize a unique research proposal. The class would entail both written and oral
program of studies with their committee and in consultation with the contributions by the student.
Graduate Coordinator.
2. By the end of the first year in the program, a full committee of faculty
INTE 7100.03: Research Methods from Management,
members must be established. A student who is a Dalhousie faculty Policy, and Science for Interdisciplinary Studies.
member must also have an external member on the committee. The This class is designed to provide interdisciplinary students with a broad
committee will be responsible for supervising the student’s overall range of research method approaches from management, policy, and
program of study, including advice on funding, the setting and science perspectives. The goal is for the student to determine the research
scheduling of comprehensive examinations, the development of a methods most appropriate for their thesis work and to be able to design
thesis proposal, the research, and the thesis-writing and defence. simple to moderately complicated research studies including those for
3. The students must hold a first-class honours undergraduate degree and their dissertation. In addition, this course will provide the basis for critical
a research Master’s degree, or acceptable equivalents. reading of research findings in the literature.
4. The student should plan such studies in the context of an overall career INSTRUCTOR(S): Jack Duffy
goal to ensure that, as far as possible, the program will constitute a FORMAT: Lecture/Discussion
proper qualification for desired employment upon graduation.
INTE 7120.03: Advanced Qualitiative Methodologies
Anyone wishing to pursue admission to the program should plan it within For Interdisciplinary Studies.
the framework of the following admission process.:
Students will explore the underlying assumptions of qualitative
1. The student should develop, in consultation with at least one faculty
paradigms and disadvantages of the five main qualitative methods.
member, a tentative program of proposed study, making sure that it: Students will learn to critique qualitative studies as well as design their
(a) is truly interdisciplinary, and (b) cannot be completed within the own. Topics such as power and ethics will be woven into all the
framework of an existing program. methodologies covered.
2. The student, in consultation with the potential supervisor, should INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Duffy
prepare a Statement of Interdisciplinary Research Interest. FORMAT: Lecture/Seminar
PREREQUISITE: INTE 7100.03 or equivalent
Interdisciplinary PhD Program 177

INTE 9530.00: Doctoral Thesis.
PHDP 8000.00: Doctoral Comprehensive
Requirement.
Following completion of class work, students will register in the Doctoral
Comprehensive Requirement while they prepare for and continually until
they have passed the Comprehensive Examination.
International Development
Studies
Location: 3rd Floor, A&A Building Room 339
Halifax, NS B3H 4H6
Telephone: (902) 494-3814
Fax: (902) 494-2105
Email: idsgrad@.dal.ca
Website: http://www.dal.ca/ids
Chair of Department
Black, D., MA, PhD (Dal)
Graduate Coordinator
Willis, O., MA (Dal), MSc (Leicester), PhD (Kwazulu-Natal)
Being interdisciplinary in nature and structure, the program draws on a
wide selection of faculty who teach and research in development studies
and related fields. The following is a list of faculty who contribute to the
program.
Please consult individual departmental/school entries for faculty member
research interests.
Professors Emeriti
Parpart, J.L., (International Development Studies/History)
Thiessen, V., (Sociology & Social Anthropology)
Faculty
Adl, S., (Biology)
Arthur, P., (Political Science)
Barkow, J.H., (Sociology & Social Anthropology)
Binkley, M.E, (Sociology & Social Anthropology)
Black, D., (Political Science, International Development Studies)
Boardman, R., (Political Science)
Cameron, J., (International Development Studies)
Chatt, A., (Chemistry)
Chircop, A., (Law/Marine Affairs)
Cohen, F., (Environmental Studies)
Corke, S.-J., (History)
DuBois, L., (Sociology & Social Anthropology)
Fierlbeck, K., (Political Science)
Finbow, R.G., (Political Science)
Fitting, E., (Sociology & Social Anthropology)
Gahagan, J., (School of Health and Human Performance)
Gardiner Barber, P., (Sociology & Social Anthropology)
Glazebrook, T., (Philosophy)
Guppy, S., (Planning)
Harvey, F., (Political Science)
Jackson, L., (School of Health and Human Performance)
Karabanow, J., (Maritime School of Social Work)
Kirk, J.,(Spanish)
Kynoch, G., (History)
Lane, P., (Biology)
Lesser, B., (Economics)
Mannathukkaren, N., (International Development Studies)
McNiven, J., (Business Administration)
Mopoho, R., (French)
Murphy, C., (Sociology & Social Anthropology)
Noble, B. (Sociology & Social Anthropology)
Oakley, R.,(Sociology & Social Anthropology)
Palermo, F., (Planning)
Poulton, M., (Planning)
Sagebien, J., (Business Administration)
Saunders, P., (Law)
178 International Development Studies

Sullivan, K., (Public Administration) administration, or sociology and social anthropology) or have completed
Tiessen, R., (International Development Studies) at least four senior undergraduate classes in one of these disciplines. All
Tirone, S. (Health & Human Performance) candidates for admission must meet the requirements of the Faculty of
Ulicki, T., (International Development Studies) Graduate Studies.
VanderZwaag, D., (Law)
Wainwright, J.A., (English) Some candidates may complete the requirements in a 12-month period of
Wheeler, D. (Management) full-time study. However, in most cases completion of the thesis will take
Willison, M., (Biology) more than the 12 month period and will involve payment of continuing
Wright, T., (Environmental Programs) fees for any additional academic terms of registration. Candidates who do
Zachernuk, P., (History) not meet the minimum admission requirements may be admitted to a
preliminary Qualifying Year of study based on the established honours
Adjunct Professors year in the undergraduate IDS program, after which they must reapply for
Barber, B. admission. Classes taken during such a qualifying year do not count
Barbosa, R. towards the master's degree requirements. Both undergraduate and
Conley, M. graduate IDS classes are available in Summer School as well as the regular
Harker, J. academic year.
Kamra, O.P. Application forms, obtainable from the Registrar's Office, should be
McAllister, R.I. returned along with supporting documents, including an example of
O’Malley, A. written work and a statement of educational and professional goals, by
Simms, C. April 1 for overseas applicants and June 1 for North American applicants
Sinclair, A.M. at the very latest. Early application is especially recommended for foreign
Shaw, T. candidates who will need to arrange student visas; i.e. by January 31. Also,
Tharamagalan, J. students wishing to be considered for scholarship support are strongly
Zurbrigg, S. encouraged to submit completed applications before January 31.
Candidates from outside Canada whose native language is other than
I. Master of Arts English must demonstrate their capacity to pursue a masters program in
An interdisciplinary masters degree by class work and thesis which English. They should submit the results of a TOEFL or other standard
focuses on problems of and prospects for development in the countries English competency test at the time of application. The minimum TOEFL
and communities of the global South. score required is 580 (computerized TOEFL score required is 237).
The program brings together Dalhousie's considerable resources in B. Program Requirements

development studies - individual, institutional and informational. We Candidates for the Master's Degree in International Development Studies
offer an innovative degree program based on established graduate classes are expected to complete a course of study beyond the honours
in cooperation with the activities of development studies centres on undergraduate level worth at least 10 half-credits; normally six half-
campus, particularly the undergraduate International Development credits by class work and four half-credits by thesis. At least one full class
Studies program and the Lester Pearson International Institute. The and one thesis reader must come from a discipline other than the primary
degree draws heavily, though not exclusively on classes and supervisors one and every student must take appropriate half-classes in theory, in
in Economics, History, Political Science and Sociology and Social methods and in practice. Candidates are also encouraged to take
Anthropology. It is offered by the Faculty of Graduate Studies through the appropriate graduate classes in Summer School. Full-time students with
International Development Studies Department and has limited appropriate interdisciplinary and development studies backgrounds may
enrollment per annum. complete the degree through a one-year residency; part-time students may
This degree exists as an interdisciplinary offering with the following complete the requirements over a three-year period. The thesis will
requirements: conform to graduate studies regulations and will normally be presented
1. One-half credit in theory and examined orally in public.
2. One-half credit in methods
3. One-half credit in practice C. Administration
4. Out of the six half-credit classes at least two half-credits should be The interdisciplinary MA in International Development Studies is
taken in different disciplines administered by a committee of faculty who teach and research in the area
5. The masters thesis normally counts as two full-year classes; of development studies chaired by a coordinator who acts as the graduate
6. Thesis readers are normally drawn from at least two departments; one admissions/advising officer for the program. Normally, major
of the three committee members may come from outside of Dalhousie. participating departments will be represented on the committee, which
will liaise with the undergraduate IDS committee at Dalhousie and the
The degree is available on a full and part-time basis. Students are also Saint Mary's University IDS committee.
encouraged to participate actively in the non-credit seminar programs of
the Lester Pearson International Institute and IDS/IDA and other
development studies centres on campus and in Halifax. Saint Mary's II. Classes Offered
University offers a similar MA, permitting students from both campuses NOTE: Some of these classes may require prerequisites: see departmental
to take a broader range of offerings and participate in a wider range of rules. Not all classes are offered every year. Please consult individual
events. The MA at Dalhousie is designed to be complementary to and department/school entries for class descriptions.
require the same standards as related degrees, such as the masters in
History, Political Science, and Sociology & Social Anthropology, Biology
Development Economics, International Business, Marine Management BIOL 5060.03: Environmental Ecology
and Environmental Studies. BIOL 5065.03: Sustainability and Global Change
BIOL 5160.03: Political Ecology
A. Application and Admission
Business Administration
Candidates for admission to the masters degree in International
BUSI 6803.03: International Transportation
Development Studies should hold an honours degree or equivalent, from
BUSI 6807.03: International Financial Management
a university of recognised standing, in either International Development
BUSI 6808.03: International Banking
Studies or a relevant discipline (including, for example, business,
BUSI 6815.03: Doing Business Effectively in Asia-Pacific Region
economics, environmental studies, history, law, political science, public
BUSI 6819.03: Marketing Under NAFTA
International Development Studies 179

Economics POLI 5535.03: New International Division of Labour
ECON 5250.06: Applied Development Policy, Practice and Economics POLI 5537.06: Management and Conservation of Marine Resources
ECON 5251.03: Seminar in Development Studies (Summer Only)
ECON 5252.03: From Disaster Relief to Development POLI 5540.03: Foreign Policies in the Third World
ECON 5431.03: International Finance POLI 5560.03: Human Development/Security at the Start of the Twenty-
ECON 5516.03: Resource and Environmental Economics I (Resources) first Century
ECON 5517.03: Resource and Environmental Economics II (The POLI 5581.03: Diplomacy and Negotiation
Environment) POLI 5585.03: Politics of the Environment
ECON 5522.03: Labour Economics I Public Administration
ECON 5523.03: Labour Economics II
PUAD 6500.03: Business & Government
ECON 5582.03: Applied Class in Development Policy & Practice
PUAD 6520.03: Program Evaluation Seminar
English PUAD 6521.03: Program Evaluation Practicum
ENGL 5918.03: The Politics of Representation PUAD 6550.03: Design & Use of Projects
PUAD 6555.03: The Impact of Technology & Public Administration
Environmental Studies PUAD 6620.03: Women, Men & Management
ENVI 5000.06: Introduction to Environmental Studies
ENVI 5020.03: Resource Systems and Economic Development Social Work
ENVI 5030.03: Seminar on Managing for Sustainable Development SLWK 6333.03: Practice Research
ENVI 5031.03: Environmental/Ecological Economics SLWK 6365.03: Community Socio-Economic Development
ENVI 5035.03: Research Methods SLWK 6385.03: Community and Social Change Analysis
ENVI 5041.03: Environmental Education SLWK 6390.09: The Theory and Practice of Community Work
ENVI 5120.03: Environmental Ecology
Sociology & Social Anthropology
Gender and Women's Studies SOSA 5001.03: Survey Methods
GWST 6010.03: Theories of Feminism SOSA 5002.03: Social Statistics
GWST 6020.03: Feminist Methodologies SOSA 5003.03: Contemporary Perspectives in Ethnography
SOSA 5004.03: Advanced Issues in Work, Industry, and Development
Health Services Administration SOSA 5005.03: Advanced Issues in Social Injustice and Social Inequality
HESA 6370.03: International Comparative Funding and Insurance Systems SOSA 5006.03: Advanced Issues in Health and Illness
History Urban & Rural Planning
HIST 5320.03: Empowerment, Gender, and Development PLAN 5101.03: History and Theory of Planning
HIST 5430.03: The Making of Colonial Africa (1850-1930) PLAN 5102.03: Planning Practice
HIST 5435.03: Rise and Fall of African Slavery PLAN 5103.03: Qualitative Methods
HIST 5452.03: South Africa Since 1860 PLAN 6101.03: Urban Design
HIST 5461.03: Gender and Development in Africa PLAN 6102.03: Urban Economics
HIST 5462.03: African Economic History PLAN 6103.03: Urban Ecology
HIST 5470.03: Wars & Revolutions in 19th Century Africa PLAN 6104.03: Comparative Urbanization
HIST 5475.03: African Intellectuals and the Modern Experience PLAN 6106.03: Transportation Planning
International Development Studies PLAN 6107.03: Regional Planning
INTD 5000.03: Advanced Topics in Development Studies PLAN 6110.03: Environmental Impact Assessment in Social and
INTD 5001.03: Readings in International Development Studies Environmental Policy
INTD 5002.03: Graduate Seminar in Research Design for Development
Studies
INTD 5003.03: Special Topic in International Development Studies
INTD 5004.03: Special Topic in International Development Studies
INTD 5320.03: Empowerment, Gender & Development
INTD 5600.03: Gender and Development
Law
LAWS 5022.03: Law of the Sea
LAWS 5051.03: International Environmental Law
LAWS 5056.03: International Trade Law
LAWS 5068.03: Ocean Law & Policy: International Fisheries
LAWS 5200.03: Environmental Law
Marine Affairs
MARA 5001.06: Contemporary Issues in Ocean Management &
Development
MARA 5003.03: Marine Science & Technology
MARA 5008.03: Integrated Maritime Enforcement
Political Science
POLI 5302.03: Comparative Development Administration
POLI 5303.03: Human Rights & Politics
POLI 5315.03: African Politics
POLI 5340.03: Approaches to Development
POLI 5345.03: Politics of Southern Africa
POLI 5350.03: Governance & Globalization
POLI 5360.03: Politics of Latin America
POLI 5475.03: Democratic Theory
POLI 5531.03: UN in World Politics
180 International Development Studies

INWK 6112.05: Physical and Datalink Standards and
Protocols.
This class covers issues relating to the physical and datalink layers of data
communications networks. A review of basic digital communication
theory is given, including modulation and demodulation techniques and
their performance in noise and under bandwidth constraints. Physical
Internetworking layer standards of several wireline-based protocols are examined, and
optical and wireless channels are also considered. Media access control
techniques, framing structures, and error control procedures of several
Location: Internetworking Program protocols are investigated.
Dalhousie University EXCLUSION: EINE 5102.03, INWK 5102.03, 6102.03
1360 Barrington St., Room A210
Halifax, NS INWK 6113.05: Telecommunication and Wide-Area
B3J 1Z1 Networks.
Telephone: (902)494-1114
This class presents an overview of the technologies used in present
Fax: (902)494-2057
telecommunications systems and wide area networks. Standard
Email: internet.eng@dal.ca
telecommunication transport and signalling standards are introduced. The
Website: http://internetworking.engineering.dal.ca
Integrated Services Digital Network and broadband access alternatives are
Program Director discussed. Wireless standards for cellular and satellite systems are
considered, and emerging personal communication services are
Robertson, W., BSc (Eng Hons), MSc (Aberdeen), PhD (TUNS), PEng
introduced.
Instructors EXCLUSION: EINE 5103.03, INWK 6103.03
Artimy, M., BSc (Al-Fateh), MA Sc (Dalhousie), PhD (Dalhousie) INWK 6114.05: Internet Communication Protocols.
Bodorik, P., BSc (Calgary), MEng, PhD (Carleton)
This class provides an in-depth coverage of the Transmission Control
Fenton, G.A., BEng, MEng (Carleton), MA, PhD (Princeton), PEng
Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) protocol stakc suite, including IP and
Ilow, J., BSc (Poland), MASc, PhD (Toronto)
protocols for address resolution, internet control, routing, broadcasting
MacDougall, B., BEng (McGill), MBA (Queens), PEng, CCIE
and multicasting. End-to-end communication issues associated with TCP
Phillips, W.J., BSc (Eng), MSc (Queen’s), PhD (UBC)
will be discussed. Network management and domain name systems will
Sivakumar, S.C., BEng (Bangalore), MASc, PhD (TUNS), PEng
be covered. Applications including telnet, file transfer, and simple mail
Srinivas, S., BEng (Bangalore), PhD (Inst. of Science, Bangalore)
transfer protocols will be covered in detail.
EXCLUSION: EINE 5104.03, INWK 5104.03, 6104.03
I. Introduction
Internetworking is an area of growing significance and importance in INWK 6115.05: Network Architecture.
today’s world. It is a truly multidisciplinary area which requires This class covers the design of network architecture protocols the
knowledge of, and skills in, the related areas of engineering, placement of servers and monitors, and firewalls. Internetworking,
communications, mathematics and modelling, computer and network bridging, routing, and encapsulation are covered. Algorithms for bridging
architectures, and computer software. The program is truly unique being and routing are examined.
the result of a partnership between Dalhousie, Cisco Systems Inc., Nortel EXCLUSION: EINE 5105.03, INWK 5105.03, 6105.03
Networks, and the Telecomm Applications Research Alliance (TARA).
The program was designed in collaboration with industry and was INWK 6117.05: Emerging Internetworking
launched in September 1997. The laboratories are also unique and are Technologies.
probably the most up-to-date internetworking laboratories available The primary focus of this class is to provide a comprehensive coverage of
anywhere for a Master level degree. the major developments that lay the foundation for the next generation
high performance networks. The student will study, the emerging
II. Program Classes technologies, design alternatives, and the underlying theory and practice
The classes are continually under review and are shown here as they were required for the Internet to grow beyond a best effort dat delivery service
at the time of going to press. The order of presentation is updated to become a reliable and multi-service environment.
regularly on the Web page. Students are normally required to take classes EXCLUSION: INWK 5107.03, 6107.03
in the pre-requisite order given on the Web page. A project is not
mandatory and registration requires departmental approval. INWK 6119.05: Network Security.
The primary objective of this course is to provide a comprehensive
Any new proposed courses will be posted on the program Website once coverage of the theory, concepts, design principles and technologies for
approved by the university. In addition to classes, all students are network security. The course focuses on the design principles and
required to present a technical seminar. Registration is required for the techniques of two major aspects of network security: (a) how to secure a
seminar in the summer term. network; and (b) how to secure data transactions.
NOTE: Completion of any or all engineering classes offered by the INWK 6211.05: Mathematics for Internetworking.
Department does not qualify persons to hold the designation
This class includes a review of Probability and Statistics, data collection
“Professional Engineer” as defined by various Provincial Acts governing
and distribution fitting. Markov chains, reliability, Markov Chains,
the Engineering Profession.
stochastic processes and queuing systems, random number generators,
INWK 6111.05: Introduction to Computer Networks. sampling from various probability distributions, Monte Carlo simulation.
This class offers a general introduction to computer networks. It explores
the structure, goals, services and problems of computer networks. The INWK 6411.05: Real Time Programming for
structure of computer communications is examined using the Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) seven layer protocol model. The purpose of Internetworking.
each layer is discussed from both conceptual and practical aspects, and The objective of this course is teach the student the fundamentals of real
data communication standards are examined in terms of their layered time programming for internetworking. Topics covered include message
structures. The distinction between circuit and packet switching is queuing, resource sharing, priority assignments, event flags, interrupts,
highlighted, and client server distance applications are discussed. device handling, and protocol stack techniques.
EXCLUSION: EINE 5101.03, INWK 5101.03, 6101.03 EXCLUSION: EINE 5401.03, INWK 5401.03, 6401.03
Internetworking 181
INWK 6800.00: Internetworking Seminar Topic.
Students are required to research and present a seminar on an
Internetworking topic.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Wm. Robertson
FORMAT: Seminar
INWK 6801.00: Internetworking Seminar Continuance.

Students are required to research and present a seminar on an Law
Internetworking topic.
FORMAT: Seminar Location: Weldon Law Building
INWK 6900.00: Project Continuance. Halifax, NS B3H 4H9
EXCLUSION: INWK 5900.00 Telephone: (902) 494-3495
Fax: (902) 494-1316
INWK 6911.05: Project. Website: http://law.dal.ca/Propective_Students/
The student will be required to analyze the performance of a network and
either design a new network or an upgrade to an existing network. The Dean, Faculty of Law
project should preferably be undertaken with an industrial company. Saunders, P.M., BA, MA, LLB (Dal)
Associate Dean, Academic
INWK 6912.05: Network Design. Deturbide, M., BSc (Dal), BJ (King’s), LLB, LLM (Dal). Corporate Law,
The objective of this course is to provide a solid foundation for the design Commercial Law, Media Issues, Entertainment Law, Environment and
principles for the design of networks at all levels. The course focuses on Business
the design principles and techniques for total network design from initial
planning to management issues. Associate Dean, Graduate Studies and Research
Devlin, R.F., LLB (Queen's, Ireland), LLM (Queen's, Ont). Jurisprudence,
Legal Ethics, Judicial Education, Contracts
Professors Emeriti
Charles, William H., Q.C., BA (Sir Geo Wms), LLB (Dal), LLM (Harvard),
LLM (Mich)
Wiktor, C., LLM (Wroclaw), MS (Col)
Professors
Archibald, B.P., BA (King's), MA, LLB (Dal), LLM (Col). Criminal Law and
Procedure, Evidence, Comparative Law, Prosecutions Policy, Labour
Relations Law
Black, V., BA, MA (Carleton), LLB, (Toronto), LLM (Calif, Berkeley).
Private International Law, Torts, Commercial Law.
Chircop, A.E., BA, LLD, LLM (Malta), JSD (Dal). Marine and
Environmental Law and Policy, Coastal and marine Management,
Education and Training
Coughlan, S.G., BA (Ottawa), MA (Toronto), LLB (Dal), PhD (Toronto),
Criminal Law and Procedure
Downie, J.G., BA, MA (Queen’s), MLitt (Cambridge), LLB (Toronto), LLM,
S.J.D. (Mich). Health Law; Policy & Ethics; Legal Ethics
Girard, P.V., BA (Brock), LLB (McGill), LLM (Cal, Berkeley), PhD (Dal).
Legal History, Comparative Law, Property Law
Kaiser, H.A., BA, LLB (Dal), LLM (LSE). Criminal Law and Procedure,
Mental Disability Law
Kindred, H.M., LLB (Bristol), LLM (London), LLM (Illinois). Public
International Law and Maritime Law (Carriage of Goods by Sea)
MacKay, A.W., BA (MtA), MA (Florida), BEd (MtA), LLB (Dal). Human
Rights, Administrative Law, Constitutional Law, Civil Liberties
McConnell, M.L., BA (Victoria), LLB (Dal), PhD (Sydney). Business and
Environment, Feminist theory, International and Environmental Law
Pothier, D., BA (Dal), MA (Carleton), LLB (Dal). Constitutional, Labour,
Human Rights, Equality and Disability Issues
Thomas, P., LLB (Wales), LLM (Yale). Family, Divorce, Fostering,
Separation, Children, Contracts, Banking, Negotiable Instruments,
Mediation and Negotiation
Thompson, D.A., BA (McGill), LLB (Dal). Family Law, Evidence, Children
and the Law, Clinical Law
Thornhill, E.M.A., BA, Dip Ed (McGill), LLB (UQAM), Dip Int’l & Comp
Law (San Diego), MA (Montreal), LLD (CUNY), LLD (Concordia).
Critical race theory, human rights, international law, black history,
black women’s studies, anti-racist pedagogy
VanderZwaag, D., BA (Calvin), MDiv (Princeton), JD (Arkansas), LLM
(Dal), PhD (University of Wales). Environmental Law, Ocean Law and
Policy
Woodman, F.L., BA (Dal), LLB (Queen's). Tax and Social Policy, especially
regarding Women and Children, Estates and Trusts
182 Law
Associate Professors 2. Residency Requirements
Aylward, C., BA, LLB, LLM (Dal). Criminal Law, Critical Race Theory, The degree may be taken on the basis of either one academic year
Litigation, Legal Ethics (September 1 to August 31) of full-time residence at Dalhousie, or two
Bankier, J.K., BA (Toronto), LLB (Osgoode). Women and the Law, Law academic years of part-time residence at Dalhousie, after registration for
and Technology, Intellectual Property the LLM degree. (It should be noted that the two-year residence
Evans, R.L., BA (Toronto), LLB (York) requirement for part-time candidates differs from that required elsewhere
Gibson, E., LLB (Sask.), LLM (Toronto). Family Law, Tort Law, Health in the calendar of the Faculty of Graduate Studies.)
Law
Ginn, D., BA (Mt.A), LLB (Queen's), LLM (Osgoode). Property Law, 3. Class Requirements
Administrative Law, Gender, Health Law The degree may be taken on the basis of either class work, seminars and a
Llewellyn, J., BA (McMaster), MA (Queen’s), LLB (Toronto), LLM thesis, or class work and seminars only. Applicants are required to
(Harvard). Restorative Justice, Legal Theory, Constitutional Law indicate at the time of formal application on which basis they would prefer
Murphy, R. A., BA (UPEI), LLB (Dal), LLM (Toronto), SJD (Harvard). to take the degree, but the Graduate Studies Committee of the Faculty of
Constitutional Law, Evidence, Legal Theory Law, at the time an offer of a place is made, will decide on which of the
Russell, D., BA (St. Thomas), LLB (Dal), LLM (Cambridge). International two alternative bases a place is offered. The availability of places for the
Law, Law of Sea, Maritime Boundary Delimitation, High Seas Fishing thesis alternative is governed by the availability of adequate faculty
Saunders, P.M., BA, MA, LLB (Dal). Environmental Law, Law of the Sea, supervision and library resources. All class work for the degree,
International whichever of the two alternative bases is decided upon, must be
completed with no grade below B-. Graduate students taking classes that
Assistant Professors are normally evaluated by an examination are required to complete a
Bradley, S., BSc (Toronto), LLB (Queen’s), LLM (Harvard) research paper or other written assignment, as agreed with the instructor,
Currie, R., BA (St. F.X.), MA (Careleton), LLB (Dal), LLM (Univ of in place of the examination. Graduate students taking classes that are
Edinburgh) evaluated by a “major paper” must submit a paper of appropriate
Doelle, M., BSc, LLB (Dal), LLM (Osgoode), JSD (Dal). Environmental scholarly quality which will normally be between 40 and 50 pages in
Law, Climate Change length (including text, and endnotes or footnotes).
Hadskis, M., BSc, LLB (Dal), LLM (York)
Khimji, M., LLB (Bristol), LLB (Windsor), LLM (LSE). Corporate and All candidates for the degree are required to take a graduate seminar
Commercial Law especially designed for our graduate students in law. This seminar is given
Lahey, W., BA (MtA), BA (Juris., Oxford), LLM (Toronto). Administrative in the fall term (and early part of the spring term) and requires from the
Law, Health Law student a comprehensive class presentation based on a substantial written
MacIntosh, C., BA (Concordia), MA (Alberta), LLB (Osgoode). Aboriginal paper. Some students who have not had previous exposure to
Law, Immigration Law Jurisprudence may be required to take a graduate jurisprudence class.
Oguamanam, C., LLB (Ife, Nigeria), BL (Nig. Law School), LLM (Lagos), If the degree is taken by class work, seminars and thesis, a candidate is
PhD (UBC). Intellectual Property required to (a) in addition to the graduate seminar, complete at least two
Wildeman, S., BA (Toronto), MA (Columbia), LLB (Dal). Mental Health additional one-term classes from the class and seminar offerings of the
Law, Administrative Law, Legal Theory Faculty of Law (the choice of classes to be determined by the Law School's
Graduate Studies Committee), and (b) present a well-researched
Adjunct Professors substantial thesis of scholarly quality produced under the continuous
Cromwell, T., BMus (Queen's), LLB (Queen's), BCL (Oxford) supervision of a member or members of the law faculty.
Dobrowolsky, A., BA (Toronto), MA (Dal), PhD (Carleton)
Winham, G., BA (Bowdoin), Dip Int Law (Manchester), PhD (N Carolina) Such a thesis would normally be 150-300 typescript pages in length
(double-spaced). Six copies of the thesis must be submitted to the
supervisor on or before the dates given in the Law School’s “Guidelines
I. Degree Programs for Supervision and Evaluation of Graduate Students” (normally August
10 to meet deadlines for fall convocation). The thesis requirements and
A. Master of Laws (LLM) regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies must be met. Theses are
An intensive graduate program in law leading to the Master of Laws usually supervised by a two person committee comprised of a supervisor
degree is offered to well-qualified candidates by the Faculty of Law of the and a reader or, in certain circumstances, two co-supervisors. Theses are
University. The program is primarily intended for professional specialists examined by an examination committee comprised of the supervisory
and prospective law teachers. The program may consist of either a committee, an “arm’s length” examiner and a chairperson, who is
combination of class work, seminars and a thesis, or a combination of class normally the Chair of the Graduate Studies Committee/Graduate Co-
work and seminars involving substantial written papers. In either case the ordinator. A thesis may be graded as falling within one of the following
program can be taken on a full-time basis over one full academic year, or categories: approved as submitted; approved upon specified corrections
on a part-time basis over two full academic years. Applicants who plan to being made; failed, but with permission to submit a revised thesis; or
take the degree on the basis of class work, seminars and a thesis are failed outright.
required to submit outlines of their proposed thesis topic at the time of the
application. Thesis topics may concentrate on any area of law in which If the degree is taken by class work and seminars without thesis, in
faculty supervisors and library resources will support original work. In addition to the graduate seminar, candidates are required to take at least
recent years, thesis supervision has been provided in the following fields, an additional five one-term classes from the advanced class work and
among others: international law, administrative law, labour law, seminar offerings of the Law Faculty considered to be suitable as graduate
constitutional law, commercial law, tax law, tort law, criminal law and classes and seminars by the Law Graduate Studies Committee. Of those
restorative justice, family law, health law, law of the sea, maritime law, five classes, at least three must be designated as “major paper classes” by
and environmental law. the Faculty of Law, or be approved by the Graduate Studies Committee as
having a substantial written component. In the remaining classes, the
1. Admission Requirements student will be evaluated by means of a substantial research-based written
Applicants for admission to the LLM program should hold a first degree assignment, normally 25-30 pages, or equivalent assignment(s).
in law equivalent to the Dalhousie LLB, passed with at least a “B” average
At the discretion of the Graduate Studies Committee of the Faculty of Law,
(or Upper Second Class Honours). The ability to conduct independent
a candidate may be required to submit to an oral examination by the
research and to work easily in the English language is a prerequisite for
Committee or its nominees in the field of the thesis or that of any written
admission. Candidates from outside Canada whose native language is
paper presented by the candidate. The Graduate Studies Committee of the
other than English will be required to pass an English language
Faculty of Law may recommend the substitution of not more than two
proficiency test (TOEFL 600/250).
Law 183
seminars or graduate level classes in a discipline other than law, which v) class work and other examinations as required by the Graduate
may be highly relevant to the candidate's thesis topic or area of Studies Committee
specialization, provided that any such substituted class or seminar has, in
the opinion of the Committee and the Dean of Graduate Studies, 4. Special Skill Examination Requirements
equivalence to the law classes being substituted. A candidate may, at the discretion of the thesis committee, be required to
pass a special examination designed to demonstrate the examinee's
Before deciding on the class work and seminars, or class work, seminars proficiency in a foreign language, statistical method, computer analysis, or
and thesis option, candidates who are contemplating future doctoral other skill deemed to be important for successful completion of the
studies should note that some doctoral programs may require the candidate's thesis in the chosen area.
completion of a Master of Laws degree which includes a thesis.
5. Thesis Requirements
4. General The primary requirement for the JSD degree is the completion of a
The Graduate Studies Committee of the Faculty of Law may at any time substantial thesis which should not only display original scholarship of
require any candidate for the degree to show cause, in such manner as it high standard, but also represent a significant and professional
may determine, why such candidate should be permitted to continue his contribution to the literature of the chosen subject. In applying for
or her candidacy. admission, an applicant is required to satisfy the Graduate Studies
It should be noted that candidates taking the degree on a part-time basis Committee of the Faculty of Law that the suggested topic is suitable for
are not eligible for graduate scholarships. development as a doctoral thesis. Normally, a JSD thesis should be
between 350 and 500 typescript pages in length (double-spaced). After an
A student is required to comply with the directions of the supervisor and applicant has been accepted, a thesis committee consisting of a supervisor
the decisions of the Graduate Studies Committee of the Faculty of Law, as and two advisors will be appointed by the Graduate Studies Committee of
well as the rules and regulations of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. the Faculty of Law. All candidates are required to comply with the
decisions of their thesis committees. In normal circumstances, the
A full description of programs available in the Law School which may be completed JSD thesis must be submitted to the Graduate Studies
of relevance to graduate students can be found in the general Law School Committee of the Faculty of Law within five years of the date of original
Calendar and in its class selection materials. registration in the program. Submission of the thesis must follow the rules
and regulations laid down by the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
B. Doctor in the Science of Law Degree (JSD)
An advanced graduate program in law leading to the JSD (Juris Scientiae 6. Thesis Defence Requirements
Doctor) degree is offered to a very limited number of highly qualified Each JSD candidate is required to defend the completed thesis in an oral
candidates by the Faculty of Law of the University. Applicants who meet examination. This defence shall be conducted in accordance with the
the admission requirements are invited to submit a detailed outline of Faculty of Graduate Studies Regulations for Oral Examination of a
their proposed thesis and a detailed description of their research plans Doctoral Candidate.
with their application forms. Such topics will have to be limited to those
areas of law for which faculty and library resources will support original 7. Teaching Activities
work. It is expected that such resources will normally be available in The Graduate Studies Committee of the Faculty of Law may give
marine law, environmental law, international law, comparative law, permission to a JSD candidate to engage in teaching activities during the
health law, law and technology, and public law/jurisprudence. period of residency, if such activities are deemed to fall within the field of
the candidate's thesis topic. Under no circumstances shall any JSD
1. Admission Requirements/Deadline candidate be permitted to spend more than six hours per week in teaching
Applicants for admission to the JSD program must have demonstrated activities and related preparations.
superior academic ability during their previous legal education. Normally
it will be necessary to have (i) attained at least the equivalent of a C. Classes
Dalhousie A- average grade at the LLB level and (ii) completed For a description of classes offered in Law, see the Dentistry, Law,
successfully a Master's degree in law. Preference will be given to Medicine calendar.
applicants with established credentials in published scholarship of a
professional calibre. The ability to conduct independent research and For more information, please contact our website: www.dal.ca/law
work easily in the English language is a prerequisite for admission.
Foreign candidates are required to pass the TOEFL (Test of English as a
Foreign Language) to the satisfaction of the Graduate Studies Committee
of the Faculty of Law prior to admission. Applicants seeking JSD
funding from Dalhousie University should ensure that their completed
applications are received by the University no later than January 1 of the
year in which they intend to commence their studies.
2. Residency Requirements
Applicants must be prepared to spend at least one full academic year (12
months) in continuous residence at Dalhousie after registration for the JSD
program. The Graduate Studies Committee of the Law School reserves the
right in certain cases to require the completion of a second year of
residency. It is to be noted, however, that consistent with other doctoral
programs at Dalhousie University, JSD candidates must pay fees at the
full-time rate for two years regardless of whether they have been required
to spend a second year in residence at Dalhousie.
3. Class Requirements
In addition to the period in residence, candidates must complete the
following:
i) fully supervised research work leading to a substantial and
significant dissertation
ii) one directed reading class
iii) one area exam
iv) thesis proposal defence
184 Law
II. Master of Marine Management
The Master of Marine Management (MMM) provides a theoretical and
practical basis for understanding coastal and ocean development,
planning, and regulatory issues affecting the maritime industries and the
sustainable use of the seas’ resources. The MMM degree is a professional,
interdisciplinary, non-thesis program requiring core classes in the marine,
Marine Affairs Program social and management sciences as well as a choice of electives from areas
such as marine science, policy and law.
Location: 6100 University Avenue, Suite 2127 Subject areas addressed in the program include but are not limited to
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5 coastal tourism, coastal zone management, community based co-
Telephone: (902) 494-3555 management, ecosystem based management, conflict management,
Fax: (902) 494-1001 development and conservation of living and non-living resources,
Email: Marine.Affairs@Dal.ca managing for climate change, fisheries management, marine law and
Website: http://www.marineaffairsprogram.dal.ca policy, integrated coastal and ocean planning, marine protected areas,
maritime enforcement, maritime transport, and protection and
Director preservation of the coastal and marine environment. Students are required
Fanning, L., BSc, MMM, PhD (Dal) to complete a graduate project with an emphasis on management, and to
undertake a training internship at an organization relevant to their
Faculty expertise and interests. The overarching emphasis of the program is on the
Apostle, R., BA, MA, PhD (Calif, Berkeley) (Sociology and Social solution of marine management problems by trans-disciplinary synthesis.
Anthropology and Marine Affairs Program) Teamwork in research and planning is the primary modus operandi of the
Binkley, M., BA, MA, PhD (Toronto) (Sociology and Social Anthropology) Marine Affairs Program. The MMM degree’s format attracts a high
Brooks, M., BOT, MBA, PhD (Wales) (Business Administration) proportion of mid-career professionals from all over the world.
Cavanagh, E., BSc, BArch, PhD (Lehigh) (Architecture)
Chircop, A., LLD, LLM, JSD (Dal) (Law and Marine Affairs Program) Admission Requirements/Deadlines
Côté, R., BSc, MSc (MUN) (School for Resource and Environmental Applicants must satisfy general requirements for admission to the Faculty
Studies) of Graduate Studies. These include a Bachelor’s Degree from a university
Kindred, H., LLB (Bristol), LLM (London), LLM (Illionois) (Law) of recognised standing with honours or its equivalent with a minimum
Lane, P.A., MSc, PhD (SUNY Albany) (Biology) average of B (3.0 GPA, 73% or Second Class Honours, Upper Division). In
McConnell, M.L., BA, LLB, PhD (Sydney) (Law) some cases, additional university education may be required. Selection
Pelot, R.P., BSc, MSc, PhD (Waterloo) (Engineering and Business criteria include an essay demonstrating interdisciplinary, relevant work
Administration) experience, and career objectives. Applicants from outside Canada whose
Taggart, C., BSc, MSc, PhD (McGill), (Oceanography and Marine Affairs first language is not English must demonstrate proficiency in English
Progamme) before admission or have completed a university degree in English. The
VanderZwaag, D., BA, MDiv, JD, LLM (Dal) PhD (Univ. of Wales) (Law) standard test is TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language). It is also
Willison, J.H.M., PhD (Nottingham) (Biology and School for Resource & recommended that potential students take the Test of Written English
Environmental Studies) component of the TOEFL. Dalhousie sets a minimum acceptable TOEFL
score of 580 for the paper-based test, 237 for the computer-based test and
Adjunct Professors 92 for the internet-based test. Other tests that are accepted by Dalhousie
Charles, A., BScH, PhD (UBC) (Finance and Management Science, St. are MELAB (minimum score of 90), IELTS (minimum score of 7) and
Mary's University) CAEL (minimum score 60 overall, no band score lower then 50).
Dwire, A., BA, MA (Dal) (Sociology and Social Anthropology) Scholarships are available on a competitive basis.
Fournier, R., MSc, PhD (URI)
Hildebrand, L., BScH, MES (Dal) (Environment Canada) The MMM degree may be completed on a part-time basis. Applicants
Hodgson, J. R., BSc, MSc (London), FCILT must meet the same requirements for admission as full time MMM
McAllister, R.I., MA, MA (Cantab) students. Applications for completing the MMM degree on a part-time
McCalla, R., BA, PhD (Hull), (Geography, St. Mary's University) basis must be submitted to the Marine Affairs Program by February 28.
Newkirk, G. F., PhD (Duke) (Biology, Lester Pearson International, and A limited number of part-time MMM students can be enrolled in an
Marine Affairs Program) academic year. Part-time MMM students will complete the MMM degree
Wells, P.G., BSc, MSc, PhD (Guelph) (Environment Canada) over a period no greater than five contiguous calendar years (i.e. 60
Williamson, H., BSc, BEd, LLB, MBA (Dal), (Marine Affairs Program) months). The MMM degree is a Program fee degree and part-time MMM
students must meet the tuition fee requirements of the Registrar's Office.
Adjunct Research Associates
Bailet, F., BSc, DEA, PhD (U. Nice Sophia-Antipolis), Division for Ocean The part-time MMM student must take MARA 5001.06 Contemporary
Affairs and the Law of the Sea, United Nations Issues in Ocean Management and Development and MGMT 5000.03
Butler, M., BSc, MSc (Memorial), International Ocean Institute Management Without Borders in the first year of their MMM degree
Carrera, G., B. Geophys. Eng., MSC Eng, PhD (Toronto) program.
Gustavson, K., BSc, MSc, PhD (University of Victoria), Jacques Whitford
Environment Ltd. Part-time MMM students will meet with the Academic Coordinator of
Rudd, M., BSc., MSc., PhD (Wageningen), Memorial University of MAP to prepare course plan.
Newfoundland Deadline for applications is January 31 for applicants requesting
financial assistance and February 28 for all other applicants.
I. Introduction
Scholarships
The main focus of the Marine Affairs Program is the Master of Marine
All applicants are urged to apply for scholarship funding from their home
Management (MMM), a professional degree program that links many
countries, donor organizations and foundations. Applicants should be
stakeholders in the marine and oceans community. Students pursue the
MMM in one or more of five related areas (streams): (1) integrated coastal mindful of the timing of potential scholarships in the event that they need
assistance from MAP.
and ocean management; (2) marine environmental management; (3)
marine law and policy (4) fishery policy and management; and (5)
maritime transport management.
Marine Affairs Program 185

III. Class Descriptions B. Electives
All classes are open to graduate students in other programs by permission Students select the remaining complement of classes from the broad range
of the instructor. offered in the marine field at Dalhousie. Elective courses offered through
the Marine Affairs Program are listed below.
NOTE: Not all classes are offered every year. Please consult the current
timetable to determine this year’s class offerings. MARA 5005.03: Independent Readings.
This class is an option for MMM students who wish to pursue
A. Required Classes independent research into a specific topic not covered in another class. The
topic and area of research must be approved by the MAP Director and the
MARA 5001X/Y.06: Contemporary Issues in Ocean research supervisor.
Management and Development.
MARA 5008.03: Integrated Maritime Enforcement.
This class offers an introduction to the field of marine affairs, and in
particular to integrated coastal and ocean management. Subject areas The aim of this class is to sensitize students to the complexities of maritime
enforcement within a coastal and ocean management framework by
addressed include principles of integrated planning, coastal area
management, sea use planning, fisheries management, marine law and building an understanding of the roles of maritime enforcement in
policy, maritime transport, development of non-living resources, integrated planning and management. In doing so, students are
protection and preservation of the coastal and marine environment, introduced to concepts, tools, techniques and procedures of enforcement.
coastal tourism, maritime enforcement and conflict management. The INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Williamson
class employs interactive teaching techniques with considerable group MARA 5009.03: Coastal Zone Management.
work. Instructors for the various subjects come from Halifax universities,
This seminar is designed to introduce students to the concepts, principles,
federal and provincial government agencies and the private sector.
approaches, and issues associated with integrated management of coastal
zones worldwide. This class uses a systems approach to understanding the
global context of coastal zone management. Case studies and examples
consecutively.
from developed and developing countries are used to present practical
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Fanning, R. Apostle
approaches to the management of multiple uses in the coastal zone,
MARA 5002.06: Graduate Project. including community-based management models.
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Fanning
Students are required to apply the knowledge gained through class work
CROSS-LISTING: ENVI 5204.03, LAWS 2041.03
to a specific planning and management problem or issue of interest to
them. The project contains both a written and a practical component. The MARA 5012.03: Community-Based Co-Management.
written portion is completed under the supervision of an appropriate
This class will critically examine the extent to which community-based co-
academic advisor. Students are required to give a presentation on their
management provides a viable approach to marine resource management
graduate project. The practical component provides students an internship
in terms of its costs and benefits, opportunities for and barriers to its
period with a local public or private sector agency of relevance to the
implementation, and conditions necessary for its long-term survival as a
project topic. The area of research must be approved by the MAP Director
practical management tool.
and Graduate Project Committee
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Dwire
COORDINATOR: L. Fanning
CROSS-LISTING: SOSA 5540.03
MARA 5003.03: Marine Science and Technology. MARA 5013.03: Marine Protected Areas.
This class provides a survey of marine science and technology (basic
The creation of refugia from human exploitation in the marine
marine-basin geography and geology, physical, chemical and biological
environment for the purposes of conservation and sustainable resource
oceanography). Various fields and topics are addressed from a scientific
usage is a fast-growing application of ecological theory and ecosystem-
research and technology application perspective. Where possible, and
based management. The holistic approach marries ecological research,
relevant, the application of the scientific findings to issues of management,
fisheries science, park management and social policy. Criteria and
resource exploitation and policy formation are addressed. Course content
information requirements for the selection, establishment and adaptive
and assignments should help marine managers use science and
management of Marine Protected Areas are evolving on many fronts.
technology to: 1) recognize /formulate problems; 2) identify relevant
Professionals in marine affairs need to be aware of the state of the art in
information necessary to address problems; 3) find relevant and reliable
Marine Protected Areas theory and practice. That is the goal of this class.
information/assistance; 4) reliably interpret the information to make
objective management decisions.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Fournier, C. Taggart
MGMT 5000.03: Management Without Borders: A MARA 5014.03: Integrated Coastal and Ocean
Foundation Course for Masters Students in Planning.
This class introduces spatial planning of coasts and oceans. It integrates
Management. environmental design, planning, policy, and management. It emphasizes
This course places management in its broadest context and helps students tools and processes for professional field work, analysis, and synthesis.
from diverse disciplines understand the complex social, economic, Students gain practical experience of theory, practice, and professional
ecological, political and technological forces shaping 21st century aspects of coastal planning by drafting plans or proposals for action.
leadership in the public, private and non profit sectors. Key themes INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
explored in the course include systems thinking, values based approaches CROSS-LISTING: ARCH 6119.03
to management, and personal and professional development. The course
is team taught by leading faculty from across the Faculty of Management MARA 5015.03: Marine Transportation Policy and
and is supported by BLS. Learning opportunities are delivered in a mix of Administration.
formats, including lectures, readings, videos, multi-disciplinary cases and This class will provide a comprehensive overview of marine
group discussions. The course is characterized by a strong emphasis on transportation and related activities. Special emphasis is placed on the role
inter-disciplinary team working for effective problem solving in complex of government, including the formulation of marine transportation policy,
environments. supporting legislation/regulation, the development and delivery of
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Wheeler regulatory programs, the provision of public marine support services, and
associated governance considerations.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Calvebert
186 Marine Affairs Program

MARA 5021.03: Fisheries Management.
This interdisciplinary course focuses on the theory and practice of fishery
management, with emphasis on Sustainable Fishery Systems. It will
address the structure and dynamics of fisheries, and key themes in
managing fisheries for sustainability and resilience, through class
seminars and discussion, as well as attendance at related fisheries and
coastal events.
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Charles Mathematics and Statistics
CROSS-LISTING: ENVI 5021.03
Location: Chase Building
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5
Telephone: (902) 494-2572
Fax: (902) 494-5130
Email: mscs@mathstat.dal.ca
Website: http://www.mathstat.dal.ca
Chairperson of the Department

Dilcher, K., PhD (Queens)
Professors Emeriti
Field, C.A., MSc, PhD (Northwestern)
Fillmore, P.A., MSc, PhD (Minn), FRSC
Grunenfelder, L., PhD (ETH Zurich)
Radjavi, H., MA, PhD (Minn)
Swaminathan, S., MA, MSc, PhD (Madras)
Thompson, A.C., PhD (Newcastle upon Tyne)
Professors
Borwein, J., BA (Western), MSc, PhD (Oxford), FRSC, (joint appointment
with Computer Science)
Brown, J., MSc, PhD (Toronto)
Coley, A.A., PhD (London), Killam Professor
Dilcher, K., PhD (Queen’s)
Gabor, G., MSc, PhD (Eotvos)
Hamilton, D., MA, PhD (Queen’s)
Nowakowski, R.J., MSc, PhD (Calgary)
Paré, R., MSc, PhD (McGill)
Smith, B., MA (Calgary), PhD (Berk)
Tan, K.K., PhD (UBC)
Taylor, K., BSc (St. FX), PhD (U. Alberta)
Thompson, K., PhD (Liverpool) (NSERC University Research Fellow)
(jointly with Oceanography)
Wood, R.J., MSc (McMaster), PhD (Dalhousie)
Fraser, A.J., MSc (Toronto), PhD (Princeton)
Gu, H., MSc (Peking), PhD (Hong Kong)
Herbinger, C., MSc (Paris), PhD (Dalhousie) (joint appointment with
Biology)
Janssen, J.C., MSc (Eindhoven), PhD (Lehigh)
Johnson, K.P., MSc (Toronto), PhD (Brandeis)
Milson, R., MSc, PhD (McGill)
Mitnitski, A., PhD (Leningrad) (joint appointment with Medicine)
Pronk, D., MSc, PhD (Utrecht)
Selinger, P., PhD (U. Pennsylvania)
Susko, E., PhD (Waterloo)
Zhao, Y., MSC (Western Kentucky), PhD (British Columbia) (joint
appointment with Management)
Beiko, R., PhD (Ottawa) (joint appointment with Computer Science)
Bielawski, J., MA, PhD (Texas A & M Univ) (joint appointment with
Biology)
Bowen, K., PhD (California)
Dowd, M., MBA, MES, PhD (Dalhousie)
Faridi, S., MA (Brandeis), PhD (Michigan)
Flemming (Mills), J., MSc (Tuns), PhD (Dalhousie)
Iron, D., MSc, PhD (UBC)
Kolokolnikov, T., MSc, PhD (UBC)
Smirnov, R., BSc (Kyiv), PhD (Queens)
Mathematics and Statistics 187

Lecturers
Barger, J., BSc (Pace N.Y.), BEd, MA (Dal)
Cameron, E., MA (Oxon)
Surovell, A., MA (U.Mass), AB (Boston)
Postdoctoral Fellows
Brannlund, Johan (Stockholm)
Chan, O.-Yeat (Illinois) Mathematics
Hervik, S. (Cambridge)
Jonsen, Ian (Alberta) Location: Chase Building
Kenny, Toby (Cambridge) Halifax, NS B3H 4R2
Manna, Dante (Tulane) Telephone: (902) 494-2572
Pelavas, N. (Queen's) Fax: (902) 494-5130
Pralat, Pawel (Adam Mickiewicz) Website: http://www.mathstat.dal.ca
Wang, H. (Ottawa)
Chair of Department
Adjunct Professors Dilcher, K.
Astatke, T., PhD (Queen's), NS Agricultural College
Beattie, M.A., PhD (Queen's), Mt. Allison University Director of Division
Bonato, A., PhD (Waterloo, Wilfred Laurier University Janssen, J.
Brunner, H., PhD (Zurich), Memorial University
Chipman, H., PhD (Waterloo), Acadia University Graduate Coordinator
Clarke, N., PhD (Dalhousie), Acadia University Nowakowski, R.
Clements, J.C., MA (UBC), PhD (Toronto), Dalhousie University
Cole, D.E.C., PhD (McGill), University of Toronto The department offers programs leading to the degrees of MSc and PhD in
Curry, E., PhD (Rutgers), Acadia the following areas: algebra, category theory, differential equations,
Dawson, R., PhD (Dalhousie), St. Mary's University functional analysis, graph theory, number theory, numerical analysis,
Fitzpatrick, S., PhD (Dalhousie), UPEI perturbation theory, invariant theory commutative algebra, foundations of
Fry, R., PhD (Toronto), Thompson Rivers University computation, general relativity theory, stochastic modelling, topology.
Grant McLoughlin, J., PhD (SUNY at Buffalo), UNB
Grünenfelder, L., PhD (ETH Zurich), Dalhousie University I. Admission Requirements
Gupta, R.P., MSc (Agra), PhD (Delhi), Dalhousie University
Hartnell, B., PhD (Waterloo), St. Mary's University
Faculty of Graduate Studies. Candidates will normally be expected to hold
Haynes, R., PhD (Simon Fraser), Acadia University
a degree recognised by Dalhousie University as the equivalent of a
Hines, P.C., PhD (Bath), DREA
Bachelor's degree with Honours in one of its own faculties.
Hutt, D., PhD (Laval), DREA
Keast, P., PhD (St. Andrews), Dalhousie University GRE Aptitude and Advanced Mathematics scores are recommended for
McLenaghan, R., PhD (Cambridge), Waterloo all applicants for graduate studies whose undergraduate work has been
Millar, M., MSc, PhD (Dalhousie), Mt. St. Vincent completed outside of Canada, and TOEFL scores are required for
Muir, P., PhD (Toronto), St. Mary's University applicants whose native language is not English. Valid score reports must
Piccinini, R., PhD (Wisconsin), Univ. of Milan and Dalhousie Univ. be received directly from the Educational Testing Service. To ensure
Rosebrugh, R., PhD (Dalhousie), Mt. Allison University consideration for scholarship funds, application should be made by
Ryan, D., PhD (Guelph), UPEI January 31.
Sastri, C.C.A., MSc (Andhra), PhD (NY), Dalhousie University
Sutherland, W.R.S., PhD (Brown), Dalhousie University II. Degree Programs
Traves, W., MSc, PhD (Toronto), US Naval Academy
Van den Hoogen, R., PhD (Dalhousie), St. Francis Xavier University A. Masters
Wolfe, D., PhD (Berkeley), Gustavus Adolphus
Requirements
Research Associate 1. At least three full-credit classes, not including seminar classes, at the
Piccinini, R. (Milan) graduate level to be chosen in consultation with a department adviser.
Information concerning programs and classes in Mathematics follows In addition, students whose preparation in a particular area of
immediately. For information on programs and classes in Statistics and mathematics is deficient will be required to complete appropriate
Computer Science (including Computing Science) please refer to these classes which will be designated by the adviser.
sections of this calendar. 2. Attendance and participation in seminars.
3. A satisfactory thesis.
4. Students are required to give an oral presentation of their thesis and at
that time to answer questions about the thesis. This presentation will be
made after the thesis is in the hands of the student's committee and will
be taken into account when the committee makes its decision.
B. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)

Requirements
NOTE: The minimum and maximum time required to complete this
program are set out in section 5 of the Faculty Regulations.
1. At least one full-credit class during each of the first two years of the
program.
2. Comprehensive examinations which must be taken for the first time
within 12 months and successfully completed within 16 months of
registration in the program.
3. Attendance and participation in an appropriate seminar.
188 Mathematics
4. Preparation and defence of a satisfactory research thesis. MATH 5056.03: Massive Networks and Internet
NOTE: Students interested in pursing a degree program in Applied and Mathematics.
Computational Mathematics designed to prepare them for the work Introduction to massive real-world graphs and random graphs. Models of
environment should consider the following classes: massive networks, degree distributions. Searching networks. HITS and
MATH 5190.03 Pagerank.
FORMAT: Lecture
MATH 5200.03
PREREQUISITE: MATH 2112/2113, MATH 2030/2040, MATH 3360
MATH 5220.03
MATH 5230.03 MATH 5065.03/4065.03: Algebraic Geometry.
MATH 5270.03 This is a first course in algebraic geometry and will introduce students to
MATH 5290.03 the basic properties of affine and projective varieties. Topics covered will
include a selection from: local properties of plane curves, elliptic curves,
MATH 5300.03
Bezout’s Theorem, Riemann-Roch Theorem.
MATH 5310.03 FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
MATH 5400.03 PREREQUISITE: MATH 3030.06
One of STAT 5080.03, STAT 5370.03, or STAT 5620.03 CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4065.03
III. Class Descriptions MATH 5066.03: Advanced Statistical Theory I.

A selection of the following graduate classes will be offered subject to CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4066.03, STAT 4066.03/5066.03.
demand: MATH 5067.03: Advanced Statistical Theory II.
MATH 5010.03/4010.03: Introduction to Measure CROSS-LISTING: STAT 5067.03
Theory and Integration. MATH 5070.03/4070.03: Topics in Number Theory.
A discussion of Lebesgue’s theory of measure and integration on the real The class is intended to give an introduction to both analytic and algebraic
line. The topics include: the extended real number system and its basic number theory.
properties; the definition of measurable sets, Lebesgue measure and the Following a short review of basic notions from elementary number theory,
existence of non-measurable sets; the Lebesgue integral; differentiation of there will be a detailed discussion of quadratic reciprocity and some of its
monotonic functions (e.g. The Cantor function), absolute continuity, the applications and extensions. The main topics from analytic number theory
classical Lebesque spaces, Fourier series. will be arithmetric functions a Dirichlet L-series, resulting in a proof of
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours Dirichlet’s theorem on primes in arithmetic progressions. Finally, some
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3500.06 fundamental properties of algebraic number fields will be discussed, with
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4010.03 some emphasis on quadratic and cyclotomic fields.
MATH 5025.03/4025.03: Commutative Algebra I. PREREQUISITE: MATH 3070.03
This introduction to commutative algebra includes a selection of the CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4070.03
following topics: prime and maximal ideals, primary decomposition,
Noetherian rings, Hilbert’s Basis Theorem and the Nullstellensatz. MATH 5071.03: Topics in Number Theory II.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours A continuation of Math 5070 covering a selection of the topics from that
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3030.06 or equivalent course at a more advanced level suitable for PhD students in this area.
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4025.03 FORMAT: Lecture or Seminar
PREREQUISITE: MATH 5070.03 or consent of the instructors
MATH 5040.03: Homological Algebra.
MATH 5090.03/4090.03: Probability.
MATH 5045.03/4045.03: Advanced Algebra I. A mathematically rigorous treatment of probability theory in Euclidean
Topics may include: structure of groups, rings, fields, and modules; Galois space. Topics include the definitions and properties of random variables
theory. Other topics of special interest may be covered. and their distribution functions, various convergence concepts, the Borel-
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours Cantelli lemma, weak and strong laws of large numbers, characteristic
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3030.06 functions, central limit theorems. Although the necessary measure theory
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4045.03 is introduced, a previous analysis class is an asset.
MATH 5051.03: Integral Geometry of Convex Bodies
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3360.03 and a third year analysis class
and Polyhedra. CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4090.03, STAT 4090.03/5090.03
Convex bodies, Hausdorff metric, polytopes, volume, area, mixed
volumes, isoperimetric problem, the Minkowski problem, Euler MATH 5116.03: Cryptography.
characteristic, valuations, Buffon needle problem, Crofton formulas, This class is an introduction to modern cryptographic techniques and its
Hilbert's third problem, Hadwiger's theorem. mathematical foundations. The material covered includes: elementary
PREREQUISITE: Undergraduate level real analysis and linear algebra number theory and algebra; classical cryptosystems; probability; the Data
Encryption Standard; prime number generation and primality tests; public
MATH 5052.03: Convexity and Fixed Point Algorithms key cryptosystems; further applications, such as digital signatures and
in Hilbert Space. identification. The class ends with a brief overview of other cryptosystems,
An account of convex analysis and Optimization in Hilbert Space. Fixed such as elliptic curve cryptography.
point theory. The interplay among convexity, monotonicity and non- PREREQUISITE: MATH 1000.03, 1010.03, 2030.03, and at least one full-
expansiveness will be emphasized. year mathematics course beyond the first year
CROSS-LISTING: CSCI 4116.03
MATH 5055.03/4055.03: Advanced Algebra II.
Topics may include: Algebras over a field, classical representation theory MATH 5135.03/4135.03: Introduction to Category
of groups and algebras, lattices, Boolean algebra. Additional topics may be Theory.
covered at the discretion of the instructor. Categories, functors, natural transformations and adjointness are
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours introduced with emphasis on examples drawn from undergraduate
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3030.06 Mathematics and theoretical Computer Science. The calculus of diagram
Mathematics 189
chasing, limits, colimits and Kan Extensions is explored in detail to MATH 5190.03/4190.03: Ordinary Differential
provide a thorough foundation for subsequent specialized classes. Equations.
The purpose of this class is to introduce the student to various analytic,
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3030.06 or permission of the instructor
algebraic, and geometric aspects of the theory of ordinary differential
equations. Topics include: existence and uniqueness
MATH 5136.03: Topics in Category Theory. theory, flows and dynamical systems, symmetry and self-similarity, exact
Topics of current interest in category theory will be discussed with an solutions, applications to mathematical physics and biology.
emphasis on open problems. No previous knowledge of category theory is FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
required. The necessary concepts will be discussed in the context of their PREREQUISITE: MATH 3500.06 (3090.03 and 3100.03) and 2030.03/
applications. However, a certain familiarity with the basic concepts of 2040.03 or 2135.03
modern abstract mathematics such as found in courses on algebra and CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4190.03
topology would be an asset. MATH 5195.03: Topics in Topology and Functional
PREREQUISITE: Math 3030.03 and consent of instructor
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4136.03 Analysis.
Topology is the mathematical subject that allows one to make precise the
MATH 5140.03/4140.03: Introduction to Functional concept of continuity. Rudin defines functional analysis as the study of
Analysis. certain topological-algebraic structures and of the methods by which
An introduction to the basic principles of functional analysis including the knowledge of these structures can be applied to analytic problems. He
following topics: infinite dimensional vector spaces, normed spaces, inner- adds that the subject is huge and growing rapidly and, accordingly, we
product spaces, Banach and Hilbert spaces, linear and continuous linear offer a "topics" class.
functionals, the Hahn-Banach Theorem, the principle of uniform RECOMMENDED: MATH 3030X/Y.06
boundedness, dual spaces, weak* topology, and the Alaoglu theorem, the FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
open mapping and closed graph theorems, and consequences and PREREQUISITE: MATH 3500X/Y.06
applications. CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4195.03
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours MATH 5200.03/4200.03: Ordinary Differential
PREREQUISITE: MATH 2135.03 and 3500X/Y.06
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4140.03 Equations - Qualitative Theory.
Qualitative theory is concerned with what can be determined about the
MATH 5160.03/4160.03: Operator Theory. phase-portrait and the general behavior of solutions of differential
An introduction to the theory and applications of continuous linear equations even though those solutions are not explicitly exhibited. Topics
operators on Hilbert spaces, culminating with the spectral theorem, and are selected from Liapunov stability theory, stable and unstable manifolds
including such topics as spectrum; adjoint; symmetric, self-adjoint, of singular points and periodic solutions, classification of plane singular
unitary, and normal operators; polar decomposition; differential and points, structural stability, differential equations on manifolds and
integral operators; C* algebras; Gelfand’s Theorem; and the spectral Hamiltonian systems. Various equations occurring in applications are
theorem. qualitatively analyzed. The precise topics and equations covered depend
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours on the specific interests of the instructor and the students.
PREREQUISITE: MATH 4010.03 and 4140.03 FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4160.03 PREREQUISITE: MATH 4190.03
MATH 5166.03: Elliptic Curve Cryptography.
This class will cover a selection of topics beyond those covered in Math MATH 5220.03/4220.03: Introduction to Partial
4116/5116. For example, elliptic curve cryptography covering the group Differential Equations.
law, torsion points, group structure, Hasse-Well bound, Weil pairing, This class is the first half of a two term sequence designed to introduce the
affine and projective spaces and supersingular curves. student to the theoretical and numerical aspects of partial differential
FORMAT: Lecture equations. Topics to be covered include: review of the theory of ordinary
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3030X/Y differential equations, classification of partial differential equations,
solution of first order equations, the diffusion equation and random walk,
MATH 5170.03/4170.03: General Topology. Fourier Series and transforms, generalized functions, eigenfunction
An introduction to topological spaces, and includes the following topics: expansions.
classification in terms of cardinality of bases, separation, etc., product FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
spaces, Tychonoff theorem, compactness, compactifications, Tychonoff PREREQUISITE: MATH 3110.03
spaces, metrization. CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4220.03
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3500X/Y.06 MATH 5230.03/4230.03: Partial Differential Equations.
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4170.03 This class continues the theoretical study of partial differential equations
and also introduces numerical methods of solution. Topics to be covered
MATH 5180.03/4180.03: Introduction to Algebraic will be chosen from: the Rayleigh-Ritz method, Green's functions, finite
Topology. difference and finite element methods, collocation, the method of lines,
An introduction to algebraic topology which will cover the following two-point boundary value differential equations.
topics: the definition, properties and methods of computation of the FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
fundamental group of a topological space; simplicial, singular and cellular PREREQUISITE: MATH 4220.03
homology groups; basic properties and methods of computation of CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4230.03
homology groups; a selection of applications such as the classification of
surfaces and fixed point theorems. MATH 5250.03: Asymptotic Analysis.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours Most mathematical models of physical systems cannot be solved exactly.
PREREQUISITE: MATH 2505.03 Often such systems have a naturally occurring small parameter which
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4180.03 may be exploited using asymptotic analysis techniques. In this course, we
CO-REQUISITE: MATH 3030.03 will study a variety of physical systems which illustrate many of the
common approaches used in asymptotic analysis. Focus will be on
applications to ordinary and partial differential equations.
FORMAT: Lecture
190 Mathematics
PREREQUISITE: MATH 2001, MATH 2002, MATH 2030 this purpose. Algorithm complexity will be treated in context. The
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4250.03 complexity classes P and NP will be loosely introduced and discussed
through the comparison of examples such as matching vs. travelling
MATH 5270.03/4270.03: Numerical Software. salesman.
The design and implementation of reliable programs and libraries for PREREQUISITE: Linear algebra should be a prerequisite, while some
numerical computation are the focus of this class. Available program knowledge of linear programming and the theory of algorithms is
libraries such as NAG and software packages available on netlib are recommended.
reviewed. Particular attention is paid to the choice of subroutine CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4320.03
parameters and the tradeoffs between convenience, simplicity and
generality. MATH 5330.03/4330.03: Topics in Graph Theory.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours This class is intended for math and computer science students. Items to be
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3170.03 (with a grade of C- or better) selected from the following topics: graphs and matrices, graphs and
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4270.03 groups, network analysis, extremal graph theory, enumeration problems,
algebraic methods in graph theory.
MATH 5285.03/4285: The Numerical Solution of FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
Ordinary Differential Equations. PREREQUISITE: MATH 3330.03 or CSCI 3115.03 or permission of the
This is a comprehensive class in the numerical solution of ordinary Instructor
differential equations and differential-algebraic equations (DAEs). Topics CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4330.03, CSCI 4115.03
include a brief introduction to differential equations; basic concepts in
numerical analysis; the numerical solution of initial-value problems by MATH 5340.03: Discrete Random Structures.
linear multistep and Runge-Kutta methods; the concept of stiffness; the The combination of probability theory and combinatorics has given rise to
numerical solution of boundary-value problems by simple shooting, both a rich new theory, as well as a wealth of applications. The so-called
multiple shooting, finite differences, and collocation; an introduction to probabilistic method, namely, the application of probabilistic techniques
DAEs; algorithms and software for the numerical solution of DAEs. The to combinatorial problems, has given a new perspective on classical
use of state-of-the-art algorithms and software will be emphasized. combinatorics. Probability is now also used successfully in the design of
PREREQUISITE: MATH 1010.03, MATH 2030.03, MATH 3110.03, and one discrete algorithms. A combination of probability and combinatorics is
of CSCI 1100.03,CSCI 1202.03, or MATH 1400.03. often needed when modeling discrete processes and networks that occur
in nature. This course will explore the use of probability on discrete
MATH 5290.03/4290.03: Mathematical Analysis of structures. It will contain an introduction to probability and stochastic
Dynamic Biological Systems. processes, and then focus on one or two research areas where probability
and combinatorics interact.
This class is concerned with the construction, analysis and interpretation
FORMAT: Lecture
of mathematical models of dynamical biological and medical systems.
PREREQUISITE: MATH 4330/5330 or MATH/CSCI 2113, or permission
Topics covered will include neural networks, electro-biology,
from the instructor
epidemiology and the transmission of HIV, the morphology of complex
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4340
biological and chemical systems and pattern formation in morphogenesis.
FORMAT: Lectures 3 per week; seminars 1 per week MATH 5360.03: Combinatorial Modelling.
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3110.03 and MATH 3120.03 or their equivalent
This course introduces a broad common framework for combinatorial
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4290.03, BMNG 5220.03
structure, with an emphasis on how to model these structures with other
MATH 5300.03/4300.03: Optimal Control Theory. fields of mathematics. The modeling process shows how fundamental
concepts in various branches of mathematics can be used to prove results
Initially the classical calculus of variations is studied and the sufficiency
in combinatorics that are not easily provable otherwise.
conditions emphasized. A constructive solution of the Euler equations is
FORMAT: Lecture
presented. Then the modern theory of optimal control is developed using
PREREQUISITE: MATH 2060.03,MATH 3030X/Y.06
techniques of mathematical programming. This approach is applied to a
variety of problems such as economic growth theory, inventory control
and regulator problems. Numerical methods are also presented. MATH 5400.03/4400.03: Applied Mathematics in
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3110.03 and MATH 3090.03 Science and Industry.
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4300.03 This class is concerned with the construction, analysis and interpretation
of mathematical models in the natural sciences with an emphasis on
MATH 5310.03/4310.03: Nonlinear Programming. industrial applications. Specific applications of potential theory, diffusion
A thorough introduction to the mathematical problem of optimizing a phenomena and wave propagation will be examined in detail. A brief
real-valued function of n variables subject to a system of constraints. introduction to the calculus of variations approach to the optimal control
Theoretical topics include the theory of convex sets and functions, of dynamical systems will be given and some recent applications
directional derivatives, the Karush-Kuhn-Tucker optimality conditions, discussed.
and dual problems. Several algorithms will be developed for the RECOMMENDED: MATH 3120.03
numerical solution of problems, including quasi-Newton and barrier FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
methods. Software packages will be used to solve practical applications. PREREQUISITE: MATH 3110.03
(or 2040.03). CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4400.03
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3500X/Y.06 (or 3090.03 and 3100.03) and 2135.03 MATH 5410.03/4410.03: Topics in Cosmology.
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4310.03 A self-contained introduction to cosmology will be given and no prior
knowledge of differential geometry or general relativity will be assumed
MATH 5320.03: Combinatorial Optimization. (although some knowledge of elementary differential equations will be
Various graph algorithms will be presented and analysed. Specifically we useful). A cosmological model is a model of the universe, as a whole, on
will treat the algorithms for the problems Minimum Spanning Tree, the largest scales; the emphasis of the class will be on the modeling aspects
Shortest Path, maximal Flow, Minimum Cost Flow, Maximum Matching. of cosmology.
For each problem, various algorithms will be presented and compared. FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
Correctness will be proved, and complexity bounds given. PREREQUISITE: Instructor’s permission
The link with Linear Programming, especially LP-Duality, will receive CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4410.03, PHYC 4660.03/5660.03
special attention. The theory of Linear Programming will be reviewed for
Mathematics 191
MATH 5530.03/4530.03: Differential Geometry. PREREQUISITE: MATH 3030X/Y.06 or permission of the instructor
This class is an introduction to differential and Riemannian geometry. It CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4800.03, CSCI 4800.03
serves advanced undergraduates and graduate students with interests in
geometry and mathematical physics, and in particular general relativity.
MATH 5900.03: Combinatorial Game Theory.
There are 4 major topic areas. This course looks at 2-player games of strategy where there are no chance
1. Elements of Surface Theory. First and second fundamental devices and both players have perfect information---Go, Chess, Checkers
form; curvature; theorema egregium; intrinsic versus extrinsic geometry; and Dots-And-Boxes are such games. The surprising mathematical
parallel transport; geodesics. structure underlying these games will be introduced along with the
2. Tensors. Vector spaces and duals; invariance; covariance; evaluation scheme and its application to specific games in the classes of
contravariance; exterior and tensor algebra. hot, all-small and impartial games. If time permits, the latest
3. Differential Manifolds. Review of point-set topology; charts and developments in loopy and misere games will be covered.
atlases. Vectors and the tangent bundle; vector fields and 1-parameter PREREQUISITE: MATH 2030.03/2040.03, 2001.03/2002.03
flows. Tensor fields. Intrinsic differential operations: pull-backs, the vector CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4900.03
brackets, the exterior derivative. Differential forms and integration.
4. Riemannian geometry. The metric tensor; length of curves and
volume. The Levi-Civita connection; parallel transport and geodesics;
curvature; covariant differentiation; the Laplacian and the gradient
operators.
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3065.03
MATH 5535.03: Topics in Differential Geometry.

The material is a natural continuation of Math 4/5530 offering a set of
advanced topics in differential geometry based on the approach
developed by Elie Cartan.
FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: consent of the instructor
MATH 5650.03/4650.03: Relativity and Cosmology.

A review of differential geometry will be given followed by an
introduction to the general theory of relativity. Various topics will be
discussed, including; linearized theory and gravitational radiation,
spherically symmetric metrics and the Schwarzchild solution,
gravitational collapse, black holes, and cosmology.
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4650.03, PHYC 4650.03/5650.03
MATH 5660.03/4660.03: Automata and Computability.

CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4660.03, CSCI 4112.03
MATH 5670.03/4670.03: Computer Algebra.

The class will develop the algebraic basis for a symbolic computation
system such as MAPLE or Mathematica. The basic topics covered will be:
algorithms for the arithmetic of integers and single variable polynomials,
multivariable polynomials and systems of polynomial equations, the
Grobner Bases Theorem, Buchbergers Algorithm. In addition one
advanced topic such as integration algorithms for elementary functions or
the symbolic computation of Galois groups will be explored.
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3030.06
MATH 5680.03: Topics in Logic and Computation.

This course cvers topics of current interest in logic and/or the foundations
of computation. Suitable topics include: formal logic, soundness and
completeness, Goedel's incompletedness theorem; formal set theory, the
Zermelo-Fraenkel axioms, non-standard models, indepencence of axions;
lambda calculus and foundations of functional programming languages,
proof theory, semantics.
FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: MATH 3030.03 OR MATH 3500.03, OR CSCI 3110.03
AND CSCI 3136, or permission of the instructor.
MATH 5800.03: Experimental Mathematical in Action.

The goal of this course is to present a coherent variety of accessible
examples of modern mathematics where intelligent computing plays a
significant role and in doing so to highlight some of the key algorithms
and to teach some of the key experimental approaches.
FORMAT: Lecture, Seminar, Discussion and Lab
192 Mathematics
MD/PhD Programs / Mechanical Engineering
Combined Location: ”C1” Building
Telephone: (902) 494-3917
Fax: (902) 423-6711
Registration in the Combined MD/PhD Program is suspended for the Email: mechanical.engineering@dal.caf
2008/2009 academic year.
Department Head
Professors Emeriti
Cochkanoff, O., BASc (UBC), MASc (Toronto), PhD (Iowa State), FCASI,
FEIC, FC, SME, PEng, CD.
Russell, L.T., BEng (TUNS), MSc (Qu), PhD (Car), PEng.
Professors
Allen, P.L., BSc (MtA), BEng (TUNS), MESc (UWO), PhD (TUNS), PEng.
Solar thermal energy utilization, heat exchangers.
Basu, P., BE (Cal), PhD (Burd), PhD (Aston), PEng. Air pollution control,
recycling, heat transfer, boiler design & expert system, fluidized bed
combustion.
Chuang, J.M., BSc (Nat. Taiwan Ocean), MEng (Memorial), PhD (TUNS),
PEng (Naval Architecture). Numerical modelling of nonlinear free-
surface flow, optimal hull form for a SWATH ship, low-cost Unix
system for computational mechanics.
Hubbard, T., BSc (Dal), BEng (TUNS), PhD (CalTech), PEng. MEMS -
Micro Electro Mechanical Systems.
Kalamkarov, A.L., BSc, MASc, PhD (Moscow State), DSc (Acad Sci.,
USSR), PEng. Stress and strength analysis, modelling, design and
optimization of composite materials and smart structures.
Kujath, M.R., MSc (TU Warszawa), PhD (Polish Academy of Sciences),
PEng. Mechanisms and machinery, MEMS, robotics, space mechanics.
Militzer, J., BSc (EEM Brazil), MSc (USP Brazil); PhD (Wat), PEng.
Hydrodynamics of circulating fluidized bed boilers, computational
fluid dynamics.
Ugursal, V.I., BSc (Bogazici), MEng, PhD (TUNS), PEng. Technoeconomic
evaluation of advanced electric power generation systems, heat pump
applications, residential energy consumption.
Watts, K.C., BSA, MSc (Guelph), PhD (Wat), PEng, PAg, joint appointment
with Biological Engineering.
Bauer, R.J., BSc (Waterloo), PhD (Toronto), PEng. Dynamics and control,
grinding, flexible space structures. (Undergraduate Coordinator)
Georgiades, A.V., BEng (TUNS), MASc (TUNS), PhD (Dal). Stress analysis,
fabrication and micro mechanical modeling of smart composites.
Retallack, D., BEng (TUNS), MEng, PhD (UMIST), PEng. Process
simulation and design, design and implementation of MIMO control
systems.
Warkentin, A., BEngMgt, MEng (McMaster), PhD (Waterloo), PEng.
CAD/CAM grinding, 5-axis machining. (Graduate Coordinator)
Campregher, R., BSc, MSc (UNESP Brazil), PhD (UFU Brazil).
Computational fluid dynamics, fluid-structure interaction, parallel
computing.
Groulx, D., BSc, PhD, (Sherbrooke). Multiphase processes, applied heat
transfer and fluid mechanics, energy conversion and conservation
systems.
Koksal, M., BSc, MSc, (Middle East TU), PhD (Dal). Fluidized bed systems,
modeling of multiphase flows.
Pan, Y.J., BEng (Yanshan Unv.) MEng (Zhejiang Unv.), PhD (National
University of Singapore). Nonlinear systems and control, network
control systems, teleoperation, electro-mechanical systems.
MD/PhD Programs /Combined 193

Adjunct Professors MECH 6120.03: Computational Fluid Dynamics and
Akpan, U., BSc, MSc, (Ibadan), PhD (TUNS) Heat Transfer.
Beausoleil-Morrison, I., BASc, MASc (Waterloo), PhD (U of Strathclyde) The finite difference discretization method is applied to the solution of the
Fung, A., BSc (Dal), BEng, MASc (TUNS), PhD (Dal), PEng partial differential equations arising from the mathematical modelling of
Hamdaullahpur, F., BSc, MSc (TU Istanbul), PhD (TUNS), PEng. fluid flow, heat transfer and combustion processes. The equations can be
Hsiung, C.C., BSc (Taiwan Cheng-Kung), MSE (Mich), PhD (Calif), CEng, parabolic, elliptic or hyperbolic. Items like convergence, stability,
PEng. Naval Architecture. consistency, numerical diffusion and turbulence modelling will also be
Liu, K., BEng (CSUT, China), MASc (CSUT), PhD (TUNS). presented. The computer code PHOENICS (Copyright CHAM Ltd.) will
McTaggart, K., BSc (QU), MEng (Western), PhD (UBC). be used to solve several sample problems.
Mitchell, A.K., BEng, MASc, PhD (TUNS), PEng.
Qui, W., BBA, BSE, MASc (Dalian U of Tech), PhD (Dal) MECH 6140.03: Fluidization Phenomena I.
Quinn, W., BSc (U. ASc Hamburg), MSc (TU Berlin), MSc, PhD (QU). The physical properties of the fluidized state, the behavior of bubbles, the
Tarnawski, MSc, PhD (TU Lodz), PEng. flow patterns of fluids and heat and mass transfer in a bubbling fluidized
bed boiler reactor.
I. Introduction
Mechanical Engineering covers a very broad field of professional activity MECH 6142.03: Steam Plant Engineering.
in such areas as land, sea, air, and space transportation; primary and This class aims to provide basic fundamental and practical information to
secondary manufacturing industries; power generation, utilization and engineering students to design and operate thermal power plants. The
control; environmental control; and industrial management. In these following topics are covered: classification of steam generator; comparison
areas, the Mechanical Engineer may become involved with design, of water-tube and fire-tube boilers; energy sources; nuclear and fossil fuel;
construction, operation, development, research, planning, sales and fuels land combustion; thermal analysis of furnaces; superheaters,
management. The curriculum is designed to develop an understanding of economizers, and air pre-heaters; bioler efficiency calculations; description
the fundamental principles of Mechanical Engineering through lecture, of different types of heat exchangers; evaporators and condensers; steam
tutorial, and laboratory activities. Modern well-instrumented laboratories generation systems; Pulverized, Cyclone, Fluidized beds; auxillary
in thermofluids, energy conversion, stress analysis, vibrations, and control equipment (fans, stacks); control system; cooling system design;
systems provide experience in measurements and applications to ensure a environmental considerations.
thorough understanding and appreciation of the subject matter. Classes in FORMAT: Lecture/design/ tutorial design/project
mathematics, engineering management and various non-technical subjects PREREQUISITE: ENGI 2800.03 or equivalent
are offered to broaden the student’s outlook and understanding of this CROSS-LISTING: MECH 4840.03
profession.
MECH 6145.03: Fluidization Phenomena II.
Postgraduate studies in the Department are concentrated in the areas of This class deals with circulating fluidized bed and fluidized bed heat
stress analysis, heat transfer, multi-phase flow, fluid and thermal power, transfer. It will cover design of fluidized bed reactors, heat exchangers and
dynamics of rotating machines, robotics, composite materials and smart combustors. Mechanical design of components such as distributor, solid-
structures, MEMS, computer aided design and manufacturing and naval field system, reactor shell and equipment control will also be covered.
architecture. Research and project master’s degrees as well as the doctoral
degree are offered. MECH 6200.03: Advanced Heat Transmission I.
This class deals with advanced topics in convection heat transfer. The
II. Class Descriptions governing equations for forced and natural convection are derived and
NOTE: All graduate classes are not offered every year. Class offerings solved by scaling analyses. Integral and similarity solutions are also
depend upon faculty availability and student interest. obtained for the governing equations. The development of empirical
correlations for evaluating the heat transfer from commonly encountered
MECH 6010.03: Manufacturing Processes. geometries is also covered.
This course introduces the student to the fundamentals of manufacturing
processes. Emphasis will be placed on metal cutting and grinding MECH 6210.03: Advanced Heat Transmissions II.
processes. Specific topics include: chip formation, cutting mechanics, tool An advanced study of the transmission of heat by radiation. Topics
material and geometry, temperature, heat transfer, tool wear, thermal covered include: physical properties of radiation, thermal radiation laws,
damage, machine tool dynamics for grinding and single point machining. characteristics of real and ideal systems, geometric shape factors, grey and
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Warkentin non-grey system analysis, energy transfer in absorbing media and
FORMAT: Lecture luminous gases, solar radiation.
MECH 6100.03: Boundary Layer Theory. MECH 6325.03: Micro-electro-mechanical Systems

The derivation of the Navier-Stokes equations and several exact solutions (MEMS).
are considered. The boundary layer equations and some solutions for two This class deals with micro-machining and MEMS (micro-electro-
dimensional axially symmetric flows are treated as well as non steady mechanical systems). The following topics will be covered: scaling issues,
boundary layers. fabrication technologies and production methods, classification and
The integral method of solution of boundary layer equations is followed analysis of MEMS devices (both sensors and actuators). The integration of
by boundary layer control. multiple devices into systems will be addressed including issues of
An introduction to the theory of turbulence is given. assembly and interfacing. Micro-machining will be compared and
contrasted to both micro-electronics and traditional micro-machining. The
MECH 6110.03: Turbulence in Real Fluids. development and use of MEMS simulation and design tools will be
The first part of this class deals in some detail with the theory of covered.
measurements and the analysis of random data. Statistically based PREREQUISITE: Approval of instructor.
functions such as turbulence intensities, correlation functions, energy
spectra, are examined in relation to fluid processes. MECH 6340.03: Energy Management I.
The second phase of this class examines the present level of knowledge of The purpose of this class is to introduce the concepts and techniques of
turbulence of fluids in rigid and visco-elastic ducts, without and with energy management and conservation. The subjects that will be discussed
superimposed pressure gradients. Properties of real fluids are stressed are energy supply and demand, energy pricing, scope of the energy
and considerable emphasis is laid upon experimental results, applying the problem and approaches to provide solutions; energy auditing; improving
methods of measurement and analysis outlined above. Two and three energy utilization in space conditioning and steam, hot water and
dimensional anemometry techniques are examined applied. compressed air systems; energy saving opportunities in refrigeration and
cooling systems; insulation; and electrical energy conservation. An inter-
194 Mechanical Engineering

disciplinary approach will be employed in this class to provide a wider mechanical modeling of composites are introduced. Smart (adaptive)
understanding of the subject. structures and their constituents are discussed and the mechanical
behavior of smart structures is considered.
MECH 6341.03: Energy Management II. INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Kalamkarov
This class is a continuation of MECH 6340. The subjects that will be FORMAT: Lecture, laboratory
discussed in this class are computer technology for energy conservation; PREREQUISITE: ENGI 2200.03, MECH 4300.03
energy saving opportunities in fired heaters and boilers; cogeneration;
waste heat recovery; and synthesis of heat and power networks. Although MECH 6540.03: Continuum Mechanics.
MECH6340 is not a prerequisite for this class, it is advisable that both This class introduces the students to the fundamental principles of
classes are taken to have a complete coverage of the subject. continuum and applied mechanics. The class will cover tensor algebra/
calculus, strain and deformation measures (both Lagrandian and Eulerian
MECH 6350.03: Advanced Engineering Design. approaches), stress, conservation laws in solid and fluid mechanics and
An undergraduate education necessarily concentrates on analysis. This constitutive laws in elastic materials, Newtonian fluids and viscoelastic
class focuses on synthesis. Creativity is the engine of design and analysis is solids.
the feedback governing design. Through the media of case studies, INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Georgiades
laboratory exercises, instruction, and practice, this class studies the FORMAT: Lecture and tutorial/seminar
process of design; the business of translating societal needs into real, PREREQUISITE: Stress Analysis (e.g. MECH 4300, CIVL 3700, MATL
manufacturable objects. Lecture topics will include: the hierarchical, 3621), Fluid Mechanics (e.g., ENGI 2300), basic ordinaray differential
iterative nature of design; aids to creativity; the appropriate use of equations (e.g., ENGM 2021), basic linear algera (e.g., ENGM 3361).
analysis; the transformation from functional space to physical space;
prototype design; consumer durable versus capital equipment design; and MECH 6560.03: Space Systems.
special lectures on microprocessors in machinery, optimization, and This class deals with the engineering design and analysis of space systems
CAD/CAM. and their interrelationships. Topics include orbital mechanics, satellite
pertubations, satellite actuator and sensor systems, communication
MECH 6420.03: Advanced Fluid Mechanics. facilities and networks, satellite access and coverage.
A general review of principle concepts and methods in fluid dynamics will FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, tutorial 2 hours
be conducted. Advanced treatment with mathematical techniques for CROSS-LISTING: MECH 4560.03
solving specific classes of fluid-flow problems will be introduced,
including: surveys of governing equations and basis theories; two- and MECH 6620.03: Identification of Systems.
three- dimensional potential flows; surface waves; boundary-layer theory; The objective of this class is to introduce methods of dynamic system
and, shock-wave phenomenon. identification. System identification leads to development of optimal
PREREQUISITE: ENGM 4343.03 and MECH 3420.03 or equivalent. mathematical models of physical systems from experimentally collected
digital data. Topics include: experiment design for identifiability, digital
MECH 6500.03: Mechanical Vibrations. signal filtering, mathematical optimization, system parameter estimation,
Free and forced vibrations of elastic bodies, such as beams, plates, and modal analysis of vibratory systems.
shells are examined. Response due to shock and random loading is
introduced. Vibration measuring instrumentation is described and several MECH 6640.03: Robot Mechanics.
laboratory experiments are carried out. This class provides a brief introduction to the field of Robotics, a brief
Industrial applications are studied including vibration of machinery, review of selected topics from linear algebra, and an introduction to
ships, and the response of humans to whole body vibration. theoretical kinematics. The main part of the class includes such topics as:
robot geometry, velocity Jacobians, derivation of equations of motion;
MECH 6510.03: Advanced Mechanics of Solids. force, manipulability, inertia and compliance analysis; position and force
The class provides an introduction to the general equations of the theory control, optimization of kinematic redundancy, multirobot coordination;
of elasticity of an anisotropic solid. Elastic equilibrium and boundary robot calibration; performance testing and characterization. The class also
value problem formulations are considered. The theories of provides an introduction to space robots, smart structures, and walking
thermoelasticity, viscoelasticity and plasticity are introduced. The class machines as well.
also provides an introduction to modeling of inhomogeneous composite PREREQUISITE: MECH 4640.03 or equivalent
solids, the effective moduli theory, and the elasticity of composite
laminates. The fundamentals of fracture mechanics and applications to MECH 6660.03: Finite Element Method in Mechanical
mechanical design are considered. Design.
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Kalamkarov Class deals with the application of the finite element method to stress
PREREQUISITE: ENGI 2200.03, MECH 4300.03 analysis problems encountered in mechanical design. Introduction to the
finite element method is followed by the necessary relationships from
MECH 6521.03: Applied Dynamics. linear elasticity, beam and plate theory. Various categories of structural
This class begins with a review of planar kinematics and kinetics of rigid elements are discussed in order of increasing complexity. Stresses in one-
bodies. These concepts are extended to kinematics and kinetics of rigid and two-dimensional trusses, beams, axisymmetric solids, and plates are
bodies undergoing general three dimensional motion. Euler’s Equations considered. Finite element program is introduced and used in the class
are applied to a wide range of engineering problems including vehicular assignments.
and gyroscopic dynamics. Energy methods for bodies undergoing three FORMAT: Lecture 2 hours, lab/tutorial 3 hours
dimensional motion are applied to multi-degree-of-freedom systems. CROSS-LISTING: MECH 4660.03
Single-degree-of-freedom systems subjected to random and shock inputs
are analyzed. MECH 6710.03: Computational Hydrodynamics I.
FORMAT: Lecture 2 hours, lab/tutorial 3 hours This course deals with the computational methods for 2-D and 3-D
CROSS-LISTING: MECH 4521.03 potential flow in the infinite domain. The theories of boundary integral
equation (BIE), Cauchy’s formula and conformal mapping are introduced.
MECH 6530.03: Mechanics of Composites and Smart The discretization techniques for numerical solution of hydrodynamics
Structures. problems are emphasized. The alternative formulation of BIE for the thin
The class introduces classification of composite materials, basic relations body is discussed. The body-geometry approximation with Non-Uniform
of anisotropic elasticity, and macro- and micromechanical scales of Rational B-Spline (NURBS) is also covered.
analysis. The elastic behavior of fiber reinforced composites; effective PREREQUISITE: MECH 330.03, approval of the instructor
moduli theory; elasticity and strength of composite laminates are
considered. Asymptotic homegenization method and its applications to
Mechanical Engineering 195

MECH 6838.03: Dynamics of Marine Vehicles. differences, series expansions, and numerical integration are introduced.
This class deals with the dynamics of marine vehicles. Topics to be Numerical solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations with
covered include: water wave theory, undamped motions in still water, applications to equilibrium, cigenvalue and propagation problems in
coupled motions in waves, and the strip theory of ships. Throughout, the engineering are considered. Application of mathematical libraries, X-
practical importance of seakeeping and wave loads to performance of window system and the software tools associated with the Unix system
marine vehicles at sea is stressed. Finally, maneuverability in still water is are included.
introduced, both in the practical and theoretical senses. FORMAT: Lecture 2 hours, lab/tutorial 3 hours
PREREQUISITE: MECH 5440.03 or Instructor's consent CROSS-LISTING: MECH 4960.03
MECH 6855.03: Theory of Marine Propellers. MECH 6990.00: Directed Studies in Mechanical
This class begins with the theory of dimensional analysis and correlation. Engineering I.
Propeller model design and testing is introduced including potential This class is available to graduate students enrolled in a Master's Degree
theory of lifting surfaces, lifting line theory of propellers, lifting surface Program in Mechanical Engineering, who wish to gain knowledge in a
theories, propeller selection, propeller design and strength calculations, specific area for which no graduate-level classes are offered. Students are
blade vibration analysis, cavitation and its effects, wake adapted assigned an advisor and are required to present a formal report, or take a
propellers, bow thrusters and other propulsion devices. formal examination, at the end of the class. Registration approval is
required from the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
MECH 6860.03: Theory of Marine Hydrodynamics I.
This is the first of two classes providing students with an advanced MECH 7910.03: Graduate Seminar II.
background of theoretical and experimental principles in Marine/Ship PhD students in mechanical engineering will prepare and present
Hydrodynamics. Emphasis is laid on applications of potential theory to seminars on research topics related to their thesis project. PhD students
the free-surface hydrodynamic analysis: Wave phenomena pertinent to shall present a minimum of two seminars (one of which may be the thesis
problems in naval architectural and ocean engineering are studied. proposal). Graduate students are required to attend all graduate seminars.
Various theories for unsteady hydrodynamic forces on floating and Students will be evaluated on their preparation, presentation skills, ability
submerged bodies are considered. Methods for seakeeping and to field questions, and regular attendance. Graded pass/fail.
maneuvering analysis for marine vehicles and structures and introduced.
PREREQUISITE: ENGM 4343.03 and MECH 6830.03 MECH 7990.03: Directed Studies in Mechanical
Engineering II.
MECH 6870.03: Theory of Ship Structure Analysis I. This class is available to graduate students enrolled in PhD Program in
This class provides students with theoretical methods of structural Mechanical Engineering who wish to gain knowledge in a specific area for
analysis for ships and ocean structures in various marine environments. It which no graduate-level classes are offered. Students are assigned an
contains: probabilistic descriptions of ocean wave loads acting on ships advisor and are required to present a formal report, or take a formal
and ocean structures; the input-output relations; responses in long and examination, at the end of the class. Registration approval is required from
short crested seas; extreme value statistics of wave loads; variability on the Head of the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
hull-strength modes of failure; reliability concepts and design
considerations. MECH 9000.00: Master’s Thesis/Project.
MECH 6910.03: Graduate Seminar I. MECH 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
MENG and MASC. students in mechanical engineering will prepare and
present seminars on research topics related to their thesis project. Master's
students shall present a minimum of one seminar. Graduate students are
required to attend all graduate seminars. Students will be evaluated on
their preparation, presentation skills, ability to field questions and regular
attendance. Graded pass/fail.
MECH 6950.03: Advanced Control Engineering.

The class continues to develop the students' capabilities in system
simulation and feedforward/feedback control-system design and
implementation. Topics include: system-parameter identification, control-
system hardware, computer-based control systems, design techniques for
multiple-input multiple-output systems, and adaptive control. The class is
supported by computer-based simulation activities and design
procedures, and by hands-on laboratory experience.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours, lab/tutorial 2 hours
CROSS-LISTING: MECH 4950.03
MECH 6951.03: Applied Nonlinear Control.

Advanced nonlinear control approaches are introduced to the students.
Applications to highly nonlinear electro-mechanical systems are
discussed. Topics include: characteristics of nonlinear systems, feedback
linearization, gain scheduling, adaptive control, robust and optimal
nonlinear control, sliding mode control, passivity based control,
backstepping, describing function, anti-windup saturations and singular
perturbations etc.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Ya-Jun Pan
FORMAT: Lecture/tutorial
PREREQUISITE: MECH 4900 or ECED 4600 or CHEE 3550
MECH 6960.03: Computational Methods in

Engineering.
The class presents basic computer methods of application of mathematical
tools to solve engineering problems. Numerical methods such as finite
196 Mechanical Engineering

It should be noted that this program is separate from the Royal College
Clinician-Investigator Program (CIP), but that the Director of the CIP sits
on the Graduate Committee of the Medical Sciences Graduate Program for
effective communication between the two programs. Students in the
Medical Sciences Graduate Program may also register for the CIP
concurrently, but there is no requirement to do so.
Medical Sciences III. Program Requirements

At the first meeting of the Supervisory Committee, relevant course work
Location: Transplantation & Immunology for the student will be identified by the committee in agreement with the
Research Laboratory student and the supervisor. There is a minimum requirement of one-half
10th Floor Tupper Building, Room 10-D2 credit in the basic science discipline most relevant to the research project;
Halifax, NS Canada B3H 4H7 however, the Committee may require that additional classes be taken to
Telephone: (902) 494-3882 provide the knowledge base required for the thesis research. In addition,
Fax: (902) 494-5125 regular contributions to, and attendance at, a Journal Club and a Seminar
Program Coordinator series are a requirement to ensure a firm grounding in experimental
methods.
Lee, T.D.G.
Two degree programs will be offered; but all students will initially enroll
I. MSc/PhD in Medical Sciences in the MSc program*, which would normally be for 2 years**. If, after one
year of study, the student wishes to transfer to the PhD Program, and if
Major advances in biomedical research are now being made in an
his/her committee recommends such a transfer, a recommendation will be
environment where basic scientists and research-trained clinicians are
sent to the Medical Sciences Program Committee, and from it to the
interacting. There is a critical need to increase the number of such trained
Faculty of Graduate Studies for consideration and approval. The PhD
physicians locally, regionally, and nationally. This program is designed
program would be expected to be completed within 3 years; a maximum
for persons who will become clinical specialists, but who plan careers as
of 5 years would be allowed. In addition, within 18 months of initiation of
clinician scientists. The program allows the MD graduate to concentrate
the Program, the student must complete a comprehensive examination,
primarily on thesis research in Medical Science and bridge the gap
which will have an oral and a written component.
between clinical and basic medical research. In addition, the program
offers training in clinical research, which is not otherwise formally offered * Exceptions will be made for those Residents who already have a MSc
at this University. degree in a relevant discipline. Decisions on which MSc degrees are
acceptable for admission to the Medical Sciences PhD program are left up
Students considering this program must pay particular attention to the
to the discretion of the Graduate Program Committee for Medical
following requirements:
Sciences.
1. All students must have an MD degree from an LCME accredited
Medical School and all candidates must meet the admission ** flexibility for individuals with parental responsibilities will be
requirements of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. considered.
2. Candidates must be currently registered in a Canadian Royal College
Residency Program, a Residency Program in the Canadian College of For more information contact the Program Coordinator. Telephone: (902)
Family Physicians or be an MD research fellow at a Canadian teaching 494-3882; Fax: (902) 494-5125; Email: tim.lee@dal.ca
hospital.
3. In most cases, candidates will already have an honours bachelor’s
degree in a basic science discipline, or a bachelor’s degree in an
appropriate discipline with some evidence of competence in a
laboratory or research environment. However, it is recognised that
there will be some excellent students whose preparation for their MD
may not have followed this route. These candidates will be assessed by
the Medical Sciences Program Committee on an individual basis based
upon their past performance and suitability for graduate research in
the medical sciences. Students who are judged acceptable but who
have gaps in their knowledge base or relevant laboratory skills may be
required to take additional coursework and should recognise that this
may extend the time required to complete the program.
4. A letter from the Clinical Department Head or external funding agency
confirming secure funding for the training period must accompany all
applications.
II. Supervision
The program is a research-intensive program. Normally, residents
applying to the Medical Sciences Graduate Program will have made
mutually acceptable arrangements with a faculty member(s) for the
supervision of their research prior to applying for their program at
Dalhousie. Within three months of initiation of the program, a supervisory
committee of qualified faculty, including the supervisor(s), will be
appointed. These faculty will aid in the planning of the thesis research and
be available to the student throughout the program for advice. There will
be at least two meetings of the Supervisory Committee each year with the
student to discuss research progress and future directions. The standards
of the program will be very high and the thesis research will be of
international quality. Publication of the thesis research in peer-reviewed
journals is expected.
Medical Sciences 197

I. Disciplines Within Microbiology and
Immunology
Graduate degrees can be pursued in the areas of Virology, Bacteriology,
Microbial Pathogenesis, Microbial Genetics, Molecular Genetics, Cancer
Biology, and Cellular and Molecular Immunology. Graduate students are
expected to acquire a conceptual understanding of the disciplines in
Microbiology and microbiology and immunology and an in depth knowledge of their
particular area of specialization. Notwithstanding this, the existence of
Immunology specified streams in Cellular and Molecular Immunology, Virology,
Bacteriology, Microbial Pathogenesis and Molecular Genetics in the
Location: Sir Charles Tupper Medical Building Department may allow well-qualified students, with at least minimal
Halifax, NS B3H 4H7 training in Microbiology and Immunology, but a strong background in the
Telephone: (902) 494-3587 appropriate subject area, to concentrate their studies.
Fax (902) 494 5125
Head of Department
In conjunction with the general requirements for admission, candidates
Marshall, J.S.
must have received sound basic instruction in Biochemistry and Cell
Professors Biology and four credits in a relevant discipline or disciplines with a B+
Anderson, R., PhD (Cologne)(Viral Pathogenesis) average or better.
Bortolussi, R.A., MD (Toronto) FRCP(C) Pediatrics (Neonatal Infection)
Duncan, R., PhD (Guelph) (Molecular Virology) Graduate Studies III. Degree Programs
Coordinator
Hoskin, D.W., PhD (McGill) (Tumour Immunology; Cancer Biology; A. Master of Science (MSc)
Apoptosis)
For minimum time required to complete this program, see the Faculty of
Issekutz, A.C., MD (Dal) FRCP(C) Pediatrics (Inflammation)
Graduate Studies Regulations in this calendar. Participation in seminars
Issekutz, T.B., M.D. (Dal) Pediatrics (Inflammation and Leukocyte Traffic)
and journal clubs (one of MICI 5001.06, 5006.06 or 5007.06) is required. The
Johnston, G.C., PhD (York)(Molecular Genetics: Regulation of
class requirements for each MSc candidate, normally consisting of 1.5-2
Proliferation)
credits, are determined by consultation between the student and the
Lee, P.W.K., PhD (Alberta) (Molecular Virology; Cancer Biology)
supervisory committee, and must be approved by the departmental
Lee, S.F., PhD (Guelph) (Oral Microbiology)
Graduate Studies Committee. A research project must be completed, the
Lee, T.D.G., PhD(Glasgow) (Immunoregulation, Transplantation
result of which will be embodied in a thesis.
Immunology and Herbal Medicine)
Marshall, J.S., PhD (Manchester) (The role and regulation of mast cells in
immune responses to bacteria, viruses and tumors. Regulation of
cytokines in inflammatory bowel diseases and asthma) For minimum time required to complete this program, see the Faculty of
Richardson, C.D., PhD (British Columbia) (Molecular Virology) Graduate Studies Regulations in this calendar. Participation in seminars
Stadnyk, A.W., PhD (McMaster) (Intestinal Inflammation; Cytokines) and journal clubs (one of MICI 5001.06, 5006.06 or 5007.06) is required. The
class requirements for each PhD candidate, normally consisting of 1.5-2
Associate Professors credits, are determined by consultation between the student and the
Barnes, C., PhD (Dal) (Molecular Genetics) supervisory committee, and must be approved by the departmental
Faulkner, G., PhD (Dal) (Ultrastructure) Graduate Studies Committee. Comprehensive knowledge of the area of
Garduno, R.A., PhD (Victoria) (Intracellular Pathogens) specialization must be demonstrated and will be assessed by written and
Lin, T. -J., PhD (China) (Mechanisms of Host Defense Against Pathogen oral examination.
Infection) Research of a high calibre is required, the results of which must be
West, K.A., MD (London), Medicine (Transplantation and
embodied in a thesis which makes a significant contribution to knowledge
Histocompatibility) in the chosen field. An oral defence of the thesis before an external
Assistant Professors examiner is required.
Berman, J.N., MD (Toronto) Pediatrics
Davidson, R.J., PhD (Manitoba) (Antimicrobial Mechanisms of Action and IV. Class Descriptions
Resistance)
Easton, A.S., PhD (London), MBBS (London) (Blood-brain barrier) MICI 5001.06: Cancer Biology Seminars.
Johnston, B., PhD (Calgary) (Inflammation and Immune Response) A seminar based class in which students prepare and present papers from
Legare, J.F., MD (McGill) (Transplantation and Mechanism of Heart the recent cancer biology literature. Each student presents one paper per
Failure) term and submits a written one-page summary and critique. Following
Li, Y.H., PhD (Manitoba) (Bacteriology and Molecular Biology) each presentation, active discussion of the paper and relevant issues is
McCormick, C., PhD (British Columbia) (Viral Oncology) encouraged from all participants, so as to discuss the merits, strengths and
Thomas, N., PhD (Queen's) (Molecular Bacterial Pathogenesis) weaknesses and scientific importance of the paper presented.
Wang, J., PhD (McMaster) (Mucosal Immunology and Vaccinology) INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Lee
Adjunct Professors MICI 5003.03: Special Topics in Microbiology and

Douglas, S. E., PhD (Dal) (Molecular Genetics, Genomics, Fish Innate Immunology.
Immunity This class allows students to investigate, under the supervision of a faculty
Reith, M.E., PhD (Washington) Molecular Pathogenesis) member, an area of microbiology or immunology that is not covered in
Stoltz, D.B., PhD (McMaster) (Insect Virology) formal classes. The topics in which the Department can offer instruction
are dependent on the research interests and expertise of department
Senior Instructor members. Student must consult with the Graduate Studies Coordinator
Murray, L.E., PhD (Dal) (Molecular Genetics) prior to enrolling in this class.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Duncan
FORMAT: Seminar and discussion
198 Microbiology and Immunology

MICI 5006.06: Topics in Advanced Immunology. MICI 5114.03: Advanced Topics in Molecular and
The class is seminar based with weekly presentations of a recent paper in Medical Virology.
a selected area of Immunology. The class will cover aspects of cellular A class designed to look in detail at selected aspects of molecular and
and molecular immunology in areas such as (but not restricted to) cancer, medical virology. The class is based on student presentation of current
transplantation, inflammatory diseases, autoimmunity, allergy, literature, in combination with introductory lectures and paper
immunological and infectious diseases. All MSc students present two discussions.
papers INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Duncan
in the first academic year and one in the second academic year. PhD FORMAT: Lecture/presentation/discussion
students present two papers in the first year and one per year in the CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4114.03
following years. The student should provide a learning objective for the
presentation. The learning objective should include background MICI 5116.03: Current Topics in Mucosal
knowledge Immunology.
and the novelty of the paper. The students are expected to have a broad
The mucosal immune system maintains a state of tolerance to
introduction of the background of the paper. Point out what knowledge is
environmental antigens while mounting a rapid and robust specific
lacking in the literature, which leads to the current study. The novelty
immune response to infectious agents. This balance has led to certain
of the paper should be emphasized. The student is then expected to review
physical and functional characteristics unique to mucosal sites. The class
the experimentation methods and data analysis. This is a pass/fail class
will consist of lectures and student-led presentations and discussions of
with grading dependent on the quality of the student presentation,
current publications (chosen by the course coordinator). Each week will be
participation of discussion and attendance (at least 80% of attendance is
focused on a single theme but covering topics in the gastrointestinal tract
expected).
and respiratory and genitourinary systems. Weekly themes will include,
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. J. Lin
oral tolerance, intraepithelial lymphocytes, models of intestinal
MICI 5007.06: Advanced Topics in Molecular inflammatory diseases, parabiotics, role of IgA, vaccines use in respiratory
diseases, urinary tract infection and aspects of reproductive immunology.
Pathogenesis. Students will typically present three publications in the class. Evaluations
A seminar-based class in which students prepare and present papers from are based on student presentations (30%), written summaries of the
the recent literature. Papers are selected from topical and sometimes discussion following (their own) presentations (20%), participation in the
controversial areas in bacterial and viral pathogenesis. Each student discussions of other student presentations (10%) and a research report or
presents one paper per term and submits a written one-page summary grant on a topic chosen by the student (40%). There are no exams.
and critique. Following each presentation, active discussion of the paper INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Stadnyk
and relevant topics is encouraged from all participants, so as to evaluate CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4116.03
the merits, strengths and weaknesses and scientific importance of the
paper presented. Evaluation is a pass/fail based on the quality of student MICI 5118.03: Molecular Bacterial Pathogenesis.
presentations, written critiques and contributions to discussion. An advanced class on the molecular basis of bacterial pathogenesis. The
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Garduno class will use selected bacterial pathogens to develop basic principles
regarding genes encoding virulence factors, their regulation and the
MICI 5027.03: Molecular Mechanisms of Cancer. molecular function of their gene products in surface colonization,
This class focuses on the molecular mechanisms of cancer and consists of invasion, intracellular growth and toxin production. The class may include
lectures and student presentations. Topics include: receptors and student presentations of reviews and original research papers, and will
downstream signaling, oncogenes and tumor suppressors, cancer emphasize the use of modern molecular biological tools in problem
metastasis and angiogenesis, cell cycle control and apoptosis. solving.
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Lee and D. Waisman INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Garduno
FORMAT: Lecture/student presentations/discussion FORMAT: Lecture, student presentations, discussion
PREREQUISITE: Minimum grades of B+ in a 3000 level Microbiology, CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4118.03
Pathology or Biochemistry class. Permission of instructor required.
CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4027.03/PATH 5027.03/BIOC 4027.03 MICI 5302.03: Molecular Immunology.
An advanced class which investigates the molecules involved in the
MICI 5038.03: Molecular Biology of Yeast. generation and expression of inflammation and regulation of immune
A seminar -based class in which students prepare and present papers from responses. Topics typically include the molecular regulation of cytokines,
the recent molecular biology literature. Each student presents one paper the generation of antibody diversity, by immunogobulin gene
per term and submits a written one-page summary and critique. rearrangement, class switching, the structure and function of cell surface
Following each presentation, active discussion of the paper and relevant receptors such as the T cell antigen receptor, MHC and adhesion
issues is encouraged from all participants, so as to discuss the merits, molecules, receptor signaling and the genetics of immune regulation.
strengths and scientific importance of the paper presented. This is a pass/ INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Stadnyk
fail class based on the quality of student presentations, written critiques FORMAT: Lecture, student presentations, discussion
and contributions to discussion. CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4302.03, BIOL 5302.03, BIOL 4302.03
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Barnes
FORMAT: Seminar MICI 5601.03: Laboratory Techniques in Molecular
MICI 5100.03: Processes and Mediators of Biology I.
This class will consist of 2 laboratory modules (each of 4 weeks duration,
Inflammation. one full day per week) and a scientific writing module (15 hours in total of
To provide students with an in-depth understanding of the major tutorials and computer-based assignments) organized collaboratively by
mechanisms of inflammation at a molecular and cellular level; to the departments of Biochemistry & Molecular Biology and Microbiology
introduce students to the current research questions and emerging & Immunology. A choice of modules is offered in 2 lab sections covering
methods of treatment for inflammation; to develop student critical techniques used in the study of molecular biology, protein structure-
appraisal skills as they relate to the current scientific literature in this area. function, and specific metabolic processes. This class is open to senior
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Marshall undergraduate students and the number of places in the class is limited.
FORMAT: Lecture/presentation/discussion Priority for enrolment is given to undergraduate students for whom this is
CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4100.03, PATH 5100.03 a required class for their degree program. Graduate students may select
their 2 lab modules, subject to availability of space. Students may not
necessarily be assigned to the modules of their first choice but every effort
will be made to accommodate those needing the techniques provided in a
Microbiology and Immunology 199

specific module. Students must obtain a class outline from the
Biochemistry & Molecular Biology Office prior to registration and attend
the organizational meeting, the date of which will be indicated in the
Registration Timetable.
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Murray and P. Liu
FORMAT: Eight 6 hour laboratories and three 5 hour tutorials/computer
assignments
PREREQUISITE: Consent of the coordinator Neuroscience
CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4601.03, BIOC 4603.03, BIOC 5603.03
Contact: Dr. K. Semba
MICI 5602.03: Laboratory Techniques in Molecular Department of Anatomy and Neurobiology
Biology II. Telephone: (902) 494-2009
This class will consist of 2 laboratory modules (each of 4 weeks duration, Fax: (902) 494-1212
one full day per week) and a scientific writing module (15 hours in total of Email: k.semba@dal.ca
tutorials and computer-based assignments) organized collaboratively by or Graduate Coordinator of individual
the departments of Biochemistry & Molecular Biology and Microbiology Departments
& Immunology. A choice of modules is offered in 2 lab sections covering
techniques used in the study of molecular biology, protein structure- Faculty Advisors
function, and specific metabolic processes. This class is open to senior
undergraduate students and the number of places in the class is limited. Department of Anatomy & Neurobiology
Priority for enrolment is given to undergraduate students for whom this is Allen, G.V., PhD (Dal)
a required class for their degree program. Graduate students may select Baldridge, W.H., PhD (McMaster) (joint appointment in Ophthalmology)
their 2 lab modules, subject to availability of space. Students may not Brownstone, R., MD, PhD (Manitoba) (primary appointment in
necessarily be assigned to the modules of their first choice but every effort Neurosurgery)
will be made to accommodate those needing the techniques provided in a Clarke, D., MD, PhD (McGill) (primary appointment in Neurosurgery)
specific module. Students must obtain a class outline from the Currie, R.W., PhD (Man)
Biochemistry & Molecular Biology Office and contact course coordinator Darvesh, S., MD, PhD (UNB) (primary appointment in Neurology)
prior to registration. Hopkins, D.A., PhD (McMaster)
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Murray and P. Liu Kablar, B., MD (Zagreb), PhD (Zagreb and Pisa)
FORMAT: Eight 6 hour laboratories and three 5 hour tutorials/computer Leslie, R.A., PhD (Cambridge)
assignments Marsh, D.R., PhD (Alberta)
PREREQUISITE: Consent of the coordinator Mendez, I.M., MD, PhD (UWO) (primary appointment in Neurosurgery).
CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4602.03 Neumann, P.E., MD (Brown)
Rafuse, V., PhD (Alberta)
MICI 5610.06: Scientific Writing and Advanced Rutherford, J.G., PhD (SUNY)
Laboratory in Biochemical Techniques. Semba, K., PhD (Rutgers)
This class will consist of a series of laboratory modules (3 modules each of Smith, F.M., PhD (UBC)
4 weeks’ duration, 1 day per week or 72 hours in total with limited Wassersug, R.W., PhD (Chicago)
flexibility to accommodate the need to attend other classes) and tutorials
with computer-based assignments designed to teach scientific writing
Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
techniques (15 hours in total). The class is organized collaboratively by the Byers, D.M., PhD (Alta)
Departments of Biochemistry & Molecular Biology and Microbiology & Cook, H.W., PhD. (Dal)
Immunology. A choice of modules will be offered in 3 sections covering Karten, B., PhD (Graz)
techniques used in the study of molecular biology, protein structure- Department of Pharmacology
function and specific metabolic processes. This class is open to senior
Denovan-Wright, E., PhD (Dal)
undergraduate students and the number of places in the class is limited.
Downie, J., PhD (Man.)
Priority for enrolment is given to undergraduates for whom this is a
Howlett, S.E., PhD (Memorial)
required component of their degree program. Graduate students may
Hung, O., MD (Dal) (primary appointment in Anaesthesiology)
select their 3 lab modules from any section or sections, subject to
Kelly, M., PhD (Southampton)
availability of space. Students may not necessarily be assigned to a module
Robertson, G.S., PhD (Dalhousie)
of their first choice but every effort is made to accommodate those needing
Robertson, H.A., PhD (Cantab)
techniques provided by a specific module. Students must obtain a class
Sawynok, J., PhD (Queen's)
outline from the Biochemistry & Molecular Biology Department office
prior to registration and attend the organizational meeting, the date of Department of Physiology & Biophysics
which will be indicated in the Registration Timetable.
Barnes, S., PhD (Berkley)
COORDINATORS: P. Liu and L. Murray
Chauhan, B.C., PhD (Wales) (primary appointment in Ophthalmology).
Croll, R.P., PhD (McGill)
NOTE: MICI 5601 and MICI 5602 is equivalent to MICI 5610
Fine, A., VMD, PhD (Penn)
INSTRUCTOR(S): Faculty members of the Departments of Biochemistry &
French, A.S., PhD (Essex)
Molecular Biology and Microbiology & Immunology
Guernsey, D.L., PhD (Hawaii) (primary appointment in Pathology).
Krueger, S. PhD (Zurich)
assignments
Murphy, M.G., PhD (Dalhousie)
PREREQUISITE: Consent of the coordinator
Pelzer, D. J., MD (Heidelberg)
CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4610.06, BIOC 5610.06, BIOC 4610.06, BIOL
Rasmusson, D.D., PhD (Dalhousie)
4013.06, BIOL 5610.06
Torkkeli, P., PhD (Alberta)
MICI 9000.00: MSc Thesis. Wilkinson, M., PhD (London) (joint appointment in Obstetrics/
Gynecology)
MICI 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
200 Neuroscience
Department of Psychology II. Class Descriptions
Adamo, S.A., PhD (McGill)
Barrett, S., PhD (McGill) ANAT 5100.06: Human Neuroanatomy.
Brown, R.E., PhD (Dalhousie) This class is designed to acquaint the student with the anatomy and
Connolly, J.F., PhD (London) organization of the human central nervous system. Lectures dealing with
Duffy, K. R., PhD (McMaster) cellular morphology; gross and microscopic anatomy of the spinal cord,
Eskes, G.A., PhD (Berkeley) (primary appointment in Psychiatry). brain stem, diencephalon (thalamus, hypothalamus, etc.), and
Fentress, J.C., PhD (Cantab.) telencephalon (cerebral hemispheres); blood supply of the CNS, meninges,
Gadbois, S., PhD (Dalhousie) and cerebrospinal fluid are presented. Laboratory exercises involve
Klein, R.M., PhD (Oregon) exposure to aspects of microscopic and ultrastructural morphology of the
LoLordo, V.M., PhD (Pennsylvania) CNS, examination of selected cross sections of spinal cord, brain stem, and
McGrath, P.J., PhD (Queen’s) diecephalon and telencephalon, and dissection of the brain. In addition,
McMullen, P.A., PhD (Waterloo) students participate in a series of discussion sessions held once every
Meinertzhagen, I.A., PhD (St. Andrews) week. Outside readings on selected topics are assigned, and form the basis
Mitchell, D.E., PhD (Berkeley) for the subjects considered in these sessions. Students take written and
Newman, A., PhD (Oregon) practical examinations, give presentations and are expected to submit a
Perrot-Sinal, T., PhD (UWO) term paper on a topic agreed upon in consultation with the instructor.
Phillips, D.P., PhD (Monash) COORDINATOR: K. Semba
Phillmore, L., PhD (Queen’s)
Rusak, B., PhD (Berkeley) (joint appointment in Psychiatry) ANAT 5609.03: Anatomical and Molecular
Schellinck, H., PhD (Dalhousie) Neuropharmacology of the Basal Ganglia: The
Shaw, S.R., PhD (St. Andrews) Scientific Basis for Grafting.
Taylor-Helmick, T., PhD (Dal)
This will be a graduate seminar and lecture class in the structure and
In addition to the above, over 30 members of clinical departments and function of the basal ganglia with particular reference to the use of neural
divisions in the Faculty of Medicine (Anaesthesiology, Pathology, grafting techniques to reconstruct neuronal circuits involved in control of
Ophthalmology, Geriatric Medicine, Neurology, Neurosurgery, movement. The class will first examine in detail the neuroanatomical
Psychiatry, Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, and Urology), Faculty of connections of the basal ganglia and their physiological role in the normal
Computer Science, and the Department of Electrical and Computer individual. The pathological changes in the basal ganglia during
Engineering are involved in neuroscience research. Parkinson’s disease will be studied in the classroom and in the clinic.
There will be extensive advanced discussion of the role of dopamine and
The University offers a graduate program leading to the Master of Science dopamine receptors and the neuropharmacological basis for the treatment
and/or Doctor of Philosophy degree. This interdisciplinary program is of Parkinson’s disease using drugs. The importance of drugs, especially
coordinated with the departments of Anatomy and Neurobiology, dopaminergic agonists, in understanding the function of the basal ganglia
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Pharmacology, Physiology and will be considered as well as the role of D1 and D2 dopamine receptor
Biophysics, and Psychology with the degree being awarded in Anatomy/ mechanisms in the function of neural grafts. Finally, there will be a
Neuroscience, Biochemistry/Neuroscience, etc. Approximately fifty number of seminar/lectures on the theory, practice and problems of
faculty members in these five departments are involved in Neuroscience neural transplantation in animals and in man, especially as related to
research and can serve as supervisors in this program. The student must Parkinson’s disease.
be accepted first by the Departmental Graduate Program Committee and COORDINATOR: I. Mendez
then by the Neuroscience Program Committee. ENROLLMENT: Graduate Students in Neuroscience, post-doctoral
The program is designed to give the student a broad knowledge of the fellows and residents in post-graduate programs in the Faculty of
field of Neuroscience in addition to specialized training in one field of Medicine
research. Normally, the student must take the Principles of Neuroscience CROSS-LISTING: PHAC 5609.03
(NESC6100) during his or her first year; this replaces some of the CSCI 6508.03: Fundamentals of Computational
departmental class requirements. The student's Supervisory Committee
will be selected by the Departmental Graduate Program Committee and Neuroscience.
the Neuroscience Program Committee; the Supervisory Committee is This course introduces the principles of information processing in the
primarily responsible for designing and approving the program that will brain, including the functionality of single neurons, networks of neurons,
best meet the student's needs. and large-scale neural architectures for specific cognitive functions.
Specific topics include information theory, memory, object recognition,
adaptive systems, vision, motor control, and an introduction to MATLAB.
I. Admission Requirements INSTRUCTOR(S): Trappenberg, T.P.
Students apply to the Neuroscience Program and to one of the five FORMAT: Lecture
departments (see above) in which they will perform their research. They PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
must be accepted by both the department and the Neuroscience Program.
Students must indicate the department with which they plan to affiliate, NESC 5060.03: Neurobiology of Neurological
e.g. Neuroscience (Psychology). In addition, students who are already in Disorders.
the graduate program of one of the five departments may apply for a Please see class description for ANAT 5060.03 in the Anatomy and
transfer. All students must have a 4-year honours bachelor’s degree with Neurobiology section of this calendar.
an average of A- or better in two most recent years, or equivalent. Students
with a BSc or BA degree wishing to do a PhD are usually registered NESC 5070.03: Chemical Neurobiology.
initially in the MSc program, but may be considered for transfer into the Please see class description for ANAT 5070.03 in the Anatomy and
PhD program after successful completion of the MSc class requirements. Neurobiology section of this calendar.
Students with strong undergraduate training in Neuroscience may apply CROSS-LISTING: NESC 4070.03, PHYL 5494.03
to have some of the class requirements waived.
NESC 5603.03: Neuropharmacology of Pain.
CROSS-LISTING: PHAC 5603.03
Neuroscience 201
NESC 5605.03: Role of the Brain’s Immune/ FORMAT: Lectures/student presentations
Inflammatory System in Disease. PREREQUISITE: PHYL 3320.03 or 4327.03 or equivalent plus permission
of the class director
CROSS-LISTING: PHAC 5605.03
NESC 5619.03: The Autonomic Nervous System and PHYL 5521.03: Molecular Physiology.
This is a lecture/seminar class designed to give the student an in--depth
its Pharmacology. exposure to contemporary concepts of the physiology of intracellular
CROSS-LISTING: PHAC 5619.03 communications. Topics include transmembrane and intracellular
receptors, ion channels, molecular adaptor proteins, signal transduction
NESC 6071.03: Topics in Behavioral Neuroscience. pathways and signal cross--talk. The class consists of lectures, guided
This seminar class covers contemporary, fundamental topics in reading and student presentations of recent research papers in the field.
physiological psychology, including methods, research and/or theory. Evaluation is based on participation and presentations (50%), and on a
Various topics such as brain mechanisms of reinforcement, hormones and written paper in the format of a research grant application.
behavior, and biological rhythms, will be covered in different years. INSTRUCTOR(S): P.R. Murphy (Director) and staff
INSTRUCTOR(S): R.E. Brown FORMAT: Lecture/seminar and guided reading
FORMAT: Seminar PREREQUISITE: BIOC 4301.03 or permission of the class director
PREREQUISITE: PSYO or NESC graduate student
CROSS-LISTING: NESC 6071.03 PSYO 6051.03: Neural Basis of Perception.
This seminar class explores the correlations between 1) stimulus
NESC 6100X/Y.06: Principles of Neuroscience. properties and neural responses produced by sensory stimulation and 2)
This is the core class for all first year Neuroscience graduate students. The the neural coding of environmental events and the behaviors that may be
first term will focus on cellular and molecular neurobiology and will cover produced in the context of these events. These correlations will be studied
topics such as membrane potentials, synaptic transmission, second within the auditory, visual and tactile modalities.
messengers, trophic factors, cell differentiation and neurodegeneration. INSTRUCTOR(S): D.E. Mitchell, D. Phillips
The second term will focus on systems and behavioral neurobiology and
will cover topics such as visual and somatosensory systems, motor PSYO 6160.03: Comparative Psychology.
program generation, autonomic and neuroendocrine functions, Different topics in comparative psychology (such as kin selection, parental
motivation, learning, circadian hythmicity and sleep/wake cycles and behavior, hormonal control of behavior, olfaction and behavior) are
cognitive neuroscience. Evaluation will be based on several oral and covered in seminar format.
written presentations prepared throughout the year, and grant proposals.
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in PSYO 6218.03: Topics in Psychopharmacology.
consecutive terms; credit will only be given if both are completed This class examines the neural and behavioural effects of drugs. The
consecutively. agonist and antagonist actions of drugs on receptors for neurotransmitters
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Barnes, K. Semba, J. Downie, V. Rafuse and the effects of drugs on neurotransmitter synthesis, storage, release and
deactivation are covered. Aimed specifically at psychologists, the class
NESC 6101.03: Principles of Neuroscience: Cellular focuses on the use of drugs to treat clinical disorders such as depression,
and Molecular Neuroscience. schizophrenia, Alzheimer’s disease, etc.
NESC 6102.03: Principles of Neuroscience: Systems PSYO 6313.03: Topics in Cognitive Psychology.
and Behavioral Neuroscience. Varied topics in cognitive psychology (such as theories of attention,
Neuroscience 6101.03 and 6102.03 are Neuroscience 6100X/Y.06 divided memory and amnesia, cognitive inhibition) are covered in a seminar
into terms A and B for suitable incorporation into non-Neuroscience format.
programs. Please see class description of NESC 6100X/Y.06. INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Klein, P. McMullen
PHAC 5405.03: Advanced Pharmacology. PSYO 6800.03: Clinical Neuropsychology.

This required class is a vehicle for graduate students to gain practical This class emphasizes the development of a knowledge base by surveying
familiarity with research level concepts in receptor pharmacology. The several aspects of clinical neuropsychology. Topics include
main theme is analysis of receptor-mediated events, both in terms of the neuroanatomy, neurological exam, investigations and diseases, models of
interaction of a drug at its binding site and in terms of the transduction of neuropsychological assessment, dementia, epilepsy, localization of
that initial signal. Both classical and modern molecular approaches will be function, cognitive remediation, theories of aphasia, amnesia, and agnosia.
discussed. We will also consider related drug discovery strategies. The INSTRUCTOR(S): J. McGlone
class has two sessions/week, one a didactic session to introduce concepts
and the second a workshop session for discussion of practical
assignments.
PREREQUISITE: Normally required PHAC 5406 and PHAC 5407 (Grade
of B- or higher)
PHYL 5518.03: Ligand-gated Ion Channels.

This half-credit class analyzes the basic properties of ligand-gated ion
channels and ATP Binding Cassette (ABC) transporters in human
diseases, with special emphasis on Cystic Fibrosis.
INSTRUCTOR(S): V. Chappe
PREREQUISITE: Permission of the Director
PHYL 5519.03: Molecular Physiology of Ion Channels.

This class focuses on the molecular properties of ion channels, and
includes an overview of the techniques used to study ion channel
structure and function, ion permeation and selectivity, channel gating and
modulation, the mechanisms by which channels are affected by drugs and
toxins, and genetic diseases causing channel dysfunction.
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Linsdell
202 Neuroscience
Macdonald, M. BN, MScN (Shane), PhD (San Diego), RN. Difficult nurse-
patient encounters, SARS, home health care.
Martin-Misener, R., DOCHN, BScN, MN (Dal), PhD (Calgary), RN, NP.
Nurse Practitioners, primary health care, rural/northern health.
McLeod, D. BN, MN (Dal), PhD (Calgary), RN. Psychosocial oncology,
couple and family interventions, sexuality, spirituality and suffering,
illness narratives, hermeneutic and interpretive methodologies.
Nursing Mercer, M., BN (UNB), MN (Dal), RN. Children and families, coping with
chronic illness, psychosocial oncology.
Location: Forrest Building, First Floor Murphy, A. BSc (Pharm) (Dal), PharmD (UBC). Pharmacotherapeutics,
5869 University Avenue optimal prescribing, nurse practitioners, interdisciplinary e-learning,
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5 knowledge utilization.
Telephone: (902) 494-2535 Murphy, N., BN (Dal), MScN (UBC), RN. Mental health/psychiatric
Fax: (902) 494-3487 nursing, citizen participation in health policy making.
Website: http://nursing.dal.ca Snelgrove-Clarke, E. BN (Mem), MN (Dal), RN.
Steenbeek, A. BScN, MScN, PhD (UBC), RN. Infectious diseases among
Director Inuit and First Nations populations.
Sullivan, P., BScN (MSVU), MSc (Boston), PhD (Alberta), RN. Maternal- Thibeault, C., BScN (MSVU), MN (MUN), RN. Nursing adults with severe
child, women’s and family health, families in conflict, international mental illness. Mental health outcomes, nurse-patient relationship in
health and development. acute psychiatric settings, inpatient psychiatric milieu.
Vukic, A., BN, MN (Dal), RN. Multicultural, community and family
Associate Director Graduate Programs health, qualitative and ethnographic methodologies.
Martin-Misener, R., DOCHN, BScN, MN (Dal), PhD (Calgary), RN, NP. Wight Moffatt, F., BN (MUN), MN (Boston C), RN. Childbearing families,
Nurse Practitioners, primary health care, rural/northern health. stressors and anxiety in pregnancy, psychology and physiology of
women with high-risk pregnancies, fetal health assessment, perinatal
Associate Directors Undergraduate Programs loss/grief.
Foster, S., BN (Mem), MN (Dal), RN. Mental health, qualitative research.
Wittstock, L., BScN (StFX), MN (Dal), RN. School health. Adjunct Associate Professor (Research)
Breau, L., BA (Mount A), PhD (Dal)
Professors
Downe-Wamboldt, B.L., DipPH, BN, MEd (Dal), PhD (Texas-Austin), RN. Lecturer
Stress and coping, meaning of illness, psychosocial adjustments to O'Leary, S., DPH (UBC), DOCHN, BScN (Dal), MS (N Dakota), RN, NP.
chronic and life-threatening illnesses, content analysis, quantitative Nurse Practitioner.
analysis.
Sullivan, P., BScN (MSVU), MSc (Boston), PhD (Alberta), RN. Maternal- I. Admission Requirements/Deadlines
child, women’s and family health, families in conflict international
health and development.
Tomblin Murphy, G., BN, MN (Dal), PhD (Toronto), RN. Health policy,
A. Master of Nursing (MN)
health human resource planning/modelling, healthcare delivery All applicants must be licensed to practice as registered nurse (active
models in relation to system, provider, and health outcomes. practitioner) in a province in Canada or in a foreign country. Applicants
must have a 4-year Bachelor's degree or its equivalent with a minimum
Associate Professors “B” standing. Basic preparation including work experience within one of
Etowa, J., BScN (Dal), MN (Dal), PhD (Calgary), RN, RM, IBCLC. Perinatal the clinical foci of the program is required, as are introductory classes in
nursing, midwifery, breastfeeding. research, statistics, community nursing, and family nursing.
Hughes, J.M., BN (Dal), MS (Boston), PhD (McGill), RN. Family violence: The application deadline for the Master of Nursing is April 1.
child abuse/maltreatment, mother-child interaction/parenting,
empathy, mental health issues/policy, autonomy/resiliency. B. Master of Nursing/Master of Health Services
McFetridge-Durdle, J., BN, MN (Dal), PhD (Florida), RN. Ambulatory Administration (MN/MHSA)
hemodynamics and blood pressure regulation in women with heart
Applicants must apply to both the School of Nursing and the School of
disease.
Health Services Administration and must satisfy the entrance
Meagher-Stewart, D., BScN (MSVU), MHSc (McMaster), PhD (Toronto),
requirements of both programs. Applicants must take the Graduate
RN. Community/public health, women’s health, nurses’ worklife
Management Admission Test (GMAT) and have the results forwarded to
issues, primary health care/community development, qualitative and
the Coordinator of the Graduate Program, Health Services
feminist perspectives.
Administration, prior to the application deadline.
Melanson, P., BScN (Ottawa), MN (Dal), RN. Chronic illness, coping, elder
abuse.
C. PhD (Nursing)
Assistant Professors All applicants must be licensed to practice as a registered nurse (active
Aston, M,. BScN, MEd (Queen's), PhD (Toronto), RN. Community health practitioner) in a province in Canada or in a foreign country. Applicants
nursing, family nursing, maternal, child and infant care, critical must have a first-class Masters degree in nursing or a relevant discipline
pedagogy, feminist research, poststructuralism. or its equivalent from a recognized university. Applicants must have the
Edgecombe, N. BN (Lethbridge), MN (Alberta), PhD (Alberta), RN. support of a faculty member who has agreed to be their thesis supervisor.
Health issues of the Inuit population, culturally appropriate The application deadline for the PhD (Nursing) is February 1.
interventions.
Gilbert, L. BScN, MBA (S.ILL), MSN (Case Western), GNP. Knowledge, II. Degree Programs
beliefs and attitudes of ancillary staff in nursing homes regarding tube
feeding as an aspect of end-of-life care for dementia patients. A. Master of Nursing (MN)
Goldberg, L. BA, MA (Dal), PhD (Alberta), RN. Perinatal nursing, feminist
phenomenology, embodied practice, and nursing philosophy. Dalhousie University School of Nursing offers a Master of Nursing
Latimer, M., BA (MtA), BScN (Dal, MN (Dal), PhD (McGill), RN. Pediatric program that is framed within a philosophy of primary health care that
pain care, nurses’ worklife and patient outcomes, knowledge recognizes the unique strengths and contributions of individuals, families,
translation, organizational research. and communities. It is a 36-credit hour research- and practice-based
Nursing 203
program which prepares students to be leaders in professional nursing • Critically analyse their own and other’s perspectives in relation to
and provides a solid foundation for doctoral studies. research and nursing practice.
• Demonstrate the requisite cognitive skills to develop health outcomes
There are two phases to the program. In the first phase, students complete generally, or women’s health outcomes specifically.
required and elective courses. In the second phase, students must choose • Develop nursing practices that improve health outcomes generally, or
one of three program options: thesis, health policy practicum, or nurse women’s health outcomes specifically.
practitioner (for available specialties, consult department): • Influence health and social policy to improve health and health care
a. A thesis is intended for those students seeking to conduct independent systems.
and/or collaborative research.
b. A health policy practicum is intended for those students seeking to The program consists of:
increase knowledge and skills in health care policy development, 1. A minimum of four core classes:
implementation or evaluation. • NURS 6050, Contemporary Views of Nursing Science: Philosophy,
c. A nurse practitioner option is intended for those students seeking Research, and Practice
preparation as an advanced nurse practitioner. • two classes in the student’s substantive area of study (one of which
will be NURS 6200, Nursing Sensitive Health Outcomes, or NURS
Prospective applicants are encouraged to consult the School of Nursing to 6210, Women’s Health Outcomes)
identify specific clinical offerings in any academic year. Elective class(es), • an advanced research methods/design course
from a variety of fields, may be chosen in consultation with the academic 2. NURS 6300, Doctoral Seminar
advisor. 3. Comprehensive Examination
Non-nursing electives may be taken at other universities (prior approval 4. NURS 9530, Thesis
must be obtained from the School of Nursing). Graduate nursing classes The PhD Comprehensive Examination in the student’s area of study is
(excepting specific nurse practitioner courses) are also offered by distance normally taken in the second year, and not later than the beginning of the
education modes to other centres. Consult department for details. third year, of the program. Comprehensive examinations may be taken
only after the completion of all required class work and they cannot be
B. Master of Nursing with Master of Health Services taken less than one year prior to the submission of the thesis for final
Administration (MN/MHSA) defence. By the end of the student’s first year of study, the Thesis
The combined MN/MHSA program is a 78-credit hour program which Supervisory Committee will be identified. It is to be comprised of the
enables students to select classes leading to the degrees of Master of Thesis Supervisor and a minimum of two additional faculty having
Nursing and Master of Health Services Administration. The MN/MHSA membership in the Dalhousie University Faculty of Graduate Studies and
program is designed to enable students to: expertise in the student’s area of research interest. The Graduate Programs
• Advance knowledge in the area of nursing management; Committee and the Faculty of Graduate Studies will be notified of the
• Analyze, implement, and evaluate theories and models relevant to Thesis Supervisory Committee membership. Members of the Thesis
nursing; Supervisory Committee will set the student’s Comprehensive
• Conduct independent and/or collaborative research; Examination.
• Work collaboratively with other health professions in planning,
implementing, and evaluating health care; and III. Immunization
• Demonstrate leadership in nursing and society.
Before undertaking clinical practica (NURS 54X5, NURS 54X6, NURS 5487,
The method of delivery includes traditional classroom seminar/classes, NURS 5620, NURS 5740), students must provide evidence of appropriate
professional clinical experiences, a residency in administration in a immunization and their immune status, as required by the clinical agency.
nursing area, and a thesis with an administration focus. The thesis This will include, but may not be restricted to: polio, diphtheria, tetanus,
committee will include faculty committee members from the Schools of rubella, measles, mumps, and varicella. Evidence of tuberculin testing
Nursing and/or Health Services Administration. The integrity of both (Mantoux) is also required. Immunization against Hepatitis B is
programs is maintained by the design of the 78 credit hour MN/MHSA recommended.
program; however, the number of credits required is reduced by electing
to take this joint program. IV. Class Descriptions
Note: Not all classes are offered every year. Please consult the current
C. PhD (Nursing) timetable for this year’s offerings.
The goal of the PhD (Nursing) program is to prepare nurse scholars who
will provide leadership in the advancement of nursing knowledge, A. Master of Nursing Courses Phase I
nursing theory and practice, and health policy through scholarly research
and the dissemination of research findings. Required Courses
The orientation of the doctoral program is on the short and long term
NURS 5050.03: Philosophical and Methodological
impacts of nursing practices and health outcomes at the individual,
family, community, and/or population levels, or women’s health Issues Influencing Knowledge and Research.
outcomes specifically. The required classes and the doctoral seminar This class explores the major philosophical and methodological
provide forums to analyse, discuss, and critique the concepts of health underpinnings of science and knowledge. This exploration will inform a
outcomes and health and social policies from the perspective of nursing critical analysis of how nursing knowledge has evolved and will
practice. Health related policy is addressed through the thesis, doctoral illuminate how the experience of nurses, along with the production of
seminars, and classes in the student’s substantive area. knowledge, meanings and values, can best be understood. Learners will
develop an understanding of the assumptions underlying different
The program is organized around the student’s research question which research paradigms and the knowledge they generate by exploring issues
frames an intensive investigation of a particular question relevant to such as: What is science? How has science evolved? What is knowledge?
nursing. This starting point becomes the vehicle for the student to develop What is truth? What are the various research/science paradigms? How is
an advanced understanding of research methodologies and techniques knowledge translated into action?
and to gain knowledge which contributes to the theoretical development
and practice of nursing. NURS 5200.03: Health Care System Policy Analysis.
Health policy can be defined as “a set of interrelated decisions, taken by
Core classes, the doctoral seminar, and the thesis are all designed to
authorities, concerning the selection of goals and the means of achieving
prepare students who:
them” (as defined in A Code of Good Practice on Policy Dialogue). This
• Understand the philosophical and theoretical foundations of nursing
seminar course examines critical issues and trends affecting health policy
science.
204 Nursing
in addition to the management practices of health care delivery services in manifested in human responses to health and illness, how the patterns of
Canada. Students engage in analytical debate while drawing on the those responses have been and could be assessed, and identify
assigned readings, other research, and their own clinical experience. implications for advanced nursing practice. As part of the class
Discussions incorporate historical and global perspectives as well as a requirements, students will engage in clinical practica to focus on the
range of influencing factors to understand, test, challenge, and contrast the assessment and understanding of patterns of development, health, and
effectiveness of current health policy and the related health care system in illness occurring within a child-bearing population of personal interest.
Canada.
NURS 5475.03: Nursing Families of Ill Children:
NURS 5310.03: Social Organization of Nursing Theory/Practice I.
Knowledge. This class examines the theoretical and research bases on which the nurse
This class examines the social organization of nursing knowledge by acts in providing care for families with ill children. Physiological,
exploring a number of key social processes for their relevance and impact psychosocial, cultural, and nursing concepts, theories, and research
on nursing, both past and present. The goal is to identify and make explicit reports will be studied and applied to the understanding of the behavior
in the work of nurses processes of gender, professionalism, and needs of the child and family when faced with illness and/or health
managerialism, technology and ethics to understand both change and care. Students engage in clinical practice with children and families and
constancy in the character of nursing work and knowledge. Students will apply relevant theories, paradigms, and concepts in the plan of care.
apply their theoretical insights to an analysis of selected nursing work
processes. NURS 5485.03: Principles and Theories for Nurse
Practioner Practice.
Advanced Theory/Practice I Classes (NURS 54X5 This master's level course will introduce all nurse practictioner students to
and NURS 5487) a general healthcare focus of populations across the lifespan and in
These classes are an integration of the theories, research, and practice multiple clinical settings. This course will consist of theories, terminology,
related to selected health-related concepts and issues in assessment and point-of-care technology, assessment, diagnosis and treatment dirrected
understanding of patterns of health and illness relevant to advanced towards a poulation of all ages. Theories of family, change and adult
practice across the specific clinical special area. This class includes 2-3 class learning will be presented to guide the nurse practitioner student in the
hours and 6 clinical practice hours per week. Not all clinical foci will be development of a holistic plan of care for health promotion and disease
offered every year, subject to faculty resources and student demand. prevention, health maintenance, health assessment, and acute and chronic
disease management.
NURS 5435.03: Adult Nursing: Theory/Practice I. FORMAT: Seminar with practicum component
In this seminar class, students will be challenged to think about and reflect PREREQUISITE: NURS 5740
on beliefs and values that inform nursing knowledge with a consideration
of the comprehensive societal issues occurring in settings where the Advanced Theory/Practice II Classes (NURS 54X6
discipline of nursing is undertaken. While our focus is on the care of and NURS 5787)
adults in the context of illness, the class will reflect a critical analysis of the These classes further integrate theories, research, and practice related to
existing theoretical and evidence-based perspectives influencing health selected health-related concepts and issues in assessment and
and decision-making that span from the individual to the organization. understanding of patterns of health and illness relevant to advanced
In the student-professor negotiated clinical practicum component, practice across the specific clinical specialty area. The class includes 2-3
students will examine how individuals/families/communities manage class hours and 6 clinical practice hours per week. Not all clinical foci will
health related concerns throughout the health-illness continuum with the be offered every year. Subject to faculty resources and student demand.
goal being improved quality of life. Students are challenged to think PREREQUISITE: NURS54X5
creatively and critically with regard to the design of their clinical
experience. NURS 5436.03: Adult Nursing: Theory/Practice II.
Building on NURS5435, students will be challenged to think about and
NURS 5445.03: Community Nursing: Theory/Practice reflect on beliefs and values that inform nursing knowledge with a
I. consideration of the comprehensive societal issues occurring in settings
This class is designed to analyze and integrate concepts, theories, research, where the discipline of nursing is undertaken. Students will share new
and practice knowledge that is relevant in community assessment, knowledge resulting from the synthesis and transfer of evidence across
understanding, planning, and advanced practice of community health disciplines and health care sectors and will examine how society is
nursing. The philosophy and principles of population health, primary currently dealing with health related concerns throughout the entire
health care, health promotion, and community development are health-illness continuum. Contextual issues within the broad social,
foundational to the class and provide a broad framework for reflection economic, and cultural environments of nursing practice will be addressed
and critical analysis of current issues, and trends in community health through an analysis of competencies needed to support health system
nursing. changes that value innovation and create new collaborative partnerships
not previously fostered within traditional health care settings. The
NURS 5455.03: Mental Health Nursing: Theory/ clinical practicum component builds on the work conducted in NURS5435.
Practice I. Students, as emerging nurse leaders, will engage in the implementation
This class assists students to enhance the development of advanced and evaluation of conceptual and/or theoretical frameworks being
knowledge and competency regarding mental health and psychiatric applied in their practice setting. Innovation and creative thinking will
nursing. Critical inquiry and clinical practice opportunities will be used to support the implementation process.
examine complex mental health phenomena, apply related theoretical
concepts (with individuals, families, and/or groups), and strengthen NURS 5446.03: Community Nursing: Theory/Practice
students' skill base. II.
This class is designed to analyze and integrate concepts, theories, research,
NURS 5465.03: Maternal-Child Nursing: Theory/ and practice knowledge that are relevant to the advanced practice of
Practice I. community health nursing. The philosophy and principles of public
This class explores selected phenomena that are relevant to advanced health, population health, primary health care, health promotion, and
nursing practice in child-bearing and women's health settings, and does so community development are foundational to the class and provide a
within a context of primary health care, the changing nature of the broad framework for reflection and critical analysis of current issues and
Canadian health care system, and a perspective of client as individual, trends in community health nursing.
family, and/or community. Students will explore literature in perinatal/
neonatal nursing and other disciplines to discover how the phenomena are
Nursing 205
NURS 5456.03: Mental Health Nursing: Theory/ B. Master of Nursing Courses Phase II
Practice II.
This class assists students to enhance the development of advanced NURS 5610.03: Advanced Practice Role
knowledge and competency regarding mental health and psychiatric Development.
nursing. Critical inquiry and clinical practice opportunities will be used to The focus of this course is the role of advanced practice nurses in health
examine complex mental health phenomena, apply related theoretical care. Emphasis will be on the examination and critique of the role
concepts (with individuals, families, and/or groups), and strengthen components of the clinical nurse specialist, nurse practitioner and
students' skill base. combined roles. These components include: direct care, consultation,
coaching, research, collaboration, leadership/administration and ethical
NURS 5466.03: Maternal-Child Nursing: Theory/ decision-making. Issues surrounding the implementation of these roles
Practice II. within various health care contexts and clinical specialties will be
This class builds on the knowledge, skills, and experiences of NURS 5465. discussed.
Through critical inquiry and active communication and decision making,
students will use scientific and empirical evidence to implement an NURS 5620.06: Advanced Practice Role Practicum.
advanced nursing practice role in a clinical childbearing setting within a This class provides the student with the opportunity to integrate,
primary health care context. synthesize and analyze previously developed knowledge and skills in an
intensive clinical practice experience directly related to the student’s
NURS 5476.03: Nursing Families with Ill Children: chosen client population/discipline in an advanced nursing practice role.
Theory/Practice II. The Individual Learning Plan developed in NURS 5740 is modified as
needed and continues to guide student learning. Practice settings will offer
This class provides an opportunity for students to increase understanding
experiences with clients experiencing acute and chronic illness states with
of the child and family in high-risk and/or chronic health situations, to
multiple and complex care needs. These will be used to consolidate skill
increase nursing proficiency through the development of theoretically-
development related to the comprehensive management of clients’ needs
and empirically-based approaches to nursing care, and to provide
across the continuum of health. These include advanced skills related to
leadership in working with staff and families to develop approaches to the
health assessment, diagnostic testing and treatment planning with
problems encountered. The class requires students to implement
emphasis on systems thinking, developmental issues, and collaboration
advanced nursing approaches to biopsychosocial phenomena on
with clients, families and other health care professionals. The student will
individual and aggregate bases.
work closely with a clinical preceptor negotiated by the student and
NURS 5486.03: Principles and Theories for Health and professor. While implementing the advanced practice role, students will
consider the organizational, political, and health care policy-related issues
Disease Management in Adult Nurse Practitioner
that relate to advanced nursing practice and change in health care delivery
Practices. that affect role development and implementation. Students in the Nurse
This course will expand on the nurse practitioner student's knowledge, Practitioner option will complete a minimum of 700 precepted clinical
skills, and competency in health promotion, health maintenance, health hours; these hours are distributed between NURS 5620, NURS 5740, NURS
assessment and management of disease in adults. The focus is the adult 5485, NURS 5486, and NURS 5487.
population (18+) who seeks healthcare services in multiple clinical PREREQUISITE: NURS 54X6.03, or NURS 5487; NURS 5732.03; NURS
settings. A strong emphases will be placed on health issues and common 5734.03; NURS 5735.03; NURS 5740.03; NURS 5610.03 is a pre or co-
illnesses of adults with higher acuity levels and comorbidities, recognizing requisite
the acute and chronic nature of disease and targeting optimal health
outcomes. NURS 5732.03: Pathophysiology for Advanced
FORMAT: Seminar with practicum component Nursing Practice.
PREREQUISITE: NURS 5734.03, NURS 5740.03, NURS 5485.03 This class uses an evidence-based conceptual approach to critically and
comprehensively examine pathophysiologic phenomena relevant to
NURS 5487.03: Principles and Theories for Health and
advanced nursing practice. The phenomena examined are commonly
Disease Management in Families of All Ages Nurse encountered in acute and long-term illnesses, are alterations in function
Practitioner Practice. involving multiple body systems, are seen across the boundaries of age,
This course is designed for nurse practitioner students who have chosen disease entities, and clinical states, and are those for which nurses have a
the Family All Ages focus for their future practice. Students will utilize a major role in assessing, monitoring, managing, and evaluating. Seminars
family focused approach in assessing clinical and research literature as a are framed to systematically and critically examine the impact of these
means of developing competence in health promotion, health maintenance pathophysiologic phenomena on cell function, host defense responses,
and cultural sensitivity in caring for clients in the community setting. As maintenance of vital functions, and neuro-endocrine-immune responses in
well, evidence based practice in the management of illness across the life individuals and groups across the lifespan.
span will be one of the cornerstones of the course. Health issues and
common illnesses which are frequently seen in primary health care NURS 5734.03: Principles of Pharmacotherapy for
settings will be discussed. Students will be expected to critically analyze Nurse Practitioners.
the current literature in order to develop health care plans for clients from This course focuses on core principles of pharmacotherapy relevant to all
the prenatal period to the geriatric period of life. Utilizing the principles of nurse practitioner practice. Pharmacotherapeutic problem solving
primary health care as well as those of change theory and adult learning, approaches will be introduced and applied throughout the course.
students will develop expertise in how to work collaboratively with other Effective and strategic use of drug and therapeutic information resources
health professionals as well as volunteers and community groups. will be emphasized. Relevant issues to pharmacotherapeutic policy will be
Addressing health concerns by using diverse approaches including addressed. Principles of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics will be
pharmacotherapeutics, health education and community development is introduced and integrated throughout therapeutic content areas. Legal
an integral component of the course. and ethical responsibilities related to prescriptive authority and
FORMAT: Seminar pharmacotherapeutic interventions will be addressed.
PREREQUISITE: NURS 5434.03, NURS 5740.03, NURS 5485
NURS 5735.03: Pharmacotherapeutics for Nurse
Practitioners.
The course focuses on clinical applications of drug therapies relevant to
nurse practitioner practice. Students will be given the opportunity to gain
knowledge in order to integrate pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic
concepts for a chosen client population/discipline in their clinical setting
206 Nursing
and practicums. Students will gain therapeutic knowledge that includes NURS 5100.03: Qualitative Research Methods.
the mechanism of actions, usual dosages, absorption, distribution, In this qualitative research class, we will differentiate between method
metabolism, elimination, and therapeutic use of medications. Principles of and methodology. The latter addresses all assumptions which guide
management for side effects and drug interactions of medications research as a political process. Method refers to the ways in which data are
frequently encountered by nurse practitioners will be reviewed and collected, or the techniques for designing methods of analysis. Various
applied. Additionally, students will be provided with the opportunity to methods which are qualitative in nature will be examined in detail in
identify and utilize timely and appropriate drug information resources order to acquire an understanding of the differences in assumptions
that are applicable to their daily practice. Legal and ethical responsibilities between traditional qualitative research and critical, action oriented,
related to pharmacotherapeutic interventions are addressed. participatory, and feminist qualitative research.
CROSS-LISTING: NURS 4094.03
NURS 5120.03: Quantitative Research Methods.
NURS 5740.03: Advanced Health Assessment. There is a basic structure and process to the development of a design for
This class prepares students to perform advanced health assessments of scientific inquiry. This class focuses on research methods in general and
young, middle-aged, and elderly adults who are healthy, as well as those quantitative research methods in particular. These research methodologies
who are experiencing illness. It will focus on the knowledge, skills, and are used in nursing science as they relate to the development and/or
processes required for advanced health assessment. testing of theoretical formulations, design, critique, and writing of
Students will develop competence in completing focused and research proposals.
comprehensive health assessments including history taking, physical
examination, synthesis, critical analysis, diagnostic reasoning, clinical Policy Practicum
judgement, and interpretation of health data. Students will further
develop their understanding of the pathophysiological basis of clinical NURS 5893.03: Health Program Planning and
findings and will integrate an increasing knowledge of pathophysiology Evaluation.
and pharmacology as a basis for formulating a plan of care. Elements of an The focus of this course is on the theoretical and practical knowledge and
advanced health assessment include physical and mental health, abilities required for the cycle of health program planning and evaluation
psychosocial, family, cultural, and community factors, the determinants of (HPPE) in contemporary health care. Students will build their own
health, and risk appraisal as they relate to a client’s health status. Clinical, theoretical knowledge related to program planning approaches,
theoretical, and scientific knowledge will be synthesized in the evaluation models, theories and methods of data collection. Knowledge
identification and management of existing and potential states of health translation will be discussed, analyzed and critiqued including the
and illness. Approaches to effective written and verbal communication of contextual influences in program planning and evaluation such as ethics,
advanced health assessments to lay and health professional colleagues politics, evaluator roles and stakeholder involvement. Prior knowledge of
will be addressed. It is expected that students will be competent in basic research methods will be beneficial.
health assessment techniques prior to beginning the course. All students FORMAT: Seminar
will develop an Individual Learning Plan [ILP] to guide their learning
experience. Students will accumulate up to 200 hours precepted clinical NURS 6000.03: Nursing Administration and
experience while enrolled in NURS 5740. This experience is more Leadership.
concentrated in the latter half of the course, with approximately 15-20
This class focuses upon the changing role and expectations for health care
hours/week required practicum hours. (Co- or Prerequisite: NURS
manager and leaders within the Canadian health care system. Class topics
5732.03 & NURS 5735.03)
such as organizational theories, the philosophy of primary health care,
FORMAT: Weekly 2 hr seminar, 3 hr lab, 40 precepted clinical hrs/
management theory and research based practice, and management
semester
challenges are covered through a variety of course activities including
NURS 8000X/Y.06: Health Policy Practicum. extensive readings, case studies, student presentations, field assignments,
and papers.
This practicum provides students with an opportunity to build knowledge
CROSS-LISTING: HESA 6000.03
and skills regarding health policy development, its application and/or
evaluation. The practicum will focus on one particular policy relevant to Consult department regarding other possible course
the student's discipline/field of practice and will be tailored to individual
student needs. The focus of the practicum can be generated from student selections.
work completed in other classes, or as a new topic of interest. The
practicum is offered to any Master of Nursing student who elects the D. Other Electives
Policy option. Graduate students from other health-related disciplines are NURS 5000.03: Intermediate Statistics
also eligible for this practicum subject to the availability of faculty NURS 5100.03: Qualitative Research Methods
expertise and resources. NURS 5120.03: Quantitative Research Methods
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in NURS 5330.03: Theoretical Concepts & Competencies Related to the
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed Helping Relationship in Advanced Nursing Practice
consecutively. NURS 5610.03: Advanced Practice Role Development
NURS 5732.03: Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing Practice
NURS 9000X/Y.06: Masters Thesis. NURS 5734.03: Principles of Pharmacotherapy for Nurse Practitioners
NURS 5735.03: Pharmacotherapeutics for Nurse Practitioners
C. Master of Nursing Focused Electives NURS 5770.03: Mind and Body in Nursing Practice
NURS 5800X/Y.06/5810.03/5820.03: Reading Class
Thesis NURS 5830.03: Death and Dying/Palliative Care
NURS 5840.03: Human Resources in Health Care (cross-listed with HESA
NURS 5000.03: Intermediate Statistics. 6340.03)
This class is designed so that students will be able to select appropriate NURS 5841.03: Management Union Relations in Health Care (cross-listed
statistical methods to analyze categorical, ordinal and measurement data with HESA 6341.03)
and to carry out the analysis on the computer using MINITAB and GLIM NURS 5850.03: Women and Aging
languages. NURS 5865.03: Quality Management (cross-listed with HESA 6365.03)
PREREQUISITE: MATH 1060.03 NURS 5871.03: Addictions Nursing Practice
CROSS-LISTING: HESA 6500.03, HEED 5503.03, LEIS 5503.03, PHAR NURS 5891.03: Health Informatics
5980.03, PHSE 5503.03, KINE 5503.03, STAT 5990.03 NURS 5892.03: Specialty Practice of Oncology Nursing
NURS 5893.03: Health Program Planning & Evaluation
Nursing 207
NURS 5894.03: Interprofessional Psychosocial Oncology: Introduction to NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
Theory and Practice consecutive terms; credit will only be given if both are completed
NURS 5896.03: Working with Special Populations consecutively.
NURS 5900X/Y.06/5910.03/5920.03: Reading Class FORMAT: Seminar
NURS 5950.03 A or B: Self-directed Learning in Nursing
NURS 5990.03: Interdisciplinary Human Nutrition NURS 6800.03: Directed Doctoral Study.
NURS 6000.03A: Nursing Administration and Leadership (cross-listed This class offers doctoral students the opportunity to undertake further
with HESA 6000.03) study in a specific topic of interest that is not covered by regular class
NURS 6130.03: Measurement in Nursing Phenomena offerings. The student will be supervised by a faculty member who is
NURS 6200.03: Nursing-Sensitive Health Outcomes competent in the area of interest. Regular meetings between the student
NURS 6210.03: Women’s Health Outcomes and the supervising faculty will be held. The method of evaluation will be
contracted by the student and supervising faculty.
A minimum registration of three students is normally required for any
class to be offered. Master of Nursing students may take NURS 6130.03, NURS 6820.03: Doctoral Reading Course.
NURS 6200.03, NURS 6210.03 with the permission of the course professor This class offers doctoral students the opportunity to undertake further
and the Associate Director Graduate Programs. study in a specific topic of interest that is not covered by regular class
offerings. The student will be supervised by a faculty member who is
E. PhD Courses competent in the area of interest. Regular meetings between the student
and the supervising faculty will be held. The method of evaluation will be
NURS 6050.03: Contemporary Views of Nursing contracted by the student and supervising faculty.
Science: Philosophy, Research, and Practice. FORMAT: Independent study
This class explores the philosophy underlying the ontological,
epistemological, and ethical approaches to nursing and its practices. Both
NURS 9530.00: Doctoral Thesis.
learner and educator will critically analyze, reflect, and dialogue in a
PHDP 8000.00: Doctoral Comprehensive
relational, scholarly, and intersubjective learning space. An in-depth
understanding of the diverse research traditions that exist within the Requirement.
discipline of nursing and the unique body of knowledge that evolves Following completion of class work, students will register in the Doctoral
within each tradition will be illuminated. Comprehensive Requirement while they prepare for and continually until
FORMAT: Seminar they have passed the Comprehensive Examination.
NURS 6130.03: Measurement in Nursing Phenomena.

This class is designed to prepare learners to develop and share nursing
knowledge in methodological and measurement issues as an evolving
field in today's research environment. The preparedness of nursing science
to embrace critical multiplism from the perspective of methodology,
measurement, and evaluation will be interrogated.
NURS 6200.03: Nursing Sensitive Health Outcomes.

Conceptual, philosophical, theoretical, epistemological, methodological,
and feasibility issues central to health outcomes research are examined.
The concept of health outcomes and related health and social policies from
the perspective of nursing practices are analysed and critiqued. The
impacts of nursing practices on health outcomes at individual, family,
community, and population levels will be discussed, analysed and
critiqued.
FORMAT: Seminar
NURS 6210.03: Women's Health Outcomes.

The class provides a forum to analyse, discuss, and critique philosophical,
conceptual, theoretical, methodological, and feasibility issues central to
women's health outcomes research and nursing practice from a gender-
based and diversity analyses perspective and the relationship to health
and social policies. The short and long term impacts of nursing practices
on women's health outcomes and nursing practice at the individual,
family, community, and population levels will be analysed.
FORMAT: Seminar
NURS 6300X/Y.03: Doctoral Seminar.

The goal of the doctoral seminar is for students and faculty to share the
findings from their research, engage in scholarly debate, and foster
scholarship. The seminar will facilitate proposed and ongoing research
between and among doctoral students, faculty members, and other key
stakeholders. Focus is on the critical examination of the research process in
nursing, health service delivery, and policy decision-making with an
emphasis on maintaining the links between the research problem, theory,
and research methods. Consideration is given to both quantitative
and qualitative research approaches, designs, and data collection and
analysis. Knowledge translation as a core component of research design
will be discussed. Strategies for critically analyzing research studies and
for utilizing findings are examined.
208 Nursing
Stadnyk, R., BA (Alberta), BSc OT (Queens), MSc (Queens), PhD
(Toronto). Community practice; everyday lives of frail elderly persons
and policies and services to support them.
Versnel, J., BSc (OT)(Toronto), MSc (OT) (Western). PhD (Queen’s).
Occupational development in children, adolescents and families,
cognition and learning, and transitions from adolescence to adulthood.
Warner, G., Ph.D. (Epidemiology) (Case West Reserve University).
Occupational Therapy Measurement and Evaluation, Health Services Research, Knowledge
Transfer and Exchange, Health System Change to improve
Location: (Atlantic) School of Occupational Therapy participatory outcomes
Forrest Building, Dalhousie University
Room 215, 5869 University Avenue
Lecturers
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5 Landry, K., BSc(OT) (Dal), MSc(Rehabilitation Research - Physiotherapy)
Telephone: (902) 494-8804 Candidate (Dal)
Fax: (902) 494-1229 O'Keefe, C., BSc (OT) (Dal)
Email: occupational.therapy@dal.ca School Fieldwork Education Coordinator
Website: www.occupationaltherapy.dal.ca
Saunders, J., BSc (OT) (Dal), MBA (St. Mary’s)
Director International Fieldwork Education Coordinator
Townsend, E., DipP & OT, BSc (OT) (Toronto), MAdEd (St. FX), PhD (Dal) Saunders, J., BSc (OT) (Dal), MBA (St Mary's)
MSc (Occupational Therapy) Graduate Coordinator Provincial Fieldwork Education Coordinators
Merritt, B., BS (Psychology), MS(OT), PhD (Colorado State). New Brunswick: Roussel, M., DipHS (S-L Maillet), BSc, MA (Montreal)
Newfoundland: Head, B., BSc (OT) (Alberta), MSc (OT-Post - Professional)
MSc (Occupational Therapy - Post-Professional) (Dal)
Graduate Coordinator Nova Scotia: Saunders, J., BSc (OT) (Dal), MBA (St Mary's)
Versnel, J., BSc(OT) (Toronto), MSc(OT) (Western), PhD (Queen's) Prince Edward Island: Cutcliffe, H., Dip(OT) (Man)
Professor Emeritus Cross Appointments

Manuel, P., BA (Carleton), MSc (McGill), PhD (Dal)
O’Shea, B., DipP & OT (Toronto), BSc (Queens), MS (Colorado State),
Unruh, A., BSc (OT) (Western), MSW (Carleton), PhD (Dal)
LL.D. (Dal), Honorary PhD. Occupation as a determinant of health;
curriculum design for professional studies; cross-cultural transfer of Adjunct Professors
knowledge.
Basiletti, M., MSc (OT-Post-Professional) (Dal)
Bassett, B.R., B.A. Honours, M.A. (New Zealand), PhD (UBC)
Professor Beaton, H., BSc (OT) (Dal)
Townsend, E., DipP & OT, BSc (OT) (Toronto) MAdEd (St. FX), PhD (Dal). Do Rozario, L., BOT (Queensland), DTS (Brisbane), MTP (California), PhD
Educational and social foundations of occupation and occupational (Queensland)
therapy: social organization of knowledge and systems; power and Dubouloz, C.J., BSc en ergotherapie (Montreal), MSc en sciences cliniques
empowerment, client-centred practice, enablement. (Montreal), PhD (UQAM)
Edem, D., BSc (OT) MHSA (Dal)
Associate Professors Egan, M., BSc (OT) (Western), MSc(OT) (Alberta), PhD (McGill)
Beagan, B., BA, MA (Soc) (Dal), PhD (Soc) (UBC). Sociology of health and Etcheverry, E., BSc (OT), PhD (Manitoba)
illness, health profession education, social inequality, research Fisher, A.G., BSc (OT) (Western Michigan), MSc, Sc.D.(Boston)
methodology. Forhan, E. MSc (OT-Post-Professional) (Dal)
Carswell, A., Dipl. (OT) (McGill), BSc (OT), MSc (McGill), PhD (Toronto). Kirsh, B., BSc (OT), M.Ed., PhD (Toronto)
Occupational therapy outcome measures; dementia care; aging Law, M., BSc (OT) (Queens), MHS (McMaster), PhD (Waterloo)
research; mindfulness and depression in older adults. MacNaughton, N., MSc (OT-Post-Professional) (Dal)
Doble, S., BSc (OT) (Western), MS (Boston), PhD (Dal). Measurement Mitcham, M., DipOT (Northampton), BSc(OT), MHE, PhD (Georgia)
related to occupational function; care giving of seniors; occupational Palmadottir, G., DipOT (Aarhus, Denmark), MSc(OT) (Colorado)
analysis of seniors. Pranger, T., BSc (OT), MEd , PhD (Toronto)
Taylor, S., M.A (Saint Mary's), PhD Cand (Univ of South Australia)
Assistant Professors White, C., MSc (OT-Post-Professional) (Dal)
Banks, S., BSc (Dal), MA (Dalhousie), Cert. Occ Ther. (Columbia). Whiteford, G., BSc (OT) (Curtin), MHS(OT), PhD (South Australia)
Educational outcomes; integration of academic and theoretical Wicks, A., BAS (OT) (Curtin), MHS (OT) (South Australia), PhD (Charles
learning. Sturt)
Brown, J., BSc (OT) (Toronto), MSc (OT-Post-Professional) (Dal). Primary Wilcock, A., DipCOT (UK), Bapp ScOT (SAIT), Grad Dip Public Health,
Health Care, occupational therapy in mental health, recovery-oriented PhD (Adelaide)
services and psychiatric rehabilitation, chronic disease management.
Grass, C., BSc (OT) (Western), MSc (Queen's), PhD Candidate (Queen's).
Mental health care for criminal offenders with mental illness, policy
I. Introduction
implementation in dual prison-hospitals, understanding crime as The Atlantic School of Occupational Therapy was established in 1982 as
occupation. the only occupational therapy education program in Atlantic Canada. The
MacKenzie, D., BSc Physical Education (Saskatchewan), BSc (OT) School exists in response to strong regional advocacy, particularly since
(Alberta), MA(Ed) (MSVU). Neurological rehabilitation; spasticity 1958 when a School was approved in principle by the University Senate.
management; health care education. The regional orientation of the School fosters collaborative teaching,
Merritt, B., BS (Psychology), MS (OT), PhD (Colorado State). Occupation- research and professional activities.
based assessment, occupational therapy theory, educational leadership, Occupational Therapy is a health profession concerned with enhancing
efficacy of occupation-based practice. the occupational performance, health and well-being of individuals,
Saunders, J., BSc (OT) Dal, MBA (St Mary’s). Private practice, professional groups, and organizations particularly where inequities or injustice limit
leadership, continuing professional development. opportunities for meaningful participation in daily life occupations.
Occupational Therapy 209

Occupation is viewed broadly to include everything we do to “occupy” Students seeking pre-requisite course equivalency information are
ourselves in enjoying life, looking after ourselves and others, and referred to the Dalhousie Registrar's webpage https://dalonline.dal.ca/
contributing to the social and economic productivity of our communities. PROD/fyskeqiv.P_TransEquiv
Health is viewed broadly as having the ability, opportunity and resources, • Students are recommended to ensure that their transcript and/or life
for quality life with meaningful occupations in supportive environments. experience includes a background in social sciences and statistics.
• Admission into the program is limited to 48 students. Admission is on
II. Degrees Offered a competitive basis with preference given to residents of the Atlantic
Provinces. The provincial quota system currently allocates 35 of the 48
A. Master of Science (Occupational Therapy): seats as follows: nine positions to New Brunswick, eight positions to
Newfoundland and Labrador, 16 positions to Nova Scotia, and two
Master’s program to enter the profession positions to Prince Edward Island. Selection is based on completion of
1. Full MSc (OT) Program: 13 credits, 78 credit hours full-time study prerequisites, academic achievement and personal suitability for
a) Academic component: 58 credit hours over 22 consecutive months Occupational Therapy.
(6 semesters).
b) Fieldwork component: 20 credit hours for a total of 1027.5 hours. • Single Classes: with Entry Level Program Coordinator and Instructor
Students may be assigned to fieldwork sites in any of the four permission (see Regulation 4.3.7). The admission category is Special
Atlantic provinces. Normally, a student will complete no more than Student-Graduate Studies (SSGS).
one fieldwork class in the Halifax/ Dartmouth area. Applicants who 3. Application
anticipate difficulty meeting fieldwork requirements are strongly
encouraged to contact the School Fieldwork Education Coordinator All applicants must complete
to explore options early in their first academic term. National and • The Faculty of Graduate Studies Application for Admission Forms
International fieldwork options are available. which are available at: www.dalgrad.dal.ca/admissions/ and,
2. Single classes: with Entry Level Program Coordinator and Instructor • The School of Occupational Therapy's Supplementary Occupational
permission, see Regulation 4.3.7. Therapy Application form, available at:
http://occupationaltherapy.dal.ca/Files/MScOT_Supplementary
B. Master of Science (Occupational Therapy–Post- _Application_Form.pdf
• Affirmative Action: The School of Occupational Therapy is committed
Professional): Master's program for qualified to the professional advancement of qualified occupational therapists
occupational therapists who are persons with disabilities and/or who are members of the
1. Full MSc (OT–Post-Professional) Program: 5 credits, 30 credit hours African Canadian or Aboriginal communities of the Atlantic region.
full- or part-time study on line Fully qualified applicants from these groups will be given preference in
a) Thesis option: Two required classes, two electives and a thesis admissions. If you belong to one of these groups and wish to take
b) Coursework option: Five required classes, three electives, and a advantage of this policy, you may voluntarily provide this information
practicum about yourself. Please note that students who request accommodations
2. Single classes: with Post Professional Program Coordinator and for a disability of any type are required to be registered with the
Instructor permission, see Regulation 4.3.7 Dalhousie Student Accessibility Services (SAS).
C. Doctor of Philosophy, (PhD) Application Deadlines

• March 15: Regular Admission Consideration. Deadline for submission
Faculty in the School of Occupational Therapy welcome applications for
of the Faculty of Graduate Studies Application for Admission Forms
PhD studies focused on occupational therapy or occupational science.
and the Supplementary Occupational Therapy Application Form to the
Interested persons are encouraged to contact individual faculty.
School of Occupational Therapy. All final transcripts for courses that
Applications will be submitted either to the Faculty of Graduate Studies
are still in progress must be received by June 1 of the admission year in
Interdisciplinary PhD program or the Faculty of Engineering Biomedical
order for the application to be considered by the Admissions
Engineering PhD program. Prospective students may be eligible for
Committee.
funding through scholarship programs at NSERC, SSHRC, CIHR, or from
• January 15: Early Admission Consideration. Exceptional students who
the Nova Scotia Health Research Foundation (NSHRF). Within Dalhousie
have completed ALL the admission requirements (i.e. no courses in
funding possibilities include Killam scholarships.
progress) by December prior to the admission year may apply for early
admission consideration.
III. Program Requirements
4. Program Information
A. Master of Science (Occupational Therapy) - MSc
A. Immunization & CPR Requirements
(OT) to enter the profession
Fieldwork education, the practical component of the educational
1. Introduction program, takes place in a variety of occupational therapy practice sites
• The MSc (OT) degree is the full-time study program, which opened in where students may be exposed to or be carriers of communicable diseases
2006 to enter the profession, replacing the BSc (OT) degree. Accredited which are vaccine preventable. Students must meet the immunization and
by the Canadian Association of Occupational Therapists (CAOT) on other requirements established by the Faculty of Health Professions.
behalf of the World Federation of Occupational Therapists, the Please refer to the following section on the FHP website:
program prepares graduates to write the CAOT national examination http://healthprofessions.dal.ca/Files/OccupationalHealthandInfecti.pdf
in July or November, which in turn provides eligibility for licensure by before beginning their fieldwork component. For detailed information, see
provincial, territorial and international regulatory bodies. Forms, Policies and Handbooks at www.occupationaltherapy.dal.ca.
2. Admission Requirements The School requires that students complete CPR (level C) training prior to
• A completed 4-year undergraduate degree with a minimum B average their first fieldwork experience.
(73-76%) GPA in the last 2 years (or last 20 half credits) of a 4-year B. Transfer Credits
undergraduate degree.
Transfer credits may be granted for classes in anatomy or pharmacology
• Two pre-requisite courses: equivalent to Dalhousie's Anatomy (ANAT) subject to the approval of the Course Instructor. Photocopies of calendar
1010.03 or 1020.03 and Physiology (PHYL) 2030.06. descriptions and course syllabi are required. Normally, no transfer credits
are granted for OCCU classes.
210 Occupational Therapy

C. Academic Dismissal
The School of Occupational Therapy will assume that a student has Year 2 - 33 credit hours - 5.5 credits 10 months
withdrawn from the program, and will accept another student in the seat, September - June October Convocation
if the first student fails to attend orientation and the first week of classes
without prior permission. In addition, a student who absents himself/ Fall Term: September-December (On-Site) 2.3 credits, 14 credit
herself from the School of Occupational Therapy without prior permission hours
for an extended period (four weeks or greater) will be presumed to have
withdrawn and will be required to re-apply for admission to the MSc (OT) OCCU 6001.05 Enabling Occupation 3 (5 cr hr)
program. See also Regulation 4.2.4
OCCU 6140.06 Neuroscience for Occupational Therapy (6 cr hr
D. Fieldwork Costs
All students are responsible for paying travel and living costs associated OCCU 6130.01 Pharmacology for Occupational Therapists
with fieldwork classes. (1 cr hr)
E. Awards, Scholarships, Bursaries OCCU 6000.02 Applied Research 1 (2 cr hr)
Refer to occupationaltherapy.dal.ca for information regarding awards,
scholarships, and bursaries for the entry-level MSc(OT) program. Winter Term: January-April (Off-Site) 2.0 credits, 12 credit hour
F. Special Student - Graduate Studies (SSGS) OCCU 6111.06 Fieldwork III 300 hr (6 cr hr)
(No-Degree, For Class Specific Admission)
Applications for access to single courses (maximum of 2 full credits-4 half OCCU 6222.06 Fieldwork IV** 300 hr (6 cr hr)
credits) in the MSc (OT) program may be accepted with permission of the
class instructor and appropriate graduate coordinator. Admission as an Spring Term: May - June (On-Site) 1.2 credits, 7 credit hours
SSGS student is limited to occupational therapy students enrolled in other
entry level programs or occupational therapists who are seeking refresher OCCU 6002.03 Social Influences on Occupational Performance
education or continuing professional development. Applicants for SSGS (3 cr hr)
status in single MSc (OT) courses must meet program application and
OCCU 6003.03 Advanced Practice Issues (3 cr hr)
Faculty of Graduate Studies requirements as per 4.3.7. Prior Learning
Assessment (PLA) for applicants who do not meet requirements may be
OCCU 6600.01 Applied Research II (1 cr hr)
considered on an individual basis. Applicants using prior learning
assessment are responsible for the costs to prepare and review their
material. B. Master of Science (Occupational Therapy–Post-
Professional)
Required Classes for MSc (OT). Please refer to Dalhousie’s online
calendar for class descriptions and credit hours. 1. Introduction
• The School of Occupational Therapy opened a post-professional Master
Year 1- 45 credit hours-7.5 credits 12 months September- of Science in occupational therapy program in 1998. Admitting
August qualified occupational therapists from national and international
Fall Term: Sept - Dec (On-Site) 3.0 credits, 18 credit hours locales, this is an innovative, part-time or full time on-line distance
education, five-credit Master’s program with course work (non-thesis)
OCCU 5000.03 Theories of Occupation, Enabling and Justice or thesis options.
(3 cr hr)
2. Admission Requirements MSc (OT–Post-
OCCU 5001.03 Enabling Occupation 1 (3 cr hr)
Professional)
OCCU 5002.03 Health Conditions and Occupational Performance • Post-professional MSc program, full or part time
(3 cr hr) • Single classes: with Post-professional MSc Program Coordinator and
OCCU 5003.03 Dimensions of Professional Practice (3 cr hr) Instructor permission (see Regulation 4.3.7). The admission category is
Special Student-Graduate Studies (SSGS).
ANAT 5217.06 Functional Human Anatomy (6 cr hr)
Students enrolled in OCCU 5020, Graduate Seminar and Practicum, must
Winter Term: Jan - mid-Apr (On-Site) 2.5 credits, 15 credit hours
be eligible for licensure as an occupational therapist if practice is regulated
OCCU 5004.03 Occupational Assessment and Occupational in a student’s chosen practicum location.
Analysis (3 cr hr)
Master of Science (Occupational Therapy–Post-Professional)
OCCU 5005.04 Enabling Occupation 2 (4 cr hr) Admission to the degree program is open to occupational therapists who
OCCU 5006.03 Wellness and Inclusion by Design and Technology have completed their occupational therapy education at a World
(3 cr hr) Federation of Occupational Therapists (WFOT) approved educational
program. Priority will be given to those who hold an entry level
OCCU 5111.02 Fieldwork I: 90 hours (2 cr hr) baccalaureate or master's degree in occupational therapy. Occupational
OCCU 5043.03 Program Evaluation for Occupational Therapists therapists with a diploma who present strong evidence of experience or
(3 cr hr) advanced study in theory and research will also be considered. Applicants
must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the Faculty of
Spring Term: (flex delivery): May -August (Off-Site) Graduate Studies.
2.0 cr, 12 credit hours
Priority will be given to occupational therapists who demonstrate the
OCCU 5222.06 Fieldwork II: 337.5 h (6 cr hr) most favourable combination of academic excellence, leadership
OCCU 5007.03 Research Approaches for Occupational Therapists experience, referee recommendation, and knowledge of current trends in
(3 cr hr) occupational therapy. Course work (non-thesis) or thesis research options
are available.
OCCU 5041.03 Evidence Based Occupational Therapy (3cr hr)

3. Application Sample Plan for Full-Time Coursework Option Study
(Note: Student pays program fee for one academic year)
Documentation
All application materials are available online at www.registrar.dal.ca/. All Fall Term Winter Term Spring Term
applicants must submit:
• Faculty of Graduate Studies Application Form; OCCU 5010 OCCU 5030 Elective
• If applicable, proof of English language competency;
OCCU 5020 OCCU 5020 Elective
• Letter of Intent;
• Curriculum Vitae; OCCU 5041 OCCU 5043
• Two letters of Academic Reference;
• Two copies of official transcripts of all university classes; OCCU 5042 OCCU 5050
• If applicable, request for specified classes of interest.
Admissions Deadlines Sample Plan for Part-Time Coursework Option Study
1. MSc (OT– Post- Professional) Admissions for Canadian and Non- (Note: Student pays program fee for nine academic terms)
Canadian Applicants
Deadline: Feb 28th for May and September admission Fall Term Winter Term Spring Term
Students admitted to the program may choose to initiate their studies in YEAR 1 OCCU 5010 OCCU 5030 Elective
the Spring/Summer or Fall term. All new students are expected to
YEAR 2 OCCU 5020 OCCU 5020 Elective
complete their Program Orientation in August of that calendar year.
2. Special Student-Graduate Studies (SSGS) applications YEAR 3 OCCU 5041 OCCU 5050 Elective
OCCU 5042
Individuals applying to complete classes under SSGS status may apply
for admission for the Fall, Winter, or Spring/Summer term.
Fall Term August 1 B. Thesis Option Description
Winter Term November 15 Students registered in the thesis option complete a minimum of five full
Spring/Summer Term April 1 credits including OCCU 5010 - Advanced Studies on Enabling Occupation
(0.5 credits), OCCU 5030 - Advanced Research Theory and Methods for
4. MSc (Occupational Therapy—Post-Professional) Occupational Therapists (0.5 credits), two elective classes (each 0.5
Program credits), and a thesis (3.0 credits). Thesis students must complete OCCU
5010 and OCCU 5030 before defending their thesis proposal.
Post Professional Classes
• OCCU 5010.03: Advanced Studies on Enabling Occupation. Sample Plan for Full-Time Thesis Option Study
• OCCU 5020X/Y.06: Graduate Seminar and Practicum. (Note: Student pays program fee for one academic year; thesis only fees
• OCCU 5030.03: Advanced Research Theory and Methods for thereafter)
Occupational Therapists.
• OCCU 5040.03: Identity and Transitions. Fall term Winter Term Spring Term
• OCCU 5041.03: Evidence-Based Occupational Therapy.
• OCCU 5042.03: Community Development for Occupational Therapists. OCCU 5010 OCCU 5030 OCCU 9001
• OCCU 5043.03: Program Evaluation for Occupational Therapists.
Elective Elective
• OCCU 5050.03: Public Dialogue on Occupations and Enablement.
• OCCU 5501.03/5502.03/5503.03/5504.03: Graduate Reading. OCCU 9001 OCCU 9001
• OCCU 6501.03: Special Topics in Health, Health Care, and Social
Services
• OCCU 6502.03: Special Topics: Advanced Data Analysis Sample Plan for Part-Time Thesis Option Study (3 Years)
• OCCU 9001.18: Thesis. (Note: Student pays program fee over nine academic terms “Thesis
Only” fees thereafter)
A. Coursework Option Description
Students registered in the coursework option complete a minimum of Fall Term Winter Term Spring Term
five full credits:
YEAR 1 OCCU 5010 OCCU 5030 Elective
• OCCU 5010.03: Advanced Studies on Enabling Occupation
• OCCU 5030.03: Advanced Research Theory and Methods for YEAR 2 Elective OCCU 9001 OCCU 9001
Occupational Therapists
• OCCU 5050.03: Public Dialogue on Occupations and Enablement YEAR 3 OCCU 9001 OCCU 9001 OCCU 9001
Two of three practice area classes (examples listed):

• OCCU 5041.03: Evidence-based Practice 5. Program Information
• OCCU 5042.03: Community Development for Occupational Therapists
• OCCU 5043.03: Program Evaluation for Occupational Therapists A. Residency, Orientation, Additional Classes, Advisors
(Degree students, not single course students)
A full credit practicum: The practicum component completed in a
All full-time and part-time MSc (OT–Post-Professional) students are
student's chosen location affords the student an opportunity to explore
required to attend and participate in an on-site residency period of up to
and develop theory on enabling occupation at a systems or organizational
two weeks in August. The schedule includes an orientation to the
level.
program, library and technology. Each student is assigned a Faculty
Advisor upon their admission to the program.
Three elective classes.
Students wishing to spend more time on campus at any time throughout
their program are welcome to make their own arrangements to use library
and other university and School facilities. Students determine their own
schedule in consultations with their Faculty Advisor and subject to class
scheduling. Faculty Advisors may or may not become the student’s Thesis
Supervisor.

Negotiations between a student and Thesis Supervisor may result in a IV. Class Descriptions
student being required to complete an additional half (0.5) class credit in
See classes required to complete MSc (OT) and MSc (OT–Post-
research methods or elective classes, as available and accessible with
Professional) degrees
appropriate permission.
Full-Time and Part-Time Study OCCU 5000.03: Theories of Occupation, Enabling &
The MSc (OT–Post-Professional) program is available to students on a full Justice.
time or part time basis. Full-time students may enrol in up to five full or This class explores and analyzes the theories, practice models and frames
ten half credits per year. Part-time students may enrol in up to two and of reference that are foundational to the occupational therapist’s view of
one-half credits in any one academic year. Students are advised to enrol occupation, occupational performance, enabling occupation, and
first in OCCU 5010.03: Advanced Studies on Enabling Occupation. The occupational justice. Consistent with the School’s educational philosophy
normal upper time limits are four years for full time and five years for part of experiential learning, the class format will include discussions,
time study. Extensions may be granted in special cases upon petition to scenarios, role play, presentations, labs, and assignments. Students are
the Faculty of Graduate Studies expected to engage in critical and reflective analysis, and in creative
problem solving in the classroom, laboratory, fieldwork experiences, and
Distance Costs in assignments.
Students pay a Distance Fee per class on application to cover mailings, TECHNOLOGY: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for current technology
limited long distance phone costs, administration, and related expenses. requirements
Additional student expenses include: textbooks, long distance telephone INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Merritt
and fax costs, photocopy costs for library materials during orientation, FORMAT: On site, mixed methods, BLS
access to the Internet and other technology or software, travel and PREREQUISITE: Eligibility for admission to the MSc (OT) program.
accommodations for the on-site orientation. Depending on a student’s
thesis research, statistical or qualitative analysis software and OCCU 5001.03: Enabling Occupation 1.
bibliographic software are recommended. This course introduces the student to the occupational therapy process of
practice used to enable individuals who are experiencing changes in their
B. Transfer Credits
occupational performance abilities due to psychosocial and environmental
Occupational therapists with partial graduate level education in another
factors. Practice skills will focus on engaging the client’s strengths,
field or at another university may submit a request to transfer credits to
developing psychosocial capacity and environmental modifications to
this program if the credits have not been used toward another degree. A enable occupational performance.
maximum of one full credit (two .5 classes) with a grade of B- or above TECHNOLOGY: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for current technology
may be transferred, on individual review of transcripts and full class requirements
descriptions by the Post Professional Program Coordinator. All transfers
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Grass
are subject to approval by the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Dalhousie
FORMAT: On site, mixed methods, BLS
MSc(OT) graduates may apply for transfer credit for 1.0 credit given that PREREQUISITE: Eligibility for admission to the MSc (OT) program
OCCU 5041 and OCCU 5043 are common to the MSc(OT) and MSc(OT-
Post - Professional) degrees. OCCU 5002.03: Health Conditions and Occupational
C. Dalhousie Letters of Permission Performance.
Students may complete up to 1.0 full credit (two .5 elective classes) of the This class examines the relationship between medically-defined health
MSc (OT–Post-Professional) program outside Dalhousie under Letters of conditions and occupational performance across the lifespan. Students
Permission from the Graduate Program Coordinator. Requests, including will learn to describe health conditions and analyze their impact on the
a detailed course outline, must be submitted prior to the student enrolling performance of occupations in daily life as well as the impact of
in the class.A grade of B- or higher is required for these classes to be occupational performance on health conditions. The knowledge base
credited towards the student’s MSc (OT–Post-Professional). Enrollment at developed will be in the aetiology, medical classification and diagnosis,
Dalhousie enables students to complete classes by Letter of Permission at symptoms, treatment and prognosis of common mental and physical
Canadian Atlantic universities without additional fees. Additional fees are conditions that affect the performance of daily occupations. Knowledge
normally required by other universities. about conditions drawn from various medical specialties will be
synthesized with occupation specific knowledge. Multiple learning
Please note the total of 1.0 full credit includes classes completed as SSGS methods will include lectures, small group tutorials, self-directed inquiry,
transfer credits and classes completed by Letter of Permission. and critical analysis of the cultural construction of health conditions.
TECHNOLOGY: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for current technology
D. Awards, Scholarships, Bursaries requirements
Refer to www.dalgrad.dal.ca/funding for information regarding awards, INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Saunders
scholarships and bursaries for the MSc (OT–Post-Professional) program FORMAT: On site, mixed methods, BLS
PREREQUISITE: Eligibility for admission to the admission to the MSc
E. Special Student - Graduate Studies (SSGS) (No-
(OT) program
Degree, For Class Specific Admission)
Occupational therapists who meet Faculty of Graduate Studies criteria, OCCU 5003.03: Dimensions of Professional Practice.
and who have permission of the School Post Professional Program This class is designed to prepare students for professional practice.
Coordinator may enroll in a maximum of one full credit (two .5 classes) Emphasis is placed on the importance of professional behaviors, ethical
offered within the MSc (OT– Post-Professional) program. and legal issues that arise in the health care context, and professional
reasoning required to begin professional practice in fieldwork experiences.
Normally, classes completed under SSGS status cannot be used for credits
Through a variety of experiences and with a professional perspective,
towards formal graduate programs. However, occupational therapists
students will expand their current knowledge about occupation, and
who complete classes under SSGS status can at the time of their
integrate theory and knowledge from co-requisite and prerequisite to
application to the MSc (OT– Post-Professional) program, apply to receive
issues that are representative of current occupational therapy practice.
credit for up to two SSGS classes (6 credits total). Final approval must be
granted by the Post Professional Program Coordinator and the Faculty of
requirements
Graduate Studies. (see Regulation 4.3.7)
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Brown
NOTE: The fees paid as an SSGS do not count towards the program fee
paid by a student admitted to the MSc (OT– Post-Professional) program.
PREREQUISITE: Eligibility for admission to the MSC (OT) program

OCCU 5004.03: Occupational Assessment and OCCU 5010.03: Advanced Studies on Enabling
Occupational Analysis. Occupation.
Students will explore fundamental concepts, processes and strategies to This 13 week class will facilitate advanced critique on research and
assess and analyze a client’s occupational interests, needs and goals. In theories on occupation, and on processes on enabling change in
assessing individuals and groups, students will analyze physical, individuals, environments and systems. Drawing on empirical,
cognitive, and affective capacities and skills utilized when engaged in interpretive, and critical social sciences, students will explore the key
occupations. In assessing occupations, students will analyze how to select, issues and literature relating to occupation and occupational therapy,
grade and adapt occupations to meet client defined occupational goals. In particularly focusing on the three areas of concentration for the post-
assessing social, physical, institutional and cultural environments, professional MSc program: Foundations, Evaluation, and Systems
students will analyze environmental influences in order to understand Organization.
and adapt the environment to meet occupational goals, and the health of TECHNOLOGY: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for current technology
individuals, communities and organizations. Students will critically requirements.
review how different assessment methods are employed to elicit a INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Stadnyk
comprehensive understanding of the occupational needs of individual FORMAT: Distance, on-line, BLS
clients, groups, agencies or communities. PREREQUISITE: Qualified Occupational Therapists by permission of the
TECHNOLOGY: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for current technology instructor
requirements
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Carswell OCCU 5020X/Y.06: Graduate Seminar and Practicum.
FORMAT: On site, mixed methods, BLS This 26-week seminar and practicum class is designed to enable students
PREREQUISITE: Eligibility for admission to the MSc (OT) program to identify and assume new roles as occupational therapists. This course is
based on our understanding that individuals' occupational engagement
OCCU 5005.04: Enabling Occupation 2. can be supported or constrained by the environments in which they live,
This class builds on the knowledge and skills acquired in Enabling work and play. Environments are largely constructed by the services,
Occupation I. The course will examine how environmental factors systems, and policies that humans establish. In this course, students will
influence individual, group or population's ability to participate in partner with organizational clients to enable them to more effectively meet
everyday activities. Students will be expected to analyze and develop the occupational needs of their clients, consumers and/or members.
intervention skills to enhance the individual’s ability to participate and/or Students are provided with the opportunity to develop their abilities to
to adapt the environment to enhance occupational performance. assume the role of consultant. Using the Canadian Practice Process
TECHNOLOGY: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for current technology Framework to guide their interactions with their organizational clients,
requirements students will explore and identify how to use theory while enabling
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Carswell occupation. Students are responsible for identifying and negotiating
FORMAT: On site, mixed methods, BLS agreements with organizational clients. The course coordinator must
PREREQUISITE: Eligibility for admission to the MSc(OT) program approve each student's proposed practicum project. Students are provided
with regular opportunities to receive feedback, guidance, and support
OCCU 5006.03: Wellness and Inclusion by Design and from the course coordinator and classmates through journaling
Technology. assignments.
In this course students learn the principles and best-practice application of TECHNOLOGY & SOFTWARE: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for
design and technology to enable occupational well-being, participation current technology requirements.
and inclusion in the public and personal sectors. Through practical NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
projects in environmental design and application in laboratory sessions, consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
students develop skills in evaluating, designing and promoting the consecutively.
reachability, usability and accessibility of the built environment which has INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Doble
a profound effect on the choice and opportunities we have in engaging in FORMAT: Distance, on-line, BLS
meaningful occupations in everyday life. PREREQUISITE: MSc (OT-Post-Professional)students only
requirements OCCU 5030.03: Advanced Research Theory and
INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Landry Methods for Occupational Therapists.
FORMAT: On site, mixed methods, BLS This 13-week web-based distance-education class gives a comprehensive
PREREQUISITE: Eligibility for admission to the MSc(OT) program introduction to theory and epistemology underlying qualitative and
quantitative research methods distinguishing between naturalistic and
OCCU 5007.03: Research Approaches for experimental approaches. It then focuses on the development and
Occupational Therapists. application of theoretical approaches to research. Goals of the class are to
This class introduces theories and epistemologies underlying positivist develop facility in designing and pursuing research projects, encouraging
and naturalist (quantitative and qualitative) approaches to research, students to become critical, independent researchers. In addition to
particularly focusing on the issues that arise for research on occupation completing research assignments relating to both qualitative and
and in occupational therapy. We explore tensions between objectivity and quantitative methods and analysis, students will prepare a proposal which
subjectivity, the value of standardized measures, insider/ outsider issues may serve as a first draft of their thesis proposal, giving particular
unique to clinician-researchers, concerns about inclusion/ exclusion, attention to epistemology, methodology, and ethical considerations.
ethical issues in research, and particularly power concerns inherent in Students are encouraged in this class to develop a facility with
research. We examine the epistemological and methodological ‘fit’ of quantitative and qualitative methods and statistics packages that will
various research approaches with occupational therapy, asking how benefit their thesis research or interests in evidence-based practice.
research may best move the profession forward. The focus in this course is TECHNOLOGY & SOFTWARE: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for
on critical appraisal of the social, political, economic, and ethical matters current technology requirements. Other software may be required at the
that shape the research enterprise. The aim is to develop astute consumers discretion of the instructor.
and critics of scholarly research. INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Warner
TECHNOLOGY: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for current technology FORMAT: Distance, on-line, BLS
requirements PREREQUISITE: Qualified occupational therapists; other graduate and
INSTRUCTOR(S): TBA SSGS students by permission of the instructor
PREREQUISITE: Eligibility for admission to the MSc (OT) program

OCCU 5040.03: Identity and Transitions. TECHNOLOGY & SOFTWARE: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for
People craft identities from what they do and within the social relations of current technology requirements.
which they are part, and these identities shift and change as people move INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Stadnyk
through their lives and experience their worlds and find new ways to FORMAT: Distance, on-line, BLS
present themselves. This internet-based class explores discourses and PREREQUISITE: OCCU 5010.03, Qualified Occupational Therapists and
narratives of identity construction with particular focus on gender, permission by instructor
culture, occupation and meaning, and on transitions both physical or
social.
OCCU 5111.02: Fieldwork I (90 hr) (January – April).
TECHNOLOGY & SOFTWARE: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for Students gain first hand experience of the personal and social forces that
current technology requirements. influence occupational development, participation and engagement of
FORMAT: Distance, on-line, BLS individuals and groups in the Halifax Regional Municipality. Weekly
PREREQUISITE: Open to graduate students in any field. learning activities from the School and student generated learning
objectives provide a structure for developing core professional skills of
OCCU 5041.03: Evidence-Based Occupational observation, occupational assessment and occupational analysis, enabling
Therapy. approaches, professional conduct, communication and professional
reasoning. Students take responsibility for their own learning consistent
This class provides students with the opportunity to examine and critique
with the School's educational philosophy of experiential learning.
evidence-based practice and its application to occupational therapy. Using
Students perform learning activities in different community organizations
readings, online exercises, and discussion, students analyze the principles
in conjunction with on site supervision, peer support, and group tutorials
underlying evidence-based practice, learn methods to critically appraise
with licensed occupational therapists. Tutorials guide students in critical
the literature, and integrate these methods into occupational therapy
reflection on the relationships between their fieldwork experience,
practice. This course has 2 sections, one in each of the masters programs
academic learning, personal background and prior assumptions.
using different teaching formats. Please check with the School before
enrolling to ensure you are in the appropriate section.
requirements
TECHNOLOGY & SOFTWARE: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for
INSTRUCTOR(S): TBA
current technology requirements.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Versnel
PREREQUISITE: Eligibility for admission to the MSc (OT) program
FORMAT: Onsite and distance, BLS
PREREQUISITE: Qualified occupational therapists; other graduate and ANAT 5217.06: Functional Human Anatomy.
SSGS students by permission of the instructor Graduate students entering the MSc(OT) program will cover a full-credit
OCCU 5042.03: Community Development for (6 credit hours) of gross and neuroanatomy and histology of the human
body through the use of lectures, anatomical specimens and
Occupational Therapists. demonstrations. The focus is on functional anatomy and neurological
This class explores community development as a distinctive domain of control of the head, limbs and back and on the organization of sensory and
practice for occupational therapists. A wellness and community motor systems. Laboratory study includes osteology, living (surface)
development approach in enabling and facilitating systemic and anatomy and learning from anatomical specimens about musculo-skeletal,
community building is offered within the contexts of primary health care, innervation and vasculature anatomy used in the performance of daily
health promotion and community development philosophy and in life. Emphasis is on critical thinking, and the self-directed use of web-
particular, the Ottawa and Jakarta Declaration of Health Promotion as based, video, and other modular resources.
guides for reflective practice. Practical and professional integrated skills INSTRUCTOR(S): Currie, R. W.
and knowledge are developed. FORMAT: Lecture, seminar, discussion, lab, term paper, etc.
TECHNOLOGY & SOFTWARE: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for PREREQUISITE: ANAT 1010 or equivalent
current technology requirements.
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. do Rozario OCCU 5222.06: Fieldwork II (337.5 hr) (May – June).
FORMAT: Distance, on-line, BLS Students focus on the broad scope of occupational therapy practice in
PREREQUISITE: Qualified occupational therapists; other graduate and mental and physical health practice settings and in rural and remote
SSGS students by permission of the instructor locations. Students develop a clear professional identity and learn to
describe and justify their professional reasoning through the full process
OCCU 5043.03: Program Evaluation for Occupational of occupational therapy practice. Occupational therapist preceptors
Therapists. provide supervision, direct, concrete feedback and frequent coaching
This class covers the key issues involved in undertaking program sessions.
planning and evaluation. This is a knowledge and skill development TECHNOLOGY: Access to internet and e-mail is strongly recommended
course that covers such topics as: the purpose and rationale for evaluation; during fieldwork courses.
models of evaluation with an emphasis on collaborative (client-centred) INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Saunders
approaches; types (Evaluability assessment, process & outcome, FORMAT: nine weeks of full-time fieldwork learning in Atlantic Canada
summative & formative); stages and ethical issues. following orientation in the academic setting
This course has 2 sections, one in each of the masters programs using PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of MSc (OT) Year 1 courses,
different teaching formats. Please check with the school before enrolling to including OCCU 5111 Fieldwork I; or by permission of the instructor.
ensure that you are in the appropriate section.
TECHNOLOGY & SOFTWARE: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for OCCU 5501.03/5502.03/5503.03/5504.03: Graduate
current technology requirements. Reading.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Brown (Post Professional)/and (MScOT) In a reading class, the student works with a full-time, part-time, or an
FORMAT: Distance, on-line, BLS Adjunct faculty of Dalhousie’s School of Occupational Therapy, who is
PREREQUISITE: Qualified occupational therapists; other graduate and also a member of the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The student and faculty
SSGS students by permission of the instructor member submit a discussion schedule and planned assignments and
grading criteria for approval by the School’s Graduate Program
OCCU 5050.03: Public Dialogue on Occupations and Committee. Available in all four terms (Fall, Winter, Spring, and Summer),
Enablement. the goal is for an individual graduate student to design, critique, debate,
This is a ‘capstone’ class, and constitutes the major paper requirement of and complete a program of reading on a selected topic or area.
the distance education, coursework post-professional MSc program. FORMAT: e-mail, posted mail, audioconference, videoconference, web-
Students develop a public presentation and publishable manuscript to based learning, as selected by student and instructor.
stimulate public dialogue on occupations and enablement.

OCCU 6000.02: Applied Research I. occupational therapy. It introduces basic pharmacological principles and
This is the first part of the major project course for the entry-level Master includes information on drug delivery, pharmacokinetics and metabolism.
of Science (occupational Therapy) program. The students choose from a Students learn to use commonly available resources to investigate drugs.
list of possible scholarly projects related to occupational science, INSTRUCTOR(S): K. B. S. Pasumarthi
occupational therapy, and/or related fields. Together with a faculty FORMAT: Lecture
member, student teams will negotiate the project to be undertaken, PREREQUISITE: Inroductory Physiology (Physiology 2030 or its
develop a theoretical rational for thr project, conduct an in-depth literature equivalent), Functional Human Anatomt (ANAT 5217.06) or
review, design and/or defend the methodology and conduct the project. permission from course instructors.
FORMAT: BLS, Seminars, Team meetings with faculty member and group COREQUISITE: Enabling 3 (OCCU 6001.05), Neuroscience for
seminars. Occupational Therapy (OCCU 6140.03), Applied Research I (OCCU
PREREQUISITE: OCCU 5007.03 Research Approaches for Occupational 6000.02), or permission from course instructors
Therapists, OCCU 5043.03 Program Evaluation for Occupational
Therapists and Admission to the MSc (OT) program; or special student
OCCU 6140.06: Neuroscience for Occupational
status with permission of instructor and the Faculty of Graduate Therapy.
Studies. This course provide students with the foundational nuerosience
knowledge and application of human neuroanatomy and
OCCU 6001.05: Enabling Occupation 3. neurophysiology concepts for occupational therapy practice. Emphasis
This course will build upon the practice knowledge and skills developed will be placed on functional neuroscience of brain systems experiencing
in enabling 2 by introducing the student to the neurological and cognitive common neurological challenges, and involves work in microanatomy,
aspects of occupational performance across the lifespan. Focus will be on gross anatomy, and neurophysiology of the brain and spinal cord.
the occupational therapy process of pactice with clients experiencing INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Mackenzie, Ron A. Leslie, D. Rasmussen
complex occupational performance issues. FORMAT: Lecture, Lab, Seminar
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Mackenzie PREREQUISITE: Introductory physiology (physiology 2030 or its
FORMAT: Lecture & Lab equivalent), Functional Human Anatomy (OCCU 5217.06) and
PREREQUISITE: Completion of Year 1 of the MSc (OT) program, or by successful completion of year 1 program; or permission from course
permission of the instructor instructors.
OCCU 6002.03: Social Influences on Occupational OCCU 6222.06: Fieldwork IV.

Performance. Students focus on consolidating and refining core competencies, reflecting
This course explores the ways occupational meaning, engagement and on practice, and seeking new challenges, while integrating theory,
performance are shaped by 'social location' - the experiences, values, research, enabling principles and principles of evidence based practice
assumptions, expectations that arise out of such factors as our race, class, through the full process of practice. Students become independent in
gender, sexual orientation, culture, age, ability/disability. We explore how working with individual, group and organizational clients and
these factors affect therapy and occupation for both clients and therapists. demonstrate clinical confidence and consistency in making sound
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Beagan professional decisions and judgments in preparation for entering
FORMAT: Seminar professional practice. Occupational therapist preceptors provide minimal
PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of year 1 and year 2, Fall and guidance and coaching.
Winter terms, MSc (OT); or by permission of the instructor. TECHNOLOGY: Access to internet and e-mail is strongly recommended
during fieldwork courses
OCCU 6003.03: Advanced Practice Issues. INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Saunders
This class builds skills in critical analysis, evidence-based professional FORMAT: Eight weeks of full-time fieldwork learning in Canada or
reasoning, presentation, and synthesizing previous knowledge into internationally following orientation in the academic setting.
current practice. Using current issues in health and occupational therapy PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of MSc (OT) Year 1 courses, Year
practice, the required exercise of reflecting, reasoning, determing, a 2 Fall term courses and OCCU 6111; or by permission of the Instructor.
personal perspective and developing a plan of action strengthens current
and life-long learning patterns. OCCU 6501.03: Special Topics in health, healthcare,
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Grass and social services.
FORMAT: lectures, Lab, Discussion This seminar consists of an intensive examination of a selected substantive
PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of year 1 MSc(OT) courses and issue of concern broadly in health, well-being, health care and social
year 2, fall and Winter terms; or by permission of the instructor. services. In particular attention will be given to practice, policy, economic
and/or sociocultural issues that arise in diverse contexts. The class will
OCCU 6111.06: Fieldwork III. encourage interdisciplinary and interprofessional perspectives. Since the
Students focus on developing competence and confidence in integrating specific topic or issue which receives special treatment will differ from
theory, research, enabling principles and principles of evidence based year to year, students are advised to consult the School prior to
practice through the full process of practice with clients experiencing registration.
complex occupational performance issues across the life span, and with FORMAT: Seminar
groups and organizations. Students practice in a safe manner and begin to
make a meaningful contribution as a team member. Occupational OCCU 6502.03: Special Topics: Advance Data
therapist preceptors provide periodic or occasional coaching. Analysis.
TECHNOLOGY: Access to internet and e-mail is strongly recommended This is an advanced graduate course in the theory, techniques and issues
during fieldwork courses of qualitative data analysis. The course is aimed at graduate students who
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Saunders have completed a qualitative course or a course with a qualitative
FORMAT: eight weeks of full-time fieldwork learning in Canada or component, and who are at a stage in their graduate career to begin data
internationally following orientation in the academic setting. analysis. Data with which to work in the course is required prior to
PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of MSc(OT) Year 1 and Year 2 Fall beginning the course. The course is intended to give students an
term courses, or by permission of the Instructor. orientation to a number of methods of data analysis, in addition to a
critical and reflexive understanding of the issues related to various
OCCU 6130.01: Pharmacology for Occupational methodologies and their techniques of analysis.
Therapists. TECHNOLOGY: Consult http://www.dal.ca/ilo for current technology
The course provides students with relevant and comprehensive requirements
information on how contemporary drug therapies, including some FORMAT: Distance, on-line, BLS
alternative natural/herbal remidies, can affect patients receiving

OCCU 6600.01: Applied Research II.
This is the second part of the major project course for the entry-level
Master of Science (Occupational Therapy) program. The students have
completed a scholarly project related to occupational science, occupational
therapy, and/or related fields supervised by a faculty member. Together
with the faculty member, the students will complete a report and
disseminate the outcome of the project with their team to a relevant
audience. Oceanography
FORMAT: BLS, Seminars, Team meetings with faculty member and group
seminars Location: Life Sciences Centre
PREREQUISITE: OCCU 6000.02 1355 Oxford Street
Halifax, NS B3H 4J1
OCCU 9001.18: Thesis. Telephone: (902) 494-3557
The thesis requires original research at the master's level. Basic or applied Fax: (902) 494-3877
research using qualitative or quantitative methodologies will be Email: Oceanography@Dal.Ca
conducted as appropriate. Thesis supervision by distance will involve Website: http://www.dal.ca/oceanography
email, telephone, post, teleconference or other communication as
appropriate. Chair of Department
RESTRICTION: MSc (OT-Post-Professional) Thesis stream students Boudreau, P.
Graduate Studies Coordinator

Kelley, D.
Professors Emeriti
Bowen, A.J., MA (Cantab), PhD (Scripps), FRSC. Physical oceanography,
nearshore dynamics, sediment transport.
Fournier, R.O., MSc (Wm. & Mary), PhD (URI). Biological oceanography
Mills, E.L., BSc (Carl.), MS, PhD (Yale), FLS. Benthic ecology, history of
oceanography
Professors
Beaumont, C., BSc (Sussex), PhD (Dal), Canada Research Chair.
Geodynamics
Bentzen, P., BSc (McGill), MSc (UBC), PhD (McGill) (cross appointment
with Biology), DFO Chair Fisheries Resource Conservation Genetics.
Boudreau, B.P.,BSc (UNB), MS (Texas A & M), MPhil, PhD (Yale).
Diagenesis, sediment-water exchange, modelling
Cullen, J., AB (Calif, Santa Cruz), PhD (Scripps) (NSERC/Satlantic
Research Chair, Killam Chair in Ocean Studies) Phytoplankton
processes, optical measurements, effects of ultraviolet radiation
Grant, J., BSc (Duke), PhD (South Carolina). Benthic ecology, shellfisheries
Greatbatch, R.J., BSc (Liverpool), PhD (Cambridge) (NSERC/MARTEC/
AES Research Chair). Ocean atmosphere dynamics.
Hay, A., BSc, MSc (Western), PhD (UBC). Physical oceanography, ocean
acoustics
Hill, P.S., AB (Dartmouth), MSc, PhD (Wash). Fine sediment transport,
particle aggregation.
Lewis, M.R., BS, MS (Maryland), PhD (Dal). Biological oceanography,
marine ecosystem modelling
Louden, K.E., BA (Oberlin), MEd. (Temple), PhD (MIT). Marine
geophysics
Moore, R.M., BA (Oxon.), PhD (Southampton). Chemical oceanography,
low molecular weight halocarbons in the marine environment
Ruddick, B.R., BSc (Victoria), PhD (MIT). Physical oceanography
Thompson, K.R., BSc, MSc (Manchester), PhD (Liv), jointly with Math and
Statistics, Canada Research Chair. Physical oceanography/climatology
Folkins, I., BSc (Dal), MSc, PhD (Toronto), cross appointment with Physics.
Stratospheric ozone modelling, atmospheric chemistry.
Kelley, D., BSc (MtA), PhD (Dal). Ocean mixing, deep convection, double
diffusion, arctic mixing
Metaxas, A., BSc (McGill), MSc (UBC), PhD (Dal), (NSERC UFA). Benthic
ecology, larval biology, deep-sea biology, community ecology
Sheng, J., BSc (East China Technical Univ), MSc, PhD (MUN), (NSERC/
AES/MARTEC) Industrial Research Chair). Shelf circulation, ocean
modelling, data assimilation
Taggart, C.T., BSc (Carleton), MSc (York), PhD (McGill). Fisheries
oceanography and early life history phenomena, biological-physical
interactions, population genetics
Thomas, H., MSc (Dusseldorf), PhD (Rostock). Chemical oceanography,
marine carbon cycles, coastal seas.
Oceanography 217
Assistant Professors B. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Fennel, K., MSc, PhD (Rostock). Biogeochemical Modelling (Canada For minimum time required to complete this program, see the Faculty of
Research Chair) Graduate Studies regulations in this calendar. Students must complete at
Gentleman, W.C., BEng (McGill), PhD (Dartmouth) (Cross appointment least 6 graduate level courses, including at least two Oceanography
with Enginering Mathemataics). Marine ecosystem modelling introductory core courses (5110.03 to 5140.03) outside the student’s sub-
Kienast, M., BSc (Clausthal), MSc (Keil), PhD (UBC) (CIAR Scholar). discipline. Candidates are expected to meet an extra qualifying criterion.
Paleoceanography, stable isotope geochemistry Consult the Oceanography Graduate Handbook for details.
Ross, T., BSc, PhD (Manitoba) (NSERC UFA). Acoustics, turbulence, bio-
physical interactions. Candidates must write and defend a proposal for thesis research.
Adjunct Professors Research and a thesis are required.

Azetsu-Scott, K., BSc, MSc (Japan), PhD (Dal), Ocean circulation section,
BIO, climate change, tracer studies and carbon cycles. III. Class Descriptions
Cranford, P., BSc, PhD (Dal), BIO, Marine Environmental Sciences Not all classes are offered every year. Please consult timetable upon
Division. Growth, reproduction and survival of bivalve molluscs registration.
DiBacco, C., BSc, MSc (Dal), PhD (Scripps), BIO, Marine invertebrates.
Frank, K.T., BSc, PhD (Toledo), Dept. of Fisheries & Ocean, BIO OCEA 5110.03: Geological Oceanography.
Population dynamics, stock assessment, fisheries oceanography This class is intended to give a broad survey of topics in marine geology
recruitment and geophysics for new students in Oceanography at a graduate level. No
Hellou, J., BSc (Montreal), MSc, PhD (UBC), Marine Environmental previous background in geology or geophysics is required. The class
Sciences Division, BIO. Organic chemistry content covers recent methods and observations with quantitative
Huismans, R., MSc, PhD (Vrije). Finite element modelling, sedimentary applications to an understanding of geophysical and geological processes.
basin and passive margin formation, subduction. Some topics covered in Part I are plate tectonics and seismic, heat flow,
Johnson, B., BEng (North Carolina), PhD (Dal), Gas exchange; bubbles gravity and magnetic methods. In Part 2 patterns and processes of
Li, W., BSc (UBC), PhD (Dal). Marine microbiology. sediment transport and deposition are explored. Some laboratory
Mosher, D.C., BSc (Acadia), MSc (MUN), PhD (Dal), GSC Atlantic (BIO). exercises augment the lectures, including a field cruise to Bedford Basin.
Marine geological hazards Third year and honors undergraduates only will be admitted by consent
Oakey, N.S, BSc (McGill), MSc (Sask), PhD (McMaster), BIO. Physical of the instructor.
oceanography, mixing processes in the ocean, instrumentation related INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Louden
to mixing processes CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4110.03
Piper, D.J.W., BA, MA, PhD (Cantab), BIO. Marine sedimentology
Ritchie, H., BSc (MtA), BA (Oxford), MSc, PhD (McGill). Numerical OCEA 5120.03: Physical Oceanography.
methods for atmosphere and oceans, atmosphere-ocean coupling, This class explores the physical forces driving the oceans, and describes
environmental prediction the responses of ocean water to these forces. Scales of ocean motion
Sathyendranath, S., BSc (St. Teresa’s College), PhD (Univ. P.&M. Curie). discussed range from currents of oceanic dimensions, like the Gulf Stream,
Optical oceanography, remote sensing of ocean colour, marine primary through tides and waves, down to very small-scale random movements of
production. water known as turbulence. This class takes a quantitative approach in
Smith, P.C., BSc MS (Brown), PhD (MIT/Woods Hole Oceanography Inst), which equations describing the fluid motions and phenomena are derived,
Atlantic Oceanographic Laboratory, BIO. Continental shelf dynamics, analyzed and discussed. Quantitative problem-solving is emphasized in
air-sea interaction, data assimilation assignments.
Vezina, A., BSc (Laval), PhD (McGill), BIO, Ocean Sciences Division. INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Kelley
Ecosystem modeling, physical-biological modeling CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4120.03
Wright, D.G., BSc (Laurentian), PhD (UBC), Atlantic Oceanographic
Laboratory, BIO. Climate dynamics, coastal oceanography, geophysical OCEA 5130.03: Chemical Oceanography.
fluid dynamics. This class covers the major and minor constituents of sea water, the
controls on its chemical composition, nutrient cycling, gas exchange, and
Adjunct Research Associate the influence of the oceans on atmospheric chemistry. Other topics
Hanson, J.M., MSc (Ottawa), PhD (McGill), Gulf Fisheries Centre, DFO included are chemical tracers, and radiochemical dating methods, stable
isotope studies, chemical speciation and chemical models of sea water.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R.M. Moore
I. Admission Requirements CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4130.03
A good Honours degree, or its equivalent, is required for admission to the
Oceanography Department. OCEA 5140.03: Biological Oceanography.
Biological oceanography is a quantitative science. Its goal is to describe
Undergraduate preparation may be in any of the basic sciences - Biology,
how physical, chemical and biological processes interact to determine the
Chemistry, Physics or Geology. Degrees in Atmospheric Science,
species composition, biogeochemical activities, and trophic structure of
Meteorology, Mathematics or Engineering are also acceptable if the
marine communities. At the conclusion of this introduction to biological
undergraduate work includes a reasonably good background in relevant
oceanography, students should possess a basic knowledge of biological
basic science.
oceanographic processes, and how they interact with the Earth’s physical
II. Degree Programs and chemical environment. Outstanding problems currently facing
biological oceanographers and earth systems scientists will be discussed,
A. Master of Science (MSc) as will current attempts and methodologies to address them. Students will
demonstrate their accomplishment of these objectives by satisfactory
For minimum time required to complete this program, see the Faculty of performance on two examinations, completion of assignments including
Graduate Studies Regulations in this calendar.
quantitative problem solving, and satisfactory participation in class
Minimum class requirements are a total of 5 half-credit classes at the 5000 discussion. Students should be competent in mathematics through
level or higher, at least three of which must be chosen from the calculus.
introductory classes (5110.03-5140.03). INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Cullen
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4140.03, BIOL 4661.03, 5661.03, MARI 4661.03
Additional classes may be required to strengthen a student's background
in basic science.
Research and a thesis are required.
218 Oceanography
OCEA 5160.03: Fisheries Oceanography. context of interactions with physical and chemical oceanographic
Students who are not competent with fundamental population dynamics, processes. Emphasis is on the current literature.
ecology, physical oceanography, calculus, statistics, and computerized INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Lewis/J. Cullen
analysis should not enroll. The class focuses on the ecology of marine fish CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4230.03, MARI 4662.03, BIOL 4662.03
(including significant advances made in freshwater systems) from an
oceanographic perspective and on the biotic and abiotic influences on
OCEA 5240.03: Special Topics in Physical
marine fish population dynamics and production, distribution and Oceanography.
abundance. Lectures include reproduction, early life history, feeding, 1-4 “topics” are taught based on the needs of students in the graduate
growth, metabolism, mortality, and recruitment variability and program. Each “topic” is taught by a suitable faculty member through a
forecasting. Emphasis is placed on: 1) the hydrological and meteorological combination of lectures, problem assignments, directed reading and group
processes influencing the above; and on 2) the primary literature, current discussion. Potential topics include: Turbulence and mixing, Data
problems and hypotheses, and fruitful research directions, approaches Assimilation, Advanced Data Analysis Techniques, Observational
and techniques. Some emphasis is also placed on the application of Technologies, Climate Dynamics, Nonlinear Dynamics, Instabilities.
scientific insights to fishery management techniques. Students are INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Ross
required to write a primary publication-style research paper. FORMAT: Lecture/Seminar
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Taggart PREREQUISITE: Permission of instructor
CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 4369.03, OCEA 4160.03, MARI 4369.03
OCEA 5250.03: Acoustical Oceanography.
OCEA 5210.03: Time Series Analysis in This class covers the basic theory of sound propagation and scattering in
Oceanography and Meteorology. the ocean environment, and the applications to acoustic remote sensing of
Time series analysis in both the time and frequency domain is introduced. the ocean interior. The areas of application include: physical
The class is applied and students are required to develop their own oceanography, biological and fisheries oceanography, and marine
computer programs in the analysis of time series drawn from real geophysics and geology. This class is open to students with backgrounds
problems. Topics to be discussed include the nature of time series, in the life and environmental sciences, as well as in the physical sciences
stationarity, auto and cross covariance functions, the Box-Jenkins and engineering.
approach to model identification and fitting, power and cross spectra and INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Hay
the analysis of linear time-invariant relationships between pairs of series. CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4250.03
INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Thompson OCEA 5285.03: Marine Biogeochemical Processes.
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4210.03, STAT 5390.03, STAT 4390.03
This advanced class is designed for students interested in cutting-edge
OCEA 5220.03: Numerical Modelling of Atmospheres developments in marine biogeochemistry on time-scales ranging from
seasonal to glacial-interglacial. Topics to be discussed include carbon and
and Oceans. nutrient distributions and cycling, linkages between climate and marine
This class is designed to give the student an in-depth knowledge of biogeochemistry and their perturbations during the Anthropocene. The
numerical modelling techniques for simulation of atmospheric and ocean students will perform a guided literature survey and present selected
circulations. Topics include finite difference, finite element and spectral topics during classes.
methods for solving partial differential equations; accuracy and stability INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Thomas/M. Kienast
analysis of numerical schemes: a brief introduction to data assimilation FORMAT: Seminar
and ensemble prediction methods; and boundary treatment for ocean PREREQUISITE: OCEA 4130.03/5130.03, OCEA 4140.03/5140.03
models.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Sheng OCEA 5290.03: Advanced Chemical Oceanography.
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4220.03 This class presents topics that are at the cutting-edge of research in
chemical oceanography, taught as 3-4 self-contained modules. Example
OCEA 5221.03: Ocean Dynamics. topics include, the oceanic C02 system and its relation to climate change,
An advanced class for graduate students in Physical Oceanography and chemical reactions in sediments and the consequent exchange of chemicals
Atmospheric Science that studies the basic equations governing rotating with the ocean, photochemistry in the upper ocean, and inferring the
geophysical flows, plus applications. Topics include geostrophy, chemistry of ancient oceans through the isotope record in sediments.
conservation of potential vorticity, quasi-geostrophic dynamics, waves of INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Moore
frequency f, response to surface forcing (steady and unsteady), baroclinic/ CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4290.03
barotropic instability, quasi and semi-geostrophic frontogenesis, and
tropical dynamics. OCEA 5292.03: Chemical Methods in Oceanography.
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Ruddick This class provides a more detailed account of analytical methods used in
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4221.03 chemical oceanography. Included are the procedures for precise
measurement of parameters of the inorganic carbon system in seawater,
OCEA 5222.03: Estuary, Coast and Shelf Dynamics. total inorganic carbon, alkalinity, partial pressure of carbon dioxide. Gas
An advanced class in the physical processes operative on the continental chromatography, mass spectrometry, stable isotope measurement and
shelf. Topics include long waves, tides, tidal mixing, thermohaline radiochemical methods will be covered. Emphasis is on techniques which
circulation, wind forcing, upwelling, etc. are available either in our own laboratories or at neighboring institutions.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Sheng INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Thomas
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4222.03
OCEA 5293.03: Advanced Marine Particles.
OCEA 5223.03: Ocean Waves. A firm grasp of the processes governing transport of particles in the sea
This class will consider at an advanced theoretical level, several types of forms a basis for understanding key aspects of the marine carbon cycle,
waves known to be important in the ocean, and use concepts like group ocean productivity, and pollutant dispersal. It is also fundamental to the
velocity and wave refraction to link them. We plan to cover surface and interpretation of ancient and modern sedimentary deposits. To build
internal gravity waves, Rossby and topographic shelf waves, and various understanding of marine particles this class explores the various roles of
problems related to refraction and interactions with currents. particles in the sea and the processes that govern them. Topics to be
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Hay covered include sources and types of marine particles, methods of particle
OCEA 5230.03: Biology of Phytoplankton. characterization, patterns of vertical flux, vertical distribution of particles
in the ocean, particle size distributions, settling velocities, mass transfer to
The role of phytoplankton as primary producers of organic material in the
sea, and as agents of biogeochemical transformations, explored in the
Oceanography 219
and from small particles, mechanics of particle contact, surface chemistry, unresolved processes, numerical representation of ordinary or partial
and erosion, deposition and transport. differential equations, model validation and fundamental limits to
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Hill predictability and frequency domain analysis. Students are given the
opportunity to study special topics in the current literature, e.g., prey-
OCEA 5311.03: Fluid Dynamics I. predator models, spatial patchiness models, models of the biomass size
An introduction to the theory of fluid dynamics, with some emphasis on spectrum, models of pollutant dispersal, etc.
geophysically important aspects. Contents: tensor mathematics, flow INSTRUCTOR(S): K. Fennel
kinematics, equations of motion, viscous flow, potential flow, convection, CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4380.03
turbulence, and basic aerodynamics. Occasional reference will be made to
current research topics, especially those in Physical Oceanography. OCEA 5411.03: Atmospheric Dynamics I.
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Ross See course description for PHYC 5411.03 in the Physics and Atmospheric
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4311.03, PHYC 4311.03/5311.03 Science section of this calendar.
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Duck
OCEA 5330.03: Benthic Ecology. CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4411.03, PHYC 4411.03/5411.03
An advanced level graduate class concentrating on the major problems of
benthic ecology, such as how food is supplied to benthic animals, what OCEA 5412.03: Atmospheric Dynamics II.
factors control the structure of biological communities, and how the See course description for PHYC 5412.03 in the Physics and Atmospheric
benthos is related to geomicrobiological processes in the sediments. The Science section of this calendar.
class is heavily oriented to the current literature. Classes consist of two INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Duck
lectures per week and one journal paper discussion session. The last 3 CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4412.03, PHYC 4412.03/5412.03
weeks of the class are devoted to a class research project. Students are
required to have a background in ecology, statistics, and invertebrate OCEA 5500.03: Atmospheric Physics I.
zoology. See course description for PHYC 5500.03 in the Physics and Atmospheric
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Grant Science section of this calendar.
CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 4666.03, OCEA 4330.03 INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Duck
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4500.03, PHYC 4500.03/5500.03
OCEA 5331.03: History of Marine Science.
This class describes the development of the marine sciences from OCEA 5510.03: Atmospheric Physics II.
biological, chemical, physical and geological knowledge going back to the See course description for PHYC 5510.03 in the Physics and Atmospheric
17th century or earlier. It includes the important voyages of exploration, Science section of this calendar.
the development of marine biology, ocean circulation and plate tectonics, INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Lesins
also the importance of technological changes upon marine science. CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4510.03, PHYC 4510.03/5510.03
INSTRUCTOR(S): E.L. Mills
CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 4664.03, HIST 3073.03, HSTC 3331.03, OCEA OCEA 5520.03: Introduction to Atmospheric Science.
4331.03, SCIE 4001.03, MARI 4664.03 See course description for PHYC 5520.03 in the Physics and Atmospheric
Science section of this calendar.
OCEA 5335.03: Environmental Impacts in Marine INSTRUCTOR(S): I. Folkins
Ecosystems. CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4520.03, PHYC 4520.03/5520.03
Marine environments are subject to a variety of environmental impacts OCEA 5541.03: Synoptic Meteorology I.
caused by resource extraction and utilization as well as waste disposal.
See course description for PHYC 5540.03 in the Physics and Atmospheric
These impacts arise from oil and gas production, ocean dumping, coastal
habitat alteration and eutrophication, effluent inputs, urbanization,
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Ford
shipping, fisheries, and aquaculture. This class will review the effects of
these types of activities on marine environments, with a focus on
ecosystem level influences including dispersion, elemental fluxes, benthic OCEA 5550.03: Synoptic Meteorology II.
impacts, food webs, and biodiversity. Approaches to quantifying these
processes and predicting impacts will be explored. Specifically, simulation
modelling of impacts and eco-systems will be undertaken using Stella
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Miller
graphical modelling software as well as other tools. The class will examine
practical solutions to environmental assessment, monitoring, and
prediction using modelling, data collection, and analysis. Classes will OCEA 5570.03: Light Scattering, Radiative Transfer ,
include lectures, modelling examples (computer projection), and
and Remote Sensing.
discussion of research papers. Class requirements will consist of problem
sets and a student modelling project. The equations of radiative transfer through the atmosphere will be
developed and used. Special topics include transfer of infrared radiation,
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Grant
Mie scattering, absorption by atmospheric gases and aerosols, transfer
through clear and cloudy atmospheres. Also remote sensing techniques
OCEA 5370.03: Deep Sea Biology. and radiative transfer models are covered.
The class examines the biology of organisms inhabiting deep sea INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Martin
environments. We will explore physiological adaptations to the physical, CROSS-LISTING: PHYC 5570.03
chemical and geological environmental characteristics; describe spatial
OCEA 5575.03: Topics in Atmospheric Radiation.
and temporal distributional patterns of the biological assemblages;
examine regulatory factors of these patterns, such as ocean circulation, See course description for PHYC 6575.03 in the Physics and Atmospheric
food availability, reproduction and recruitment; and delve into habitats of
CROSS-LISTING: PHYC 6575.03
special interest such as hydrothermal vents and cold seeps.
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Metaxas OCEA 5580.03: Cloud Physics.
CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 4370.03, OCEA 4370.03
OCEA 5380.03: Marine Modelling. Science section of this calendar.
A graduate level survey of modelling techniques applied to biological-
CROSS-LISTING: PHYC 6580.03
physical problems in oceanography. Lecture material includes:
philosophy of modelling, dimensional analysis, parameterization of
220 Oceanography
OCEA 5595.03: Atmospheric Chemistry.
This class will discuss the reactions that govern the distribution of
chemical species in the troposphere and stratosphere. It will include such
topics as the ozone layer and the reasons for its depletion over Antarctica,
the formation of acid rain, and photochemical smog. It is desirable for
students taking this class to have taken “Introduction to Meteorology”
previously or have some other previous exposure to Atmospheric Science.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Martin Oil and Gas Engineering
Location: Sexton Campus (A108)
OCEA 5680.03: Ecosystem Modelling of Marine and Telephone: (902) 494-1288
Freshwater Environments. Fax: (902) 494-3149
Students develop and apply mathematical models of marine and Email: oil.gas.engineering@Dal.ca
freshwater ecosystems to study biological production, biogeochemical Website: www.dal.ca/engineering/oilandgas
cycling etc. Lectures provide theoretical background for coupling nutrient Graduate Coordinators (Engineering Departments)
and plankton dynamics, including parameterizing biological processes
See calendar entries for Civil Engineering, Electrical and Computer
and physical effects. Computer sessions provide hands-on modelling
Engineering, Engineering Mathematics, Industrial Engineering,
experience. Students also critique literature and conduct an independent
Mechanical Engineering, or Process Engineering and Applied Science.
research project.
INSTRUCTOR(S): W. Gentleman Faculty
CROSS-LISTING: ENGM 6680.03, ENGM 4680.03 Faculty members with appointments in the various departments of the
Faculty of Engineering are directly involved in teaching and research
OCEA 6500.03: Graduate Seminar in Tectonics. activities in oil and gas engineering.
A lecture and seminar class on quantitative aspects of tectonics that Gagnon, G.A., (PhD Waterloo; PEng). Civil Engineering. Environmental
focuses on plate boundary processes on geological timescales. engineering and management for offshore oil and gas activities.
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Beaumont/R.A. Jamieson Islam, R., (PhD Alberta; PEng). Enhanced oil recovery. Environmental
CROSS-LISTING: ERTH 6500.03 impact of oil and gas production. Greenhouse gas mitigation.
Pelot, R.P., (PhD Waterloo; PEng). Industrial Engineering. Marine risk
OCEA 9000.00: MSc Thesis.
analysis; environmental management; resource economics; scheduling
OCEA 9530.00: PhD Thesis. and planning.
Rockwell, M.C., (PhD TUNS; PEng). Petroleum engineering, reservoir
In addition to the weekly oceanographic departmental seminar, each of
engineering, mine and waste management, mine production
the oceanographic subdisciplines has a regular seminar in its specialty. At
engineering, ocean mining.
the seminar, topics of specific interest are discussed and examined.
Taheri, F., (PhD TUNS; PEng).Civil Engineering. Advanced composite
Students are required to attend both the general departmental seminar
materials, finite element methods (elastic, plastic), fracture mechanics.
and the specialty seminar in their field of interest.
Oil and gas pipelines.
Yuet, P., (PhD MIT; PEng). Chemical Engineering. Characteristics of
complex fluids, colloids and surfactants. Chemical engineering
thermodynamics. Oil and gas exploration techniques.
Zou, D.H, (PhD UBC; PEng). Mining Engineering. Rock mechanics.
Ground support and stability control, tailings disposal. Well drilling
and completion, mud disposal and handling.
I. Introduction
The “Oil and Gas Engineering Program” of the Faculty of Engineering
encompasses a broad range of education and research activities relating to
the oil and gas industry. The Program is supported by expertise,
experience and resources drawn from all of the departments in the Faculty
of Engineering.
II. Degree Programs

The Master of Engineering (Petroleum Engineering) Degree Program is
available to graduate professional engineers seeking a thorough
introduction to the field of petroleum engineering (see Petroleum
Engineering entry for details). Contact the Graduate Coordinator for
Petroleum Engineering regarding matters relating to this degree program.
Research degree opportunities in oil and gas engineering are available
through the various disciplinary departments of the Faculty of
Engineering. The Master of Applied Science (MASc) Degree Programs
offered by the departments (e.g. Civil, Mechanical Engineering, or Process
Engineering and Applied Science) are open to engineering and science
graduates seeking an introduction to petroleum engineering along with
acquiring research expertise. The curricula for these programs consist of
core courses, approved electives, and a research thesis. Each student’s
program of studies is designed to suit his or her background, interests and
research project area. Students completing the MASc degree or equivalent
may proceed with advanced study and research leading to the Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) Degree in Engineering. Contact the Graduate
Coordinator for one of the engineering departments regarding matters
relating to these degree programs.
Oil and Gas Engineering 221

Candidates must register for the entire six years of the program and pay
full tuition for the first five years and thesis only registration for the sixth
year.
Application must be completed prior to August 31 of the year preceding
commencement of the program.
II. MD/MSc Degree Program Requirements

Oral and Maxillofacial 1. Satisfactory completion or credit for the prescribed classes
Surgery 2. Satisfactory knowledge and skills in all the phases of clinical oral and
maxillofacial surgery
3. Satisfactory completion of a research study and submission of the
Location: 5981 University Avenue results in the form of a thesis acceptable to the Director of the program
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5
Telephone: (902) 494-1679 In addition to the requirements for successful completion of the MD
degree, the following classes are required to complete the MSc component
Chair of the program.
Goodday, R.H.B., DDS, MSc (Dal), FRCD(C)
Honourary Chair Not all classes listed are necessarily offered in any given year.
Delaire, Jean, MD, DDS, LLD
ORAL 5000.06: Anatomy.
Director of Residency Training This class is offered during the 1st year, consists of 14 hours of lectures and
Morrison, A.D., DDS, MSc, FRCD(C). Trauma and orthognathic surgery, 36 hours of dissection and serves as an overview of the anatomy of the
reconstructive pre-prosthetic surgery chest, thoracic cavity, arm and iliac crest areas of the pelvis. Detailed
anatomy of the head and neck shall be covered. Emphasis will focus on
Honourary Professor
anatomical structures and adjacencies as they relate to deformities, injuries
Natsume, N., DDS, MD, PhD
and other pathological processes of the head and neck.
Professors Emeriti ORAL 5010.06: Surgical Anatomy.
Cohen, M.M., Jr., AB (Mich), DMD (Tufts), MSD (Minn), MPH (Boston), This class is offered during the 1st year and consists of 30 hours of
PhD (Minn), FCCMG, Division of Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology. dissection. It permits the graduate student to perform a variety of surgical
Syndromology, genetics, pediatrics
procedures on the cadaver. The opportunity exists to not only practice the
Lovely, F.W., DDS (Dal), MS (Mich), FRCD(C) FICD, FACD steps of the surgical procedures but to explore the major anatomic
Professors adjacencies.
Coonan, T.J., MD, FRCP(C). Neuroanesthesia ORAL 5060.06: Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology.
Holness, R., BSc, FRCS(C), DABNS
This class is presented to residents over a two-year period, twice during
Precious, D.S, DDS, MSc (Dal), FRCD(C), FICD, FADI, FACD. Dento-facial
the 4 years of their program. Students study the cause, pathogenesis,
deformities, cleft palate and/or lip
clinical, radiographic and microscopic characteristics of diseases affecting
Associate Professors the oral and peri-oral structures. Emphasis is placed on recognition of
abnormalities, formulation of differential diagnoses, arrival at definitive
Alexander, D., MD, FRCS(C)
diagnoses and patient management.
Amirault, D., MD, FRCS(C). Outcomes, research in total knee replacement
CROSS-LISTING: ORAL 6030.06, ORAL 7000.06
and fractures
Davis, B., DDS, FRCD(C) ORAL 5070.06: Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
Goodday, R.H.B., DDS, MSc (Dal), FRCD(C), Chair. Orthoganthic Surgery
Leahey, L., MD, FRCS(C)
Seminar. (Audit)
Lovas, J.G.L., BSc, DDS (Toronto), MSc (Western), FRCD(C). Oral and This class is offered during all 6 years of the MSc component of the
maxillofacial pathology program. This seminar, with all the Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Senior
Morrison, A.D., DDS, MSc, FRCD(C). Director of Residency Training. Staff and residents, will: 1) review, by subjects, the various major
Trauma and orthognathic surgery, pre-prosthetic reconstructive treatment aspects in the total practice of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery by
surgery Resident presentation, 2) have monthly case reviews, 3)discuss on a
Wright, B.A., BDS (London), LDS, RCS (Eng), DDS (Dal), MS (Indiana), monthly basis pertinent topics researched in the literature.
MD (Dal), FRCP(C), FACS. CROSS-LISTING: ORAL 6040.06, 7010.06, 8010.06
Assistant Professors ORAL 5080.06: Clinical Oral and Maxillofacial

Hung, O., MD, Cert. in Anaesthesia, FRCP(C) Surgery.
Yabsley, R.H., MD, BSc (Med), FRCS(C), FACS. Medical, legal and Is presented during all 6 years of the MSc component of the program. A
independent medical insurance examination major portion of the Graduate Student’s time will be spent in the provision
of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgical services for patients. Residents will be
The six-year program in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Medicine given increasing responsibility for the care of out-patients in the Teaching
which starts on June 1st each year is designed to provide students with a Unit and shall be responsible, through the Senior Resident, to the Chief of
comprehensive background for the practice and teaching of Oral and the Service. The Senior Resident shall provide care for all in-patients under
Maxillofacial Surgery, and to qualify them for examination by the Royal supervision.
College of Dentists of Canada. CROSS-LISTING: ORAL 6050.06, 7020.06, 8000.06
Particular emphasis is placed upon the basic sciences, medicine and
ORAL 6000.06: Anesthesia.
clinical hospital surgery practice.
This is a four month rotation. Working with a tutor assigned monthly, the
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Resident will be supervised in pre-
I. Admission Requirements operative and post-operative rounds, and in the minute-to-minute
Candidates to be considered must possess either a DDS or DMD and be administration of anesthesia in the operating room. Covered under
eligible for student Licensure in the Province of Nova Scotia (as granted by Medicine Curriculum.
the Provincial Dental Board of Nova Scotia).
222 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

ORAL 6010.06: Medicine. ORAL 9000.00: Thesis.
The objectives of this one month rotation are: 1) to participate in the Covered under 7030.06
management of patients who have either cardiac or respiratory disease; 2)
to develop skills of assessing patients in order to consult intelligently with
the Department of Medicine; 3) to prepare for anesthesia rotation. Covered
IV. Medicine
under Medicine Curriculum. First Year
Second Year
ORAL 6030.06: Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology. Clinical Years (Full clinical rotations of all disciplines including those
CROSS-LISTING: ORAL 5060.06. specifically listed above.)
ORAL 6040.06: Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Please refer to the Four-Year Program in the undergraduate calendar for
Medicine.
Seminar.
CROSS-LISTING: ORAL 5070.06
ORAL 6050.06: Clinical Oral and Maxillofacial

Surgery.
ORAL 6060.06: Orthopaedics.

This is a two-month rotation with the main objectives being: 1) to provide
the resident with sufficient clinical experience to harvest bone solo from
the iliac crest; 2) to support the clinic skills in (1) with an appreciation of
general principles of bone management; 3) to allow participation in the
management and care of the polytraumatized patient.
Covered under Medicine Curriculum
ORAL 6070.06: Infectious Diseases.

This rotation is one month. The objectives of the rotation are: 1) to
participate in the management of patients who have been admitted to the
Infectious Diseases service; 2) to apply skills and knowledge acquired in
Microbiology class; 3) to acquire the skills of responsible and appropriate
use of antimicrobial agents. Covered under Medicine Curriculum
ORAL 6080.06: Emergency Medicine.

This is a one month rotation with its objectives being: 1) to participate in
the general management of patients in an emergency situation; 2) to apply
skills acquired on Orthopedics and Anesthesia in the management of the
emergency patient; 3) to manage and instruct Emergency Room staff in the
techniques of facial fracture treatment. Covered under Medicine
Curriculum
ORAL 6090.06: Neurosurgery.

This is a one month rotation. Covered under Medicine Curriculum.
ORAL 7000.06: Oral and Maxillofacial Pathology.

CROSS-LISTING: ORAL 5060.06.
ORAL 7010.06: Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

Seminar.

Surgery.
ORAL 7030.06: Research.

The graduate student shall complete a research project and publish their
findings in a thesis, acceptable to the Senior Staff, Program Director and
Faculty of Graduate Studies. All or animal studies pertaining to research
requirements shall be completed prior to January 1 of the final year. The
complete first draft of thesis shall be available to committee by February
15, with the completed document ready by April 1 of the senior year.

Surgery.
Covered under 5080.06
ORAL 8010.06: Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery

Seminar.
Covered under 5070.06
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 223

Legaré, J.F., MD (McGill). Transplatation and mechanism of heart failure
(major appointment in Microbiology and Immunology
Liwski, R., MD, PhD, FRCPC (Dal); hematopathology.
Research for the MSc degree may be conducted in experimental pathology
and/or allied fields of medical sciences (e.g. clinical chemistry,
hematopathology, histopathology or molecular pathology and molecular
Pathology genetics) for those planning a career as a laboratory scientist.
Location: Sir Charles Tupper Building, 11th Floor I. Admission Requirements

5859 University Avenue Candidates must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the
Halifax, NS B3H 4H7 Faculty of Graduate Studies. In addition, candidates with the MD degree
Telephone: (902) 494-2091 may be admitted.
Fax: (902) 494-2519
A. Master of Science (MSc) in Pathology
Head of Department This program is intended to give the student a strong background in the
Heathcote, J.G. experimental approach in pathology. Although the program may be
completed in 12 months, most students require 24 months.
Greer, W.L. The research work and thesis defence are valued at 3 credits. All students
are required to attend and participate in the research seminar program
Professors (PATH5091.03) for a credit value of ½. Those students without a medical
Anderson, D., M.D., FRCPC Blood transfusion therapy; thromoembolic background are required to take PATH5000, Introductory Pathology for a
disorders credit value of ½. Other classes may be required depending upon the
Greer, W.L., BSc, PhD (Western), FCCMG - Graduate Studies Coordinator. background of preparation of the student, the nature of their thesis or the
Human molecular genetics; molecular diagnosis of cancer. student’s career goals, bringing the total requirement to 5.0 credits.
Guernsey, D.L., BA (Lehigh), MS (Bridgeport), PhD (Hawaii). Molecular
oncology; genetic basis of human disease; molecular neurobiology. Candidates are expected to participate as appropriate in a weekly series of
Guha, A.K., BSc, MD, MSc, PhD (Dal), FRCP(C). Autoimmune disease seminars or journal clubs in immunopathology, laboratory medicine or
testing & use of monoclonal antibodies for cancer detection and molecular pathology/genetics.
therapy. Research and a thesis are required. The thesis must be defended by oral
Hanly, J., MD (University College. Cork, Ireland); Rheumatology examination which covers the candidate's area of study and research.
Hoskin, D., BSc, PhD (McGill). Tumour immunology, cancer biology,
Yearly presentations to the Department are required of every candidate.
apoptosis
Issekutz, A., MD (Dal) FRCP (C) (major appointment in Department of B. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Pathology
Microbiology and Immunology). Pediatrics (inflammation).
Issekutz, T., MD (Dal), FRCP (C). Pediatric immunology, inflammation. Pre-requisite for acceptance into this program is an MSc degree in
Lee, P.W.K., PhD (Alberta) Molecular Virology, Cancer Biology Pathology or other Life Sciences field or an MD degree with research
Lee, T., PhD (Glasgow) (major appointment in Department of experience. Students entering from a BSc would first enter the MSc
Microbiology and Immunology). Immunoregulation, transplantation program but could transfer to the PhD before completing the MSc
immunology and herbal medicine. provided that the student had made satisfactory progress and the project
Marshall, J.S., BSc, PhD (Manchester) (major appointment in Department had sufficient scope and depth. Class requirements are the same as for
of Microbiology and Immunology). The role and regulation of mast MSc students. Candidates are required to pass both a written and oral
cells in immune responses to bacteria, viruses and tumours, regulation comprehensive examination, but the most significant requirement is the
of cytokines in inflammatory bowel diseases and asthma. preparation and oral defense of his/her thesis describing an extensive
Nanji, A., MB, ChB, FRCPC (C) Path (Univ. of Nairobi) Medical original investigation. The minimum time requirement for PhD study is
biochemistry; liver pathophysiology two years for students with an MSc or three years for those transferring
Nassar, B.A., BSc (Beirut), PhD (Newcastle), MB, BCh (Cairo), FRCP(C). from an MSc program.
Essential fatty acids and prostaglandins; molecular diagnosis of
hyperlipidemias; familial cancers; porphyrias. C. MD/PhD in Pathology
Applications to this program could be considered once the candidate has
Associate Professors been accepted into medical school.
Fraser, R.B., MSC, MD (Dal), FRCP(C), FCAP, PP
Gupta, R., MB, BS (India), FRCP(C). Kidney transplantation - chronic II. Class Descriptions
rejection; uropathology.
Riddell, D.C., BSc, PhD (Queen's) . Tumour suppressors; human molecular PATH 5000.03: General Pathology.
genetics.
This class covers basic systems and processes in pathology.
Sadek, I., MB (Cairo) FRCP. Hematopathology.
INSTRUCTOR(S): A.Ostry
West, K., MD (Western). Dendritic cells and their interaction with T cells
and the immune response; transplantation. PATH 5001.03: Advanced Mechanisms of Pathology.
Xu, Z., MD (Shanghai Medical University). Pulmonary pathology; This class will provide an in-depth study of such topics as cell injury,
cytopathology adaptation and repair and inflammatory mechanisms followed by specific
Assistant Professors diseases of the cardiovascular, central nervous, gastrointestinal and
genitourinary systems.
Dellaire, G., BSC, PhD (McGill). Cancer biology, DNA repair
INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Easton
Easton, A., MBBS, PhD (Univ of London) Neuropathology
Hancock Friesen, C., MD, MSc (University of Alberta). Cardiology; PATH 5011.03: Biochemistry of Clinical Disorders I.
transplant immunology This class is an introduction to the pathophysiology of disease. It provides
Hirsch, G., MD (Mt. Sinai). (major appointment in Department of Surgery) the clinical and biochemical background to disease groups and system
Surgery. disorders and the laboratory approach to their diagnosis. Topics include
Johnston, B., PhD (Calgary). Inflammation and immune response (major cardiovascular, renal, gastrointestinal and hepatobiliary disorders, in
appointment in Department of Microbiology and Immunology). addition to acid-base, blood and immune abnormalities.
224 Pathology
INSTRUCTOR(S): TBA PATH 5060.06: Special Topics: Morphometrics and
CROSS-LISTING: BIOC 4811.03/5811.03 Stereology.
PATH 5012.03: Biochemistry of Clinical Disorders II.
PATH 5065X/Y.06: Directed Readings.
This class is an introduction to the pathophysiology of disease. It uses the
This class provides an opportunity for individual students to study, in
same approach as PATH 5011.03 but different groups of diseases are
depth, a subject related to pathology that isn’t offered as a formal class at
discussed. Topics include carbohydrate, lipid and amino acid disorders;
Dalhousie. A supervisor is chosen for each student, based on his/her
endocrine and rheumatological diseases, as well as tumor markers and
expertise and the topic of interest. The student and supervisor meet
toxicology.
regularly to discuss assigned readings. The student must prepare a written
INSTRUCTOR(S): TBA
paper or oral presentation to the Department each term.
CROSS-LISTING: BIOC 4812.03/5812.03
CLASS COORDINATOR: W. Greer
PATH 5027.03: Molecular Mechanisms of Cancer. NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
An in-depth study of the molecular and genetic basis of cancer. The multi- consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
step nature of carcinogenesis will be the broad basis for studying consecutively.
oncogenes, tumour suppressor genes, genes regulating differentiation and PATH 5066.03: Directed Readings.
apoptosis, and cancer susceptibility genes. Certain molecular biology
See course description for PATH 5065X/Y.06
techniques will be discussed in order to fully understand the molecular
events of cancer. PATH 5067.03: Directed Readings.
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Lee
See course description for PATH 5065X/Y.06
CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4027.03/5027.03, BIOC 4027.03
PATH 5080.03: Special Topics: Immunocytochemistry
PATH 5035.03: Human Genetics.
Topics include inborn errors of metabolism, human development,
and Histochemistry.
transmission genetics, DNA structure, gene function, mutation and Basics of immunostaining technique including fluorescent and peroxidase
chromosomal alterations, population genetics, genetics of immunity and methods, FACS analysis. Applications in various fields of diagnostic
cancer, genetic technology in medicine and ethical and social issues surgical pathology. In situ DNA/RNA hybridization methods for
related to medical genetics. infectious agents.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Drs. W.L. Greer, D.C. Riddell INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 4035.03/5035.03/BIOC 4835.03
PATH 5091X/Y.03: Pathology Research Seminar
PATH 5040.03: Pathobiology of Cancer. Series.
This class will outline the pathobiology of neoplasia. It will discuss both The objectives of this class are: 1) to provide a forum for graduate students
normal and abnormal mechanisms of cell growth and differentiation since to develop skills at presenting seminars; 2) to provide constructive
cancer is ultimately a disease of these processes. The basic biology of evaluation of their research; and 3) to promote interaction between
carcinogenesis and behavior of tumours will be highlighted. The clinical students and faculty.
aspects of cancer management will also be presented. NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Geldenhuys consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
consecutively.
PATH 5050.03: Immunopathology. INSTRUCTOR(S): W.L. Greer
This class will explore the intricacies, functions and abnormalities of the
immune system. Both the humeral and cellular arms of the immune PATH 5092.03: Pathology Research Seminar
system will be detailed. Immunological deficiencies and autoimmune See course description for PATH 5091X/Y.03
diseases will be discussed. Clinical aspects of topics such as
transplantation and tumour immunology will also be presented. PATH 5093.03: Pathology Research Seminar
INSTRUCTOR(S): A . Guha See course description for PATH 5091X/Y.03
PATH 5051.03: Special Topics: Molecular Pathology PATH 5100.03: Processes and Mediators of
and Molecular Genetics. Inflammation.
Molecular Biology of Inherited Disorders The objectives of this class are to provide students with an in-depth
This class is a graduate level introduction to the molecular mechanisms of understanding of the major mechanisms of inflammation at a molecular
both Mendelian and non-Mendelian genetic disorders. After a brief review and cellular level; to introduce students to the current research questions
of molecular themes, we will look at the molecular mechanism of and emerging methods of treatment for inflammation; to develop student
pathogenesis in different categories of abnormalities, including critical appraisal skills as they relate to the current scientific literature in
chromosomal, structural, metabolic (amino acid, carbohydrate and lipid), this area.
intercellular and membrane transport, regulation of cell proliferation, INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Marshall, B. Johnston
multifactorial, etc. The class format is 2 weekly time slots of 1.5 hr each. CROSS-LISTING: MICI 4100.03, 5100.03
The class material is covered by a combination of lectures and student
presentations of selected articles. It is anticipated that there will be no final PATH 9000.00: MSc Thesis.
exam: instead each student will be required to submit a grant application
that will be peer-reviewed by the other students, and then presented and
PATH 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
defended in front of the group. Class marks are based on participation
throughout the term (40%), and performance relating to the grant III. Seminars - Conferences
application and review (60%). Completion of previous classes in genetics A series of weekly seminars, journal clubs, and conferences is conducted
and in molecular biology is recommended. throughout the year in various areas of pathology, and laboratory
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Riddell medicine.
Pathology 225
IV. Areas of Specialization for MSc or PhD
Degree
• Hematology, Oncology: D. Anderson
• Cancer biology, DNA repair: G. Dellaire
• Neuropathology: A. Easton
• Animal models of diabetes: R.B. Fraser
•
•
Human molecular genetics; molecular diagnosis of cancer: W.L. Greer
Molecular oncology; genetic basis of human disease; molecular
Petroleum Engineering
neurobiology: D.L. Guernsey
• Autoimmune disease testing and use of monoclonal antibodies for Location: Sexton Campus (A108)
cancer detection and therapy: A.K. Guha Telephone: (902) 494-1288
• Kidney transplantation-chronic rejection; uropathology: R. Gupta Fax: (902) 420-7639
• Cardiology; Transplant Immunology: C. Hancock Friesen Email: gsr@dal.ca
• Rheumatology: J. Hanly Website: www.dal.ca/engineering/oilandgas
• Chronic rejection; allograft arteriosclerosis; vascular biology; cell Graduate Coordinator
adhesion molecules and T cell infiltration; cytolytic cell role in
Pegg, M.J., BSc, PhD (Leeds), PEng
transplantation: G. Hirsch
• Tumor immunology: D. Hoskin Faculty
• Pediatrics (Inflammation): A. Issekutz
Faculty members with appointments in the various disciplinary
• Pediatric Immunology, Inflammation: T. Issekutz
departments of the Faculty of Engineering and the Faculty of Science who
• Inflammation and immune responses: B. Johnston
are directly involved in teaching the core Petroleum Engineering program
• Molecular Virology, Cancer Biology: P. Lee
are:
• Immunoregulation, transplantation immunology and herbal medicine:
T. Lee
Fels, M., (PhD Waterloo; PEng). Air and water pollution control, process
• Transplantation and mechanism of heart failure: J.F. Legaré
development.
• Hematopathology: R. Liwski
Garagash, D., (PhD Minnesota). Fracture mechanics
• Role and regulation of mast cells in immune responses to bacteria,
Hill, J., (PhD Waterloo). Environmental geology, petroleum geology.
viruses and tumors. Regulation of cytokines in inflammatory bowel
Pegg, M.J., (PhD Leeds; PEng). Safety and loss prevention in the process
diseases and asthma: J.S. Marshall
industries, fire and explosion hazards.
• Medical biochemistry; liver; pathophysiology: A. Nanji
Rockwell, M.C., (PhD TUNS; PEng). Petroleum engineering, reservoir
• Essential fatty acids and prostaglandins; molecular diagnosis of
engineering, mine and waste management, mine production
hyperlipidemias; familial cancers; porphyrias: B. Nassar
engineering, ocean mining.
• Tumor suppressors; human molecular genetics: D.C. Riddell
Wach, G.D., (PhD Oxford). Petroleum geology, sequence strategraphic,
• Hematopathology: I. Sadek
siesmic well log, basin analysis, sedimentology, depositional
• Dendritic cells and their interaction with T cells and the immune
environments.
response; transplantation: K. West
Yuet, P., (PhD MIT; PEng). Chemical Engineering. Characteristics of
• Pulmonary Pathology; Cytopathology: Z. Xu
complex fluids, colloids and surfactants. Chemical engineering
thermodynamics. Oil and gas exploration techniques.
I. Introduction
Petroleum engineering at Dalhousie is viewed as a specialized
professional discipline focused on the fundamental knowledge and skills
associated with the production, transport and processing of petroleum
products. The petroleum industry traditionally distinguishes between its
“upstream” and “downstream” sectors. Engineers in the “upstream”
sector deal with oil and gas reservoir facilities and operations for
exploration and production; engineers in the “downstream” sector focus
on the transportation, processing, refining and distribution of petroleum
products. Upstream activities in Atlantic Canada’s petroleum industry are
associated primarily with offshore resources, involving quite distinct
technical and environmental circumstances.
II. Degree Programs

MEng Degree in Petroleum Engineering
This degree program is designed primarily for graduate professional
engineers seeking a thorough introduction to the field of petroleum
engineering. The curriculum (academic year 2007-08) consists of a core set
of six prescribed courses, one approved elective, a graduate seminar, and a
project.
The core courses in petroleum engineering are:
• PETR 6010.03: Reservoir Engineering
• PETR 6030.03: Natural Gas Reservoirs
• PETR 6040.03: Drilling Engineering
• PETR 6060.03: Petroleum Geoscience
• PETR 6050.03: Production Technology
• PETR 6980.03: Directed Studies
226 Petroleum Engineering

Approved elective courses may be chosen from a variety of subjects to suit PETR 6050.03: Production Technology.
each student’s disciplinary background, oil and gas industry interests, and Overview of oil and gas production facilities with an emphasis on offshore
professional project area. Subjects include advanced classes in engineering situations. Engineering design and operation of wells, pipelines, and oil
disciplines and classes in law, economics, earth science, environmental and gas processing equipment. Health, safety and environmental aspects
studies and oceanography. Descriptions of these classes are in the of production operations.
Graduate Studies Calendar.
PETR 6060.03: Petroleum Geoscience.
Engineering classes from various disciplines are available as electives for
Petroleum exploration and hydrocarbon reservoirs from the perspective of
students of petroleum engineering. Examples include:
professional geoscientists. Exploration methods (magnetic, gravity,
• CIVL 6147.03: Advanced Theory of Structures
seismic, borehole, telemetry, etc.) Subsurface and marine geology used to
• MECH 6701.03: Dynamics of Offshore Structures
interpret measurement data. Generation and migration of petroleum,
• CIVL 6144.03: Geotechnical Aspects of Waste Management
geological traps and seals, and sedimentary basins. Assessment of
• PETR 6020.03: Enhanced Oil and Gas Recovery
hydrocarbon reserves. Environmental impacts of exploration activities.
• CHEE 6737.03: Chemical Process Control
• MATL 6014.03: Welding Metallurgy PETR 6980.03: Directed Studies in Petroleum
• MATL 6030.03: Fracture of Metallic Materials
• MINE 6010.03: Solid-Liquid Separation
Engineering.
• MINE 6001.03: Advanced Rock Mechanics This class provides an opportunity to pursue studies in a specific area of
• MECH 6510.03: Advanced Mechanics of Solids petroleum engineering in which no graduate classes are offered. Studies
• ENGM 6662.03: Dynamics of Ocean Fluids must be pursued according to a clear plan under the guidance of a
• FOSC 6333.03: Industrial Rheology designated faculty member.
• IENG 6912.03: Introduction to Operations Research
PETR 6990.00: Graduate Seminar in Petroleum
• IENG 6924.03: Capital Investment and Capacity Expansion Planning
• IENG 6918.03: Decision Analysis Engineering.
• ENGM 6674.03: Theory of Random Fields This seminar is designed for communication and discussion on the latest
• MINE 6008.03: Advanced Petroleum Engineering research and technical developments in petroleum engineering and the oil
• MINE 6009.03: Offshore Drilling and Production and gas industry. Each student is required to make an oral presentation, in
accordance with Faculty guidelines, on a topic relating to his/her thesis or
Selections from this list are expected to be consistent with the student’s project work.
background, interest, and research or project area. Electives may also be
chosen from the following list of classes in related disciplines: PETR 9000.00: MEng Project.
• LAWS 2104.03: Environmental Law I
• ECON 5516.03: Resource and Environmental Planning
• ERTH 5270.03: Applied Geophysics
• ENVI 5004.03: Management of Chemicals and Wastes
• OCEA 5120.03: Introduction to Physical Oceanography
Both of these elective lists are illustrative and subject to revision.

PETR 6010.03: Reservoir Engineering.
Basic concepts, principles and techniques relating to hydrocarbon
reservoirs from an engineering viewpoint. Properties of reservoir rocks
and reservoir fluids are examined in association with developing an
understanding of the dynamics of fluid flow in porous rock. Review of
basic well logging instruments and determination of reservoir
characteristics.
PETR 6020.03: Enhanced Oil and Gas Recovery.

Basic concepts and principles relating to primary, secondary and
enhanced recovery of oil and gas. Reservoir simulation —- model types
and principles, methods of model formulation, particular aspects of gas
reservoir modelling, reservoir case study data, use of commercial reservoir
simulators, etc. Overall economic and environmental assessment of the
development of oil and gas fields.
PETR 6030.03: Natural Gas Reservoirs.

Types of well tests and their use in analysis of reservoir production
performance. Automated well logging data systems and well data analysis
software applications. Case studies of gas reservoirs —- e.g. the Sable gas
fields. Introduction to reservoir production management (planning,
performance analysis, forecasting, data management, and economics).
PETR 6040.03: Drilling Engineering.

Overview of drilling activities with an emphasis on offshore operations.
Design of drilling tools (systems, drilling bits) and study of drilling
techniques (directional, horizontal, MWD, etc.) and drilling fluids. Basic
well completion (design requirements, materials, equipment, and
procedures). Economic, health, safety and environmental aspects of
drilling.
Petroleum Engineering 227

Normally, a previous class in Biochemistry and in Physiology will be
expected; however, applicants are advised to consult the department as to
the appropriateness of their specific academic background. With
departmental permission, specific classes in these subjects may be taken as
part of a graduate program in Pharmacology.
Pharmacology II. Degree Programs

The following are the MINIMUM requirements for our graduate
programs. Equivalencies may be granted for classes taken before entering
Location: Sir Charles Tupper Medical Building, Sixth Floor our program. As indicated below, equivalency may also be granted for
5850 College St. classes taken during the programs.
Halifax, NS B3H 1X5
Telephone: (902) 494-1384 A. MSc Pharmacology
Fax: (902) 494-1388
Email: pharmacology@dal.ca Candidates must satisfactorily complete the following classes or their
equivalents: 5405.03, 5406.03, 5409.03, and a minimum of one (1) 5600 half-
Head of Department credit class or equivalent. A class in statistics may be required if an
Sawynok, J. appropriate class has not been successfully completed before entrance to
the program. This may be taken during the course of the graduate
Graduate Coordinator program. Students are expected to attend all research seminars within the
Nachtigal, M.W. department. Thesis research (9000.00) and preparation and oral defense of
a thesis are required.
Professors
Blay, J., BSc (Brad), PhD (Cantab). Cancer, tumour microenvironment, cell B. MSc Pharmacology/Neurosciences
surface proteins, mass spectrometric analysis of drug metabolites Candidates must satisfactorily complete the following classes or their
Downie, J.W., BSc, PhD (Man). Spinal cord, neurophysiology, equivalents: 5405.03, 5406.03, 5409.03, one (1) 5600 half-credit class, NESC
neuropharmacology, autonomic nervous system, lower urinary tract 6100.06 (full credit). A class in statistics may be required if an appropriate
sphincter, peripheral nerves, spinal cord injury, bladder inflammatory class has not been successfully completed before entrance to the program.
disease This may be taken during the class of the graduate program. Students are
Howlett, S.E., BSc (Concordia), MSc, PhD (Memorial). Cardiovascular expected to attend all research seminars within the department. Thesis
pharmacology and electrophysiology, cardiac excitation-contraction research (9000.00) and preparation and oral defense of a thesis are
coupling, heart disease required. Student Advisory Committees for this program must include an
Kelly, M.E.M., BSc, PhD (Southampton). Ion channels, membrane extradepartmental Neuroscientist faculty member.
transport, cell signaling, retinal neurobiology, ocular pharmacology
Renton, K.W., BSc (Sir Geo Wms), PhD (McGill). Drug metabolism, C. PhD Pharmacology
cytochrome P-450, drug interaction, CNS inflammation Candidates must satisfactorily complete the class requirements listed for
Robertson, G.S., BSc, PhD, (Dal). Neurodegenerative disorders, apoptosis, the MSc Pharmacology program, plus 5507.03, one (1) additional 5600
gene therapy, inflammation, drug discovery, genetic disease models half-credit class or equivalent and one (1) half- credit ancillary class
Robertson, H.A., BA, MSc, (Western), PhD (Cantab). Immediate early (extradepartmental). A class in statistics may be required if an appropriate
genes, dopamine, molecular neurobiology, Parkinson’s and class has not been successfully completed before entrance to the program.
Huntington’s disease. For students transferring from a MSc program to PhD program, a
Sawynok, J., BSc, MSc (Melb), PhD (Queen's). Adenosoine, ATP, comprehensive examination (PHDP 8000.00) should occur before the end
nociception, spinal cord, inflammation, caffeine of their second year of their program. For students admitted directly to
PhD program, a comprehensive examination (PHDP 8000.00) should
occur within the first 12-18 months. Thesis research (9530.00) and
Denovan-Wright, E.M., BSc, PhD (Dal). Molecular neurobiology, preparation and oral defense of a thesis are required.
Huntington's Disease, gene expression.
Nachtigal, M., BSc, PhD (Manitoba). Ovarian cancer, cell signalling, TGF, D. PhD Pharmacology/Neurosciences
molecular endocrinology
Sinal, C., BSc, Bioc (McMaster), PhD (UWO). Nuclear hormone receptor, Candidates must satisfactorily complete the class requirements listed for
cholesterol, liver, cholestasis, bile acid, gene regulation, atherosclerosis the MSc Pharmacology/Neurosciences program, plus 5507.03, two (2)
additional 5600 classes or equivalents, and one (1) ½ credit ancillary class.
Assistant Professors (Note: Neurosciences 6100 may be counted as both a 5600 half-credit
Dupré, D.J., BSc, PhD (Sherbrooke) equivalent and as the half-credit ancillary class.) A class in statistics may
Fawcett, J., BSc, MSc, MSc(T) (McMaster), PhD (McGill) be required if an appropriate class has not been successfully completed
Pasumarthi, K.B.S, DVM (India), PhD (Manitoba). Cardiac regeneration, before entrance to the program. For students transferring from a MSc
cell cycle, myocyte apoptosis, cell transplantation, embryonic stem program to PhD program, a comprehensive examination (PHDP 8000.00)
cells, gene expression, cloning, gene transfer and transgenic mice. should occur before the end of their second year of their program. For
students admitted directly to PhD program, a comprehensive examination
Cross Appointments (PHDP 8000.00) should occur within the first 12-18 months. Thesis
Goralski, K., BSc (Hon) (Manitoba), PhD (Manitoba), Major Appointment research (9530.00) and preparation and oral defense of a thesis are
in College of Pharmacy required. Student Advisory Committees for this program must include an
Hung, O.R., BSc Pharm, MD (Dal) FRCP(C), Major Appointment in extradepartmental Neuroscientist faculty member.
Department of Anesthesia
Peterson, T.C., BSc (SMU), MSc, PhD (Dal), Major Appointment in III. Class Descriptions
Department of Medicine
PHAC 5405.03: Advanced Pharmacology.
I. Admission Requirements This required class is a vehicle for graduate students to gain practical
Candidates must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the familiarity with research level concepts in receptor pharmacology. The
Faculty of Graduate Studies. main theme is analysis of receptor-mediated events, both in terms of the
interaction of a drug at its binding site and in terms of the transduction of
that initial signal. Both classical and modern molecular approaches will be
228 Pharmacology
discussed. We will also consider related drug discovery strategies. The PHAC 5618.03: Pharmacology of Selected Cytokines and Growth Factors
class has two sessions/week, one a didactic session to introduce concepts in Disease. T.C. Peterson
and the second a workshop session for discussion of practical PHAC 5619.03: The Autonomic Nervous System and Its Control by the
assignments. CNS. J.W. Downie
PREREQUISITE: Normally required PHAC 5406 and PHAC 5409 (Grade PHAC 5624.03: Advanced Topics in Molecular Neuropharmacology. E.
of B- or higher) Denovan-Wright
PHAC 5406.03: Introduction to Pharmacology I. Offered in 2009-2010

This introductory class is designed to acquaint students with the actions of PHAC 5606.03: Molecular Biology for Pharmacology. M. Nachtigal
drugs on physiological and biochemical functions in mammals including PHAC 5609.03: Anatomical and Molecular Neuropharmacology of the
humans. Factors which affect the blood levels of drugs (absorption, Basal Ganglia: the Scientific Basis for Neural Transplantation. H.A.
distribution, metabolism, and elimination) will be considered, together Robertson/I. Mendez/M. Hong
with the mechanisms by which drugs act and their potential uses. The PHAC 5611.03: Cytochrome P450 Mediated Drug Metabolism. C.J. Sinal
interaction of drugs with various body systems will be covered, including PHAC 5612.03: Clinical Trials. J. Sawynok.
the central and peripheral nervous systems and the cardiovascular system. PHAC 5625.03: Electrophysiology and Ca2+ Imaging for Pharmacological
Drugs that assist or regulate host defence mechanisms will also be studied. Research Cardiac and Other Excitable Cells. S.E. Howlett
Graduate students will also prepare a paper reviewing a selected drug.
COORDINATOR: S.E. Howlett IV. Seminars
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours Students are required to attend a series of weekly seminars covering broad
PREREQUISITE: A previous class in physiology and biochemistry is topics in pharmacology, with specialties encompassing neurobiology,
recommend. Extra readings may be required for students without these cardiovascular biology, toxicology, cancer, and molecular and cellular
classes. biology.
CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 4404.3, BIOC 4804.03, and NESC 4374.03
PHAC 5409.03: Introduction to Pharmacology II.

This class is intended to cover specific aspects of drug action not covered
in PHAC 5406.03. The class includes: drug receptor signaling ion channels,
second messengers, G-proteins, plus specific consideration of drugs used
for pain, inflammation, cancer, diabetes, asthma, and diseases of the
thyroid, eye and gastrointestinal tract. Special pharmacological topics
including over-the-counter drugs, herbal medication, drug abuse, and
industrial development of new drugs, plus a section on how drug actions
and handling are altered in pregnancy, the elderly, and in children are
included. Graduate students also will complete a research elective in a
pharmacology research laboratory.
COORDINATOR: H.A. Robertson
PREREQUISITE: PHAC 5406.03 (with a grade of B or better) and
instructor's consent
CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 4407.03, BIOC 4806.03, NESC 4376.03
PHAC 5507.03: PhD Lectures (2).

PHAC 5626.03/5627.03/5628.03: Special Topics in
Pharmacology.
Students interested in topics not covered in formal classes may ask the
department for special classes to meet their needs. The fields in which the
department can offer instruction are reflected in the list of faculty research
areas. Since different subjects may be covered each year, each class in the
series has a separate number.
NOTE: Review and discussion of relevant literature recorded through a
brief written summary. Additional written component encompassing
either a term paper or grant proposal; formal departmental seminar. A
written outline of the proposed course of study must be submitted for
review prior to final approval.
FORMAT: Discussion/Lecture
PREREQUISITE: Enrollment as a Dalhousie graduate student in good
standing with permission from the students Supervisory Committee
and the Pharmacology Graduate Coordinator. Students from
departments other than Pharmacology are eligible to be enrolled, but
require permission from the Graduate Coordinator of their own home
department as well as the Pharmacology Graduate Coordinator.
PHAC 9000.00: MSc Thesis.

PHAC 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
Offered in 2008-2009
PHAC 5603.03: Neuropharmacology of Pain. J. Sawynok
PHAC 5617.03: Molecular Therapeutic Strategies in Cancer Treatment. J.
Blay
Pharmacology 229
Pharmacy Philosophy
Location: Burbidge Building Location: 6135 University Avenue
5968 College Street Halifax, NS B3H 4P9
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5 Telephone: (902) 494-3810
Telephone: (902) 494-2378 Fax: (902) 494-3518
Fax: (902) 494-1396 Email: dalphil@dal.ca
Website: www.dal.ca/Pharmacy Website: www.philosophy.dal.ca
Director of College Chairperson of Department

Caldwell, R.K., BSc (Pharm), MHSA (Dal) Vinci, T.
Graduate Coordinator Graduate Coordinator

MacKinnon, N.J., BSc (Pharm), MS (Wisconsin), PhD (Florida) Hymers, M.
Professors Emeriti Professors Emeriti

Duff, J.G., BSP, MSc (Sask), PhD (Fla) Braybrooke, D., BA (Harvard), MA, PhD (Cornell) FRSC. Political
Yung, D.K., BA, BSP, MSc (Sask), PhD (ALB) Philosophy
Campbell, R.M., BA (Harvard), PhD (Cornell), Munro Chair in
Professors Philosophy. Interests: Moral theory, epistemology, feminist theory, and
Sketris, I.S., BSc (Pharm) (Toronto), PharmD (Minn), MPA (HSA) (Dal) philosophy of biology.
Yeung, P.K.F., BSc (Pharm), MSc (Man), PhD (Sask)
Professors
Associate Professors Baylis, F., BA (McGill), MA, PhD (Western), FRSC. Canada Research Chair
Jurgens, T., BSc(Pharm), MSc (Dal), PhD (Miss) in Bioethics and Philosophy, (Cross-appointment with the Faculty of
Jakeman, D.L., BSc, PhD (Scheffield) Medicine) Interests: Bioethics and feminist ethics with a special interest
MacKinnon, N.J., BSc (Pharm), MS (Wisconsin), PhD (Florida) in women's reproductive health, research involving women, novel
Whelan, A.M., BSc(Pharm) (Dal), PharmD (MUSC) technologies, stem cell research, part-human chimeras, and human
cloning.
Assistant Professor Brett, N.C., BA (New Hampshire), MA, PhD (Waterloo). Interests:
Goralski, K., BSc (Biochem/Micro), PhD (Pharmacology and Philosophy of law, ethics, modern philosophy.
Therapeutics) (Manitoba) Campbell, S., BA, MA (Alberta), PhD (Toronto). Interests: Moral and
There will be no new admission in 2008/2009 to the MSc and PhD in political phychology, feminist theory, ethics.
Pharmacy program. Schotch, P.K., PhD (Waterloo). Interests: Philosophy of logic and its
applications to economic and moral philosophy.
Sherwin, S.B., BA (York), PhD (Stanford), FRSC, University Research
Professor. Interests: Feminist theory, bioethics, ethics.
Vinci, T., BA (Toronto), PhD (Pittsburgh). Interests: Epistemology,
philosophy of science, history of modern philosophy, decision theory.
Glazebrook, P., BA (Alberta), MA, PhD (Toronto). Interests:
Environmental Philosophy, philosophy of science, Heidegger.
Hymers, M. BSc, MA (Dalhousie), PhD (Alberta). Interests: Epistemology,
Philosophy of language, Wittgenstein.
MacIntosh, D., BA (Hons) (Queens), MA (Waterloo), PhD (Toronto).
Interests: Philosophy of language and science, meta-ethics, decision
theory, action theory, metaphysics.
Abramson, D., BA(Hons) (Toronto), MSc., PhD, (Indiana). Interests:
Philosophy of computing, philosophy of cognitive science, and
philosophy of mind.
Meynell, L., BA (Hons) (York), MA (Calgary), PhD (Western).Interests:
Epistemology, feminist philosophy, philosophy of science, aesthetics.
Scherkoske, G., BA(Hons) (Clark), MA (Simon Fraser and California), PhD
(Cambridge). Interests: Moral and political philosophy, practical
reasoning and history of philosophy.
Adjunct Professors
Barresi, J., BS (Brown), MA (Southern California), MS, PhD (Wisconsin)
Burns, S.A.M., BA (Hons) (Acadia), MA (Alberta), PhD (London)
Kernohan, A., MA (Dalhousie), PhD (Toronto). Political Philosophy
Maitzen, S.A., BA (Northwestern), MA, PhD (Cornell)
Nieman, M., BJ (Carleton), MA (Toronto), PhD (Queen’s)
230 Pharmacy
Schellenberg, J., BA, MA (Calgary), DPhil (Oxford) NOTE: The classes listed are half-year, unless otherwise indicated, and not
Watkins, M., BA, MA (Tennessee), PhD (Ohio State) all are given in any one year. Instructors in seminar classes are likely to
Wein, S., BA Hons., MA, PhD. (Waterloo) vary from year to year. Consult the department for further information.
Each student’s program is arranged individually in consultation with the General Classes
department in relation to the student’s interests and preparation.
Enquiries should be addressed to the Graduate Studies Coordinator in the PHIL 5051.03: Theory of Knowledge.
Department. A study of fundamental issues in the theory of knowledge. The class
examines skepticism, and investigates the nature of knowledge, belief,
I. Admission Requirements meaning, evidence, and truth. Questions are raised about perception and
memory and their relation to knowledge as are questions about our
knowledge of ourselves and other people.
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. MacIntosh, T. Vinci, M. Hymers
FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
II. Degree Programs CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3051.03
A. Master of Arts (MA) PHIL 5105.03: Ethics.

A systematic study of the foundation of morality, including readings from
One Year central sources in both classical and contemporary moral theory.
For students with an Honours BA or equivalent in philosophy. INSTRUCTOR(S): D. MacIntosh, G. Scherkoske
Requirements include six half-credit classes (of which at least three are FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
Seminar Classes) and a thesis. CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3105.03
EXCLUSION: PHIL 3100.06
Two Year
For those with an honours degree in a related field. Requirements include
PHIL 5140.03: Logic: Logical Theory 1.
eight half-credit classes in the first year, six half-credit classes (of which at An introduction to metalogic, with special attention to the soundness and
least three are Seminar Classes) in the second year, and a thesis. completeness of formal systems, and to the philosophical evaluation of
non-classical logics.
Part-Time INSTRUCTOR(S): P.K. Schotch
A part-time MA over a longer period is available for fully qualified FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
students. PREREQUISITE: PHIL 2130.03 or equivalent
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3140.03
PHIL 5165.03: Logic: Logical Theory II.
For students with an MA in philosophy.
Devoted primarily to the study of formal semantics and its relation to
symbolic language.
Graduate Studies regulations. Doctoral students are required to take six
INSTRUCTOR(S): P.K. Schotch
half-year classes (eighteen credit hours), including at least four Seminars
(see “Class Descriptions” below) beyond the requirements for the MA.
PREREQUISITE: PHIL 2130.03, PHIL 2140.03, PHIL 3140.03 or permission
The program includes comprehensive examinations in the 2nd year.
of the instructor
Reading knowledge will usually be required in one language other than
English in which a significant body of philosophical literature exists.
Completion of the program requires original research on a project of PHIL 5170.03: Contemporary Feminist Theories.
substantial dimensions, culminating in the submission and oral defence of Contemporary feminism is not a single theory but comprises multiple
a thesis. This research should be in an area already well-established as a theoretical perspectives, reflecting both a diversity in women's experience
specialty by members of the department, such as, epistemology, ethics, of subordination and a diversity of interests and approaches. This class
bioethics, philosophy of mind, feminist philosophy, political and social aims to present some of the richness and variety in feminist theory while
philosophy, philosophy of language, or logic. Doctoral students are offering students the opportunity for sustained critical engagement with
expected to present two papers at Departmental colloquia as part of their influential feminist thinkers.
program of studies. INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Campbell
III. Class Descriptions CROSS-LISTING: GWST 3500.03, PHIL 3170.03
The Philosophy Department offers three kinds of graduate classes:
General, Seminar, and Directed Study. General classes survey a wide range
PHIL 5211.03: Philosophy of Law.
of topics and are designed to acquaint students with the major theories Is coercion central to law? How are law and morality related? What
and developments in a field. They are suitable for those who have not justification can be given for punishment? What is the appropriate scope
specialized in the field as an undergraduate. Seminar classes, which of individual liberty? These and other issues relating to the analysis and
assume some previous exposure to the subject, are central to the graduate evaluation of law will be considered. The class will examine the competing
program. Students in the MA program must take a minimum of three half- claims of the Positivist, Realist, and Natural Law accounts of law before
year seminar classes (9 credit hours) as part of their total (18 credit-hours). turning to some normative issues concerning the justification of legal
Students in the PhD program must take at least four half-year seminar practice.
classes (12 credit-hours) as part of their total (18 credit-hours). These INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Brett
Seminars are designed to deepen the student’s understanding of an area FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
by focusing on a specific theme or problem. Directed Study classes are CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3211.03
developed jointly by a student and the instructor in special cases to suit PHIL 5300.03: Philosophy of Language.
individual interests and needs. For example, a student with no previous
What does it mean to say that the elements of language have meaning?
training in modern symbolic logic would complete a directed study class.
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. MacIntosh, M. Hymers
This may include attending a class that provides a comprehensive
introduction to the subject and completing some additional work. These
PREREQUISITE: Two previous classes in Philosophy including one logic
classes are subject to departmental approval.
class, half or full-year
Philosophy 231
PHIL 5420.03: Philosophy of Biology. FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
This class provides an up-to-date examination of the central issues in the CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3530.03
philosophy of biology. Topics include: How far can the Darwinian
paradigm be taken to explain adaptive complexity? Is the new emphasis
PHIL 5630.03: History of Philosophy: Kant.
on developmental theory likely to revolutionize evolutionary theory? In this class we study Kant’s theoretical philosophy, centering on the two
What are the most fundamental units of selection? Can the concept of editions of the Critique of Pure Reason, the Prolegomena and some of the
biological function be understood without attributing purpose to nature? earlier writings, including the 1768 (pre-critical) writing, Regions of Space.
Why is the concept of species so elusive? Is there a human nature? Is INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Vinci
genuine altruism possible given the forces of selection? Is there progress in FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
evolution? How should clashes between faith and reason over the nature CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3630.03
of our evolution be resolved? PHIL 5635.03: History of Philosophy: 19th-Century
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Meynell
FORMAT: Lecture/discussion Philosophy.
CROSS-LISTING: BIOL 3580.03, PHIL 3420.03 This class will study the major figures in 19th-century philosophy between
Kant and Russell: Fichte, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Marx, Kierkegaard, Mill,
PHIL 5445.03: Philosophy of Mind: The Mind-Body Nietzsche, James and Bradley. Attention will also be paid to some
Problem. important figures in related arts and sciences (e.g., Beethoven, Wagner,
This class will critically examine philosophical and scientific articles, and Ibsen, Feuerbach, Darwin, Freud, Wollstonecraft, Frege). We shall trace
possibly short works of fiction, which explore various theories, problems the main lines of development in epistemology and metaphysics as well as
and arguments regarding the status of minds in the physical world and in ethics and political philosophy.
the relationships between mind, body and world. We will explore and INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
discuss controversies regarding the thesis that the mind is (nothing but?) FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
the brain, and issues such as the theoretical foundations of artificial CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3635.03
intelligence, the problem of subjectivity and consciousness, "naturalized" PHIL 5640.03: History of Philosophy: Twentieth-
intentionality (how thoughts--if they are physical things or processes-- can
have the property of being about other things), and animal cognition. Century Philosophy.
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Abramson The Twentieth Century has been a period of revolutionary change in
FORMAT: Lecture/discussion Anglophone philosophy. This class surveys the most influential figures,
PREREQUISITE: Two previous classes in philosophy including Wittgenstein, Quine, Moore and Austin.
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3445.03 INSTRUCTOR(S): D. MacIntosh
EXCLUSION: PHIL 5440.03 FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
PHIL 5450.03: Philosophy of Emotions.
We will concentrate on the resurgence of philosophical interest in the PHIL 5650.03: Modern Philosophy.
emotions over the last twenty years. Although it is obvious that much “Modern Philosophy” refers to a philosophical perspective that arose
human action is emotionally driven, traditionally many philosophers have during the great advances of Western science in the 17th and 18th
expressed skepticism about the value of emotions to rational and ethical centuries. Modern Philosophy seeks to advance the thesis that persons are
conduct. Recently, philosophers such as Martha Nussbaum, Amelie Rorty beings with conscious thoughts (ideas) and that all of the interesting forms
and Ronald De Sousa have argued that rationality requires emotions. of contact people have with the world - perceptual, semantic, epistemic,
Other philosophers have argued that we need a renewed assessment of casual - are mediated by conscious thoughts. Modern Philosophy also
the epistemic importance of emotion in revealing power and value. Topics seeks to reconcile this thesis with the scientific/materialistic image of the
will include emotional rationality; emotion and value; first person world then emerging. This class involves a study of the systematic
authority; cognitive, social constructivist and psycho-evolutionary properties of this perspective employing both historical primary sources
approaches; emotion and feminist epistemology; emotion, power and and contemporary commentary. (This class is designed to complement
racial construction. PHIL 5660.03 but can be taken independently.)
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Campbell INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Vinci
FORMAT: Lecture/discussion FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
PREREQUISITE: Two previous classes in Philosophy CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3650.03
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3450
PHIL 5660.03: Postmodern Philosophy.
PHIL 5455.03: Philosophy of Mind: Personal Identity. Modern philosophy is a philosophical perspective in which individuals
A systematic study of theories of personal identity. We will look not only and their conscious thoughts are paramount. Postmodern philosophy
at classic analytic thought experiments about identity in authors like rejects this perspective, replacing it with one in which language and
Bernard Williams and Derek Parfit, but also at literary treatments of society are paramount. We shall study this perspective in the writings of
metamorphosis and at political texts that call upon persons to undertake post-Wittgenstein philosophers like Rorty in the English-speaking world
identity shifts. Our interest will be in what these texts indicate about the as well as those like Derrida , Irigaray and Habermas on the Continent.
nature of personal continuity from within a view of persons as socially INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Hymers, P. Glazebrook
constituted. FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Campbell CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3660.03
PREREQUISITE: Two previous classes in philosophy
PHIL 5670.03: Philosophy of Science.
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3455.03 The nature of science, scientific inquiry, scientific explanation, and
EXCLUSION: PHIL 5440.03 scientific theories are explored with particular attention to key episodes in
20th Century philosophy of science. No scientific background is
PHIL 5530.03: Freedom, Action, and Responsibility. presupposed.
An investigation of the nature of action, seeking criteria for individuating, INSTRUCTOR(S): D. MacIntosh, T. Vinci, L. Meynell
describing, and explaining actions. Topics may include the roles of FORMAT: Lecture/discussion
volitions, intentions, motives, and reasons in actions; responsibility for PREREQUISITE: At least two previous classes in philosophy, including
actions and the concept of free action. one half-or full-year logic class such as PHIL 2660.03
INSTRUCTOR(S): P.K. Schotch, D. MacIntosh CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 3670.03
232 Philosophy
PHIL 5851.03: Metaphysics. end of the preceding academic year and is then posted at the Department
A study of topics such as the nature of substance and change, body and and in the Faculty’s timetable on the Web.
mind, cause and effect, and the concept of existence. INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Brett
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Hymers, T. Vinci FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Lecture/discussion CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 4192.03
PHIL 5200.03: Topics in Normative Theory.
Seminar Classes In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in Normative
Theory (e.g. Environmental Justice, Meta-Ethics, Peace and War,
PHIL 5055.03: Topics in Epistemology. Evolutionary Ethics) and investigate it in detail. When the class is offered,
In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in epistemology the topic is assigned by the Department at the end of the preceding
and investigate it in detail. When the class is offered, the topic is assigned academic year and is then posted at the Department and in the Faculty’s
by the Department at the end of the preceding academic year and is then timetable on the Web.
posted at the Department and in the Faculty’s timetable on the Web. INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Glazebrook, G. Scherkoske, N. Brett
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Hymers FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Seminar CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 4200.03
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL4055.03
PHIL 5215.03: Topics in Philosophy of Law.
PHIL 5070.03: Topics in Philosophical Psychology. In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in the Philosophy
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Campbell, D. Abramson of Law and investigate it in detail. When the class is offered, the topic is
FORMAT: Seminar assigned by the Department at the end of the preceding academic year and
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 4070.03 is then posted at the Department and in the Faculty’s timetable on the
Web.
PHIL 5080.03: Topics in Logical Theory. INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Brett
INSTRUCTOR(S): P.K. Schotch FORMAT: Seminar
PHIL 5220.03: Contemporary Philosophical Issues.
PHIL 5115.03: Topics in Ethics I. Intensive study of a few topics which are currently being debated and may
In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in ethical theory fall outside of or cut across standard classification of areas of interest.
and investigate it in detail. When the class is offered, the topic is assigned Examples are: evolution and value, philosophical accounts of "race" and
by the Department at the end of the preceding academic year and is then culture, artificial intelligence, theories of causation, supervenience.
posted at the Department and in the Faculty’s timetable on the Web. INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Campbell
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Scherkoske FORMAT: Seminar
PHIL 5470.03: Contemporary Liberalism and
PHIL 5120.03: Theory of Rational Decision. Democracy.
A study of foundational problems in contemporary theory of rational Liberalism takes a variety of forms and includes many topics including the
decision and its philosophical applications, drawing on work by rule of law, limited government, the free exchange of goods, entitlement to
philosophers, psychologists, economists and mathematicians. property, the self, and individual rights. Its philosophical and political
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. MacIntosh assumptions provide the intellectual context within which its account of
FORMAT: Seminar the individual, its vision of the community and its preferred allocation of
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 4120.03 resources will be assessed.
INSTRUCTOR(S): N. Brett, G. Scherkoske
PHIL 5125.03: Topics in Ethics II. FORMAT: Seminar
INSTRUCTOR(S): G. Scherkoske CROSS-LISTING: POLI 4479.03/5479.03, ECON 4446.03/5446.03, PHIL
4470.03
PHIL 5190.03: Topics in the History of Philosophy I.
In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in the History of PHIL5476.03: Liberalism and Global Justice.
Philosophy and investigate it in detail. When the class is offered, the topic This is a course in normative political theory. We will critically examine
is assigned by the Department at the end of the preceding academic year some recent normative political theory, and then examine the prospects
and is then posted at the Department and in the Faculty’s timetable on the and perils of attempts by recent liberal theory to articulate a principled
Web. vision of global justice. We will consider Rawls' original bounded theory
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Hymers of justice and examine some challenges it faces from both cosmopolitan
FORMAT: Seminar theories of justice and proponents of nationalism. Next we'll consider rival
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 4190.03 political conceptions of liberal international justice, and Rawls' response in
the form of his recent The Law of Peoples. Concluding, we well examine
PHIL 5191.03: Topics in the History of Philosophy II.
specific issues of applied political justice (namely, human rights and
In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in Modern immigration) as well as issues of economic and social justice and poverty.
Philosophy (e.g., the work of Descartes or Spinoza) and investigate it in INSTRUCTOR: G. Scherkoske
detail. When the class is offered, the topic is assigned by the Department at
FORMAT: Lecture/ Discussion
the end of the preceding academic year and is then posted at the
PREREQUISITES: 2 courses in Philosophy or Political Science or
Department and in the Faculty’s timetable on the Web. permission of instructor
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Hymers CROSS-LISTINGS: PHIL3476.03, POLI 3476.03
FORMAT: Seminar
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 4191.03 PHIL 5480.03: Social Choice Theory.
Arrow’s theorem brings together the theory of voting and welfare
PHIL 5192.03: Topics in the History of Philosophy III.
economics, seemingly leading both (and the theory of democracy as well)
In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in Modern to ruin. This class will consider how to cope with the problem.
Philosophy (e.g., the work of Locke or Hume) and investigate it in detail.
INSTRUCTOR(S): P.K. Schotch
When the class is offered, the topic is assigned by the Department at the
FORMAT: Seminar
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 5480.03, ECON 5448.03
Philosophy 233
PHIL 5500.03: Topics in Feminist Philosophy.
In this class we shall explore some of the current research in a focused area
of feminist philosophy. Previous topics have included feminist ethics,
feminist epistemology, postmodern feminism, the feminist sexuality
debates, and ecofeminism.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Campbell, P. Glazebrook, L. Meynell
FORMAT: Seminar
CROSS-LISTING: GWST 5500.03 Physics and Atmospheric
PHIL 5510.03: Topics in Philosophy of Language. Science
In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in the Philosophy
of Language and investigate it in detail. When the class is offered, the topic Location: Sir James Dunn Science Building
is assigned by the Department at the end of the preceding academic year Halifax, NS B3H 3J5
and is then posted at the Department and in the Faculty’s timetable on the Telephone: (902) 494-2337
Web. Fax: (902) 494-5191
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Hymers Website: www.physics.dal.ca
FORMAT: Seminar Email: physics@dal.ca
PHIL 5680.03: Topics in the Philosophy of Science. Rotermund, H.H. (494-2342)
In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in the Philosophy
of Science and investigate it in detail. When the class is offered, the topic is Graduate Advisor
assigned by the Department at the end of the preceding academic year and Dunlap, R.A. (494-2394)
is then posted at the Department and in the Faculty’s timetable on the R.A.Dunlap@dal.ca
Web.
INSTRUCTOR(S): T. Vinci, L. Meynell Coordinator, Atmospheric Science
FORMAT: Seminar Drummond, J.R. (494 2324)
Professors Emeriti
PHIL 5801.03: Topics in Ethics and Health Care. Betts, D.D., BSc, MSc (Dalhousie), PhD (McGill), FRSC - Research
In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in Ethics and Jericho, M.H., BSc, MSc (Dalhousie), PhD (Cantab), FRSC
Health Care and investigate it in detail. When the class is offered, the topic Stroink, G, BSc, MSc (Delft), PhD (McGill), PEng, cross appointment with
is assigned by the Department at the end of the preceding academic year the School of Biomedical Engineering
and is then posted at the Department and in the Faculty’s timetable on the
Web
Professors
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff Dahn, J.R., BSc (Dalhousie), MSc, PhD (UBC), FRSC, NSERC/3M Canada
FORMAT: Seminar Inc. Industrial Research Chair, Canada Research Chair in Materials for
PREREQUISITE: Graduate student or permission of the instructor. Batteries and Fuel Cells, cross appointment with Chemistry
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL4801.03, BIOT5801.03 Drummond, J.R., BA, MA, PhD (Oxford), FRSC-Canada Research Chair,
Remote Sounding of Atmospheres
PHIL 5855.03: Topics in Metaphysics. Dunlap, R.A., BS (Worcester), AM (Dartmouth), PhD (Clark)
In this seminar class, students focus on a particular topic in Metaphysics Geldart, D.J.W., BSc (Acadia), PhD (McMaster), FRSC - Research
and investigate it in detail. When the class is offered, the topic is assigned Greatbatch, R., BSc (Liverpool), PhD (Cambridge), NSERC/MARTEC/
by the Department at the end of the preceding academic year and is then AES Research (Chair), primary appointment with Oceanography
posted at the Department and in the Faculty’s timetable on the Web. Kreuzer, H.J., MSc, DSc (Bonn), FRSC - A.C. Fales Professor of Theoretical
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. MacIntosh Physics
FORMAT: Seminar Rotermund, H.H., PhD (Berlin), George Munro Professor of Physics
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 4855.03 White, M.A., BSc (UWO), PhD (McMaster), University Research Professor,
primary appointment with Chemistry
PHIL5960.03/5980.03; 5970X/Y.06/5990X/Y.06: Zwanziger, J., W., BA (Chicago), PhD (Cornell), Canada Research Chair in
Directed Study Class. NMR Studies of Materials, primary appointment with Chemistry
PHIL 9000.00: MA Thesis. Associate Professors

Duck, T., BSc, PhD (York)
PHIL 9530.00: PhD Thesis. Folkins, I., BSc (Dalhousie), MSc, PhD (Toronto), cross appointment with
Oceanography
Hewitt, K., BSc (Toronto), PhD (Simon Fraser), P.PHYS
Hill, I.G., BSc, PhD (Queen’s)
Kyriakidis, J., BSc, MSc (Dalhousie), PhD (Basel)
Lesins, G.B., PhD (Toronto), Research
Labrie, D., BSc (Montreal), MSc, PhD (McMaster)
Maksym, G.N., PhD (McGill), primary appointment in the School of
Biomedical Engineering
Martin, R.V., BS (Cornell), MS, PhD (Harvard), cross appointment with
Environmental Programs, Chemistry
Rutenberg, A.D., BSc (Toronto), PhD (Princeton)
Tindall, D.A., BA, PhD (Cantab)
Bonev, S.A., MSc (Dalhousie), PhD (Cornell)
Hale, M., PhD (UNB), primary appointment with Radiation Oncology,
Dalhousie
234 Physics and Atmospheric Science

Hall, K.C., MSc, PhD (Toronto), (NSERC University Faculty Award) At least two full credit classes are normally required.
Kreplak, L., MSc (Supelec), PhD (Univ. Paris XI)
Monchesky, T., BASc (Toronto), PhD (Simon Fraser) Research, preparation, and oral defense of a thesis are required.
Robar, J., MSc (McGill) PhD, (UBC), primary appointment with Radiation
Oncology. B. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Wells, S.M., BSc (Western), PhD (Toronto), (NSERC University Faculty For minimum time required to complete this program, see the Faculty of
Award) Graduate Studies regulations in this calendar.
Adjunct Professors At least two full credit classes are normally required and additional classes
may be specified by supervisory committees.
Austin, R., PhD (McMaster), Astronomy and Physics, SMU
Azzouz, M. PhD (J.F., France), Physics & Astronomy, Laurentian A preliminary oral examination must be completed successfully.
University
Barkanova, S., PhD (U of Manitoba), Acadia U. Research and the preparation and oral defense of a thesis are required.
Bennett, C., PhD (Waterloo), Physics, Acadia U.
The PhD degree will be granted primarily on the basis of the candidate's
Beyea, S., PhD (UNB), National Research Council of Canada
ability to carry through original investigation. Part of the evidence of this
Bowen, C., PhD (UWO) Institute for Biodiagnostics, NRC
will be acceptance of scientific material for publication in refereed journals
Butler, M., PhD (Caltech), Astronomy and Physics, SMU
and the preparation of a satisfactory thesis.
Chyek, P., PhD (U of Cal), LANL
Hornridge, D., PhD (U of Saskatchewan) Physics, Mount Allison
Lohmann, U., PhD (Hamburg) ETH Zurich, Switzerland IV. Class Descriptions
Purcell, C., PhD (Dalhousie), Defence Research and Development Canada 5000-level classes are fourth-year undergraduate classes which may be
Ritchie, H.C., MSc, PhD (McGill), Meteorological Service of Canada- taken for graduate credit in certain circumstances. They are normally
Atlantic5 taken by new graduate students having background deficiencies in
Robertson, M., PhD (Waterloo), Physics, Acadia U. specific areas. 6000-level classes are full graduate classes.
Sarty, A., PhD (U of Saskatchewan), Astronomy and Physics, SMU
All graduate students are required to attend and participate in regular
Postdoctoral Fellows/Research Associates departmental seminars.
Bayinder, Z., PhD (Clark University) A selection of the following graduate classes will be offered subject to
Garsuch, A., PhD (Leipzig) demand.
Garsuch, R., PhD (Leipzig)
Hatchard, T., PhD (Dalhousie) PHYC 5100.03: Electromagnetism.
Lamsal, L., PhD (Universität Bremen) Topics will normally include electrostatics and magnetostatics, boundary
Payne, S.H., PhD (Cantab) value problems, fields in matter, time-dependent phenomena. Maxwell’s
Stevens, D., PhD (Dalhousie) equations, electromagnetic waves, radiation.
Sudiarta, W., PhD (Dalhousie) FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
Wang, R.L., PhD (Dalhousie) PREREQUISITE: PHYC 2510.03, 4160.03; MATH 3110.03/3120.03; or the
Westreich, P., PhD (Simon Fraser) permission of the instructor
Yang, R., PhD (CAS, Beijing)
Zhao, F., PhD (University of Science & Technology of China) PHYC 5151.03: Quantum Physics II.
This class is a continuation of PHYC 3640.03. Topics include: time-
I. Introduction independent perturbation theory, the variational principle, the WKB
approximation, time-dependent perturbation theory, scattering, Born
The Department of Physics and Atmospheric Science offers both masters
approximation.
and doctoral degree programs. Research in the department has an
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 3640.03
interdisciplinary approach with major activities in: Atmospheric Science,
Biophysics, Condensed Matter Physics, Materials Science, Surface Science, PHYC 5152.03: Quantum Physics III.
Photonics, and Computational Physics and involves collaborations with Topics covered can include scattering theory, symmetries, relativistic
other units such as Biomedical Engineering, Chemistry, Mathematics, quantum mechanics, second quantization, many-body systems and
Medicine, and Oceanography, as well as government and industrial quantum applications in materials science.
laboratories. Research facilities include a large array of sample preparation FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
and analytical tools as well as extensive computational facilities. PREREQUISITE: PHYC 5151.03
The most up-to-date information about our graduate programs, admission
requirements, academic regulations, graduate classes and research
PHYC 5160.03: Mathematical Methods of Physics.
activities is available at our Website: http://www.physics.dal.ca Topics discussed include: complex variable theory, Fourier and Laplace
transform techniques, special functions, partial differential equations.
II. Admission Requirements PREREQUISITE: PHYC 2140.03, MATH 3120.03 or permission of the
Candidates must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the instructor
Faculty of Graduate Studies. An MSc is the normal admission requirement
for the PhD program. It is recommended that all international students PHYC 5170.03: Topics in Mathematical Physics.
provide the Department with an official copy of the Advanced Graduate This class is a continuation of PHYC 5160.03 and deals with special topics
Record Examination in Physics. In some cases this will be made a in mathematical physics selected from areas such as the Green’s function
precondition to consideration of the student's application for admission. technique for solving ordinary and partial differential equations,
scattering theory and phase shift analysis, diffraction theory, group
III. Degree Programs theory, tensor analysis, and general relativity.
A. Master of Science (MSc) PREREQUISITE: PHYC 5160.03, or permission of the instructor
Graduate Studies regulations in this calendar.
Physics and Atmospheric Science 235

PHYC 5180.03: Nuclear and Particle Physics. CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 5500.03
This is an introductory class in nuclear physics. Topics discussed include:
nucleon-nucleon interactions, nuclear structure, gamma transitions, alpha
PHYC 5510.03: Atmospheric Physics II.
decay, beta decay, nuclear reactions and elementary particle physics. The major topics covered in this class are the physics of clouds and storms.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours Other topics include aerosol physics, lightning and radar techniques.
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 3640.03 or permission of the instructor Other topics are covered at the discretion of the instructor.
PHYC 5220.03: Microcomputer Based PREREQUISITE: PHYC 4500.03, or permission of the instructor
Instrumentation. CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 5510.03
Subject material: instrument design, analog to digital and digital to analog PHYC 5520.03: Introduction to Atmospheric Science.
techniques, custom interfacing to sensors, algorithms, parallel and serial This general overview of the atmosphere provides the student with an
output data links, software testing and debugging, hardware testing and understanding of the composition and thermal structure of the
debugging, research project. atmosphere, air mass and frontal theory and weather generating physical
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours processes and their consequences. Other topics include atmospheric
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 3810.03 or permission of the instructor radiation, dynamic meteorology, climatology and the physics of clouds
PHYC 5230.03: Introduction to Solid State Physics. and storms.
An introduction to the basic concepts of solid state physics which are
PREREQUISITE: At least one 3rd year physics class or permission of the
related to the periodic nature of the crystalline lattice. Topics include
instructor
crystal structure, X-ray diffraction, phonons and lattice vibrations, the free
electron theory of metals, and energy bands.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours PHYC 5540.03: Synoptic Meteorology I.
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 3640.03, PHYC 3210.03, or permission of the This class introduces the practical skills of meteorological observation and
instructor analysis. Emphasis is on developing skills in drawing and interpreting
PHYC 5311.03: Fluid Dynamics. weather maps, and on studying the three-dimensional structure of
weather systems. Satellite and radar remote sensing of the atmosphere is
An introduction to the theory of fluid dynamics with some emphasis on
also introduced. Case studies of atmospheric systems and processes are
geophysically important aspects. Topics include kinematics, equations of
carried out during the tutorial-laboratory period.
motion, viscous flow, potential flow and basic aerodynamics.
FORMAT: Lecture 2 hours, tutorial-lab 3 hours
PREREQUISITE: At least 1 third-year physics class
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 5541.03, PHYC 4540.03
PHYC 5550.03: Synoptic Meteorology II.
PHYC 5330.03: Crystallography and Physical
This class extends the analysis and diagnosis of atmospheric dynamics
Properties. and weather processes introduced in PHYC 4540.03. Emphasis is on the
The class covers an introduction to space groups, single crystal diffraction, practical application of meteorological theory, particularly in the area of
powder x-ray and neutron diffraction as well as Rietveld profile diagnosing the cases of weather events. Modern computer and statistical
refinement methods. The impact of structure on physical properties of methods are discussed, and students receive an introduction to weather
solids will be examined. There will be hands-on experimental activities in forecasting.
addition to lectures. FORMAT: Lecture 2 hours, tutorial-lab 3 hours
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours PREREQUISITE: PHYC 5540.03
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 3140.03 or permission of the instructor CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 5550.03, PHYC 4550.03
PHYC 5411.03: Atmospheric Dynamics I. PHYC 5570.03: Light Scattering, Radiative Transfer,
The basic laws of fluid dynamics are applied to studies of atmospheric and Remote Sensing.
motion, including the atmospheric boundary layer and synoptic scale
The equations of radiative transfer are developed and applied to the
weather disturbances (the familiar highs and lows on weather maps).
interaction of solar and terrestrial radiation with molecules, aerosols, and
Emphasis will be placed on the blend of mathematical theory and physical
clouds in the atmosphere. Emphasized topics include satellite remote
reasoning which leads to the best understanding of the dominant physical
sensing, scattering and absorption, and the Earth radiation budget.
mechanisms.
PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor PHYC 5595.03: Atmospheric Chemistry.
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 5411.03 A fundamental introduction to the physical and chemical processes
PHYC 5412.03: Atmospheric Dynamics II. determining the composition of the atmosphere and its implications for
climate, ecosystems, and human welfare. Origin of the atmosphere.
The approach is the same as for PHYC 5411.03, with emphasis on
Nitrogen, oxygen, carbon, sulfur cycles. Climate and the greenhouse
synoptic-scale wave phenomena, frontal motions, and the global
effect. Atmospheric transport and turbulence. Stratospheric ozone.
circulation. Additional topics including tropical meteorology, middle
Oxidizing power of the atmosphere. Regional air pollution: aerosols,
atmospheric dynamics, severe storms, mesoscale meteorology and
smog, acid rain.
numerical weather prediction may be included.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Martin
FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 5411.03, or permission of the instructor
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 5595.03, PHYC 4595.03, OCEA 4595.03
PHYC 5650.03: General Relativity.
PHYC 5500.03: Atmospheric Physics I.
A review of differential geometry will be given followed by an
The first part of the class deals with an overview of classical
introduction to the general theory of relativity. Various topics will be
thermodynamics and its application to the atmosphere where the role of
discussed, including: linearized theory and gravitational radiation,
water in all its phases is emphasized. The second part of the class is on the
spherically symmetric metrics and the Schwarzchild Solution,
solar and terrestrial components of atmospheric radiative transfer.
gravitational collapse, black holes, and cosmology.
PREREQUISITE: At least one 3rd year physics class, preferably
thermodynamics, or permission of the instructor

PHYC 5660.03: Cosmology. PREREQUISITE: PHYC 3210.03 and 4151.03, or permission of the
A self-contained introduction to cosmology will be given and no prior instructor
knowledge of differential geometry of general relativity will be assumed
(although some knowledge or elementary differential equations will be
PHYC 6262.03: Statistical Mechanics II.
useful). A cosmological model is a model of the universe, as a whole, on This class is a continuation of PHYC 6261.03.
the largest scales; the emphasis of the class will be on the modelling FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
aspects of cosmology. PREREQUISITE: PHYC 6261.03, or permission of the instructor
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours PHYC 6270.03: Order-Disorder Phenomena and
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 5410.03 Phase Transitions.
PHYC 6121.03: Quantum Theory. PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
Selected topics in quantum mechanics: field theoretic and computational
techniques. PHYC 6271.03: Field Theoretical Methods in Critical
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours Phenomena.
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 4151.03 and 4152.03, or permission of the Phenomena around the critical point, model Hamiltonians for spin
instructor systems, magnetism, renormalization group theory, Landau and Landau-
Ginzburg theory, scaling theory and universality, epsilon expansion.
PHYC 6141.03: Advanced Quantum Theory I. FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
Topics include path integral methods. PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 6121.03 or permission of the instructor. PHYC 6280.03: Superconductivity.
Discovered in 1911, the fascinating phenomenon of superconductivity is a
PHYC 6142.03: Advanced Quantum Theory II. remarkable example of quantum effects operating on a truly macroscopic
Topics covered include advanced many-body techniques. scale. Emphasizing fundamental physical phenomena rather than detailed
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours microscopic theory, a number of topics will be covered including: normal
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 6121.03 and 6141.03 or permission of the Fermi liquids, superfluid He; electrodynamic properties; two-fluid model;
instructor London equations; finite temperature effects; Meissner-Ochsenfeld effect;
collective modes; Cooper pairs; BCS Theory; Ginzburg-Landau Theory;
PHYC 6201.03: Solid State Physics. Bogoliubov’s microscopic model; tunnelling; Josephson effect; Type I and
Topics covered include crystal structures, reciprocal lattices, space groups, Type II superconductors; magnetic flux lattice
x-ray scattering, Debye scattering formalism, lattice vibrations, phonon FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
dispersion, specific heat of solids, electronic structure, free electron model PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
and nearly-free electron model.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours PHYC 6291.03: Surface Science I.
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 4151.03 and 4230.03, or permission of the Topics include experimental methods of surface characterization;
instructor structure of surfaces and adsorbates; adsorption, desorption and diffusion;
surface reconstruction.
PHYC 6202.03: Solid State Physics II. FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
This course is a continuation of PHYC 6201.03 and covers the physical PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
properties of solids at a more advanced level.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours PHYC 6292.03: Surface Science II.
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 6202.03 A continuation of PHYC 6291.03 covering surface reactions and catalysis;
kinetic theory; lattice gas models; multilayer growth and epitaxy; adhesion
PHYC 6241.03: Advanced Solid State Physics. and friction.
Many body theory. Applications to electron systems, magnetism and FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
phonons. PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 6201.03 or permission of the instructor PHYC 6301.03: Electrodynamics I.
Topics will normally include: boundary-value methods for problems in
PHYC 6250.03: Experimental Techniques in Material electrostatics and magnetostatics, multipolar expansions for the
Science. electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, Maxwell equations, plane
An introduction to six experimental techniques used in materials science electromagnetic waves and wave propagation in a variety of media,
will be given. Examples of techniques that may be covered include x-ray reflection and transmission of electromagnetic waves at an interface,
diffraction, x-ray photoelectron spectroscopy, Raman spectroscopy, simple radiating systems, elementary Mie scattering theory.
Mossbauer spectroscopy, neutron diffraction, nuclear magnetic resonance. FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Dunlap PREREQUISITE: PHYC 4110.03, or permission of the instructor
FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 3640.03, 3210.03, 4230.03, or permission of the PHYC 6302.03: Electrodynamics II.
instructor Topics will normally include: wave guides and resonant cavities,
diffraction, angular frequency, analysis of the radiation by moving charges
PHYC 6261.03: Statistical Mechanics I. including synchrotron and Cherenkov radiation, radiation damping, self-
Statistical mechanics describes the equilibrium properties of systems. fields, scattering and absorption of radiation by bound systems.
Really it is about how to model properties of soft-systems in the face of FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
fluctuations. We will start with a review of the basic formalism, then PREREQUISITE: PHYC 6301.03 or permission of the instructor
discuss mean-field theories, critical phenomenon, diffusion, and stochastic
models. Depending on interest and time, we may also discuss opological PHYC 6400.03: Medical Imaging Physics.
defects, non-equilibrium phenomenon, and computational techniques. This class introduces the physics behind a variety of medical imaging
Physical examples and simple models will be discussed throughout the methodologies such as x-ray computed tomography (CT), magnetic
course. resonance imaging (MRI), and radionuclide imaging. Various topics such
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours as the fundamental physics, hardware, specialized techniques, image
quality and safety will be covered.
Physics and Atmospheric Science 237

INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Beyea FORMAT: Lecture 2 hours
FORMAT: Lecture PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 3210, PHYC 3640, PHYC 4100, or permission of
the instructor PHYC 6602.03: Topics in Physics.
Topics selected will depend on the current interests of the instructor and
PHYC 6421.03: Radiological Physics. the students.
The material in this course is designed to teach a graduate in physics (or FORMAT: Lecture 2 hours
engineering, with strong physics and math) the basics of radiological PREREQUISITE: Permission of the instructor
physics and dosimetry. Quantities and units are introduced early so that
radioactive decay and radiation interactions can then be discussed, with PHYC 9000.00: MSc Thesis.
emphasis on energy transfer and dose deposition. Exponential attenuation
under both narrow and broad-beam conditions must be understood before PHYC 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
a student can go on a shielding design in a health physics course.
PHYC 6422.03: Radiation Therapy Physics.

The course covers ionizing radiation generation and use in radiation
therapy to cause controlled biological effects in cancer patient: External
Beam Radiation Therapy; Brachytherapy; Treatment, Plannning;
Radiation Therapy Devices; Special Techniques in Radiotherapy;
Radiation Therapy with Neutrons, Protons, and Heavy Ions.
PREREQUISITE: PHYC 6421.03
PHYC 6500.03: Magnetism.

Topics covered may include, diamagnetism, paramagnetism,
ferromagnetism, mixed magnetic order, spin glasses, phase transitions,
rare earth magnetism and magnetic measurement techniques.
PHYC 6570.03: Light Scattering and Radiative

Transfer.
Light Scattering and Radiative Transfer examines a selection of
practical aspects of the radiative transfer problem in the atmosphere.
The course will begin by covering some necessary modern and advanced
programming techniques. The theory of light scattering and absorption
will be explored, and the relationship between radiative transfer and
the problems of retrieving geophysical properties from radiative
measurements will be
investigated. Project work will emphasise the interpretation of
measurements from remote-sensing instrumentation."
PHYC 6575.03: Topics in Atmospheric Science.

This advanced graduate class will focus on current research topics in
atmospheric science. Fundamental theories of atmospheric science will be
applied to the selected topics. Each student will participate in a research
project, write a project report and give an oral presentation.
PHYC 6580.03: Cloud Physics.

A detailed examination of the behaviour of condensed water in the
atmosphere. Topics include nucleation, hydrodynamics of cloud and
precipitation particles, ice physics, mechanisms of precipitation formation,
electrical and radiative properties. Cloud dynamics will include effects of
latent heating feedback, thunderstorm structure, precipitation efficiency,
mixed-phase storms and cloud models.
PHYC 6600.03: Topics in Physics.

the students.
PHYC 6601.03: Topics in Physics.

the students.

Linsdell, P., BSc (London), PhD (Leicester). Ion channel biophysics;
chloride channel structure and function; epithelial transport; cystic
fibrosis
Morgunov, N., BSc, MSc, PhD (Toronto). Effects of neurotransmitters on
membrane transport of anions and cations; electrophysiological
Physiology and Biophysics electrochemical studies on isolated perfused renal tubules.

Murphy, M.G., MSc, PhD (Dal). Polyunsaturated fatty-acid modulation of
neuroreceptor function in cultured neural cells; pathophysiology of
Location: Sir Charles Tupper Building, Third Floor Reye’s syndrome; potentiation of viral virulence by environmental
Halifax, NS B3H 1X5 chemicals
Telephone: (902) 494-3517 Pelzer, S., PhD (Freiburg), Modulation of Ca2+ channels and Na+/Ca+
Fax: (902) 494-1685 exchange by neurotransmitters; second messengers; G-proteins and
drugs; Intracellular Ca2+ imaging.
Head of Department Tremblay, F., BSc, PhD (Montréal), major appointment, Department of
Murphy, P.R. Ophthalmology. Neurobiology of vertebrate retina, neuroprotection.
Graduate Coordinator Assistant Professors

Anini, Y. Anini, Y., PhD (Paris, France). Prohormones processing. Role of new
enteric peptides and adipokines in the regulation of pancreatic
Professors secretions and adipogenesis. Hormonal regulation of energy
Barnes, S.A., PhD (Berkeley). Retinal neurobiology; ion channel function in homeostasis. Type 2 diabetes. Obesity.
synaptic communication; novel neuromodulators and neural Chappe, V., MSc, PhD (Marseille, France). Structure, function, recycling
messengers and regulation of the CFTR chloride channel; Cystic Fibrosis causing
Brown, R.E., BSc (Victoria), MA, PhD (Dal), major appointment in mutations; second messengers; protein kinases; protein interactions;
Department of Psychology. Olfaction; hormones, parental behaviours; receptors and signalling pathways.
learning and memory; developmental psychobiology; Cowley, E.A., BSc (London), PhD (Leicester). Oxidative stress in lung
psychopharmacology. disease: Role of K+ channels in transeptithelial secretion
Chauhan, B., PhD (Wales), Major appointment, Department of Krueger, S., PhD (Zurich). Synaptic physiology; development and
Ophthalmology. Experimental models of optic nerve and retinal plasticity of synapses in the central nervous system; regulation of
damage, visual function in health and disease, structural and neurotransmitter release.
functional assessment of glaucoma, risk factors for the progression of
glaucoma. Information on research interests in the Department and openings for
Croll, R.P., BSc (Tufts), PhD (McGill). Physiology and functional anatomy graduate and post-PhD or post-MD study should be requested from the
of invertebrate nervous systems; analyses of motor program Graduate Coordinator of the Department.
generation; regeneration, development, and evolution of identified
neurons I. Admission Requirements
Fine, A., AB (Harvard), VMD, PhD (Penn). Neural plasticity; learning and
General requirements for admission to the Faculty of Graduate Studies are
memory, development and regeneration; optical monitoring of neural
given in the Faculty Regulations section of this calendar. In addition,
activity and plasticity; neural transplantation
foreign applicants must submit the results of the Graduate Record
French, A.S., MSc, PhD (Essex). Sensory transduction and adaptation;
Examination. A paper-based TOEFL score of at least 600 (computer-based
epithelial ion transport; ion channel biophysics
TOEFL score of at least 250) is required of applicants whose native
Guernsey, D., PhD (Hawaii), Major appointment in Pathology. Molecular
language is not English (see Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations).
basis of carcinogenesis; the role of thyroid hormone and the erb-a
oncogene (t3 receptor) in carcinogenesis; thyroid hormone regulation
of gene expression. II. General Regulations
McDonald, T.F., BSc (Alta), PhD (Dal), DIC (Imperial College). Heart The Department accepts applicants with degrees in physiology, biology,
physiology (membrane channels, excitability, coupling, arrhythmia, (bio)physics, chemistry and related biomedical sciences. Applicants with
conduction, contractility); metabolism; cardiac drugs; volume an average GPA of > 3.7 over the last two years of their undergraduate
regulation program or over their entire undergraduate career will be considered for
Meinertzhagen, I.A., BSc (Aberdeen), PhD (St. Andrews), major expedited admission consideration and a Departmental entrance
appointment, Dept. of Psychology. Neurobiology of simple nervous scholarship. Entering graduate students are expected to acquire a firm
systems, particularly the visual system in Drosophila: neural understanding of the basic principles of physiology at the systems, cellular
development and plasticity. and molecular levels that will provide a solid foundation for career
Murphy, P.R., MSc, PhD (Dal). FGF; growth factors; gliomas; lymphomas; development. Students who have not completed advanced undergraduate
gene therapy; antisense or graduate level classes in these subjects may be required to take
Pelzer, D.J., MD (Heidelberg), DSc (Homburg). Channel function; appropriate classes from the listings below or from the graduate listings of
pharmacology (cardiovascular drugs) and modulation (transmitters, other Departments. Advanced knowledge within a specialty is developed
second messengers, G-proteins) of Ca2+ Channels; intracellular Ca2+ by formal classes and/or guided study via directed reading classes
imaging arranged for each student through consultation with a supervisory
Rasmusson, D., BA (Colo C), MA, PhD (Dal). Plasticity in the central committee. Thesis supervisory committees consisting of the research
nervous system; acetylcholine release supervisor and at least two members of the Faculty of Graduate Studies
Torkkeli, P.H., BSc, MSc, LcSc (Oulu), PhD (Alta). Mechanosensitive, knowledgeable in the field are appointed to guide course selection and to
voltage- and ligand-gated ion channels in mechanosensory neurons, oversee the research of graduate candidates. M.Sc. students may elect to
central control of mechanosensation. transfer to the Ph.D. program after completion of the first year of study,
Wilkinson, M., BSc (Southampton), PhD (London), major appointment, pending approval of the supervisory committee. Entering Ph.D.
Department of Obstetrics/Gynecology. Molecular neuroendocrinology candidates must have demonstrated the ability to carry out research of
of leptin and obesity, molecular approaches to the neural control of high quality. A Comprehensive Examination in areas relevant to the
puberty, hormones and cardiac gene expression. general field of the thesis research (see Faculty of Graduate Studies
regulations and below) is required in the Ph.D. program. All graduate
students participate in the Physiology seminar series and in teaching/
laboratory demonstrating (PHYL 5517.03).
Physiology and Biophysics 239

III. Degree Programs motivation, learning, circadian hythmicity and sleep/wake cycles and
cognitive neuroscience. Evaluation will be based on several oral and
written presentations prepared throughout the year, and grant proposals.
A. Master of Science (MSc)
For the minimum time required to complete this program, see the Faculty consecutive terms; credit will only be given if both are completed
of Graduate Studies regulations. However, students should expect to consecutively.
spend two years working towards the MSc Degree. INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Barnes, K. Semba, J. Downie, V. Rafuse
Physiology 5517.03 is a mandatory component of the M.Sc. program.
NESC 6101.03: Principles of Neuroscience: Cellular
Students must complete enough graduate level classes to equal a total of 2 and Molecular Neuroscience.
full credits plus a research thesis. The M.Sc. thesis examination will
commence with a public presentation of the research work, then questions NESC 6102.03: Principles of Neuroscience: Systems
from the examining committee chaired by the Graduate Coordinator (or and Behavioral Neuroscience.
delegate) and the audience. Finally, the examining committee will meet in Neuroscience 6101.03 and 6102.03 are Neuroscience 6100X/Y.06 divided
camera to decide the examination result. A detailed description of into terms A and B for suitable incorporation into non-Neuroscience
examination procedures and possible outcomes is available from the programs. Please see class description of NESC 6100X/Y.06.
Physiology
For the minimum time required to complete this program, see the Faculty PHYL 5000.03: Scientific Writing and Presentation
of Graduate Studies regulations. Students should expect to spend a Skills.
minimum of four years working towards the Ph.D. degree. This class provides training in the written and oral presentation of
Physiology 5517.03 is a mandatory component of the Ph.D. program. scientific data. During the first part, the course will focus on the
composition of a fellowship application and a research publication. In the
A preliminary examination in subjects relevant to the general field of second part, students will practice giving scientific presentations in
research is required. The preliminary examination consists of (1) the various informal and formal settings.
preparation of a written paper, (2) oral synopsis of the paper, and (3) oral INSTRUCTOR(S): Y. Anini, V. Chappe, S. Krueger
examination of the student on matters related to the topic of the paper.
Students must satisfy the examining committee in all 3 areas in order to PHYL 5323.03: Human Physiology: The Mechanisms
pass the examination. The student must submit at least 3 topics related to, of Body Functions.
but not directly associated with, the thesis topic to their supervisory This class covers the physiology of human organ systems including
committee for consideration. The topic will then be chosen by the student's neurophysiology, cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, gastrointestinal and
supervisory committee (in consultation with the student), and must then endocrine physiology. In addition to lectures there will be in-depth
be approved by the Graduate Education Committee. The topic cannot be discussions and analyses of current topics as they apply to the organ
changed without full agreement of both committees. systems. This class is mainly directed towards 4th year Honors science
students and graduate students.
Research and the presentation and defense of a thesis is required. The
DIRECTOR: A.S. French
Ph.D. thesis examination will follow the rules and regulations of the
FORMAT: Lecture
PREREQUISITE: Approval of the class director
C. Doctor of Philosophy/Master of Science (MSc/ PHYL 5494.03: Chemical Neurobiology.
PhD) in Physiology and Biophysics/ Neuroscience The goal of this class is to acquaint the student with contemporary
Physiology and Biophysics also offers a MSc and PhD in Physiology and concepts of neurotransmission and neuromodulation. Topics include
Biophysics/Neuroscience through the Interdisciplinary Neuroscience classical neurotransmitters (catecholamines, acetylcholine, amino acids),
Program. Please see section on Interdisciplinary and joint programs, neuropeptides (especially opioids), gene expression, and anatomical
page 177 tracing methods.
DIRECTOR(S): M. Wilkinson and K. Semba
FORMAT: Lecture
IV. Teaching Requirements PREREQUISITE: PHYL 2030.03; fourth year honors; a graduate program
Teaching undergraduate physiology, in laboratories, tutorials, or reviews in another department
is considered an integral part of graduate training. All students will be CROSS-LISTING: ANAT 5070.03, NESC/PSYO 4070.03
expected to perform a minimum amount of undergraduate teaching,
regardless of the source of their financial support. PHYL 5504.03: Advanced Topics in Respiration.
This class is directed to students interested in increasing their
V. Class Descriptions understanding of aspects of pulmonary biology and pathologies.
Examples of typical topics which will be examined in depth include
Most classes normally require a minimum enrolment of 4 students. If less
epithelial transport, airway smooth muscle, pulmonary function testing
students are interested, it is left to the discretion of the instructor to offer and CFTR regulation.
the class in a different format or not offer the class for that year. INSTRUCTOR(S): Individual faculty members in liaison with E. Cowley
Neuroscience FORMAT: Lecture supplemented with tutorials
PREREQUISITE: PHYS 2030 or equivalent plus permission of the course
The following classes are offered through the interdisciplinary
coordinator
neuroscience program:
NESC 6100X/Y.06: Principles of Neuroscience. PHYL 5508.03/5509.03/5510.03: Directed Readings in

This is the core class for all first year Neuroscience graduate students. The Physiology and Biophysics.
first term will focus on cellular and molecular neurobiology and will cover These classes allow the Department to provide a more specialized
topics such as membrane potentials, synaptic transmission, second instruction on specific topics to graduate students with particular
messengers, trophic factors, cell differentiation and neurodegeneration. interests. Class format is variable and may include seminars, lectures,
The second term will focus on systems and behavioral neurobiology and literature searching, evaluation of papers, etc. There is usually a high
will cover topics such as visual and somatosensory systems, motor degree of one-on-one interaction. The classes are organized on a year-to-
program generation, autonomic and neuroendocrine functions, year basis in accordance with student interest and faculty expertise. Since
240 Physiology and Biophysics

different subjects may be covered each year, each class in the series has a PHYL 5519.03: Molecular Physiology of Ion Channels.
separate number. This class focuses on the molecular properties of ion channels, and
INSTRUCTOR(S): Individual faculty members in liaison with D. Pelzer includes an overview of the techniques used to study ion channel
(Graduate Coordinator) structure and function, ion permeation and selectivity, channel gating and
PREREQUISITE: Permission of the Director modulation, the mechanisms by which channels are affected by drugs and
toxins, and genetic diseases causing channel dysfunction.
PHYL 5513.03: Endocrine Physiology. DIRECTOR(S): P. Linsdell
Offered every second year, or on demand, next offered 2008/2009. FORMAT: Lectures/student presentations
This class provides an in-depth survey of Endocrinology with emphasis PREREQUISITE: PHYL 3320.03 or 4327.03 or equivalent plus permission
on recent developments. This class focuses on modern technologies of the class director
involved in the study of the physiology and molecular endocrinology of a
number of horrmonally-regulated systems. The overall objective of the PHYL 5521.03: Molecular Physiology.
course is to become familiar with a diverse selection of topics in hormone Offered every second year, next offered in 2008/2009.
signaling. Topics include: mechanisms of hormone and neuro-peptides This is a lecture/seminar class designed to give the student an in--depth
synthesis, secretion and action; signal transduction and transcriptional exposure to contemporary concepts of the physiology of intracellular
regulation. Seminars will deal with fundamental as well as advanced communications. Topics include transmembrane and intracellular
aspects of these topics derived from reading very recent review articles receptors, ion channels, molecular adaptor proteins, signal transduction
and research papers. Students will be expected to make presentations pathways and signal cross--talk. The class consists of lectures, guided
based upon appropriate literature listed by the teaching faculty. reading and student presentations of recent research papers in the field.
DIRECTOR(S): Y. Anini Evaluation is based on participation and presentations (50%), and on a
PREREQUISITE: PHYL 2030X/Y.06 completed or concomitant, or written paper in the format of a research grant application.
equivalent, or permission of director INSTRUCTOR(S): P.R. Murphy (Director) and staff
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar and guided reading
PHYL 5514.03: Reproductive Physiology. PREREQUISITE: BIOC 4301.03 or permission of the class director
This is a lecture/seminar class devoted to a modern treatment of human
and animal reproductive physiology. Topics include: sexual PHYL 5608.06/5609.06/5610.06: Directed Readings in
differentiation, sexual maturation, menstrual cycle, male reproduction and Physiology and Biophysics.
the physiology of pregnancy, birth and lactation.
These classes allow the Department to provide more specialized
DIRECTOR(S): M. Wilkinson
instruction on specific topics to graduate students with particular
PREREQUISITE: PHYL 2030X/Y.06; fourth year honors; graduate
interests. Class format is variable and may include seminars, lectures,
students (permission of class director)
literature searching, evaluation of papers, etc. There is usually a high
PHYL 5517.03: Physiology and Biophysics Graduate degree of one-on-one interaction. The classes are organized on a year-to-
year basis in accordance with student interest and faculty expertise. Since
Seminar. different subjects may be covered each year, each class in the series has a
A mandatory class that all graduate students must complete in order to separate number.
graduate. Satisfactory performance in the class components is required INSTRUCTOR(S): Individual faculty members in liaison with D. J. Pelzer
throughout the degree program in order for the student to be permitted to (Graduate Coordinator)
register for the course in their final year. The main objectives of the class PREREQUISITE: Permission of the Director
are to provide opportunities for students to acquire experience in giving
lectures and poster presentations to scientific audiences, and in PHYL 9000.00: MSc Thesis.
assimilating and evaluating scientific information presented by others. MSc students should register for this “class” each year.
Opportunity is also available in giving scheduled lectures to non-medical
undergraduate students and in supervising laboratory components of PHYL 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
non-medical undergraduate courses as Teaching Assistants. PhD students should register for this “class” each year.
There are four components to the class:
1. The Physiology and Biophysics Departmental Seminar Series. There are
several seminars per year and attendance is mandatory for all graduate
students. Students are often given the opportunity to meet informally with
guest speakers. Graduate students are also expected to attend relevant
seminars in other Faculty of Medicine and University Departments. All
graduate students in this class should attend one seminar per week on
average.
2. Graduate Student Research Day of the Faculty of Medicine. M.Sc.
students are required to present a poster at the annual Graduate Student
Research Day of the Faculty of Medicine in their second year of study (and
annually thereafter for as long as they are in the program). Ph.D. students
must participate in the Graduate Student Research Day of the Faculty of
Medicine in their second year of study and yearly thereafter. If a student
for valid reasons cannot meet the date of Graduate Student Research Day
of the Faculty of Medicine, presentation of a poster at a national or
international conference is considered as equivalent.
3. M.Sc. students must present one Departmental Seminar; Ph.D. students
must present two Departmental Seminars over the course of their
program. Each student seminar is monitored by a faculty committee
selected by the Graduate Education Committee to ensure that the students
receive oral and written feedback on their presentation.
4. Participation as Teaching Assistants in the laboratory components of
non-medical undergraduate Physiology courses is mandatory. One-on-
one tutoring of undergraduate students in these courses is expected from
all graduate students.
DIRECTOR(S): Y. Anini
Physiology and Biophysics 241

area. Increasingly, opportunities are available in rehabilitation centres,
extended care units, special schools, or with local government agencies,
industrial health units, sports clubs and private clinics.
A. Master of Science (Physiotherapy)

Physiotherapy The MSc (Physiotherapy) entry to practice program is full-time and
offered over a continuous 26-month period. The curriculum prepares
students with the professional education and experience necessary to
Location: Forrest Building, 4th Floor apply for the national licensing examination. The School of Physiotherapy
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5 at Dalhousie is the only school serving Atlantic Canada; as such, a
Telephone: (902) 494-2524 provincial quota system is in place with a specified number of seats
Fax: (902) 494-1941 allocated annually for residents of New Brunswick, Prince Edward Island,
Newfoundland and Nova Scotia. A small number of seats are open to non-
Director residents. Therefore, admission is offered on a competitive basis and
Rennie, S., BPT, MSc, PhD (Alberta) enrolment is limited.
Fenety, A., BSc (UNB), DPT (Manitoba), MSc (Alta), PhD (Dal)
• Candidates must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the
Advisors Faculty of Graduate Studies.
Kozey, C., (MSc Rehab Research) • A four-year undergraduate degree or equivalent in any field of study
Wainwright, G. (Clinical Education Co-ordinator) from Dalhousie University or from a recognized academic institution
with a minimum grade point average of 3.0 or letter grade of B in the
Professor Emeritus last 60 undergraduate credit hours for Atlantic Canada and a GPA of
Walker, J., Cert. Phys. Ther. (N.Z.), DipTP, BPT, MA (Man), PhD 3.4 or letter grade of B+ for applicants outside Atlantic Canada.
(McMaster) Degrees that have a focus in Neuroscience, Psychology, Human
Movement Science, Exercise Science, Human Physiology, Health
Professors Promotion, Ergonomics and Anatomy are favorable backgrounds for
Kelm, C., BSc (PT), Dip (PT), MSc (Physiol) (Sask) the study of Physiotherapy. It is incumbent upon applicants with
Kozey, C.L., BPE (UNB), MSc (Waterloo), PhD (Dal) different backgrounds to demonstrate that their educational
Turnbull, G.I., MSCP, DipTP, BPT (Man), MA (Dal), PhD (Rhodes) background is suitable for the MSc (Physiotherapy) program.
• The following courses or their equivalents are prerequisites for
Associate Professors admission:
Harman, K., BScPT (Toronto), MSc (Ottawa), PhD (Carleton) Physics (3 credit hours)
MacKay-Lyons, M., BSc(PT) (Toronto), MScPT (USC), PhD (Dal) Biology (3 credit hours) Animal or Cell Biology
Psychology (6 credit hours)
Assistant Professors Statistics (3 credit hours)
Dechman, G., BScPT (Queens), PhD (McGill) Research Methods (3 credit hours) courses from various fields of study
Earl, M., BScPT (UWO), BSc, MSc, PhD (Waterloo) will be considered
Fenety, A., BSc (UNB), DPT (Manitoba), MSc (Alta), PhD (Dal) Introduction to Biomechanics (3 credit hours equivalent to KINE 2465
King, C., BSc (PT) (Dal), MScPT (Queens) or PHYC 2610)
Human Physiology (6 credit hours, PHYL 2030.06 or its equivalent is
Adjunct Professors the preferred prerequisite, students unable to obtain PHYL 2030 or its
Curwin, S., Dip PT, BSc PT, MSc (Dal), Ph.D. (USC) equivalent may contact the school for potential substitutes).
Makrides, L., MCSP, BPT (Sask), MSc (Ottawa), PhD (McMaster) Human/Vertebrate Anatomy (3 credit hours, equivalent to ANAT
Ploughman, M., BSc PT (Dal), MSc, PhD (MUN) 1010.03)
Walker, J., Cert. Phys. Ther. (N.Z.), DipTP, BPT, MA (Man), PhD Languages and Humanities and/or Social Sciences (6 credit hours, e.g.
(McMaster) Classics, Contemporary Studies, Theatre, Dance, Music, Languages,
Philosophy can include a combination of two half credits)
Lecturer
• Reference Letters - academic and personal
Creaser, G., BScPT (Dal), MEd (Mt. St. Vincent) • 40 hours of community volunteer experience over the last two years
Instructors • Immunization - In order to satisfy the requirements for the clinical
internship components of the program, students must supply proof of
Matheson, J., BSc(PT) Dal, MSc (UWO)
immunization to the Coordinator of Clinical Education for: Diphtheria-
Walker, N., BSc(PT) Dal, MSc (Queens)
Tetanus, Polio, Measles (Rubeola), Mumps and Varicella. Before
Provincial Clinical Coordinators students can enter the clinical setting, they must supply verification of
Dubé, P., Clinical Placement Administrator, New Brunswick a Tuberculosis skin test and serology stating immunization status of
Beer, J., DipPT (Dal) Prince Edward Island Measles, Rubella, Varicella and Hepatitis B.
Lund, K., BSc(PT) (Dal) Prince Edward Island • Affirmative Action - The School of Physiotherapy is committed to
O'Dea, J., BSc (PT) (McGill) Newfoundland increasing the number of qualified physiotherapists who belong to
Roussel, M., Program Coordinator, New Brunswick African-American, Mi’kmaq or Inuit groups of the Atlantic region. The
School encourages applicants who wish to apply under this policy to
The Master of Science (Physiotherapy) degree provides the professional indicate so on the Supplementary Application Form.
education required to obtain a license to practice physiotherapy. It differs • Applicants who meet the above minimum requirements are eligible for
from the Master of Science - Rehabilitation Research in Physiotherapy interview consideration. The interview score is based on
which prepares practitioners with advanced research skills and requires communication, problem-solving analysis, group interaction and
the completion and defense of a thesis. The profession of Physiotherapy writing skills (eligibility for interview is based on the GPA). Fulfillment
(or Physical Therapy) offers a varied, interesting and worthwhile career in of the minimum requirements does not guarantee an interview.
a variety of settings. Upon graduation, traditionally most Physiotherapists
have worked in hospital-based departments rotating through various Deadline for application is January 31.
areas of interest prior to becoming more deeply involved in any specific
242 Physiotherapy
II. Registration Physiotherapy PREREQUISITE: Module 1 - PHYT 5101
CO-REQUISITE: Anatomy and Exercise Physiology
Physiotherapists educated in Canada must be registered with the
appropriate regulatory body. The School itself has no jurisdiction in PHYT 5104.06: Cardiorespiratory Physiotherapy and
matters related to regulation, and Dalhousie University cannot accept
responsibility for changes in regulatory regulations which may occur from
Health Promotion.
time to time. This module provides students with knowledge, skills and behavioral
competencies, including clinical reasoning skills, to practice effectively in
The degree program at Dalhousie University is designed to fulfil the the cardiorespiratory area of physiotherapy and to consistently integrate
present registration requirements by the time students graduate. A evidence based/best practice cardiorespiratory PT into holistic patient
Physiotherapy Competency Examination was implemented in 1993. care. Overall objectives are also consistent with those outlined for Clinical
Successful completion of the national competency exam is required for Practice for cardiorespiratory clinical placements.
registration. Graduates are strongly advised to seek further information FORMAT: Lecture/lab
and clarification from the appropriate provincial College of PREREQUISITE: Completion of Module 1
Physiotherapists. CO-REQUISITE: Anatomy, Exercise Physiology, Modules 2 & 3
PHYT 5105.12: Musculoskeletal Physiotherapy.

III. Association Membership The purpose of this module is to develop the ability to use prospective
Information regarding membership in various Physiotherapy Associations reasoning to formulate and implement a three phase approach to the
can be obtained from the following sources: The Canadian Physiotherapy management of common musculoskeletal (MSK) dysfunctions:
Association (2345 Young St., Suite 410, Toronto, Ontario, M4P 2E5); The assessment, evaluation, and intervention. This module includes most age
Chartered Society of Physiotherapy (14 Bedford Row, London, WC1R groups, and includes MSK dysfunctions related to home, work, leisure,
4ED, England); The American Physical Therapy Association (1111 North and sport.
Fairfax St., Alexandria, Virginia, 22314, U.S.A.). FORMAT: Lecture/lab
PREREQUISITE: Human Anatomy, Exercise Physiology and Modules
IV. Accreditation 1,3,4
The MSc (Physiotherapy) program is designed to develop an educational CO-REQUISITE: Module 2
qualification for entry to the physiotherapy profession. Physiotherapy
PHYT 5460.03: Advanced Exercise Physiology.
programs are accredited by the Accreditation Council for Canadian
Physiotherapy Academic Programs (ACCPAP). ACCPAP is an The course consists of lectures, tutorials, student presentations, and class
incorporated body under the Canada Corporations Act and is the discussion periods. Approximately one-third of the content concern,
cellular and systems exercise physiology and one-third exercise in
accrediting agency for physiotherapy education in Canada. It is
anticipated that the MSc (Physiotherapy) program will be accredited by individuals with altered physiological state, injuries, and maladies.
2009. FORMAT: Lecture/tutorial
PREREQUISITE: Admission to MSC (PT) program
V. Class Descriptions PHYT 5501.03: Clinical Internships

(Cardiorespiratory).
PHYT 5101.01: Introduction to the Physiotherapy The clinical component of the program provides for the integration and
Profession. application of learning in current academic studies to the clinical
This introductory module will provide the student with an orientation to environment leading to the development of clinical competence in
the entire curriculum by: discussing expectations, evaluation, structure Cardiorespiratory practice. Each student is required to complete 6 weeks
and process; help to familiarize the student with the health care context of of full time clinical practice in the cardiorespiratory practice area to gain
the practice of physiotherapy; introduce students to the profession of an understanding of the scope and role of cardiorespiratory physiotherapy
physiotherapy through discussion and site visits; instruct and provide practice in tertiary, community and primary health care environments.
opportunity to practice interpersonal skills and professional behaviors FORMAT: Students will experience supervised clinical practice with the
that will continue to develop throughout the two years and that will addition of lectures, labs, small-case studies and self-directed learning.
prepare graduates to be professionals. Subsequent modules will deepen PREREQUISITE: Modules 1,3,4. Anatomy and Exercise Physiology,
students understanding and apply in practice many of the concepts Module 2 - Critical Appraisal of the C/R literature
presented in this orientation module.
FORMAT: Lecture/lab, tutorials/seminars PHYT 5502.03: Clinical Internships (Musculoskeletal).
PREREQUISITE: Entry to MSc PT The clinical component of the program provides for the integration and
application of learning in current academic studies to the clinical
PHYT 5102.09: Scientific Inquiry. environment leading to the development of clinical competence in
Students will gain an appreciation of the process associated with evidence- musculoskeletal practice. Each student is required to complete 6 weeks of
based and best practice interventions. Students will be provided with full time clinical practice with exposure to a variety of practice areas in
critical appraisal, evaluative, and research skills integrated with, and physiotherapy. It is expected that the student will gain an understanding
embedded within, all subsequent course work and clinical experiences. of the scope and role of musculoskeletal physiotherapy practice in tertiary,
This framework confirms our philosophy that critical appraisal and best community and primary health care environments.
practice is core to physiotherapy practice. FORMAT: Clinical skills lab
FORMAT: Lecture/lab/discussion/seminars PREREQUISITE: Anatomy & Exercise Physiology Modules 1,3 and 5
PREREQUISITE: Entry to MSc PT
PHYT 6106.03: Professional, Ethical, and
PHYT 5103.03: Movement and Exercise Science. Management Issues in Physiotherapy.
The purpose of this module is to provide students with an understanding This module builds on professional and communication objectives
of the theories and principles associated with the study of human embedded throughout the program. Emphasis is placed on professional
movement and exercise science so they can apply these to solve clinical behaviors based on the current ethical and legal framework for practice
problems encountered in physiotherapy practice. Understanding these and the role physiotherapy plays as an integral component of Canadian
concepts as they apply to normal movement and exercise will precede a healthcare. Students will engage in dialogue and debate on issues of
discussion of clinical problems. The movement and exercise science healthcare management, reform, and the business of physiotherapy.
module will provide the foundation for applying anatomy, biomechanics, FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, small group discussions, and student debates
and exercise physiology to evaluate motion and exercise therapy. PREREQUISITE: Completion of Year 1
FORMAT: Lecture/lab
Physiotherapy 243
PHYT 6107.06: Neurological Physiotherapy Practice and treat patients with multiple problems in co-morbidities. This will
for the Entry-Level Clinician. include the areas of geriatrics, paediatrics, private practice, industry,
comunity practice, innovative practice and/or any area that enhances
This academic module gives students the opportunity to acquire
previous clinical and academic experience. Those internships could be in
knowledge and develop the competencies and professional behaviors in
the following:
preparation for physiotherapy practice for individuals with neurologic
• Geriatrics (Assessment, long term care or day hospital)
disorders. Neurophysiological concepts and neurotherapeutic approaches
• Home Care or Community Care
to assessment and management of conditions across the lifespan and
• Regional Hospital for a mixture of In and Out patient care
across the continuum of care are introduced in an integrated manner.
• Paediatrics
Students are required to draw on their knowledge of anatomy,
• Private Practice
neuroanatomy, physiology, exercise physiology, and therapeutic exercise
FORMAT: Students will experience supervised clinical practice with the
as they explore topics in neurological physiotherapy. Emphasis is placed
addition of lectures, labs, small group-case studies and self-directed
on understanding theoretical principles and developing assessment and
learning.
treatment skills through critical analysis of case studies, laboratory
PREREQUISITE: All academic courses in the previous 5 terms and the
practice, clinical visits, and self-directed learning. The International
clinical internships in Cardiorespiratory and Health Promotion,
Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) and the Clinical
Musculoskeletal and Neurotherapeutics.
Reasoning Model serve as theoretical frameworks to prepare students for
CO-REQUISITE: Research Projects
effective practice. This academic module is followed by a 6-week clinical
internship in neurological physiotherapy. PHYT 6503.03: Clinical Internship (Emerging Roles).
FORMAT: Lectures, seminars, small group discussions, labs, clinical visits, The clinical component of the program provides for the integration and
patient demonstrations, student presentations, clinical site visits application of learning in current academic studies to the clinical
PREREQUISITE: ANAT 5217.03, PHYT 5460.03, PHYT 5101.03, PHYT environment leading to the development of clinical competence. The
5104.03, PHYT 5501.03, PHYt 5502.03, PHYT 5106.03 purpose of the internship is to provide the student with an opportunity to
PHYT 6108.12: Integrated Practice in Acute, learn consultation skills, to engage in program development and
evaluation, and to educate others about the role of physiotherapy.
Rehabilitation and Home/Community Settings. Through working independently and advocating for their professional
This module provides advanced knowledge and expertise in evidence- role, students learn skills that will serve them well as they enter the
based assessment and treatment of people with complex conditions profession. Some students may require another internship in one of the
affecting cardiopulmonary, musculoskeletal and neurological systems. following areas:
Emphasis will be placed on cases illustrating co-morbidities and complex • Outpatient Musculoskeletal/inpatient musculoskeletal
psychosocial issues, and on development of clinical reasoning, plus active, • Neurosciences
sustainable learning skills. • Cardiorespiratory/cardiopulmonary practice
FORMAT: Case studies, labs, lectures, seminars/tutorials, site visists FORMAT: Students will experience supervised clinical practice with the
PREREQUISITE: Successful completion of Module 7, Neurophysiology, addition of lectures, labs, small group-case studies and self-directed
Internship 3 Neurotherapeutics learning.
PREREQUISITE: All academic courses in the previous 5 terms and the
PHYT 6140.06: Neuroscience for Physiotherapy clinical internships in Cardiorespiratory and Health Promotion,
Students. Musculoskeletal and Neurotherapeutics.
This graduate level course in neuroscience will expose entry-level CO-REQUISITE: Research Projects
physiotherapy students to the foundational and advanced
neuroanatomical and neurophysiological concepts and knowledge needed
for evidence-based practice in neuro-rehabilitation.
B. Master of Science (Rehabilitation
FORMAT: Lecture, lab, seminar Research - Physiotherapy)
PREREQUISITE: ANAT 5217.03, PHYT 5460.03, PHYT 5101.03, PHYT
5103.03, PHYT 5104.03, PHYT 5105.03, PHYT 5501.03, PHYT 5502.03 I. Introduction
The Master of Science (Rehabilitation Research -Physiotherapy) is a thesis-
PHYT 6501.03: Clinical Internship based program designed to provide graduates with:
(Neurotherapeutics). 1. The ability to design and implement research in diverse areas of
The clinical component of the program provides for the integration and Physiotherapy
application of learning in current academic studies to the clinical 2. Knowledge necessary to integrate evidence-based assessment and
environment leading to the development of competence in treatment in Physiotherapy
neurotherapeutics practice. Each student is required to complete 6 weeks 3. Valuable teaching experience in the MSc (Physiotherapy) program.
of full time clinical practice with exposure to a variety of practice areas in
physiotherapy. It is expected that the student will gain an understanding The Master of Science (Rehabilitation Research-Physiotherapy) does not
of the scope and role of neurotherapeutic physiotherapy practice in prepare graduates to take the physiotherapy licensure exams; applicants
tertiary, community and primary health care environments. who want to study to become physiotherapists need to apply to the MSc
FORMAT: Students will experience supervised clinical practice with the (Physiotherapy) program.
addition of lectures, labs, small group-case studies and self-directed Individuals seeking enrichment for their professional development may
learning. also apply for admission to single graduate level courses, through the
PREREQUISITE: Modules 1-4 Special Student-Graduate Studies category as detailed in Section 4.3.8 of
CO-REQUISITE: Neuroanatomy and Neurophysiology, critical appraisal this calendar.
of the neurological literature.
PHYT 6502.03: Clinical Internship (Integrated II. Admission Requirements

Practice). Candidates must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the
The clinical component of the program provides for the integration and Faculty of Graduate Studies. In addition, applicants must hold a
application of learning in current academic studies to the clinical university degree in Physiotherapy, or in a related area of study.
environment leading to the development of clinical competence. The
student will gain understanding of the theoretical and practical
application of physiotherapy in complex conditions in all practice areas.
This builds upon the previous internships in cardiorespiratory,
musculoskeletal and Neurotherapeutics, and allows the student to assess
244 Physiotherapy
III. Application PHYT 5010.03: Special Topics in Musculoskeletal II.
This class is designed to provide in depth study of the evidence guiding
A. Applicants must physiotherapy assessments and interventions for the prevention and
treatment of designated musculoskeletal impairments. Current theories
a. Complete the application form for admission to the Faculty of
and practices will be examined using examples such as disorders that are
Graduate Studies
associated with the electronic workplace, arthritic conditions, or low back
b. Include a one page statement of their experience, their goals and
pain.
objectives, and the area of physiotherapy research to be studied.
c. Meet the English language competency requirements as outlined by PHYT 5030.03: Special Topics in Neurology I.
Graduate Studies
In this class, students will conduct a critical analysis of the evidence
d. Include two academic references. A work reference from someone who
supporting physiotherapy management of people with functional
may comment objectively on your goals may be included in addition to
disabilities arising from diseases or conditions that affect neurological
the two required academic references.
control of movement. The class will emphasize topics such as the sensory-
In addition applicants are strongly advised to motor and neuromuscular control processes that affect gait, balance and
a. Include a copy of a recent paper authored in the area in which the functional abilities of a variety of populations (e.g., aging adults, and
applicant is planning to pursue studies (if available) people with functional impairments due to Parkinson's, cerebrovascular
b. Submit a recent GRE score accident, or arthritic conditions).
c. Contact potential supervisors to discuss their research interests prior to
submitting their application. PHYT 5050.03: Special Topics in Cardiac
Rehabilitation III.
B. Scholarship Deadlines Students will conduct an advanced analysis of the theories and tenets
Applicants who wish to be considered for scholarships are strongly urged underlying physiotherapy management of cardiovascular disorders.
to have their applications completed by January 1 for University Scientific evidence will be applied to support assessment and intervention
Scholarships. For School of Physiotherapy Scholarships: March 1. strategies to address cardio-respiratory function or cardiovascular fitness.
Examples will be based on topics such as health-promotion, cardiac
A limited amount of money is available from the School of Physiotherapy rehabilitation, and cardiovascular function following cerebral stroke.
and this will be distributed on a competitive basis. Applicants are
encouraged to seek external funding. Further information for sources of PHYT 5070.03/5080.03: Directed Studies.
funding may be obtained from the Graduate Studies office. In order to Individual students work with a designated faculty member to conduct an
qualify for scholarship consideration a student is expected to hold a first- in-depth examination of a topic that is chosen to address a specific
class honours degree in an appropriate field and to enter a full-time educational need. The content, resources, and evaluation methods are
graduate program. customized to address a specific learning issue that relates to the student’s
research area.
C. Application Inquiries
For more information regarding admission and program requirements, PHYT 5090.03: Foundations Seminar.
please write to the Graduate Coordinator, School of Physiotherapy, This class will provide students with the opportunity to study
Dalhousie University, Halifax, NS, B3H 3J5. physiotherapy and rehabilitation services from a historical perspective
and with a view to emerging trends. Delivery models will be evaluated,
IV. Program Requirements and novel approaches formulated which will be relevant to emerging
health-care needs both in developed and developing countries utilizing a
A. Program Requirements framework of clinical care, education and research. Methods of using new
Students registered in the program will be expected to obtain a minimum technologies and methods to enhance the time and cost efficiency of
of five (5) credits as follows: Thesis - 2 credits, Class work - 6 half credits. service provision will be considered, as will the influencing of health-care
policy formulation.
B. Class Work
Three half-credits are obtained via required courses. The other three half- PHYT 5300.03: Skeletal Muscle Function through
credit elective classes will be selected based on the individual program of Surface Electromyography.
study approved by the Supervisory Committee. Graduate students are Electromyography provides an extracellular view of the processes
also expected to attend and participate in Physiotherapy Research associated with skeletal muscle activation, and thus an important link to
Seminars. physiology when studying human movement. The objective of this class is
to provide the student with the theoretical foundation for EMG studies,
C. Residency practical experience in acquiring EMG data and with an opportunity to
For full-time students, it is expected that upon completion of the class critically evaluate the current literature that uses surface EMG to study
work an additional year will be required to complete the thesis. Part of the muscle function on topics such as pathological gait, dynamic stability of
residency period may, with permission, include time off campus. There the spine, therapeutic exercise assessment and functional impairments.
are options to complete the program on a part-time basis. The class will consist of small group sessions, seminars and laboratory
experiences.
V. Class Descriptions PHYT 9000.00: Thesis (Required).
An approved half credit class in Statistical Methods and/or Research
Design (required).
PHYT 5002.03: Instrumentation and Measurement

(Required).
This class is aimed at providing the student with the theoretical basis and
practical experience associated with measurement techniques used in
Physiotherapy Research. The content of the class will focus on the
fundamentals of instrumentation and measurement of biomechanical and
physiological measures. The objective of this class is to gain the necessary
knowledge and skills for data acquisition, processing and interpretation of
electrophysiological, kinematic and kinetic data.
Physiotherapy 245
potential of communities, and act as guardians of the environment and of
our built heritage. Working as consultants in the private sector, planners
undertake a wide variety of tasks ranging from physical design and
transportation planning, to creating strategies for sustainable or “smart”
development. Planners work throughout the world, from the heart of
Canada's towns and cities to the fields and villages of the Third World.
Planning The School of Planning encourages initiative, resourcefulness, and creative

questioning of received doctrine. The curriculum of the School
emphasizes: (a) up-to-date skills; (b) a sound appreciation of the
Location: 5410 Spring Garden Road environmental, social, and economic processes that shape the form and
Halifax, NS character of communities; (c) the active contribution of students in
Mail: School of Planning confronting and resolving contemporary planning problems in local
Faculty of Architecture and Planning communities; and (d) the development of personal capabilities suited to
Dalhousie University the leadership roles that planners assume.
P.O. Box 1000
Halifax, NS B3J 2X4 Through environmental and community-centered learning, teaching,
Telephone: (902) 494-3260 research and practice, faculty members and students in the School engage
Fax: (902) 423-6672 in the planning and design of settlements in a variety of scales and
Email: planning.office@dal.ca contexts. Central to the graduate planning program are studio courses
Website: www.dal.ca/planning (where learning is gained through real projects based in the community).
Studio course content is delivered in a way that meets academic objectives
Director within the practice of dealing with community planning issues. Thus the
Grant, J. studio integrates theory and practice. Students also have opportunities to
participate in field trips within the region and to international cities to
Professors learn about planning outside of Halifax.
Grant, J., BA (UWO), MA (McMaster), MA, PhD (Waterloo), MCIP
Palermo, F., BArch (Toronto), MArchUD (Harvard), FCIP, FRAIC The Planning School also offers professional planners the opportunity to
Poulton, M.C., BSc, MPhil (London), MS, PhD (Calif. at Berkeley), MCIP, extend their education through focused research in the Master of Planning
MRTPI Studies (MPS) program.
Associate Professors A. Work Term

Guppy, S., BSc (Nottingham), MSc, PhD (Wales), MArch (Columbia), The program includes a work term (during the summer after the first
MCIP academic year) that provides students with practical experience in
Manuel, P., BA (Carleton), MSc (McGill), PhD (Dal), MCIP planning. The Career Co-ordinator for the Faculty of Architecture and
Zuck, J., BA (Hiram), BDEP (NSCAD), MLA (U Pennsylvania), MCIP Planning assists students in their search for suitable work term
placements; students should note, however, that they are responsible for
Adjunct Faculty securing appropriate placements. In recent years, planning students have
Epstein, H., BA (Carleton), LLB (Dal) been employed throughout Atlantic Canada and most other Canadian
Fraser, P., BComm (Dal), MBA (St. Mary's), MURP (TUNS), MCIP provinces, and some have chosen to work abroad (e.g., in the United
Garnet, M., BComm (Concordia), MURP (TUNS), MCIP States, Gambia, England). Students are encouraged to begin their search
Spencer, V., BES (Waterloo), MCIP for work-term placements early in their first year of study in the program,
Wishart, B., BA (STU), BEd (Lakehead), MURP (Queen's), MPA (Dal), and to be prepared to travel outside of the Halifax area to obtain work
MCIP experience.
Zwicker, B., BA (Dal), MUrb.Reg.Plan (Toronto), MCIP
Cross-appointed Faculty B. Professional Registration

Beazley, K., major appointment in Resource and Environmental Studies On completion of the MPlan degree, and after obtaining professional work
Boxall, J., major appointment as Map and Geospatial Information experience, graduates are eligible for full membership in the Canadian
Librarian, Killam Library Institute of Planners (CIP) (in some provinces, candidates for membership
may have to write an exam to qualify). A foreign applicant is advised to
Buszard, D., major appointment in Biology
Cote, R., major appointment in Resource and Environmental Studies contact his/her national accreditation organization about requirements for
Duinker, P., major appointment in Resource and Environmental Studies professional registration (many professional organizations have transfer
agreements with CIP to facilitate exchange).
Wright, T., major appointment in Environmental Science, Faculty of
Science The MPS is a post professional program intended for individuals who
have already met the requirements for membership in the Canadian
Departmental Secretary Institute of Planners (or equivalent).
Madden, C.
II. Degree Programs

I. Introduction
The School of Planning provides a professional planning education at the A. Master of Planning (MPlan)
graduate level. The program is recognised by the Canadian Institute of
The Masters program is a 20-month program with a work term in the
Planners. Many graduates of the program will become professional
summer (third) semester. The program may also be completed through
planners working for private firms, for government, or in non-
part-time study over a longer period of time (maximum 7 years). The
governmental organizations. Others will find that the education provides
program consists of 42 credit hours of required course work, and 18 credit
a solid foundation for careers in related spheres such as international
hours of elective course work. The work term is a non-credit academic
development, environmental protection, or urban design. Planning
requirement.
provides a skill set and a way of thinking with broad application.
Because of the interactive nature of the core studio and class curriculum,
Planners are involved in a variety of activities that shape the future of
students must be present on campus during the terms they register for
communities, the quality of the environment, and the character of daily
required courses, except for the work term.
life. In their work for government, planners engage and motivate the
public, help to develop a wide range of policies affecting the character and
246 Planning
The required classes provide the fundamental elements of a planning demonstrated academic interests or community experience pertinent to
education. They cover planning theory, history, practice, law, and planning. All candidates must meet the Admissions Regulations of the
methods, and provide community-based project experience that allows Faculty of Graduate Studies (3.0 minimum average GPA in a four year
students to understand the institutional, social, and environmental undergraduate degree).
contexts within which planners work. Classes allow students to develop
planning skills and knowledge and to apply them to real community Master of Planning
problems. Admission to the MPlan program requires an undergraduate degree with
high scholastic standing. In special circumstances where mature
The elective classes enable students to pursue individual interests and applicants are involved, applications supported by significant career
areas of specialized knowledge. Classes offered within the School focus on experience may be considered.
community design, urban design, environmental planning, land use
planning, urban and environmental history, economics, housing, and land Master of Engineering/Master of Planning
development. Students must take at least half of their elective credits from Admission to this joint program requires an engineering degree with high
offerings within the School of Planning. scholastic standing or its equivalent through a combination of an
engineering degree and career experience.
Electives may be taken in other Dalhousie departments, or at other
universities in Halifax, with the permission of the School. In some cases, Master of Applied Science/Master of Planning
elective credit may be given for suitable classes taken at other universities
Admission to this joint program requires an engineering degree with high
in Canada or abroad.
scholastic standing, a science degree with honours and high scholastic
standing, or the equivalent of one of these through a combination of
B. Master of Engineering/Master of Planning (MEng/ educational attainment and career experience.
MPlan) and Master of Applied Science/Master of
Master of Planning Studies
Planning (MASc/MPlan)
Admission to the MPS program normally requires either a four-year
Joint degrees offer a special opportunity to graduates of engineering or undergraduate degree from a professional planning program, or a four
some natural science programs to develop a program of study that offers year degree in any subject with four years of planning work experience to
professional standing in planning while also providing further education make the candidate eligible for membership in a professional planning
within civil engineering. These programs are ideal for students with institute.
interests such as water resources planning, waste management,
transportation, or infrastructure planning. The School may also consider candidates with three-year undergraduate
degrees in related disciplines who present an extraordinary portfolio of
Joint degrees require programs of study that satisfy both the planning work and have at least four years of responsible planning experience that
requirements and the MEng or MASc requirements of the Department of makes them eligible for membership in the professional planners'
Civil Engineering. Normally a student must: institute.
a. take the required classes needed for each degree;
b. take sufficient electives to satisfy the requirements of each degree (with Entrance will be limited according to the School's ability to offer
some or all of these satisfying the requirements of both degrees); appropriate faculty supervision. Only those candidates with research
c. complete a planning work term: interests compatible with those of faculty members will be eligible for
d. undertake a project (in the case of the MEng/MPlan) or a thesis (in the admission. Enrolment may begin in either January or September.
case of the MASc/MPlan) that is approved by both School of Planning
and Department of Civil Engineering. B. Inquiries
(Note: Students who do not have appropriate engineering background Please contact the School of Planning for an application package and
may be required to take additional course work. The MASc/MPlan degree additional information about graduate programs in planning. (The
may require more than twenty months to complete.) School's phone number, email address and website are shown at the
beginning of this calendar section.) Please contact the Dalhousie
C. Master of Planning Studies University Office of the Registrar for information on admission status or
The MPS program is a research focused post professional degree intended registration.
for applicants who through previous education and/or work experience
are eligible for membership in the professional planners' institute. The C. Application Deadlines
program is designed to be completed in one year of full-time study, or up While there is no cutoff date for the consideration of applications,
to five years of part-time study. Students must complete at least one candidates for M.Plan, M.Eng./M.Plan, M.A.Sc./M.Plan should normally
winter semester in full-time study at Dalhousie University. submit their application by February 1. Admission is very competitive and
some scholarships are only available to candidates whose application has
The program will appeal to candidates with a solid grounding in the
been received by the beginning of February.
fundamentals of planning who have earned an undergraduate degree and
wish to pursue graduate studies. The Master of Planning Studies has Students begin their courses in September. Only in exceptional
research as its focus. It welcomes candidates with questions they want to circumstances are students permitted to enter the MPLAN program at
explore in an academic setting under the supervision of a Dalhousie other times.
faculty member.
For MPS, applications may be considered at any time but are expected to
The curriculum includes mandatory and elective courses and a thesis. take at least two months to process. Enrolment may begin in either
Students must demonstrate proficiency in research methods appropriate January (preferred) or September.
for the thesis or complete an approved methods course. Two additional
mandatory courses provide a context for exploring current ideas, issues International applicants must ensure that their complete application has
and ethics and an opportunity to develop the thesis proposal. Elective arrived by February 1, to allow sufficient time for visa processing.
courses are based on individual interest and support the thesis research
focus. D. Transfer Students
Applicants who have completed part of another graduate planning
III. Admission Requirements program will be considered for transfer credit by the Admissions
Committee. A transfer student must complete a minimum of 30 credit
hours of classes including the planning project within the MPlan program
A. Minimum Academic Requirements to qualify for the degree. Students transferring in to the joint MASc/
Each September, the School admits approximately twenty to twenty-five
students. The School seeks students with high scholastic standing and
Planning 247
MPlan program must complete a minimum of 18 credit hours of classes In the joint MASc/MPlan program, students will do a combined thesis
and a thesis within the program. during the last year of the program in lieu of the planning project.
Students complete the following requirements:
E. English Language Competency • PLAN 5000.06: Planning Studio 1
Applicants whose native language is not English must meet the Faculty of • PLAN 5101.03: History and Philosophy of Planning
Graduate Studies requirements for English Language Competency (see • PLAN 5102.03: Planning Practice
FGS calendar section 2.4). Students admitted to the program may be • PLAN 5104.03: Planning Law
required to take further training in English in Canada, in the summer • PLAN 5201.00: Work Term
preceding the start of the program. • PLAN 5301.015: Planning Methods A
• PLAN 5302.015: Planning Methods B
• PLAN 5500.06: Planning Studio 2
IV. Academic Regulations • PLAN 6500.06: Integrative Team Project
In addition to the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations, the following • PLAN 6505.03: Seminar: Theories, Ideas, Debates in Planning
policies apply to the School of Planning. • PLAN 9003.00: MASc/MPlan Thesis
• Graduate seminar in Engineering
Readmission • 4 classes in Engineering (12 credit hours)
A student who wishes to be readmitted to the program after withdrawing
or failing to register for three consecutive terms, must reapply as though Students in the joint degree programs will meet Department of Civil
he/she were a new applicant to the program. Engineering requirements through their elective credits. (In some cases,
additional coursework may be required.)
Transfer credits
A student who wishes the School to consider transfer credits must apply Program of Study for Master of Planning
no later than October 1 of the year the student enters the program.
Year 1 - Term 1 (Fall)
Graduate level credits earned outside of a completed degree program may
• PLAN 5000.06: Planning Studio 1
be accepted as electives if (a) the School accepts them as electives relevant
• PLAN 5101.03: History and Philosophy of Planning
to a planning education, and (b) the student earned a grade of B or better.
• PLAN 5102.03: Planning Practice
• PLAN 5301.015: Planning Methods A
V. Planning Classes • electives
Students in the program take 60 credit hours, or equivalent, and complete
Year 1 - Term 2 (Winter)
a work term. The sessional distribution of classes throughout the two
• PLAN 5104.03: Planning Law
years of the planning program is outlined below.
• PLAN 5302.015: Planning Methods B
Full-time students normally register for 12 to 18 credit hours per semester. • PLAN 5500.06: Planning Studio 2
Class credit hours are shown after the decimal place in the class number: • electives
e.g., “.03” means 3 credit hours; in a one-semester lecture class, the
Year 1 - Term 3 (Summer)
number of credit hours is roughly equal to the weekly contact hours, and
• PLAN 5201.00: Work Term
there is an expectation of about double that time of work outside class
hours. Note that studio classes are 6 credit hours, though only one Year 2 - Term 4 (Fall)
semester long. • PLAN 6000.09: Planning Project and Seminar
Required courses: 42 credit hours (11 classes) • electives
• PLAN 5000.06: Planning Studio 1 Year 2 - Term 5 (Winter)
• PLAN 5101.03: History and Philosophy of Planning • PLAN 6500.06: Integrated Team Project
• PLAN 5102.03: Planning Practice • PLAN 6505.03: Seminar: Theories, Ideas, and Debates in Planning
• PLAN 5104.03: Planning Law • electives
• PLAN 5201.00: Work Term (non-credit)
• PLAN 5301.015: Planning Methods A Planning Electives
• PLAN 5302.015: Planning Methods B • PLAN 5005.03: Cities and the Environment in History
• PLAN 5500.06: Planning Studio 2 • PLAN 5012.03: Reading the City
• PLAN 6000.09: Planning Project and Seminar • PLAN 5015.03: Site Infrastructure
• PLAN 6500.06: Integrated Team Project • PLAN 5020.03: Landscape Design
• PLAN 6505.03: Seminar on Theories, Ideas, and Debates in Planning • PLAN 5025.03: Representation in Design
• Elective credits: 18 credit hours (six half classes, or equivalent). • PLAN 5040.03: Reading the Suburbs
• PLAN 5050.03: Topics in Community Design
Students select 18 credit hours of electives over the course of their studies. • PLAN 6101.03: History and Theory of Urban Design
• PLAN 6102.03: Urban Economics
In the joint MEng/MPlan program, students complete the following • PLAN 6103.03: Urban Ecology
requirements: • PLAN 6105.03: Land Development Economics
• PLAN 5000.06: Planning Studio 1 • PLAN 6106.03: Transportation Planning
• PLAN 5101.03: History and Philosophy of Planning • PLAN 6107.03: Regional Planning
• PLAN 5102.03: Planning Practice • PLAN 6108.03: History and Theory of Landscape Architecture
• PLAN 5104.03: Planning Law • PLAN 6111.03: Housing Theory
• PLAN 5201.00: Work Term • PLAN 6150.03: Topics in Planning
• PLAN 5301.015: Planning Methods A • PLAN 6201.03: Directed Studies
• PLAN 5302.015: Planning Methods B • PLAN 6202.03: Directed Studies 2
• PLAN 5500.06: Planning Studio 2 • PLAN 6250.015: Field Trip: Maritimes
• PLAN 6505.03: Seminar: Theories, Ideas, Debates in Planning • PLAN 6255.015: Field Trip: International
• PLAN 9102.09: M.Eng/M.Plan Project (students in this class • PLAN 6304.015 (to 6309.015) Mid-term Conference Module
participate in the Planning Project Seminar class) • PLAN 6600.06: Special Project Studio
• Graduate seminar in Engineering • PLAN 6601.06: Special Project Studio: Environmental Planning
• and 7 classes (21 credit hours) in Engineering classes. • PLAN 6602.06: Special Project Studio: Urban Design
Note: Some senior undergraduate courses may be taken with the
permission of the Graduate Coordinator.
248 Planning
• PLAN 3001.03: Landscape Ecology INSTRUCTOR(S): Guppy. S.
• PLAN 3006.03: Reading the Landscape FORMAT: Studio/seminar (6 hours)
• PLAN 3045.03: Community Design Practice RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students or permission of instructor
• PLAN 3055.03: Computers in Community Design and Planning
• PLAN 3225.03: Plants in the Human Landscape PLAN 5005.03: Cities and the Environment in History.
The contemporary landscape reflects a long history of human activities on
Program of Study for Master of Planning Studies the land, and design and planning interventions through time.
The program consists of 30 credit hours taken over a period of not less Civilizations rise and fall, often because of their degradation of the
than 12 months. ecosystems that support them. This course examines the relationship of
cities with the environment to enhance our understanding of landscape
Sample Term 1 (Winter) change, urban form and patterns in human settlements through the ages.
• PLAN 6505.03 Seminar in Theories, Ideas and Debates in Planning. INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Grant
• RESEARCH METHODS COURSE (3 credit hours) appropriate to thesis FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 3 hours
as approved by thesis committee (e.g. from among CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3005.03
• PLAN 5301.015, 5302.015 Planning Methods A and B
• INTE 7100.03 Research Methods from management, policy and PLAN 5012.03: Reading the City.
science Any city reflects the history of its topography, cultural traditions, and
• OCCU 5030.03 Advanced Research Theory & Methods for design interventions. This course introduces the principles, theories, and
Occupational Therapy methods of urban form analysis in the local urban context. Students
• ENVI 5001.03 Environmental Assessment explore the local urban environment to interpret what the city means, and
• Elective (3 credit hours) (where students satisfy the Methods how it comes to take the shape it does.
requirement through previous course work. The student will take INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Guppy or L. McGovern
another 3 credit hours of electives.) FORMAT: Lecture / Seminar
Sample Term 2 (Summer) CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3002.03
• PLAN 8000.06 MPS Thesis Proposal PLAN 5015.03: Site Infrastructure.
Sample Term 3 (Fall) The course examines the role of infrastructure in community design and
• PLAN 9000.15 Masters of Planning Studies thesis. site planning. Students are introduced to principles of grading, access,
service provision, and cost estimating. Key exercises allow students to
apply theory to practical projects.
VI. Class Offerings INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Zuck
Some required subjects may be interchanged between academic terms or FORMAT: Lecture/lab, 3 or 4 hours
years, depending on the availability of instructors. Many elective classes CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3015.03
are not offered every year. The School attempts to schedule electives to be
available at least once within a two year period; that is not always PLAN 5020.03: Landscape Design.
possible. Some classes have enrollment limits or pre-requisites. The course introduces principles and methods of site design. It pays
special attention to social, natural, and technical components as factors in
Masters students taking classes that are cross-listed at the undergraduate
adapting sites for human use. Practical projects allow students to develop
level must register for the graduate level offering (5000 or 6000 level).
deeper insight into the challenges and opportunities of landscape design.
Other Electives INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Zuck
Students should discuss their elective choices with their faculty advisor. FORMAT: Lecture/lab, 3 or 4 hours
CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3020.03
Electives outside the School of Planning: up to half of the elective credits
may be taken outside the School. All such choices need the approval of the PLAN 5025.03: Representation in Design.
Graduate Coordinator, and if the class is at another university, a Letter of The course explores techniques of representation in community design
Permission must be completed before enrolling in the class. work. It examines design drawing conventions such as orthographic,
paraline, and perspective projections. It helps students develop their
Undergraduate courses: up to two senior level (3000, 4000) undergraduate awareness of design approaches and their skills in design presentation.
classes may be included in the program if comparable graduate classes are INSTRUCTOR(S): A. Fillmore
not available. Students need the permission of the Graduate Coordinator. FORMAT: Lecture / lab, 3 or 4 hours
Directed Studies: no more than two Directed Studies classes may be CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3025.03
included in the program. PLAN 5040.03: Reading the Suburbs.
An increasing proportion of Canadians live in the suburbs. This course
VII.Class Descriptions explores issues related to planning and designing the suburbs, and
develops techniques for analyzing and developing community form in the
Class Numbers suburban environment.
Graduate courses are at the 5000 level and above. When classes are cross- INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Grant
listed with senior undergraduate classes, graduate students must enroll FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
under the graduate number, and in such classes, the assignments and CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3040.03
expectations are modified appropriately for graduate work.
PLAN 5050.03: Topics in Community Design.
PLAN 5000.06: Planning Studio 1. This course provides opportunities to examine selected topical issues in
The studio introduces land planning and development. The class community design.
investigates fundamental aspects of planning in community and FORMAT: Lecture/Seminar
environmental context in the urban region. Specific community projects CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3050.03
are used to explore the procedural, physical, social and polemical context
for decision making; to apply skills in information gathering, analysis, and PLAN 5051.03: Topics in Community Design 2.
synthesis; to develop communication techniques. The class will This course provides opportunities to examine selected topical issues in
concentrate on documenting the existing situation, formulating strategies community design.
for intervention, developing concepts and plans, and assessing the FORMAT: Lecture/Seminar
consequences of proposed changes. CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3051.03
Planning 249
PLAN 5052.03: Topics in Community Design 3. RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students or permission of instructor
This course provides opportunities to examine selected topical issues in
community design.
PLAN 5500.06: Planning Studio 2.
FORMAT: Lecture/Seminar The studio continues the lessons of Studio 1. The studio adopts an
CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3052.03 environmental perspective in approaching planning issues and challenges.
The class will concentrate on techniques of evaluating the suitability of
PLAN 5053.03: Topics in Community Design 4. land for proposed land uses, and methods of assessing the impacts of
This course provides opportunities to examine selected topical issues in proposed planning policies and developments on landscapes.
community design. INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Zuck
FORMAT: Lecture/Seminar FORMAT: Studio/seminar , 6 hours
CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3053.03 PREREQUISITE: PLAN 5000
RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students or permission of instructor
PLAN 5101.03: History and Philosophy of Planning.
The class offers an intensive examination of traditions, ideas, and PLAN 6000.09: Planning Project and Seminar.
philosophies that provide an underpinning to contemporary planning. Each student completes an independent planning project under the
The class traces the historic development of modern planning (since the guidance of a project advisor, and participates in the weekly planning
late 19th century), and examines the philosophical foundations of the project seminar with the seminar leader. The class provides an
planning profession. opportunity for independent research and analysis in a community-based
INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Palermo or J. Grant planning project context. The seminar provides an opportunity for
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 3 hours reflection on the connections between theory and practice, and sets
RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students or permission of instructor challenges and deadlines for project completion. Students present their
work at several points during the term. Assessment is based on the project
PLAN 5102.03: Planning Practice. (75%) and seminar participation (25%).
The class explores the role of the planner and the planning process FORMAT: Studio/seminar, 2 hours in class
through lectures, seminars and case studies. The focus is on PREREQUISITE: PLAN 5500.06, 5302.15
understanding the institutional framework for planning, including social,
political, and economic dimensions; examining approaches to community PLAN 6101.03: History and Theory of Urban Design.
involvement, negotiation, and policy formulation; and developing The course introduces the history and theory of urban design as a distinct
effective communication skills. It will consider significant current issues area of professional knowledge and skill within the spectrum of planning
facing planners (including ethical questions). and design concerns and specialities.
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Wishart INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Palermo
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 2 hours FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 2-3 hours
RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students, or permission of instructor CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 4101.03
RESTRICTION: Honors or graduate students in the Faculty of
PLAN 5104.03: Planning Law. Architecture and Planning, or permission of instructor
The course introduces the legislation, case law, and government authority
applicable to planning and development control. Zoning and subdivision PLAN 6102.03: Urban Economics.
controls, development control, expropriation, planning appeals and the The course applies economic principles to urban growth and structure,
process of establishing and implementing plans will be examined. urban social and economic problems, and provision of services and
Attention is paid to the roles of all the primary players in planning: private government activities. The emphasis is on the use of micro economics and
citizens, special interest groups, corporations and municipal, provincial welfare economics to explain and analyze urban processes and patterns of
and federal government departments. behavior.
INSTRUCTOR(S): H. Epstein INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Poulton
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 3 hours FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 2 hours
RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students, or permission of instructor RESTRICTION: Graduate students in the Faculty of Architecture and
Planning, or permission of instructor
PLAN 5201.00: Work Term.
The work term provides an opportunity for student to integrate practical PLAN 6103.03: Urban Ecology.
work experience within the educational environment. A student must More than three-quarters of Canadians, and more than half the world’s
complete a work term of not fewer than 500 hours over not fewer than 12 population, now live in urban settings. This course treats the urban system
weeks in an employment placement approved by the School of Planning. as habitat made by and for people, and takes an ecological approach to the
The student maintains a work journal during the work term, and prepares flows of energy and materials which make urban life possible. Students
a synthesis paper at the end of the work term reflecting on the lessons study their own behavior and surroundings, comparing their observations
learned during the work term. The student makes a presentation within with data from Canada, North America, and the rest of the world. This
the School upon completion of the work term. leads to discussions about the health and sustainability of urban
RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students communities.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Guppy
PLAN 5301.015: Planning Methods A. FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 3 hours
The class introduces methods used in planning. This may include spatial CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 3010.03
analysis, population forecasting, survey methods, computer tools, and
other appropriate techniques. PLAN 6105.03: Land Development Economics.
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Poulton This course applies basic techniques for analyzing the financial feasibility
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 3 hours of land development projects. Case studies focus particular attention on
RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students or permission of instructor methods of financing and organizing real-estate development within the
planning framework.
PLAN 5302.015: Planning Methods B. INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
The class covers additional methods used in planning. This may include FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 2 hours
economic multipliers, spatial location analysis, research design, and other CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 4105.03
appropriate techniques. RESTRICTION: Graduate students in the Faculty of Architecture and
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Poulton, P. Manuel Planning, or permission of instructor
FORMAT: Lecture, seminar, 2 hours
250 Planning
PLAN 6106.03: Transportation Planning. class. The class is taken under a School of Planning faculty member. No
This class analyses transportation trends, the transport needs associated further directed studies are permitted.
with different activities and the impact of transport facilities on land PREREQUISITE: PLAN 6201.03
development to offer a critical analysis of the interplay between land uses RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students, permission of Director of
and transportation. Technology, the costs of supplying transport facilities School of Planning
and the demand outlook for different modes are examined. The emphasis
is on urban transportation, mobility demands and the supply of efficient
PLAN 6250.015: Field trip: Maritimes 1.
and environmentally sound transport facilities. This intensive course involves a field trip within the Maritimes region to
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Poulton explore the current and historic state of planning in the region.
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 2 hours RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students
CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 4106.03 PLAN 6251.015: Field Trip: Maritimes 2.
RESTRICTION: Graduate students in the Faculty of Architecture and
This intensive course involves a field trip within the Maritimes region to
Planning, or permission of instructor
explore the current and historic state of planning in the region.
PLAN 6107.03: Regional Planning. RESTRICTION: Master of Planning Students
The class critically examines policies, theories, aims and achievements of PLAN 6252.015: Field Trip: Maritimes 3.
regional planning. The course discusses (i) economics, development
theories, and regional development policies; (ii) international comparisons
of regional development policies and experience; and (iii) Canadian
RESTRICTION: Master of Planning Students
regional development experience with particular reference to government
initiatives in the Atlantic region. PLAN 6253.015: Field Trip: Maritimes 4.
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Poulton
RESTRICTION: Master of Planning Students
PLAN 6108.03: History and Theory of Landscape PLAN 6255.015: Field trip: International 1.
Architecture. This intensive course involves a field trip to an international city to explore
The class deals with changing landscapes and perceptions of the natural the current and historic state of planning in the city.
world during the past 250 years. It discusses the effects of technology and RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students or permission from the
resource use on the design of landscapes as small as a private garden and Director of School of Planning
as large as a bio-region, and examines the changing role of landscape
architects, their writings, and their collaboration with architects and PLAN 6256.015: Field Trip: International 2.
planners. This intensive course involves a field trip to an international city to explore
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Guppy the current and historic state of planning in the city.
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 3 hours RESTRICTION: Master of Planning Students, or permission from the
CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 4108.03 Director of School of Planning
Planning, or permission of instructor PLAN 6257.015: Field Trip: International 3.
This intensive course involves a field trip to an international city to explore
PLAN 6111.03: Housing Theory. the current and historic state of planning in the city.
An introduction to the history and theory of contemporary practice in RESTRICTION: Master of Planning Students, or permission from the
housing design and production. The focus is on the quality of housing and Director of School of Planning
the residential environment. A comparative analysis of significant past
and current examples is used to provide insight into the way houses and PLAN 6258.015: Field Trip: International 4.
neighborhoods are designed. This understanding is placed in the context This intensive course involves a field trip to an international city to explore
of differing economic, political and housing market situations. the current and historic state of planning in the city.
INSTRUCTOR(S): J.G. Wanzel RESTRICTION: Master of Planning Students, or permission from the
FORMAT: Lecture/seminar, 3 hours Director of School of Planning
CROSS-LISTING: ARCH 6120.03, PLAN 4111.03
RESTRICTION: Graduate students in the Faculty of Architecture and PLAN 6304.015: 6305/ 6306/6307/6308/6309: Mid-Term
Planning, or permission of instructor Conference Module.
In the winter term the School offers an intensive conference module. The
PLAN 6150.03: Topics in Planning. module is usually an intensive professional development workshop on an
6151.03, 6152.03, 6153.03 important contemporary planning theme. It brings together students,
This course provides opportunities to examine selected topical issues in professional practitioners and high-calibre resource personnel. Students
planning in a seminar discussion. help to organize and run the conference, and complete assignments
INSTRUCTOR(S): Faculty around the conference theme.
FORMAT: Seminar, 2 or 3 hours RESTRICTION: Graduate students in the Faculty of Architecture and
CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 4150.03 Planning, or permission of instructor
Planning, or permission of instructor PLAN 6500.06: Integrative Team Project.
In the final semester, students form small consulting teams to undertake
PLAN 6201.03: Directed Studies. complex planning projects for community, government or corporate
A student wishing to pursue an advanced aspect of planning study for clients. Projects and clients are selected by students and represent their
which no suitable class is offered may request a Directed Studies. The class wide range of interests. A common thread is the process to develop,
is taken under a School of Planning faculty member. document and communicate strategies and methods of implementation.
RESTRICTION: Master of Planning students or permission of Director of INSTRUCTOR(S): V. Spencer
School of Planning FORMAT: Studio
PREREQUISITE: 6000.09
PLAN 6202.03: Directed Studies 2.
A student wishing to pursue an advanced aspect of planning study for
which no suitable class is offered may request a second Directed Studies
Planning 251
PLAN 6505.03: Seminar: Theories, Ideas, and Debates thesis committee and an external examiner approved by the two
in Planning. departments. The student is required to make an oral defence of the thesis.
PREREQUISITE: PLAN 5500.06
The final capstone course provides a venue for debate and discussion
RESTRICTION: MASc/MPlan students
about theory, ethics, ideas, and contemporary issues in planning. It
considers the relationship between theory and practice, and allows PLAN 9004.00: Continuation - MURP Thesis.
students to reflect on the profession they are about to join. Continuation of PLAN 9001.00.
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Poulton RESTRICTION: MURP students
RESTRICTION: Restricted to graduate students in the Faculty of PLAN 9006.00: Continuation - MASc/MPlan Thesis.
Architecture and Planning or permission of the instructor. Continuation of PLAN 9003.00.
RESTRICTION: MASc/MURP or MPlan students.
PLAN 6600.06: Special Project Studio.
The studio provides an opportunity for in-depth examination of a PLAN 9010.00: MPS Thesis Continuation.
community-based planning project. When a thesis committee grades the course Plan 9000.15 as "In Progress",
FORMAT: Studio/seminar the student registers for Plan 9010.00 each fall and winter semester until
RESTRICTION: Graduate students in the Faculty of Architecture and the thesis is successfully defended and completed.
Planning, or permission of instructor FORMAT: Thesis research and writing continues
PREREQUISITE: Plan 9000 graded as IP
PLAN 6601.06: Special Project Studio: Environmental RESTRICTION: Limited to students in the Master of Planning Studies
Planning. program who have earned IP in Plan 9000.15
The studio provides an opportunity for in-depth examination of a
community-based environmental planning project. PLAN 9102.09: MENG/MPlan Project.
Note: Graduate students registering for this course need appropriate Each student in the MEng/MPlan program must complete a project that
background in landscape analysis and environment planning. meets the requirements for both planning (see PLAN 6000.09) and
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Zuck or P. Manuel engineering. The project is guided by a committee, which consists of at
FORMAT: Lecture/Lab/Studio least one faculty member from the School of Planning and one from the
PREREQUISITE: PLAN 5500.06 and permission of instructor Department of Civil Engineering. The student participates in and meets
CROSS-LISTING: PLAN 4001.06 the requirements of the Planning project seminar.
RESTRICTION: Graduate students FORMAT: Studio and weekly seminar
PREREQUISITE: PLAN 5500
PLAN 6602.06: Special Project Studio: Urban Design. RESTRICTION: MEng/MPlan students
The studio provides an opportunity for in-depth examination of a
community-based urban design project.
INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Palermo
FORMAT: Lecture/Lab/Studio
PREREQUISITE: PLAN 5500.06
Planning, or permission of instructor.
PLAN 8000.06: MPS Thesis Proposal.

Under the supervision of the thesis supervisor and thesis committee, a
student in the Master of Planning Studies program prepares a thesis
proposal that outlines the research question, background literature review
and synthesis, approach, methods (of data collection and analysis), ethical
implications, and schedule of work. The student gives a public
presentation of the thesis proposal, and an oral defence before the thesis
committee.
FORMAT: Self-directed project
PREREQUISITE: Admission to Master of Planning Studies program
PLAN 9000.15: Master of Planning Studies Thesis.

Under the supervision of the thesis supervisor and thesis committee, a
student in the Master of Planning studies program prepares a thesis that
investigates an original and significant question in planning research. The
student gives a public presentation of the thesis research, and an oral
defence of the thesis before the thesis committee.
FORMAT: Self-directed research thesis
PREREQUISITE: Admission to the Master of Planning Studies program,
PLAN 8000
RESTRICTION: Limited to students in the Master of Planning Studies
Program
PLAN 9003.00: MASc/MPlan Thesis.

In the final term of the MASc/MPlan program, each student must
complete a written thesis. The thesis is guided by a committee which
consists of at least one full-time faculty member from the School of
Planning and one from the Department of Civil Engineering. The thesis
must conform to the standards described in “Guide for the Preparation of
Graduate Theses”, prepared by the School. The thesis is examined by the
252 Planning
Arthur, P., BA (Ghana), MSc (LSE), MA (WLU), PhD (Queen’s),
Comparative Politics (African Politics), Development, Foreign Policy
Bow, B., BA (UBC), MA (York), PhD (Cornell), International Relations;
International Diplomacy and Institutions; International Political
Economy; Foreign Policy; Canada-US Relations
Political Science Good, K., BA, MA (Man), PhD, (Toronto). Urban and suburban
governance in Canada, Canadian federalism and multi-level
governance, Canadian public policy, race relations in Canada
Location: Arts & Administration Building Turnbull, L., BA, MA (Dal), PhD, (Dal). Canadian Politics with specific
Third Floor, Room 301 focus on ethics, parliament, and citizen engagement
6299 South Street
Halifax, NS B3H 4H6 Adjunct Professors
Telephone: (902) 494-2396 Biro, A., Acadia University
Fax: (902) 494-3825 Brown, S., University of Ottawa
Email: pscience@dal.ca Haydon, P., Dalhousie University
Website: http://politicalscience.dal.ca Heard, A., Simon Fraser
Kow, S., University of King's College
Chairperson of Department Legler, T., Mount Allison University
Finbow, R.G. Martin, G., Mount Allison University
Pyrcz, G., Acadia University
Graduate Co-ordinator Robertson N., University of King's College
Carbert, L. Shaw T., Royal Roads University
Smith H., University of Northern British Columbia
Professors Emeriti Sutherland S., Queen's University
Beck, J.M., BA (Acadia), MA, PhD (Toronto), LLD (Dal), FRSC
Braybrooke, D., BA (Harvard), MA, PhD (Cornell), FRSC I. Admission Requirements
Cameron, D.M., BA (Queen's), MA, MPhil, PhD (Toronto). Canadian
Applicants must satisfy the minimum requirements set by the Faculty of
federalism and intergovernmental relations; Canadian public policy;
Graduate Studies.
city government
Eayrs, J.G., BA (Toronto), AM, PhD (Col), FRSC Successful applicants for the MA program will have an Honours BA in
Stairs, D., BA (Dal), MA (Oxon), PhD (Toronto), FRSC, OC. Canadian Political Science, or its equivalent, with first-class or high second-class
foreign policy; foreign policy process standing (GPA of 3.30 or higher).
Winham, G.R., BA (Bowdoin), Dip Int Law (Manchester), PhD (N Car),
FRSC, Eric Dennis Memorial Professor of Government and Political Admission decisions are based on academic transcripts, letters of
Science. International relations and diplomatic practice; international reference, a sample of written work, statement of research interest
political economy; U.S. Foreign policy; Canada-U.S. relations submitted by the applicant, and the capacity of the Department to
supervise a thesis in the applicant’s proposed field of research.
Professors
Successful applicants for the PhD program will have an MA in Political
Aucoin, P.C., BA (SMU), MA (Dal), PhD (Queen's) (Eric Dennis Memorial
Science with first-class standing (GPA of 3.70 or higher). Admission
Professor of Government and Polictical Science), FRSC; jointly with
decisions are based on the same considerations as apply to the MA
Public Administration. Public administration (policy processes,
program, but PhD students are admitted only when a faculty member is
government organization, management systems); Canadian political
prepared to supervise the applicant's program, including the proposed
institutions
thesis topic.
Black, D., BA (Trent), MA, PhD (Dal). Canadian & comparative foreign
policy; Southern Africa; North-South relations Applicants who do not meet all of the above requirements, but who have
Boardman, R., BSc, PhD, DSc (London). International organization, superior academic qualifications, may be considered for admission to the
European Politics, Environment MA or PhD programs, but may be required to satisfy additional
Davis, J., BA (Oberlin), MA, PhD, (Johns Hopkins (SAIS)). Business- requirements within the program. All such requirements will be specified
government relations; public policy; oil and gas policy; international at the time of admission.
political economy and monetary affairs, rational choice theory.
Fierlbeck, K., BA (Alta), MA (York), PhD (Cantab). Political theory, Applicants whose native language is not English must demonstrate a
Modern and Post-modern; Distributive justice minimum TOEFL score of 600, or the equivalent score on a comparable
Finbow, R.G., BA (Dal), MA (York), MSc, PhD (London). Comparative test.
politics (Western democracies [Latin America]); Comparative theory;
Canadian regionalism II. Degree Programs
Harvey, F., BA, MA, PhD (McGill). Theories of international relations;
International conflict and crises; comparative foreign policy; empirical A. Master of Arts (MA)
research methods The MA is a one-year (12 month) program consisting of three full-credit
Laursen, F., Cand. Scient.Pol(Aarhus Univ), PhD, (Penn). International classes (or the equivalent in half-credit classes) and a thesis. Classes
Politics, European Studies include at least two of the core graduate seminars, other graduate classes
Middlemiss, D.W., BA, MA, PhD (Toronto). Canadian defence policy (including directed reading classes and graduate classes in other
(especially defence economies and Maritime strategy); Canadian departments), and not more than one credit of classes cross-listed as
foreign policy undergraduate/graduate (3000/5000). The MA may be completed on a
Smith, J., BA (McMaster), MA, PhD (Dal). Canadian government and full-time or part-time basis.
politics; American government; Modern liberal theory
Associate Professor The PhD program requires two years of full-time residency, and can be
Carbert, L., BA (Alta), MA, PhD (York). Political theory; Canadian political completed in three to four years. The two principal requirements consist of
behaviour; feminist theory comprehensive examinations in two fields (a major and minor field) and
an original thesis. Class work will be required as appropriate to prepare
the student for her or his comprehensive examinations. These
Political Science 253

examinations will include both written and oral components. Before POLI 5220.03: Intergovernmental Relations.
proceeding to the thesis, a student must present and defend a thesis This class will examine the territorial division of political and
proposal. Also, reading competence in a second language, usually French, administrative power and the nature of relations between governments
must be demonstrated before the student begins work on the thesis. The which result from such a division of power, including federal-provincial-
thesis is written under the direction of a committee comprising the municipal or “tri-level” relations. Specific topics will include the role of
supervisor and two other members, and may include qualified faculty the courts in constitutional interpretations, the instruments of “fiscal
members from other departments and other universities. The completed federalism’ (including equalization payments, conditional grants, tax
thesis is subject to a public, oral defence. sharing arrangements and shared cost programs), administrative
relationships and the concept of “executive federalism”
III. Class Descriptions These themes will be pursued further by each student through the
Classes offered by the Department are organized into four fields, as preparation of a research paper. This paper will deal with a policy area
follows: selected by the student (transportation, education, health, etc.) And will
• Canadian Politics provide an opportunity for a more intensive examination of the impact of
• Comparative Politics intergovernmental relations, on public policy and vice versa. For
• Political Theory additional information about class requirements, please consult the
• International Relations and Foreign Policy instructor.
Each field (with the exception of Political Theory) contains classes offered
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3220.03
as core graduate seminars, and classes cross-listed at the undergraduate/
graduate level. The latter usually contain a majority of undergraduate Elective (3 credit hours)
students, and graduate students will be required to satisfy appropriately
higher standards. In addition, directed reading classes may be arranged
POLI 5224.03: Canadian Political Parties.
on an individual or small group basis with appropriate faculty members. The Canadian party system, viewed as an integral part of the entire
This will often be particularly appropriate in areas closely related to a political system, presents a number of interesting questions for
student's thesis research, in conjunction with the thesis supervisor. exploration, such as the alleged fickleness of voters, the role of party
leaders, and the manner in which parties contribute to Canadian
Not all classes are offered every year. A more accurate timetable will be democracy. The particular themes emphasized will vary from year to year.
available in the spring of each year. Approved with Canadian Studies.
FORMAT: Lecture and discussion 2 hours
A. Canadian Government and Politics CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3224.03
Elective (3 credit hours)
Core Graduate Seminar:
POLI 5228.03: Interest Groups: Function and
POLI 5204X/Y.06: Advanced Seminar in Canadian
Management.
Politics. This class will attempt a systematic examination of the function and
This class examines the major dimensions of Canadian government and management of interest groups in Canada and, to a lesser extent, other
politics. The first term is devoted to the institutions, processes and western countries. It will begin by considering the functions such groups
dynamics of the federal system of government. Topics in the first term perform for their supporters on the one hand and, on the other, the role
include responsible government; party government; electoral system; they play in 1) maintaining political systems; 2) securing and modifying
legislative processes; senate; cabinet; pressure groups; crown corporations public policy, and 3) implementing programs. It will explore the ways in
and regulatory agencies; accountability; charter or rights; media. Topics in which their structures and behavior patterns vary according to the
the second term include the ideas of interstate and intrastate federalism; resources of the groups themselves, the nature of their concerns and the
judicial interpretation and the Supreme Court; executive federalism; demands of the political/bureaucratic systems in which they operate. An
federal-provincial fiscal arrangements; the 1982 constitutional important feature of the class will be a discussion of the internal
amendments, and the current constitutional process. This class will be management of groups. This discussion will include a review of how
conducted as a seminar. We first consider the principal subjects by way of membership is secured and retained and how group resources are
general class discussion. We spend the rest of the term discussing student obtained and applied; the role of professional staff in developing group
papers on the assigned topics. positions and in interacting between the interest group and government
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in officials. In conclusion, the class will examine the role of interest groups in
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed policy processes and the relationship between that role and the prospects
consecutively. for democracy in western politics. Approved with Canadian Studies.
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3228.03, PUAD 6505.03
Cross-listed Classes:
POLI 5205.03: Canadian Political Thought.
This class addresses philosophical issues that play a major role in
POLI 5231.03: Urban Governance in Canada.
contemporary Canadian politics. These include minority rights and Despite the fact that most Canadians live in cities, municipal governments
multiculturalism; nationalism, federalism, and self-determination; and are junior partners in Canadian federalism. Municipal, business and
citizenship and the politics of identity. Approved with Canadian Studies. community leaders in urban centers are advocating new relationships
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours among municipal and upper levels of government - they want a "New
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3205.03 Deal for Cities". The objective of this course is to provide students with the
analytical, theoretical, and methodological tools to understand and
explain the politics and policy activities of Canadian municipalities within
POLI 5206.03: Constitutional Issues in Canadian their historical, institutional, and constitutional framework. In this class,
we adopt a critical perspective on urban governance and engage with
Politics. contemporary debates concerning municipal governance reform, the
These are political issues that possess an important constitutional evolving nature of urban governance within Canadian federalism, and
dimension. They include judicial review and the role of the Supreme social science debates concerning how we ought to study cities.
Court of Canada, constitutional amendment, the representation formula, FORMAT: Seminar, 2 hours
the Charter of Rights and Freedoms, language rights and the Crown. CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3231.03
254 Political Science

POLI 5233.03: Canadian Political Economy. B. Comparative Politics
This seminar class, for graduates and senior undergraduates, will explore
the relationship between politics and economic life in Canada. Canada's Core Graduate Seminars:
economic development, the role of the state, imperial and continental
relationships, the debate over free trade, economic nationalism, and POLI 5301.03: Comparative Theory.
Canada's place in a global economy will be analyzed. Students will This class examines two levels of theory utilized in the study of politics in
consider staples, liberal Keynesian and neo-classical, socialist and feminist different nations: 1) the major paradigms or approaches to political
perspectives. Other topics include women, trade unions, native and analysis, notably debates over methodology and knowledge, the nature of
immigrant communities, and the impact of economic forces on national the state, etc.; 2) selected theoretical tools used to analyze specific elements
unity. Students will debate controversial themes on each topic. Student of the political process, notably interest group and media influence,
essays will explore a range of contemporary issues including the debt political culture and socialization, electoral and revolutionary regime
crisis, federal-provincial fiscal relations, the economic consequences of change, political development and economic dependency, etc. The list of
Quebec separation, regional development programs, and policies for topics is subject to revision depending on the students' backgrounds and
industrial development, human resources, technological change, poverty interests.
and inequality, etc. FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3233.03 POLI 5340.03: Approaches to Development.
A survey of theories of and policies about dependence, underdevelopment
and peripheral social formations. particular emphasis on modernization
POLI 5235.03: Regional Political Economy in Canada. and materialist modes of analysis, and on orthodox and radical strategies
The class surveys the interaction between politics and economics in of development. Topics treated include social contradictions (e.g. class,
Canada with emphasis on the question of regional development. It will race and ethnicity), debt, structural adjustment, (de)industrialisation, self-
canvas competing explanations for differences in economic development reliance, human development, gender, technology, civil society, informal
among Canada’s regions with special emphasis on Maritime economic sectors, authoritarianism and ecology.
problems, highlighting both the political sources of regional disparities FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
and continuing efforts to rectify them. Distinctive Western, Quebec and
Ontario concerns will also be covered. Seminars, for graduates and senior
undergraduates, will feature students presentations and research projects. POLI 5302.03: Comparative Development
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3235.03 Administration.
Some analytical and normative issues of public administration in
developing countries are examined including the scope of development
POLI 5240.03: Introduction to Public Policy. administration as a sub-field of public administration; public sector
A comprehensive examination of the three critical questions in the This organization and management including public services, public
class provides a general introduction to the field of policy management, enterprises, decentralization and rural development, financial systems,
human resources management, aspects of state economic management
for graduate and honors undergraduate students. Using British ‘best
practice’ ideas of professional policy making and Canadian statements of with Japanese and South Korean case studies; and institutional aspects of
generic policy competencies, it seeks to improve the policy capacity of aid administration with CIDA and World Bank cases.
participants. It does this first by increasing their knowledge of public FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
policy structures, processes, and outputs, and secondly, by giving them CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3302.03
knowledge that they can use in policy advocacy both inside and outside POLI 5303.03: Human Rights and Politics.
government. The first section of the class examines policy definitions and
This class will introduce students to the evolving place of human rights in
professional policy making approaches in the 21st century. The second
politics, both comparative and international. We begin by examining the
section considers the role of the state in the 21st century, and the policy
historic emergence of human rights as an issue in world politics,
competencies that analysts must have if that role is to be carried out
principally since the Second World War; and by considering both the
effectively. Section three explores vertical, horizontal and external policy
philosophical foundations of the idea of human rights and some of the
relationships, both as determinants of policy and as practical matters of
main controversies concerning their scope and application. We then focus
management. Section four explores, and helps participants to gain
on a number of specific topics and controversies concerning human rights
proficiency in, the most recent processes of strategic policy design and
in world politics, including: the sources of and struggle to end human
implementation. This blend of theory and practice will increase the policy
rights abusive regimes in Latin America; the multilateral politics of human
knowledge of all participants, and equip those who are in professional
rights; human rights in national foreign policies, with a specific focus on
programs, including the various public services, to contribute more
the challenges posed by China; Islam and human rights; genocide and
effectively in policy processes in the future.
humanitarian intervention; and efforts to foster justice and reconciliation
CROSS-LISTED: POLI 4240.03/PUAD 5120.03
in the aftermath of abusive regimes. Finally we look specifically at the role
of human rights in domestic politics, focusing on the issues of women’s
Elective (3 credit hours) rights and sexual orientation.
FORMAT: Seminar, 2 hours
POLI 5241.03: Introduction to Policy Analysis. CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3303.03
This class examines four aspects of policy analysis: 1) the role of the
analyst in modern government; 2) the analyst’s working environment; 3) POLI 5304.03: Comparative Federalism.
techniques used in carrying out research and preparing position papers; 4) A seminar class which examines the theory and practice of federalism
and the analyst’s responsibilities to government and to the public in within a comparative framework. The actual federations discussed
determining what information should reach decision-makers. Approved depends in part on student interest but usually includes both established
with Canadian Studies. federal nations and those moving in that direction.
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3241.03, PUAD 5121.03 CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3304.03, PUAD 6755.03

POLI 5311.03: Sports and Politics. FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
This class examines the role of sport in domestic, transnational and CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3345.03
international politics. It addresses the gap in much of mainstream political
science concerning the pervasive influence of popular cultural trends and
POLI 5350.03: Governance and Globalization.
practices on political relations. Some topics include: the role of sport in This seminar class provides students with an opportunity for critical
political socialization and the creation of national identity; the politics of evaluation of the reshapings of political processes and institutions that are
the Olympic Games, and sport and political change in South Africa. occurring as the result of globalization. The class will explore the concept
FORMAT: Seminar, 2 hours of governance in the context of changing dynamics related to the trans-
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3311.03 nationalisation of production and increased capital mobility as well as the
rise in numbers and influence of NGOs and new social movements.
POLI 5315.03: African Politics. “New” forms of governance emerging out of decentralisation and/or
The diversity of states, politics, economy and society in post-colonial sub- disinvestment of state authority and supra-national arrangements that are
Saharan Africa is examined in this seminar. Topics include theoretical broadly captured within the concept of “global governance” will be
approaches, economic frameworks, governmental regimes, structural explored along with traditional concepts of governance that center on the
adjustments, civil society, and intra-regional political economies, and actors, structures and environments of governmental policy-making. A
selected aspects of policy such as economic reform, political liberalization, range of issues will be examined: governance of economies, environment,
women and development, drought and ecology, AIDS and health communications, human rights, health, conflict and complex emergencies
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours within the context of theoretical debates involving the
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3315.03 “internationalization” of the state; the role of identities, e.g., nationalist,
ethnic, gender, cosmopolitan; the growing relevance of regionalism and
POLI 5322.03: The EU as a Global Factor. the nature of and prospects for democracy and citizenship.
The aim is to enable the student to analyze and understand the FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
international roles played by the EU in both economic and political areas. CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3350.03
Why has the EU been better able to speak with one voice in economic areas
than political areas? To what extent can the member states control the POLI 5360.03: Politics in Latin America.
foreign policies of the EU? The introductory part will include an overview This seminar class surveys the politics of Latin American states colonial to
of the EU governance systems in the area of external economic relations contemporary times. Students first examine political history and
(first pillar) and the Common Foreign and Security Policy (the second development, focusing on particular challenges of colonial inheritance,
pillar) and analyses of the main achievements in both areas. Specific topics military politicization, modernization, development and dependency and
to be selected for analyses during the second part will include the EU and international interference. Institutions, public policies, and state-society
the WTO, the EU and the US, the EU and East Asia, and the EU and relations are then discussed. Other topics include women and indigenous
developing countries. Finally, in the third part of the course students people and prospects for durable democratization. Students will debate
study recent efforts to develop a European Security and Defense Policy. controversial questions on each topic.
FORMAT: Seminar, 2 hours FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3322.03 CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3360.03
POLI 5323.03: Treaty Reforms in the EU. POLI 5379.06: U.S. Constitution, Government, and
The course covers the treaties founding the European Communities Politics.
(Treaty of Paris, 1951 and Treaties of Rome 1957) and the reforms of these The purpose of this seminar class is to gain a thorough and critical
treaties in the Merger treaty (1965), the budget treaties (1970 and 1975), the understanding of American political process. To this end, a series of topics
Single European Act (1987), the Treaty of Maastricht (1992), the Treaty of are examined, beginning with a framing of the constitution and
Amsterdam (1997), the Treaty of Nice (2001) as well as the Constitutional concluding with questions about political culture. These is considerable
Treaty (2004). How are these successive treaties negotiated? Why has the emphasis on formal and informal political institutions, especially political
Ec/EU gone through so many treaty reforms? Is there a particular trend in parties and elections.
the reforms? Which theories can help us to understand the changes? FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
FORMAT: Seminar, 2 hours CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3379.03
C. Political Theory and Methodology
POLI 5325.06: European Politics.
The comparative study of politics in European countries gives a useful Core Graduate Seminar:
perspective on Canadian politics. Focusing primarily on western Europe,
this class examines party politics, government institutions, contemporary POLI 5401.03: Contemporary Political Thought.
public policy issues, and related topics in selected European states. How ought we to evaluate the political norms and beliefs, which we hold
Discussion of the politics of the European Union is an integral part of the as we enter the next millennium? This class provides a conceptual
class. overview of contemporary political thought from the development of 20th
FORMAT: Seminar century liberal democracy to the contemporary criticisms articulated by its
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3325.06 opponents. Topics to be discussed include: liberal and "non-liberal"
democracy, justice and distribute justice; liberty and libertarianism; rights;
POLI 5345.03: Politics of Southern Africa. property and theories of entitlement; virtue and citizenship; identity and
This class focuses on political change in the Southern African region since community; race and representation; epistemology (including feminist
the end of colonialism. It compares the experience of the various countries epistemology), public choice theory, and postmodernism.
in the region to development and security pressures related to the legacies FORMAT: Lecture/seminar
of colonialism, persistent economic problems and recent structural CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3401.03
adjustments, environmental degradations and threats, ethnic, class and
gender cleavages, strategic and social problems related to first apartheid POLI 5475.03: Democratic Theory.
and later post-apartheid transitions, issues of governance and regional Democracy is an essential component of legitimacy for all western states:
conflict as well as more positive trends that towards abatements in civil few would be inclined to assert their “undemocratic” nature. But what are
wars and a surge of democratization. As well as country comparisons, the the essential characteristics of democracy; and to what extent must
class will look at the region as a political unit, exploring the opportunities modern democratic theory remain grounded in nineteenth-century
for and constraints against formal regional cooperation on economy or western liberal thought? While this class has a predominantly theoretical
security as well as informal processes that constitute the basis of “new” orientation, it will include an examination of the relations between
regionalism forces. democratic theory and economic production/redistribution; as well as an

investigation into how democratic theory can be developed in non- POLI 5535.03: The New International Division of
western political contexts. Labor.
This seminar provides an overview of the global political economy in the
current post-Bretton Woods and Cold War period. It treats the New
POLI 5479.03: Classical Liberalism and Democracy. International Division of Labor/Power from several theoretical and
Liberalism takes a variety of forms and includes many topics including the political perspectives, from comparative foreign policy to feminism. Issues
rule of law, limited government, the free exchange of goods, entitlement to addressed include the Newly Industrializing Countries, the Middle
property, the self, and individual rights. Its philosophical and political Powers and the Fourth World; new functionalism; popular participation;
assumptions provide the intellectual context within which its account of and alternative futures.
the individual, its vision of the community and its preferred allocation of FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
resources will be assessed. CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3535.03
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours POLI 5540.03: Foreign Policies in the Third World.
CROSS-LISTING: PHIL 4470.03/5470.03, POLI 4479.03, ECON 4446.03/
This seminar offers a comparative perspective on the political economy of
5446.03
foreign policy in Africa, Asia, the Middle East, and South America at the
end of the twentieth century. Its focus is how such state and non-state
D. International Relations & Foreign Policy
actors in the South relate to the New International Divisions of Labor and
Power given the demise of both Bretton Woods and Cold War global
Core Graduate Seminar:
regimes. In addition to selective case studies of both large and small states
POLI 5520X/Y.06: Theories of International Relations. -- from Brazil, India, Indonesia, and Nigeria to Botswana, Jamaica, Kuwait,
and Singapore -- it treats formal and informal external relations, from
A survey of the discipline of international relations. Topics include the role
regional intergovernmental institutions to non-governmental coalitions. It
of theory, structure and operation of the international system, balance of
also examines new forms of regional conflict and cooperation, including
power, international economics and problems of dependence, war and
guerrilla struggles and civil societies. It emphasizes the incidence and
problems of international security, international organization and the
impact of structural adjustment programs and conditionalities along with
nation-state.
the emergence of "new" issues such as debt, democracy, ecology, gender,
refugees, and technology. A range of alternative approaches is identified
and evaluated appropriate to the contemporary period of revisionism.
consecutively.
POLI 5560.03: Human Development/Security at the
POLI 5521.03: Building Peace and Democracy. Start of the Twenty-first Century.
This course examines the elements of democracy and the steps that are This senior undergraduate/graduate seminar is designed to present
required for post-conflict countries to attain it. Students will learn about current definitions of and debates about human development/human
new security issues, institutions of governance, and the elements of security at the turn of the century. These have both analytic and policy
peacebuilding. relevance for a wide range of actors in contemporary global politics: not
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours just states/international organizations but also civil societies & private
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3520.03 companies, think tanks and partnerships. It is offered in summer school to
attract a diverse, interdisciplinary range of registrants and to coincide with
POLI 5525.03: Comparative Foreign Policy the annual weekend workshop of the “new regionalisms” network which
Simulation. treats an issue of relevance to global development each year, such as new
This class is designed for advanced (i.e., 3rd/4th year) undergraduate and regionalisms in August 2000 and globalizations in 2001.
graduate students in Political Science. Once students become familiar with FORMAT: Seminar
basic concepts, theories and decision-making frameworks developed PREREQUISITE: Offered as a summer class only. Consult instructor.
within the sub-field of comparative foreign policy (part I), they will be CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3560.03
expected to apply what they have learned through participation in an
interactive computer simulation involving other teams throughout North
POLI 5570X/Y.06: Canadian Foreign Policy.
America (and possibly Europe). As they attempt to implement policy The seminar examines post-World War II Canadian foreign policy in three
initiatives and work in teams to resolve international disputes, students parts: (1) a detailed analysis of major policy developments, using the case-
will confront foreign policy issues in a context that provides an study approach; (2) an investigation of selected recurrent and
authenticity of experience. The objective is to enable students to create and contemporary themes, issues, and problems, and (3) an investigation of
test organizational skills, understand the interdependence of international the general factors that may help to "explain" the form and content of
issues, appreciate cultural differences and approaches to world problems, Canadian foreign policy, with particular reference to the institutions and
and use computers for multination communications. processes through which policy decisions are made. The primary
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours emphasis is on politico-security issues, although other subjects are also
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3525.03 considered.
POLI 5531.03: The United Nations in World Politics. consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
The evolution of the United Nations from its early concentration on consecutively.
problems of collective security, through the period of preventative FORMAT: Writing Intensive, seminar 2 hours
diplomacy and anti-colonialism to its present role as a forum for the CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3570X/Y.06
aspirations and demands of the Less Developed Countries is reviewed.
The more distant future, and the continuing relevance of the United
POLI 5571X/Y.06: Strategy and Canadian Defense
Nations in world politics, and how its role and objectives should be Policy.
determined, are considered. This seminar examines post-World War II Canadian defense policy in
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours three parts: 1) an analysis of important cases of policy development; 2) an
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3351.03 investigation of certain persistent themes and current issues (e.g., Canada-
U.S. defense relations; defense funding; weapons procurement; the role of
women in the forces; civil-military relations, etc.; and 3) an assessment of
the major determinants of policy and prescriptions for the future.

NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in will roughly be constituted by 50 percent lecture and 50 percent organized
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed student contributions for seminar discussion and debate.
consecutively. FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3587.03
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3571.X/Y.06
POLI 5636.03: Nationalism and Statecraft.
POLI 5574.03: American Foreign Policy. An examination of the sources, ingredients and consequences of
This class considers why Americans make the kind of foreign policy they contemporary nationalism, with particular reference to its implications for
do. The class will examine the trilateral relationship between society, the conduct of international politics. In the early sessions of the class,
government and the military in the post-Cold War era. the context pertinent literature from the pre-World War II period will be evaluated for
includes: changing societal values and the domestic pressures they its relevance to our understanding of current circumstances, in which the
produce; and the implications of a constantly changing strategic apparent revival of nationalist impulses has coincided with intensifying
environment. Different perspectives will be examined to assess the manifestations of functional interdependence. The balance of the class will
implications for civil-military relations of the above-noted changes; legal/ be devoted to case-studies.
constitutional (Charter challenges); military/professional (operational FORMAT: Seminar
requirements); and political (constituency and special interest demands) CROSS-LISTING: POLI 4636.03
policy they do and the decision process and relevant methodologies for
examining decision strategy are examined. Students develop an ability to POLI 5656.03: Oil, Natural Gas and Government: The
explain foreign policy decisions of the United States. Political Economy of Regulation.
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours Given that oil and natural gas activities are vital both for internal
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3574.03 Canadian energy consumption and for an increasing fraction of Canadian
energy exports to the United States, the conjoint management of these
POLI 5575.03: Nuclear Weapons and Arms Control in activities by the private and public sectors is of considerable importance.
World Politics. This course is designed to give students interested in issues related to oil
The seminar examines the technological, doctrinal, and political aspects of and natural gas, natural resource exploitation, and public policy and
the nuclear weapons "problem" and the arms control "solution". It also administration, an understanding of how oil and gas activities are
assess the fate of contemporary nuclear arms control efforts. manager.
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours FORMAT: Seminar
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3575.03 CROSS-LISTING: POLI 4656.03
POLI 5577.03: Civil-Military Relations in E. Directed Reading Classes

Contemporary Western Society. Graduate students taking directed reading classes register under one of
The class will examine the trilateral relationship between society, the following designations, depending on whether the class extends for
government and the military in the post-Cold War era. The context the first term, the second term, or the full academic year:
includes: changing societal values and the domestic pressures they
produce; and the implications of a constantly changing strategic
POLI 5601.06: Readings in Political Science.
environment. Different perspectives will be examined to assess the POLI 5602.03: Readings in Political Science.
implications for civil-military relations of the above-noted changes; legal/
constitutional (Charter challenges); military/professional (operational POLI 5603.03: Readings in Political Science.
requirements); and political (constituency and special interest demands).
FORMAT: Seminar 2 hours F. Thesis
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3577.03 Students register for the thesis under the appropriate designation, as
follows:
POLI 5581.03: Diplomacy and Negotiation.
This class examines the practice of diplomatic negotiation in international POLI 9000.00: MA Thesis.
relations. Attention is directed towards historical development and
change in diplomatic practice, and to the nature and role of negotiation in POLI 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
the contemporary international system. Various examples of diplomatic
negotiations are studied, ranging from bilateral negotiations such as
nuclear arms talks or the Canada-US Free Trade Agreement, to
multilateral negotiations as the UN Conference of the Law of the Sear or
GATT negotiations. Students are expected to participate in a simulation
exercise and to prepare a term paper or selected case of international
negotiation.
POLI 5587.03: International Political Economy.

This course is composed of two overlapping constituent themes. The first
theme is that of competing explanations of international political economic
behavior - behavior affected by that diffuse political authority
characteristic of the international system, the second, that of examining the
basic issues in international political economy - the fundamental questions
as to why international trade, international finance, unequal economic
development, international organization, and the multinational enterprise.
The first theme functions to create the over-all framework of analysis by
which competing approaches to international political economy can be
evaluated. The second theme will integrate these approaches with issue
areas within the fields of international trade, international finance, and
what might be termed "international production" (within which fields
issues such as economic development, the multinational enterprise, and
the global "division of labor" constitute the major foci). The course sessions

Pegg, M.J., BSc, PhD (Leeds), PEng. Combustion, safety and loss
prevention
Speers, R.A., BSc(Agr), MSc, PhD (UBC). Brewing science, food
fermentation, rheology, colloid science.
Watts, K.C., BSA, MSc, PhD, PEng. Biodiesel fuel, aquacultural
engineering, agricultural machinery design, blood flow modeling.
Yemenidjian, N.B., BEng, PhD (Concordia), PEng. Electronic materials,
Process Engineering and hard materials, ceramics & glasses.
Applied Science Associate Professors

Bishop, D.P., PhD (TUNS), MASc (TUNS), Program Chair. Aluminum
powder metallurgy, metal matrix (composites), powder forging,
• Biological Engineering structural automotive components. Composites, polymer toughening.
Ghanem, A., BSc (UNB), PhD (Cornell), PEng. Tissue engineering, drug
• Chemical Engineering delivery, bioprocessing, toxicology.
• Food Science Gordon, R, BSc, MSc, PhD, PEng, PAg. Nova Scotia Agricultural College
Bio-water management, constructed wetlands, climate change
• Materials Engineering Hart, W., BSc, PhD, Water Quality, environmental ecology, environmental
assessment.
Department Head Kuzak, S., BEng, MEng (McGill), PhD (TUNS), PEng.
Pegg, M.J., BSc, PhD (Leeds), PEng. Combustion, safety and loss Plucknett, K.P, BSc, PhD (Warwick). Structural and functional ceramics,
prevention intermetallics, fibre-reinforced composites electron microscopy,
material processing, mechanical properties, biopolymers.
Graduate Coordinator Truelstrup-Hansen, L., Cand.Brom., PhD (Roy Vet Agr Univ Denmark).
Ghaly, A.E., BSc (Alexandria), MSc (Alexandria), PhD (McGill), PEng. Food microbiology, seafood and food safety, antimicrobial peptides,
Environmental Biotechnology, Industrial ecology, bioremediation, probiotic bacteria, bacterial stress responses.
phytoremediation, fermentation technology, energy conversion. Wilkie. K.I., BEng, MEng, PhD, PEng. Bio-robotics, instrumentation.
Yuet, P., BEng (TUNS), MSc (Queen’s), PhD (MIT), PEng. Colloids and
Graduate Secretary surfactants, drilling fluids, shale inhibition.
Joann Scott
Location: D Building, 4th Floor Assistant Professors
1360 Barrington Street Brooks, S., M.S., B.Tech (Massey), PhD (Cambridge), Peng Bioprocess
Halifax, Nova Scotia Engineering, Biochemical Engineering, Biotechnology, Drug Delivery,
Telephone:(902)494-6225 Pharmaceutical Processing, Waste Utilization
Fax: (902)420-0219 Bowman, S., BSc (1985), PhD (1989)(Warwick, UK) Genomics,
Email: Joann.Scott@dal.ca Metagenomics, Bioinformatics, DNA sequencing, Genotyping,
Website: http://engineering.dal.ca/DEPARTMENTS/PEAS- Microarrays and Technology Development
Graduate_Progra.php Budge, S., BSc (Acadia), PhD (Memorial). Marine lipids, trophic studies,
fish nutrition, lipid oxidation.
Professors Emeriti Farhat, Z., BASc, MASc, PhD (Windsor). Tribology, nanocrystalline and
Ackman, R.G., BA (Toronto), MSc (Dal), DIC (Imperial Coll), PhD composite coatings, wear testing, curring tools, fuel cell materials.
(London), LLD (Hon) (Dal). Head of the Marine Oils Group at CIFT. Jamieson, R.C., BEng, MASc (TUNS), PhD, PEng (Guelph). Contaminant
Edible fats and oils, particularly fish oils, omega-3 fatty acids & the fate and transport, watershed assessment, water quality modelling,
uptake of hydrocarbon pollutants into fish tissue. ecological engineering
Chen, B.H., BSc (Nat. Taiwan), MEng, PhD (McGill), PEng Jarjoura, G., BEng (TUNS), MASc, PhD (Dalhousie). Material degradation,
Hancock, H.A., BASc, MASc, PhD (Toronto), PEng impedance spectroscopy, hydrogen absorbing materials.
McMillan, A.F., BSc, MSc (Queens), PhD (MIT), PEng Mazzanti, G., BEng (America), MASc, PhD (Guelph). Food processing,
crystallization of lipids and protein, dehydration processes, food
Professors
engineering
Amyotte, P.R., BEng (RMC), MSc (Eng) (Queens), PhD (TUNS), PEng.
Industrial safety and loss management, dust explosions. Adjunct Professors
Ben-Abdallah, N., BSc, MASc, PhD, PEng. Thermal energy storage, Adsett, J.F., BSc, MScEng, PhD, Nova Scotia Agricultural College.
desiccant dehumidification, HVAC/indoor air quality, solar energy Continuous nitrate monitoring, aquifer heat storage.
Caley, W.F., BSc (Eng), MSc (Eng) (Queen's), PhD (Toronto), PEng. Al Taweel, A.M., BSc (Alexandria), MSc, PhD (Colorado), PEng. Mixing
Ceramic and metal matrix composites, pyrometallurgy, slag/refractory and separation, multi-phase CFD pollution prevention.
reactions in steelmaking. Armstrong, S., BSc, MSc, PhD. Biological and environmental studies,
Fels, M., BEng, MEng (McGill), PhD (Waterloo), PEng. Air and water corrosion.
pollution control, solar energy. Chan, J. K-H., BSc (Hong Kong), MSc (Reading), PhD (TUNS).
Ghaly, A.E., BSc (Alexandria), MSc (Alexandria), PhD (McGill), PEng. Nutraceuticals, functional foods.
Environmental Biotechnology, Industrial ecology, bioremediation, Chaturvedi, M.C., BSc (Banaras), MMet, PhD (Sheffield). Aerospace
phytoremediation, fermentation technology, energy conversion. materials, joining of materials, intermetallic materials.
Gill, T.A., BSc, MSc (Guelph), PhD (UBC). Food proteins and enzymes, Dabros, T., MSc, PhD (Jagiellonian)
seafood quality, safety, preservation, antimicrobial peptides and Edwards, L.M., BSc, MSc, PhD, PAg, Agriculture Canada Research
marine toxins. Station, Charlottetown. Soil erosion under conditions of freezing and
Gupta, Y.P., BSc (BHU), MEng (TUNS), PhD (Calgary), PEng. Process thawing.
control and optimization. Gomaa, H., BSc, MSc (Alexandria), PhD (UNB)
Kipouros, G.J., DiplEng (Athens), MASc, PhD (Toronto), PEng. Metal Hamza, H.A., BSc (Cairo), PhD (Newcastle-upon-Tyne)
matrix composites, electrolysis in molten salt, rare earth magnetic Hellenbrand, K.,PhD. Plant fungus relationships (micorrhizae), microbial
materials, light, refractory and rare earth metals. air pollution., biofilms in terrestrial and ocean environments
Paulson, A.T., BSc(Agr), MSc,PhD (UBC). Food chemistry, physico- Hollingshead, R.S., BEng, MEng, PhD (TUNS). Corrosion, failure analysis.
chemical properties, polymers, emulsions and gels, dielectric methods, Jin, Y., B.Sc. (Yangzhou), MSc, PhD (Dal). Brewing science, colloid science,
thermal processing, packaging & HACCP. microencapsulation.
Process Engineering and Applied Science 259

Kalmokoff, M., BSc (Guelph), MSc (Saskatchewan), PhD (Queen’s). Food BIOE 6010.03: Non-Point Source Pollution Control.
microbiology, biofilms, bacteriocins, listeria, intestinal microbiology. Course content initially deals with variants of the empirical USLE
Madani, S.D., BSc, MSc, PhD, Nova Scotia Agricultural College. Water approach to soil erosion estimation and control on land surfaces through
quality, watertable management, subsurface drainage systems, application of the RUSLE model. Theoretical and quasi-process concepts
irrigation scheduling. quantifying soil detachment, transport and deposition in interrill and rill
Merritt, J.H., BEng (TUNS), MSc (Birm), PEng, CEng. Process engineering, runoff under rainfall and snowmelt leads to consideration of the
refrigeration. dependent modelling of the form and movement of land applied nutrients
Mintz, K.J., BSc, MSc (UBC), PhD (Toronto) and pesticides. Models used include COSSEM, ANSWERSPS, CREAMS
Patterson, R.N., BSc (RMC), BASc (U of T), MASc (TUNS), PhD (Dal). and SWAT. Emphasis is placed on model application to assess measures to
Recirculating aquaculture systems, food engineering. protect surface water, groundwater and aquatic life resources.
Pink, D.A.H., BSc (Hons StFX), PhD (UBC). Physics. PREREQUISITE: At least one credit in engineering hydrology and
Quilliam, MA, BSc, PhD (Manitoba). Seafood toxins. microcomputer experience.
Rousseau, D., BSc, PhD. (Guelph). Emulsions, structure and function of
food biopolymers. BIOE 6200.03: Advances in Waste Handling and
Sami, S., BScEng, MScA, PhD. Alternative refrigerants, heat pumps, Disposal.
absorption.
Current methods of handling and disposal of wastes are discussed.
Schraft, H., PhD (Zurich). Microbial biofilms.
Physical, chemical and biological properties of various types of waste
Stewart, R.J., BSc, MSc, PhD (Toronto). Brewing microbiology,
materials as related to practical design problems are studied.
fermentation, biotechnology.
Technological advances in holding tanks, lagoon design, pumping and
Stratton, G., BSc, MSc, PhD, Nova Scotia Agricultural College.
agitation equipment, solid-liquid separation systems and land disposal
Bioremediation, environmental microbiology, waste management.
equipment are introduced.
Thibault, P., BEng (Hon), PhD (McGill)
Woo, S.S., BEng (Nat’l Taiwan Univ), MSc (Waterloo), PhD (McMaster) BIOE 6210.03: Advanced Biochemical Engineering.
This class deals with advances in microbial fermentation and enzymatic
Adjunct Assistant Professor
reactions in biological reactors. Topics covered include: microbial and
Peters, W.D., BScE, PhD, PEng. Aquacultural Engineering enzyme kinetics, system parameters, reactor design and scale-up, media
Adjunct Associate Professor and air sterilization, measurements and control, and recovery of
fermentation products.
Gharghouri, M.A., BASc, (Toronto), PhD (McMaster), PEng. Deformation
of HCP metals, fatigue failure, electron microscopy, finite element BIOE 6230.03: Biological Treatments of Wastes.
analysis, crystal growth, activator materials.
Biological Engineering Program
The physical, chemical and biological properties of various wastes as
related to the design of biological treatment processes are discussed.
Biological Engineering Program Fundamental microbiology and factors affecting the growth and survival
of microorganisms in biological systems are studied. Engineering
Telephone: (902) 494-6225
fundamentals of various biological processes are presented. Treatment
Fax: (902) 423-0219
systems such as aerobic and anaerobic lagoons, oxidation ponds, oxidizing
Email: Joann.Scott@dal.ca
ditches and composting are introduced.
Website: http://engineering.dal.ca/DEPARTMENTS/PEAS-
Graduate_Progra.php BIOE 6240.03: Biomass Energy.
The source and amount of energy consumed in various agricultural
I. Introduction operations will be studied. Renewable energy sources will be identified
Biological Engineering applies natural science and engineering principles and their technical feasibility will be investigated. Technological advances
to the biological world. As such, Biological Engineering addresses a wide in biochemical and thermochemical conversion systems will be included
range of problems relating to the environment, food and other biomaterial and the impact of these conversion systems on the environment will be
production and processing, renewable energy and reusable resources. studied.
Emphasis is placed on optimizing design performance in dealing with
biological materials and systems while preserving sustainability and BIOE 6300.03: Instrumentation for Agricultural
protection of the environment. Engineering Research.
The Biological Engineering program has focused research in The objective of this class is to integrate basic instrumentation and control
Environmental Engineering and Biosystems Engineering. Research components with a microcomputer. Primary elements which sense
projects therefore encompass both specific environmental concerns and parameters of interest to Agricultural Engineers (e.g. humidity,
the sustainable utilization of natural resources. temperature, pressure, flow, displacement, velocity and acceleration) are
discussed with emphasis on the interfacing to a microcomputer. Topics
The Department has co-operative projects with faculty members in other
covered in lectures and weekly laboratories include signal conditioning,
Universities both locally and internationally. Opportunities exist to
digital to analog conversion, analog to digital conversion, voltage to
participate in these research projects, which provide wider experience
frequency conversion, on-off control, and PID control. Students study the
and, in which a specific component leads to a Master's or Doctorate
fundamentals through the breadboarding of a basic data acquisition and
degree. See section on Engineering for details of Master's and Doctoral
control system and by applying it to practical problems.
programs.
BIOE 6350.03: Advanced Instrumentation.
II. Class Descriptions This class covers topics in microprocessor based measurement,
computation, communications and control. Subject matter is covered in
BIOE 6000.03: Small Watershed Hydrology. relation to the use of embedded microcontrollers. Development systems
Following an overview of the nature of hydrologic data and models, for both hardware and software emulation are utilized in weekly
emphasis is placed on deterministic mathematical modelling of laboratory exercises and a term project. Topics covered include: assembly
component processes and the synthesis of complete hydrographs. language programming, C programming using a “small C” environment,
Components examined include precipitation, infiltration, high speed data acquisition and data storage, computer to computer
evapotranspiration, surface and subsurface flow. The structure and communications and interfacing of various sensor types and control
application of selected current models are presented. hardware.
PREREQUISITE: A first class in engineering hydrology and
microcomputer experience
260 Process Engineering and Applied Science

BIOE 6410.03: Advanced Food Engineering I. BIOE 9000.00: MASc Thesis.
The theoretical and practical aspects of food rheology and separation
processes will be studied. These include: rheological characteristics of BIOE 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
fluid and powdered foods, psychorheology, food extrusion, drying, freeze
concentration, evaporation, membrane separation, and extraction. PEAS 6710:00: Graduate Research Symposium I.
Emphasis will be place on recent research in these areas. The principles of All students enrolled in the MASc, MEng and MS degree programs are
process design will be incorporated in the design of various food required to participate in this course. This course is designed to provide
processing plants. students with the opportunity and experience of interacting with their
peers, faculty and profession. There will be an annual research symposium
BIOE 6420.03: Advanced Food Engineering II. which will include guest speakers and/or panel discussions on topical
This class will deal with the concept of reaction kinetics in foods, thermal issues presented by scholars from industry, government and academia
processing, and production/processing of food products. The concept of and oral and poster presentations by students. One 30 minute oral
reaction kinetics will be applied to problems of storage stability and presentation and one poster presentation must be given by the students at
thermal processing calculations. Detailed coverage will be given to topics the department symposia during the student tenure. Students will be
such as aseptic packaging, microwave sterilization, food irradiation, evaluated on quality of handouts, organization and preparation of
fouling of heat transfer equipment by fluid foods. Emphasis will be given material, presentation skills, technical content, knowledge of the subject,
on recent research in these areas. critical judgement of reference material and ability to answer questions.
Graded Pass/Fail.
BIOE 6510.03: Analytical Modelling in Farm NOTE: This course will eventually replace Graduate Seminar I in all
Machinery. programs.
This class investigates existing models that relate to some aspects of the
operation or use of machinery on the farm. These models describe:
PEAS 7710:00: Graduate Research Symposium II.
material flow into, through, and out of farm machinery; forces on All students enrolled in the PhD degree program are required to
implements as they interact with the soil, etc.; heat and mass flow in grain participate in this course. The course is designed to provide students with
dryers; optimum planning models, etc. the opportunity and experience of interacting with their peers, faculty and
profession. There will be an annual research symposium which will
BIOE 6610.03: Applied Solar Energy. include guest speakers and/or panel discussion on topical issues
The class covers the following topics: solar radiation measurement and presented by scholars from industry, government and academia and oral
methods of estimating the availability of solar energy for flat-plate solar and poster presentations by students. Two 30 minute oral presentations
collectors; flat-plate solar collectors design and methods of testing their and two poster presentations must be given by the student at the
performance; energy storage; procedures for solar heating systems design department symposia during the student tenure. Students will be
including computer simulations; and design of monitoring systems for the evaluated on quality of handouts, organization and preparation of
evaluation of the performance of solar heating systems and their materials, presentation skills, technical content, knowledge of the subject,
components. Topics in any given year will depend on the interests of critical judgement of reference material and ability to answer questions.
students. Graded Pass/Fail.
NOTE: This course will eventually replace Graduate Seminar II in all
BIOE 6700.03: Directed Studies I. programs.
This class is available to graduate students enrolled in a MASc or MEng
Chemical Engineering Program
degree program in Biological Engineering wishing to gain knowledge in a Chemical Engineering Program
specific area or areas related to, but distinct from their research topic, and
in which no graduate level class is offered. The student will be involved in Telephone: (902) 494-6225
tutorials, laboratory and individual studies. The study will be presented in Fax: (902) 420-0219
a report which uses thesis style format. Only one directed studies class can Email: Joann.Scott@dal.ca
be used for credit for each degree. Website: http://engineering.dal.ca/DEPARTMENTS/PEAS-
Graduate_Progra.php
BIOE 6710.03: Graduate Seminar I.
All students enrolled in a MASc or MEng degree program in Biological I. Introduction
Engineering are required to participate in this course. The course is
The Chemical Engineering program prepares students for careers in the
designed to provide students with the opportunity and experience of
chemical and process industries and in a variety of related fields. These
interaction with their peers, faculty and the profession. A written report
encompass, among others, the traditional areas of environmental control,
and 30-minute oral presentation on the student’s research or design topic
plastics and polymers, pulp and paper, instrumentation and process
(as appropriate) is required each year. Overall participation in all
control, petrochemicals, petroleum and natural gas processing, and energy
presentations during registration will be considered in assigning a grade.
conversion and utilization, as well as the growing fields of biotechnology,
BIOE 7610.03: Graduate Seminar II. food processing, composite materials, corrosion and protective coatings,
and manufacture of microelectronic components.
All students enrolled in a PhD degree program in Biological Engineering
are required to participate in this course. The course is designed to provide The responsibilities assumed by Chemical Engineers include a wide range
students with the opportunity and experience of interaction with their of activities such as research and development of novel products and
peers, faculty and the profession. A written report and 30-minute oral processes, the design, development and operation of process plants, and
presentation on the student’s research is required each year. Overall management of technical operations and sales.
participation in all presentations during registration will be considered in
assigning a grade. Research opportunities leading to the Master’s and Doctorate degrees are
offered in a wide range of topics within the Department as well as in
BIOE 7700.03: Directed Studies II. conjunction with other departments and a number of research centres on
This class is available to graduate students enrolled in a PhD program in the campus. Detailed information regarding the graduate program can be
Biological Engineering wishing to gain knowledge in a specific area or obtained from the Department.
areas related to, but distinct from their research topic, and in which no
graduate level class is offered. The student will be involved in tutorials,
laboratory and individual studies. The study will be presented in a report
which uses thesis style format. Only one directed studies class can be used
for credit for each degree.

II. Class Descriptions CHEE 6736.03: Computer Application in Chemical
Engineering.
CHEE 6000.03: Special Topics in Chemical Mathematical modeling of steady and unsteady chemical process
Engineering I. operations and the use of digital computers for the design and simulation
This class is available to graduate students (pursuing a MASc degree) of individual processing units. Synthesis of units into a combined
wishing to gain knowledge in a specific area for which no graduate level processing plant. (It is recommended that students take ENGM 6653.03 –
classes are offered. The proposed class would involve a directed study for Numerical Analysis I prior to this class).
which the student(s) would be given credit. Students wishing to take the
class would be assigned a suitable class advisor most familiar with the CHEE 6737.03: Chemical Process Control.
specific area of interest. Students would be required to present the work of Dynamics modeling of chemical processes. Analysis and simulation of
one term (not less than 90 hours in the form of directed research, tutorials analog and digital control systems.
and individual study), in an organized publication format.
PREREQUISITE: Instructor's permission
CHEE 6739.00: Graduate Research Seminar I.
Graduate students are required to participate in this class each term and
CHEE 6701.03: Loss Prevention and Risk make presentations based on their research projects. Guest lecturers will
Assessment. present special seminars on topics of current interest to the Chemical
Engineering Profession. An oral presentation is required each year.
Loss prevention and risk assessment techniques applicable to the process
Attendance at all seminars is mandatory for all students registered in the
industries are covered in this class. The concepts of management control of
MASc program. Students will be evaluated on preparation skills, technical
loss and inherently safer plant design are introduced. Key elements of a
content, ability to answer questions and attendance. Graded pass/fail
successful fire and explosion loss control program are identified. Risk
assessment is addressed by examining the steps required to proceed from CHEE 6742.03: Chemical Process Optimization.
the setting of risk assessment objectives to risk monitoring. The hazard
The class deals with the study and application of optimization techniques
identification step is emphasized.
to chemical engineering problems. Topics include: problem formulation,
PREREQUISITE: Graduate students in Faculty of Engineering
analytical and numerical techniques for optimization, linear
EXCLUSION: CHEE 4773.03
programming, non-linear programming and dynamic programming.
CHEE 6707.03: Applied Thermodynamics. Application areas include: heat transfer and energy conservation,
separation processes, fluid flow systems, chemical reactors, and process
An analytical study of Chemical Engineering processes from the
plants.
standpoint of quantitative chemical thermodynamics will be made. The
approach to the main problem of reactions and phase equilibria and the
treatment of non-ideal solutions is based on Gibb’s methods and the CHEE 6743.03: Process Synthesis.
chemical potential. Most of the student’s time spent on this class will be
This class aims at developing abilities in the design and modification
used solving both theoretical and numerical problems.
process plants (e.g. chemical, biochemical, utilities, pulp and paper,
CHEE 6714.03: Polymer Science. petroleum, petrochemical, metals, and food processing) in order to render
them more cost effective, energy-efficient and environmentally friendly.
This class examines the fundamental concepts of polymer science:
Systematic procedures are used for the analysis of processing stages and
mechanism and kinetics of polymerization reactions, rheological and
their integration into efficient plants. Heavy emphasis is placed on the use
mechanical properties of polymers, correlation of physical properties with
of computer-aided techniques for evaluating the interaction between
molecular structure, molecular weight distribution, solution properties of
processing requirements, utility needs and associated capital and
polymers, polymer chain configuration, thermodynamics of polymer
operating costs.
solutions, amorphous and crystalline state and viscoelasticity.
CHEE 6726.03: Mass Transfer Topics.
CHEE 6744.03: Radiative Heat Transfer.
Topics are to be selected from the following fields: diffusion in both
The principles of thermal radiation are explained and the concepts of view
reacting and non-reacting systems, the equation of change, mass transfer
factors and exchange areas are introduced by examining direct radiative
with laminar or turbulent flow, unsteady-state diffusion, and mass
transfer. Radiative exchange within enclosures, containing either non-
transfer in packed beds.
absorbing or absorbing media are examined. Various radiative heat
CHEE 6730.03: Kinetics and Catalyses. transfer applications are discussed in detail. These include: electric
A general study of the current ideas of homogeneous and heterogeneous furnaces, fuel-fired furnaces and solar radiation. The methods of
catalyses of chemical reactions will be made. In the field of homogeneous measurements of radiation and temperature are studied.
catalyses reactions: acid base catalyses, ion catalyses, enzyme catalyses, FORMAT: Lecture 2 hours, lab 3 hours
chain reactions and polymerization will be considered. In the field of PREREQUISITE: Background in heat transfer and mathematics
heterogeneous catalyses, a study of the rates and extent of chemisorption CHEE 6750.03: Combustion Phenomena.
will be made leading to an examination of the rate determining steps for
Mathematical formulations of combustion phenomena and their physical
gaseous reactions. Studies of some important industrial reactions will be
significance will be emphasized. Application of the conservation
made.
equations for multicomponent reacting flows by means of the Schwab-
CHEE 6732.03: Transport Phenomena. Zeldovich formulation will be demonstrated. The general Rankine-
Mechanisms of transport processes, differential balances, equations of Hugoniot relations will be developed to calculate properties across a
change for isothermal and non-isothermal systems, use of the equations of shock front. Laminar and diffusion flames will be studied. Chemical
change to set up flow problems of interest to Chemical Engineers, reactions in boundary layers will be examined and turbulent combustion
interphase transport in isothermal systems, analogies. phenomena will be analyzed.
FORMAT: Lecture 1 hour, lab 3 hours
CHEE 6734.03: Chemical Reactor Design.
The effect of non-ideal flow on the design of tubular, packed bed and
CHEE 6755.03: Colloids and Interfaces in Petroleum
continuous-stirred tank reactors, combined mass and energy transfer in Engineering.
chemical reactor analysis and design. Design of heterogeneous catalytic This class examines the fundamental principles in colloidal and interfacial
and non-catalytic reactors will be investigated using industrial case systems, with particular emphasis on their applications in petroleum
studies. engineering. The first part of the class covers the theories of colloidal

stability, interfaces, and surfactant solutions. These principles are then Food Science Program
Food Science Program
applied to analyse drilling-fluid design and enhanced oil recovery.

FORMAT: Lecture, tutorial Telephone: (902) 494-6225
PREREQUISITE: CHEE 3530 or permission of instructor Fax: (902) 420-0219
CHEE 6800.03: Chemical Engineering in Biological Website: http://engineering.dal.ca/DEPARTMENTS/PEAS-
Systems. Graduate_Progra.php
This class deals with the application of chemical engineering principles
(stoichiometry, kinetics, transport phenomena) to analyze biological I. Introduction
systems such as cells, organs and organ systems. Applications include Food Science programs in North America largely evolved from the dairy
implants and medical devices, drug delivery systems, cell culture science programs that were common, particularly in agricultural colleges,
processes, diagnostics, immobilized enzymes and pharmacokinetics. during the early to mid portion of the 20th century. Food Science emerged
FORMAT: Lecture as a discipline including not only dairy science, but also meat, cereal, and
PREREQUISITE: CHEE 3634, CHEE 4726 or permission of instructor seafood science, the study of fruit and vegetable products, and the like.
Today, Food Science is rarely viewed as commodity-based and researchers
CHEE 7000.03: Special Topics in Chemical in the field are multi-disciplinary in their background and approach to
Engineering II. problem solving. Food Science students at the undergraduate level usually
This class is available to Graduate Students (pursuing a PhD degree) have had training in basic sciences such as physics, mathematics, physical
wishing to gain knowledge in a specific area for which no graduate level chemistry, organic chemistry, and biochemistry, biology, microbiology,
class is offered. Students will be assigned a class supervisor most familiar etc. Food Science research at the graduate level then, is the application of
with the specific area of interest. Students will be required to present the principles derived from these basic sciences to complex food systems.
work of one term consisting of at least 90 hours in the form of directed Food researchers are concerned about the functionality of food
research, tutorials and individual study, in an organized publication ingredients, the preservation of quality and delivery of nutrients through
format. the food supply. They are interested in innovative new technologies used
PREREQUISITE: Instructor's permission to process and protect foods from degradation. A great deal of activity is
currently under way in university, government and industrial food
CHEE 7739.00: Graduate Research Seminar II. research facilities to ensure the safety of the food supply and particular
Chemical Engineering Profession. An oral presentation is required each attention is being paid to new and emerging food borne pathogens such as
year. Attendance at all seminars is mandatory for all students registered in E. coli 0157:H7.
the PhD program. Students will be evaluated on preparation skills,
technical content, ability to answer questions and attendance. Graded Food scientists and engineers may become involved in food research,
pass/fail quality assurance, process, or product development within the food
industry. Alternatively, they may be employed by governmental agencies
CHEE 9000.00: Master’s Thesis. such as Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Health Canada, Canadian
Food Inspection Agency, Fisheries and Oceans or provincial agencies
CHEE 9530.00: PhD Thesis. which serve the public and industries related to food. These are only a few
examples of the many opportunities available for food science graduates.
PEAS 6710:00: Graduate Research Symposium I.
All students enrolled in the MASc, MEng and MS degree programs are The graduate degree programs share some facilities with the Canadian
required to participate in this course. This course is designed to provide Institute of Fisheries Technology, a specialized resource center for
students with the opportunity and experience of interacting with their graduate education and research in food science and food process
peers, faculty and profession. There will be an annual research symposium engineering with emphasis on seafoods. Graduate degrees are awarded in
which will include guest speakers and/or panel discussions on topical Food Science and Technology at the Master and Doctoral levels. The
issues presented by scholars from industry, government and academia Program offers graduate level class work and research opportunities
and oral and poster presentations by students. One 30 minute oral related to food process technology, food microbiology, edible oils,
presentation and one poster presentation must be given by the students at engineering design, post-mortem biochemistry of muscle foods, proteins
the department symposia during the student tenure. Students will be and enzymes, food rheology, and beverage science. A wide range of food
evaluated on quality of handouts, organization and preparation of processing equipment, a pilot plant, and well-equipped laboratories offer
material, presentation skills, technical content, knowledge of the subject, unique opportunities for graduate training and research. Students with
critical judgement of reference material and ability to answer questions. degrees in food science, engineering, chemistry/biochemistry,
Graded Pass/Fail. microbiology or biology are invited to apply. Details of the academic
NOTE: This course will eventually replace Graduate Seminar I in all programs are given in the section “Graduate Programs in Engineering.”
programs. Research programs and equipment are described under “Canadian
Institute of Fisheries Technology” on page 295 of this calendar.
PEAS 7710:00: Graduate Research Symposium II.
All students enrolled in the PhD degree program are required to II. Class Descriptions
participate in this course. The course is designed to provide students with
the opportunity and experience of interacting with their peers, faculty and FOSC 6324.03: Fish/Food Processing I.
profession. There will be an annual research symposium which will This class consists of lectures, labs and pilot plant experiments
include guest speakers and/or panel discussion on topical issues emphasizing the chemistry of seafoods particularly in processing and
presented by scholars from industry, government and academia and oral handling. Postmortem biochemistry and spoilage due to species
and poster presentations by students. Two 30 minute oral presentations differences is covered in detail as well as low temperature preservation.
and two poster presentations must be given by the student at the Effects of processing on fat, protein and edibility are examined. Other
department symposia during the student tenure. Students will be topics include the effect of enzymes on food quality, seafood toxins, heavy
evaluated on quality of handouts, organization and preparation of metals, chemistry of seafood colors, and seafood safety.
materials, presentation skills, technical content, knowledge of the subject,
critical judgement of reference material and ability to answer questions. FOSC 6325.03: Fish/Food Processing II.
Graded Pass/Fail. Physical aspects of food preservation are studied. Process operations
NOTE: This course will eventually replace Graduate Seminar II in all include refrigeration, freezing, thermal pasteurization and sterilization,
programs. dehydration, radiation processes and packaging.

FOSC 6328.03: Advanced Food Chemistry. are expected to take the seminar class every academic term for the
This class is designed to cover advanced topics in food chemistry with duration of their program.
emphasis on their relationships to fundamental principles. The class
consists of lectures and laboratory projects, and incorporates the following
FOSC 6351.03: Directed Studies I.
topics: water relations, carbohydrates, amino acids, peptides, proteins, This class allows students pursuing an MSc degree to gain knowledge in a
lipids, additives, colloids, phytosystems and post-harvest physiology. specific area in which no graduate level class is offered. The class involves
a directed research or design project for which the student will be given
FOSC 6329.03: Chemistry of Fats, Oils and Lipids. credit. Students are assigned a suitable area of interest and are required to
The difference in physical and chemical properties of natural fatty acids present the work of one term (not less than 90 hours in the form of directed
are correlated with the physical nature of fats, oils and lipids, and the research, tutorials and individual study), in a written report.
chemical combinations of fatty acids with glycerol, amino acids, fatty
alcohols, sterols and other chemical materials. Methods of separation such
FOSC 6381.03: Advanced Brewing Science.
as chromatography, solubility and crystallization are explained in terms of This course will examine the unit operations employed during the
the molecular properties. Important industrial processes and products are production of malt and beer. Brewing, fermentation and packaging
included. aspects of beer production as well as brewing quality assurance, colloidal
stability and haze development will be discussed.
FOSC 6330.03: Fish/Food Process Engineering. INSTRUCTOR(S): Speers, R.A.
Emphasis is placed on sound principles in the design and operation of FORMAT: Lecture, tutorial and lab
equipment commonly used in factories for the manufacture of food CROSS-LISTING: FOSC 4081.03
products and by-products. The main elements are thermal principles,
psychometry, steam utilization, refrigeration, fans and ducts, and pumps
FOSC 7350.03: Graduate Seminar II.
and piping. Measures to reduce waste and pollution and especially the This seminar class is designed to provide students pursuing a PhD degree
abatement of odour nuisance from the food processing factory are with the opportunity to search the literature for information on current
reviewed. topics in food science, fisheries or food engineering and to offer their
findings orally in one-hour presentations to faculty and students. Students
FOSC 6331.03: Food Proteins and Enzymes. will also submit a written version of the seminar. All PhD students are
This class is designed to provide a comprehensive overview of the expected to take the seminar class every academic term for the duration of
significance and function of proteins as structural and biochemical entities their program.
within food systems. The first component of this class centers on the
identification and biochemical significance of protein systems in food, the
FOSC 7351.03: Directed Studies II.
physico-chemical and degradative interaction of proteins with other food This class allows students pursuing a PhD degree to gain knowledge in a
components and their overall impact on nutritive properties. The second specific area in which no graduate level class is offered. The class involves
component focuses on the fundamental properties of enzymes in food a directed research or design project for which the student will be given
systems. In addition, mechanisms and roles of enzymes in food processing credit. Students are assigned a suitable area of interest and are required to
operations, and the utilization of enzymes in the food industry, are present the work of one term (not less than 90 hours in the form of directed
presented. research, tutorials and individual study) in a written report.
FOSC 6333.03: Industrial Rheology. FOSC 9000.00: Master’s Thesis.

This class deals with rheological principles of fluid materials employed in FOSC 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
the food, mineral and chemical process industries. Rheometric techniques
including co-axial, cone and plate, capillary and in-line rheometers are PEAS 6710:00: Graduate Research Symposium I.
examined. The behavior of flocculent and non-flocculent suspensions is
All students enrolled in the MASc, MEng and MS degree programs are
discussed in light of present rheological theories. The viscoelastic
required to participate in this course. This course is designed to provide
properties of selected colloidal, polymer and biological systems will also
students with the opportunity and experience of interacting with their
be examined.
FOSC 6334.03: Food Microbiology. which will include guest speakers and/or panel discussions on topical
issues presented by scholars from industry, government and academia
This class is intended for students with an interest in aspects of the
and oral and poster presentations by students. One 30 minute oral
microbiological quality and safety of the food supply. Topics include the
presentation and one poster presentation must be given by the students at
occurrence and significance of food borne pathogens and spoilage
the department symposia during the student tenure. Students will be
organisms, the control of microorganisms in foods and the industrial use
evaluated on quality of handouts, organization and preparation of
of microorganisms for the manufacture of foods, beverages and food
material, presentation skills, technical content, knowledge of the subject,
ingredients. Material will be covered from both a theoretical and practical
critical judgement of reference material and ability to answer questions.
perspective.
Graded Pass/Fail.
FOSC 6336.03: Advanced Food Hygiene and Public NOTE: This course will eventually replace Graduate Seminar I in all
programs.
Health.
This class deals with aspects of food hygiene, sanitation technology, water PEAS 7710:00: Graduate Research Symposium II.
and environmental microbiology, water treatment microbiology and All students enrolled in the PhD degree program are required to
epidemiology of food and waterborne pathogens. The laws and participate in this course. The course is designed to provide students with
regulations governing food production in Canada at provincial and the opportunity and experience of interacting with their peers, faculty and
federal levels will be discussed. Current issues in public health in relation profession. There will be an annual research symposium which will
to the safety of our water and food supply will be covered. Lecture and include guest speakers and/or panel discussion on topical issues
laboratory periods will explore these topics from a theoretical and presented by scholars from industry, government and academia and oral
practical perspective. and poster presentations by students. Two 30 minute oral presentations
and two poster presentations must be given by the student at the
FOSC 6350.03: Graduate Seminar I. department symposia during the student tenure. Students will be
This seminar class is designed to provide students pursuing an MSc evaluated on quality of handouts, organization and preparation of
degree with the opportunity to search the literature for information on materials, presentation skills, technical content, knowledge of the subject,
current topics in food science, fisheries or food engineering and to offer critical judgement of reference material and ability to answer questions.
their findings orally in one-hour presentations to faculty and students. Graded Pass/Fail.
Students also submit a written version of the seminar. All MSc students NOTE: This course will eventually replace Graduate Seminar II in all
programs.

MATL 6011.03: Introduction to the SEM and
Materials Engineering Program
Materials Engineering Program

Microprobe.
Telephone: (902) 494-6225
This class will deal with scanning electron microscopy and with electron
Fax: (902) 420-0219
microprobe analysis. The electron optics of the scanning electron
microscope and of the electron beam microprobe will be discussed.
Website: http://engineering.dal.ca/DEPARTMENTS/PEAS-
Electron/ specimen interactions will be studied including the excitation
Graduate_Progra.php
and absorption of X-rays. Correction techniques necessary for quantitative
microanalysis and applications of the microprobe to the solution of
I. Introduction materials problems will be discussed. Laboratory work will give students
Students that complete graduate-level degrees in Materials Engineering a working familiarity with the scanning electron microscope.
readily find challenging, rewarding, and lucrative employment in A laboratory fee is applicable to this class.
industry, academe and government organizations. This is undermined by
the strong research record of the Materials Engineering faculty wherein a MATL 6014.03: Welding Metallurgy.
mix of fundamental research coupled with work of direct commercial This class will cover the effect of mass and heat flow, for the various
relevance is conducted in collaboration with industry. The Program offers joining processes, on the metallurgical properties of the parent and weld
opportunities for study in fields ranging from materials production metal. The processes will include brazing, soldering, solid phase welding
(extraction from ores) to the design, development, and processing of and fusion welding for the major classifications of metals such as carbon
advanced materials from these basic building blocks. Topics of current and alloy steels and non-ferrous metals. This class will include laboratory
research include powder metallurgy processing of light metals, periods designed to reinforce the lecture material.
intermetallics, and cermet materials, corrosion, electronic materials
development, synthesis of intermetallic compounds, ceramic processes
MATL 6015.03: High Temperature Metallurgical
and properties, as well as composite materials synthesis. These research Operations Part I.
projects are funded by national and international granting agencies, The class will consist of a review of metallurgical thermodynamics, with
industry, and government organizations. reference to various metallurgical operations. It will also include reference
to slag theory, as well as experimental techniques used in high
The program presents an outstanding environment for students to temperature metallurgical research.
conduct graduate level studies given the inherent diversity of scientific
expertise, specialized infrastructure, modern materials characterization MATL 6016.03: High Temperature Metallurgical
tools, and established links with large multi-national industrial partners Operations Part II.
that exist. To this end, the program ultimately enables researchers to
The class will consist of a survey of the factors which affect the kinetics of
develop new materials or processing technologies in a forum known to
high temperature heterogeneous processes and their effect on the rate of
closely replicate industrial practice, characterize the material attributes of
various pyrometallurgical operations.
the synthesized products in great detail, and then apply the knowledge
learned in actual manufacturing scenarios. MATL 6017.03: Hydrometallurgical Operations.
The program houses modern, well-equipped laboratories for materials New developments in the leaching, solution purification, and recovery of
extraction, synthesis and characterization. Facilities include state-of-the- metals will be studied as they apply to the extraction of metals from
art equipment such as an analytical cold field emission scanning electron various feed materials by hydrometallurgical processes.
microscope, a focused ion beam milling system, a 50-ton high temperature
MATL 6018.03: Structural Physical Metallurgy.
controlled-atmosphere hot press, powder-presses, controlled-atmosphere
muffle, tube, and induction furnaces, as well as an array of thermal An advanced study of certain topics such as solidification, imperfections
analysis tools, piezoelectric characterization facilities and systems for in crystals, recovery, recrystallization and grain growth, and solid state
transformations. The class content will be adapted to the interest of the
directional solidification and single crystal preparation. In total, over $4M
student as far as possible. Weekly seminars will be held.
worth of new infrastructure has been commissioned within the program
in the last four years alone. Students also have access to excellent MATL 6019.03: Selected Topics in Extractive
computer facilities and many benefit from the services offered by the
Minerals Engineering Centre, which is affiliated with the Materials Metallurgy.
Engineering Program. The Centre provides research, analytical and This class is given by a visiting professor. The topic of the lectures is in the
advisory services to industries, universities and government bodies. field of specialization of the lecturer.
Graduate programs are available leading to the degrees of Master of MATL 6020.03: Selected Topics in Physical
Engineering (MEng), requiring advanced course work, Master of Applied Metallurgy.
Science (MASc) requiring advanced course work and a research thesis, This class is given by a visiting professor. The topics of the lectures is in
and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD), requiring a major research thesis and the field of specialization of the lecturer.
advanced course work. A Combined Bachelor of Engineering/Master of
Applied Science (BEng/MASc) degree is also offered. The decision to MATL 6021.03: Selected Topics in Mineral
select the Combined BEng/MASc, option may be made at the end of the Processing.
common first two academic terms in Materials Engineering.
This class is given by a visiting professor. The topic of the lectures is in the
field of specialization of the lecturer.
MATL 6022.03: Directed Studies in Metallurgical
MATL 6010.03: Introduction to Transmission Electron Engineering.
Microscopy. This class is available to graduate students enrolled in a Masters program
This class will deal with transmission electron microscopy including the in Metallurgical Engineering wishing to gain knowledge in a specific area
basic principles and methods of operation of the electron microscope, the for which no graduate level class is offered. Students are assigned an
elements of electron optics, and the kinematical theory of electron advisor and are required to present a formal report at the end of the class.
diffraction and image formation. Replica methods, extraction and thin film A maximum of one Directed Studies class may be taken for credit in a
techniques and applications of transmission electron microscopy to the Masters degree program.
study of metallic and non-metallic solids will be discussed. Laboratory
work will provide students with a working knowledge of the transmission
electron microscope.

MATL 6030.03: Fracture of Metallic Materials. presentation and one poster presentation must be given by the students at
This class will cover the failure of metals under ductile and brittle fracture, the department symposia during the student tenure. Students will be
creep rupture and fatigue conditions. Fracture mechanics concepts will be evaluated on quality of handouts, organization and preparation of
used to quantify fracture parameters in the presence of pre-existing flaws material, presentation skills, technical content, knowledge of the subject,
or propagating cracks. The interaction between the various failure critical judgement of reference material and ability to answer questions.
mechanisms, including high temperature oxidation and sulphidation, will Graded Pass/Fail.
also be discussed. NOTE: This course will eventually replace Graduate Seminar I in all
PREREQUISITE: MATL 3500.03 or MATL 3620.03 or equivalent programs.
MATL 6040.03: Advanced Process Metallurgy. PEAS 7710:00: Graduate Research Symposium II.
Chemical and electrochemical processes for the extraction and refining of All students enrolled in the PhD degree program are required to
materials are examined in terms of chemical thermodynamics and participate in this course. The course is designed to provide students with
kinetics. Selected topics will be discussed related to the behaviour of the opportunity and experience of interacting with their peers, faculty and
metallic, ceramic, glass and metal slag systems at high temperatures. The profession. There will be an annual research symposium which will
thermodynamic and transport properties will be discussed for a number include guest speakers and/or panel discussion on topical issues
of systems such as alloys, oxides, carbides and silicides. presented by scholars from industry, government and academia and oral
and poster presentations by students. Two 30 minute oral presentations
MATL 6805.03: Electrochemical Processing of and two poster presentations must be given by the student at the
Materials. department symposia during the student tenure. Students will be
evaluated on quality of handouts, organization and preparation of
The class discusses principles of electrochemistry and electrochemical
materials, presentation skills, technical content, knowledge of the subject,
engineering as they apply to the design of processes for the production of
critical judgement of reference material and ability to answer questions.
materials. The theory and application of various electrochemical
Graded Pass/Fail.
techniques such as electroplating, electroforming, electromachining,
NOTE: This course will eventually replace Graduate Seminar II in all
electrorefining, and fused-salt electrolysis are included. A brief overview
programs.
on the development of electrochemical sensors and devices using solid
state electrolytes is presented. Surface modification by electrochemical
means is also discussed.
CROSS-LISTING: MATL 4805.03
MATL 6806.03: Particulates in Mat'l Eng.

The class covers the preparation, characterization, physical and chemical
properties and processing of powders in materials processing including
agglomeration, gas-solid reactions, sintering and hot pressing.
CROSS-LISTING: MATL 4806.03
MATL 6900.03: Metallurgical Graduate Seminar I.

All Master's students are required to participate in the seminar every year.
Students will make presentations on topics related to their research
projects. There will normally be one presentation per year. Evaluation will
be based on presentation skills, ability to field questions and regular
FORMAT: Lecture 1 hour
MATL 7022.03: Directed Studies in Metallurgical

Engineering.
This class is available to graduate students enrolled in a PhD Program in
Metallurgical Engineering wishing to gain knowledge in a specific area for
which no graduate level class is offered. Students are assigned an advisor
and are required to present a formal report at the end of the class.
A maximum of two Directed Studies classes may be taken for credit in a
PhD Program.
MATL 7900.03: Metallurgical Graduate Seminar II.

All PhD students are required to participate in the seminar each year.
Students will make presentations on topics related to their research
projects. There will normally be one presentation per year. Evaluation will
be based on presentation skills, ability to field questions and regular
FORMAT: Lecture 1 hour
MATL 9000.00: Master's Thesis/Project.

MATL 9530.00: PhD Thesis.
PEAS 6710:00: Graduate Research Symposium I.
All students enrolled in the MASc, MEng and MS degree programs are
required to participate in this course. This course is designed to provide
students with the opportunity and experience of interacting with their
which will include guest speakers and/or panel discussions on topical
issues presented by scholars from industry, government and academia
and oral and poster presentations by students. One 30 minute oral

who are interested in an academic career in Prosthodontics. Students will
have the opportunity to work in dedicated space in the Faculty of
Dentistry clinics and dental laboratories, as well as the fully equipped
biomaterials research and the new tissue engineering facilities. All
students in the program will be given the opportunity to teach in the
undergraduates D.D.S. program. Stipends are available. The program has
been accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of Canada.
Prosthodontics
II. Admission
Location: Room 5168
Students will require a Doctor of Dental Surgery (DDS) or equivalent and
Dentistry Building
must fulfil the following admission requirements:
1. A minimum mid-B average during the student’s undergraduates
Halifax, NS B3H 1W2
coursework (with a minimum average of A- over the last two years)
Telephone: (902) 494-7179
will be required, plus demonstrated ability to communicate and write
Fax: (902) 494-1662
in English (consistent with the entry requirements of the Faculty of
Website: http://www.dentistry.dal.ca/Programs/gradpros
Graduate Studies, e.g. TOEFL >600).
Prosthodontic Graduate Program Director and 2. GRE Aptitude and advanced scores in one of the sciences are
recommended for all applicants whose undergraduate work has been
Coordinator completed outside Canada.
Price, R.B. 3. Students in the combined Prosthodontics and Biomedical Engineering
program will require undergraduate mathematics, physics, and
Professors
chemistry. The exact requirements for these areas will depend on the
Gerrow, J.D., DDS (Toronto), MS, Cert Pros (Iowa), MEd (Dal), MRCD(C),
nature of the research thesis to be undertaken, but normally will
FICD, FACD, Prosthodontics require second year calculus. The requirements will be developed in
Lee, S.F., BSc, PhD (Guelph), Oral Biology, Microbiology & Immunology consultation with the School of Biomedical Engineering.
Loney, R. W., BSc, Cer. BSc Adv., DMD (Saskatchewan), MS (Michigan), 4. Applicants who have not taken the equivalent of D3617 Implant
Prosthodontics
Dentistry will have to take D3617 in the first year of their program.
Precious, D.S., DDS, MSc (Dal), FRCD(C), FADI, FICD, FACD, Oral and
Maxillofacial Surgery Selection
Price, R.B.T., BDS (Lon), DDS (Dal), FDS, RCS, (Edin), MSc (Michigan),
All applications are reviewed by the Prosthodontic Graduate Program
FRDC(C), PhD (Malmö) Prosthodontics
Director, in consultation with faculty members. They will make
Sutow, E.J., BSc (Penn St), PhD (U. of Penn). MEd (Dal), Biomaterials.
recommendation to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for acceptance or
Associate Professors rejection, including any required conditions of admission. Official
Davis, B., BSc (St FX), DDS (Western), FRCD(C) Oral & Maxillofacial acceptance is achieved when the recommendation has been approved by
Surgery the Faculty of Graduate Studies and a formal letter of acceptance is issued
Filiaggi, M.J., BSc Eng (Penn), MASc, PhD (Toronto). Biomaterials, by the Registrar’s Office.
Biomedical Engineering
Matthews, D., BSc, DDS (Alberta), Dip. In Perio (Toronto), MSc Scholarships
(McMaster). Prosthodontics. Financial aid is considered at the same time as admission, a separate
Morrison, A.D., DDS, MSc, FRCD (C), Trauma and Orthognathic surgery application is not necessary. Virtually every full time student accepted
Murphy, H.J., BSc (St. Dunstan’s), BEd (PEI) Med., EdD (Virginia). Patient into the graduate program will receive a stipend derived from research
& Community Care. and teaching funds. Students are encouraged to teach in the
Russell, K.A., BSc, DDS (Dal), MSc (Toronto), Orthodontics undergraduate dental clinics. All students who teach will receive stipends
from the Faculty of Dentistry. Minimum stipends for 2008-2009 were
Assistant Professors $17,300.
Bannerman, R.A., BSc, DDS (Dal), MScD (Ind), MEd (Dal), Prosthodontics Stipends of $14,000 to $18,000 are available on a competitive basis from
Doyle, M.G., BSc (St. FX), DDS (Dal), Cert. In Pros. (Indiana), local and national granting agencies. Normally, students who are accepted
Prosthodontics are supported financially either by external sources or Dalhousie
Marquez, C., DDS (Mexico), MSc (Michigan), Periodontics scholarships. Limited Dalhousie funds are rapidly committed, so
Richardson, S., BSc (PEI), MSc, DDS (Dal), Cert. Pros (State Univ NY), applications should be made early, preferable by April 1 at the latest.
Cert. Maxill. Pros (Roswell Park Cancer Instit.), Prosthodontics
Roda, M.R., DDS (Dal), MSD (Dal), Cert in FPP (Indiana), Prosthodontics
Taylor, J.C., BSc, DMD (UBC), Cert. Prosth. (Walter Reed), FAO, FADI, III. Degree Requirements
Prosthodontics
Master of Science Program
Students will take seven required courses in prosthodontics including a
I. Introduction research based thesis course. Two of these courses are full year, evidenced-
Two graduate programs are offered in Prosthodontics. Students can opt based seminar/literature review courses. One is a half year evidenced-
for either a Master of Science in Prosthodontics from the Faculty of based seminar/literature review course. The other three courses are
Dentistry, or a Combined Diploma in Prosthodontics with a Master of clinical courses involving patient treatment. In addition, students will be
Applied Science (MASc), Biomedical Engineering. These programs are required to take three graduate level courses (selected in consultation with
offered as a collaborative effort of the Faculty of Dentistry and the School their thesis advisor and their thesis committee members and approved by
of Biomedical Engineering. the Graduate Program Director and the Faculty of Dentistry Graduate
A minimum three year time commitment will normally be necessary to Programs Curriculum Sub-committee) primarily from the graduate
satisfy the requirements of either program. courses offered by the School of Biomedical Engineering. The other
faculty/school involved must also approve the student's participation in
The primary objective of both programs is to produce clinician-researchers
the elective courses.
who will be prepared for an academic career in the related fields of
Prosthodontics and Biomedical Engineering. As clinicians, these graduates
will provide an important link between clinical treatment and basic
science research. The programs will be particularly attractive to students
Prosthodontics 267
Master of Applied Science Program (Biomedical INSTRUCTOR(S): Loney, R.W., Gerrow, J.D., Price, R.B.T., Doyle, M.G.,
Engineering) Bannerman, R.A.,
FORMAT: Clinic
Completion of 5 full classes in Graduate Prosthodontics and a total of 6
PREREQUISITE: PROS 6616.06
half-credit classes (3 full-credits) in Biomedical Engineering to be chosen
in consultation with a school advisor. It is expected that a minimum of PROS 9000.06: Prosthodontic Research (Thesis).
four of these classes will be taken from the suite of 5000-level courses The graduate student will complete an original research project and
offered by the School of Biomedical Engineering. A research thesis publish their findings in a thesis. The thesis and a formal defense must be
representing original work by the student will be carried out under joint completed acceptably as evaluated by student's thesis examination
supervision of a faculty member of the School of Biomedical Engineering committee and must meet the requirements of the Faculty of Graduate
(who is also a member of the Faculty of Graduate Studies). The student Studies.
must also undertake a satisfactory oral defense of the research thesis. FORMAT: Thesis
The individual student determines the area of study for their thesis.
However, there is an opportunity to work as a member of a team in areas
of ongoing research conducted at the Faculty of Dentistry and the School
of Biomedical Engineering.
Each student will normally have a supervisory committee consisting of the
Graduate Coordinator, the thesis supervisor, and other faculty members.
The supervising committee will meet at least twice a year (including
September following admission), or when called by any member of the
committee or the student.
IV. Class Descriptions

PROS 5611.06: Seminar in Prosthodontics I.
A series of seminars in prosthetic rehabilitation of the partially and
completely edentulous patients, using advance techniques and materials.
Emphasis on behavioral, medical and ethical aspects of providing therapy
for patients with challenging Prosthodontic needs. A focus on
biocompatibility and biomedical engineering aspects of treatment.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Loney, R.W., Gerrow, J.D., Price, R.B.T., Doyle, M.G.,
FORMAT: Seminar
PROS 5616.06: Clinical Prosthodontics I.

Graduate students gain proficiency in diagnosis, treatment planning and
providing treatment for partially and completely edentulous patients.
Treatment includes fixed and removable partial dentures, the use of
attachment prostheses, and implant and conventional complete dentures
to treat patients with severe residual ridge resorption.
Bannerman, R.A.,
FORMAT: Clinical
PROS 6611.06: Seminar in Prosthodontics II.

An exploration of the prosthetic rehabilitation of the partially and
completely edentulous patients, using fixed, removable, implant and
maxillofacial prostheses. Applied anatomy, pharmacology, pathology,
physiology, growth and development and biomaterial science will be
integrated into seminars. A focus on evidence-based treatment.
Bannerman, R.A.,
FORMAT: Seminar
PROS 6616.06: Clinical Prosthodontics II.

providing advanced treatment for partially and completely endentulous
patients as well as patients with maxillofacial deformities. Treatment
includes full mouth reconstructions, complex implant cases and patients
requiring multidisciplinary interventions.
Bannerman, R.A.,
FORMAT: Clinic
PREREQUISITE: PROS 5616.06
PROS 7616.06: Clinical Prosthodontics III.

providing advanced treatment for partially and completely endentulous
patients with complex problems. Treatment includes full mouth
reconstructions, complex cases and patients requiring multidisciplinary
interventions.
268 Prosthodontics
kindling and long-term changes in brain, Parkinson disease,
Huntington disease, stroke.
Rusak, B., BA (Toronto), PhD (Berkeley), FRSC, Joint appointment in
Psychiatry. Biological rhythms and sleep: molecular, cellular and
behavioural approaches; clinical applications.
Semba, K., BEd, MA (Tokyo), PhD (Rutgers), Major appointment in
Anatomy and Neurobiology. Brain mechanisms of sleep and
Psychology wakefulness; circadian control of sleep; functional neuroanatomy,
neurochemistry and neurotransmitters, neurophysiology, and
Location: Life Sciences Centre behavioural techniques.
1355 Oxford Street Stewart, S., BSc (Dalhousie), PhD (McGill), Faculty of Science Killam
Halifax, NS B3H 4J1 Professor in Psychology, Joint appointment in Psychiatry. Anxiety,
Telephone: (902) 494-3417 substance abuse, cognitive psychophysiology.
Fax: (902) 494-6585 Wassersug, R., BA (Tufts), PhD (Chicago), Major appointment in Anatomy
Website: www.Psychology.dal.ca and Neurobiology. Androgen deprivation, emasculation, gender
identity, behavioural endocrinology, psycho-oncology, amphibian
Chairperson of Department social and reproductive behaviour.
Brown, R.E.
Graduate Coordinator Abbass, A., BSc (Ottawa), MD (Dalhousie), FRCPC (Toronto), Major
Klein, R.M. appointment in Psychiatry. Emotion physiology, short-term dynamic
psychotherapy, psychotherapy integration, anxiety, depression,
Professors Emeriti somatization.
LoLordo, V.M., AB (Brown), PhD (Penn). Learning, animal behaviour. Adamo, S., BSc (Toronto), PhD (McGill). Insect behavioural neuroscience,
Mitchell, D.E., BSc, MASc (Melb), PhD (Berkeley). Visual system cephalopod behaviour, invertebrate behavioural physiology.
development, visual perception. Blanchard, C., BA (UPEI), MA, PhD (Alberta), Major appointment in
Medicine. Health behaviour change, social cognitive theories, social
Professors ecological model, cardiac rehabilitation, cancer and exercise.
Brown, R.E., BSc (Victoria), MA, PhD (Dalhousie). Behavioural Breau, L., BA (MtA), PhD (Dalhousie), Major appointment in the School of
endocrinology, developmental psychobiology, drugs and behaviour, Nursing. Pain management, psychological pain treatment, pain in
behaviour of transgenic and mutant mice. children and adults with intellectual disabilities, outcomes in chronic
Bryson, S.E., BA (Guelph), PhD (McGill), Major appointment in Pediatrics, pain, health problems and quality of life in people with intellectual
Joan & Jack Craig Chair in Autism Research. Autism and related disabilities.
developmental disorders, developmental neuropsychology, Chambers, C.T., BSc (Dalhousie), MA, PhD (UBC), Clinical PhD Program
development of attention, cognition and emotion. Associate Director of Training, Canada Research Chair in Pain and
Camfield, C., BS, MD (Michigan), FRCPC, Major appointment in Child Health, Joint appointment in Pediatrics. Pediatric (child health)
Pediatrics. Pediatric epilepsy and mental handicap, psychosocial- psychology, pediatric pain.
quality of life issues in children with chronic health problems. Corkum, P., BSc (Dalhousie), MA, PhD (Toronto), Clinical PhD Program
Finley, G.A., BSc, MD (Dalhousie), FRCPC, Major appointment in Director of Training. Sleep and childhood psychopathology; attention,
Anaesthesia. Pediatric pain (measurement and management), audible behaviour and academic disorders in children; psychosocial
alarm signals, perioperative anxiety, awareness and memory. interventions; school psychology.
Kay-Raining Bird, E., BA (Queen’s), MSc (Columbia), PhD (Wisconsin- Earhard, B., BA, MA, PhD (Toronto). Analytic operations in perception.
Madison), Major appointment in the School of Human Eskes, G.A., BA, PhD (Berkeley), Major appointment in Psychiatry.
Communication Disorders. Child language development and Clinical and cognitive neuropsychology, cognitive rehabilitation,
disorders, Down syndrome, autism, language assessment and disorders of attention, memory and executive function, sleep disorders,
intervention, literacy. aging, stroke, dementia, cognition and emotion, functional brain
Klein, R.M., BA (SUNY), MA, PhD (Oregon), University Research imaging.
Professor, Graduate Program Coordinator. Human attention and Good, K., BSc (UNB), MSc, PhD (UBC), Major appointment in Psychiatry.
information processing, oculomotor control, cognitive neuroscience, Olfactory and cognitive function in patients with psychotic disorders,
language and literacy, applied cognitive psychology. and olfactory fMRI.
Lyons, R., BA (Dalhousie), MEd (StFX), PhD (Oregon), Major appointment Kiefte, M., BA (Memorial), MSc, PhD (Alberta), Major appointment in the
in the School of Health and Human Performance; Canada Research School of Human Communication Disorders. Speech perception,
Chair in Health Promotion; Director, Atlantic Health Promotion psychoacoustics, speech production, stuttering.
Research Centre. Health promotion, health psychology, personal McGlone, J., BA, MA, PhD (Western). Clinical neuropsychology, epilepsy,
relationships, coping, health services and policy (chronic illness). outcomes of temporal lobe resection on memory complaints and
McGrath, P., BA, MA (Sask), PhD (Queen's), Canada Research Chair in emotional intelligence, dichotic listening used for speech lateralization,
Pediatric Pain. Pediatric pain, distance treatment of mental health sex differences in brain organization.
problems, and chronic illness. Perrot-Sinal, T.S., BSc, PhD (Western). Molecular mechanisms of sexual
McMullen, P., BSc, MSc (Toronto), PhD (Waterloo). Visual cognition, differentiation of rat brain; developmental programming of adult stress
cognitive neuropsychology. responding: sex and sex steroid modulation of adult stress responding.
Meinertzhagen, I.A., BSc (Aberdeen), PhD, DSc (St. Andrews), University Porter, S.B., BSc (Acadia), MA, PhD (UBC). Criminal behaviour,
Research Professor. Structure and development of simple nervous psychopathy, forensic aspects of memory, credibility assessment, and
systems. malingering/deception.
Moore, C.L., BA, PhD (Cantab), Faculty of Science Killam Professor in Smith, I., BA (Dalhousie), MSc (Brown), PhD (Dalhousie), Major
Psychology. The development of commonsense psychology and the appointment in Pediatrics. Developmental disabilities, autism,
understanding of intentionality. perceptual and cognitive development.
Phillips, D.P., BSc, PhD (Monash), Faculty of Science Killam Professor in Taylor-Helmick, T.L., BA (Calgary), MSc, PhD (Dalhousie). Human
Psychology. Auditory perception and psychophysics, auditory memory, especially our ability to intentionally forget irrelevant or
neuroscience. outdated information; attentional mechanisms that enable
Robertson, H., MSc (Western), PhD (Cantab), Major appointment in remembering and forgetting; inhibitory mechanisms in attention and
Pharmacology. Molecular neurobiology, gene expression in brain, memory.
Psychology 269
Assistant Professors assessment, dyslexia and reading remediation, stroke, language,
Barrett, S.P., BA (StFX), PhD (McGill). Addiction, polysubstance use, memory, event-related brain potentials, magnetoencephalography,
alcohol, tobacco, gambling, psychiatric comorbidity, human magnetic resonance imaging.
psychopharmacology. D’Arcy, R.C.N., BSc (Victoria), MSc, PhD (Dalhousie), Institute for
Crowder, N.A., BSc, PhD (Alberta). Visual neurophysiology and Biodiagnostics (Atlantic)/National Research Council Canada.
psychophysics. Adaptation and plasticity of visual information on Functional brain imaging, cognitive and clinical neuroscience,
processing in the cortex, contrast coding, motion detection, and speed magnetic resonance imaging, event-related brain potentials.
discrimination. Dunham, P.J., BA (DePauw), MA, PhD (Missouri), Psychology/
Deacon, H., BSc (UPEI), PhD (Oxon). Language and literacy development Dalhousie. Infant cognitive development.
across the lifespan. Ellsworth, C., MA, PhD (Queen’s), Psychology/IWK Health Centre.
Duffy, K., BA (St. Thomas), PhD (McMaster). Function, organization, and Neurodevelopmental disorders (infants and preschoolers), early
development of the mammalian visual system; impact of sensory identification, parent education and support.
experience on neural network development and plasticity. Fentress, J.C., BA (Amherst), PhD (Cantab). Ethology and behavioural
Frankland, B.W., BSc (McMaster), MSc, PhD (Dalhousie). Computational neuroscience.
modelling, statistics, cognition. Fisher, M.L., BA (York), MSc (McMaster), PhD (York), Psychology/Saint
Harman, K., BSc (Toronto), MSc (Ottawa), PhD (Carleton), Major Mary’s Univ. Evolutionary psychology, sex/gender differences,
appointment in Physiotherapy. Low back pain, attention and interpersonal relationships, female competition and attractiveness,
concentration, sleep disturbance, exercise. applied cognition, human factors.
Ingles, J., BA (Queen’s), PhD (Dalhousie), Major appointment in the Fisk, J., BSc, MA, PhD (Western), Psychology/QEII Health Sciences
School of Human Communication Disorders. Neuropsychology, Centre. Neuropsychology, aging, dementia and neurodegenerative
aphasia, dyslexia, cognitive rehabilitation, stroke, dementia. disorders: assessment, diagnosis, epidemiology, risk factors, health-
Jacques, S., BA (McGill), MA, PhD (Toronto). Early cognitive and related quality of life, treatment effectiveness, health policy, cognitive
language development. neuroscience, neuroimaging.
Johnson, S., BA (Kalamazoo), MSc, PhD (Victoria). Clinical and cognitive Ivanoff, J., BSc, MA (Guelph), PhD (Dalhousie), Psychology/Saint Mary’s
neuropsychology, social cognition, neurodevelopmental and Univ. Attention decison-making, executive control response
neurodegenerative disorders. preparation, cognitive neuroscience, functional magnetic resonance
Newman, A.J., BA (Winnipeg), MSc, PhD (Oregon), Canada Research imaging, event-related potentials.
Chair in Cognitive Neuroscience. Neuroplasticity and language MacDonald, G.W., BA (StFX), MA, PhD (Windsor). Learning disabilities,
processing: neural bases of signed vs. spoken language; effects of developmental reading disorders, pediatric and adult
deafness on brain development; gesture; second language acquisition; neuropsychology.
Aboriginal languages; neuroimaging with fMRI and ERP; clinical Marchand, Y., MCS (Univ. of Paris), PhD (Compiegne), Institute for
applications of cognitive neuroimaging. Biodiagnostics (Atlantic), National Research Council Canada.
Phillmore, L., BA (Western), MA, PhD (Queen’s). Songbirds, animal Computational modelling of reading, dyslexia, speech technology,
behaviour and learning, seasonality, neural basis of song perception, event-related brain potentials.
neurogenesis. McLeod, P., BSc (MtA), MSc (MUN), PhD (Dalhousie), Psychology/
Sherry, S.B., BA (York), MA (UBC), PhD (Saskatchewan). Personality and Acadia Univ. Social and cognitive development, perceptions of control,
psychopathology (e.g., suicide, eating disorders, and depression), physiology and behaviour of wild canids.
perfectionism, hypochondriasis. O'Neill, P., MSc, PhD (Yale), Professor Emeritus/Acadia Univ.
Westwood, D.A., BSc, MA, PhD (Waterloo), Major appointment in the Evolutionary psychology, sex/gender differences, interpersonal
School of Health and Human Performance. Cognitive neuroscience, relationships, female competition and attractiveness, applied cognition,
sensory control of skilled action, functional neuroimaging. human factors. Ethical decision making, community psychology.
Rodger, R.S., MA (Edin), PhD (Queen's, Belfast). Statistical methodology;
Senior Instructors especially the evaluation of multiple, null contrasts against their
Gadbois, S., BPs, MAPs (Univ. de Moncton), PhD (Dalhousie). Candid alternatives (parametric and non-parametric), using decision-based
research: Social stress, temperament, reproductive, agonistic and error and detection rates.
affiliative behaviours in wolves; food caching sequences in wolves, Santor, D., BA (Western), PhD (McGill), School of Psychology/Ottawa.
coyotes and red foxes; olfactory detection and discrimination in dogs. Depression, vulnerability factors, psychometrics, adolescent mental
Fish research: Neuroethology (incl. behavioural ecotoxicology) of health.
teleost fishes. Service, E., BA, MA, Lic. Phil., PhD (Helsinki), Psychology/University of
Hoffman, R.S., BA (Col Coll), MA (Dalhousie). Computer technology, Helsinki, and Montreal. Verbal working memory, language processing
experimental methods. and learning, literacy, brain function correlates of memory and
Leary, J., BSc (Dalhousie), MSc (MUN), PhD (Adelaide). Information language processing.
processing, vision. Shaw, S.R., BSc (London), PhD (St. Andrews), Psychology/ Dalhousie.
Schellinck, H., BSc, MSc, PhD (Dalhousie). Learning, memory and Sensory neurobiology, neural evolution and plasticity.
olfaction in rodents; influence of early repetitive pain on anxiety and Smith, S.M., BA (Bishop’s), MA, PhD (Queen’s), Psychology/Saint Mary’s
learning in adult mice. Univ. Attitudes and persuasion, attitude change, behaviour change,
Stamp, J., BSc (Dalhousie), PhD (Cambridge). Stress, addiction, steroid health promotion, psychology and law, eyewitness identification
hormones and behaviour. issues, group communication and decision making, medical error,
media and behaviour.
Adjunct Professors Song, C., BSc (East China Normal Univ), MD in Chinese Medicine (Hu
Backman, J., BA (Dalhousie), MA, PhD (Carleton), Psychology/IWK Nan Medical Univ.), MSc (East China Normal Univ. and Chinese Acad.
Health Centre. Learning disabilities, neuropsychology and reading. of Science), PhD (National Univ. of Ireland), Canada Research Chair in
Barresi, J., BSc (Brown), MA (S. Calif.), MS, PhD (Wisconsin). Psychology/ Psychoneuroimmunology, Biomedical Science, AVC/UPEI.
Dalhousie. Personology, social cognition, philosophical psychology, Neurodegeneration, neuroinflammation, neurotrophic factors,
history of psychology. microglia, neurons, neurotransmission, memory, lipids, natural
Chipman, K., BA (UPEI), MA, PhD (Western), Psychology/Nova Scotia products.
Hospital. Neuropsychology, memory and aging, schizophrenia. Symons, D., BSc (McMaster), MA, PhD (Western), Psychology/Acadia
Cohen, A.J., BA (McGill), MA, PhD (Queen's), Psychology/UPEI. Music Univ. Early social development, child-clinical and family psychology,
cognition, audio-visual integration, film music perception, auditory behavioural assessment, attachment and relationships, parenting,
spatial cognition, voice emotion. theory of mind.
Connolly, J.F., AB (Holy Cross), MA (Sask), PhD (London), Univ. de
Montreal. Cognitive and clinical neuroscience, neurotrauma
270 Psychology
Symons, S., BSc (Dalhousie), MA, PhD (Western), Psychology/Acadia Scattolon, Y., PhD (UNB Fredericton), Eating Disorders Clinic/QEII
Univ. Literacy development, educational psychology, learning Health Sciences Centre, and Private Practice
disabilities. Sperry, J., PhD (UNB Fredericton), Dr. John Sperry & Associates Ltd.
Vallis, M., BSc (Dalhousie), MA, PhD (Western), Psychology/QEII Health Starzomski, A., PhD (UBC), East Coast Forensic Hospital
Sciences Centre. Health psychology, diabetes, gastroenterology, Swaine, J., PhD (Ottawa), Dr. John Swaine & Associates
cardiovascular risk reduction, obesity, motivational readiness to Walford, V., PhD (Ottawa), Jason Roth & Associates
change, cognitive therapy. Wetmore, A., MEd (Acadia), Private Practice
Waschbusch, D.A., BSc (Wisconsin), MSc, PhD (Pittsburgh), Center for Wilson, A.R., PhD (Saskatchewan), Mental Health Services, Bedford-
Children and Families/Univ. of Buffalo. Developmental Sackville/Cobequid Community Health Centre
psychopathology, ADHD, antisocial behaviour, peer relationships.
Watt, M., BA (StFX), PhD (Dalhousie), Psychology/St. Francis Xavier Research Associates
Univ. Anxiety, health behaviour, cognitive-behaviour therapy. Fröhlich, A., Diplom, Dr. rer. Nat. (Freie Universität Berlin), MSVU
Yoon, M.G., BS (Seoul), PhD (Berkeley). Development of nervous systems Pyza, E., PhD (Jagiellonian Univ), Inst. of Zoology, Jagiellonian Univ.
and language.
Postdoctoral Fellows
Adjunct Assistant Professors (Clinical PhD Program) Borowska, J., PhD (Jagiellonian Univ., Kraków, Poland)
Eligible for supervision of Clinical PhD practicum, comprehensives, and/ Borycz, J., PhD (Polish Academy of Sciences, Kraków, Poland)
or dissertation committee membership (but not primary dissertation Borycz, J. A., PhD (Jagiellonian Univ., Kraków, Poland)
supervision), as determined by the Clinical Program Coordinator. Darredeau, C., PhD (McGill)
Greiner, B., Dr. Phil (Univ. of Lund, Sweden), Schrödinger and Killam
Angelopoulos, M., PhD (Dalhousie), Psychology/QEII Health Sciences Groh, C., Dr.rer. nat (Univ. of Würzburg, Germany)
Centre Hamanaka, Y., PhD (Osaka City Univ., Japan)
Bilsbury, C., PhD (Liverpool), Psychology/QEII Health Sciences Centre Kelly, C., PhD (Toronto)
Blood, L., PhD (Houston), Assessment Services/IWK Health Centre King, S., PhD (Dalhousie)
Blumberg, M., PhD (Temple), Children’s Acute and Continuing Care/ Li, M., MD, PhD (Jilin Univ., Changchun, China)
IWK Health Centre O’Connor, R.M., PhD (Washington)
Boutilier, J., PhD (Queen’s), Nova Scotia Youth Centre, Annapolis Valley Takemura, S.-Y., PhD (Yokohama City Univ., Japan)
District Health Authority/IWK Health Centre (Waterville Site)
Braha, R., PhD (Dalhousie), Psychology/QEII Health Sciences Centre I. Admission Requirements
Buffett-Jerrott, S., PhD (Dalhousie), Child and Family Day Treatment
Service/IWK Health Centre
Faculty of Graduate Studies. Individuals interested in applying for a
Butler, G., PhD (Queen's), Psychology/QEII Health Sciences Centre
position in one of the Psychology programs must submit at least two
Carter, S.L., PhD (Windsor), Psychology/QEII Health Sciences Centre
letters of reference, official copies of all undergraduate and graduate
Clark, S., PhD (Dalhousie), Adolescent Centre for Treatment/IWK Health
transcripts, GRE scores (verbal, quantitative and analytic) and application
Centre
fee. Students should have at least a B+ average in their last two years. A
Connors, A., PhD (Simon Fraser), Provincial Community Sexual Offender
letter from the applicant indicating his/her research and career interests is
Program/East Coast Forensic Hospital
strongly recommended. Applicants for admission to the Clinical program
Corkum, V., PhD (Dalhousie), Corkum & Associates
must submit an additional reference letter which focuses on their clinical
Day, V., PhD (Queen's), Counselling and Psychological Services/
experience and/or suitability for work in clinical psychology.
Freeman, P., PhD (Manitoba), Mental Health Services - Dartmouth/Nova
Scotia Hospital II. Degree Programs
Gillespie, J., PhD (Western), Pediatric Health Psychology Service/IWK The Department of Psychology offers graduate training leading to MSc
Health Centre and PhD degrees in Psychology, MSc and PhD degrees in Psychology/
Gorman, M., PhD (York), Psychology/QEII Health Sciences Centre Neuroscience, and to a PhD degree in Clinical Psychology. Master's level
Gross, R., PhD (West Virginia), Occupational Rehab and Pain Services/ students in Psychology and Psychology/Neuroscience are expected to
Life Mark Health Centre advance into the corresponding PhD programs. The Department does not
Gusella, J., PhD (Queen's), Psychological Services/IWK Health Centre & have a “terminal” Master's program nor does it offer a Master's degree in
Private Practice Clinical Psychology.
Hann, G., EdD (Indiana Univ. of PA), Breakthrough Coop Inc.
Hendrick, J., PhD (Queen's), Psychology/QEII Health Sciences Centre A. Psychology (Experimental)
Hill, T., PhD (Calgary), Operational Trauma, Stress and Support Centre/ The graduate programs in Psychology emphasize training for research.
Formation Health Services for the Canadian Armed Forces They are best described as “apprenticeship” programs in which students
Howes, J., PhD (Western Ontario), Psychology/QEII Health Sciences work closely with a faculty member who has agreed to supervise the
Centre student's research. Compared with many other graduate programs, the
Humphreys, C., PhD (Toronto), Breakthrough Coop Inc. Department places less emphasis on class work and greater emphasis on
Jefferson, S., PhD (UNB), Psychology/QEII Health Sciences Centre research, scholarship and independent thinking.
Kelln, B., PhD (Calgary), East Coast Forensic Hospital
Kennedy, N., PhD (Dalhousie), Kentville Mental Health Centre/Valley 1. Master of Science (MSc) in Psychology
Regional Hospital In addition to the Master's thesis (PSYO 9000.00), which is the major
McGee, R., PhD (Western Ontario), Annapolis Valley Regional School requirement of this program, the Master's student must complete the
Board following classes:
McLaughlin, E., PhD (Dalhousie), Pediatric Health Psychology/IWK • PSYO 6001.03: Fundamentals of Statistics and Experimental Design
Health Centre • PSYO 7500X/Y.06: Proseminar Methods of Psychological Inquiry
Pencer, A., PhD (Calgary), Community Mental Health Services - Halifax • At least one other full credit of elective seminar(s)
Branch/ IWK Health Centre
Poisson, M., PhD (McGill), Community Mental Health - Halifax Branch/ During each residency year Master's students must register for and attend
IWK Health Centre the weekly colloquium series (PSYO 8000X/Y.06) and are required to do
Pure, K., PhD (UNB), Dr. Kiran Pure & Associates some teaching in the undergraduate program. The minimum amount of
Ross, M., PhD (Saskatchewan), Mental Health Services, Bedford- teaching is presently the equivalent of no more than 10 hours/week for
Sackville/Cobequid Community Health Centre one term. This consists of working as a laboratory instructor, seminar
leader, or teaching assistant.
Psychology 271
2. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Psychology During each year in the PhD program students are required to register for
Students are expected to conduct research leading to empirical, Dissertation Research (PSYO 9530.00) and are encouraged to enrol in
methodological and/or theoretical advances in their field of study, some graduate Neuroscience and/or Psychology seminars. During each
or all of which will be included in their dissertation and defended residency year students must register for and attend a weekly colloquium
publicly. In addition to the dissertation (PSYO 9530.00), which is the major series offered by one of the participating departments (such as PSYO
requirement of this program, students in the PhD program must complete 8000X/Y.06) and do some teaching in the undergraduate program (see
the following classes (unless they were completed as part of the Master's Master’s program description). The Neuroscience and Psychology
program): Graduate Program Committees, in collaboration with the student and
• PSYO 6001.03: Fundamentals of Statistics and Experimental Design, supervisor, will assess the needs of each student and determine any other
and at least one other ½ credit class in the quantitative/analytic area requirements beyond the minimum outlined above. At least one year
• PSYO 7100.03: Seminar in Teaching Effectiveness before submission of their dissertation students must also satisfy the
• PSYO 7500X/Y.06: Proseminar: Methods of Psychological Inquiry comprehensive examination requirement. This requirement, which is
• 1 full credit of elective (with approval, this may be taken outside the administered by an examination committee of between three and five
department) seminar(s) faculty members, entails completing at least three comprehensive 'projects'
that are not directly related to the student's dissertation research.
During each year in the PhD program students are required to register for
Dissertation Research (PSYO 9530.00) and are encouraged to enrol in C. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Clinical
graduate seminars. During each residency year students must register for
Psychology
and attend the weekly colloquium series (PSYO 8000X/Y.06) and do some
teaching in the undergraduate program (see Master's program The PhD program in Clinical Psychology is cooperatively administered by
description). At least one year before submission of the dissertation the Psychology Department and the Clinical Program Committee with
students must also satisfy the comprehensive examination requirement. representation from Acadia University, Dalhousie University, Mount
This requirement, which is administered by an examination committee of Saint Vincent University, Saint Mary's University and professional
between three and five faculty members, entails completing at least three psychologists from the teaching hospitals and the community. It is a CPA
comprehensive 'projects' that are not directly related to the student's accredited, structured, five-year program which follows the “scientist-
dissertation research. practitioner” model. It considers clinical psychology as part of the science
of psychology and therefore emphasizes research.
B. Psychology/Neuroscience
Upon admission, students are assigned to a faculty member who will
The graduate programs in Psychology/Neuroscience are coordinated by
supervise their thesis and other research projects. During the first four
the Psychology Department and an interdisciplinary Neuroscience
years of the Clinical PhD program, students complete required and
Program Committee with representation from the Departments of
elective classes, conduct supervised and thesis research, and gain clinical
Anatomy and Neurobiology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology,
experience through field placements (PSYO 8333X/Y.06, a minimum of
Pharmacology, Physiology and Biophysics, and Psychology (see
600 hours are required). Students are involved in research from the outset,
Neuroscience calendar entry). They are also designed as “apprenticeship”
and are expected to conduct research leading to empirical, methodological
programs in which students work closely with a Neuroscience faculty
and/or theoretical advances in their field of study, some or all of which
member who has agreed to supervise their research. Emphasis is placed
will be included in their dissertation and defended publicly. In the fifth
on interdisciplinary research, scholarship and independent thinking
year, students complete a full-year clinical internship (PSYO 9100.00). The
rather than on class work.
Department does not offer a Master's degree in the Clinical PhD program,
1. Master of Science (MSc) in Psychology/ but students entering with a Master's degree in Psychology may receive
Neuroscience advanced placement.
In addition to the Master's thesis (PSYO 9000.00), which is the major The following classes are required:
requirement of this program, the Master's student must complete the • PSYO 6001.03: Fundamentals of Statistics and Experimental Design. At
following classes: least one other credit class in the quantitative/analytic area.
• NESC 6100X/Y.06: Principles of Neuroscience • PSYO 6003.03: Multivariate Statistics
• PSYO 7500X/Y.06: Proseminar: Methods of Psychological Inquiry • PSYO 6201.03: Psychological Assessment: Child
• Students are expected to take at least ½ credit of class work in the • PSYO 6202.03: Psychological Assessment: Adult
quantitative/analytical area • PSYO 6206.03: Interviewing and Intervention: Child
• PSYO 6207.03: Interviewing and Intervention: Adult
During each residency year Master's students must register for and attend
• PSYO 6216.03: Psychopathology and Treatment: Child
a weekly colloquium series offered by one of the participating
• PSYO 6217.03: Psychopathology and Treatment: Adult
departments (such as PSYO 8000X/Y.06) and are required to do some
• PSYO 6221.03: Advanced Clinical Intervention: Child
teaching in the undergraduate program. The minimum amount of
• PSYO 6222.03: Advanced Clinical Intervention: Adult
teaching is presently the equivalent of no more than 10 hours/week for
• PSYO 6800.03: Clinical Neuropsychology
one term. This consists of working as a laboratory instructor, seminar
• PSYO 7100.03: Seminar in Teaching Effectiveness
leader, or teaching assistant. Master's students must register for PSYO
• PSYO 7500X/Y.06: Proseminar: Methods of Psychological Inquiry
9000.00 (Thesis). The Neuroscience and Psychology Graduate Program
• PSYO 8000X/Y.06: Psychology Colloquium
Committees, in collaboration with the student and supervisor, will assess
• PSYO 8005.03: Research Seminar
the needs of the student and determine any other requirements beyond
• PSYO 8010X/Y.06: Clinical Rounds/Case Conference
the minimum outlined above.
• PSYO 8201.03: Ethics and Professional Decision-Making
2. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Psychology/ • PSYO 8333X/Y.06: Field Placements
Neuroscience • At least three half credits (or equivalent) of elective seminars must also
Students are expected to conduct research leading to empirical, be completed.
methodological and/or theoretical advances in their field of study, some Students in year one of the program are required to register for PSYO
or all of which will be included in their dissertation and defended 5000X/Y.06 (Assignment Research). Students must register for
publicly. In addition to the dissertation (PSYO 9530.00), which is the major Dissertation Research (PSYO 9530.00) throughout their program. During
requirement of this program, students in the PhD program must complete each residency year students must register for and attend the weekly
the following classes (unless they were completed as part of the Master's colloquium series (PSYO 8000X/Y.06), and do some teaching in the
program): undergraduate program. The minimum amount of teaching is presently
• NESC 6100X/Y.06: Principles of Neuroscience the equivalent of no more than 10 hours/week for one term. This consists
• PSYO 7100.03: Seminar in Teaching Effectiveness of working as a laboratory instructor, seminar leader, or teaching assistant.
• PSYO 7500X/Y.06: Proseminar: Methods of Psychological Inquiry
272 Psychology
At least one year before submission of their dissertation students must INSTRUCTOR(S): R.E. Brown
also satisfy the comprehensive examination requirement. This FORMAT: Seminar
requirement, which is administered by an examination committee of PREREQUISITE: PSYO or NESC graduate student
between three and five faculty members, entails completing at least three CROSS-LISTING: NESC 6071.03
comprehensive 'projects' that are not directly related to the student's
dissertation research. For further detailed information, please refer to the PSYO 6081.03: Topics in Personality and Social
Clinical Curriculum & Information Brochure on the departmental website. Psychology.
Different topics in personality and social psychology (such as psychology
III. Class Descriptions of persons, attitude formation, group dynamics) are covered in a seminar
format.
Required classes are offered on a regular basis. Those classes required for
the Clinical Psychology PhD Program are normally restricted to those
students enrolled in the Clinical Psychology PhD Program. Coordinator PSYO 6091.03: Topics in Child Development.
and Instructor approval is required for non-Clinical Psychology graduate
Different topics in child development (such as language acquisition, social
students to register for clinical classes. Other classes are offered, and
development, meta-cognitive processes) are covered in a seminar format.
seminar topics chosen, on the basis of faculty interests and student needs.
INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Moore
NOTE: Not all classes are offered every year. Please consult the current
timetable to determine this year’s class offerings. PSYO 6101.03: Computers and Instrumentation in
PSYO 5000X/Y.06: Research Assignment. Psychology Experiments.
Students become actively involved in ongoing research in the laboratory This class provides an overview of the use of computers in psychological
of a faculty supervisor. In addition to research training, this class aims to experimentation. Topics may include: real-time issues, input and display
improve the student’s oral presentations and scientific writing. A final devices, platform and operating system differences, web-based
report (e.g. in the form of a Journal article) is required. experiments, and current experimental packages. Class work will include
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in an introduction to programming and the development of a small-scale
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed computerized experiment.
consecutively.
PSYO 6160.03: Comparative Psychology.
PSYO 5001.03/5002.03: Independent Study. Different topics in comparative psychology (such as kin selection, parental
Students work closely with a faculty supervisor on a topic of mutual behavior, hormonal control of behavior, olfaction and behavior) are
interest. Study may focus on laboratory research or library research and covered in seminar format.
empirical, methodological, theoretical and/or professional issues may be
PSYO 6201.03: Psychological Assessment: Child.
covered. A final report is required.
This class addresses the theoretical and applied foundations of
PSYO 6001.03: Fundamentals of Statistics and psychological measurement. Historical, theoretical and psychometric
issues are addressed to provide the students with a sound knowledge base
Experimental Design.
in issues related to test development, including various forms of validity
This class will survey some common parametric statistical procedures in and reliability, as well as research designs in test development. The second
psychology, including analysis of variance and covariance. Major part of the class emphasizes the development of skills in the assessment of
emphasis is placed on the general linear model and how best to apply the
cognitive abilities, personality, behavior and emotional functioning.
model as a function of the type of data, experimental design, and Students learn to administer, score and interpret performance on a variety
hypotheses under investigation. Some knowledge of basic statistics is of assessment instruments for children. Report writing skills are
assumed. developed through case studies. Computer-based test administration and
INSTRUCTOR(S): B.W. Frankland interpretation are also addressed.
PSYO 6003.03: Multivariate Methods. INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Johnson
This class will cover a variety of topics in multivariate statistics, such as PSYO 6202.03: Psychological Assessment: Adult.
factor analysis, regression, multivariate analysis of variance and
This class is the adult equivalent of PSYO 6201.03 and is organized to
covariance, and discriminant function analysis. Some topics in categorical
complement material covered in the first term. The emphasis is on adult
data analysis may also be covered, such as multiway frequency analysis
assessment.
and logic models.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Barrett
PSYO 6051.03: Neural Basis of Perception. PSYO 6206.03: Interviewing and Intervention: Child.
This seminar class explores the correlations between 1) stimulus
This class emphasizes the development of skills in clinical interviewing.
properties and neural responses produced by sensory stimulation and 2)
Class content focuses on the applications of different modes of
the neural coding of environmental events and the behaviors that may be
interviewing, applications to different populations, social and cultural
produced in the context of these events. These correlations will be studied
factors, the examination of variations in style of interaction, the different
within the auditory, visual and tactile modalities.
phases of an interview, and building a working relationship. Students
learn how to structure interviews according to specific assessment and
PSYO 6060.03: Biological Basis of Mental Illness. intervention goals. The class also focuses on the development of skills in
diagnostic interviewing. Students become familiar with the classification
This seminar class explores our current understanding of the physiological
system of the DSM-III-R, DSM-IV, hierarchical decision trees, and
mechanisms that may underlie various forms of abnormal behavior. Its
differential diagnosis. Students view training tapes, as well as case
subject matter includes disorders for which a physiological mechanism
vignettes of interviews with patients with various psychological disorders.
has been identified as well as those for which a physiological basis is
Other multiaxial taxonomies (e.g., ICD-9/10), and dimensional
currently a matter for speculation. This class is intended for graduate
classification systems (e.g., Achenbach’s Child Behavior Profiles) will also
students with backgrounds in some aspects of neuroscience and clinical
be examined. This class also provides broad coverage of theory and
psychology.
application of psychological intervention techniques including
PSYO 6071.03: Topics in Behavioral Neuroscience. psychotherapy, behavior modification, counselling, crisis management,
This seminar class covers contemporary, fundamental topics in and social advocacy. Special issues related to the provision of
physiological psychology, including methods, research and/or theory. psychological services in rural communities are examined.
Various topics such as brain mechanisms of reinforcement, hormones and
behavior, and biological rhythms, will be covered in different years.
Psychology 273
PSYO 6207.03: Interviewing and Intervention: Adult. PSYO 6410.03: Topics in Therapeutic Intervention.
This class is the adult equivalent of PSYO 6206.03. The emphasis is on This seminar class will focus on specific types of intervention. Topics,
Adult Interviewing and Intervention. which may vary from year to year, may include: crisis intervention,
feminist therapy, operant interventions, family therapy, marital therapy,
PSYO 6211.03: Topics in Assessments. sex therapy, cognitive behavior therapy, individual psychotherapy,
Different topics in assessment are covered in a seminar format. pharmacotherapy, etc.
PSYO 6216.03: Psychopathology and Treatment: PSYO 6420.03: Topics in Health Psychology.
Child. This seminar class will examine specific topics concerning the inter-
This class examines the different approaches to the study and treatment of relationship between physical health and psychology. Topics, which may
psychopathology. The class examines historical and social aspects of vary from year to year, may include: pediatric psychology, pain, health in
research on psychopathology and highlights issues of current concern. the aged, health promotion, cardiovascular disease, etc.
Emphasis is placed on human and animal literature addressing the bases INSTRUCTOR(S): C. Chambers
of psychological disorders. Research addressing the efficacy of
psychological and pharmacological interventions is also examined. One of PSYO 6580X/Y.06: History of Psychology.
the aims of the course is to familiarize students, from an empirical In writing dating from antiquity to the early years of the 20th century we
perspective, with the applications as well as limitations of different explore the understanding of such abiding sources of our curiosity as
intervention modalities. individual, racial and sexual differences, the distinctions between man
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Johnson and animal, the sources of odd actions, the nature of the brain and of
vision
PSYO 6217.03: Psychopathology and Treatment: NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
Adult. consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
consecutively.
This class is the adult equivalent of PSYO 6216.03. The emphasis is on
Adult Psychopathology and Treatment. PSYO 6800.03: Clinical Neuropsychology.
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Porter
This class emphasizes the development of a knowledge base by surveying
PSYO 6218.03: Topics in Psychopharmacology. several aspects of clinical neuropsychology. Topics include
neuroanatomy, neurological exam, investigations and diseases, models of
This seminar class examines the neural and behavioral effects of drugs.
neuropsychological assessment, dementia, epilepsy, localization of
The agonist and antagonist actions of drugs on receptors for
function, cognitive remediation, theories of aphasia, amnesia, and agnosia.
neurotransmitters and the effects of drugs on neurotransmitter synthesis,
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. McGlone
storage, release and deactivation are covered. Aimed specifically at
psychologists, the class focuses on the use of drugs to treat clinical PSYO 6803.03: Topics in Psychopathology.
disorders such as depression, schizophrenia, Alzheimer’s disease, etc.
Topics in psychopathology, which may vary from year to year, include:
PSYO 6221.03: Advanced Clinical Intervention: Child. anxiety, child psychopathology, drug abuse, schizophrenia.
This class focuses on a wide range of theoretical and applied aspects of PSYO 6804.03: Topics in Neuropsychology.
intervention. The class comprises a didactic component, as well as direct
These seminars will vary from term to term and will focus on specific
participation in evaluation, case planning and intervention. The didactic
aspects of neuropsychology. Topics may include: localization of function,
component focuses on instruction in case conceptualization, treatment
neuropsychological assessment, neurological, psychiatric and medical
planning, and treatment evaluation. Part of the class will be conducted
neuropsychology, cognitive rehabilitation, child neuropsychology,
through a clinical service in the community. Students will be required to
aphasia, amnesia, agnosia and apraxia.
conduct psychological evaluations of patients and participate in treatment
interventions. PSYO 6820.03: Topics in Community Psychology.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff The focus of this seminar will be on the delivery of psychological services
PSYO 6222.03: Advanced Clinical Intervention: Adult. in community settings. The topics will vary from year to year depending
on the needs of the class and the expertise of the instructor.
This class is the adult equivalent of 6221.03. The emphasis is on Adult
Advanced Clinical Intervention. PSYO 7100.03: Seminar in Teaching Effectiveness.
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff Students currently engaged as Teaching Assistants in PSYO 2000.03 must
PSYO 6240.03: Topics in Animal Learning. concurrently enroll in this class, which has two components: 1) a weekly
meeting in which all students meet to discuss general and specific issues
Different topics in the field of animal learning (such as classical and
related to class planning, assessment of student performance and dealing
operant conditioning, quasi-neural modeling of learning phenomena, etc.)
with problems; 2) actual teaching experience in class for 2 hours/week.
are covered in a seminar format.
Teaching performance is intermittently observed and feedback provided
INSTRUCTOR(S): V.M. LoLordo
on an individual basis.
PSYO 6313.03: Topics in Cognitive Psychology. INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Hoffman
Varied topics in cognitive psychology (such as theories of attention, PSYO 7500X/Y.06: Proseminar: Methods of
memory and amnesia, cognitive inhibition) are covered in a seminar
format. Psychological Inquiry.
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Klein, P. McMullen With the assistance of regular and adjunct faculty in the Department of
Psychology all new students are exposed to the broad range of topics in
PSYO 6330.03: Topics in Forensic Psychology. Psychology as well as a sampling of methodologies used to study behavior
Forensic Psychology deals with the applications of psychological (human and animal) as well as its neural underpinnings. In addition, the
principles and methods to various aspects of the criminal justice system class aims to develop the student’s communication skills (oral, writing,
(i.e., the courts, corrections, policing). Coverage of this broad topic will poster presentation) and research ability.
vary from a general overview of the field to specific topics of interest to the NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in
students. Whatever the topic, professional and ethical issues will be consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed
addressed and the complexities of conducting research on psycho-legal consecutively.
issues will be explored. INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Klein, Coordinator
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Porter
274 Psychology
PSYO 8000X/Y.06: Psychology Colloquium.
Students enrolled in this class are required to attend the weekly
colloquium series.
consecutively.
PSYO 8005.03: Research Seminar. Public Administration

This class focuses on theoretical and substantive aspects of research
design. Topics include reliability and validity of measurement, Location: 6100 University Avenue, 3rd Floor
correlational, quasi-experimental, and experimental designs, Halifax, NS B3H 3J5
measurement redundancy, and power analysis. Students present on Telephone: (902) 494-3742
selected topics, as well as present on design issues related to their Fax: (902) 494-7023
dissertation. Email: DalMPA@.dal.ca
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Sherry Website: http://www.spa.management.dal.ca
PSYO 8010X/Y.06: Clinical Rounds/Case Conference. Director of School

All students are expected to attend clinical rounds and presentations in Siddiq, F.
various clinical settings in the community. Students are also expected to
attend clinical case conferences that will be held on a monthly basis Graduate Coordinator
through the Fall and Winter terms. Clinical psychologists from the Roy, J.
community and senior students are invited to present cases from their
clinical practice. The aim of this class is to familiarize students with
Professor Emeritus
different ways of conceptualizing psychological problems, planning and Pross, A.P., BA, MA (Queen's), PhD (Toronto)
initiating interventions, and evaluating outcome. Evaluation is based on Professors
student attendance and participation. Aucoin, P., BA (SMU), MA (Dal), PhD (Queen's), jointly with Political
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in Science. Government organization, public management reform
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed Brown, M.P., BA (MtA), MA (Dal), PhD (Toronto). Organizational
consecutively. analysis, political culture and public policy, forestry and
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Corkum environmental policy, Nova Scotia political economy
PSYO 8201.03: Ethics and Professional Decision Siddiq, F.K., BA, MA (Dhaka), PhD (Dal). Income and wealth distribution,
economic inequality and well-being, public debt management
Making. Sullivan, K.C., BSc, BEd (Dal), MEd, PhD (Alta). Technology use in public
This class covers ethical and professional issues arising in various fields of administration and analysis of organizational culture
psychology, including clinical practice and research. Students will be Traves, T., BA (Man), MA, PhD (York), President and Vice-Chancellor,
encouraged to develop a methodology for appraising their ethical and Dalhousie University, jointly with History
professional behavior through an understanding of such issues as the legal
regulation of psychology, codes of ethics and professional standards, and Associate Professor
malpractice. The class will introduce students to the concepts of quality Roy, J., BA (Waterloo), MBA (Ottawa), Phd (Carleton). Electronic
and risk, and explore the relationship between psychology and other government, public-private partnerships, public service
professions in multi-disciplinary contexts. The class will also examine the transformation, ethics and corporate governance and democratic
relation between psychology standards and standards established by engagement
organizations in which psychologists work, such as health facility
accreditation.
Cassin, A.M., BA (Man), MA (UBC), PhD, (Toronto). Public sector
management, gender relations, career advancement, community
PSYO 8333X/Y.06: Field Placements. economic development
Students are assigned to field placements in co-operating institutions Quigley, K., BA (Queen's), MSc. (London School of Economics & Political
where the student will spend one day per week (or equivalent). Science, London Uk), Phd (Queen's University, Belfast, Uk).
Placements are individually arranged to provide the student with Comparative public sector risk and crisis management, strategic
experience in a variety of clinical environments. Field placements are management and critical infrastructure protection.
coordinated and monitored by the Clinical Program Committee. Students Wranik, D., Health Economics, Health System Efficiency, Physician
who are assigned to field placements will present case reports in a weekly Remuneration Models, Health Service Delivery Models, Health
one-hour seminar. Students must complete a minimum of 600 practicum Technologies Assessment and its use in policy making, Health Policy
hours before they can register for the predoctoral internship (see Design and Evaluation
Practicum Guidelines). Adjunct Professors
NOTE: Students taking this class must register in both X and Y in Chaytor, K. BA (Mt. St. Vincent), MA, PhD (Dal)
consecutive terms; credit will be given only if both are completed Durier-Copp, M., BA, MA, PhD (McGill)
consecutively. Fanjoy, E., BSc (Hons) (UNB), LLD (UNB)
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff Fullerton, R.W., BSc (Dal), MED (Toronto), PhD (Union Institute)
PSYO 9000.00: MSc Thesis. Gilbert, M., BSc (SMU), MBA (Dal), PhD (Brad)
Haworth, R., BSc (Durham), PhD (Cambridge)
PSYO 9100.00: Pre-Doctoral Internship. Lopes, B., BA (SMU)
Smart, D., BA (Carleton), MSc (NRS Washington DC)
A 12-month, full-time internship in an approved setting is required.
Typically, the internship setting will be accredited by the Canadian Special Lecturers
Psychological Association or the American Psychological Association.
Crowell, T. BComm, MBA (St. Mary's)
INSTRUCTOR(S): S. Stewart, Coordinator of Clinical Program
Davies, M. BSc., (McGill), MSc. (Glasgow), MPA (Dal)
PSYO 9530.00: PhD Thesis. Hennebury, B. BComm (St. Mary's), MPA (Management) (Dal)
McNiven, J. BA, Ph.D (Michigan)
Nethercote, W. BEng. (Carleton), MSc (Newcastle)
Tucker, D. BComm. (Mt. Allison), MBA (Management) St. Mary's
Public Administration 275

Students seeking further information or help in planning classes of study years as is the case if each is taken independently. Students interested in
in the School of Public Administration should address themselves to: entering the joint program should apply separately to both the School of
Graduate Coordinator Public Administration and the Faculty of Law, indicating on their
School of Public Administration applications that they wish to enter the LLB/MPA program. The closing
6100 University Avenue date for applications for the LLB is the end of February.
Halifax, NS B3H 3J5
Telephone: (902) 494-3742 Students in the LLB/MPA program will be eligible to take three PUAD
Fax: (902) 494-7023 elective classes and one elective outside the PUAD course offerings. The
Senior Seminar: Ethics, Public Service, and Governance (PUAD 6000.03)
class and Modern Comptrollership class (PUAD 6100.03) are not a
I. Degree Programs (General) required classes for LLB/MPA students, but may be taken as elective
The graduate programs of the School are designed to provide the classes.
professional education essential to a career in modern public service. They
are offered to students who either are preparing for initial employment or MPA/MLIS
are returning to university with work experience. The School's location in As the information-based economy continues to develop, it is clear that
Dalhousie's Faculty of Management allows students to develop an MPA employees must be effectively equipped with technical and professional
program, consisting of eighteen half credits, that links public competencies to survive and prosper in public sector environments. In
administration to business, the environment and the information sciences. response to this need, the School of Public Administration and the School
of Information Management are jointly offering the only dual, MLIS/MPA
The programs are professional in that they equip students with both the degree program. The joint program allows students to complete the two
administrative skills required in public sector management and an degrees simultaneously and to complete them in three years rather than in
understanding of the organization, process, and activities of government. four years, if each is taken independently. Students should apply
Each component is essential, and consequently required of all students. separately to both the School of Public Administration and the School of
They are expected to achieve an expanded awareness of the public interest Information Management.
and a personal appreciation of the ethical standards and comptroller
principles appropriate to a career in the service of the public. The II. Application Procedures
professional requirements have been developed in consultation with
Application forms are available from the Admissions Office of Dalhousie
senior officials of all levels of government (including graduates of the
University. Applications should be submitted as early as January and not
School).
later than June 1 in the academic year in which studies are to commence.
GDPA and MPA
Admission decisions are made on a continuing basis from January until
Admission requirements for the GDPA and the MPA are those of the
the program quota is reached.
Faculty of Graduate Studies, and its standards must be maintained
throughout the duration of the program. The quantity and quality of work
expected in individual classes will reflect the high scholarly standards of
A. General Admission Requirement for GDPA and
graduate education. MPA
Enrollment in the School is limited. Normally, competitive applicants will
The curriculum encompasses the essential components of financial,
have attained a good second class standing (B+ (3.3 GPA) average) in their
human resources and statistical techniques on the one hand, and
last twenty half credits of university work.
economic, organizational and policy analysis on the other. The Graduate
Diploma program and the first year of the two-year MPA program require Admission is based on an assessment of:
students to complete classes in these basic fields. • All previous academic work;
• Two letters of reference;
Students in the second year will develop their program from the offerings
• TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language), for English as a second
in the School and may elect to take up to three half credits from classes
language students only, a minimum score of 580 is required for
outside the School. Elective classes proposed from outside the school must
acceptance in the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The TOEFL score must
be relevant to the field of Public Administration and approved by the
be submitted at the time of application; In addition to the TOEFL score,
graduate coordinator. These include classes from other academic units at
English as a second language students must also submit one of the
Dalhousie or other universities provided they have some public sector
following tests; the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT);
content.
the GRE or the Law Standards Admissions Test (LSAT).
A one-year MPA, consisting of nine half credits of class work, may be
In summary it is imperative that in addition to your application we
considered for students who have completed, with a first-class standing, a
receive:
BA honours degree in public administration. Admission to the one-year
• A statement of career interest (one page should be sufficient);
MPA may also be based on completion, with first-class standing, of an MA
• A current résumé;
degree in these academic areas or a professional graduate-level degree in a
• At least two academic letters of reference;
field relevant to public administration (i.e., with public sector content).
• A TOEFL score and GRE/GMAT (if applicable)
Class work in the honours degree and/or the masters program must have
included at least four of the nine class credits required in the first year of Although not required except for international students, all students may
the two-year MPA program. submit a score from the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT)
in support of their application.
A Dalhousie Bachelor of Management graduate with a cumulative GPA of
3.7 (A-) or higher over the four-year duration of the program can be The Dalhousie School of Public Administration GMAT Number is 0957.
accepted into the one-year MPA. The MPA Coordinator shall determine
the required classes the student must take to satisfy the requirements of Applicants for the test should use an order form obtainable from the
the one-year MPA program consisting of nine (9) half-credit courses. If the Registrar's Office of the nearest University, Dalhousie University, or you
student does not have a 3.7 GPA, but has completed classes relevant to the may write to the address below to obtain an information bulletin and
MPA program with A- grades or higher, he/she may be given advanced registration form for the GMAT. If the order form is lost or omitted from
standing on a case by case basis. The classes for which advanced standing the materials you receive, you should write directly to:
is to be granted shall be determined by the MPA Coordinator. Graduate Management Admission Test
Educational Testing Service
LLB/MPA Box 966
The School of Public Administration and the Faculty of Law offer a joint Princeton, NJ, 08540, U.S.A.
LLB/MPA program. The program allows students to take the two degrees For further information, contact the Administrative Secretary of the
simultaneously and to complete them in four years, rather than in five School.
276 Public Administration

B. Part-time Study the Senior Seminar: Ethics, Public Service and Government (PUAD
The programs offered through the School are available to students on a 6000.03) and five electives.
part-time basis. A part-time student may enrol in up to two and one-half
full credit classes (five half credits) during the 12 months, September to C. The LLB/MPA Program
August. The combined LLB/MPA program is a four-year program which enables
students to select classes leading to degrees of Master of Public
In order to ensure that graduate students benefit from a reasonable Administration and Bachelor of Laws. A total of thirteen half-credit Public
concentration of their studies, part-time programs leading to the GDPA Administration classes are required and the suggested order of the
must be completed within four years, and part-time programs leading to program is:
the MPA must be completed within six years. Year 1
• First year classes of the MPA program (9 half-credit required classes)
III. Degree Programs Year 2
• First year classes of the LLB program
A. Graduate Diploma in Public Administration
Year 3
(GDPA) • Two half credits from the MPA program
The Graduate Diploma in Public Administration is a one-year, 9 half • Civil Procedure
credit, graduate program designed for public servants who hold a first • Constitutional Law
degree, and for students wishing to obtain professional preparation for a • Compulsory Moot
career in public administration. • Plus 12-14 credit hours of classes from the LLB program including a
major paper class
Class Requirements
The GDPA requires the successful completion of nine half credits: Year 4
• MGMT 5000.03: Management Without Borders • Second year required class PUAD 6100 plus one elective class from the
• PUAD 5100.03: Organizational Designs for Governance and Public MPA program.
Management • 23-25 credit hours of classes from the LLB program, which must
• PUAD 5120.03: Introduction to Public Policy include The Legal Profession and Professional Responsibility, and a
• PUAD 5130.03: Managerial Economics major paper class
• PUAD 5131.03: Public Economics
• PUAD 5140.03: Quantitative Methods for Public Sector Management Candidates for the LLB/MPA program must satisfy the entrance
• PUAD 5150.03: Public Sector Accounting requirements of both the MPA and LLB programs, and may obtain further
• PUAD 5170.03: Public Sector Human Resources Management information about the combined program by writing to the School of
• PUAD 5180.03: Introduction to Policy Analysis and Applied Research Public Administration and the Faculty of Law. For admission, students
Methods must apply to both the School of Public Administration and the Law
School individually. Students applying for the MPA program may submit
When a student has a demonstrated competence in the area of a required LSAT results in lieu of GMAT results.
class, an alternate class may be substituted if approved by the Graduate
Co-ordinator. D. MPA/MLIS Program
The combined MPA/MLIS program is a three-year program which
B. Master of Public Administration (MPA) enables students to select classes leading to degrees of Master of Public
The MPA is an eighteen half-credit graduate program designed for Administration and Master of Library and Information Studies. A total of
individuals prepared to undertake advanced professional study. fifteen half-credit Public Administration classes are required and the
Individual programs will vary in content to reflect each student's suggested order of the program is:
background and interests, while at the same time recognizing the central
principles and functions of public administration. Year 1 (8 classes)
• Concentration in Library and Information Studies
Class Requirements Year 2 (9 classes)
The two-year MPA will require the successful completion of eleven • 8 first year required classes of the MPA program excluding MGMT
required half credits plus seven electives. In the first year, students must 5000 (if it was taken during the first year of the MLIS) and one elective
take nine half credits which must include: course for a total of 9 classes
• MGMT 5000.03: Management Without Borders
• PUAD 5100.03: Organization Designs for Governance and Public Year 3 (10 classes)
Management • 4 classes in Library and Information Studies
• PUAD 5120.03: Introduction to Public Policy • 2 second year required classes (PUAD 6000 & 6100) plus 4 Public
• PUAD 5130.03: Managerial Economics Administration elective classes
• PUAD 5131.03: Public Economics
• PUAD 5140.03: Quantitative Methods for Public Sector Management Advanced Standing
• PUAD 5150.03: Public Sector Accounting Advanced Standing of up to nine half credits (one year) may be granted to
• PUAD 5170.03: Public Sector Human Resources Management students who have completed graduate level classes which are relevant to
• PUAD 5180.03: Introduction to Policy Analysis and Applied Research the Masters in Public Administration Program but which have not been
Methods used towards another degree. Students are advised to seek advanced
In the second year, students must take the following two required half standing when they apply for admission.
credits plus seven half credit electives:
• PUAD 6000.03: Ethics, Public Service and Governance The Internship Program
• PUAD 6100.03: Modern Comptrollership The internship provides for formal integration of practical public service
experience with academic studies in the MPA program. It involves work
The remaining seven credits will be electives, depending primarily on the by students for employers in the public sector on projects deemed to be
student's area of concentration. Some advanced placement, resulting in a significant by the employer and appropriate to the skills of career-oriented
reduction of credits, may be granted to well qualified candidates. graduate students. The terms of reference are established through
consultation between the student, the participating employer, and the
The one-year MPA will require the successful completion of up to nine
School.
half credits including up to three half credits from the 5000-level classes,

The opportunity for an internship placement is normally available to management of policy and operational functions; and, the structures and
students who have completed one year of class work. processes of accountability for governance and public management. The
class is focused on the Canadian system of government but addresses
Previous work placements have been in the federal, provincial and basic questions of organizational theory and design in a comparative
municipal levels of government, international and non-governmental context.
organizations and in the private sector. PUAD 6855.03: Internship/Co-op INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Aucoin
counts as one half credit course. Please Note: In addition to the course fee
there is also an administrative fee charged by the School. For further PUAD 5120.03: Introduction to Public Policy.
details about this fee, please consult the School. This class provides a general introduction to the field of policy
management, for graduate and honours undergraduate students. Using
E. MPA (Management) British ‘best practice’ ideas of professional policy making and Canadian
The MPA (M) program is one of the finest examples of blended learning at statements of generic policy competencies, it seeks to improve the policy
the graduate level in Canada, combining distance learning with classroom capacity of participants. It does this first by increasing their knowledge of
instruction. This cutting-edge Master's degree is specifically designed for public policy structures, processes, and outputs, and secondly, by giving
dedicated and goal-oriented mid-career public servants. them knowledge that they can use in policy advocacy both inside and
outside government. The first section of the class examines policy
The MPA (M) emphasizes the theory, analysis and practice of public
definitions and professional policy making approaches in the 21st century.
policy and management. Dalhousie professors, in collaboration with The second section considers the role of the state in the 21st century, and
public sector specialists, authored the MPA(M) courses to address the the policy competencies that analysts must have if that role is to be carried
specific concerns and realities of today's public sector. A management out effectively. Section three explores vertical, horizontal and external
team from the School of Public Administration ensures that the courses are
policy relationships, both as determinants of policy and as practical
integrated yet individually focused, and that the curriculum builds a firm
matters of management. Section four explores, and helps participants to
academic foundation for the practice of public administration. gain proficiency in, the most recent processes of strategic policy design
The program focuses on core public administration disciplinary areas and implementation. This blend of theory and practice will increase the
including human resource management, public policy, economics, policy knowledge of all participants, and equip those who are in
accounting and research methods. It also emphasizes people, relationships professional programs, including the various public services, to contribute
and organizational culture, and addresses transparency, ethics, more effectively in policy processes in the future.
accountability, integrity, leadership and change. INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Brown
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 4240.03, POLI 5240.03
Educational methods use interactive, web-facilitated instruction,
classroom sessions and problem-based evaluation. The varied means of PUAD 5130.03: Managerial Economics.
learning allow candidates to develop the skills and analytical ability This class introduces the fundamental concepts of economics and helps to
necessary to successfully address current issues and priorities in the public develop the analytical skills of students appropriate for practitioners in the
sector. public sector. It provides an understanding of basic microeconomic
theories and principles in considerable depth, consistent with a graduate-
Each class ends with a mandatory 2.5-day classroom session. These
level course in an interdisciplinary program. It is also concerned with the
sessions provide each student with individual attention from the
use and application of microeconomic theory and the relevance of this
instructor and the opportunity to share invaluable perspectives with
theory in economic decision making.
fellow professionals from across the public sector.
INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Siddiq/ M. Davies
Students seeking further information should contact the Centre for
Advanced Management Education (CFAME), Faculty of Management,
PUAD 5131.03: Public Economics.
Dalhousie University at 1-800-205-7510 and ask for an application package This class introduces the basic principles of public finance and
or contact the CFAME Office by e-mail at cfame@dal.ca macroeconomics, appropriate to a graduate-level course in an inter-
disciplinary program. It is also concerned with the use and application of
macroeconomic theory and the relevance of this theory in economic
IV. Class Descriptions decision-making in a market economy with a large public sector. In
particular, this class places a special emphasis on the role of government
Required First Year Classes in the economy and on the application of economic theory in policy
analysis within the framework of the Canadian federation. Together with
MGMT 5000.03: Management Without Borders: A
Managerial Economics, these two courses provide a unique blend of
Foundation Course for Masters Students in theoretical rigour, empirical relevance and sound policy applications.
Management. INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Siddiq/ M. Davies
This course places management in its broadest context and helps students
from diverse disciplines understand the complex social, economic, PUAD 5140.03: Quantitative Methods.
ecological, political and technological forces shaping 21st century This class is designed to enable students to understand existing statistical
leadership in the public, private and non profit sectors. Key themes analyses, as well as to conduct their own. Statistical analyses are presented
explored in the course include systems thinking, values based approaches with focus on application in the public sector, emphasizing the importance
to management, and personal and professional development. of statistical analysis in social research and policy making. Specific topics
NOTE: Public Admin students please see the printed calendar for include descriptive and inferential statistics, measures of association for
additional information. nominal and ordinal variables, analysis of variance techniques, as well as
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Wheeler/P.Brown linear regression. In addition to the class, students are also offered
FORMAT: Lecture/discussions tutorials in working with SPSS and MS Excel. Student assignments require
work with large data sets.
PUAD 5100.03: Organizational Designs for INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Wranik
Governance and Public Management. CROSS-LISTING: LIBS 7390
This class examines the organizational designs of government for the PUAD 5150.03: Public Sector Accounting.
purposes of governance and public management. It encompasses the basic
This class introduces students to the subject of accounting in
constitutional and political designs of government; the structures and
governmental, and private sector organizations. A “user” approach is
principles governing the relationship between the partisan-political and
taken, but the class is presented from the standpoints of both users and
non-partisan public-service institutions of government; the organization
authors of financial reports. No previous background in accounting is
and roles of the central executive and corporate policy and management
required but the class is challenging and provides a knowledge of the
agencies; the organization of portfolios, departments and agencies for the

essential elements of accounting for professionals in the field of public been implemented as part of the newly enacted Public Service
administration. For information about assignments and other class Modernization Act. It will examine the roles and responsibilities of the
requirements please consult the instructor. various players within the legal framework which governs these
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff relationships and explore the impact in the workplace of the various
approaches to labor management including the movement towards a less
PUAD 5170.03: Public Sector Human Resources. litigious Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) process as an alternative to
A major part of most public administration positions is human resource the rights based processes and how this can affect the workplace.
management. Therefore, it is important that public administrators INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Tucker
understand the components of human resource management and their
effect on an organization. In this class, human resource management is PUAD 6235.03: Issues in Applied Economics.
defined in a very broad sense, touching on all the major components of This class addresses a selection of topics in applied economics that are of
human resource management in order to give an overall concept or considerable significance for any economy. It is designed for those
paradigm. The components are: 1) planning the need for public servants, students who wish to develop the ability to (a) understand and interpret
2) attracting the right people to be public servants, 3) placing the public different economic programs and policies beyond the introductory level;
servants in well matched jobs, 4) assisting public servants with their career and (b) help formulate and implement such policies. Topics covered will
development, 5) maintaining high performance with public servants and depend in part upon the interests of students but some will be based upon
6) evaluating public servants. the following areas: poverty and inequality; taxation; inflation and
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Cassin unemployment; stabilization policies; public sector economics;
international trade and the balance of payments; technological innovation
PUAD 5180.03: Research Methods and Policy and growth. Each student will be expected to specialize in a topic of his or
Analysis. her choice and prepare a major paper for presentation in class. There will
This class is designed to equip students with tools needed for the also be short assignments and a final examination. Please see the instructor
collection of quantitative and qualitative data. Students learn how to for additional information about class requirements.
combine qualitative analysis with quantitative techniques they acquired in INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Siddiq/ M. Davies
PUAD 5140. Specifically, students learn to write literature reviews, to
conduct personal interviews, to run focus groups, and to design survey PUAD 6300.03: Alternative Program Delivery.
questionnaires. All techniques discussed are applied to the analysis of Alternative Methods in Program Delivery is a graduate and honors
public policy issues. Policy is analyzed with respect to its strengths and undergraduate level seminar which allows participants to conduct and
weaknesses from various stakeholders perspectives. Students are required present research on the increasing resort by governments at all levels to
to present their work in class. alternative methods of program delivery. Over the last decade and a half,
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Wranik governments around the world have moved from designing and
delivering programs themselves to utilizing the private sector, both profit
Required Second Year Classes and non-profit, for this purpose. These alternative methods have taken the
form of the privatization of crown assets, public-private partnerships to
PUAD 6000.03: Senior Seminar: Ethics, Public address a myriad of concerns (from the design and construction of bridges
Service and Governance. and highways to the management of laundry facilities in institutions for
Designed as a culminating and integrating exercise for the MPA program, long term care), user fees and charges, contracting out, and the adoption of
this class focuses upon a wide range of ethical problems in governance. business-like practices in their own operations.
Topics covered include conflict of interest, accountability, political This class has two purposes. The first is to allow participants to explore
neutrality, service to the public and codes of conduct. methodologies for assessing the viability of alternative program delivery
The class is based on case studies with a premium placed on discussion. in particular fields, based on the best practices of the past decade. The
Please consult the instructor for information on assignments and other second is to allow participants to explore critically the use or proposed use
class requirements. of alternative methods of program delivery in areas in which they have an
NOTE: For students enrolled in the two-year MPA program, successful interest. Each participant is expected to prepare a seminar paper of at least
completion of the first year of studies is the prerequisite for this class. 5,000 words, to present their findings in class in a presentation not
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Roy exceeding thirty minutes in length, and to respond to questions. In
addition, participants are asked to prepare a critique of a paper by another
PUAD 6100.03: Modern Comptrollership.
participant, and to lead discussion on that paper.
This class will provide students with an opportunity to review the link INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Brown
between government budgeting, planning, programming and
accountability. It will help students understand and connect what PUAD 6400.03: Local Government.
governments want to do with what they raise and spend money for. The There is a renewed interest in local government resulting from population
course will progress from government revenue, expenditure and debt migration to urban areas, the need to invest heavily in improved and
management policies through government financial reporting and greener infrastructure that can be used to satisfy local service needs, and a
ultimately accountability. These issues will be discussed in the context of trend towards a more inclusive public involvement in urban issues. This
what has been referred to by the federal government as “Modern course looks at how local governments fit into the public sector
Comptrollership”. Recent developments at the national, provincial and framework, how provincial / national legislation empowers and limits
municipal levels will be used as reference material. them, and their governance and management. Services offered, and issues
INSTRUCTOR(S): B. Hennebury faced, by local governments vary with size, population density and with
central government legislation. Issues facing local governments, and the
Public Policy Concentration Classes
central governments who determine municipal responsibilities and
PUAD 6010.03: Issues in Public Administration. revenue sources, are researched, presented and discussed. While the
primary focus of the course is on local government in Canada, structures
This course provides a solid grounding in the legal underpinnings, the
and practices used in other countries to address local government issues
governance framework, and the concepts surrounding union-
will be included. The class is conducted in a seminar style format (class
management and employee relations in the public service. This
size permitting)
knowledge will strengthen the capacity of public servants to perform
effectively whether they are employees, managers or elected union
FORMAT: Seminar
officials. The course will examine in some detail the evolution of labor
rights and labor relations in the federal public service, up to and including
the implementation of the Public Service Labor Relations Act which has

PUAD 6450.03: Economics of Health Policy. projects and may include measurement and design, sampling,
This class focuses on health policy themes as they relate to the current questionnaire design, cost-benefit analysis, computer applications for
situation in the Canadian health policy arena. Themes include population information management and analysis, report writing and presentation.
health determinants, health system types, physician remuneration Materials will consist primarily of the professional literature and project
methods, health care delivery models, health production, demand for content brought to the Practicum by the participating students. The
health care, and health system efficiency. The class is conducted in professional literature from the first-term classes (e.g., Modern
seminar style format. Comptrollership, Program Evaluation, Issues in Applied Economics) is
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Wranik brought into the Practicum as required. The Practicum is a full-credit
FORMAT: Lecture and seminar elective course in the winter term.
PREREQUISITE: PUAD 5130, PUAD 5131 or equivalent courses from any INSTRUCTOR(S): F. Siddiq
Economics Department
PUAD 6537.03: Environmental Policy.
PUAD 6455.03: Microeconomics of Health. Issues in Environmental Policy is a graduate level seminar course
This course emphasizes the importance of economic theory and analysis designed to allow students to undertake an in depth analysis of an
within micromanagement of health care systems. The heath care market is environmental issue for which a policy response is desirable, and to
analyzed from three perspectives, patient behavior, provider behavior, present this analysis in a format that invites constructive criticism through
and the behavior of the payer or insurance firm. Economic theory aids in discussion. In general terms, the class is concerned with what
the understanding of all sides of this market. Policy advice can be governments , industry and other institutions do and how they do it with
extracted with respect to demand side management in the form of patient respect to the environment. Class work is designed to equip students with
cost sharing or information control; supply side management in the form a structured process of policy development that is, in principle, applicable
of varying remuneration methods and regulation; and provision of in any policy situation. This entails an examination of the instruments of
insurance via different methods. In addition, students learn how Health governance (regulatory, economic, voluntary and information) and the
Technologies Assessment (HTA) is conducted, and how it is used as factors that govern their use. The importance of identifying stakeholders
evidence in policy decision making. and evaluating the degree of success of the policy approaches taken will
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Wranik be discussed with respect to several environmental issues. Class
PUAD 6500.03: Business and Government. participants will apply these concepts to an environmental issue of their
choice. Each participant is expected to prepare a seminar paper of at least
The focus of this course is twofold: first, how government and business
5,000 words, to present their findings in a presentation to the class, and to
influence one another and secondly, why collaboration is a growing reality
respond to questions.
enjoining public sector and private sector organizations and the
INSTRUCTOR(S): R. Haworth
implications for each sector and society as a whole. The course aims to
understand the fundamental difference between the public interest and PUAD 6545.03: Provincial and Municipal Economic
the private interest and how such differences are sorted out through
contemporary governance systems. While the emphasis will be on the
Development.
Canadian environment, a comparative perspective will also be used in The aim of this class is to provide an understanding of the elements of
light of many issues that are increasingly transnational in scope. economic development as practiced by government officials in most parts
INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Roy of the world. Most of this activity takes place at the local or regional
CROSS-LISTING: BUSI 6009.03 (province, state) level. Economic development, in this context, refers not to
technical economics, but to the way in which government officials try to
PUAD 6505.03: Interest Groups: Function and encourage business and job growth in their respective territories.
Management. The class will touch on such topics as industrial attrition, incentives and
This class will attempt a systematic examination of the function and subsidies, community economic development, industrial parks,
management of interest groups in Canada and, to a lesser extent, other technology development and job training. Experienced individuals from
western countries. It will begin by considering the functions such groups the North American Policy Group (NAPG), Business Development
perform for their supporters on the one hand and, on the other, the role Information (BDI) and local development agencies will add their expertise
they play in 1) maintaining political systems; 2) securing and modifying to the class.
public policy, and 3) implementing programs. It will explore the ways in A seminar format will be used if it is appropriate for the number of
which their structures and behavior patterns vary according to the students enrolled. Evaluation will be based on participation and on a
resources of the groups themselves, the nature of their concerns and the major project.
demands of the political/bureaucratic systems in which they operate. An INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
important feature of the class will be a discussion of the internal
management of groups. This discussion will include a review of how PUAD 6555.03: Management of Information (E-
membership is secured and retained and how group resources are Government) and Public Administration.
obtained and applied; the role of professional staff in developing group The main objectives are to understand that information technologies
positions and in interacting between the interest group and government provide means for public administrators to obtain, analyze, disseminate
officials. In conclusion, the class will examine the role of interest groups in and store information; to analyze the uses of new technologies; and to
policy processes and the relationship between that role and the prospects understand the opportunities and problems that information technologies
for democracy in western politics. Approved with Canadian Studies. present to public administrators on personal, organizational and
INSTRUCTOR(S): L. Turnbull international levels.
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3228.03, POLI 5228.03
Each class addresses separate but related issues of managing information
PUAD 6525.06: Practicum in Policy Analysis and in the public sector. Some of the classes look at the history of information
Management. technology to place present day devices into perspective. The topics for
The Practicum provides MPA students with an opportunity in their final other classes relate IT to smart communities, professional development,
academic term to gain experience in the implementation and management virtual offices, digital divide, management information and unethical
of public sector consultation and research. It establishes a consultative behavior in public offices.
context in which students can successfully implement a pro bono INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Roy
economic, financial or policy analysis or program evaluation project. The
Practicum research groups will meet weekly to discuss applied research
strategies for data collection, analysis and reporting. Topics and
professional resources will be organized around the research needs of the

PUAD 6556.03: Management of Information (E- Each class addresses separate but related issues of managing information
Government): International Experiences and in the public sector. Some of the classes look at the history of information
technology to place present day devices into perspective. The topics for
Perspectives. other classes relate IT to smart communities, professional development,
Public administration rhetoric often indicates that governments are re- virtual offices, digital divide, management information and unethical
inventing themselves by using information technology. What is behavior in public offices.
happening around the world with E-government? Using Canada as INSTRUCTOR(S): J. Roy
reference, this class reviews the development of management of
information as it affects performance management, democracy, the nation PUAD 6556.03: Management of Information (E-
state, accountability, network growth, productivity and access. Each Government): International Experiences and
student will be required to analyze an international country, state or
province and its progression to e-government and relate that progress to
Perspectives.
activities in governments around the world. Public administration rhetoric often indicates that governments are re-
Some of the topics covered are: inventing themselves by using information technology. What is
• Introduction to E-Government happening around the world with E-government? Using Canada as
• Service to Citizens reference, this class reviews the development of management of
• Administration of E-Government information as it affects performance management, democracy, the nation
• Social Exclusion in the Digital Age state, accountability, network growth, productivity and access. Each
• Learning and Information Technology student will be required to analyze an international country, state or
• Knowledge Networks province and its progression to e-government and relate that progress to
• Personal Information and Information Technology activities in governments around the world.
• Collaborative Networks Some of the topics covered are:
• The Dark Side of IT • Introduction to E-Government
EVALUATION: Each student will be required to analyze a non-Canadian • Service to Citizens
country, state or province and its progression to e-government and relate • Administration of E-Government
that progress to activities in governments around the world. • Social Exclusion in the Digital Age
Recommendations for improvement should also be made. Each student • Learning and Information Technology
negotiates with the professor for an appropriate country. Two papers, • Knowledge Networks
class participation and a final presentation based on the two papers, will • Personal Information and Information Technology
determine the student's grade. • Collaborative Networks
INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff • The Dark Side of IT
CROSS-LISTING: ECMM 6026.03 EVALUATION: Each student will be required to analyze a non-Canadian
country, state or province and its progression to e-government and relate
PUAD 6570.03: Equity and Diversity in the Public that progress to activities in governments around the world.
Sector. Recommendations for improvement should also be made. Each student
negotiates with the professor for an appropriate country. Two papers,
This is a theoretical course on inclusion, participation and inequality in
class participation and a final presentation based on the two papers, will
public service employment and public service delivery. It explores
determine the student's grade.
representativeness as an ideology and the management practices and
INSTRUCTOR(S):Staff
policy initiatives which arise from this notion. The course considers the
CROSS-LISTING: ECMM 6026.03
questions: What is equality? Why do we want equality? What difference
does it make to have equality oriented initiatives? What is equity and PUAD 6560.03: The Organizational Culture of Public
diversity? What results are being achieved? What are the underlying
issues of inequality difference and inclusion as they relate to Canadian
Administration Institutions.
democracy and global issues of equality? This class examines public organizations through the conceptual
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Cassin framework of organizational culture. Edgar Schein argues that the term
culture "...should be reserved for the deeper level of basic assumptions
Public Management Concentration Classes and beliefs that are shared by members of an organization, that operate
unconsciously, and that define in a basic 'taken for granted' fashion an
PUAD 6520.03: Program Evaluation Seminar. organization's view of itself and its environment."
This class is focused on the construction of different types of evaluation
frameworks for a set of government programs or initiatives. Students He suggests that there are three levels of culture: artifacts, values and
prepare a plan of how to evaluate their program of choice giving special assumptions. The artifacts are the most easily observed and include such
attention to perspective taken and stakeholder interests, students identify things as an organization's physical space, and members' overt behaviors
relevant data sources, and data collection instruments and design a and language(s). Values include a person's assessment of what "ought" to
research framework that combines qualitative and Quantitative be, and assumptions are values that have become so much a part of a
approaches. Specific research skills acquired in PUAD 5140 and PUAD person's every day functioning that they are rarely consciously thought
5180, are applied to a broader and large scale evaluation framework. In about or discussed because there is such wide spread acceptance of the
addition, students are exposed to competing approaches to program value among the organizational members. The assumptions and values
evaluation, as well as ethical issues within the discipline. Student together compose the organization's culture.
presentations and class discussion are an integral part of the class.
INSTRUCTOR(S): D. Wranik The class will be a seminar of readings and discussions on organizational
PREREQUISITE: B+ or higher grade in each of the following courses - culture. With the assistance of the instructor, students will choose an
PUAD 5140 and PUAD 5180 organization, enter that organization to gather data and write a major
paper describing the organizations' values, assumptions, maturity and
PUAD 6555.03: Management of Information (E- ability to change.
Government) and Public Administration. Students will be evaluated on the following activities:
The main objectives are to understand that information technologies 1. Class participation and presentations
provide means for public administrators to obtain, analyze, disseminate 2. Final Project
and store information; to analyze the uses of new technologies; and to 3. Take Home Exam
understand the opportunities and problems that information technologies INSTRUCTOR(S): Staff
present to public administrators on personal, organizational and
international levels.

PUAD 6620.03: Women, Men and Management. Not all classes are offered each year. Consult the School for current year
This course explores gender relations and public sector policy and offerings. In addition to the above, classes may be selected from other
management nationally and internationally. Management and policy is schools, departments, or faculties, subject to the approval of the Graduate
theorized as gender neutral work. This course explores this theory Co-ordinator.
thematically in the context of an inquiry into inclusion and the gender NOTE: Approval must be obtained from the Graduate Coordinator before
equality agenda. Policy topics focus around delivery of public services to the class begins.
the private, social and public economy and in particular to men, women
and families. New mainstreaming technologies including women’s
PUAD 6925.03: Management Information Systems.
budgets are explored for how they can influence public policy and This class is meant to provide the student with a basic knowledge of
management practice. Within current topics the course explores gendered information systems and their role in business organizations.
ways of knowing, methods of investigation and management modes of Fundamental to this basic knowledge is an understanding of the variety of
getting things done. information systems in business. An understanding of the use of
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Cassin computers in current and future information systems is stressed.
PUAD 6625.03: Special Topics in Human Resource
Management. MPA (Management) Classes
This course explores current topics in human resource management and These classes are intended for students registered in the MPA
policy in the public sector. The topic emphasis varies with issues and (Management) program. For more information on this program please
trends in public service. The approach to human resources explores the contact the Centre for Advanced Management Education - (902) 494-6391,
relations of organizations, work and people in the public sector. The aim Email: cfame@dal.ca.
of the course is to examine topics, how they are known as well as methods
of investigation and problem solving. To learn of current topics, please MGMT 5105.03: Government Structure and
consult the professor. Organization.
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Cassin
This class focuses on the Canadian system of government and addresses
PUAD 6780.03: Comparative Development basic organizational theory and design as well as fundamental issues of
public management.
Administration.
Some analytical and normative issues of public administration in MGMT 5110.03: Strategic Management in the Public
developing countries are examined including the scope of development Sector.
administration as a sub-field of public administration; public sector
This class explores the concepts, potential and dynamics of strategic
organization and management including public services, public
management in modern public administration. A wide variety of
enterprises, decentralization and rural development, financial systems,
management instruments and techniques are analyzed.
human resources management, aspects of state economic management
with Japanese and South Korean case studies; and institutional aspects of MGMT 5125.03: Policy Formulation & Analysis.
aid administration with CIDA and World Bank cases.
This class covers the techniques, theory and contextual underpinnings
INSTRUCTOR(S): P. Arthur
central to effective policy management. The class explores strategic
approaches to policy design and the role of the policy analyst in modern
CROSS-LISTING: POLI 3302.03/5302.03
government.
PUAD 6800.06/6820.06: Projects. MGMT 5135.03: Managerial Economics.
A class designated “project” and using this class number can be developed
This class elucidates basic microeconomic theories and principles and
around an area of interest that is sufficiently complex to justify a full class
applies these to economic decision making. The class increases
credit. Such a project will likely be grounded in the needs of a particular
understanding of the relationship between economic theory and economic
agency and an area of professional literature that represents current
policy.
debate or issues in the field of public administration. It may reflect on
interest held by a student, faculty member or by a government agency. MGMT 5140.03: Public Economics.
Introduces the basic principles of public finance and macroeconomics. The
PUAD 6855.03: Internship.
role of risk analysis in public sector decision-making is also explored. The
The Internship integrates professional development, work experience and
class places a special emphasis on the role of government in the economy
academic studies. It involves developing job search and interview skills and on the application of economic theory in public policy analysis within
for the public sector, a competitively awarded work term and evaluation. the framework of the Canadian federation.
The work term has appropriate public sector management and policy PREREQUISITE: MGMT 5135.03
work and is sponsored by public sector employers. It is normally paid. The
Internship is normally a summer internship between first and second year MGMT 5146.03: Research Methods.
of the program. It is open to all students who have completed the first This class provides a practical setting for understanding the purchase,
year. More information on the Internship is available on the SPA website. management and evaluation of research products. Applied research
COORDINATOR: M. Cassin methods, research services and best practices are discussed in depth.
NOTE: This course has an administrative fee in addition to the course
tuition. Please consult the SPA for details. MGMT 5155.03: Financial and Managerial Accounting.
This class reviews each of the forms of accounting and financial data that
PUAD 6900.06/ 6910.03/ 6920.03/ 6944.06/ 6940.03/ public sector managers will be faced with now – and in the future. The
6942.03: Directed Reading. essential concepts of financial and managerial accounting are
A special program of directed reading, with appropriate written comprehensively reviewed.
assignments, may be arranged with a faculty member where the interest in
a subject is not sufficiently widespread to warrant offering a regular class. MGMT 5160.03: Public-Sector Financial
Students who wish to take any of the Project or Directed Reading Classes Administration and Accountability.
mentioned above must provide the School with the following before This class focuses on the public policy and management issues of
approval is granted: governance. It emphasizes development of the skills necessary to assess
1) a letter from the Professor* concerned indicating his/her willingness to financial management approaches, develop business plans and implement
supervise 2) a class outline which includes a description of the goals and performance measurement.
objectives of the class, the grading scheme, a preliminary reading list and a
schedule of the work; 3) the period in which the class is to be completed.

MGMT 6501.03: Business and Government.
This class presents the relationship between government and business in
North America. It offers a practical approach to understanding the
differences in how government and business operate, highlighting the
techniques used by each side to influence the other.
MGMT 6525.03: Program Evaluation.

This class examines the theory, methods and issues of this growing field. Social Work
The class emphasizes the skills necessary to assess feasibility of a program
evaluation and to design it. Topics also include underlying values, Location: 6414 Coburg Road
alternative approaches, and implementation and utilization. Halifax, NS B3H 2A7
Telephone: (902) 494-3760
MGMT 6555.03: Managing the Information Resource. Fax: (902) 494-6709
This class examines the complex technological changes affecting public Email: social.work@dal.ca
administrators. It provides broad-based information about the Website: http://www.dal.ca/socialwork
technological advances underway in Canada and fosters understanding of
the opportunities and problems these changes present. Director of the School
Thomas Bernard, Wanda
MGMT 6650.03: Human Resource Management.
This class explores the evolving practices and challenges faced by Graduate Coordinator
organizations seeking to excel in human resources – an essential Richard, Brenda K.
determinant of organizational success.
Professors
MGMT 6700.03: Managing People in Diverse Divine, D., BSc (Edinburgh), MSc (Aston), Dip SW (Moray), MSc Dip
Organizations. Housing (London School of Economics)
This class explores how managers can deal effectively with human Thomas-Bernard, W., BA (MSVU), MSW (Dal), PhD (Sheffield)
problems in their organizations. Topics include motivation, leadership, Ungar, M., BA, BSW, MSW (McGill), PhD (Wilfrid Laurier)
communications perception and group dynamics. Wien, F.C., BA (Queen’s), MA, PhD (Cornell)
MGMT 6755.03: Intergovernmental Relations in Associate Professors

Canada. Harbison, J., BA, Bsoc Stud (Dublin Trinity Coll), Grad Dip SW
(Edinburgh), PhD (Toronto)
This class focuses on a wide array of policy areas and uses case studies to
Karabanow, J., BA(Hons), MA (McGill), PhD (Wilfrid Laurier)
demonstrate how intergovernmental issues - such as fiscal federalism and
MacDonald, J., BSW (STU), MSW (Carleton U), PhD (MUN)
coordination of service delivery - are successfully resolved.
Richard, B.K., (MtA), MSW (Dal)
Baikie, G., BSW, MSW, PhD (MUN), PhD candidate
Brown, C., BA, MA (Manitoba), MSW (Carleton), PhD (Uof T)
Brown, M., BA Hon, BSW, MSW (Dal), PhD Candidate (MUN)
Campbell, C., BSc(King’s), Bed. SpeEd (Acadia), MSW (Carleton), PhD
(MUN)
Donovan, K., BSW (U of Regina), MSW (Carleton), MA (U of Lancaster,
PhD Candidate
Hiranandani, V., BComm (U of Bombay), MSW (Tata Institute), MPhil
(Tata Institute), PhD (U of Pennsylvania)
MacDonald, N., BA, BSW, MSW (Dal)
Weinberg, M., BA (U of Toronto), MSW (Smith College), PhD (U of
Toronto)
Lecturer
Fay, J., BA (New Hampshire), MSW (Dal)
I. School of Social Work

The School of Social Work's vision is a commitment to building a socially
just society, defined as one that upholds and validates the values of
equality, diversity, inclusiveness, democracy and concern for human
welfare. We manifest and advance curricula, scholarship and school
culture that are congruent with those values. The School was founded in
1941 to meet a need for professionally qualified social workers in the
Atlantic region. The School amalgamated with Dalhousie University in
1969 to become one of the nine constituents of the Faculty of Health
Professions.
II. Master of Social Work (MSW) Degree

The Master of Social Work degree program is offered on campus and
online through distance delivery. It provides students with advanced
professional education leading to the development of specialized social
work practice and leadership positions in the practice field.
Social Work 283

Opportunity for in-depth learning is provided both in the course content III. Admission Requirements
and in the field placement. The student’s ability to critically assess the
All applicants must satisfy the admissions requirements of the Faculty of
nature and utility of interventions is developed in relation to social work
Graduate Studies, Dalhousie University as stated in this calendar. These
values, including social justice. Elective courses enable the student to focus
include an undergraduate BSW degree from an accredited university with
on areas of special interest.
no less than a “B” level average. Applicants from outside Canada whose
Please consult our website (www.socialwork.dal.ca) for updates to our first language is not English must submit a Test of English as a Foreign
MSW Degree program. Language (TOEFL) prior to the application deadline of December 1st, with
a minimum acceptable score of 580, 237 computer version. Where TOEFL
In order to practice social work in Nova Scotia, all persons must have a is unavailable, the following tests will be accepted with the following
social work degree (BSW or MSW) AND be approved for practice by the minimum scores: MELAB, 90; IELTS, 7. See Faculty of Graduate Studies
Board of Examiners of the Nova Scotia Association of Social Workers. Admission Requirements.
Persons applying to the Board to practice social work should contact the
address below for further information: A. Canadian Residency Requirement for Distance
The Registrar of the Board of Examiners
Nova Scotia Association of Social Workers
Study
1891 Brunswick St., Suite 106 The on-line (distance delivery) option is only available to residents of
Halifax, NS B3J 2G8 Canada as defined by Canada Customs and Revenue Agency. If you will
Telephone: (902) 429-7298 be residing outside Canada, please check with Canada Customs to
determine your residency status, complete the Residency Form and
A. Program Objectives submit it with your application package.
The School of Social Work adheres to the principles of adult learning in its
educational approach. This has special application for students of relative
B. MSW Degree One Year Program (Campus,
maturity with previous or concurrent professional social work experience. Distance Delivery)
In the course of their study, MSW students are encouraged to identify and The MSW program of advanced study in the theory and practice of Social
pursue their learning goals within the parameters of the curriculum and Work is intended for persons with a baccalaureate degree in Social Work
the objectives of the program, which include the following: and normally at least two years of social work experience.
• Development of an understanding of the methods for critical appraisal
and systematic inquiry related to existing practice theories, models of Prerequisites for the one-year MSW degree program include:
intervention and personal practice experiences and abilities; • A baccalaureate degree in Social Work;
• Application of these means to existing and new knowledge regarding • A cumulative academic GPA of 3.00 (on a 4.30 scale), or an equivalent
practice contexts, practice-related issues, practice theories, models of cumulative average of at least B;
intervention and personal practice experience and abilities; • Preferably two years of full-time employment in a social work position,
• Acquisition of new knowledge with respect to practice contexts, following the BSW degree (see also Selection Criteria below);
theories and interventions, including an area of practice of particular • Personal suitability for the study and practice of social work.
interest to the student;
• Integration of the new knowledge acquired into practice situations C. MSW Degree Two Year Program (Campus Only)
which support the development of personal and social change. Applicants who do not have a BSW degree but hold a master’s degree in a
• An anti-oppressive approach to social work. closely related discipline and who meet the above pre-requisites, may be
admitted to the first year of a two-year MSW program. During the first
B. The Specializations year, they need to satisfactorily complete certain advanced undergraduate
Two areas of specialization for the development of practice are offered: social work classes., at a minimum B average.
1. Individual and Family Practice, in either of two concentrations:
• Physical and Mental Health or D. Special Student Status
• Family and Child Special student status is not available for enrollment in graduate classes in
2. Community Practice Social Work. Classes are normally restricted to students who have applied
and been accepted to the MSW degree programs, however, non-social
1. Individual and Family (on-campus and online work students may be permitted to register for MSW social work electives
through distance delivery) with permission of the instructor.
This specialization increases the student's ability to evaluate the efficacy
and benefits of social work interventions by considering legislation, E. Distance Education
policies, and service delivery issues in relation to theories and models of The Individual and Family specialization of the MSW Program is offered
practice interventions. It offers opportunities for students to apply this by distance delivery methods, on a part-time basis, to students throughout
knowledge in field practice situations. Canada. Students generally complete their program in a three year
prescribed schedule.
In the Family and Child concentration, the focus is on the family as a social
entity and on child welfare. There is an emphasis on social analysis and F. Selection Criteria
policy.
The number of places offered each year to graduate students is limited.
In the Physical and Mental Health concentration, the focus is on theory, There are no deferrals granted in MSW Admissions. Applicants who do
knowledge, and issues as they relate to social work practice in the areas of not register in the fall semester following acceptance, must re-apply.
adult health and mental health. Candidates are selected according to their qualifications. The MSW
Admissions Committee makes its selection on the basis of the following
2. Community Practice (on-campus only) criteria:
The Community specialization invites students to investigate and evaluate • Academic performance, with particular reference to the Bachelor of
community action and community social work in relation to social Social Work degree; (last 20 half credits)
movements and social work values through addressing both theoretical • Two years of full-time employment in a social work position following
and practical concerns. It also examines how social work practice is the BSW degree. Applicants who do not meet this criterion will be
shaped by the inter-relationships of place, class, race, ethnicity, gender, considered but they need to give evidence of: (a) A clearly defined field
sexual orientation and disability in diverse communities. It offers of practice related to social work; (b) A (professional) leadership role in
opportunities for students to apply their knowledge in field practice their work or volunteer experience; (c) Maturity and intellectual
situations. capacity demonstrated in a thoughtful and reflective personal
statement (Statement of Scholarly Interest); and (d) An understanding
284 Social Work

of the complexity of the learning process, including a recognition of the One-Year MSW (Campus and Distance Delivery)
limitation of their prior learning; The one-year MSW is available on a full-time or part-time basis to students
• Strength of academic, work, and professional references; studying on campus. The one-year MSW is available on a part-time basis
• Appropriateness of educational/professional goals to the School's class to students studying via distance delivery. Qualified BSW graduates are
offerings; admitted directly to the five-credit (30 credit hour) One-Year MSW
• Personal suitability for social work. program. These curriculum requirements cannot be reduced by advanced
placement or transfer credit in relation to any graduate classes taken prior
G. Statement of Scholarly Interest to MSW registration.
The Statement of Scholarly Interest is an important component of the
MSW application. This statement explores a student’s decision to pursue a Distance students admitted to the One-Year MSW program and campus
graduate level degree in Social Work. students who choose to complete their MSW program on a part-time basis
would normally complete the course requirements over a three-year
H. Personal Suitability period.
Aptitude and fitness for the profession of Social Work, as determined by Two-Year MSW (Campus Only)
the MSW Admissions Committee, is a requirement for admission as well Qualified students with previous master’s degrees undertake the “One-
as for continuation in the program. (See Section V: Required Withdrawal Year” MSW curriculum requirements following successful completion of
on Grounds of Unsuitability section.) the five BSW credits (30 credit hours), at a minimum B average with which
they begin their program of study. These five courses are determined by
I. Affirmative Action Policy the Graduate Coordinator, School of Social Work. Students in the two year
In accordance with Human Rights legislation, the School of Social Work MSW program are required to complete two field education courses. In
has an affirmative action policy for applicants who are Acadian, the first year the Field Education Course will comprise 200 to 400 hours
Aboriginal, Black/African Canadian, members of other racially visible depending upon the assessment of prior learning and experience. In the
groups, and for persons with disabilities. The School is committed to second year the Field Education Course comprises 450 hours.
admitting and graduating the highest possible number of students who
qualify under this policy.
Class Sequencing for Full-Time Students
The core classes (including Field) are offered during specific times in each
The admissions prerequisites described in the above section are similar for term. Electives may be taken during the fall, winter or summer terms.
all applicants. Each candidate who applies under the affirmative action
policy is, however, considered on the basis of her/his qualifications for Full-time students who take a course-based program (non-thesis) may
graduate study in Social Work rather than in relation to other candidates. expect to complete the program by July of the following year and to
graduate in October. Full-time student who elect to do a thesis should
J. Application Procedure expect to spend eight to twelve months more for completion.
Applications for admission are reviewed once a year following the Class Sequencing for Part-Time Students
application deadline date of December 1st. To maintain the integrity of the part-time student's academic program,
core classes are taken in a prescribed sequence. The elective classes may be
MSW application packages include instructions, application, application
taken concurrently with the core classes in any year.
fee, the three required reference forms, work/volunteer experience
summary sheets, and guidelines for the Statement of Scholarly Interest. Part-time students who take a course-based option (non-thesis) may
The cover sheet for the latter includes a place for eligible candidates to expect to spend three years to complete the program, graduating in May
indicate whether they wish to apply under the Affirmative Action policy. or October. Part-time students who elect to do a thesis should expect to
MSW application packages are available on request from the Dalhousie spend an additional twelve to eighteen months for completion.
University Registrar's Office and may be found on the School’s Website:
www.socialwork.dal.ca. * Continuation as a “Thesis Only” student, for both full-time and part-time
students, requires continuous registration and payment of continuation
Incomplete and late applications cannot be considered. Each applicant is fees every term until all requirements are complete.
notified by mail of the MSW Admission Committee's final
recommendation to the Dean of Graduate Studies. Acceptances are * It is important for prospective part-time students to note that most of the
conditional on the approval of the Dean followed by official notification MSW core classes and the requisite agency field placement are available
from the University Registrar. during daytime hours only.
Field Education
K. Scholarships, Bursaries, Teaching Students should note that the 0.5 credit field education course includes a
Assistantships and Financial Aid field seminar and a field placement of 450 hours in an appropriate agency
For information on prizes, bursaries, scholarships and loans available to normally other than the student's place of employment. The Field
graduate students, consult the relevant section of this graduate calendar, education course is undertaken between January and end of June (on-
or go to www.socialwork.dal.ca. campus) and between September and April (distance) concurrently with a
bi-weekly field education seminar, which is online for distance students.
IV. Curriculum Requirements–Masters of The MSW Field Manual (which can be found at www.socialwork.dal.ca)
contains the policy and procedures which define various aspects of the
Social Work Degree Program Field Education Course.
A. MSW Program Confirmation of field placements requires advanced planning as there is

considerable coordination required for each student placement.
The MSW Program requirements consist of either
a. a course based option: 10 half-credit (0.5) Social Work core courses Electives
b. a thesis option: 8 half-credit (0.5) Social Work courses, a one-credit (1.0) Students completing their MSW program on both a full-time and part-
thesis time basis may take their electives either concurrently with or following
the completion of the core courses Anti-Oppressive and Integrated
As described in section II Master of Social Work (MSW) Degree, there are
Approaches to Social Work.
two areas of specialization Individual and Family Practice (with a
concentration in either Physical and Mental Health or Family and Child Any electives taken outside the School (i.e. a graduate class at Dalhousie
Welfare) and Community Practice. Core classes apply specifically to the University or another university, requires approval and “CUGTA” form).
specialization and concentration area that the student has applied for. At least one elective must be taken in the School of Social Work.
Elective and thesis options will vary.
Registration in elective courses is subject to availability.
Social Work 285

B. Course Requirements 1. conviction of criminal activity (e.g. assault, sexual assault, fraud and
Students register for the core classes that apply to the specialization and drug trafficking).
concentration to which they have been accepted: 2. persistent substance abuse (e.g. alcoholism, drug addiction, use of
illegal drugs).
Individual and Family Practice Specialization 3. any medical condition which affects an individual’s ability to perform
• SLWK 6001.03: Theory and Practice of Anti-Oppressive Social Work as a social worker if that condition is chronic and/or recurring and
(0.5 credit) affects judgments.
• SLWK 6400.03: Integrated Approaches to Practice - Family & Child (0.5 4. unethical behaviour (see Nova Scotia Association of Social Workers
credit) OR SLWK6410.03: Integrated Approaches to Practice - Health Code of Ethics, 1994).
(0.5 credit)
The MSW Committee will consider the student’s situation to determine
• SLWK 6341.03: Critical Perspectives on Social Work Practice
whether he/she is fit for the study and practice of Social Work. The
Interventions (0.5 credit)
principles of confidentiality, natural justice and due process are observed
• SLWK 6415.03: Field Work - (450 hours)(0.5 credit)
in all Committee deliberations.
• SLWK 6333.03: Social Work Practice Research (0.5 credit)
• SLWK 6351.03: Research Proposal Seminar Class (0.5 credit) D. Sexual Harassment
• Two (2.0) credits of Elective classes with the classes only MSW degree
The School is governed by the Sexual Harassment Policy and Procedures
option OR
of Dalhousie University. For more information, see Graduate Calendar:
• One (1) credit of Elective classes with the Thesis SLWK 9000 (0 credit)
option. Resources and Services - Sexual Harassment Office.
Community Practice Specialization VI. Core Class Descriptions

• SLWK 6001.03: Theory and Practice of Anti-Oppressive Social Work
• SLWK 6333.03: Social Work Practice Research (0.5 credit) SLWK 6001.03: Theory and Practice of Anti-
• SLWK 6351.03: Research Proposal Seminar Class (0.5 credit)
• SLWK 6381.03: Social Policy Issues & Analysis for Social Work Practice
Oppressive Social Work.
(0.5 credit) The principles of cross-cultural and ethnic-specific social work practice are
• SLWK 6420.03: Integrated Approaches to Practice - Community (0.5 now widely accepted in social work education, training and practice. The
credit) more recent challenge has been to develop anti-racist and anti-oppressive
• SLWK 6415.03: Field Work - (450 hours)(0.5 credit) theory and practice. Racism and oppressive practices are in conflict with
• Two (2.0) credits of Elective classes with the classes only MSW degree the “caring” notion of social work as a profession. Multiple forms of
option OR oppression frame everyone's life. Social work intervention either adds to
• One (1.0) credits of Elective classes with the Thesis SLWK 9000 (0 oppression, condones it through non-action, or does something to ease or
credit) option. break oppression. The aim of this class is to unravel the underlying thread
of multiple oppression, and the interaction of various sources and forms of
oppression, and to develop practice strategies that seek to challenge and
V. Regulations break oppression.
All students are required to be familiar with and to observe University,
Faculty of Graduate Studies and School of Social Work regulations. SLWK 6333.03: Social Work Practice Research.
Students should therefore request a Graduate calendar when they register. An overview of qualitative and quantitative research techniques used in
the assessment of social work practice. Methods such as feasibility
Please refer to Faculty of Graduate Studies Section IV. Registrations assessments, observational strategies, interviews, questionnaires, and
Procedures and Regulations on page 22. standardized scales are reviewed. The class also explores the philosophy
of “doing research” as well as considerations of ethics.
A. Grading Requirements
Students are governed by the grading regulations of the Faculty of
SLWK 6341.03: Critical Perspectives on Social Work
Graduate Studies. Practice Interventions (Core Course For Family &
Health).
B. Required Academic Withdrawal The class will provide students with an opportunity to examine, discuss,
A student who fails to meet the minimum grade requirement of “B-” in a and debate historical and current social work theories and their
class may be withdrawn from the MSW program. Students who are application to social work methods of practice with specific populations
withdrawn may submit a formal written request to be re-admitted. who are served by social workers.
If the student is re-admitted, the failed/ uncompleted course(s) must be SLWK 6351.03: Research Proposal Seminar Class.
repeated with a final grade of at least B-. If the failed/uncompleted course The class provides the students with an opportunity to build on an
was an elective, it can be replaced with another elective. understanding of the research process acquired through the pre-requisite
class “Social Work Practice Research” in order to develop a research
C. Required Withdrawal on the Grounds of proposal in an area of practice of interest to the student.
Unsuitability
SLWK 6381.03: Social Policy Issues and Analysis for
The School acting through its Program Committee and its Director may
require a student to withdraw if judged to be unsuitable in aptitude and Practice (Core Course For Community).
fitness for the profession of Social Work. Because the nature of the study This class provides students with theoretical interpretations of the current
and practice of Social Work places clients in a position of special trust in and projected status of the welfare state in advanced industrial societies,
relation to social workers and social work, certain impairments or some consideration of the economic political, social and demographic factors
types of conduct unbecoming to a member of the social work profession that lead to change in social policy and their implications for social work
may be grounds for dismissal, or suspension. Aptitude and fitness for the practice.
profession of Social Work, as determined by the MSW Program
Committee, are requirements for continuation in the program.
SLWK 6400.03: Integrated Approaches for Practice -
Family and Child (Core Course For Family).
The following list of examples illustrates the criteria used to assess the This class examines social policy and social work practice relevant to
unsuitability in aptitude and fitness. This list should not be considered to 'family' and the child within the family. Students are expected to analyze
exclude other such behaviours: conceptions of the family in relation to perspectives of social class, racism,
sexism, heterosexism, ageism, and disability.
286 Social Work

SLWK 6410.03: Integrated Approaches for Practice in SLWK 5830.03: Independent Study.
Health Systems (Core Course For Health). A student may develop an Independent Study with a faculty supervisor
The class is to enable participants to enhance their understanding and on a subject of research interest to both. The student is responsible for
practice abilities in diverse social work practice roles within the context of following the School's Independent Study Guidelines which must be
the health system through involving them in an examination and critique submitted for approval to the Graduate Coordinator by November 7 for
of theories and knowledge about health and health service delivery courses proposed for the winter term, and by February 20th for courses
systems. proposed for the spring/summer term and the succeeding fall term.
Written assignments are required.
SLWK 6415.03: SLWK Field Work Class.
Field work class includes a bi-weekly field seminar and a field experience SLWK 6363.03: Postmodern and Narrative Social
component of 450 hours in an apropriate agency normally other than the work Practice
student's place of employment. The field placement requires advance Rooted in social constructionism and post-modernism, narrative therapy
planning as there is a considerable time period required for coordination emphasizes the idea w live stored lives. This course will integrate the
and approval. theory and process of narrative practice through externalizing unhelpful
FORMAT: Seminar stories and re-authoring preferred stories. Small groups will create and
work with a case story adapted from film.
SLWK 6420.03: Integrated Approaches to Community
Practice (Core Course For Community). SLWK 6365.03: Community Socio-Economic
This class will focus on critically interrogating what is meant by Development.
“community”, “the state”, “citizenship”, “oppression”, and “social This class deals with the socio-economic development of communities and
justice”. Time will be spent examining these trends at the theoretical level regions that are economically disadvantaged, as measured by high rates of
and in interpreting their application to community practice. poverty and underemployment. This class includes an examination of the
leading theoretical frameworks that seek to explain high rates of poverty
SLWK 9000.00: Master's Thesis. and underemployment, the policy-strategy directions that flow from each
The Thesis is a major research project undertaken independently but with of these frameworks, and current attempts to achieve socio-economic
guidance and supervision from your thesis committee. This option development, including the work of community practitioners. The applied
requires that students extend their time in the Program by at least 6 aspect of the class will involve in-class seminars with resource persons as
months full-time and eighteen months part-time. well as field trips to selected community development projects in the
province, including Mi'kmaq and African Scotian locations.
VII.Elective Class Descriptions SLWK 6370.03: Advanced Practice Skills.
SLWK 5110.03: Africentric Perspectives in Social This elective class is designed to put into practice the knowledge and skills
students are developing in their field placements and work environments.
Work. Much of the learning is experiential. Students will be encouraged to think
The course provides students with an opportunity to engage in critical critically about the assumptions that underpin various approaches to
dialogue, reflection and action about historical and contemporary practice. They will be given the opportunity to apply newly acquired
experiences of African Nova Scotians and Africans in the Diaspora. The knowledge and skills in a supportive environment, and to receive
course also focuses on awareness of Africentric theory, and its application constructive feedback. Students are encouraged to develop a model of
in social work practice with Africans and non-Africans. practice. Because this is a skills directed class, theory will be discussed
CROSS-LISTING: SLWK 3110.03 within the context of practice. For example, if a particular practice
approach derived from theory is being discussed, there will also be an
SLWK 5120.03: International Social Work. opportunity to demonstrate that approach or technique via a role play or
This course introduces students to various 'worlds' of social work practice some other experiential method.
throughout the globe. Theoretical and practice grounding regarding
development issues and social welfare systems within a global context is SLWK 6385.03: Community and Social Change
given. There will be encouragement to develop a critical and reflective Analysis.
stance toward the practice of social work in a global world.
There are tensions within the concept of “community” between
FORMAT: Lecture, discussion
marginalization and/or self-determination. Through case studies, the
SLWK 5130.03: Critical Perspectives on Ageing and class explores these tensions as they occur in the field of community
“care”, an expanding field of social work practice. The theoretical base for
Practice. the class draws on a variety of perspectives such as communitarianism,
The class examines the social construction of ageing and its relationship to eco-feminism, social ecology, managerialism, neo-liberalism, and “new”
the formation of gerontological knowledge. It explores the experiences of social movement theory.
older people in both formal and informal service delivery systems and The core classes for community students, SLWK 6380.03 and 6385.03, may
considers the extent to which the nature of and type of services offered, be taken as electives by Individual and Family students.
meet the needs of diverse groups of older people.
FORMAT: Lecture/Seminar/Discussion SLWK 6500.03: Interventions with Families.
The purpose of the class is to provide students with an awareness of issues
SLWK 5160.03: Aboriginal Perspectives on Service in conceptualizing families and their diversity, and opportunities to
Delivery and Practice. develop knowledge about, examine, and critique a range of interventions
with families and their application in social work practice situations.
SLWK 5380.03: (dis)Ability: Policy and Practice.
(dis)Ability will be examined from an anti-oppressive, social SLWK 6510.03: Women, Social Policy and Social
constructivist, rights-based lens, focusing primarily on three areas of Citizenship.
exploration: (dis)Ability identity - how it is constructed, perceived and The course examines the shifting terrain of women's social citizenship in
utilized within an albist world; societal location of (dis)Ability - examining Canada. An examination will be done of women's relationship to the
the historical and current day (dis)placement of people with (dis)Abilities; Canadian welfare state, the nature of the new social policy regime and the
and, policy/practice implications, ranging from grassroots (dis)Ability impact that recent changes are having on women and gender equality.
organizations to government legislation. FORMAT: Lecture, discussion
Social Work 287

SLWK 6520.03: Current Issues and Trends in Social
Work Supervision.
This course provides an opportunity to study the historical and current
content of social work supervision. The relationship between social work
theory and supervision methods will be examined from a critical
perspective.
SLWK 6530.03: HIV/AIDS and Social Work Practice. Sociology and Social
The course links social work practice to an examinationl of the
biopsychosocial aspects of HIV/AIDS. Considering community and
Anthropology
institutional responses to the epidemic, students will develop an
understanding of the application of social work approaches and values to Location: 6135 University Ave.
HIV/AIDS issues. Halifax, NS B3H 4P9
INSTRUCTOR(S): M. Petty Telephone: (902) 494-6593
FORMAT: Seminar WebCT Fax: (902) 494-2897
Email: SOSAGrad@dal.ca
Murphy, C.J.
Professors Emeriti
Clairmont, D.H., BA, MA (McMaster), PhD (Wash). Social Problems;
Public Policy; Justice; Work; Ethno-cultural Relations
Thiessen, V., BA (Man), MA, PhD (Wis). Family Sociology; Sociology of
Occupation; Youth Transitions; Social Psychology; Survey Research;
Social Statistics; Education; Aspirations; School-to-Work; Coastal
communities; Social Stratification
Professors
Apostle, R., BA (Simon Fraser), MA, PhD (Calif, Berkeley). Economic
Sociology; Research Methodologies; Sociology of Culture
Barkow, J.H., AB (Brooklyn), AM, PhD (Chicago). Psychological
Anthropology; Medical Anthropology; Evolutionary Psychology; West
Africa; Human Nature
Binkley, M., BA, MA, PhD (Toronto). Maritime Anthropology; Coastal
communities; Anthropology of Tourism; Women and Work;
Qualitative and Quantitative Research Methods
Butler, P.M., BA (MUN), MA (UNB), PhD (Toronto). Power; Public
Opinion; Politics; Quantitative Methods; Public Opinion Polling;
Canadian Society; Occupations; Telework
DuBois, L. BA (McGill), MA, PhD (New School-NY). History and
Anthropology; Political Culture; Argentina; Latin America; Human
Rights
Gardiner Barber, P., BA, MA (Auckland), PhD (Toronto). Culture and
Political Economy; Development; Gender and Work; Globalization;
Philippines; Transnationalism; Citizenship and Migration
Murphy, C.J., BA (StFX), MA (Dal), PhD (Toronto). Social Policy Research,
Globalization, Policing and Security
Stolzman, J.D., BA (Ore), MS (Fla), PhD (Ore). Mental Health; Mental
Disorders; Moral Panics; Sociological Pedagogy
Clark, P.G., BA, MA (McMaster), PhD (UBC). Theory Construction; Bodily
Rituals; Pollution Taboos; Community Studies; Hutterian Society
Fitting, E., BA (U of Toronto), MA, PhD (New School). Rural
development; Mexico; gender and ethnicity; commodity studies and
globalization; agricultural biotechnology
Gambold, L., BA (U. of Illinois), MA, PhD (UCLA). Economic
Anthropology; Kinship; Development; Rural Culture; Gender;
Postsocialist Societies; Russia
Helland, C., BA, MA (Concordia), PhD (Toronto). Sociology of Religion,
Communication and Information Technologies, Social Networks
Khasnabish, A., BA, MA, PhD. (McMaster). Culture, power and resistance;
globalization, transnational activism, global justice, and social
movements; democracy and political philosophy; political histories,
political imagination, and activist narratives.
Martin, F., BA (Queens), MA, PhD (Melbourne). The Sociology of
Addictions; The Sociology of Body and Emotions; Feminist Theory and
the Sociology of Motherhood; Bioethics and Public Health; Forms and
experiences of inequality inadvanced capitalist societies.
288 Sociology and Social Anthropology

Noble, B., BA, MA, PhD (Alberta). Indigenous peoples, knowledge II. Degree Programs
production, postcolonial relations, translocality, politics of transaction,
anthropology of technoscience, public culture, museums and media
A. Master of Arts (MA)
Oakley, R., BA (Hons) (SMU), MA, PhD (Toronto). Aging and the life
course; Political economy of health and illness; development critique; A full-time MA program is normally of one year's duration, its upper time
South Africa limit (in accordance with Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations) being
Park, M., BA (Toronto), MA (York), PhD (London School of Economics). four years. A part-time option is also available, its upper time limit (once
Political Sociology, sociology of work, social movements, globalization, again, in accordance with Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations) being
Asia four years.
Ramos, H., BA (York), PhD (McGill). Political Sociology, Social The normal program is made up of five full credits. A thesis (SOSA
Movements, Media Studies, Race/Ethnic/Minority Relations 9000.00, SOSA 9001.00), worth two credits, is required as are the following
Whelan, E., BA (Hons) (Winnipeg), MA (Queen’s), PhD (Carleton). classes: Graduate Seminar (SOSA 5200.06) and Area Examination (SOSA
Sociology of knowledge; Sociology of Health and Illness; Gender; 5300.06). An elective class (or two one-half credit classes) approved by the
Science & Technology Studies Graduate Education Committee constitute the final credit.
An examination in the student's chosen area of specialization as well as
Cross-Appointed Professors defense of a thesis proposal are required.
Beagan, B., BA (Dal), PhD (UBC). Major appointment in the School of
Occupational Therapy. Social Inequality; Health and Illness; Gender & B. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Health; Racism & Health; Health Professions In accordance with the Faculty of Graduate Studies regulations, the
Cohen, F., BA, MEd (Harvard), PhD (Minn). Major appointment in the program has a two-year residency requirement. It is expected that the
School for Resource & Evnironmental Studies. Native people and program will take approximately four years to complete.
natural resources; fisheries co-management; education and training in The student will also complete any additional graduate classes, internal or
environmental management external to the Department, that the student's Advisory Committee deems
Cohen, M.M., BA (Mich), DMD (Tufts), MSD, PhD (Minn), MPH (Boston), necessary.
FCCMG, Major appointment in Faculty of Dentistry. International
Health By the end of the second academic year the student must have written
Graham, J., BA Hons (Waterloo), MA (Victoria), PhD (Montreal), Major three interrelated comprehensive exams in theory, in methods and in a
appointment in the Department of Bioethics. Medical Anthropology; substantive area. The student is required to pass all three comprehensive
Science Studies; International harmonization of standards & exams in order to continue in the PhD program. During this year, or the
regulations following, the student is required to make a presentation to a
departmental colloquium on a topic that normally will be related to the
Adjunct Professors research proposal. The latter must also be completed and approved by the
Davis, A., BA (SMU), MA (Manitoba), PhD (Toronto) Advisory Committee by the end of the second year.
Gamberg, H.V., BA (Brandeis), MA, PhD (Princeton) For the third (and any subsequent) years the student will register for
Looker, D., BA (Carleton), MA (Waterloo), PhD (McMaster) “thesis only” credit. By the end of the third year, the student must
Miller, V.P., BA (Calif, Berkeley), MA, PhD (Calif, Davis). Anthropology demonstrate a working knowledge of a language other than English which
History and Theory; Ethnohistory; North America; Sociolinguistics is relevant to the student's studies and research. If a student does not have
Morgan, J.G., BA (Nott), MA (McMaster), D Phil (Oxon) an approved doctoral thesis proposal within three calendar years after
Raymond, B., MA, MLS (Univ. Of California - Berkeley), MA (Manitoba), acceptance into the program, the student will not be permitted to continue
PhD (Chicago) in the program. In accordance with Faculty regulations, an oral defense of
Thomson, A., BA, BEd, MA (Dal), PhD (Cambridge) the thesis is required.
Research Associate III. Class Descriptions

Phyne, J., BA (Memorial), MA, PhD (McMaster)
Classes may not be offered every year. Please consult the current timetable
upon registration to determine if these classes are offered.
The Department of Sociology and Social Anthropology offers programs SOSA 5001.03: Quantitative Analysis for the Social
leading to the M.A. in Sociology, the M.A. in Social Anthropology, the Sciences I.
PhD in Sociology, and Social Anthropology. This class will introduce quantitative analysis. It will engage issues of
research design, the relationship between samples and populations,
All candidates who are applying to the M.A. program in Sociology or statistics and inference, as well as basic tests of statistical significance. The
Social Anthropology must satisfy the general requirements for admission course will also introduce tabular, graphical, and bi-variate linear analysis,
to the Faculty of Graduate Studies. Candidates will normally be expected using computer software. It will encourage secondary data analysis of
to hold a four-year degree in Sociology or Social Anthropology with at available datasets, evaluation of surveys, and develop skills through a
least an upper second class (A-) standing. It is expected that a candidate's series of class projects.
undergraduate work will have included classes in theory and methods FORMAT: Seminar
appropriate to the particular discipline. Promising applicants who fail to PREREQUISITE: SOSA 3402.03 and fourth year Major or Honors standing
meet these requirements may be admitted to a qualifying year which, if in Sociology and/or Social Anthropology
successfully completed, would permit subsequent enrollment in the MA CROSS-LISTING: SOSA 4001.03
program. EXCLUSION: SOSA 3115.03
All candidates who are applying for the PhD in Sociology or Social SOSA 5002.03: Quantitative Analysis for the Social
Anthropology must hold an M.A. in Sociology, Anthropology or its Sciences II.
equivalent. Applicants must have a graduate academic record of at least This course will focus on the use of quantitative methods in social science
A-. Priority for acceptance to the PhD program will be given to students research. It will introduce students to regression techniques and
whose areas of interest coincide with the Department's major areas of concentrate on the assumptions motivating quantitative analysis. The
concentration. Priority in acceptance will also be given to students who course will also look at regression diagnostics and critically weigh options
have not acquired both a B.A. and M.A. from Dalhousie University, available to researchers when "normal" assumptions are broken. The class
however, all applicants will be considered. will be split into lectures and computer labs using statistical software. The
labs will apply methods covered in class and explore potential secondary
Sociology and Social Anthropology 289

data resources. The class will develop these skills through a series of class remains a core activity for many social scientists. Using a variety of
projects. academic and applied research sources, the seminar will examine the
FORMAT: Seminar politics of policy research, uses of social research knowledge, policy
CROSS-LISTING: SOSA 4002.03 research models and research strategies and the policy outcomes of social
research. In addition to reviewing the critical literature on social policy
SOSA 5003.03: Contemporary Perspectives in research, students will do case study analysis of a major policy research
Ethnography. project. The class will selectively draw on faculty, government and private
Ethnographies and critical writings which grapple with questions of sector policy researchers and policy makers to help ground discussion and
theory and interpretation in a range of contexts-near and far, familiar and research in actual policy research experience.
strange, local and global - will be examined in this class. FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Seminar
SOSA 5060.03: Advanced Social Analysis.
SOSA 5004.03: Advanced Issues in Economy, Work, This seminar begins with an exploration of the nature of arguments/
and Development. theses/explanations. Included in this exploration is an examination of the
criteria for relevant data/information used to assess such arguments/
Each year, this “advanced issues” class focuses on a different specific topic within
theses/explanations. Following this general introduction to the nature of
the general area. In past years topics have addressed the social and cultural aspects
social-scientific scholarship, the focus shifts to an overview of the main
of changing livelihoods and patterns of work associated with globalization. The
types of data collection designs used in sociology and social anthropology.
approach is typically comparative and considers different regional, national, and
FORMAT: Seminar
international contexts. Consult Department for the specific topic.
SOSA 5005.03: Advanced Issues in Social Justice SOSA 5072.03: Naturalistic Approaches to the Social
and Inequality. Sciences.
This seminar explores the implications of a Darwinian perspective for the
Each year, this “advanced issues” class focuses on a different specific topic
social sciences. The latter have long followed a species-centric,
within the general area. In past years topics have addressed social and
environmental-deterministic ideology that today requires reconciliation
moral problems of social inequalities of various kinds viewed in a context
with the enormous advances in recent decades in research and theory that
of global changes. Sample topics include but are not restricted to: gender,
have occurred in evolutionary biology, psychology, ethology, behavioral
minority and class inequalities; struggles over rights; social movements;
ecology and primate behavior. Specific topics may include but will not be
social scenarios surrounding citizenship, migration and immigration;
limited to biophobia, social/cultural constructionism, morality and ethics,
multiculturalism; and border and security studies. Consult Department
religion, esthetics and literature, evolutionary approaches to feminist
for specific topic.
theory, and Darwinian approaches to social problems (including
SOSA 5006.03: Advanced Issues in Critical Health ethnocentricism, racism, sexism, and crime).
FORMAT: Seminar
Studies.
Each year, this “advanced issues” class focuses on a different specific topic within SOSA 5200.06: Graduate Seminar.
the general area. In past years topics have addressed how health is socially and This class is structured to assist students in a process of professional
culturally constructed, the differential social and cultural effects of health development, as well as to facilitate a student’s general progress through
knowledges and power relationships, and how various perspectives on health are the Master’s program. The seminar will include formal presentations by
challenged from within and beyond the health professions. Consult Department each of its participants and will have as goals: (1) practice in giving and
for the specific topic. receiving criticism, (2) identifying the important literature in an area and
critically assessing it, and (3) understanding the stages and purposes
SOSA 5007.03: Tourism and Development.
involved in an advanced research undertaking. The second part of the
Tourism is now the most lucrative industry in the world. Around the seminar will involve working towards producing a preliminary proposal
globe, companies chase the tourist’s dollar offering the best deals on a for the Master’s thesis.
wide range of destinations tailored to a variety of different experiences FORMAT: Seminar
from sex tourism to eco-tourism. This class will explore the relationship
between tourism and development. Topics under discussion will include SOSA 5300.06: Area Examination.
the definitions of hosts and guests, the commodification of tourist sites The Area Examination is an examination in some designated area of
and the tourist experience, and the relationship of tourism to Sociology or of Social Anthropology. The area itself is based on a reading
sustainability, environmentalism, and globalization. list developed by the student’s Program Committee in consultation with
FORMAT: Seminar the student.
CROSS-LISTING: SOSA 4210.03
SOSA 5510.03: Graduate Readings in Sociology and
SOSA 5011.03: Advanced Issues in Social Theory.
Social Anthropology.
This seminar consists of an intensive examination of one or more selected
bodies of theory , and makes links between theory and current trends in In a reading class, the student is assigned to a member or staff or regular
research in sociology and/or social anthropology. meetings to discuss in a selected area. Papers and research projects are
expected.
FORMAT: Seminar
FORMAT: Individual instruction
SOSA 5012.03: Special Topics in Sociology and
SOSA 5520.03: Graduate Readings in Sociology and
This seminar consists of an intensive examination of a selected substantive
issue within Sociology and Anthropology. Since the specific topic or In a reading class the student is assigned to a member or staff or regular
meetings to discuss in a selected area. Papers and research projects are
research problem which receives special treatment will differ from year to
year, students are advised to consult the department prior to registration. expected.
FORMAT: Seminar FORMAT: Individual instruction
SOSA 5031.03: Social Policy Research Seminar. SOSA 5530.06: International Development Studies
One of the distinctive features of the social sciences had been the use of Through the Shastri Summer Institute in India.
social research as a basis for the development and reform of social policy. The placement would be for nine-ten weeks offered during the summer.
Though the relationship of social research to social policy has changed and Two weeks of briefing and debriefing both within Canada and India, with
evolved with changes in the politics and process of policy making, it still remaining weeks spent in the actual placement in India. This class is for
290 Sociology and Social Anthropology

students who wish to earn academic credit related to their work in India.
Students will be chosen on the basis of their academic standing as well as
their strong interest in South Asia. Students will be accompanied overseas
by a faculty member.
SOSA 5540.03: Community-Based Co-Management.

See class description for MARA 5012.03 in the Marine Affairs section of
this calendar. Statistics
SOSA 9000.00: MA Thesis - SOCI.
Location: Chase Building
SOSA 9001.00: MA Thesis - SOAN. Halifax, NS B3H 4H7
Telephone: (902) 494-2572
SOSA 9530.00: PhD Thesis. Fax: (902) 494-5130
Website: http://www.mathstat.dal.ca/~statdir
Chair of the Department

Dilcher, K., PhD (Queens)
Director of Division
Hamilton, D., PhD (Queens)
Susko, E.A., MSc (UBC), PhD (Waterloo)
Professor Emeritus
Field, C.A., MSc, PhD (Northwestern). Robust statistics, data analysis,
bioinformatics.
Professors
Gabor, G., MSc, PhD (Eotvos). Statistical inference, information theory.
Hamilton, D., MA, PhD (Queens). Linear and nonlinear regression, data
analysis, statistical genetics.
Smith, B., MSc (Calgary), PhD (Berkeley). Time series analysis, data
analysis, statistical genetics.
Thompson, K., MSc (Manchester), PhD (Liverpool), joint appointment
with Oceanography. Time series analysis, applications to
oceanography.
Gu, Hong, MSc (Peking), PhD (Hong Kong), Data mining, bioinformatics
Herbinger, C. MSc (Paris), PhD (Dal). Joint appointment with Biology,
statistical genetics
Susko, E.A., MSc (UBC), PhD (Waterloo). Molecular evolution,
bioinformatics, mixture models, machine learning, data analysis
Zhao, Y., MSc (Western Kentucky), PhD (British Columbia), joint
appointment with Management
Beiko, R., PhD (Ottawa), joint appointment with Computer Science
Bielawski, J.P., MA (Hofstra), PhD (Texas A & M Univ), joint appointment
with Biology. Adaptive molecular evolution, Markov models of
molecular evolution, genomics, bioinformatics
Dowd, M., MBA, MES, PhD (Dalhousie). Statistical inverse problems, time
series, spatical analysis, stochastic dynamic models
Flemming, J. (Mills), MSc (Tuns), PhD (Dal), Environmental statistics,
robustness, animal movement models
Adjunct Professors
Astatke, T., PhD (Queen's), NS Agricultural College
Chipman, H., PhD (Waterloo), Acadia University
Cole, D.E.C., PhD (McGill), University of Toronto
Gupta, R.P., MSc (Agra), PhD (Delhi), Dalhousie University
Millar, M., MSc, PhD (Dalhousie), Mt. St. Vincent
Statistical Consultant
Grover, V., MSc (Delhi)
Please refer to the entry for the Department of Mathematics and Statistics
in this calendar for a full listing of the members of the Department and
information on other programs offered by the Department.
The department offers programs leading to the degrees of MSc and PhD in
the following areas: statistical inference, robust statistics, data mining,
Statistics 291
bioinformatics, data analysis, multivariate analysis, linear and nonlinear STAT 5070.03/4070.03: Multivariate Distributions.
regression, time series analysis, statistical genetics, environmental This class deals with the distribution theory of the observations on more
statistics, information theory. than one variable. Topics covered include: the multivariate normal
distribution, the Wishart distribution, Hotelling’s T, distributions
I. Admission Requirements associated with regression, canonical correlations and discriminant
Candidates must satisfy the general requirements for admission to the analysis.
Faculty of Graduate Studies. FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
PREREQUISITE: STAT 3460.03
Candidates will normally be expected to hold a degree recognised by
Dalhousie University as the equivalent of a Bachelor's degree with STAT 5090.03/4090.03: Probability.
Honours in one of its own faculties. The theory of probability in Euclidean space. Topics include measure and
GRE Aptitude and Advanced Mathematics scores are recommended for integration, probability measures, the definitions and properties of
all applicants for graduate studies whose undergraduate work has been random variables and distribution functions, convergence concepts, Borel-
Cantelli lemmas, laws of large numbers, characteristic functions and
completed outside of Canada, and TOEFL scores are required for
central limit theorems, conditional probability and expectation.
applicants whose native language is not English. Valid score reports must
be received directly from the Educational Testing Service. To ensure FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
consideration for scholarship funds, application should be made by PREREQUISITE: STAT 3360.03 and a third year analysis class, instructor’s
January 31. consent
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4090.03/5090.03, STAT 4090.03
II. Degree Programs STAT 5100.03/4100.03: Survival Analysis.
A. Master of Science (MSc) This class is an introduction to survival analysis methods and will cover
both the statistical theory behind the methods, and the application of
Requirements various techniques. Topics to be discussed include survivorship and
1. At least three full-credit classes, not including seminar classes or hazard functions and their relationship to lifetime distributions and
Statistical Consulting class, at the graduate level to be chosen in densities; modes of censoring; the Kaplan-Meier estimate of the new
consultation with a department adviser. In addition, students whose survivor function; parametric survival time distributions; proportional
preparation is deficient will be required to complete appropriate hazard models and their semi-parametric estimation; accelerated life
classes which will be designated by the adviser. models, log rank tests, including the Mantel-Haenszel test; and goodness
2. Attendance and participation in seminars. of fit measures.
3. A satisfactory thesis. FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
4. Students are required to give an oral presentation of their thesis and at PREREQUISITE: STAT 3340.03 and STAT 3460.03, or equivalent
that time to answer questions about the thesis. This presentation will be CROSS-LISTING: STAT 4100.03
made after the thesis is in the hands of the student's committee and will
STAT 5300.03: Topics in Statistics and Probability.
be taken into account when the committee makes it's decision.
5. Fifty hours consulting or completion of Statistical Consulting class. STAT 5350.03/4350.03: Applied Multivariate Analysis.
This requirement will be waived for students who have completed a
This class deals with the stochastic behavior of several variables in systems
Statistical Consulting class.
where their interdependence is the object of analysis. Greater emphasis is
B. Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) placed on a practical application than on mathematical refinement. Topics
include classification, cluster analysis, categorized data, analysis of
Requirements interdependence, structural simplification by transformation or modelling
NOTE: The minimum and maximum time required to complete this and hypothesis construction and testing.
program are set out in Section 1.3.2 and 6.1 in the Faculty of Graduate FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
Studies regulations. PREREQUISITE: STAT 3340.03 and MATH 2135.03 or 2040.03
1. At least two full-credit classes. CROSS-LISTING: STAT 4350.03
2. Comprehensive examinations which are jointly written by all incoming
PhD students, on a date specified by the Graduate Coordinator, in May
STAT 5360.03/4360.03: Robust Statistics.
of the year of admission. Robust statistics are those which provide protection against violation of
3. Attendance and participation in an appropriate seminar. assumptions underlying the statistical procedure. We will develop basic
4. Preparation and defence of a satisfactory research thesis. concepts including sensitivity, influence and breakdown of estimates and
5. Fifty hours consulting or completion of Statistical Consulting class. tests. Classical procedures will be evaluated in terms of robustness and
This requirement will be waived for students who have completed a alternate techniques developed based on weighted least squares and/or
Statistical Consulting class. median based generalizations. Starting from the location problem, we will
move on to regression and to multivariate problems by means of robust
covariance estimates. We will also consider robust techniques in time
III. Class Descriptions series. Some simple programming will be required to implement various
A selection of the following graduate classes will be offered subject to procedures.
demand. FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
PREREQUISITE: STAT 3460.03 and 3340.03
STAT 5066.03: Advanced Statistical Theory I. CROSS-LISTING: STAT 4360.03
This class, together with STAT 4066.03 provides a solid basis in the theory
of statistical inference. After a review of some probability and distribution STAT 5370.03/4370.03: Stochastic Process.
theory, the Bayesian and classical theories of estimation and testing are The theory and application of stochastic processes. Topics to be discussed
introduced. include the Poisson process, renewal theory, discrete and continuous time
CROSS-LISTING: MATH 4066.03/5066.03, STAT 4066.03 Markov processes, and Brownian motion. Applications will be taken from
the biological and physical sciences, and queuing theory.
STAT 5067.03: Advanced Statistical Theory II. FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours
This course builds upon the material of Statistics 4066/5066. After a PREREQUISITE: STAT 3360.03 or instructor’s consent
discussion of shortcomings of classical theory, the basic inferential rules CROSS-LISTING: STAT 4370.03
(leading to Bayesian inference) are introduced and consistently applied
throughout the course to solve problems of inference.
292 Statistics
STAT 5390.03/4390.03: Time Series Analysis I.
Time series analysis in both the time and frequency domain is introduced.
The class is applied and students are required to develop their own
computer programs in the analysis of time series drawn from real
problems. Topics to be discussed include the nature of time series,
stationarity, auto and cross covariance functions, the Box-Jenkins
approach to model identification and fitting, power and cross spectra and
the analysis of linear time-invariant relationships between pairs of series.
PREREQUISITE: STAT 3340.03, 3460.03, or instructor’s consent
CROSS-LISTING: OCEA 4210.03/5210.03, STAT 4390.03
STAT 5410.03/4410.03: Advanced Topics in Time

Series Analysis.
STAT 5500.03: Topics in Advanced Statistics.
STAT 5620.03/4620.03: Data Analysis.
A variety of statistical models which are useful for the analysis of real data
are discussed. Topics may include: generalized linear models, such as
logistic regression and Poisson regression, models for multidimensional
contingency tables, ordered categories and survival data.
PREREQUISITE: STAT 3340.03, 3460.03, or instructor’s consent
CROSS-LISTING: STAT 4620.03
STAT 5630.03: Statistical Methods in Molecular

Evolution.
This class will cover the common data types, models, and estimation and
inferential methods in Molecular Evolution. The non-standard nature of
the data and parameter space make this an usual statistical problem.
Topics include distance methods, maximum likelihood and confidence
regions for trees.
PREREQUISITE: STAT 3460 or instructor's consent
STAT 5700X/Y.03: Statistical Consulting Practicum.

This class gives Statistics graduate students practical experience in
Statistical Consulting. The class will address the issues of communications
with the client, and the translation of their questions into statistical
language. Students will carry out a minimum of 30 hours consulting.
consecutively.
STAT 5990.03: Intermediate Statistics for Health

Sciences.
This class is designed as a second class in statistics and is intended to
provide the graduate student with a working knowledge of the statistical
issues and techniques more commonly used by researchers in the Health
Sciences. The focus is on setting up appropriate statistical models and on
the interpretation of the results. Statistical packages, including MINITAB
and GLIM, will be used to carry out the computations. The topics to be
covered include: simple linear regression, correlation, analysis of variance
(ANOVA), multiple regression, inference, qualitative variables,
multicollinearity, sampling experimental design, analysis of covariance
and repeated measure design.
NOTE: Not available for graduate students in Statistics.
FORMAT: Lecture 3 hours.
Statistics 293
Atlantic Research Centre (ARC)
Director: Neale Ridgway
Phone: (902) 494-7133
Website: http://arc.medicine.dal.ca/
Established in 1967, the ARC conducts basic biomedical research in the
fields of lipid metabolism and cell signalling, areas of fundamental
Centres and Institutes importance to a variety of disorders including cancer, neurological, heart
and infectious diseases. It also provides education and expertise in these
A number of centres and institutes for study and research in specific fields fields to undergraduate and graduate students, other researchers, and the
are based at the University. These are: general public. The ARC houses state-of-the-art facilities for biochemical
and molecular biological research, including a regional proteomics service
Atlantic Health Promotion Research Centre facility (DalGEN, http://genomics.medicine.dal.ca/), and is affiliated
Managing Director: Sandra Crowell, MPA with the IWK Cheminformatics & Drug Discovery Laboratory. The
Canada Research Chair: Renee Lyons, PHD Centre’s staff hold appointments in the Departments of Pediatrics and
Other: Project Coordinators, Research Biochemistry & Molecular Biology in the Faculty of Medicine. Research at
Assistants, affiliated faculty and students the ARC is supported by agencies such as the CIHR, NSERC, CFI, Heart
Tel: (902) 494-2240 and Stroke Foundation, National Cancer Institute, Atlantic Innovation
Fax: (902) 494-3594 Fund, and the IWK Health Centre.
Website: www.ahprc.dal.ca
Brain Repair Centre
The Atlantic Health Promotion Research Centre (AHPRC) was established Chair: Dr. Ivar Mendez, (Professor and Head, Division of
in May, 1993 through a Centres of Excellence grant from the Social Neurosurgery, Department of Surgery and Cross-
Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC) and the appointment in Department of Anatomy & Neurobiology,
National Health Research Development Program (NHRDP). Since 1993, Faculty of Medicine)
the Centre has generated over $18 million in research grants and contracts. Website: http://www.brainrepair.ca/
The AHPRC is currently supported by the Faculties of Health Professions, The Brain Repair Centre (BRC) is a joint research institute of Dalhousie
Medicine, and Dentistry at Dalhousie University. Support for specific University and the Capital District Health Authority. The BRC is a multi-
research projects comes from agencies such as Canadian Institutes for disciplinary unit focusing on research that can lead to the treatment and
Health Research, Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of repair of the brain to overcome the effects of neurological and psychiatric
Canada, Canadian Health Services Research Foundation, Nova Scotia disorders such as Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's
Health Research Foundation and Health Canada. disease, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS), stroke and spinal cord
injury. The BRC grew out of the clinical Neural Transplantation Program,
Current research areas include health systems reform, knowledge collaboration between basic neuroscientists and clinicians interested in
translation, prevention of chronic illness and disability, settings and health treating Parkinson's disease. The success of the Neural Transplantation
and youth obesity. Program led clinical and basic neuroscientists to decide to form the Brain
AHPRC is the Atlantic representative in the Canadian Consortium for Repair Centre. The BRC came together at a meeting held in the Halifax
Health Promotion Research which includes university-based health Infirmary in 1999 and decided to focus on stem cell neural transplantation
research centres from across Canada. and neuroimaging as areas of innovation at Dalhousie University, Capital
Health and the IWK Health Centre.
Atlantic Institute of Criminology
Examples of developments that have contributed to BRC's research
Director: D.H. Clairmont, BA, MA, PhD
strengths and capabilities include:
The Atlantic Institute of Criminology was established to provide a centre • Establishment of a $12 million magnetic resonance imaging facility
for research in the areas of criminology, policing, and other concerns of the with the National Research Council's Institute for Biodiagnostics (NRC-
justice system. Associate memberships are available to interested and IBD).
qualified persons. • In 2006, the BRC won a $5.5 million infrastructure grant from the
Canadian Foundation for Innovation, the largest such award to date in
Atlantic Region Magnetic Resonance Centre Atlantic Canada. Also in 2006, BRC received a $3 million Atlantic
Director: J.W. Zwanziger, BA, MS, PhD Innovation Fund award for research, a follow-on to an earlier $3
Coordinator: M.D. Lumsden, BSc, PhD million research award.
Other Staff: U. Werner-Zwanziger, BSc, PhD • In the neurotransplantation field, the BRC is unique in Canada and one
of only four centres worldwide involved in clinical application of
Established in 1982 with assistance from the Natural Sciences and neural transplantation.
Engineering Research Council, the Centre is located in the Department of • The BRC is an innovative collaboration that integrates its research
Chemistry and involves faculty, researchers and graduate students in all expertise with pioneers in the fields of imaging, neurology, stem cell
Maritime universities and many Dalhousie Departments. It is concerned neurobiology, vision, molecular neurobiology, pharmacology,
with applications of magnetic resonance spectroscopy to problems in psychiatry, clinical trials and cognitive neuroscience.
chemistry, materials science, biology, biochemistry, and related areas. Its • The BRC brings together the expanding fields of neuroimaging and
current instrumentation includes Bruker AC-250 (Tecmag upgrade) and stem cell technologies with application to neural transplantation and
Avance-500 NMR spectrometers for liquids, Bruker Avance DSX 400 and the treatment of neurological and psychiatric disorders.
Avance 700 NMR spectrometers for solids and a dual purpose solids/ • The BRC is the Atlantic Canada presence in the Stem Cell Network, a
liquids Bruker AMX-400 NMR spectrometer. The Avance-500 and Avance- National Centre of Excellence in stem cell research.
700 NMR spectrometers were installed in 2003 with funding from NSERC,
the Canadian Foundation for Innovation and the Atlantic Innovation The Brain Repair Centre is playing a pivotal role in the development of a
Fund. The current director, Professor J. Zwanziger, holds the Tier 1 new research complex (the Life Sciences Research Institute or LSRI) to
Canada Research Chair in NMR Studies of Materials. support the BRC and provide it an adjacent integrated, up-to-date animal
care research facility. When the LSRI is completed, the Brain Repair Centre
The Centre offers facilities for hands-on use by researchers and also will become the anchor tenant of this new research and commercialization
provides NMR spectra and expertise to scientists throughout the Atlantic facility.
Region. It also interacts widely with Maritime industries.
For information see: www.armrc.chemistry.dal.ca
294 Centres and Institutes

The BRC is pursuing a number of approaches to brain repair including Linkham shearing stage/microscope, Nikon microscope (various
neural transplantation, neuroimaging and neuroprotection. The BRC attachements), controlled stress rheometer with a high temperature/
places emphasis on moving basic science research from the bench to the pressure attachment, controlled rate rheometer, Viscomat, and a rolling
clinical bedside and from the bedside back to the bench. A key objective of ball viscometer.
the BRC is to produce innovative technologies that will be
commercialized. To that end, BRC works in close collaboration with the
Educational Opportunities
University Industry Liaison & Innovation Office and other related entities. Undergraduate (BASc) and graduate (MSc and PhD) programs are
available through the Food Science and Technology program. Also post-
Canadian Institute of Fisheries Technology (CIFT) doctoral research opportunities are offered. Graduate level class work and
Director: T.A. Gill, PhD research opportunities relate to food science, seafood processing
Telephone: (902) 494-6030 technology, marine oils, engineering design, packaging technology, fish
Fax: (902) 420-0219 post-mortem biochemistry, food microbiology, food rheology and food
Website: www.dal.ca/cift.engineering.dal.ca process science. Students with degrees in food science, engineering,
chemistry/biochemistry, microbiology or biology are invited to apply.
The Canadian Institute of Fisheries Technology was established in 1979 at
the former Nova Scotia Technical College (later TUNS). The federal Centre for African Studies
Department of Fisheries and Oceans provided much of its early Phone: (902) 494-3814/1377
specialized laboratory and seafood pilot scale processing equipment, and Fax: (902) 494-2105
Industry Canada provided start-up funding and designated CIFT a centre Director: Theresa Ulicki
of excellence. As a government-approved laboratory for advanced
technology, it also provides R&D services on a cost-recovery basis to This Centre, established in 1975, advances instruction, publication,
industry and to various governmental agencies. The Institute promotes research and development education programs in African Studies.
technology transfer and the development of advanced technologies aimed Associated faculty hold appointments in departments and units
at more effective commercial utilization of fish supplies in Canada and concentrated in the social sciences and humanities. The Centre organizes
throughout the world. academic and informal seminars and public policy conferences on Africa
and encourages interdisciplinary interaction at all levels on African
In addition, the CIFT offers unique opportunities for undergraduate, subjects and issues. It co-operates with the International Development
graduate and doctoral training and research through the Food Science Studies department and with the Lester Pearson International Office.
program. Major areas of emphasis are: food biochemistry and
microbiology; fats, oils and nutraceuticals; physical properties of foods; Centre for Environmental and Marine Geology
fish/food process engineering; computerized control in the food Director: Professor D.B. Scott
processing industry; food safety and preservation; food rheology, food
This center was originally founded as the Centre for Marine Geology in
fermentation and beverage science.
1983 to promote interdisciplinary studies of various types of problems in
Facilities marine Geology, capitalizing on our unique position in Canada with links
The Canadian Institute of Fisheries Technology is located in the to related departments such as Oceanography, Physics, Biology, the
MacDonald building of Sexton Campus at 1360 Barrington Street in Bedford Institute of Oceanography and our hosting of the Canadian office
downtown Halifax. The Institute’s facilities include: of the ocean Drilling Program. Since 1983 the role of the center has
• fats and oils laboratory changed, reflected in the new name, which better describes the work being
• seafood chemistry laboratory done now where marine geology is combined with environmental
• food development laboratory problems. We have 3 new faculty that expand our expertise into new
• sensory evaluation laboratory chronological techniques and permafrost as well as strengthening our
• food process engineering pilot plant capacity in the petroleum-related environmental geology. Some of the
• low temperature storage facility objectives of the center are to: 1) continue to expand our participation in a
• food physical properties laboratory revitalized east coast offshore energy related problems; 2) continue our
• food microbiology laboratory climate-change work with a variety of approaches both offshore and on
land; 3) expand into Arctic regions both with major oceanographic and
These areas contain specialized instruments and food processing shore-based programs; and 4) expand our capacity to help solve some of
equipment to enable experimental processing, laboratory analysis, and the many environmental geology problems associated with urbanization.
product storage evaluation. In addition to a computer- controlled cold-
storage facility, the pilot plant is equipped for experimental processing Centre for Foreign Policy Studies
including freezing, chilling, thermal processing, drying and smoking, Director: Dan Middlemiss, PhD
centrifugal separation, meat-bone separation and modified atmosphere
storage. Established in 1971 the Centre is concerned with teaching, research,
publication, policy advice and other professional activities in the various
The pilot plant is especially well equipped for thermal processing with a aspects of foreign policy, security studies and international politics. It is
modern automated retort capable of steam, steam-air, or water immersion funded through the Security and Defence Forum of the Department of
processing research. The specially designed cold-storage facility is National Defence and other foundations, government agencies,
computer controlled and particularly useful for the study of changes in international organizations, publications’ sales, and contracts.
foods as a result of frozen storage history. The pilot plant is also equipped
with a custom-built computer-controlled heat pump dryer that is used in The Centre’s work is concentrated in the area of Canadian and
food dehydration experiments. comparative maritime strategy and oceans policy, but it also deals with
international political economy, regional and global development and
Specialized laboratory equipment includes: automated high performance peace-building and democratization. Its geographical specializations
and fast protein liquid chromatography systems, gas chromatography/ include foreign policy in Canada, Europe, the South (especially Africa,
mass spectroscopy system, preparative ultracentrifuge, multi-purpose Asia and the Caribbean), and the U.S. The Centre encourages activities in
refrigerated centrifuge, microtube centrifuge, analytical and preparative these areas by Senior Research & Doctoral Fellows, and advances
electrophoretic/isoelectric focusing equipment, pulsed field communication among local and international communities in these fields
electrophoresis system, thermocycler, DNA gel electrophoresis, Hoefer through seminars, workshops, conferences and colloquia, often co-
Daltsix for 2D eletrophoresis, Image Master 2D elite software, capillary sponsored by local, national and/or international organizations. It
electrophoresis system, ultra-low temperature freezer, universal texture publishes occasional papers and monographs on comparative and
testing machine, various colorimeters, U.V. and visible Canadian defence and security policy issues.
spectrophotometer, spectrofluorometer, electrokinetic analyzer,
workstation for mathematical modelling and computer simulation,
Centres and Institutes 295

The Centre is an integral part of the Department of Political Science. Research Facilities:
Centre faculty offer classes through the Department in foreign and defence
policy, international relations and development, and maritime affairs at Marine Craft Model Towing Tank
both undergraduate (majors & honours) and graduate (MA and PhD) The marine craft model towing tank is located in the Civil Engineering
levels. They also supervise masters and doctoral theses in these fields. Hydraulic Laboratory on Sexton Campus. The tank’s dimensions are 1m x
For further information, consult the Centre’s website: www.dal.ca/ 1m x 30m. The carriage has a maximum velocity of 4.0m/s (13ft/sec) and
~centre. can sustain a constant carriage speed over a usable rail length of 25m. The
fully-automated carriage control system allows the operator to pre-select a
Centre for International Trade and Transportation desired test velocity profile so that a maximum constant velocity window
Location: 6100 University Avenue is obtained within the safe operating limits of the tank.
5th floor, Suite 5063 A computer-controlled wave-making system is installed in the tank,
Halifax, NS comprising two wave-makers, one at each end. Each can act as a wave-
B3H 3J5 maker or a wave-absorber. The system can make progressive or standing
Director: Gregory Hebb waves, as well as regular or irregular waves. The maximum wave height is
Phone: (902) 494-1802 about 0.3m (1 ft).
Fax: (902) 494-1483
Email: gregory.hebb@dal.ca Computing Facilities
Administrative CMVDR and the post-graduate Naval Architecture Program has
Secretary: Maggie Lapp sophisticated and networked Computer Systems to support its advanced
Phone: (902) 494-6553 research work.
Fax: (902) 494-1483
Email: m.e.lapp@dal.ca The computer systems are used for running numerical computations,
Student Exchange required for the on-going development of numerical techniques to solve
Coordinator: Timothy Richard complex hydrodynamic problems. Advanced 2D and 3D visualization
Phone: (902) 494-2224 software is also developed on the systems so that real-time dynamic
Fax: (902) 494-1483 simulations can be carried out and displayed.
Email: tim.richard@dal.ca In addition to advanced hydrodynamic and hydroelastic software
developed in-house, CMVDR has commercial hull design and analysis
Website: http://ise.management.dal.ca software packages, including FastShip, GHS, Shiphul 2000, AutoShip and
The Centre was established in 1975, and is primarily funded by Export ABS Safehull. These are used to complement research efforts, and to
Development Canada with a mission to foster international business instruct naval architecture students.
teaching and research and enhance Canada’s global competitiveness RBC Centre for Risk Management, Faculty of
through innovative programs and outreach services. It carries out these
functions within the administrative framework of the School of Business Management
Administration. CITT supports a wide range of learning experience Director: Ronald Pelot, PhD, PEng
including the Foreign Business Program and the Student Export Phone: (902) 494-1769
Awareness Program. Each year the Centre hosts the International Business Coordinator: Janet Lord, Centres for Integrated Research and
Student Research Symposium, which is an opportunity for students to Learning, Faculty of Management
present their research to academic and business leaders. CIBS offers Phone: (902) 494-7104
research fellowships to international business majors in their final year of Website: riskcentre.dal.ca
MBA study.
The mission of the RBC Centre for Risk Management is to be a catalyst for
Centre for Marine Vessel Development and Research the interdisciplinary study of risk and for knowledge transfer between the
various fields of study on risk management. Approaches to the
(CMVDR) management of risk are of significant interest to most academic disciplines
Acting Director: Farid Taheri, PhD, PEng at Dalhousie and functional areas of operation within any industry. One of
The Centre was established in 1989 to provide specialized technical the important strengths of the RBC Centre for Risk Management is a
services to the Marine Industry. Emphasis is on pure and applied research multidisciplinary approach to the research and the involvement of
in marine dynamics, with particular focus on the performance prediction partners from the public and private sectors. Dalhousie researchers will
analysis of marine vessels and offshore structures. bring to the Centre expertise in disciplines such as:
• Decision Analysis: development of formal models of decision making;
Areas of expertise include: • Engineering: reliability in geotechnical engineering and marine risk
• Fundamental research in marine hydrodynamics analysis;
• Ship/boat motion and wave-loads, including response of offshore • Statistics: estimation of probabilities and risk matrices for extreme
structures in waves events;
• Vessel seakeeping and safety studies, including swamping and capsize • Economics: exploration of utility, trade offs and cost/benefit analysis;
behaviour in extreme seas • Finance and Insurance: use of derivative instruments and insurance for
• Optimal hull forms for minimum resistance managing risk;
• Ship maneuverability in restricted waters • Public Administration: consideration of the dynamics and impact of
• Computer simulation of ship and offshore structure motions and flow institutional, legislative and regulatory decisions;
fields • Health Sciences: public health risk, workplace safety;
• Small Craft model tank tests • Environmental Studies: assessment of local and global environmental
• Full scale tests, at sea threats;
• Information Management: framework for the organization of massive
CMVDR has a policy to involve graduate students of the Naval levels of information and access/security issues of information
Architecture Program as much as possible in its research contracts with systems;
industry. • Legal Studies: guidelines governing the rights and liabilities of
contractual obligations designed to manage risk within national and
international jurisdictions.

The RBC Centre for Risk Management will generate a regional, national, The objectives of the Centre are to:
and international profile and create a source of competitive advantage for 1. develop and sustain eco-efficiency and industrial ecology research
Dalhousie in an area of fundamental importance to public and private programs at Dalhousie University;
sector institutions. The accumulation of knowledge and skills in risk 2. provide education, research and employment opportunities for
management will enrich individual faculty and strengthen the degree students;
programs not only in the Faculty of Management’s four Schools of 3. develop and provide information and resources related to eco-
Business Administration, Public Administration, Resource and efficiency and industrial ecology to business and government;
Environmental Studies and Information Management, but also in virtually 4. develop models of environmentally sustainable industrial
every other school and discipline on the Dalhousie campus including development thereby improving environmental and financial
science, law, engineering, medicine, social sciences. The Centre could lead performance of small and medium enterprises (SMEs); and
to the creation of a knowledgeable and effective workforce facing today’s 5. foster sustainable business practices as models and develop local case
issues, and ultimately make the difference in building a strong and healthy studies for teaching purposes.
society.
Eco-efficiency is identified as a dimension of competitive advantage for
Guided by a prominent Executive Advisory Council, the Director of the businesses. The research of the Centre provides SMES with the tools
Centre will engage in research and scholarly activities, generate funding necessary to increase eco-efficiency by investigating and applying
through grants and contracts and develop conferences and programs in techniques such as pollution prevention, life cycle analysis and eco-
response to the educational demands of the risk management industry. industrial networking. The Centre's research also influences the
development of new government policies at all levels using an action
Centre for Water Resources Studies research mode. The Centre provides opportunities for students to learn,
Director: W.C. Hart, PhD faculty to collaborate in new action research initiatives and businesses to
improve their environmental performance.
The Centre for Water Resources Studies was established in December,
1981, by a resolution of the Board of Governors (TUNS). The objectives of Areas of collaboration in research include:
the Centre are to carry out applied research which contributes to the
effective and sustainable protection of water resources in Atlantic Canada, Environmental Studies - Life cycle analysis, energy and material
nationally and internationally, and to facilitate the transfer of new metabolism, industrial symbiosis, ecological footprint analysis.
knowledge to potential users. Research programs directed by the Centre Business - input/output analysis, supply chain management, reverse
address the design of cost-effective on-site wastewater systems, soil logistics, environmental accounting, eco-efficiency studies, supply chain
erosion processes, drinking water treatment, the use of roofwater cisterns management, and education of personnel.
for domestic water supply, eutrophication, watershed management and
the computer modeling of hydrodynamic and hydrochemical processes. Engineering - process optimization, energy and material balances,
The Centre also has a number of research advisory panels, which involve pollution prevention, industrial symbiosis, environmentally friendly
professionals from industry, government and academia in applied building materials, product and process design.
research related to water use and water management.
Planning - green building design and construction, industrial park
Facilities planning, zoning, land use standards, infrastructure design.
The Centre for Water Resources Studies is located on the fifth floor of “D”
Building on Sexton Campus. Laboratory and office space is available for Information Management - geographic information systems, life cycle
specific graduate research topics, as well as ongoing research carried out and industrial metabolism database management.
by Centre personnel. Analytical equipment includes instrumentation for Public Policy and Law - economic and industrial development policies,
determining low levels of major ions and nutrients, as well as trace regulations, economic instruments.
quantities of metal ions in water. The Centre has apparatus for laboratory
investigation and pilot scale testing of innovative water treatment With support from HSBC Bank Canada, the Centre and the Faculty of
methods using Dissolved Air Floatation (DAF) and ozonation and has Management have established a high profile lecture series on business and
worked with local consultants and municipalities to develop new the environment, which began in 2004. The Centre has developed
applications of the technologies. The Centre is a North American leader in relationships with organizations all over the world, including: the
the development of on-site sewage disposal and has had an active research Canadian Eco-Industrial Network, the North American Eco-Industrial
program in this area since 1987. In conjunction with the Nova Scotia Development Council, the Eco-Industrial Network- Asia, the Symbiosis
Agricultural College, the Centre has a field laboratory investigating Institute, Denmark, and the United Nations Environment Program. These
sloping sand filters and septic disposal. relationships have created opportunities for collaborative research in the
areas of eco-efficiency, pollution prevention, and eco-industrial
Educational Opportunities networking.
The Centre co-operates with academic units in the training of
undergraduate and graduate students who have an interest in water The continuing involvement of students and the increased focus on
resources. The Centre also participates in the program leading to a dual graduate research and research partnerships will assist in developing the
degree in water resources engineering and planning, in conjunction with research capacity and promote long term progress in eco-efficiency in
the School of Planning into the Faculty of Architecture and Planning. Atlantic Canada and Canada generally. Co-op students are hired regularly
and a new program will support Master of Resource and Environmental
Eco-Efficiency Centre, Faculty of Management Management and Master of Business Administration students in
Director: Ray Cote completing internships involving both traditional and action research.
Phone: (902) 494-6656
Technical Manager: Gerry McDonell Eco-efficiency has been identified as a priority at all levels of government,
Program Coordinator: Penny Slight particularly the federal government and agencies such as the Atlantic
Website: www.dal.ca/eco-efficiency Canada Opportunities Agency and Industry Canada. The Centre has
working relationships with the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency,
The Eco-Efficiency Centre (EEC) was established in 1998 as a partnership Natural Resources Canada's Office of Energy Efficiency, Environment
with Nova Scotia Power, Inc., and in 2005 was approved as a university Canada, the Nova Scotia Department of Environment and Labour,
centre in the Faculty of Management. It is currently linked to business, Conserve Nova Scotia and Office of Economic Development, ant the
engineering, and resource and environmental studies programs. The EEC Resource Recovery Fund Board Nova Scotia Inc.
has achieved a national and international profile for its work in promoting
research and action in relation to eco-efficiency and industrial ecology,
especially in its application to industrial parks.

European Union Centre of Excellence collaboration within the university on interdisciplinary applications to
Director: F. Laursen, PhD funding agencies for major equipment and research infrastructure, and
Telephone: (902) 494-6611 collaborates with external organizations to pursue research opportunities.
Principal Investigator: R. Boardman, PhD All Dalhousie University faculty members carrying out research in the
Established in 2006, the European Union Centre of Excellence in Canada area of materials are eligible to be Members of IRM. Graduate students
gives Dalhousie University recognition from the European Union to carry associated with these research groups are invited to become Associate
out projects and activities that promote greater awareness of the EU in Members of IRM. See www.irm.dal.ca/graduatestudies.php for details.
Canada. Dalhousie has joined three other centres in Canada with this title, In addition to equipment operated by individual members of the Institute,
located at Carleton University, the University of Toronto, and Université IRM has established (2003) the Facilities for Materials Characterization, an
de Montréal/McGill University. While based in the Faculty of Arts and $11 million suite of instruments managed by the Institute.
Social Sciences, with special emphasis on the Department of Political
Science, this centre coordinates exchanges of faculty and students, The equipment includes:
conferences, workshops, symposia, and other projects and activities from • High-field solid-state NMR spectrometer (managed jointly with the
other faculties as well, including Law, Management, and Science. Some of Atlantic Region Magnetic Resonance Centre)
the activities include the study of international oil and gas, security issues, • Scanning electron microscope
the EU and Africa, health issues, immigration, merger policy, biodiversity • Focused ion beam
policy, and EU constitutional issues. Funds from the centre will also • X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (XPS)
support activities in the Centre for Foreign Policy Studies and the • Secondary ion mass spectrometer (SIMS)
Metropolis Project, and will support new EU teaching initiatives, as well • Sputtering system
as graduate students through fellowships and research assistantships. • Ultra-high speed optical systems
Support will also be provided to the Killam Library to strengthen its • Physical properties measurement system (PPMS)
collection of EU materials. • Scanning thermal microscope (SThM)
• Beowulf computer system
Health Law Institute • Ultrasonic immersion testing equipment
Director: William Lahey, BA, B.A., LLB, LLM • Hot press
Dalhousie University • Grindo Sonic
6061 University Avenue • High-speed motion recorder/analyzer.
Halifax, NS B3H 4H9 These facilities are open to external users. Please contact IRM@dal.ca for
Phone: (902) 494-6881 details.
Fax: (902) 494-6879
Email: hli@dal.ca Law and Technology Institute
Website: www.dal.ca/hli Director: Chidi Oguamanamam, LLB, LLM, PhD
Associate Director: Michael Deturbide, BSc, BJ, LLB, LLM
An Interdisciplinary Institute of the Faculties of Law, Medicine, Health Location: Dalhousie Law School
Professions, and Dentistry, the Institute is committed to the advancement 6061 University Avenue
of health law and policy and the improvement of health care practice and Halifax, NS B3H 4H9
health systems in Canada through scholarly analysis, professional Phone: (902)494-1469
education, and public service. Its objectives are: Fax: (902)494-1316
1. To foster strong and innovative health law and policy scholarship by: Email: lynda.corkum@dal.ca
• contributing to research in health law and policy Website: http://www.dal.ca/law/lati
• providing external consultation services on matters having a
significant impact on health law or policy The Law and Technology Institute was established at Dalhousie Law
2. To advance health law and policy education by: School in 2001 to provide teaching, research, and continuing education on
• designing and implementing education programs for law, medicine, technology law issues to students, faculty members, and the practicing
health professions and dentistry students Bar. The Institute participates, with the faculties of Computer Science and
• providing continuing education opportunities for health Management, in Dalhousie’s Master of Electronic Commerce Program,
professionals and legal practitioners and has commenced collaborative projects with the private sector and
3. To serve the public in our areas of expertise by: governments on information technology issues. Also, in conjunction with
• contributing to the societal understanding of health law and policy Dalhousie’s Industry Liaison and Innovation Office, the Institute offers a
issues student placement program in intellectual property and
• providing expertise to organizations in the public sector commercialization. Its faculty members provide graduate supervision to
• engaging in the policy-making process at local, regional, and students interested in the developing field of technology law issues, and
national levels. are active in law and technology organizations, such as IT.Can, and the
International Society for Law and Technology. The Institute hosts an
Institute for Research in Materials (IRM) Eminent Speakers Series, which brings leading IT lawyers and academics
Director: Mary Anne White, BSc, PhD to Dalhousie to share their expertise. The Institute is home to the Canadian
Administrative Journal of Law and Technology, edited by Professors Deturbide and
Offices: 6136 Coburg Rd. Scassa. The CJLT, which is published three times per year, is the pre-
Halifax NS B3H 3J5 eminent technology law review in Canada.
Phone: (902) 494-6373
Fax: (902) 494-8016 Classes Offered:
URL: www.irm.dal.ca • Law and Technology
• Internet and Media Law
Established in 2002, IRM is made up of about 100 faculty members in six • Privacy Law
faculties (Science, Engineering, Dentistry, Medicine, Architecture and • Intellectual Property Law
Planning and Management) and seventeen departments. The goals of the • Information Technology Transactions
Institute include advancing the collective interdisciplinary research efforts • Entertainment Law
in materials science and engineering at Dalhousie University, facilitating • Intellectual Property and Commercialization Placement
interdisciplinary teaching in materials science within the existing
discipline structure, and enhancing interactions between materials Students also have the opportunity to pursue specialized interests in fields
researchers at Dalhousie University with relevant government such as health law and alternate dispute resolution, as they relate to law
laboratories and industry, especially within the region. The Institute leads and technology.

Marine & Environmental Law Institute The Minerals Engineering Centre provides opportunities for
Director: David L. VanderZwaag, MDiv, JD, LLM, PhD undergraduate and graduate students to learn various analytical and
Associate Director: Meinhard Doelle, BSc, LLB, LLB, JSD mineral testing techniques applicable in their course of studies. It also
Location: Dalhousie Law School offers services to faculty members to assist in their teaching and research
6061 University Avenue activities.
Halifax, NS B3H 4H9 Further information may be obtained from the Director of the Centre.
Phone: (902) 494-1988
Fax: (902) 494-1316 Neuroscience Institute
Email: MELAW@dal.ca Director: Steven Barnes, PhD.
Website: www.dal.ca/law/MELAW Contact: neuroscience.institute@dal.ca
Website: www.neuroscience.dal.ca
The Institute, which is housed in the Law School, carries out research and
consultancy activities and also directs the MELP academic specialization. The Neuroscience Institute was founded in 1990 to promote and
Its current Director and primary researcher is the holder of an coordinate research in neuroscience, the modern interdisciplinary study of
appointment as a senior Canada Research Chair in Ocean Law & the brain and nervous system. The development of the Institute paralleled
Governance. In addition to their scholarly research and publication the establishment of many such institutes throughout the world and
activities, MELP faculty, associates and staff carry out research projects marks the dramatic progress in understanding the workings of the brain.
and provide advisory services to agencies of the United Nations, The Institute serves as an umbrella organization to foster research and
international non-governmental organizations, and regional organizations training in neuroscience at Dalhousie. A major objective is to increase
as well as assisting government departments and non-governmental understanding of the functions of the nervous system in health and
organizations in Canada and overseas. disease and, to this end, the Institute coordinates the activities of
The Marine & Environmental Law Institute is also the editorial office of neuroscientists in the Faculty of Medicine and the Faculty of Science,
the Ocean Yearbook, a major international interdisciplinary annual, facilitating collaboration between clinical and basic scientists in the two
devoted to ocean affairs. Dalhousie law students have the chance to gain Faculties. Some foci of current research activity include: the autonomic
experience working as research assistants on the Institute's research nervous system; development and plasticity of the nervous system; and,
projects and workshops, and assisting with editing the Ocean Yearbook. sensory physiology. The Institute also provides a vehicle to seek new
sources of funding, and will encourage new initiatives in all areas of
The MEL Institute supports student collaboration in addressing neuroscience research at Dalhousie. In addition, the Institute promotes
environmental issues through the Environmental Law Students' Society and coordinates training programs in neuroscience currently offered
and the East Coast Environmental Law Association, a non-governmental through its constituent departments at both the undergraduate and
organization dedicated to environmental law education and advocacy. graduate levels. It sponsors a seminar series annually, and coordinates a
The MEL Institute encourages interdisciplinary collaborations within the variety of community outreach events.
Dalhousie community including the School for Resource and
Norman Newman Centre for Entrepreneurship
Environmental Studies (SRES), the Marine Affairs Program (MAP), the
Director: David Roach, MBA, PEng
International Development Studies (IDS) Program, the Centre for Foreign
Policy Studies, and the recently established Ocean Tracking Network Coordinator: Janet Lord, Centres for Integrated Research and
(OTN) led by the Department of Oceanography. The MEL Institute also Learning
promotes national collaborations, for example, through the Ocean Phone: (902) 494-7104
Website: entrepreneurship.dal.ca
Management Research Network (OMRN). International linkages include,
among others, the Global Forum on Oceans, Coasts and Islands and the The Norman Newman Centre for Entrepreneurship is a research unit
IUCN Academy of Environmental Law. within the Faculty of Management. The centre is led by a Director who
Minerals Engineering Centre will engage in research and generate funding through grants and
Director: Georges J. Kipouros, Ph.D, P.Eng contracts. Faculty across the University have the opportunity to be
Phone (902)494-6100 affiliated with the Centre and can be appointed as research associates. The
Location: 1360 Barrington Street associates support the activities of the Centre though research, student
G. Building, Sexton Campus supervision and participation in seminars, workshops and conferences.
Halifax, NS, B3J 2X4 Successful entrepreneurs and faculty from other universities are able to
Phone: (902)494-3955 participate in the Centre as affiliates.
Fax: (902)494-3506 The primary objective of the Centre is to create a focus for research and
Website: http://minerals.engineering.dal.ca curriculum development related to entrepreneurial activity in all of its
The Minerals Engineering Centre was established from the Laboratory for many forms. Research and teaching concentrate on understanding the
the Investigation of Minerals. The Minerals Engineering Centre provides successful identification, evaluation and exploitation of entrepreneurial
research, analytical and advisory services to industries, universities, and opportunities by both new and established companies.
government bodies in Atlantic Canada. The Centre is located in G Other objectives:
Building on Sexton Campus and is affiliated with the Materials • The products of its research contribute to the body of knowledge in an
Engineering program. The services offered include: area of practical significance.
• Sample preparation of ores, soils, silts, rocks, cores and clay fraction • It establishes an organization base to support entrepreneurial activities
• Size analysis, including screening, sieving, and sub-sieve analysis and initiatives in the Dalhousie community.
• Dense liquid analysis • The Centre gives the university a vehicle which can be used to reach
• Preparation of thin sections out to stakeholders in the local community.
• Physical and chemical analytical methods using atomic adsorption, • It provides a platform for national and international linkages with
spectographic and wet chemical techniques other academic institutions that are involved in the field of
• Analysis of samples including geological, metalliferous ores, industrial entrepreneurship.
minerals, coals, metals, alloys and water
• Mineral processing test work covering the whole range of investigative The Nova Scotia CAD/CAM Centre
techniques from bench scale to pilot plant, including crushing, Location: 1360 Barrington Street
grinding, classification, gravity separation, dense medium separation, P.O. Box 1000
magnetic separation, electrostatic separation, flotation, flocculation, Halifax, NS B3J 2X4
thickening, filtration, and drying Fax: (902) 422-8380
• Evaluation of biomass fuels. Contact: Debbie Brown, Administrative Assistant
(902) 494-3242

Established: April 29, 1983, as a cost-recovery, industry-oriented Centre • Impact testing machine Tinius Olsen Izod - Model 66
within Dalhousie. It is primarily affiliated with the Departments of • Digital surface roughness gage
Mechanical and Civil Engineering, but also works with all other • Injection Molding Machine (25 Ton Arburg, 30 gram shot capacity)
departments. • Ground Penetrating Radar Infrastructure Inspection System (400MHz
to 1500 MHz)
Mandate: As set out in an agreement with the Province of Nova Scotia, • ASTM C1609.06 closed-loop testing
Dalhousie established an “industry-oriented CAD/CAM Centre to assist • Australian Round Determinate Panel test
provincial manufacturers and consulting engineers to develop, design and • South African Waterbed test
utilize CAD/CAM applications”. Recently, the Centre has undergone a • Creep and fatigue of materials
variety of changes and is now comprised of two new groups, the
Intelligent Structures and Innovative materials (ISIM) Group and the Technology Transfer Activities
Advanced Manufacturing Group. It is also pleased to announce that it is • contracts from and joint ventures with companies, industry and
home to the Canada Research Chair in Structural Health Monitoring government
which was awarded to Dr. Jean-Francois Trottier, PEng in June 2001. • training programs for industry and government
Director: Dr. Jean-Francois Trottier, PEng • technical and application advisory service
(902) 494-3990 • research and development
Admin. Assistant: Debbie Brown • technical services
(902) 494-3242 • prototype development
• use of facilities
Advanced Manufacturing Group
Coordinator: Dr. Andrew Warkentin (494-3901) Actively Seeking
Manager: Mr. Robert Warner, PEng (494-6096) • collaborative projects (Research and Development)
• access to specialized equipment and facilities
Manufacturing, research and technical support services to: • specialized testing contracts
• Dalhousie Faculty of Engineering
• private industry Support by:
• government agencies: DND, DREA, BIO • Canada - Nova Scotia cooperation Agreement on Technology
Areas of Expertise: Development
• CAD/CAM training and technical support in MasterCAM, • Natural Sciences and Engineering Research council of Canada
SmartCAM, Solid Edge and Pro/Engineer and Unigraphics (NSERC)
• prototype design and machining with CNC machines • Canada Research Chairs Program (CRC)
• rapid plastic part prototypes by injection molding • Canadian Foundation for Innovation (CFI)
• reserve engineering and inspection with a Mitutoyo CNC Coordinate • Atlantic Fiber Technologies Limited
Measuring Machine (CMM)
Trace Analysis Research Centre
Mr. Warner teaches IENG 3321: Manufacturing Processes, and as PACE Director: A.Chatt, BSc, MSc, PhD
Coordinator for the University teaches Sold Edge and Unigraphics in
Design and Graphics I (GNGI 1100), Design and Graphics II (MECH 2100), With the assistance of a grant from the National Research Council, the
Manufacturing (MECH 4000) and Design Project I (MECH 4010). Centre was established in 1971 to train analytical chemists and, through
research, to contribute to the advancement of analytical chemistry. A
Intelligent Structures and Innovative Materials (ISIM) Group major facility of the Centre is a low-power nuclear reactor (SLOWPOKE)
Adjunct Associat Professor: Dean Forgeron, PEng, PhD (494-2847) which is available to researchers within Dalhousie and elsewhere.
Research Professional: Christopher Barnes, P Eng (494-3904)
• R&D of novel reinforcing fibers and other materials for use in concrete Vehicle Safety Research Team
• fibre reinforced concrete, shotcrete and high performance concrete and Director and Principal Investigator: C.R. Baird, PhD, PEng
their applications
• composite and advanced materials The Vehicle Research Safety Team (VSRT) is one of six university-based
• advanced sensors for intelligent structured health monitoring of teams located across Canada. These teams operate on a non-profit basis
buildings and structures under contract to Transport Canada (Surface), and were established to
• remote monitoring and intelligent data processing conduct research into vehicular crashes.
• innovative steel-free concrete decks for bridges, wharves and parking
The VSRT has been in operation since 1972 and, in addition to
garages
participating in national programs, has been involved in several other
• modeling of buckling and post-buckling failures
studies, including an on-going and expanding program of seeking out and
• operates ISIS - Halifax
examining alleged safety-related defects. The major portion of the
• Non-destructive Infrastructure Inspection Applications using Impact-
program is geared to relating injuries from vehicular-crashes to the injury-
Echo, Spectral Analysis of Surface Waves and Ground Penetrating
causing mechanisms or sources in vehicles. As such, results of collision
Radar
studies are continually being related to Transport Canada Vehicle
• resonant frequency testing of materials
Standards.
• stiffness profiles of layered media and material specimens
• bridge deck deterioration The team is composed of two professional engineers from the Faculty as
• continuous pavement layer thickness well as two full-time investigators, one of whom is a professional
• waterproofing membrane integrity engineer. In addition, an advisory committee exists, providing liaison and
• detection of voids under jointed portland cement concrete pavements interaction with medical personnel, policing agencies and provincial
• detection of water under pavements transportation authorities. The VSRT has special research interests in
causal factor evaluation methods, in computer-aided collision
Equipment & Software Available for Industry and Dalhousie Use
reconstruction, in data base management and modular analysis
• MasterCAM, Solid Edge, Pro/Engineer, Unigraphics procedures, particularly in relation to injury severity and injury-causal
• CNC milling centre Mori-Seiki MV Junior 3-axes factors.
• CNC turning centre lathe Mori-Seiki SL-25
• Impact-Echo Inspection System The team is currently participating in a number of national programs
• Spectral Analysis of Surface Waves Inspection System including injuries associated with air-bag deployments and side impact
• Resilient modules testing of materials collisions.
• Co-ordinate Measuring Machine (CMM), Mitutoya measuring range of
13" x 20" x 12"

The advisor may organize program activities and arrange local
community tours which assist students in developing contact within the
African Nova Scotian Community. The advisor can provide confidential
services, individual and/or group assistance, impartial observation,
relevant resource materials, along with a referral service which may
benefit your academic, personal and social development on and off
campus.
Resources and Services There is a small student resource room for meeting, peer support, reading
and studying. Information is also available on scholarships, bursaries,
employment and upcoming community events.
1. Alumni Association/Alumni Relations
The Alumni Association is comprised of over 100,000 graduates of The Centre is meant to be beneficial to ALL students, faculty and staff as a
Dalhousie University. A global network of volunteers keeps alumni means of increasing awareness and sensitivity to students of African or
informed and involved with the university. By providing many programs Black descent and their issues and presence within the University
and services, the Association fosters a strong relationship between community.
Dalhousie and its alumni.
For further information contact: phone (902) 494-6648; fax (902) 494-8013;
Dalhousie alumni play a vital role in the health and future of the email BSAC@dal.ca; webpage www.dal.ca/bsac
university. Many alumni return to Dalhousie regularly to hire graduating
students. They also serve as advocates, ambassadors and student mentors. 5. Career Services Centre
The financial support provided by our alumni helps ensure that Dalhousie The Career Services Centre assists you in:
will continue to provide exceptional post-secondary education to future • exploring a full range of career and work possibilities that match your
generations. career goals;
• preparing job-search competencies and tools to present yourself
The Alumni Association’s Board of Directors works with the Dalhousie effectively as a candidate for employment;
Alumni Relations Office, located in the Macdonald Building (494-8801/1- • obtaining information on employment opportunities and prospective
800-565-9969). Together, the Association and Alumni Relations strive to employers;
identify opportunities for alumni involvement, and to foster an • connecting with career opportunities through campus interviews, job
environment that invites alumni to participate fully in Dalhousie’s well- and volunteer listings, referrals, direct application, networking, job-
being. Visit the website at www.dal.ca/alumni. search events, publications, and/or information technology; and
• developing and maintaining relationships with organizations that
2. Anti-Plagiarism Service provide career development and employment opportunities for you.
Plagiarism is considered a serious academic offence. At the Please refer to Career Services Centre website at www.dal.ca/csc for more
recommendation of Senate (June 2002), Dalhousie subscribed to information on programs and services.
Turnitin.com. Academic Computing Services and the Dalhousie
University Libraries jointly support this service. Faculty who wish to use 6. Centre for Learning and Teaching
this service can get started at The Centre for Learning and Teaching (CLT) works in partnership with
http://integratedlearningonline.academiccomputing.ca/Learner%20Re academic units, faculty members, and graduate students to enhance the
sources/Turnitin.com/. practice and scholarship of learning and teaching at Dalhousie University.
Resources for developing awareness among students, and to help them CLT takes an evidence-based approach to advocating for effective learning
avoid plagiarising are available at http://learningandteaching.dal.ca/ and teaching practices, curriculum planning, services to support the use of
nas/ai.html technology in education, and institutional policies and infrastructure to
enhance the Dalhousie learning environment.
3. Athletics and Recreational Services
Athletics and Recreational Services offers a wide range of programs for Programming. To fulfill this primary goal, CLT organizes a range of
every Dalhousie student. An extensive program of club and intramural programming for faculty and teaching assistants. Workshop series,
activities offer fun, fitness and competition while 14 varsity sports provide presentations, and demonstrations are scheduled to address the full
excitement for athletes and spectators alike. For those who prefer spectrum of educational issues, including curriculum design, evaluation
recreational activities, there are a great number of fitness, leisure and of student learning, teaching and learning strategies, and the effective
aquatic instructional programs. integration of instructional technology. All workshops are open to the full
Dalhousie community.
Recreation facilities on campus include: Dalplex-offering a 50,000 sq. ft.
fieldhouse, international-size pool, two weight rooms, two regulation-size Confidential Consultations. Confidential consultations on teaching and
hardwood basketball/volleyball courts, numerous “no-fee” racquet learning issues are also available to colleagues. The Peer Consultation
courts, an indoor jogging track, a rock climbing centre, a golf driving cage, Program pairs experienced colleagues who have been recognized for their
and family-fitness features such as the Fun Zone play area, a family teaching excellence with colleagues seeking to improve students' learning.
change room; Dalhousie Memorial Arena, Studley Gym, and F.B. In addition, CLT staff members provide consultation services to graduate
Wickwire Memorial Field (one of Canada’s largest artificial playing students, faculty, and administrators on a wide range of topics.
surfaces). The Cardio Fitness Centre, as well as babysitting services, are
available for additional fees. The F.H. Sexton Memorial Gymnasium on Annual Events: On an annual basis, CLT coordinates New Academic Staff
the Sexton Campus includes a gym, weight room, squash court and other Orientation, TA Days, Recording Teaching Accomplishment Institute, and
facilities. For details on fitness and recreation at Dalhousie contact Dalplex the Dalhousie Conference on University Teaching and Learning that
at 494-3372, F.H. Sexton Memorial Gymnasium at 494-3550, the Intramural brings together presenters from across the University and the country to
Office at 494-2002 or visit www.athletics.dal.ca. explore issues related to specific themes. CLT also organizes several
university-wide teaching awards, including the Dalhousie Educational
4. Black Student Advising Centre Leadership Award, the Alumni Award of Excellence for Teaching, and the
The position of the Black Student Advisor was created by Dalhousie President's Graduate Teaching Assistant Award.
University, initiated by the Black Canadian Students' Association, to Certificate in University Teaching and Learning: The Certificate program is
provide information to assist and support new, prospective and returning offered to graduate students by the CLT in collaboration with the Faculty
students of African or Black descent. The Centre is intended to foster a of Graduate Studies. The purpose of the program is to assist academic
sense of community with other students on campus and to increase departments in preparing students for their teaching responsibilities and
intercultural awareness. to enhance their professional development opportunities for other careers.
Resources and Services 301

Grants: The CLT administers a small number of grants to assist faculty access card; and a residence meal plan and access card - all in one! The
engaged in pedagogical initiatives aimed at enhancing student learning. DalCard must be presented to write an officially scheduled examination or
to use the library facilities. In addition, some services such as the issuance
Publications: The CLT newsletter, Focus on University Teaching and of bursary or scholarship cheques, require the presentation of a valid
Learning, is published twice a year and is available online on the CLT DalCard.
website (www.learningandteaching.dal.ca). Also available online is
University Teaching and Learning: An Instructional Resource Guide for The DalCard Office is located at 1443 Seymour Street. Students on the
Teaching Assistants at Dalhousie University. Available to purchase or Sexton campus may obtain the DalCard at the Student Service Centre, B
borrow from CLT are Recording Teaching Accomplishment: A Dalhousie Building, 1360 Barrington Street. Employees may obtain a DalCard at the
Guide to the Teaching Dossier and Learning through Writing: A DalCard Office or at the Student Service Centre on the Sexton campus. See
Compendium of Assignments and Techniques. CLT's lending library www.dal.ca/dalcard for more information.
includes both print and video resources on topics related to teaching that
may be borrowed by faculty, teaching assistants, and students. 9. Dalhousie Arts Centre
Designed as a multipurpose facility, the Dalhousie Arts Centre is home to
Teaching and Learning with Technology: A division of the Centre for four University departments: Dalhousie Arts Centre (Rebecca Cohn
Learning and Teaching, Instructional Media Services (IMS), offers Auditorium), Dalhousie Art Gallery, and the two academic departments
expertise and support to the university in the areas of classroom design, of Music and Theatre. The Arts Centre is an integral part of the cultural
media production, presentation technology, and technical services. experience in our community and stands as the only arts complex of its
• Studley Audio-Visual Classroom Services supplies equipment, kind in Nova Scotia.
training, and support to students, staff, and faculty. AV Staff provide
technical support for classrooms and operate equipment loan pools on Of the numerous performing arts spaces in the Dalhousie Arts Centre, the
Studley campus, as well as assist with classroom design and equipment Rebecca Cohn Auditorium, is the most familiar and prestigious. The 1040
installations across all three campuses. seat concert hall is the home of Symphony Nova Scotia, as well as the
• Video and Audio Production Services offers a full range of creative and venue of choice for a wide variety of performers ranging from The Royal
production services for educational, promotional, or other academic or Winnipeg Ballet to Blue Rodeo, The Chieftains, and Stomping Tom to
administrative purposes. Staff bring creative and technical expertise to name a few. Other performing and visual arts spaces in the Arts Centre
productions for broadcast, for the web, or for the classroom. include: The Sir James Dunn Theatre (240 seats), the David Mack. Murray
• Technical Services repairs and services electronic equipment and Studio, Studio II, The MacAloney Room, and the Art Gallery.
provides expert advice on the design and installation of classroom
technology systems. For IMS locations and contact information see The Dalhousie Art Gallery offers the public access to national and
http://learningandteaching.dal.ca/ims.html. international touring exhibitions and initiates many ambitious and
exciting exhibition programs.
Distance Education: CLT provides consultation on the development of
distance education courses, and maintains an information Website for The Dalhousie Music Department presents weekly noon hour recitals in
students and faculty (www.distanceeduation.dal.ca). Information about the Arts Centre. The Department also maintains a full production season
specific Distance Education courses or programs is also available from the including a faculty recital series and student ensemble concerts with music
Registrar's Office. ranging from classical to jazz and contemporary. Further information on
the Music and Theatre Departments can be found in their separate listings.
For further information, teaching resources, or a confidential consultation,
you are invited to contact the Centre for Learning and Teaching, located at 10. Dalhousie Multifaith Centre
Suite G90, Killam Library, 6225 University Avenue (494-1622), The chaplains at Dalhousie provide confidential counselling on personal
(CLT@dal.ca), or you can visit the CLT website at: http:// and spiritual issues and provide opportunities for prayer and worship,
learningandteaching.dal.ca retreats, workshops and social outings. The Centre provides a non-
threatening environment where students and staff can address the basic
7. Counselling Services questions of meaning and purpose in their lives.
The Counselling Services Centre offers programs for personal, career and
learning disability concerns. Counselling is provided by professionally- Chaplains currently represent the Anglican, Buddhist, Christian
trained counsellors and psychologists. Strict confidentiality is ensured. Reformed, Jewish, Lutheran, Muslim, Roman Catholic, and United
Counselling is available both individually and on a group basis. Topics Church faith traditions. They are, however, available and receptive to all
covered by regularly offered group programs, or individual counselling, students, faculty, and staff regardless of religious background or can refer
include Career Decision Making, What to do with a Degree in . . . , Exam you to religious leaders of many other denominations and religions. For
Anxiety Reduction, Public Speaking Anxiety Reduction, Grief and Loss, students who are concerned about religious groups on campus, the
Sleep and Relaxation, Overcoming Procrastination, Anger Management, chaplains have developed four brochures, “Dalhousie Multifaith Centre,”
and Attention-deficit Disorder. Information on a wide variety of careers “Religious Groups: What to Expect, What to Accept, and What to Avoid,”
and academic programs is available in The Frank G. Lawson Career “Places of Worship At and Near Dalhousie,” and “Frequently-Asked
Information Centre. The Internet, CD-ROMS, reference files and books, Questions on the Dalhousie Multifaith Centre.”
magazines and newsletters, as well as a variety of takeaway tip sheets, all In the event of an emergency, contact the Student Union Building
form part of the Centre’s large and growing resource collection. information desk at 494-2140 for chaplains’ home telephone numbers. Feel
The Counselling Services offices and its Frank G. Lawson Career free to drop by the office any time to introduce yourself and to find out
Information Centre are located on the 4th Floor of the Student Union more about the office and its services. Visit the website at www.dal.ca/
Building. In addition to regular office hours, the Centre is open one dmc.
evening a week during the academic year. Inquire or make appointments
by dropping in or calling 494-2081. Detailed information on services and
11. Dalhousie Student Union
the scheduling of group programs and workshops is available on the Every Dalhousie student is automatically a member of the Dalhousie
Dalhousie Counselling Services website: www.counsellingservices.dal.ca. Student Union. The Student Union is recognized by an agreement with the
University Administration and by an Act of the Nova Scotia legislature as
8. DalCard the single voice of Dalhousie students. All student activities on campus are
The DalCard (also referred to as the Dalhousie University ID Card or organized through the Student Union, and the Student Union is the focus
Banner Card) is a convenient multi-purpose card, which gives the of all student representation. The business of the Student Union is
cardholder access to various facilities and services. The DalCard is an conducted by a Council made up of 40 members. Every student is
identification card and also serves as a debit card for retail and vending represented by one or more representatives of their faculty, elected within
purchases on and off campus; for printing at Academic Computer Labs; their faculty in the spring. As well, a number of other constituency groups
printing and photocopying at the Libraries; Dalplex membership and are represented on the Council because they are uniquely affected by
302 Resources and Services

many campus issues. Also on the Council are the student representatives each house, a canteen, games room, squash courts, study areas, laundry
elected to the Senate and Board of Governors. rooms, computer room and 24-hour front desk. Within residence rooms,
ResNet (high speed Internet), local telephone service and cable TV service
One of the most important resources of the Student Union is the Student are provided.
Union Building located at 6136 University Avenue between Seymour and
LeMarchant Streets. The SUB, which is owned by the University and ii. Shirreff Hall
administered, managed and controlled by the Student Union and is paid Shirreff Hall provides accommodation to 407 students. Located in a quiet
for through Student Union fees, was opened in 1968 as a centre for student corner of the campus, it is minutes from classes, the library, Dalplex and
activity on campus. The Student Union Building provides a wide range of other facilities. Shirreff Hall is divided into 4 areas - Newcombe House
services for students including the Student Advocacy Service, Travel Cuts, (female only), while Old Eddy & New Eddy are co-ed, with alternating
The Grawood, Campus Copy, food services, and much more. Every female and male floors. Old Eddy and New Eddy have both single and
student has the opportunity to take advantage of the Union’s financial, double rooms while Newcombe has single rooms only.
physical and organizational resources. Students have an opportunity to
become involved in committees dealing with various student issues. The Shirreff Hall offers a dining room, an elegant library and visitors’ lounge,
DSU also offers over 175 clubs, societies and organizations for students to study areas, computer rooms, games room, television lounges,
participate in. All students are invited to satisfy their curiosity by visiting kitchenettes, canteen, laundry room, and 24-hour front desk. ResNet (high
the Student Union Council offices. The Student Council office is located on speed Internet), local telephone service and cable TV service are provided
the second floor of the SUB in room 222 and is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 within each room. Students also have access to two pianos.
p.m. Monday through Friday, phone number 494-1106 or email iii.Eliza Ritchie Hall
dsu@dal.ca. Check out the website at www.dsu.ca, or my.dsu.ca.
Opened in 1987, Eliza Ritchie Hall is a co-ed residence. It provides
12. Housing/Residence Services traditional residence accommodation for 92 students in predominantly
single rooms.
The University is pleased to guarantee housing in University-owned
properties for all new students. It is, however, important that students This three-storey building is located close to the Dalplex and to Shirreff
planning to attend Dalhousie think well in advance about their Hall, where students normally have their meals. Facilities include study
accommodation needs. rooms, a multipurpose room, reception area, laundry facilities, leisure
lounges with kitchenettes and, within each room, ResNet (high speed
Students should be aware of several important points of reference in
Internet), local telephone service and cable TV service are provided.
regard to residence accommodation. Upon admission to a program of
study, all students will receive university housing information. They will iv. Risley Hall
also be asked to pay an Admission Deposit. It is important to apply to Dalhousie’s newest co-ed residence, Risley Hall, opened in September,
residence (online) and to pay the Admission Deposit promptly as the dates 2004. It is located on LeMarchant Street, behind the Student Union
these are received will determine when the Residence Application is Building, and offers 490 single rooms, primarily to undergraduate
considered. Residence applications will not be considered from students. Services include a dining room, laundry rooms, television
individuals who have not gained admission to a program of study. lounges, computer room and a 24-hour front desk and within each room
Students with disabilities are encouraged to contact the Residence Office ResNet (high speed Internet), local telephone service and cable TV service
at (902) 494-1054, or email: housing@dal.ca, for information and assistance. are provided.
The traditional style residences at Dalhousie are chiefly for undergraduate v. Lyall House, DeMille House, Colpitt House
students; very few graduate spaces are allocated and in many cases These properties, which were formerly faculty offices, have been
students pursuing advanced degrees are not prepared to live with the converted into 3 mini-residences with a shared courtyard. There are a total
exuberance of first and second-year students. All students living in of 49 single rooms in a co-ed living environment, with comfortable
traditional style residences are required to participate in one of the meal common space available to residents of each house. As in other residences,
plan options available. a meal plan is required and meals are usually eaten at Howe Hall. Services
include a shared laundry area, ResNet (high speed Internet), local
The information below gives a description of 1. traditional on-campus telephone service and cable TV service.
residences, 2. non-traditional on-campus housing which includes
apartment style housing owned by the university, 3. the services offered B. Sexton Campus
by the off-campus housing listing service, and 4. general information. For
information on housing fees, see the Fees section of the Calendar.
i. Gerard Hall
Gerard Hall is a 12-story traditional style co-ed residence that houses 200+
It is the responsibility of the individual student in all cases to make a students in single and double rooms. It is located at the corner of Morris
separate online application to the university housing of her/his choice, or and Barrington Streets. Gerard Hall offers laundry facilities, a computer
utilize the listing services provided by the Off-Campus Housing office. lab and a big screen TV, DVD player and satellite access in the main
lounge. Within residence rooms, ResNet (high speed Internet), local
Although accommodation in residence is guaranteed, students must apply telephone service and cable TV service are provided. Gerard Hall
online and are encouraged to submit their residence application residents commonly use the O’Brien Hall dining hall, only seconds away,
immediately upon receiving their letter of academic admission. or may use the dining halls in Howe Hall, Risley Hall or Shirreff Hall.
1. Traditional On-Campus Residence 2. Non-Traditional On-Campus Housing, including
A. Studley (Main) Campus apartments
i. Howe Hall A. Studley (Main) Campus
Centrally located on campus, Howe Hall, provides accommodation for
700+ undergraduate students. The sprawling, grey ironstone complex is
i. Residence Houses
divided into 6 houses: Bronson, Cameron, Fountain, Henderson, and Dalhousie also has two residence houses, which are co-ed. Formerly single
Smith. Houses are co-ed. Each house has its own distinctive identity and family homes, each house has kitchen, living room and washroom
student government. The ratio of seniors to first-year students is facilities which are shared among the residents in the house. The character
approximately 30/70. of these homes has been maintained as much as possible. Although they
are generally occupied by students in graduate programs or professional
The houses offer both double and single rooms with singles assigned to schools, a few spaces are reserved for undergraduates.
senior undergraduates and first-year students and doubles for first-year
students. Facilities include a dining room, lounges, television rooms in These houses have only single rooms, each with a bed, wardrobe, study
desk, lamp and chair. Linen, cooking utensils and small appliances are not

provided. A trained senior student acts as a House Assistant and liaises Although the housing staff cannot arrange, inspect or guarantee housing,
with the Residence Life Manager to provide administrative and resident they will do everything they can to help students find accommodation that
related services. ResNet (high speed Internet), local telephone service and is pleasant, inexpensive and close to campus.
cable TV service are provided. Meal plans are not mandatory, but may be
purchased separately to use at any dining hall on campus. Because of the relatively low vacancy rate in Halifax, it is advised that
students start looking for off-campus housing well ahead of the academic
ii. Glengary Apartments year.
Located on the Studley Campus on Edward Street, Glengary Apartments
is a four-storey brick building offering co-ed accommodation for 40 4. General Information
students. Preference is given to senior undergraduates, especially to those • Online applications must be accompanied by an application fee in
who apply in groups of three. Canadian funds, payable to Dalhousie University. Fee and deposit
amounts are listed on the Housing website (www.dal.ca/housing).
Glengary has 12 furnished apartments, each with space for three students • Acceptance into an academic program guarantees a place in residence,
in three single rooms. Each apartment includes a kitchen, living room and but a separate housing application, submitted online, is required.
bathroom. There are also four furnished bachelor apartments which are • To live in any of the University-owned buildings, students must
always in high demand. Laundry facilities are located in the basement, maintain full-time status at Dalhousie throughout the academic year.
where there is also a limited amount of storage space. ResNet (high speed
Internet), local telephone and cable TV service are provided in all For further information on living at Dalhousie, or for a hard copy of the
apartments. Coordinators are available for security and administrative residence application form, do not hesitate to contact:
services and also act as a resource for students who may need advice or
assistance.
Howe Hall, Eliza Ritchie Hall, Shirreff Hall, Gerard
Hall, Risley Hall and Mini Residences
B. Sexton Campus Location: Residence Office
1443 Seymour St.
i. Graduate House Dalhousie University
This facility houses 14 graduate students, aged 25 and older, in single Halifax, N.S. B3H 3M6
rooms. It is located a short walk from Gerard Hall on Morris St. ResNet Telephone: (902) 494-1054
(high speed Internet), local telephone service and cable TV service are Email: housing@dal.ca
provided. Website: www.dal.ca/housing
Meal plans are not mandatory, but may be purchased separately to use at
any dining hall on campus.
Fenwick Place, Glengary Apartments, Graduate House
and Residence Houses
ii. Fenwick Place Location: Accommodation Office
Dalhousie’s 33-storey Fenwick Place offers students the privacy and the Fenwick Place
independence of apartment living. Located in south end Halifax, it is only Dalhousie University
a 15-minute walk or a short bus ride from Studley campus, or a 5- minute 5599 Fenwick Street
walk to Sexton campus. Fenwick houses both single students and families Halifax, N.S. B3H 1R2
in a harmonious living environment. Telephone: (902) 494-2075
Email: fenwick@dal.ca
Many of the 252 apartments in Fenwick Place are furnished to
Website: www.dal.ca/housing
accommodate students in groups of two, three or four. Priority is given to
students who apply in groups or to those who are currently living in a Director of Housing, Conference and Ancillary Services
Dalhousie residence. Each of these apartments has a full kitchen and
Location: 1443 Seymour St.
bathroom, furnished living room and dining area and a balcony.
Bedrooms have desks and a mate-style bed. Heat, hot water and electricity
Halifax, N.S. B3H 3M6
are included in the residence fee. ResNet (high speed Internet), local
Telephone: (902) 494-3365
telephone and cable TV service are included in all apartments.Linens,
dishes, utensils, bedding and small appliances are not provided. Off-Campus Housing
Fenwick also has a number of unfurnished bachelor, one and two- Location: Off-Campus Housing
bedroom apartments which are rented to single students or families. Each Risley Hall, Room 1023
of these apartments has a full kitchen and bathroom. Heat, hot water, and 1233 LeMarchant Street
satellite television are included in the rent. Laundry facilities are available Halifax, N. S. B3H 3P6
on every floor of Fenwick Place. The front desk is open 24 hours a day Telephone: (902) 494-2429
with staff available to provide security, information and advice to Email: och@dal.ca
students. ResNet (high speed Internet), local telephone and cable TV Website: www.dal.ca/och
service are included in all apartments.
ResNet
3. Living Off-Campus Location: Dalhousie University
Dalhousie’s Off-Campus Housing office assists students who do not want 1443 Seymour St.
to live on campus or who have been unable to find a place in residence or Halifax, NS B3H 3M6
in University apartments and houses. Located in Risley Hall, this office is Telephone: (902) 494-8036
designed to help students find off-campus accommodation. Email: resnet@dal.ca
The Off-Campus Housing office provides centralized information on 13. International Student & Exchange Services
available housing in the Halifax metro area, including apartments, shared The International Student & Exchange Services (ISES) office is committed
accommodations, rooms, condos and houses. Up-to-date computerized to welcoming, supporting and servicing new and returning international
printouts of these listings are available for viewing as well as telephones and exchange students to Dalhousie. ISES provides a resource and activity
for calling landlords and material such as maps and transit schedules. centre for international students. Advisors are available to meet with
students on a variety of issues including finances, immigration matters,
Off-Campus Housing has a website: http://www.dal.ca/och. You can
exchange opportunities, health insurance and personal issues. Referrals
search for accommodations as well as list your own place at no charge if
are also made to other areas on campus when necessary. The ISES Office
you are a Dalhousie student.
organizes orientation activities that assist international students in
adjusting to a new culture and in achieving their educational and personal

goals. A variety of social, cultural and information programs are also held Academic Math, Pre-Calculus. Call 902-494-2375 or visit http://
throughout the year. The International Student Advisor is also available to collegeofcontinuinged.dal.ca.
meet with students on Wednesday morning at the Student Service Centre
(Sexton Campus) at 1360 Barrington Street. 17. Office of Human Rights, Equity & Harassment
Student exchange and study abroad services are facilitated by the Student
Prevention
Mobility Advisor at the ISES Office. This branch of the office promotes The overall mandate of the Office of Human Rights, Equity & Harassment
student mobility by assisting departments and faculties with the Prevention is to foster and support an inclusive working and learning
establishment of student exchange agreements, managing university-wide environment where all members of the University community share
exchange programs, advising students on international study, work and responsibility for establishing and maintaining a climate of respect.
volunteer opportunities, providing pre-departure and re-entry services, The Office is responsible for administering a number of University policies
administering the Study Work International Fund (SWIF) and the George including: the Accommodation Policy; the Employment Equity Through
Burris Study in England Bursary, and maintaining the International Affirmative Action Policy; complaints based on the Statement of
Opportunities Resource Library. Prohibited Discrimination; the Personal Harassment Policy; and the
The ISES Office is located in Room G 25 the Killam Library. You can email Sexual Harassment Policy. The Human Rights & Equity Advisor and the
the ISES Office at ises@dal.ca, or by calling (902) 494-1566. Harassment Prevention Advisor also liaise with the Office of the Vice-
President, Student Services, regarding the Code of Student Conduct.
14. Lester Pearson International (LPI) Other initiatives in the Office of Human Rights, Equity & Harassment
Lester Pearson International (LPI) was founded in 1985 to promote Prevention include education and training on topics such as diversity,
Dalhousie’s involvement in international development activities. In 1987, accommodation, harassment awareness and prevention, conflict
LPI merged with the Centre for Development Projects and was given resolution and more. Workshops are offered regularly for students, faculty
responsibility for the guardianship of all externally-financed international and staff.
development programs and projects at Dalhousie. Since then, its mandate
has been further expanded to support a broader range of activities which The website for the Office of Human Rights, Equity & Harassment
help to internationalize the university. Prevention offers downloadable versions of each of the policies,
information on the education and training opportunities offered, and
In general, LPI supports the Dalhousie community’s involvement in additional resources including an annual Mosaic Calendar featuring a
international activities. Towards this end, LPI helps to develop, support variety of religious and cultural holidays, and a Diversity Glossary.
and oversee the university’s international projects; coordinates a
development education program entitled DAL-Outreach which organizes Contact: Bonnie Best-Fleming, Human Rights & Equity Advisor
seminars and events; disseminates information concerning international Gaye Wishart, Harassment Prevention Advisor
activities and opportunities to both the external and internal communities; Where: Room 2, Basement Level, Henry Hicks Academic
serves as the university’s International Liaison Office/Officer (ILO) which Administration Building, Studley Campus
provides a central contact point for donor agencies, international officials/ Phone: 494-6672 / 494-1137
embassies, etc.; facilitates the university’s international agreements and Fax: 494-1179
maintains the Agreements of Cooperation Register; and hosts many Email: hrehp@dal.ca
official international visitors, visiting scholars, and delegations to the Website: www.hrehp.dal.ca
university. Although LPI is not an academic unit of the university, it
encourages and supports the study of international issues and serves as a 18. Office of the Ombudsperson
resource centre for students, faculty and staff. LPI is located in the Henry The Dalhousie Office of the Ombudsperson offers assistance and advice to
Hicks Academic Administration Building on the third floor. anyone experiencing problems with the Dalhousie community, including
difficulties associated with finances, academics, or accommodations. This
15. Libraries student-run office can help resolve particular grievances and attempts to
The Dalhousie University Library System is organized to accommodate ensure that existing policies are fair and equitable. Jointly funded by the
the needs of the undergraduate teaching programs, graduate and faculty University and the Dalhousie Student Union, the Ombudsperson can
research projects, and professional schools. The system is made up of the provide information and direction on any University-related complaint.
following components: the Killam Memorial Library - Humanities, Social Clients retain full control over any action taken on their behalf by the
Sciences and Science, the Sir James Dunn Law Library, the Kellogg Health Office of the Ombudsperson, and all inquiries are strictly confidential.
Sciences Library, and Sexton Design and Technology Library -
The Office of the Ombudsperson is located in Room 106, 1321 Edward
Architecture, Engineering, and Planning.
Street. Regular office hours are posted on the door at the beginning of each
As of April 1, 2007, the holdings of the Dalhousie Libraries include over semester. The Ombudsperson can be reached by phoning (902)494-6583 or
1,900,823 volumes of books, bound periodicals, documents and bound by Email: ombudsperson@dal.ca, Website: ombudsperson.dal.ca.
reports, 452,520 microfilm and microfiche, 95,235 maps and other media,
10,906 music scores and 11,798 music recordings. The libraries subscribe to 19. Registrar’s Office
61,482 serials titles, including 57,132 electronic titles. The office is responsible for high school liaison, admissions, awards and
financial aid, registration, maintenance of student records, scheduling and
Dalhousie libraries participate in Novanet, a network which shares a coordinating formal examinations, and convocation. Of greater
single automated online catalogue of the holdings of the member libraries significance to students, however, is the role played by members of the
(Mount Saint Vincent University, Nova Scotia College of Art & Design, staff who provide information, advice, and assistance. They offer advice
Saint Mary’s University, University College of Cape Breton, University of on admissions, academic regulations and appeals, and the selection of
King’s College, the Atlantic School of Theology, St. Francis Xavier programs. In addition, they are prepared to help students who are not
University, Nova Scotia Agricultural College and Nova Scotia Community quite sure what sort of assistance they are looking for, referring them as
College). Users borrow from Novanet libraries upon presentation of their appropriate to departments for advice about specific major and honours
University ID card. programs or to the office of Student Services or to specific service areas
such as the Counselling Services Centre. The Registrar’s Office also mails
16. Mature Student Services tens of thousands of letters and packages annually in response to requests
Mature Student Services assists individuals 23 years of age and older who for information and student records, from application to graduation and
have been out of high school for at least 4 years, and anyone without a beyond.
high school diploma wishing to gain entrance to university.
Among the staff are people with expertise in financial aid and budgeting
Services include pre-admission counselling and university preparation who are available for consultation.
courses, such as Writing for Academic Study, Chemistry, Physics,

The fact that the Registrar’s Office is in contact with every student and campus: Student Academic Success Services (which encompasses
every department means that it is ideally placed to provide or to guide Academic Advising; the Black Student Advising Centre; the First-Year
students and prospective students to the source of the advice or assistance Advising Centre; Learning Connections; the Multifaith Centre; Student
they need. Accessibility Services; Studying for Success Program; Tutoring Service; the
Writing Centre); Athletics and Recreational Services; Bookstores; Career
Students can access the services of the Registrar’s Office at two locations. Services Centre and Volunteering; Conference and Ancillary Services;
The main office is located in Room 133 of the Henry Hicks Academic Counselling Services; Health Services; Housing; International Student and
Administration Building on the Studley Campus. Students attending Exchange Services; Office of the Ombudsperson; Registrar’s Office; Sexton
classes at Sexton Campus can also access Registrar’s Office services at the Student Service Centre; Trademarks; University Food Services.
Student Service Centre which is located in Building B on the Sexton
Campus. Students who experience difficulties with their academic programs or who
are uncertain about educational goals, major selection, honours or
Inquiries may be directed to: advanced major information, degree regulations, changing faculties,
The Registrar inadequate study skills, or conflicts with faculty and regulations, can seek
Dalhousie University the assistance of the Academic Advisors in the Vice-President’s Office.
Halifax, NS
Canada B3H 4H6 24. Studying for Success
Telephone: (902) 494-2450 As part of Student Academic Success Services, Studying for Success offers
Fax: (902) 494-1630 programs to help you reach your academic potential during your time at
Email: admissions@dal.ca Dalhousie. Our primary goal is to assist you in becoming a more efficient
and effective learner. Help is available by group and individually.
20. Student Accessibility Services Workshops are offered to small groups of students to develop or enhance
Dalhousie University is committed to providing an accessible personal learning strategies and, when applicable, are customized to focus
environment in which members of the community can pursue their on particular disciplines or fields of study ensuring that the workshop
educational goals. Ongoing efforts consistent with a reasonable and content is relevant to your needs. Topics regularly covered include time
practical allocation of resources are being made to improve accessibility management, getting the most from lectures, getting the most from
and provide special services. textbooks, delivering oral presentations, writing research papers,
The Advisor provides support and advocacy for students with disabilities. preparing for and writing exams. Students who could benefit from
In cooperation with faculty, staff, and other student services at the individual assistance may also book an appointment with one of our
University, the Advisor endeavours to provide appropriate support personal coaches.
services as needed by the student. Early consultation is advised to For more details contact Studying for Success:
ascertain that we can fulfill your needs. We can be contacted by phone: Room G28, Main Level, Killam Library
voice (902) 494-2836, or by email (access@dal.ca). Please refer to our Telephone: 494-3077
website for further information: www.studentaccessibility.dal.ca. Website: http://sfs.studentservices.dal.ca/
Please note that due to chemical sensitivities of persons who work and
frequent this office, our environment must be scent free. 25. Tutoring Service
The Dalhousie Tutoring Service matches students who require tutoring in
21. Student Advocacy Service a particular subject, with upper-year and graduate student tutors. For
The Student Advocacy Service was established by the Dalhousie Student information on finding or becoming a tutor, consult the Tutoring Service
Union and is composed of qualified students from the University. The website at www.dal.ca/tutoring.
main purpose of the Service is to ensure that the student receives the
proper information when dealing with the various administrative boards 26. University Bookstore
and faculties at Dalhousie. An Advocate may also be assigned to assist The University Bookstore, owned and operated by Dalhousie, is a service
students with academic appeals or in a disciplinary hearing for an and resource centre for the university community and the general public.
academic offence. Our goal is to make the often unpleasant experience of The Bookstore has all required and recommended texts, reference books
challenging or being challenged by University Administration less and supplies, as well as workbooks, self-help manuals and other reference
intimidating. material. As well, you can find titles by Dalhousie authors.
The Advocates may be contacted through: The Stationery department carries all necessary and supplementary
Location: Student Advocacy Service stationery and supplies. The Campus shop carries gift items, mugs,
Room 310 clothing and crested wear, cards, jewelry, class rings, backpacks, novelties
Dalhousie Student Union Building and briefcases. A Special Order department is located at the customer
Telephone: (902) 494-2205 service area and will order and ship books worldwide.
Email: dsas@dal.ca
Website: www.dsu.ca/services/advocacy The Bookstore is situated on the lower level of the Student Union Building
on University Avenue, and is open year round, Monday to Saturday
22. Student Clubs and Organizations (Hours vary throughout the year).
Students seeking information on clubs and societies should call the The Health Sciences Bookstore has the largest and most complete medical
Dalhousie Student Union offices at 494-1106 or check the DSU Website at
book section in Atlantic Canada, with over 2,000 titles in stock. Thousands
www.dsu.ca. Extracurricular activities and organizations at Dalhousie are of other titles are specially ordered annually, and the department ships out
as varied as the students who take part in them. Organizations range from books to consumers and hospitals throughout the world. The Health
small informal groups to large well organized ones; they can be residence- Sciences Bookstore is located in the Dentistry building, 5981 University
based, within faculties, or university-wide. Some are decades old with Avenue, and is open year round, Monday to Saturday. Hours vary
long traditions, others arise and disappear as students’ interests change. A
throughout the year.
list of clubs, societies and organizations is available every fall to new
students who are encouraged to select and participate. The Sexton Campus Bookstore is located in the Student Service Centre at
1360 Barrington Street (Building B) and is open from 9:00 a.m. - 4:00 p.m.
23. Student Services Monday to Friday. It supplies texts and reference books required for
Located in Room G28 on the Main Floor of the Killam Library, the Office Architecture and Engineering students as well as crested clothing,
of the Vice-President, Student Services, provides a point of referral for any stationery and other supplies.
student concern. The Vice-President, Student Services, is the chief student
services officer, coordinating the activities of student services across

The Bookstore recently added an e-commerce component to their services. university year on topics such as essay writing, science writing, mechanics
The Community can order any item the Bookstore carries and have it of writing, English as a second language issues, admission applications,
delivered to their door. Visit us at www.dal.ca/bookstore today! etc.
27. University Computing and Information Services Contact the Writing Centre by visiting the main office in the Learning
Commons, calling 494-1963 or emailing at writingcentre@dal.ca. Students
University Computing and Information Services (UCIS) provides can also obtain information on services, hours of operation, and links to
computing and communication services for students, faculty and staff for writing resources at www.writingcentre.dal.ca.
instructional, research and administrative purposes. The department is
responsible for all centrally managed computing, networking and
telecommunications facilities.
UCIS manages a variety of systems including email, MyDal, Blackboard
Learning System (BLS), net storage, web servers and many others. UCIS
also supports numerous computer labs which are situated throughout the
campuses. All students may have access to campus computing facilities on
an individual basis or in conjunction with the classes that they take.
Network ports or wireless connections for personal computers are
available in several campus locations and in residence rooms.
Computer Help Desks are located in the Killam Computer Centre and in
the B Building. Sexton Campus. UCIS also manages the campus computer
store (PCPC), provides non-credit computer courses, offers a hardware
maintenance service for computers, a web authoring service, an Electronic
Text Centre and is a partner in the Killam Library Learning commons.
UCIS manages a campus-wide communications network which
interconnects all areas of the university. This network is connected to the
CANARIE research and education network and to the Internet.
28. University Health Services

The university operates a medical clinic, in Howe Hall, at Coburg Road
and LeMarchant Street staffed by family doctors, nurses and a
psychiatrist. Further specialists’ services are available and will be
arranged through the Health Service when indicated. All information
gained about a student by the Health Service is confidential and may not
be released to anyone without signed permission by the student.
Appointments are made during the clinic’s open hours, from 9 a.m. to 10
p.m., Monday to Friday and 10:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Saturday and Sunday,
by calling 494-2171. In the event of an urgent medical problem, students
may seek medical advice during clinic hours. After hours, students may
wish to seek assessment at the local emergency room. The QEII emergency
room on Summer Street is the closest emergency room.
All students must have medical and hospital coverage. All Nova Scotia
students are covered by the Nova Scotia Medical Services Insurance. All
other Canadian students must maintain coverage from their home
provinces. This is especially important for residents of any province
requiring payment of premiums. All non-Canadian students must be
covered by medical and hospital insurance prior to registration. Details of
suitable insurance may be obtained from the Student Accounts office prior
to registration. Any student who has had a serious illness within the last
12 months, or who has a chronic medical condition, may wish to contact
and advise the Health Services; preferably with a statement from the
doctor. Further information is available on our website at
www.healthservices.dal.ca.
29. Volunteering
Please refer to Career Services Centre.
30. Writing Centre

The Writing Centre’s programs recognize that students in all disciplines
are required to write clearly to inform, persuade, or instruct an audience in
term papers, laboratory reports, essay examinations, critical reviews and
more. Students benefit from discussing their work with supportive
instructors and peer tutors.
The Centre currently offers a number of services. The main office in the
Learning Commons allows students to obtain advice on writing issues.
Tutors also work part of the week at the Sexton Library, the Kellogg
Library, and the Rowe Building. Finally, seminars are held throughout the

committee. Contact the department Graduate Coordinator for further
information.
Eliza Ritchie Doctoral Scholarship for Women
The Eliza Ritchie Doctoral Scholarship was established to commemorate
Women's Centennial Year (1985) and to recognise the contribution to
Dalhousie of one of its most important nineteenth-century graduates.
Awards After completing her undergraduate studies at Dalhousie in 1887, Eliza
Ritchie (1856-1933) became one of the first Canadian women to receive a
PhD degree (Cornell University, 1889). She cut short her professional
PLEASE NOTE: The contents of this awards section are subject to change career at Wellesley College to return to Halifax in 1899, where she devoted
without notice. her energies to feminist and cultural causes, and to Dalhousie, for the rest
The University reserves the right to publicize the recipients of merit of her life. She was the first warden of a Dalhousie women's residence
awards. (Forrest Hall, 1912-13), the first woman to serve as a member of the
Dalhousie Board of Governors (1919-25), a founding member of the
editorial board of the Dalhousie Review, and the first woman to receive an
I. Faculty of Graduate Studies honourary degree from Dalhousie (LLD, 1927). Scholarships are awarded
Scholarships and Fellowships to Canadians and permanent residents only and preference given to
candidates from the Atlantic Provinces. Among such applicants
A. General Disciplines preference will be given to those in disciplines in which women are under
represented. The award will have a value of $24,000 (2008-2009) for a 12-
1. Faculty of Graduate Studies Scholarships month academic period at Dalhousie and is renewable (upon application)
for two additional years. One scholarship may be awarded each year. The
Each department has a limited number of scholarships available for
deadline for receipt of the prescribed applications is March 15th.
students pursuing a degree program on a full-time basis. Scholarships are
Additional information and application forms (new or renewal) are
not offered to anyone on leave from a job with salary continuation. Those
available on the Faculty of Graduate Studies website at
wishing to be considered for scholarship assistance are advised to contact
www.dalgrad.dal.ca/forms/student/#eliza.
the Graduate Coordinator in the department to which they are applying
for details on eligibility and deadlines (NOT the Faculty of Graduate James Robinson Johnston Graduate Scholarship for African
Studies). Graduate Coordinator contact information can be found at Canadians
www.dalgrad.dal.ca/departments/. Maximum eligibility for scholarships The James Robinson Johnston Graduate Scholarship is supported by the
is two Master's years and the first four Doctoral years, but some Faculty of Graduate Studies and the Endowment for the James Robinson
departments may have shorter maxima. Johnston Chair in Black Canadian Studies at Dalhousie as part of the
In general, Faculty of Graduate Studies Scholarships will be paid to the commitment of the Johnston endowment and the university to support the
student in regular monthly payments on the 27th of each month, after development of Black Canadian scholars in graduate studies and the
University tuition and fees have been deducted. Payments are made by professions. James R. Johnston was Dalhousie's first black graduate in the
automatic bank deposit. Deposit advice statements are available on dal Law Faculty in 1898 and was a major figure in the legal profession and the
online. Where warranted, with permission of the Dean of Graduate Black community throughout his short life. Today young African
Studies, a student may receive scholarship funding for a maximum of 12 Canadians can be found pursuing studies in the arts, sciences, health
months while pursuing research off-campus. professions and management as well as the traditional professions of law,
dentistry and medicine. This scholarship is intended to provide an
Very well qualified scholars who receive awards from federal agencies opportunity for promising African Canadian students to pursue their
may also receive Dalhousie supplements within the limits set down by the work at the graduate level.
FGS and/or agencies offering the awards.
To be eligible, applicants must have been accepted, by the application
Killam Predoctoral Scholarships deadline, into a program of study in any discipline in which Dalhousie
Killam scholars are selected on the basis of nominations made by offers a graduate degree. Successful applicants are normally expected to
departments. It is expected that nominees will also have applied for have attained scholarship standing.
funding from relevant national or international agencies for which they
are eligible. Canadian students are eligible for nomination for the Killam Successful candidates for an initial award and for renewals will be
Scholarships only if they have applied for the relevant national identified by the Faculty of Graduate Studies Scholarship Committee. The
scholarship (NSERC, SSHRC, CIHR, etc.). general rules for Dalhousie Graduate Scholarships will be applied except
that, in the case of this scholarship, the award must be taken up initially in
Only those students registered in a program with a thesis requirement are the first year of the degree program.
eligible to hold the Killam Predoctoral Scholarship.
Scholarships are valued at $15,000 (Master’s level) and $19,000 (Doctoral
Killam scholarship holders must be eligible to receive scholarship support level) per year (2008-2009, subject to review) for a twelve-month academic
for at least two years. This means that at the Masters level only newly year of full-time study. The tuition and fees are not waived and must be
entering students will be considered. Renewal is upon evidence of paid out of the award. Scholarships may be renewed, subject to
satisfactory performance at a required minimum level. Masters students satisfactory annual progress review, for one additional year (Master’s
may hold a Killam Scholarship for 24 months and Doctoral students for up level) or two additional years (Doctoral level). Scholarship awards can not
to 36 months. The scholarships will be valued at $20,000 (2008-2009) for a extend beyond two years of Master’s level study or four years of doctoral
Master's program and $25,000 (2008-2009) for a Doctoral program. level study. Renewal is not automatic, but must be applied for using the
Tuition/fees are not waived and must be paid out of the award, but renewal application forms. Application forms for new awards and for
additional funds to assist with transportation to Halifax, and differential renewal awards are available from the Faculty of Graduate Studies
fees for foreign students will be supplied. Killam scholars may perform website at www.dalgrad.dal.ca/forms/student/#jrj. The deadline for
instructing or demonstrating duties, and, if they do, will be given receipt of new and renewal applications is March 15.
additional remuneration for these services through the employing
department.
Nova Scotia Black and First Nations Students Graduate Entrance
Scholarships
Killam scholarships are open to both Canadians and non-Canadians. Dalhousie University offers two entrance scholarships, awarded annually,
PLEASE NOTE: Candidates do not apply for these Scholarships. On the to First Nations and Indigenous Black students entering a Dalhousie
basis of the information in a completed application for admission the graduate program for the first time following graduation from a Dalhousie
graduate department concerned may nominate the student to the selection University undergraduate program. The objective of these scholarships is
308 Awards
to increase the representation of Indigenous Black and First Nations The application and annual renewal request deadline is February 15th.
communities in the university's wide diversity of graduate programs, and
ultimately in the academy and in advanced professional occupations. B. External Scholarships
To be eligible, applicants must have been accepted, by the application There are numerous scholarships available from external funding agencies
deadline, into a graduate program at Dalhousie. This may be at the that can be held by students pursuing graduate studies at Dalhousie (and
Master's or Doctoral level, and may include professional, course-based or other Universities). A database containing information about these
scholarships is available at www.dalgrad.dal.ca/funding/#external.
thesis-based programs. Students must have been accepted with an
admission GPA of 3.3 (B+) or higher. Admission GPA's are based on the
last two years (six terms) of undergraduate study. Recipients of this
C. Specific Disciplines
scholarship must begin full-time academic study at Dalhousie in the
academic year for which it has been awarded.
1. Architecture
Successful candidates for an initial award and for renewal will be The Henry Adams Medal and The Henry Adams Certificate
evaluated by a special Scholarship Committee constituted by the Dean of Field of Study: Architecture.
the Faculty of Graduate Studies. The general rules for Dalhousie Graduate Eligibility: Students graduating from the MArch program.
Scholarships will be applied except that, in the case of this scholarship, the Number and Value: One medal with a certificate, and one certificate of
award must be taken up in the first year of the degree program. merit.
These scholarships are valued at $15,000 each and are renewable for a Basis of Award: Top-ranking students who have achieved general
maximum of one year (three academic terms) for students maintaining excellence throughout the four years of the professional program.
good standing in the first year of their program. Renewal is not automatic, Donor or Awarding Agency: American Institute of Architects,
but must be applied for using the renewal application forms. Eligibility, Washington, DC.
conditions and application forms for new and renewal awards are Selection: School of Architecture
available from the Faculty of Graduate Studies web site at Application: Application not required.
www.dalgrad.dal.ca/forms/student/#nsbafn. The deadline for receipt of Adjeleian Award in the Aesthetics of Structures
new and renewal applications is March 15. Field of Study: Architecture or Structural Engineering.
President's Award Eligibility: A graduating student in either the MArch program or the Civil
At Dalhousie we actively recruit the brightest minds and deepest thinkers; Engineering degree program. The award alternates between Architecture
graduate students who will push the innovation agenda and shape the and Civil Engineering. (It will be made to Architecture next in 2009.)
future. The President's Awards provide a competitive edge at Dalhousie to Number and Value: One, $1,000 (subject to annual review).
attract and retain those PhD students who are successful in the Tenure: One year.
competition for national scholarships. Basis of Award: The award will be granted to the graduating student who
demonstrates in a project both aesthetic principles in buildings or bridges
This award is targeted to students starting PhD programs who have a full and unified roots of Architectural and Structural Engineering.
doctoral scholarship from one of the specified agencies. The Specified Donor or Awarding Agency: Dr. John Adjeleian.
Agencies are NSERC (PGSD or CGSD), SSHRC (Doctoral or CGSD), CIHR Selection: School of Architecture.
(Doctoral or CGSD), and/or Killam (Doctoral). The award will cover Application: For Architecture, an application is not required.
tuition but not international differential fees or other student fees. It will
be granted for up to the first two years for PhD students. The Alpha Rho Chi Medal
Alpha Rho Chi, National Social-Professional Fraternity of Architecture,
The award will be granted for each term that the student is registered as a awards the Alpha Rho Chi Medal to a graduating senior of the School of
full time student, paying full tuition (i.e., not continuing fees) provided Architecture who has shown an ability for leadership, performed willing
that the student is receiving a full doctoral scholarship from one of the service for the School, and gives promise of real professional merit
specified agencies and that tuition is not covered by any other award, through attitude and personality.
agency or government.
The Alumni Memorial Award
The Faculty of Graduate Studies will notify eligible students and This award, which was initiated in 1984 in the memory of Mr. Michael
departments following admission. The Award will be verified and applied Kravosky, B.Arch.'83, is awarded each year to a graduating student
to the student's tuition each term for the duration of the award. elected by the graduating class for outstanding service to the school in
student activities and affairs. The award is made from the proceeds of the
The Vitamin Scholarship
Architecture Alumni Memorial Fund, and is subject to annual review.
The Vitamin Scholarship was established for research and education
related to vitamins and vitamin products (vitamins A, B1 to B6, B8, B9, The Architects’ Association of New Brunswick Scholarship
B12, C, E, H, ß-carotene, canthazanthin, methionine, and products This scholarship of $1000 was established by colleagues to the Heinz
containing or being derived from these vitamins). Applications from Fleckenstein Memorial Fund, with additional contributions from the
students interested in pursuing research and/or educational activities in AANB and Dalhousie Architecture Alumni. The scholarship is awarded to
nutritional or food related programs, or consumer services and protection a student who is a permanent resident of New Brunswick and is entering
activities are also considered. the Master of Architecture program. The recipient must demonstrate
strong design ability with functional solutions, and an aptitude and
Thesis Masters and Doctoral students with a first class average who intend
knowledge in areas beyond design. The scholarship is awarded in
to pursue studies and research related to vitamins and vitamin-related
September. No application is required.
products are eligible to apply. Masters level scholarships will be for one
year only, while doctoral level scholarships may be renewed for one Jonathan Hart Memorial Fund
additional year. Award recipients will be identified by the Faculty of This fund was established in memory of Jonathan Hart, MArch ‘96, by Mr.
Graduate Studies Scholarship Committee. Justice Gordon Hart and Mrs. Catherine Hart, following Jonathan’s
request to support architecture in the community. Proceeds from this fund
The general Dalhousie Graduate Award Rules are applied, except that the
are used periodically to bring architectural work to the public, and to
Award must be taken up upon commencing the first year of the degree
encourage young architects and businesses to work together on projects
program. The Award is valued at $19,000 (Masters) and $21,000 (Doctoral)
for the betterment of the community. Selection is made by the School of
(2008-2009) for a twelve-month academic year (1-2 awards per year). It is
Architecture.
tenable only at Dalhousie University.
Fees are not waived and must be paid out of the award and students must
be accepted to Dalhousie before they apply.
Awards 309
Barry Johns Scholarship for Design Architecture. The award is given to a Canadian student who has earned a
This $1000 scholarship, donated by Barry Johns (BArch 1972), is awarded Bachelor of Environmental Design Studies degree and is entering the
to the student entering the Master of Architecture program who MArch program. The recipient must be active in student life, extra-
completed the entire BEDS program at Dalhousie University with the curricular and community activities; demonstrate potential to contribute
highest average grade in Design courses. No application is required. The to the architecture profession; and display exceptional academic standing.
selection is made by the School of Architecture Scholarship Committee. Financial need may be a consideration. The scholarship is awarded in
April. No application is required.
William P. Lydon Scholarship
This scholarship of $1200 was established in memory of William P. Lydon, Bruce and Dorothy Rosetti Scholarships
a founder of Lydon Lynch. An insightful natural leader, Bill gently Field of Study: Architecture.
encouraged people to realize their potential. He understood the societal Eligibility: One or more students in the first year of the MArch program
value of architecture and its capacity to uplift the human spirit. Bill with a consistently high record of performance.
himself, it seemed, elevated nearly all who knew him. The award is given Number and Value: Up to six per year, up to $3,500 each (subject to annual
to a student who has completed the Bachelor of Environmental Design review).
Studies and is entering the Master of Architecture program. The recipient Basis of Award: To assist students in carrying out supervised research.
must demonstrate goodwill, kindness, generosity and respect for others, Donor or Awarding Agency: Estate of Bruce and Dorothy Rosetti.
qualities that defined Bill's character, be actively involved in community Selection: School of Architecture.
services, and have a higher than average academic standing. The Application: Apply to Director, School of Architecture.
scholarship is awarded in April. Application Deadline: Third Friday in November.
Nova Scotia Association of Architects - Ojars Biskaps Award The Royal Architectural Institute of Canada Student Medal
The Ojars Biskaps Award honours the memory of Professor Ojars Biskaps, The Royal Architectural Institute of Canada’s Student Medal is awarded
who provided distinguished service to both the academic and professional annually to a student graduating from a professional degree program in
architecture communities of Nova Scotia. Professor Biskaps was a beloved each School of Architecture in Canada who, in the judgment of the faculty
teacher at the School of Architecture, a significant designer working in of the respective School, has achieved the highest level of academic
collaboration with local architecture practices, and past president of the excellence and/or has completed the outstanding final design thesis for
Nova Scotia Association of Architects. His love of drawing, as a means of that academic year.
documentation, inquiry, storytelling, and humour, characterized his work
The Royal Architectural Institute of Canada Honour Roll
and life. This $1000 award is given by the School of Architecture to a
For each School of Architecture, a maximum of four individual students,
student who has completed the BEDS program and is entering the MArch
from the top ten percent of the graduating class in the profession degree
program, based on a Year 4 portfolio that integrates academic study and
program, shall receive honour roll certificates from the RAIC, in addition
design practice, and uses drawing for architectural inquiry and
to the top student, who shall also receive the RAIC Student Medal.
expression.
School of Architecture Thesis Prize
The Nova Scotia Association of Architects Prize
The School of Architecture awards a book prize to one or more students
The Nova Scotia Association of Architects gives a prize to a student who,
who have completed an outstanding design thesis in the MArch program.
in the final year of the MArch program, displays an outstanding
awareness of the architect's responsibility to society by demonstration in Walter Gardner Stanfield Scholarships
his/her scholarly and design work. Field of Study: Architecture or Planning.
Nova Scotia Association of Architects Scholarship Eligibility: Students entering the first term of a graduate program in the
School of Architecture or in the School of Planning.
Field of Study: Architecture.
Number and Value: One $1,000-$2,000 (subject to annual review).
Eligibility: A student entering the final year of the MArch program who is
Basis of Award: Applicants will be expected to have demonstrated, in the
a native of Nova Scotia or has had his/her permanent residence in Nova
quality of work submitted in support of their application, both academic
Scotia for some years, and who plans to enter the architectural profession
excellence and outstanding preparedness for the program to be
upon graduation.
undertaken in the Faculty.
Number and Value: One, $1,000 (subject to annual review).
Donor or Awarding Agency: Estate of Walter Gardner Stanfield.
Basis of Award: Record of academic excellence.
Selection: Faculty of Architecture and Planning. Selection will be made by
Donor or Awarding Agency: Nova Scotia Association of Architects.
the appropriate admissions committee. All applications for graduate study
Selection: School of Architecture.
received by the first day of the summer term prior to entering the program
Application: Application not required.
will be considered automatically, and recipients will be notified two
The William Nycum & Associates Limited Scholarship weeks later.
Field of Study: Architecture
Steel Structures Education Foundation Scholarship for Excellence
Eligibility: A student who has successfully completed the first term of the
MArch program.
in Steel Design
Number and Value: One, $1,000. This $2,000 scholarship, donated by the Steel Structures Education
Tenure: One year. Foundation, is awarded to a Master of Architecture student who has
Basis of Award: This scholarship is awarded to the student who most completed MArch Thesis Preparation. It is intended to support
strongly demonstrates creative thinking and a passion for architecture. subsequent thesis design work that uses structural steel in a critical way.
The scholarship is given to assist the recipient’s studies. Candidates are Applications are due on the first Friday in January. Selection is made by
requested to submit a one-page application demonstrating commitment to the School of Architecture. Following the completion of the thesis, a report
architecture. is required for publication by SSEF.
Donor or Awarding Agency: William Nycum & Associates Limited. John D. Watson Memorial Scholarship
Selection: School of Architecture. This scholarship is awarded in remembrance of John D. Watson (MArch
Application: Apply to Director, School of Architecture. 1990), who passed away in 1998. It provides $1,500 for a Master of
Application Deadline: December 1. Architecture student to pursue thesis-related research in green design,
George W. Rogers Award sustainability, and/or new technologies. These funds may be used for
This award of up to $1000 was established in memory of Donald L. travel. Applicants must have a satisfactory academic record, demonstrate
Dunkee, Professor of Architecture at the University of Manitoba for 25 financial need, and submit a proposal of study to be carried out during the
years. The award was named in honour of his student, George W. Rogers, following work term, followed by a research report a month after the end
a successful Halifax architect who has been an RAIC member, active in the of the work term. Apply to the School of Architecture by November 30.
community, and has received a Governor General’s Award for
310 Awards
The Ernest Wilby Memorial Scholarship Dalhousie University. The Scholarship commemorates the distinguished
Field of Study: Architecture. career of Anna Wilson (BSc ‘27, MSc ‘28), a long-time employee of Merck
Eligibility: A student entering the penultimate year receives this award. in Montreal and a founding member of the Canadian Institute of Food
The award is given annually, commencing with the most easterly school in Science and Technology.
Canada and continuing each year to the most westerly, then repeating.
(The scholarship was last awarded in 2004, and is expected to be awarded 4. Economics
again in 2014.) Robert L. Comeau Scholarship
Number and Value: One, $1,000.
This scholarship honours the memory of Dr. Robert L. Comeau by
Basis of Award: Financial need, as well as definite promise and talent.
providing scholarships to one or more students studying in the
Donor or Awarding Agency: The Royal Architectural Institute of Canada,
Department of Economics. Dr. Comeau was a member of Dalhousie’s
on behalf of the Wilby Foundation.
Economics Department for 27 years, retiring in 1990. He served as Chair
Selection: School of Architecture.
from 1978 to 1983. He was a dedicated teacher and had long-standing
Application: Application not required.
concern for the financial need for students. Applicants must have attained
2. Business Administration a first-class standing in their University Economics studies to date. The
financial need to applicants will be taken into consideration by the
Centre for International Business Studies First Year Graduate Selection Committee. Applicants may be either graduate or
Scholarship undergraduate students. Undergraduate students must be in their third or
One scholarship of $1000 is offered to a first year MBA student majoring in fourth year of study during the period of the scholarship. Students may
International Business. The scholarship recipient is selected on the basis of apply directly by submitting a signed letter to the chairperson of the
a career interest in international business and academic performance. Economics Department or may be nominated by the Undergraduate
Coordinator or Graduate Coordinate in the Department. The application
Dover Mills Fellowship in International Business deadline is January 15.
The Dover Mills Fellowship in International Business was created with a
generous endowed gift to Dalhousie’s Capital Ideas Campaign by Dover Professor George A.B. Kartsaklis Memorial Scholarship
Mills Limited. The $5000 fellowship is available to three full-time Atlantic Family, friends and colleagues of Professor Kartsaklis established this
Canadian students entering the final year of MBA studies, who are fund to provide financial assistance to one or more graduate students from
specializing in international business. Fellowship recipients will be Third World countries currently enrolled in the Department of Economics,
selected on the basis of a career interest in international business and Dalhousie University.
academic performance to date. U.L.G. Rao Memorial Prize in Economics
Goldberg-Schulich Award for Entrepreneurship Family, friends, former students and colleagues of the late Professor U.L.
The Nevada Capital Corporation in 1984 donated the sum of $29,000 to Gouranga Rao established the U.L.G. Rao Memorial Prize in Economics in
establish an award in memory of Meyer Goldberg of Halifax, NS This his memory. Gouranga Rao was a member of Dalhousie’s Department of
award is available to a student entering the second year of Dalhousie Economics from 1968 to 2002. This annual prize will be awarded to the
University's MBA Program. Deadline for receipt of application is March Master’s student(s) in Economics with the highest GPA in the MA Core
15th. Classes.
NORTHSTAR Trade Finance - Mary Grover LeBlanc Memorial 5. Engineering

Fellowship - International Business
APENS Engineering Centennial Scholarship
The Northstar Trade Finance-Mary Grover LeBlanc Memorial Fellowship
in International Business was created by Scott Shepherd, MBA ‘83. The Number and Value: One, $3000 (subject to annual review)
$3000 fellowship is available to two students studying international Tenure: Normally two years (may be extended to a third year).
Basis of Award: The scholarship is awarded on the basis of the applicant’s
business. Candidates must be Canadian citizens or landed immigrants,
and have a strong academic record to date. academic achievement in the Bachelor of Engineering program at
Dalhousie.
3. Chemistry Eligibility: The candidate must be a Nova Scotian who has graduated with
a Bachelor of Engineering from Dalhousie and who has been accepted into
Donald R. Arnold Scholarship a graduate program in a field of engineering related to space technology.
The Donald R. Arnold Scholarship is awarded to the student with overall Field of Study: Engineering
excellence in chemistry, especially in the field of organic photochemistry Selection: Selection is carried out by the Faculty of Engineering, Graduate
and who has demonstrated exceptional aptitude for research. Studies Committee.
Donor or Awarding Agency: The Association of Professional Engineers of
Gerry Dauphinee Graduate Scholarship in Chemistry
Nova Scotia established this Scholarship as an on-going reminder and
The award recognizes the contribution of Professor Dauphinee to the celebration of the 1887 to 1987 Centennial of Canadian Engineering.
Department of Chemistry at Dalhousie University. This scholarship Apply to: Associate Dean (Engineering), Graduate Studies and Research
rewards a graduate student in chemistry who has shown excellence in
Deadline: March 31.
research and in teaching.
The Dr. L.F. Kirkpatrick Scholarship
Kenneth T. Leffek Prize for the Best PhD Thesis in Chemistry
Number and Value: One/$1,000.
This prize was established in recognition of Professor Leffek’s contribution
Tenure: One year.
to Dalhousie University and to the profession of chemistry in Canada.
Basis of Award: The award is based on the academic record of the
Normally, one award is made in May each year.
applicant during the final two years of the undergraduate engineering
Douglas E. Ryan Prize for Excellence Graduate Studies in curriculum at a recognised university. Preference will be given to a
Chemistry candidate with an interest in doing research in the power utility field.
This prize honours the contributions made by Professor Douglas Ryan to Eligibility: Accepted as a full-time graduate student in engineering at
Dalhousie University and to analytical chemistry. It is awarded on the Dalhousie.
basis of merit for work carried out in the graduate program in Chemistry Field of Study: Power Engineering.
at Dalhousie University, including class work, research, the preliminary Selection: Selection will be carried out by the Faculty of Engineering
oral examination and demonstrating duties. Graduate Studies Committee.
Donor or Awarding Agency: The Nova Scotia Power Inc. established this
Anna Wilson Scholarship in Chemistry scholarship in 1982 in recognition of dedicated service rendered by Dr.
An endowment has been established to award a scholarship to a female L.F. Kirkpatrick as President of Nova Scotia Power Inc.
graduate student studying for the MSc or PhD degree in Chemistry at
Awards 311
Apply to: Office of the Associate Dean (Engineering), Graduate Studies The field of study within Mechanical Engineering is not limited although
and Research. the student must be registered in a research degree program. Preference
Application Deadline: March 31. will be given to new applicants for the MASc degree. The scholarship may
be renewed based on satisfactory performance, one for the MASc degree
The Dr. S.K. Malhotra Graduate Scholarship and twice for the PhD degree.
Number and Value: One, $2,500. (Subject to annual review) Selection: The decision of the award will be made by the Associate Dean
Tenure: One year. (Engineering), Graduate Studies and Research, based on
Eligibility: Accepted in the Civil Engineering Graduate Program, Faculty recommendations from the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
of Engineering. The area of research carried out shall be in the field of Application Deadline: Consult Department.
Structural Engineering. First preference will be given to a student from
India. Bruce and Dorothy Rosetti Engineering Research Scholarships
Selection: Selection is carried out by the Faculty of Engineering, Graduate Number and Value: Varies/up to $6,000. (Subject to annual review)
Studies Committee. Tenure: One year, may be renewed subject to satisfactory progress.
Donor: The scholarship was established in memory of Dr. S.K. Malhotra, Basis of Award: The Scholarship is awarded on the basis of the student's
former Dean of Graduate Studies and Professor of Civil Engineering at academic achievement and on letters of reference. Normally a foreign
TUNS from 1965 to 1990, by his family and friends. student is not eligible for this scholarship during the first year of graduate
Apply to: Office of the Associate Dean (Engineering), Graduate Studies study at the University. In the awarding of this Scholarship the level of
and Research. other financial support for each applicant will be considered in order to
Application Deadline: March 31. ensure the broadest distribution of scholarship funds.
Eligibility: Accepted in a recognised graduate program in the Faculty of
The Medjuck Scholarship in Energy Studies Engineering.
Number and Value: One/approximately $1,000. (Subject to annual review) Field of Study: Engineering, Food Science.
Tenure: One year, may be renewed subject to satisfactory progress. Selection: Selection will be carried out by the Faculty of Engineering
Basis of Award: The scholarship is awarded on the student's academic Graduate Studies Committee.
achievement. Donor or Awarding Agency: Bruce and Dorothy Rosetti Bequest.
Eligibility: Accepted in a recognised graduate program in the Faculty of Apply to: Office of the Associate Dean (Engineering), Graduate Studies
Engineering with a research project in the area of Energy Studies. and Research. Application Deadline: March 31.
Field of Study: Engineering.
Selection: Selection will be carried out by the Faculty of Engineering 6. English
Graduate Studies Committee.
Donor or Awarding Agency: Scotia Energy Resources Limited, and The Malcolm Ross Award in Canadian Literature
affiliate of The Centennial Group of Companies Limited. Established to honour the late Malcolm Ross, founding editor of the New
Apply to: Office of the Associate Dean (Engineering), Graduate Studies Canadian Library and long-time member of the Department of English, a
and Research. prize of $200 to be awarded to an outstanding MA or PhD thesis on
Application Deadline: March 31. Canadian Literature. McClelland and Stewart have generously provided
the funding to recognise Professor Ross’s role in forwarding the study of
G.G. Meyerhof Graduate Fellowship Canadian literature.
Number and Value: One/approximately $4,000 per year. (Subject to
annual review) The Malcolm Ross Graduate Scholarship in English
Tenure: One year; possibility of renewal subject to satisfactory Established by his colleagues and friends in memory of Malcolm Ross,
performance. distinguished literary scholar and editor and long-time member of the
Eligibility: Accepted in a graduate program in Civil Engineering in the English Department. A graduate scholarship in the amount of $1,500 to be
Faculty of Engineering. Preference is given to Canadian citizens who are awarded by the department’s Graduate Committee to an outstanding
graduates in engineering of recognised Canadian Universities. student entering the M.A. program in English.
Field of Study: The subject of research carried out shall be in the field of
The James W. Tupper Graduate Fellowship in English
Geotechnical Engineering.
Two fellowships, of an annual value of approximately $5,500 each, are
Selection: Selection will be carried out by the Faculty of Engineering
awarded by the English Department, on the recommendation of the
Graduate Studies Committee.
Undergraduate Committee, to students selected on the criteria of the GPA
Donor or Awarding Agency: Board of Governors of Dalhousie.
of all English classes at the 2000 level and beyond and a clear indication
Apply to: Office of the Associate Dean (Engineering), Graduate Studies
that the student(s) will go on to do graduate work. The work must be done
and Research.
at a university approved by the faculty; it need not be held at Dalhousie.
Application Deadline: March 31.
Students registered at both Dalhousie and King’s are eligible.
Exxon Mobil Canada Ltd. Post-Graduate Scholarship
Number and Value: One; $5,000 7. Environmental Studies
Tenure: One year The Gerald and Margaret Godsoe Scholarship
Basis of Award: The award is based primarily on the academic record of
Established by the Godsoe family to support a highly qualified and
the applicant’s undergraduate program. Preference will be given to
motivated individual entering the Master of Environmental Studies (MES)
Canadian citizens or landed immigrants.
program at Dalhousie. The recipient must hold an honours degree in
Eligibility: Eligible for admission to a graduate program in the Faculty of
natural or social sciences, engineering, architecture or its equivalent, with
Engineering leading to an advanced research degree.
first-class standing in his/her course of study or have proof of exceptional
Field of Study: Any field of study offered in the Faculty of Engineering.
merit. Further, the recipient must have made significant contributions
Selection: Selection will be carried out by the Graduate Program
through community service, leadership and education on environmental
Committee of the Faculty of Engineering.
issues. Eligibility is limited to Canadian citizens and permanent residents
Donor or Awarding Agency: Mobil Oil Canada
of Canada living in the country. The recipient will be selected by the
Apply to: The Office of the Associate Dean (Engineering), Graduate
Admissions Committee at the School for Resource and Environmental
Studies and Research.
Studies. Students wishing to be considered for this award must append a
Application Deadline: March 31.
clearly marked, separate typewritten page to the admission application
George C. Reid and Lucille M. Reid Scholarships containing a brief description of activities and community involvement in
Number and Value: 5/$5,000 maximum each. (Subject to annual review) environmental issues.
Tenure: One year renewable.
Basis of Award: The Scholarships are open to students who are accepted
into the graduate program in the Department of Mechanical Engineering.
312 Awards
8. School of Information Management financial need in conjunction with supportive information from their
supervisor or the Chair of the Department.
Alumni Scholarship
Sponsored by the School's Associated Alumni. Awarded to one incoming 11. Medical Sciences
student on the basis of academic excellence and evidence of a commitment
to a career in librarianship. No application necessary.
Michael Mezei Memorial Scholarship
Value: $2500 This scholarship was established in 2000 by the family, friends and
colleagues of the late Dr. Michael Mezei. The scholarship is awarded to a
Barbara A.M. Patton Scholarship qualified university graduate who is enrolled in a graduate program in
Awarded to one incoming or returning student on the basis of academic medical sciences or other science programs at Dalhousie University. The
merit (A- or better) and a demonstrated interest in international recipient must demonstrate on interest in laboratory-based research and
development, local community support, or law librarianship. To be its translation toward clinical care. Preference will be given to research
considered for this award, please provide a statement (including dealing with drug targeting and drug delivery systems and to graduates
references) demonstrating your interest in international development, of the College of Pharmacy.
local community support, or law librarianship.
Value: $2000 12. Nursing
H. W. Wilson Foundation Award Alexandra Hirth Award for Excellence in Nursing Research
Awarded to one incoming student on the basis of academic merit. No This award was established in memory of and in recognition of Alexandra
application necessary. Hirth’s commitment to excellence. The award will provide financial
Value: $2000 support for students in the thesis stream of the Master of Nursing
program. The annual award will be made to an outstanding student
9. Marine Affairs Program whose thesis has the potential to contribute to the development of nursing
knowledge and whose research is focused on issues related to individuals
The Douglas M. Johnston MASC Scholarship in Marine Affairs or families living with chronic illness. Deadline for applications is May 31.
This is an annual scholarship in the amount of $5,000 established by the
Maritime Awards Society of Canada (MASC) for a Canadian citizen to Electa MacLennan Memorial Scholarship
pursue the Master of Marine Management (MMM) degree. The criteria for The scholarship pays tribute to Dr. MacLennan’s outstanding contribution
conferral of the scholarship include the following: applicants must be to nursing education. Applicants must be a graduate of the School of
Canadian citizens; must demonstrate superior academic records; and may Nursing, Dalhousie University baccalaureate or Master’s program, have a
undergo a financial needs assessment. Qualified applicants to the MMM grade point average of 3.66 or greater, clearly state her/his career and
are automatically considered for this scholarship upon completion of their educational goals and how the particular program will contribute to their
application; no separate application is necessary. development, be accepted as a full-time student or have completed 3 full
credits in a recognised School of Nursing, and demonstrate potential for or
Master of Marine Management Gold Award show active involvement in advancing the nursing profession in Canada.
The award is named in honour of Dr. Edgar Gold, CM, QC, one of the Deadline for application is May 31st. Information is available from the
founders of the Dalhousie Ocean Studies program. An annual financial School of Nursing.
award is presented to the most deserving MMM graduates at the end of
each academic year in October. The candidates will be identified within Katherine and Robert MacDonald Scholarship
the annual peer group of MMM graduates according to academic The scholarship is intended to provide financial assistance to a student
performance and overall ability to reflect the ideal graduate as the “honest who is studying in a non-thesis option of the Master of Nursing program
broker” - i.e. one who is mindful of the complementary and competing at Dalhousie University and who has demonstrated excellence in clinical
multi- and inter-disciplinary interests which influence the design, nursing practice at the end of the first year of study. The applicant must
implementation, and outcome of the management process in marine have a grade point average of 3.6 or greater, have completed a minimum
affairs.The Gold Award recipient is the student who best exemplifies of one credit of nursing clinical classes and demonstrated excellence in
MAP’s objectives with the knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary to be nursing practice, and must supply a statement of career goals explaining
a leader in the field of Marine Affairs. Students must have met all how the selected graduate program will contribute to excellence in clinical
requirements to graduate by September 1 of each year in order to be nursing practice. Deadline for application is May 31st. Information is
eligible for award consideration. available from the School of Nursing.
10. Mathematics and Statistics Margaret Cragg Award

This award was established by the family and friends in honour of
The Professor Michael Edelstein Memorial Graduate Prize Margaret M. Cragg, who pioneered the movement against violence
Dr. Edelstein was an outstanding Professor in the Department of toward women and in the practice of preventative interdisciplinary health
Mathematics and Statistics from 1964 to 1982. He was instrumental in the care. An annual financial award is made available to a graduate student in
transformation of the department to the research department it is now, Nursing. Further information is available from the School of Nursing.
with a strong graduate component. A fund was established by his family
to provide an annual prize to be awarded to a graduate student who Margaret Inglis Hagerman Graduate Scholarship in Nursing
shows great promise in the mathematical sciences. In order to encourage The scholarship is awarded annually to a Master of Nursing student at
mathematical talent in both genders, the prize will alternate between male Dalhousie University who has demonstrated leadership.
and female recipients. Dr R.M. MacDonald Scholarship
Heller-Smith Foundation Graduate Scholarship in Mathematics & The scholarship pays tribute to Dr. MacDonald's concern to prepare
Statistics students for the nurse practitioner role. The scholarship is awarded
The Scholarship was established to provide financial support and annually to one or more students entering the nurse practitioner stream.
recognition to a graduate student. This scholarship will be awarded Ruth May Award
annually on the basis of academic achievement as determined by the The scholarship recognizes Dr. May's commitment to the education of
faculty committee in the department of Mathematics and Statistics. outpost nurses and nurse practitioners. The award is given annually to
The Patrick F. Lett Graduate Student Assistance Bursary in one or more nursing students in the nurse practitioner stream in
Mathematics and Statistics recognition of clinical excellence and professional growth.
This bursary is to aid graduate students who are having difficulties getting
sufficient assistance from other sources. Students must demonstrate
Awards 313
School of Nursing MN Scholarship (“developing country” shall be defined as one belonging to the United
One or more annual scholarships are awarded to students entering, for Nations Group of 77), from a state of the former Soviet Union, or from an
part-time study, the Master of Nursing program at Dalhousie University. economically disadvantaged country such as: Albania, Bulgaria, Romania
Applicants must have a minimum grade point average of 3.66 and submit and the former Yugoslavia. The recipient will be nominated through the
an application letter outlining the contribution they can make to nursing normal screening process by the Departmental Graduate Admission
and health care as an outcome of graduate study in nursing. Committee. For further information contact the Department of
Oceanography.
School of Nursing PhD Scholarship
The scholarship is awarded annually to one or more full-time students 15. Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
enrolled in the PhD (Nursing) program who demonstrates potential for
and/or shows active involvement in advancing the nursing profession in John P. Laba Memorial Research Award
Canada. The income earned from a fund established in memory of John P. Laba by
family, friends, patients and colleagues, will provide for this award which
Helen Watson Memorial Scholarship may be given annually. The recipient will be the dentist accepted in the
The scholarship is awarded annually to a full-time student enrolled in the Graduate Program in Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and will be given
PhD in Nursing program who demonstrates potential for or shows active exclusively for the presentation, dissemination and/ or publication of
involvement in advancing the nursing profession in Canada. Applicants research related to Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. For further information
must normally have a grade point average of 3.66 in their previous work please contact the Department of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery.
(baccalaureate or masters). Their letter of application will outline their
contribution to nursing leadership and how their research will improve 16. Philosophy
health outcomes and influence health and social policy.
The Douglas Butler Memorial Prize
13. Occupational Therapy The Butler Memorial fund was established in memory of Dr. Douglas
Butler, a good friend of the Philosophy Department who had taught
Dr. Gustave Gingras Award (Post-Professional Award) Summer Session classes with us, and who died suddenly in Halifax in
This award was established to honour and acknowledge in perpetuity the 1991 at the age of 34. The prize is awarded annually for the best graduate
work of Dr. Gustave Gingras, world renowned physician, rehabilitation student term paper.
specialist, and humanitarian. This award will be awarded to a student in
the Post-Professional Master of Science program at Dalhousie University 17. School of Physiotherapy
who wishes to conduct thesis research on an international topic. All prizes and awards given by the School of Physiotherapy are awarded
at Convocation.
Barbara O’Shea Graduate Award (Post-Professional Award)
This award was established in recognition of contributions made by Canadian Physiotherapy Association Award
Barbara O’Shea to the School of Occupational Therapy as founding A certificate and first-year membership in the Canadian Physiotherapy
director and to the profession of occupational therapy. This award will be Association constitute this annual award. It is presented to the graduating
awarded to one or two full time or part-time students entering the first student who has achieved the highest cumulative GPA in academic and
year of the Post-Professional Master of Science program at Dalhousie clinical physiotherapy subjects during the program.
University. Selection will be based on the student’s scholarly achievement
to date and on a combination of contribution to the profession and Canadian Physiotherapy Cardio-Respiratory/CPA Student
potential for graduate studies (evidence taken from the Letter of Intent). In Excellence Award
selecting, preference will be given to graduates of the Bachelor of Science This award is given at convocation in recognition of outstanding
(Occupational Therapy) program, Dalhousie University. achievement in cardio-respiratory physiotherapy.
School of Occupational Therapy Graduate Scholarships (MSc OT Ken Hill Electrotherapy Award
Entry Level and Post-Professional Awards) This award, established by the ERD Group, is in honour of Mr. Ken Hill,
This scholarship supports full or part-time students who are entering the retired Professor of Dalhousie University and who also received an
School’s Master of Science program. Selection will be based on the Honourary Doctorate from the University in 2002. The award is given to
student’s scholarly achievement to date and is decided by the Committee the member of the graduating class who demonstrates excellence in
of the Whole, School of Occupational Therapy, or a sub-committee of electrotherapy.
selected faculty. One or more scholarships of approximately $250 each are Morris B. Kohler Award in Physiotherapy
offered annually. This prize is awarded to the student who has demonstrated the greatest
interest in the treatment of long-term rehabilitation patients, while
14. Oceanography
attending the Nova Scotia Rehabilitation Centre.
The Kathy Ellis Memorial Book Prize Hazel Lloyd Memorial Prize
This prize was established through the support of Kathy’s friends and
The Hazel Lloyd Foundation was established by Miss Aphra Lloyd in
colleagues who expressed the wish she be remembered and agreed that a
memory of her sister, Miss Hazel A. Lloyd (1930-1985), Associate
fitting manner would be through the award of an annual book prize in
Professor, School of Physiotherapy. Friends, associates and alumni have
Oceanography, given in her name. Kathy had a deep commitment to the
made additional contributions. The purpose is to foster interest in
principles of high quality scientific research and the communication of this
geriatrics and gerontology, Professor Lloyd’s major areas of interest. The
knowledge to students and professionals in developing nations. This prize
Foundation awards an annual Prize to the student demonstrating
is presented annually to the Department of Oceanography graduate excellence in Gerontology and Geriatrics.
student, in their first year, who achieves the highest average in the
Oceanography core courses. Jean McAloney Memorial Prize
This prize is awarded annually to the student in the graduating class who
The Professor F. Ronald Hayes International Scholarship
has demonstrated the highest clinical standing. The prize is sponsored by
This scholarship fund was established in memory of Professor F. Ronald
the College of Physiotherapists of New Brunswick.
Hayes, founder and first director of the Institute of Oceanography of
Dalhousie University, and in commemoration of the Joint Oceanographic Donna Myers Memorial Award
Assembly which was held at Dalhousie during August, 1982. The purpose This award is given by the Nova Scotia Branch of the Canadian
of the scholarship is to provide financial support for a new graduate Physiotherapy Association in memory of Donna Myers, one of the
student in the first year of a MSc or a PhD program in the Department of founding members of the Physiotherapy Professional Association of Nova
Oceanography. The recipient must be from a developing country Scotia. This award is presented to the student who exemplifies dedication
314 Awards
and professionalism by achieving the greatest improvement in overall The holder of this fellowship is expected to provide instruction to
academic standing who consistently demonstrates professionalism and undergraduate students during the academic session. The fellowships will
enthusiasm for physiotherapy. be awarded at the discretion of the Physics and Atmospheric Science
Department. Application is not required.
New Brunswick Student Professionalism Award
This award was established to recognize the graduating student who The Dr. A. Stanley MacKenzie Teaching Fellowship in Physics
exemplifies professional behaviour and attitude within the academic and This fellowship was established in memory of Dr. A. Stanley MacKenzie,
clinical settings. who was a Professor of Physics from 1905 to 1910 and President of
Dalhousie University from 1911 to 1931. The annual fellowship is offered
Newfoundland and Labrador College of Physiotherapy Prize to a candidate pursuing a Master’s or Doctoral degree in Physics who
This prize is given to the student in the graduating class who has attained shows special ability in providing instruction to undergraduate students
the highest academic standing in Musculoskeletal studies. during the academic session. The fellowship will be awarded at the
Newfoundland and Labrador Physiotherapy Association Prize discretion of the Physics and Atmospheric Science Department.
This prize is awarded to the member of the graduating class who has Application is not required.
attained the highest standing in Neuroscience studies. It is sponsored by
the Newfoundland and Labrador Physiotherapy Association.
19. Planning
Nova Scotia College of Physiotherapists Prize Atlantic Planners Institute Student Award
This is an annual award given to a graduating student who has Field of Study: Planning.
demonstrated the greatest degree of leadership within their class. The Eligibility: A full-time student in his/her graduating year in a planning
recipient is chosen by his/her classmates by secret ballot. school accredited by the Canadian Institute of Planners in the Atlantic
Provinces.
Nova Scotia Section of Orthopedic Division, CPA Award Number and Value: One, a trophy or plaque engraved with the recipient’s
Established by the Nova Scotia Section of the Orthopedic Division of CPA, name, supplemented by a cash award of $500.
this annual award is given to the student in the graduating class with the Tenure: One year.
best overall achievement in all Orthopedics / Musculo-Skeletal Basis of Award: Academic achievement and contribution to planning in
components of the Physiotherapy Program. The recipient of this award the community.
has demonstrated a consistently high skill level in the practical and clinical Donor or Awarding Agency: Atlantic Planners Institute.
components of musculo-skeletal physiotherapy. Selection: Atlantic Planners Institute
Application: Each eligible planning school should submit a
Parkinson Society of Canada, Maritime Region Award recommendation for the student it believes is most deserving of the
To the student in the graduating class who made the greatest contribution award.
to health in Parkinson disease. Deadline: April 15, unless otherwise determined by API Council.
Prince Edward Island Physiotherapy Association Prize Canadian Institute of Planners Student Award for Academic
This prize is awarded annually to the student of the graduating class who Excellence
has the highest academic standing in Gross Anatomy.
Field of Study: Planning
School of Physiotherapy Paediatric Prize Eligibility: A full-time student member of the Canadian Institute of
This award is given by the School of Physiotherapy to recognize a Planners.
graduating student who has shown a keen interest in paediatric Number and Value: One, a certificate bearing the CIP seal and a book
physiotherapy. The recipient will be chosen based on both academic and prize.
practical excellence in the paediatric portions of the physiotherapy Basis of Award: The award is made to the student who has achieved the
program. highest academic standing over the length of the MPlan program.
Donor or Awarding Agency: Canadian Institute of Planners.
The Patricia Stanfield Covert Award in Physiotherapy Selection: School of Planning
An endowment has been established to provide an annual prize to a Application: Application is not required.
physiotherapy student who is entering the final year of the program. The
recipient is to be nominated by classmates on the basis of extra curricular Canadian Institute of Planners Student Scholarships (4)
activities, interpersonal skills and scholarship proficiency. Value: $2,000 to $4,000.
Basis: Will be awarded annually in recognition of a thesis, practicum, or
Unsung Hero Award major research paper which may be proposed or in progress.
This award is given to the graduating student who has generously Eligibility: An individual may apply to the Canadian Institute of Planners.
contributed her/his time and efforts to School activities and had Applicant must be a student member in good standing with the CIP and
demonstrated a positive and enthusiastic school spirit. must be enrolled full-time in a recognised planning program.
Field of Study: Planning.
18. Physics Selection: Submission will be judged on the basis of its potential
The William Leiper Memorial Scholarship contribution to the planning profession (in theory or practice) or its
Dr. Leiper was an outstanding Professor in the Department of Physics potential service to a community or a community group.
from 1968 until his death in 1980. An endowment was established from Apply to: Application forms may be obtained from the School of Planning
funds donated by family, colleagues and friends of Dr. Leiper after his and must be received in the CIP national office by the date specified on the
death to provide an annual scholarship to a student(s) with special ability application form.
pursuing a graduate degree in Physics. The scholarship is awarded at the Dorothy Leslie Prize
discretion of the Physics and Atmospheric Science Department and is This prize, named after the former secretary of the School of Planning, is
normally granted to a student already engaged in graduate studies at awarded to a student finishing the first year of the Masters program who
Dalhousie. The scholarship amount is to a maximum of $500. has made a significant contribution to the life of the School.
The James Gordon MacGregor Memorial Teaching Fellowship in The Master of Planning Prize
Physics This is a book prize given to a graduating student on the basis of academic
Relatives of the late Dr. J. G. MacGregor contributed to the James Gordon excellence as well as a demonstrated commitment to community planning.
MacGregor Memorial Fund to provide awards to both undergraduate and
graduate students in the study of physics. The graduate fellowships are
offered to candidates pursuing a Master’s or Doctoral degree in Physics.
Awards 315
Nova Scotia Planning Directors Association Award (NSPDA) 21. Social Work
Nova Scotia Planning Directors Association Award is given to a student of Check the website for more detailed information: http://socialwork.dal.ca
Planning who has demonstrated academic excellence and leadership.
Value $500, awarded annually in April. Selection: School of Planning Association of Black Social Workers of Canada Bursary.
Faculty. To assist full and part time African Canadian students who are attending
the Dalhousie School of Social Work and who are studying towards a
Bruce and Dorothy Rosetti Scholarships social work degree.
Field of Study: Architecture or Planning.
Eligibility: Students registered in the Master of Planning program or the Calvin Ruck Scholarship
Master of Architecture (Post-Professional) program. This scholarship is for BSW and MSW African Nova Scotian students who
Number and Value: One or more, $6,000 total (subject to annual review). have demonstrated a desire to improve the social conditions and further
Basis of Award: To assist students in carrying out their programs of study. the interests of African Nova Scotian/Canadian people and their
Awards will be given on the basis of academic excellence. communities through the study and practice of Social Work. Careful
Donor or Awarding Agency: Estate of Bruce and Dorothy Rosetti. consideration will be given to the purposes and vision of NSAACP and to
Selection: Faculty of Architecture and Planning. the qualities of courage, generosity, persistence, and leadership that
Application: Apply to School of Planning. characterizes Dr. Ruck's life and work.
Application Deadline: April 15. Hanna G. Matheson Bursaries
School of Planning Achievement in Planning Studies Award These bursaries are available to students enrolled in the BSW or MSW
This prize is awarded in recognition of academic excellence upon degree programs on the basis of need. The fund is administered by the
completing the first year of the Master of Planning degree program. Registrar's Office, from which application forms are available.
The School of Planning Prize The Lawrence T. Hancock Scholarship

The School of Planning awards a book prize to a student who has achieved The Hancock Scholarship was established to honour Dr. Lawrence T.
academic excellence in the program and contributed to the life of the Hancock for his devoted work as the first full time director of the Maritime
school. School of Social Work, 1949 to 1973, and for his service to the profession
and community. The scholarship is awarded annually to a student in the
The School of Planning Project Prize Master of Social Work program who has demonstrated a high level of
The School of Planning Project Prize is awarded to the graduate who has academic achievement and a potential for leadership in the field of social
produced the best individual project. work. Letter of application are to be submitted by October 15th.
School of Planning Team Project Prize Margaret Cragg Award
The prize is awarded to graduating students in the team completing the This award was established by family and friends in honour of Margaret
most outstanding senior team project. M. Cragg, who pioneered the movement against violence toward women
Walter Gardner Stanfield Scholarships and in the practice of preventative, interdisciplinary health care. An
annual financial award is made available to a graduate student in Social
Field of Study: Architecture or Planning.
Work. Letters of application are to be submitted by October 15th.
Eligibility: Students entering the first term of a graduate program in the
Faculty of Architecture and Planning. Raoul Leger Memorial Humanitarian Award
Number and Value: One or more, $2,000 total. This award was established to honour the memory of Raoul Leger, who
Basis of Award: Applicants will be expected to have demonstrated, in the received a Master's degree in Social Work from Dalhousie University in
quality of work submitted in support of their application, both academic 1977. His work at home and abroad exemplified his commitment to
excellence and outstanding preparedness for the program to be community development, peace and social justice. The award presented to
undertaken in the Faculty. a graduating BSW or MSW student, who is nominated on the basis of
Donor or Awarding Agency: Estate of Walter Gardner Stanfield. achievement with a continued involvement in critical social issues.
Selection: Faculty of Architecture and Planning. Selection will be made by
the appropriate admissions committee. All applications for graduate study Sonja R. Weil Memorial Bursary
received by the first day of the summer term prior to entering the program Family and friends established this endowment in memory of Sonja Weil
will be considered automatically. and in tribute to her work as a social worker and psychotherapist. This
Application: Application not required. bursary is open to students in the BSW and MSW programs, although first
priority is given to graduate students who demonstrate financial need,
20. Psychology satisfactory academic standing and interest in those areas which most
closely reflect Sonja Weil's work in child and family therapy. Letters of
The Beatrice Award application are to be submitted by October 15th.
The Beatrice Award will be awarded annually to the graduate student in
the Clinical Psychology PhD Program who is deemed to have been the The School of Social Work MSW Alumni Award
“best citizen” and the most positively helpful or supportive to fellow This Alumni award has been established to support financial awards to be
students (graduate or undergraduate) during their time in the Program. given to students in the Master of Social Work degree program who
The award will be decided on by a committee of students and others demonstrate the highest values of humanity, community, and service in
chosen and headed by the Clinical Program Co-ordinator. The award is to the study of Social Work as reflected in contributions to the learning
honour the outstanding contributions of Beatrice Hanisch to the Clinical environment of the School. This award is open to distance and campus
Psychology PhD Program since its inception in 1989. students. A student must be nominated for this award.
The Dr. Mabel E. Goudge Scholarship in Psychology

In her Will, the late Dr. Mabel Goudge bequeathed a sum of money to II. University Awards
endow a scholarship for the most outstanding woman graduate student in
The Irving and Jeanne Glovin Award
experimental or clinical psychology.
The Oskar Schindler Humanities Foundation established this award in
The D.O. Hebb Post-Graduate Prize 2003 to support research into the meaning and principles underlying
To honour the memory of Donald Olding Hebb (BA 1925), Professor “good human conduct”. The research submitted will seek to define the
Emeritus (1977-1985), the Psychology Department established the D.O. meaning of “good human conduct” with which all persons could agree, to
Hebb Post-Graduate Prize (valued at $1,000), which is awarded by the explore its sources, and develop pragmatic educational strategies and
Graduate Program Committee, to an entering Masters and/or PhD ways of teaching children, to show by action, respect and acceptance of
student who has demonstrated the best potential to make a significant others of any circumstances and/or background. The Irving and Jeanne
scientific contribution to the field of psychology. Glovin Award will enable collaborative research by students, in the final
316 Awards
year of undergraduate study or graduate study, in any major discipline or interest and involvement in social justice and human rights. Contact the
interdisciplinary program, together with a professor or mentor. The Faculty of Graduate Studies office for further information.
recipient will be preferably one who has a broad general education and
interdisciplinary interests appropriate to the research topic chosen. A copy
of the research essay, accompanied by a letter of recommendation from the
IV. Teaching Assistantships
faculty member, must be submitted by April 15th each year to the Dean of Most departments offer Teaching Assistantships. The number, amounts
Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, or the Dean of Graduate Studies. The and conditions vary. Enquiries should be directed to the department or
recipient will be asked to present the research essay. school.
The President's Graduate Teaching Assistant Awards
III. Bursaries Dalhousie University recognises and applauds the important
contributions of Graduate Teaching Assistants to the educational mission
A. General Information about Bursaries of the University. The work of TAs, in the classrooms, laboratories and
behind the scenes, provides crucial support for faculty members and
Canada Student Loans (with or without provincial bursaries and/or greatly enhances the learning process for undergraduate students. Each
loans) are expected, by provincial authorities, to meet the financial year, the President's Graduate Teaching Assistant Awards are presented
deficiencies of the students. Bursaries subsequently awarded by the
to those TAs who have achieved outstanding success in the area of
University must be reported and are liable to be deducted (in part or in undergraduate instruction.
whole) from the amounts originally allocated under the Canada Student
Loan Plan or provincial aid program. Nominations are accepted at the Centre for Learning and Teaching. The
winners are chosen in the Spring of each year.
B. Government Notification
Holders of Dalhousie University bursaries should note that the University V. Research and Travel Grants
is required, upon written request, to report its award winners to the
respective Provincial Student Aid Authority.
A. Research Grants
C. Faculty of Graduate Studies Bursaries Research grants to assist thesis research are available for graduate
students in disciplines where such funding would not be available
Students may apply to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for university
through the research grant(s) of their supervisor or through external
bursaries made available through Dalhousie's Student Assistance
grants or awards to the student. In most cases this will be for minor
Program. Bursary awards are based on eligibility and need. They are
research expenses in disciplines covered by the mandate of the Social
normally meant to help students overcome temporary financial
Sciences and Humanities Research Council (SSHRC). Students in other
emergencies such as medical costs or other unforeseen expenses. In
disciplines may also apply to the Faculty of Graduate Studies for research
exceptional circumstances a Faculty of Graduate Studies Bursary may be
grants but in all cases Faculty of Graduate Studies grants can be awarded
awarded for a chronic shortfall in the student's annual budget, and then
only when the student has not secured external funding, the supervisor
only for students beyond their first year of graduate study at Dalhousie
does not have research grant support and no funding is available from the
University who do not receive full scholarship support as defined by
department.
Faculty of Graduate Studies for Master's or PhD programs.
Guidelines and application forms are available on the Faculty of Graduate
Students must be registered in order to receive a bursary. Students eligible
Studies website at www.dalgrad.dal.ca/forms/student/#research. If
for government loans must have applied for such loans and provide
applicable, students must secure Ethics approval for their research.
evidence of the assessment before a bursary application can be considered.
Further information is available from the Office of Research Ethics
Bursary applications from international graduate students (students who Administration Website at www.dal.ca/~research/research_1482.html.
are not Canadian citizens or landed immigrants) are not considered by the Students may simultaneously apply for a research grant and ethics
FGS Bursary Committee but must apply through the office of International approval; however, funds will not be approved until Ethics Approval has
Student and Exchange Services. been received. Research grants will be established under their supervisor’s
signing authority.
Bursary applications are considered monthly throughout the year by the
Faculty of Graduate Studies Graduate Bursary Committee (section B. Conference Travel Grants
II.4.5.7). Awards are for a maximum of $600, lower amounts may be
Conference travel grants can be awarded to graduate students in thesis
awarded. Normally students cannot receive more than one bursary award
programs. In order to be eligible, students must be presenting a poster or
in an academic year. Decisions of the Bursary Committee are not subject to
paper based on their current program thesis research at a scholarly
appeal.
meeting or conference.
The total available for bursaries in a given year depends on the amount
A letter of acceptance from the conference organizers, or a copy of the
available through the Student Assistance Program of the office of the Vice-
conference program with registration cost must accompany the
President Student Services.
application. The letter of acceptance or conference program must include
the name of the applicant, the title of the poster or paper to be presented,
D. Other Bursaries and the dates and location of the conference. Department approval must
The John and Lina Graham Commonwealth Bursary be given to applications.
The donors established this fund to mark the 75th anniversary in 1988 of Travel costs can be claimed only for travel from Halifax to and from the
the Association of Commonwealth Universities. It is used to assist location of the conference, and must be based on the lowest available fares.
graduate students who find themselves in need of financial aid while in For conferences held in Nova Scotia only registration costs can be claimed,
Nova Scotia. Recipients will be residents of Commonwealth countries, travel costs and per diem costs are not eligible.
other than Canada, who in the opinion of the selecting body demonstrate
need. Contact the Faculty of Graduate Studies office for further The maximum travel grant awarded is $750 and is subject to change
information. without notice.
The Dr. P. Anthony Johnstone Memorial Bursary Applications must be received in the Faculty of Graduate Studies office a
The donors established this fund in 1994 to honour the memory of Dr. P. minimum of one month in advance of the conference. Applications will
Anthony (Tony) Johnstone (1931-1989), scholar, educator and Director of not be accepted retroactively or for a conference that occurs in the term
the Nova Scotia Human Rights Commission, 1985-1989. It is used to assist following the completion of their degree requirements.
a humanities or social science graduate student who has a record of
Awards 317
Students are eligible to apply for one travel grant during the period of
their graduate degree program at Dalhousie.
Guidelines and application forms are available on the Faculty of Graduate
Studies website at www.dalgrad.dal.ca/forms/student/#travel.
VI. Killam Postdoctoral Fellowships

Killam funds provide for postdoctoral fellowships in many fields of study.
The annual stipend is $44,000 (2009) plus travel and research grants. There
are no restrictions regarding nationality of applicants, but non-Canadian
candidates must meet all Canadian Immigration requirements. Qualifying
applicants should have recently completed a PhD degree at a recognised
university and should not hold a permanent academic position to which
they will return. Since these Fellowships are intended to attract new
scholars to Dalhousie, scholars already at Dalhousie are not eligible to
apply, including Dalhousie PhDs, Dalhousie or King's employees, and
researchers in residence at Dalhousie or King’s with external sources of
funding. These awards may be taken up between May 1st and January
15th. Fellows may engage in limited teaching duties in the University.
Completed applications and supporting documents must be submitted to
the Department in which the applicant wishes to work, no later than
December 15th. The results of the competition are usually announced in
mid-February, and all applicants are notified of the results.
VII. Awards on Graduate Transcripts

A select number of scholarships and awards are recorded on the official
Dalhousie transcript for graduate students. The list of such scholarships
and awards is available from the Faculty of Graduate Studies.
318 Awards
Biology.............................................................................................. 59
Biomedical Engineering ................................................................... 64
Biophysics....................................................................................... 239
Black Student Advising Centre....................................................... 301
Board of Governors ............................................................................ 7
Bookstore ........................................................................................ 306
Index Business Administration ................................................................... 67
C
A Centre for African Studies .............................................................. 295
Academic Dates .................................................................................. 1 Centre for Environmental and Marine Geology ............................. 295
Academic Regulations ........................................................................ 5 Centre for Foreign Policy Studies................................................... 295
Accessibility for Students with Disabilities...................................... 10 Centre for International Trade and Transportation ......................... 296
Accessibility Services ..................................................................... 306 Centre for Learning and Teaching .................................................. 301
Admission Dates ................................................................................. 2 Centre for Marine Vessel Development and Research (CMVDR). 296
Admission Requirements Centre for Risk Management, Faculty of Management.................. 296
Application Deadlines................................................................. 2 Centre for Water Resources............................................................ 297
Application Process .................................................................. 21 Centres and Institutes
English Language Competency ................................................ 20 Canadian Residential Energy End-Use Data and Analysis
Graduate Programmes............................................................... 20 Centre (CREEDAC) ............................................... 295
Learning Disabilities................................................................. 10 Centre for African Studies ...................................................... 295
Rescission of Acceptance ........................................................... 8 Centre for Environmental and Marine Geology ..................... 295
Transfer Credit.......................................................................... 21 Centre for Foreign Policy Studies........................................... 295
African Studies, Centre for ............................................................. 295 Centre for International Business Studies............................... 296
Agriculture ........................................................................................ 34 Centre for Marine Vessel Development and Research........... 296
Alumni Association/Alumni Relations ........................................... 301 Centre for Water Resources Studies ....................................... 297
Anatomy and Neurobiology.............................................................. 39 Health Law Institute................................................................ 298
Anthropology .................................................................................. 288 Institute for Research in Materials (IRM)............................... 298
Anti-Plagiarism Service .................................................................. 301 Law and Technology Institute ................................................ 298
Application Deadline .......................................................................... 2 Marine and Environmental Law Institute ............................... 299
Applied Health Services Research.................................................. 155 Minerals Engineering Centre .................................................. 299
Architecture ...................................................................................... 42 Neuroscience Institute............................................................. 299
Architecture, Faculty of Norman Newman Centre for Entrepreneurship ...................... 299
Architecture .............................................................................. 42 Nova Scotia CAD/CAM Centre ............................................. 299
Planning .................................................................................. 246 RBC Centre for Risk Management, Faculty of Management. 296
Arts and Social Sciences, Faculty of Trace Analysis Research Centre ............................................. 300
Classics ..................................................................................... 89 Vehicle Safety Research Team ............................................... 300
English .................................................................................... 127 Chemical Engineering............................................................. 259, 261
French ..................................................................................... 142 Chemistry.......................................................................................... 78
Gender and Women’s Studies................................................. 146 Civil and Resource Engineering ....................................................... 83
German.................................................................................... 146 Civil Engineering .............................................................................. 83
History .................................................................................... 161 Classics ............................................................................................. 89
International Development Studies......................................... 178 Clinical Vision Science..................................................................... 91
Philosophy .............................................................................. 230 Clubs and Organizations ................................................................. 306
Political Science...................................................................... 253 Code of Student Conduct .................................................................. 14
Sociology and Social Anthropology ....................................... 288 Community Health and Epidemiology ............................................. 94
Arts Centre ...................................................................................... 302 Computer Science ............................................................................. 98
Athletics and Recreational Services ............................................... 301 Computer Science, Faculty of
Atmospheric Science ........................................................................ 54 Computer Science ..................................................................... 98
Audit Classes .................................................................................... 26 Electronic Commerce ............................................................. 114
Awards ............................................................................................ 308 Health Informatics .................................................................. 152
Assistantships.......................................................................... 317 Computing and Information Services ............................................. 307
Research and Travel Grants.................................................... 317 Computing, Guide to Responsible .................................................... 17
Scholarships ............................................................................ 308 Counselling Services....................................................................... 302
Awards Index .................................................................................. 323
Awards on Graduate Transcripts .................................................... 318 D
DalCard........................................................................................... 302
B Dalhousie University .......................................................................... 6
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology............................................... 54 Board of Governors .................................................................... 7
Bioethics ........................................................................................... 58 Executive Officers ...................................................................... 6
Biological Engineering ................................................................... 259 Senate.......................................................................................... 7
Biological Engineering Programme................................................ 260 Definitions .......................................................................................... 3
Index 319
Dentistry, Faculty of Convocation .............................................................................. 33
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery .............................................. 222 Degree Requirements................................................................ 25
Discipline .......................................................................................... 12 Departmental and Programme Listings .................................... 33
Examinations ............................................................................ 28
E Faculty Regulations .................................................................. 18
Earth Sciences................................................................................. 103 Graduate Programmes............................................................... 18
Eco-Efficiency Centre, Faculty of Management ............................ 297 Integrity in Scholarly Activity .................................................. 25
Economics....................................................................................... 107 Intellectual Honesty and Plagiarism ......................................... 25
Electrical and Computer Engineering............................................. 112 Intellectual Property.................................................................. 25
Electronic Commerce ..................................................................... 114 Registration Procedures and Regulations ................................. 22
Engineering - General ..................................................................... 117 Thesis Regulations.................................................................... 30
Engineering Mathematics ............................................................... 125 Thesis Supervisors and Supervisory Committees..................... 28
Engineering, Faculty of
Biomedical Engineering ........................................................... 64 H
Chemical Engineering............................................................. 261 Health and Human Performance..................................................... 148
Civil and Resource Engineering Health Informatics .......................................................................... 152
Civil Engineering Programme .......................................... 83 Health Insurance ............................................................................. 119
Mining Engineering Programme ...................................... 87 Health Law Institute........................................................................ 298
Electrical and Computer Engineering..................................... 112 Health Professions, Faculty of
Engineering - General ............................................................. 117 Clinical Vision Science............................................................. 91
Engineering Mathematics ....................................................... 125 Health and Human Performance............................................. 148
Environmental Engineering .................................................... 136 Health Education..................................................................... 148
Industrial Engineering............................................................. 170 Health Services Administration .............................................. 155
Internetworking....................................................................... 181 Human Communication Disorders ......................................... 167
Mechanical Engineering ......................................................... 193 Kinesiology..................................................................... 148–149
Oil and Gas Engineering......................................................... 221 Leisure Studies................................................................ 148, 150
Petroleum Engineering ........................................................... 226 Nursing.................................................................................... 203
Process Engineering and Applied Science.............................. 259 Occupational Therapy............................................................. 209
Biological Engineering ................................................... 259 Pharmacology ......................................................................... 228
Chemical Engineering..................................................... 259 Pharmacy ................................................................................ 230
Food Science................................................................... 259 Physiology and Biophysics..................................................... 239
Materials Engineering..................................................... 259 Physiotherapy.......................................................................... 242
English ............................................................................................ 127 Social Work ............................................................................ 283
Environmental and Marine Geology, Centre for ............................ 295 Suspension or Dismissal from a Program on the Grounds of
Environmental Engineering ............................................................ 136 Professional Unsuitability......................................... 16
Environmental Studies .................................................................... 146 Health Services Administration ...................................................... 155
Examinations Health Services, University ............................................................ 307
Policy in the Event that a Formal Examination Cannot be History ............................................................................................ 161
Completed................................................................... 9 Housing........................................................................................... 303
Regulations ................................................................................. 8 Human Communication Disorders ................................................. 167
Religious Holidays...................................................................... 9
Requests for an Alternative Final Examination.......................... 9 I
Scheduling of Classes/Examinations .......................................... 9 Identification Cards (DalCard) ....................................................... 302
Exchange Services, International Student and................................ 304 Industrial Engineering..................................................................... 170
Information Management ............................................................... 172
F Intellectual Honesty .................................................................... 11, 25
Fellowships ..................................................................................... 308 Interdisciplinary PhD Programme .................................................. 177
Food Science................................................................................... 259 International Business Studies, Centre for...................................... 296
Food Science Programme ............................................................... 263 International Development Studies................................................. 178
Foreign Policy Studies, Centre for.................................................. 295 International Student & Exchange Services ................................... 304
Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy ............................ 9 Internetworking............................................................................... 181
French ............................................................................................. 142
K
G Kinesiology..................................................................................... 149
Gender and Women’s Studies......................................................... 146
German............................................................................................ 146 L
Graduate Programmes....................................................................... 18 Law ................................................................................................. 182
Graduate Studies ............................................................................... 18 Law and Technology Institute ........................................................ 298
Graduate Studies, Faculty of Law, Faculty of
Admission Requirements .......................................................... 20 Electronic Commerce ............................................................. 114
Appeals ..................................................................................... 33 Law ......................................................................................... 182
Application Process .................................................................. 21 Learning and Teaching, Centre for ................................................. 301
Conflict of Interest .................................................................... 25 Learning Disabilities......................................................................... 10
320 Index
Leisure Studies................................................................................ 150 Planning .......................................................................................... 246
Lester Pearson International (LPI).................................................. 305 Political Science.............................................................................. 253
Libraries .......................................................................................... 305 Process Engineering and Applied Science...................................... 259
Library & Information Studies ....................................................... 172 Prosthodontics................................................................................. 267
Protection of Property ....................................................................... 16
M Public Administration ..................................................................... 275
Management, Faculty of
Business Administration ........................................................... 67 Q
Electronic Commerce ............................................................. 114 Qualifying Student (Master’s only) .................................................. 23
Environmental Studies............................................................ 137
Library & Information Studies ............................................... 172 R
Marine Affairs Programme..................................................... 185 RBC Centre for Risk Management, Faculty of Management......... 296
Public Administration ............................................................. 275 Registrar's Office ............................................................................ 305
Marine Affairs Programme ............................................................. 185 Registration
Marine and Environmental Law Institute. ...................................... 299 Procedures and Regulations...................................................... 22
Marine Vessel Development and Research, Centre for .................. 296 Regulations
Material Engineering Programme................................................... 265 Code Of Conduct ...................................................................... 14
Materials Engineering..................................................................... 259 Discipline .................................................................................. 12
Materials Engineering Programme ................................................. 265 Examination Regulations............................................................ 8
Mathematics.................................................................................... 188 Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy .................... 9
Mathematics and Statistics.............................................................. 187 Graduate Studies ....................................................................... 18
MD/PhD Programmes /Combined.................................................. 193 Intellectual Honesty .................................................................. 11
Mechanical Engineering ................................................................. 193 Plagiarism ................................................................................. 11
Medical Sciences ............................................................................ 197 Release of Information................................................................ 9
Medicine, Faculty of Religious Holidays/Examination Schedule ................................ 9
Anatomy and Neurobiology...................................................... 39 Retention of Student Work ......................................................... 9
Biomedical Engineering ........................................................... 64 University.................................................................................... 8
Community Health and Epidemiology ..................................... 94 Release of Information........................................................................ 9
Health Informatics .................................................................. 152 Rescission of Acceptance into a Program........................................... 8
Medical Sciences .................................................................... 197 Research in Materials (IRM), Institute for...................................... 298
Neuroscience........................................................................... 200 Residences ...................................................................................... 303
Pathology ................................................................................ 224 Resources and Services................................................................... 301
Physiology and Biophysics..................................................... 239 Alumni Association ................................................................ 301
Microbiology and Immunology ...................................................... 198 Anti-Plagiarism Service.......................................................... 301
Minerals Engineering Centre .......................................................... 299 Athletics and Recreational Services ....................................... 301
Mining Engineering .......................................................................... 87 Black Students Advising Centre ............................................. 301
Multifaith Centre............................................................................. 302 Career Services Centre............................................................ 301
Centre for Learning and Teaching .......................................... 301
N Chaplaincy at Dalhousie ......................................................... 302
Neuroscience................................................................................... 200 Counselling Services............................................................... 302
Neuroscience Institute..................................................................... 299 DalCard................................................................................... 302
Norman Newman Centre for Entrepreneurship .............................. 299 Dalhousie Arts Centre............................................................. 302
Nova Scotia CAD/CAM Centre ..................................................... 299 Dalhousie Student Union ........................................................ 302
Nursing............................................................................................ 203 Housing/Residence Services................................................... 303
International Student & Exchange Services ........................... 304
O Lester Pearson International (LPI).......................................... 305
Occupational Therapy..................................................................... 209 Libraries .................................................................................. 305
Oceanography ................................................................................. 217 Ombudsperson’s Office .......................................................... 305
Office of Human Rights, Equity & Harassment Prevention........... 305 Registrar’s Office.................................................................... 305
Oil and Gas Engineering................................................................. 221 Student Accessibility Services................................................ 306
Ombudsperson’s Office .................................................................. 305 Student Advocacy Service ...................................................... 306
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery ...................................................... 222 Student Clubs and Organizations............................................ 306
Student Services...................................................................... 306
P
Tutoring Service ..................................................................... 306
Pathology ........................................................................................ 224
University Bookstore .............................................................. 306
Petroleum Engineering ................................................................... 226
University Computing and Information Services ................... 307
Pharmacology ................................................................................. 228
University Health Services ..................................................... 307
Pharmacy ........................................................................................ 230
Volunteering ........................................................................... 307
Philosophy ...................................................................................... 230
Physics ............................................................................................ 234 S
Physiology and Biophysics ............................................................. 239 Scholarships .................................................................................... 308
Physiotherapy.................................................................................. 242 Science, Faculty of
Plagiarism ......................................................................................... 11 Agriculture ................................................................................ 34
Index 321
Atmospheric Science ................................................................ 54
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology....................................... 54
Biology...................................................................................... 59
Chemistry.................................................................................. 78
Earth Sciences......................................................................... 103
Economics............................................................................... 107
Mathematics............................................................................ 188
Mathematics and Statistics...................................................... 187
Microbiology and Immunology .............................................. 198
Neuroscience........................................................................... 200
Oceanography ......................................................................... 217
Physics .................................................................................... 234
Statistics .................................................................................. 291
Senate.................................................................................................. 7
Smoke Free/Scent Free Policy ............................................................. i
Social Work .................................................................................... 283
Sociology and Social Anthropology ............................................... 288
Statistics .......................................................................................... 291
Student Accessibility Services........................................................ 306
Student Advocacy Service .............................................................. 306
Student Clubs and Organizations.................................................... 306
Student Exchange Services ............................................................. 304
Student Services.............................................................................. 306
Student Union ................................................................................. 302
Study Abroad .................................................................................. 305
Subject Codes ..................................................................................... 4
T
Thesis Regulations ............................................................................ 30
Trace Analysis Research Centre ..................................................... 300
Tutoring Service ............................................................................. 306
U
University Awards .......................................................................... 316
University Health Services ............................................................. 307
University Regulations ....................................................................... 8
V
Vehicle Safety Research Team ....................................................... 300
Volunteering ................................................................................... 307
W
Water Resources Studies, Centre for .............................................. 297
Women’s Studies, Gender and........................................................ 146
Writing Resource Centre ................................................................ 307
322 Index
Dr. P. Anthony Johnstone Memorial Bursary .................................317
Dr. S.K. Malhotra Graduate Scholarship ........................................312
E
Economics .......................................................................................311
Awards Index Electa MacLennan Memorial Scholarship ......................................313

Eliza Ritchie Doctoral Scholarship for Women .............................308
Engineering .....................................................................................311
English ............................................................................................312
A Environmental Studies ....................................................................312
Adjeleian Award in the Aesthetics of Structures ............................309 Ernest Wilby Memorial Scholarship ...............................................311
Alexandra Hirth Award for Excellence in Nursing Research .........313 External Scholarships .....................................................................309
Alpha Rho Chi Medal .....................................................................309 Exxon Mobil Canada Ltd. Post-Graduate Scholarship ...................312
Alumni Memorial Award ................................................................309
Alumni Scholarship ........................................................................313 F
Anna Wilson Scholarship in Chemistry ..........................................311 Faculty of Graduate Studies Bursaries ............................................317
APENS Engineering Centennial Scholarship .................................311 Faculty of Graduate Studies Scholarships ......................................308
Architects’ Association of New Brunswick Scholarship ................309
Architecture ....................................................................................309 G
Association of Black Social Workers of Canada Bursary. .............316 G.G. Meyerhof Graduate Fellowship .............................................312
Atlantic Planners Institute Student Award ......................................315 General Disciplines .........................................................................308
Awards on Graduate Transcripts ....................................................318 General Information about Bursaries ..............................................317
George C. Reid and Lucille M. Reid Scholarships .........................312
B George W. Rogers Award ...............................................................310
Barbara A.M. Patton Scholarship ...................................................313 Gerald and Margaret Godsoe Scholarship ......................................312
Barbara O’Shea Graduate Award (Post-Professional Award) ........314 Gerry Dauphinee Graduate Scholarship in Chemistry ...................311
Barry Johns Scholarship for Design ...............................................310 Goldberg-Schulich Award for Entrepreneurship ............................311
Beatrice Award ...............................................................................316 Government Notification ................................................................317
Bruce and Dorothy Rosetti Engineering Research Scholarships ....312
Bruce and Dorothy Rosetti Scholarships ................................310, 316 H
Bursaries .........................................................................................317 H. W. Wilson Foundation Award ...................................................313
Business Administration .................................................................311 Hanna G. Matheson Bursaries ........................................................316
Hazel Lloyd Memorial Prize ...........................................................314
C Helen Watson Memorial Scholarship .............................................314
Calvin Ruck Scholarship ................................................................316 Heller-Smith Foundation Graduate Scholarship in Mathematics &
Canadian Institute of Planners Student Award for Academic Statistics .....................................................................................313
Excellence .................................................................................315 Henry Adams Medal and The Henry Adams Certificate ................309
Canadian Institute of Planners Student Scholarships (4) ................315
Canadian Physiotherapy Association Award ..................................314 I
Canadian Physiotherapy Cardio-Respiratory/CPA Student Information Management, School of ..............................................313
Excellence Award ......................................................................314 Irving and Jeanne Glovin Award ....................................................316
Centre for International Business Studies First Year Graduate
Scholarship .................................................................................311
J
Chemistry ........................................................................................311
James Gordon MacGregor Memorial Teaching Fellowship in
Conference Travel Grants ...............................................................317
Physics .......................................................................................315
James Robinson Johnston Graduate Scholarship for African
D Canadians ...................................................................................308
D.O. Hebb Post-Graduate Prize ......................................................316 James W. Tupper Graduate Fellowship in English .........................312
Donald R. Arnold Scholarship ........................................................311 Jean McAloney Memorial Prize .....................................................314
Donna Myers Memorial Award ......................................................314 John and Lina Graham Commonwealth Bursary ............................317
Dorothy Leslie Prize .......................................................................315 John D. Watson Memorial Scholarship ..........................................310
Douglas Butler Memorial Prize ......................................................314 John P. Laba Memorial Research Award .......................................314
Douglas E. Ryan Prize for Excellence Graduate Studies in Jonathan Hart Memorial Fund ........................................................309
Chemistry ...................................................................................311
Douglas M. Johnston MASC Scholarship in Marine Affairs .........313
K
Dover Mills Fellowship in International Business .........................311
Katherine and Robert MacDonald Scholarship ..............................313
Dr R.M. MacDonald Scholarship ...................................................313
Kathy Ellis Memorial Book Prize ...................................................314
Dr. A. Stanley MacKenzie Teaching Fellowship in Physics ..........315
Ken Hill Electrotherapy Award ......................................................314
Dr. Gustave Gingras Award (Post-Professional Award) ................314
Kenneth T. Leffek Prize for the Best PhD Thesis in Chemistry .....311
Dr. L.F. Kirkpatrick Scholarship ....................................................311
Killam Postdoctoral Fellowships ....................................................318
Dr. Mabel E. Goudge Scholarship in Psychology ..........................316
Killam Predoctoral Scholarships ....................................................308
Awards Index 323

L Royal Architectural Institute of Canada Student Medal .................310
Lawrence T. Hancock Scholarship .................................................316 Ruth May Award ............................................................................313
M S
Malcolm Ross Graduate Scholarship in English ............................312 School of Architecture Thesis Prize ...............................................310
Malcom Ross Award in Canadian Literature .................................312 School of Nursing MN Scholarship ................................................314
Margaret Cragg Award ...........................................................313, 316 School of Nursing PhD Scholarship ...............................................314
Margaret Inglis Hagerman Graduate Scholarship in Nursing ........313 School of Occupational Therapy Graduate Scholarship .................314
Marine Affairs Program ..................................................................313 School of Physiotherapy .................................................................314
Master of Marine Management Gold Award ..................................313 School of Physiotherapy Paediatric Prize .......................................315
Master of Planning Prize .................................................................315 School of Planning Achievement in Planning Studies Award .......316
Mathematics and Statistics ..............................................................313 School of Planning Prize .................................................................316
Medical Sciences ............................................................................313 School of Planning Project Prize ....................................................316
Medjuck Scholarship in Energy Studies .........................................312 School of Planning Team Project Prize ..........................................316
Michael Mezei Memorial Scholarship ............................................313 School of Social Work MSW Alumni Award ................................316
Morris B. Kohler Award in Physiotherapy .....................................314 Social Work ....................................................................................316
Sonja R. Weil Memorial Bursary ...................................................316
N Specific Disciplines ........................................................................309
New Brunswick Student Professionalism Award ...........................315 Steel Structures Education Foundation Scholarship for Excellence in
Newfoundland and Labrador College of Physiotherapy Prize .......315 Steel Design ...............................................................................310
Newfoundland and Labrador Physiotherapy Association Prize .....315
NORTHSTAR Trade Finance - Mary Grover LeBlanc Memorial T
Fellowship - International Business ...........................................311 Teaching Assistantships ..................................................................317
Nova Scotia Association of Architects - Ojars Biskaps Award ......310
Nova Scotia Association of Architects Prize ..................................310 U
Nova Scotia Association of Architects Scholarship .......................310 U.L.G. Rao Memorial Prize in Economics .....................................311
Nova Scotia Black and First Nations Students Graduate Entrance University Awards ..........................................................................316
Scholarships ...............................................................................308 Unsung Hero Award .......................................................................315
Nova Scotia College of Physiotherapists Prize ...............................315
Nova Scotia Planning Directors Association Award (NSPDA) .....316 V
Nova Scotia Section of Orthopedic Division, CPA Award ............315 Vitamin Scholarship .......................................................................309
Nursing ............................................................................................313
W
O Walter Gardner Stanfield Scholarships ...................................310, 316
Occupational Therapy .....................................................................314 William Leiper Memorial Scholarship ...........................................315
Oceanography .................................................................................314 William Nycum & Associates Limited Scholarship .......................310
Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery ......................................................314 William P. Lydon Scholarship ........................................................310
Other Bursaries ...............................................................................317
P
Parkinson Society of Canada, Maritime Region Award .................315
Patricia Stanfield Covert Award in Physiotherapy .........................315
Patrick F. Lett Graduate Student Assistance Bursary in Mathematics
and Statistics ..............................................................................313
Philosophy ......................................................................................314
Physics ............................................................................................315
Planning ..........................................................................................315
President's Award ...........................................................................309
President’s Graduate Teaching Assistant Awards ..........................317
Prince Edward Island Physiotherapy Association Prize .................315
Professor F. Ronald Hayes International Scholarship ....................314
Professor George A.B. Kartsaklis Memorial Scholarship ..............311
Professor Michael Edelstein Memorial Graduate Prize ..................313
Psychology ......................................................................................316
R
Raoul Leger Memorial Humanitarian Award .................................316
Research and Travel Grants ............................................................317
Research Grants ..............................................................................317
Robert L. Comeau Scholarship .......................................................311
Royal Architectural Institute of Canada Honour Roll ....................310
324 Awards Index

Campus Map
Campus Map 325

Campus Map
326 Campus Map

Dal Grad Calender

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dal Grad Calender

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dal Grad Calender

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Graduate Studies

Inquiries should be directed to:

Dalhousie Calendars on the Web

Summer Term 2008

Fall Term 2008

Winter Term 2009

Summer Term 2009

Other Academic Dates September

Academic Dates 2008/2009 1

July For September June 1 April 1

2 Admission Dates 2008/2009

Definitions for communication with students regarding all academic and

Academic Sessions Full-time Students

Assistant Vice-President, Financial Services

College of Continuing Education

President and Vice-Chancellor College of Arts and Science, Provost

Finance and Administration University Librarian

Student Services Director of Government Relations

Research Coordinator, Special Projects, President’s Office

Associate Vice-President, Academic Executive Directors

Office of the Dean I. Graduate Programs

• Master of Planning (MPlan)

18 Faculty of Graduate Studies

Faculty of Graduate Studies 19

20 Faculty of Graduate Studies

2.6 Graduate Examination For May Admission February 28 December 31

Some departments require GRE or GMAT scores of applicants as a

3.1 Faculty Application Forms and Supporting 3.4 Official Response

Faculty of Graduate Studies 21

22 Faculty of Graduate Studies

Faculty of Graduate Studies 23

24 Faculty of Graduate Studies

Faculty of Graduate Studies 25

26 Faculty of Graduate Studies

Faculty of Graduate Studies 27

7.4 Academic Accommodation for Students with 8.4 Supervisory Committees

28 Faculty of Graduate Studies

Faculty of Graduate Studies 29

30 Faculty of Graduate Studies

Faculty of Graduate Studies 31

32 Faculty of Graduate Studies

Faculty of Graduate Studies 33

XIII. Centre for Learning and Teaching Agriculture

Anatomy and Neurobiology 39

II. Degree Programs III. Class Descriptions

40 Anatomy and Neurobiology

ANAT 5200X/Y.06: Research Laboratory Techniques ANAT 9530.00: PhD Thesis.

ANAT 5555.03: Embodying the Body: The Human

ANAT 5063.03: Neurobiology of the Autonomic

ANAT 5070.03: Chemical Neuroanatomy.

ANAT 5170.03: Special Topics.

Anatomy and Neurobiology 41

Co-op Work Terms Bachelor of Environmental Design Studies

Year 4 - Term B4 (Fall) ARCH 3001.06: Design.

the Modern Movement. ARCH 5207.03: Light and Material.

ARCH 7003.00: Continuation - MArch (Post-Prof.)

ARCH 7004.00: Continuation - MEDS Project.

ARCH 9002.08: MArch (Post-Prof.) Thesis.

ARCH 9003.08: MEDS Thesis.

ARCH 9005.00: Continuation - MArch (Post-Prof.)